Full text of "Reports"
tf.DI
J. PIERPONT MORGAN PUBLICATION FUND
REPORTS OF THE
PRINCETON UNIVERSITY EXPEDITIONS
TO PATAGONIA, 1896-1899
J. B. HATCHER
IN CHARGE
EDITED BY
WILLIAM B. SCOTT
BLAIR PROFESSOR OF GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY, PRINCETON UNIVERSITY
VOLUME IV
PALEONTOLOGY I
PRINCETON, N.-J.
THE UNIVERSITY
STUTTGART
SCHWEIZERBART'SCHE VERLAGSHANDLUNG (E. NAGELE)
1901-6
Q
l?5
P95
1903
J. PIERPONT MORGAN PUBLICATION FUND
REPORTS OF THE
PRINCETON UNIVERSITY EXPEDITIONS TO PATAGONIA
1896- 1899
VOLUME IV
PALAEONTOLOGY I
PART I THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES
BY
TIMOTHY WILLIAM STANTON
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
PART II TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES
BY
ARNOLD EDWARD ORTMANN
PRINCETON UNIVERSITY
PART III MAMMALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. MARSUPIALIA
BY
WILLIAM JOHN SINCLAIR
PRINCETON UNIVERSITY
PRINCETON, N. J.
THE UNIVERSITY
STUTTGART
SCHWEIZERBART'SCHE VERLAGSHANDLUNG (E. NAGELE)
TMf New En* pniNim,. COM
IANCA8TEN, PA,
TABLE OF CONTENTS, VOL. IV.
PART I. THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES.
BY T. W. STANTON.
PAGE
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL I
INTRODUCTION . 3
PELECYPODA ............ n
SCAPHOPODA ............ 28
GASTROPODA ............. 29
CEPHALOPODA ............ 35
PART II. TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
BY A. E. ORTMANN.
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL 45
CONTENTS 47
INTRODUCTION 48
SYSTEMATIC PART 51
ECHINODERMATA 51
ECHINOIDEA ............ 51
Cidarida Wright .......... 5 l
Echinidce Wright .......... 52
Clypeastrida Ag. .......... 55
Cassidulidce Ag. .......... 60
Spatangidce Ag. .......... 62
VERMES 63
CH^ETOPODA ............ 63
Tubicolcz (Sedentaria) ........ 63
BRYOZOA 64
CHILOSTOMATA ............ 64
Cellariidce Hcks. ........ 64
Escharidce Johnst. ....... 67
CYCLOSTOMATA ........ 68
Ltchenoporida Sm. ........ 68
BRACHIOPODA 7°
Rhynchondlidce d'Orb. • 7°
Terebratididce King ....... 73
v
VI CONTENTS.
MOLLUSCA 80
PELECVPODA 80
Nuculidcc Ad. ........... 80
Ledidee Ad 83
Parallelodontidtz Dall 86
Ltmopsidee Dall. .......... 91
Arcidce Dall 93
Pernidce Zitt 97
Ostreidte Lamck. .......... 98
Pectinidte Lamck. .......... 114
MytilidaYtem 120
Carditida Gill 125
LitcinidcB Flem. ........... 1 29
Cardiidce Fisch. ........... 132
Veneridce Leach. . . . . . . . . . . 135
Tellinida Desh. . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Psammobiidce Dall. .......... 149
Mactrida Gray. . . . . . . . . . *. 149
Corbulida Flem. . . . . . . . . . . . 151
SaAicavida Gr. . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Pholadida Fisch. . . . . . . . . . . 155
SCAPHOPODA 157
Dentaliidtz Gray .......... 157
GASTROPODA ............ 161
Patellida Carp. ........ ..161
Fissurcllida Riss. . . . . . . . . . . 161
Delphinulidcz Fisch. .......... 162
Trocluda Ad. ........... 1 62
Pyramidellidce Gr. . . . . . . . . . . 173
Scalariida Brod. . . . . . . . . . . 175
Capnlidce Cuv. ........... 177
Naticida Forb. ........... 186
TurritcllidcE Gray. .......... 192
Vertnetidce Ad 198
Aporrtiaidce Phil. .......... 200
Strombidce d'Orb. .......... 201
DoliidcB Ad. ........... 204
Tritonidce Ad. ...... 206
Buccinida Trosch. .......... 208
Muricidce Tryon 214
Fusida Tryon ........ 221
Volutidce Gray ........... 224
Cancellariidce Ad. . . . . . . . . . . 235
Terebridce Ad. ........... 236
Pleurototnida Stol. . . . . . . . . . . 238
CONTENTS. Vii
Actaonida d'Orb. . ' . . . . . . . . . 343
Bullida Pilsbry ........... 245
CRUSTACEA 247
ClRRIPEDIA 247
Lepadidce Darw. ........... 247
Verrucidce Darw. .......... 248
Balanida Darw. . . . . . . . . . 249
DECAPODA . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Carcinoplacidtz Ortmann . . . . . . . . . 255
LIST OF FOSSILS DESCRIBED . 256
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS 260
THE PATAGONJAN BEDS ........... 260
IDENTITY OF PATAGONIAN AND SUPRAPATAGONIAN BEDS ...... 265
THE AGE OF THE PATAGONIAN BEDS 286
THE MAGELLANIAN BEDS ........... 303
THE CAPE FAIRWEATHER BEDS (? MARINE TEHUELCHE BEDS) .... 307
ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE PATAGONIAN MARINE FAUNAS . . . . 310
1. THEORY OF ANTARCTICA .......... 310
2. RELATIONS OF THE PATAGONIAN DEPOSITS TO OTHER PARTS OF SOUTH AMERICA
AND TO THE REST OF THE WORLD : THEORY OF "• ARCHIPLATA " AND
" ARCHHELENIS ". .......... 319
BIBLIOGRAPHY 325
PART III. MAMMALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS.
MARSUPIALIA.
BY W. J. SINCLAIR.
INTRODUCTION 333
CLASSIFICATION OF THE SANTA CRUZ MARSUPIALS .... 334
POLYPROTODONTIA . . 34 1
THYLACYNID^J ............ 341
Borhycena Amegh. .......... 347
Prothylacynus Amegh. ......... 362
Cladosictis Amegh. .......... 376
Amphiproviverra Amegh. ....... 394
RELATIONSHIPS OF THE THYLACYNID^E ......... 406
DlDELPHYID/E ............
Microbiothcrium Amegh. ........
DIPROTODONTIA 416
C^ENOLESTID^E ......... 4'6
CMNOLESTIN& ........ ••4I9
Halmarliiphus Amegh. . . . . . • • • 4J9
Garzonia Amegh. ...... • 422
PAL&OTHENTIN& . ....... 425
viii CONTENTS.
Palaothentes (Moreno) Amegh. . 425
CaJlointmts Amegh. ...... . 434
Decastis Amegh 436
ABDERITIN& ...... . .438
Abderites Amegh. ......... 438
RELATIONSHIPS OF THE CENOLEsriaE 441
BEARING OF THE SANTA CRUZ MARSUPIALS ON ZOOGEOGRAPHY 444
MARSUPIALIA INCERT^E SEDIS 444
Borhyana Amegh. - . . . . . . . . . 444
Acrocyon Amegh. ......... 445
Conodonictis Amegh. . . . . . . . . . 445
Arclodictis Mercerat . . . . . . . . . 446
Prothylacynus Amegh. ......... 446
Naponodictis Amegh. ......... 446
Agustylus Amegh. . . . . . : . . . 446
Cladosictis Amegh. . . . . . . . . . . 447
Hattiliacynus Amegh. ......... 447
Thylacodictis Mercerat ......... 448
Amphiproi'iverra Amegh. . . . . . . . . 448
Perathereutes Amegh. . . . . . . . . . 448
Sipalocyon Amegh. ......... 449
Acyon Amegh 449
Ictioborus Amegh. . . . . . . . . . 450
Microbiotherium Amegh. . . . . . . . . 450
Stylognathus Amegh. ......... 450
Eodidelphys Amegh. ......... 450
Prodidclphys Amegh. ......... 45 1
Abderites Amegh. . . . . . . . . 451
Mannodon Amegh. ......... 452
Decastis Amegh. ......... 452
Acdestis Amegh. ......... 452
Dipilus Amegh. ......... 453
Metriodromus Amegh. ........ 453
Halmadromus Amegh. . . . . . . . 453
Callomenus Amegh. ........ 454
Palaothentes (Moreno) Amegh 454
Prepanorthus Amegh. ....... 455
Halmaselus Amegh. ....... 455
Essoprion Amegh. ....... 455
Pichipilus Amegh. ....... 455
Garzonia Amegh. ...... 456
Parhalmarhiphus Amegh. ...... 457
Halmarhiphus Amegh. ....... 457
StUotherium Amegh. ..... 41-7
Cladodinus Amegh. .....
CONTENTS. JX
BIBLIOGRAPHY 458
ERRATA 460
INDEX 461
DATES OF PUBLICATION OF THE PARTS OF VOLUME IV.
Dates of issue were not printed on the covers of the separate parts of this volume. The
dates of actual publication are as follows :
Pp. i- 44. Pll. I-X, published November 6, 1901.
Pp. 45-332. Pll. XI-XXXIX, published April 19, 1902.
Pp. 333-460. Pll. XL-LXV, published September 14, 1906.
WASHINGTON, D. C, Jan. 14, 1901.
Prof. W. B. SCOTT,
Princeton University,
Princeton, N. J.
Dear Sir :
I have the honor to transmit herewith for publication a brief paper
on "the marine cretaceous invertebrates obtained by the Princeton ex-
pedition to Patagonia in 1899."
The collection was with your permission delivered to me for study
by Mr. J. B. Hatcher in October, 1899, and its examination and descrip-
tion have continued at intervals since that time as official and other
duties permitted. The fossils proved to be unusually interesting from
the fact that they represent a facies of the Cretaceous fauna not hitherto
described from South America. There are about 40 species of Mollusca
in the collection, of which 31 are sufficiently well represented to be named
and described. These indicate the Lower Cretaceous age of the beds
from which they were derived.
Very respectfully,
T. W. STANTON.
THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES.
BY
T. W. STANTON.
THE fossils discussed in the following pages were collected in March,
1899, by Mr. J. B. Hatcher, in charge of the Princeton Expedition
to Patagonia, and it is through his kindness and the generous
courtesy of Prof. W. B. Scott that I have had the privilege of studying
the collection, which, though not large, has proved very interesting.
In a paper entitled "Sedimentary rocks of southern Patagonia," Mr.
Hatcher1 has described the section from which the fossils were obtained,
and named the various Cretaceous horizons recognized. The entire col-
lection came from two localities, only a few miles apart, in the neighbor-
hood of Lake Pueyrrydon, south latitude 47° 30', west longitude 72°.
One of the localities is four miles east of Lake Pueyrrydon, near the
mouth of the canon of Rio Tarde, a small stream emptying into the east
end of the lake. The other locality is about ten miles east of the same
lake, and about two miles south of the western border of White Lake.2
The following description of part of Mr. Hatcher's section along the
Rio Tarde is condensed from his account and gives only the features es-
sential to the present discussion.. The series about 750 to 800 feet in
thickness that includes all the fossiliferous Cretaceous horizons is called
the Pueyrrydon series. In it four formations are recognized, in ascending
order as follows :
i. The Gio beds, consisting of 100 feet of soft green sands or marls
with several harder, brown layers, each about two feet thick and full of
the large Ostrea tardensis, with occasional specimens of a Lithopliagtis,
form the lowest horizon exposed.
1 Am. Jo2tr. Sci., 4th Sen, Vol. IX., pp. 85-108, Feb., 1900, with a map of southern Patagonia.
2 These geographic features are all shown on the map accompanying the paper just cited. In
the descriptions of species the locality labels accompanying the fossils are copied.
3
4 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS PALAEONTOLOGY.
2. The I^nuer conglomerate, 20 feet in thickness, yielded occasional
pieces of petrified wood filled with boring Mollusks (Turnus dubius).1
3. The Bclgrano beds, conformably overlying the lower conglomerate,
consist of 300 feet of soft greenish sandstones and clays replaced toward
the top by several layers of harder sandstones and impure limestones.
These beds, especially in the upper portion, are rich in Cretaceous inver-
tebrates and at the two localities have yielded all the species described
in this paper except those just mentioned. The list of species will be
given later.
4. The Upper conglomerates, forming the highest member of the Pueyr-
rydon series, consist of 330 feet of hard, fine-grained, red and variegated,
sandstone with occasional layers of clay, ending above in a series of very
hard fine conglomerates, which have not yielded any identifiable fossils.
Resting unconformably on the upper conglomerates are the Variegated
sandstones, 1350 feet in thickness, referred to the upper Cretaceous on
stratigraphic grounds. Overlying these is a very thick series of Tertiary
beds characterized by both vertebrate and invertebrate fossils.
From this brief description it is seen that all the Cretaceous fossils
under discussion came from the lower 420 feet of the Pueyrrydon series,
and a very large proportion of the species were collected from the upper
part of the Belgrano beds about the middle of that series. All the speci-
mens from the Gio beds and the lower conglomerate were obtained at
the locality near the mouth of the canon of Rio Tarde. The Belgrano
beds at the same locality yielded the following species :
Lima sp., Solecurtus (?) limatus,
Pecten (Camptonectes) pueyrrydo- Pleuromya latisulcata,
nensis, Corbula crassatelloides,
Pecten argentinus, Martesia argentinensis,
Pecten octoplicatus, Pleurotomaria tardensis,
Avicula (Oxytoma) tardensis, Lunatia pueyrrydonensis,
Gervillia hatcheri, Aporrhais (?) sp.,
Mytilus (?) argentinus, Hatchericeras patagonense,
Leda (?) corbuliformis, Hatchericeras argentinense,
1 The specimens of Tubulostium pupoidcs have the same field label as this species but Mr.
Hatcher states that the lower conglomerate yielded no other fossils except the wood with boring
Mollusks and it is almost certain that the Tubulostium came from either the Gio beds or the Bel-
grano beds, as the appearance of the specimens would indicate.
STANTON : THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES.
Trigonia subventricosa,
Astarte peralta,
Astarte postsulcata,
Hatchcriceras (?) tardense,
Hatchericeras (?) pueyrrydonense.
Nine of these species together with a number of additional ones were
obtained at the other locality in the Belgrano beds ten miles east of 'Lake
Peuyrrydon. It is evident from an examination of the fossils that the
collections from these two localities supplement each other and are from
practically the same horizon as Mr. Hatcher determined in the field.
The list of species from the second locality is as follows :
Pecten (Camptonectes) pueyrry-
donensis,
Pecten argentinus,
Pecten octoplicatus,
Mytilus (?) argentinus,
Pinna sp.,
Nucula pueyrrydonensis,
Trigonia subventricosa,
Trigonia heterosculpta,
Trigonia, sp.,
Astarte postsulcata (?),
Tapes (?) patagonica,
Tapes (?) sp.,
Tellina sp.,
Solecurtus (?) limatus,
-Mactra (?) sp.,
Corbula crassatelloides,
Dentalium (Laevidentalium) lima-
tum,
Vanikoro (?) sp.,
Lunatia constricta,
Aporrhais patagonica,
Cinulia australis,
Tornatellaea patagonica,
Hatchericeras argentinense.
Combining the collections from both localities, the Belgrano beds have
yielded 36 species of invertebrates that are more or less fully described
in the following pages, besides several additional forms represented by
material too scanty and imperfect for generic identification.
Although the specific names in the above lists are all new, the assem-
blage of genera at once proclaims their Mesozoic character, and the ap-
pended excellent illustrations, drawn by Dr. J. C. McConnell, give
abundant proof of their Cretaceous age.
The exact position of the beds yielding them in the Cretaceous system,
as developed in Europe and other parts of the world, is more difficult to
determine, because the evidence is incomplete and somewhat conflicting.
Perhaps the first question to suggest itself is whether more than one
great subdivision of the Cretaceous is represented in the three fossiliferous
6 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS PALAEONTOLOGY.
horizons that Mr. Hatcher has recognized in the Pueyrrydon series. The
fact that the species found in each of the three horizons appear to be
peculiar to it would indicate different epochs if each horizon yielded
enough species to constitute a real fauna. But the Gio beds yielded
only a single species of Ostrea which is occasionally bored by a Litho-
pliagns and the lower conglomerate contained only the small Turnus
diibins boring in fossil wood. These are all forms that would not seem
out of place if immediately associated with the fauna of the overlying
Belgrano beds and probably do not differ greatly from it in age, the
vertical distribution of species in this part of the section being due rather
to local conditions than to great faunal changes. This conclusion is in
harmony with Mr. Hatcher's observation that the beds are conformable.
In attempting to correlate this series with horizons that have been es-
tablished elsewhere the natural course is to begin comparisons with for-
mations described in adjacent regions, or at least on the same continent,
but the data for direct comparisons are almost wholly lacking. It will,
doubtless, be a surprise to the reader, as it was to the writer, to find that
no previously described species is recognized in this collection from
southwestern Patagonia. This is the more surprising for the reason that
the Cretaceous is known to be widely distributed and represented by
many horizons in South America. It covers considerable areas in Brazil
where it has yielded a large fauna described by White1 but the facies is
entirely different from that of the Cretaceous of Patagonia, if indeed, the
same horizons are represented. Along the western Cordillera, both
Upper and Lower Cretaceous fossils have been described or reported from
many areas extending from Venezuela and Colombia to the Strait of
Magellan and as Mr. Hatcher's localities are in this western belt, it was
naturally expected that many of the species would be referable to de-
scribed forms. A careful examination of the literature describing South
American Mesozoic fossils failed to reveal a single species with which any
of the fossils here described can be positively identified. It should be
remembered in this connection, however, that none of the collections
previously described was obtained within several hundred miles of Lake
Pueyrrydon, and that, with few exceptions, the collections were small and
not really representative of the faunas. In a few cases species that I
1 Contributions to the Paleontology of Brazil. Archivos do Museu Nacional do Rio Ja-
neiro, Vol. VII, 1887.
STANTON : THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES. 7
have described as new may be represented in previous South American
collections by forms referred to or compared with European species. Be-
sides searching for similar species in the American Cretaceous faunas,
comparisons with the Old World faunas have been as careful and com-
plete as the facilities and time at my command would allow, and in many
instances related species have been cited, but I do not consider it wise to
identify a form with a species described from a region thousands of miles
distant, unless the agreement is so complete as to leave no room for doubt
as to their identity. Examples of such species that may possibly have
been thus cited under other names in previous papers are the Ostrea,
some of the Ammonites, Trigonia subventricosa, and the T^lbulosti^lm, all
of which will be further discussed.
In recent reviews of the geology and palaeontology of the Argentine Re-
public by Valentin1 and Ameghino the data for Mesozoic invertebrates
are derived almost exclusively from the observations of Steinmann2 in
southern Patagonia and the work of Behrendsen3 on the collections of
Bodenbender from the western Cordillera between 35° and 40° south
latitude.
In the neighborhood of Port Famine and the Brunswick peninsula
Steinmann recognized the Lower Cretaceous, from which Darwin and
others had obtained a few fossils, to which he added an Inoceraimis com-
pared with /. concentricus. Two degrees north (about latitude 51°) he
found well-preserved examples of an ammonite of the late Cretaceous
group of "Haploceraten," which was thought to be identical with an
Indian species, and with it Ananchytes, Gastropods and fossil wood.
Still farther north between Lake Argentina (near latitude 50°) and Lake
Rica the Cretaceous was reported to have more sandstones and more fre-
quent fossils, including Inoceramus labiatus and /. brongniarti, or related
forms. "From these finds [he states] it is evident that the clay shale
system of the eastern slope of the Cordillera, whose thickness may be esti-
mated at not less than i ,000 meters and which forms a broad zone from
the Strait of Magellan to the lakes of Santa Cruz (perhaps to the latitude
of Valdivia [40°] ) belongs to the older and later Cretaceous."
^egundo censo de la Republica Argentina, tomo I, pp. 63-255, Buenos Aires, 1898.
2 Reisenotizen aus Patagonien, Neues Jahrb. f. Min., 1883, Bd. II, pp. 255, 256.
3 Zur Geologic des Ostabhanges der Argentinischen Cordillere. Zeitschr. d. Deutsch. Geol.
Gesellsch. Bd. 43, pp. 369-420; Bd. 44, pp. 1-42, 1891-1892.
8 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS PALEONTOLOGY.
It seems probable that Steinmann's clay-shale system includes the
Pueyrrydon series, but of the few fossils that he cites not one is repre-
sented in Mr. Hatcher's collection by similar species, nor even by the
same genus, unless it is the ammonite, which is not cited with sufficient
definiteness to permit comparisons.
The collections studied by Behrendsen came from a region 500 to 800
miles north of Lake Pueyrrydon. From them he determined the pres-
ence of several Jurassic and Cretaceous horizons, including Lias, Lower
Oolite, Tithonian, Neocomian, Aptian (Gault), and Upper Cretaceous.
The small number of species cited from some of the localities and horizons,
however, must have made part of these determinations doubtful.
At one locality on the Arroyo Pequenco, between Rio Salado and Rio
Malargue, strata referred to the Upper Neocomian yielded only Exogyra
con/oni, fragmentary remains of a Crustacean, a poorly preserved Trigonia
that is compared with T. aliformis, a Rhynchonella, and Mytilus cumeri.
The fact that some of the European forms referred to E. couloni differ
so much from the typical form that they may be compared with Ostrea
tardensis, suggested that the latter may be the form referred to E. couloni
by Behrendsen, but his description and the figures to which he especially
refers for comparison indicate a very different form. A poorly preserved
specimen of Trigonia subventricosa might also reasonably be compared
with T. aliformis. There is a possibility therefore that the Pequenco
horizon may be the same as a part of the Pueyrrydon series.
The Aptian or Gault of Behrendsen's paper is represented by a few
fossils from " Portezuelo de Carqueque," some distance north of the last
mentioned locality. The only forms listed from this horizon are Am-
monites sp., Ostrea sp., Pecten sp., and Serpula phillipsi Roemer, the last
named species evidently being the basis of the determination of the age
of the bed. The Ostrea is a mere unidentifiable fragment and the de-
scriptive notes on the Ammonites and the Pecten make it certain that they
can not be identical with any of the Pueyrrydon species. Serpula pJril-
lipsi, however, as described and figured from the Gault of England and
Germany has considerable resemblance to the form I have described as
Tnbnlostinm pitpoides, though for reasons pointed out in the description
of the latter species it is not considered identical nor even congeneric.
It is mentioned here merely as an example of possible identity that may
some time be established by comparison of specimens from the two re-
STANTON I THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES. 9
gions. Even if the Pueyrrydon species should prove to be identical with
the form from Portezuelo, which according to Behrendsen shows no es-
sential difference from the European species, I should not consider that
in itself sufficient proof of the Gault age of the beds containing it.
One other of Behrendsen's horizons, " the Neocomian of the Arroyo
Triuguico and of Quili Malal," affords a slight basis of comparison. Two
of the Ammonites, Hoplites desori and H. neumayri, are somewhat sug-
gestive of two of the forms I have described as species of Hatchericeras
and they are referred to, or compared with some of the same European
species mentioned in my descriptions. It is evident, however, that none
of the forms figured by Behrendsen is identical with or very closely re-
lated to any of the Pueyrrydon ammonites. Several other genera are
represented in both this Neocomian and the Pueyrrydon fauna but the
species are not identical.
Comparisons made with Cretaceous fossils described from other regions
along the Andes from Chili northward gave similar negative results, and
there are no indications of close relationship with North American Creta-
ceous faunas that are worthy of mention.
The very close resemblance of one of the Pueyrrydon species of Tri-
gonia to T. ventricosa Krauss from the Uitenhage beds of South Africa
led to a close examination of the fauna of that formation, and while another
of its species, T. van, proved to be related to a Pueyrrydon form, and
there are superficial resemblances in the species of Gervillia, Astarte and
Ostrea, the fauna as a whole is too different to permit definite correlation.
The Uitenhage beds are now generally referred to the Lower Cretaceous,
though they were formerly assigned to the Jurassic.
As it is impossible to correlate the Pueyrrydon series by means of
identical species, it is necessary to rely on more general comparisons, at-
tempting to give due weight to the somewhat conflicting evidence.
Ammonites and Trigonias are usually among the most trustworthy
groups in determining the age of beds. In this case it has been thought
necessary to refer all the species of ammonites to a new genus whose re-
lationships are not very firmly established, but nearly all the species with
which these forms are compared occur in the Lower Cretaceous, and as-
suming that the genus is derived from Hoplites, or its near relatives, the
stage of development observed is what one would expect to find at that
period. Certainly no such forms are known later than the middle of the
Cretaceous.
IO PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS PAL/EONTOLOGY.
Trigonia subventricosa belongs to a purely Cretaceous section which
has similar forms in the Upper Cretaceous, but the .most closely relatep
form is T. ventricosa from the Lower Cretaceous Uitenhage beds, which
also yield a form similar to the other Pueyrrydon species T. heterosculpta,
though another species which may belong to the same section occurs in
the Upper Cretaceous Quinquina beds of Chili. The evidence of both
Ammonites and Trigonias, therefore, seems to favor the Lower Cretaceous
age of the series.
The specific characters of some of the other groups, such as the Ostrea,
the Gervillia, the Astarte species, the Pleuromya, and the Solecurtus (?)
also tend to place the beds below the middle of the Cretaceous. Certain
of the other forms, such as Cinulia, Tornatellaea, Lunatia, Martesia, Turnus,
Mactra (?), and Pinna, have a more modern aspect and would not be out
of place in an Upper Cretaceous fauna, while the remainder are mostly
of types that have a greater range within the Mesozoic.
After my preliminary examination of this collection the opinion was
expressed1 that the horizon represented is "about the middle of the Cre-
taceous, at least not lower than the Gault." This judgment was influ-
enced to some extent by the supposed occurrence in the collection of the
characteristic Upper Cretaceous genus Pugnellus. Further study of the
material after it was better cleaned showed that this generic identification
was incorrect, and the closer examination of the collection has in several
cases tended to emphasize the evidence for older rather than newer Cre-
taceous age. The former opinion is, therefore, now modified to this ex-
tent, that the horizon is not later than the Gault. Although the evidence
as above sketched and as given more in detail in the specific descriptions
does not seem to me to justify the definite reference of the Pueyrrydon
series to any one of the European Cretaceous horizons it is reasonably
certain that it belongs within the Lower Cretaceous and is not younger
than the Gault.
1 Quoted by Hatcher, Am. Jour. Sci., 4th Ser., Vol. IX, p. 90, and published in abstract
of communication to Geological Soc. of Washington, Science, N. S., Vol. XI, p. 349, 1900.
STANTON : THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES. I I
PELECYPODA.
OSTREA TARDENSIS Sp. HOV.
PI. I, Figs. I and 2, and PI. II, Figs, i and 2.
Shell large, massive, subtriangular, or more or less crescentic in outline ;
lower valve very thick and very convex, obscurely carinate, with the beak
more or less twisted laterally, but not distinctly coiled, the lower third of
the valve also laterally curved, so as to give the shell its crescentic shape ;
upper valve thinner, flat or somewhat concave, with the beak more nearly
straight and the other end curved to fit the lower valve ; surface of both
valves with rather coarse concentric lamellae or imbrications, though on
most of the specimens in the collection these are obscured by weathering.
Some individuals also show obscure radiating plications. The pit or
groove for the ligament is very large and broad and only slightly curved
in both valves.
An average specimen measures 150 mm. from beak to base and 90
mm. in greatest breadth at right angles to that line. Convexity of the
two valves 53 mm.
The eight specimens in the collection show some variations in form
and proportion, but not more than species of Ostrea usually show. The
curved form gives it the appearance of an Exogyra, but the beaks, espe-
cially of the upper valve, lack the spiral form characteristic of Exogyra.
The fact that Exogyra couloni Defrance has been reported from several
localities in South America led to the comparison of that species with our
Patagonian form. While it is true that some extreme varieties that have
been figured as belonging to that very variable European Lower Creta-
ceous species somewhat resemble the Patagonian shell in form and gen-
eral appearance, it does not seem to me that they can be identical. O.
tardensis is certainly not at all like the typical and ordinary forms of E.
couloni. Behrendsen1 reports the occurrence of E. couloni at "Arroyo
Pequenco between Rio Salado and Rio Malargue, not far from the Villa
Beltran," Argentine Republic, and states that it is present in almost all
the forms represented by d'Orbigny and Pictet, but agreeing especially
with the figures given by Bayle and Coquand2 of specimens from Chili.
1 Zeitschr. Deutsche Geol. Gesellsch., Bd. 43, p. 419, 1890.
2 Mem. Soc. Geol. de France, 2d Ser., t. IV, p. 37, pi. 7, figs. I and 2, 1851.
12 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
These Chilean specimens are distinctly exogyrate and have very little re-
semblance to the Patagonian form. In a later work by Coquand * they
are referred to Ostrea a<]iiila, which is also made to include Exogyra im-
bricata Krauss, a similar form from the Uitenhage beds of South Africa.
A species that resembles O, tardensis more closely than those above
mentioned has been described by Stoliczka2 under the name Gryphaa
an'aua from the Arrialoor group of the Indian Cretaceous. Judging from
the figures the principal difference is in the somewhat less strongly curved
form of G. ariana.
It is possible, though I think not probable, that the Patagonian Ostrea
here described as new is specifically identical with some of the South
American forms that have been referred to Exogyra coulom, but even if
that should prove to be true, the identification of that species is believed
to be erroneous in those cases and a new name is necessary.
Locality and position. — Mouth of canon of Rio Tarde, four miles east
of Lake Pueyrrydon, from a horizon (Gio beds) 400 feet below the Ammo-
nite layer.
LIMA sp.
Shell small, ovate, slightly oblique, convex with prominent beaks and
small inconspicuous ears; surface marked by about 15 rather prominent
radiating ribs about equal in width to the interspaces, each of which bears
a fine line. The anterior and posterior portions of the shell not covered
by the ribs also bear a number of fine radiating lines and show irregular
lines of growth.
The"three imperfect specimens in the collection are probably immature,
the largest measuring only seven millimeters in length and five milli-
meters in breadth.
Locality and position. — From the Ammonite (Belgrano) beds at mouth
of canon four miles east of Lake Pueyrrydon.
PECTEN (CAMPTONECTES) PUEYRRYDONENSIS sp. nov.
Pi. IV, Fig. i.
Shell of medium size, ovate or subcircular in outline, moderately con-
vex ; right valve with unequal ears, the anterior one much larger, trian-
1 Monographic du Genre Ostrea, p. 158.
'Cretaceous Fauna of S. India, vol. 3, p. 465, pi. 43, figs. 2, 2a, pi. 44, figs. 1-3.
STANTON : THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES. 13
gular with rounded extremity and bounded below by a deep byssal sinus,
posterior ear much smaller, with the outer margin oblique and broadly
rounded above, both with radiating striae ; the body of the shell marked
by rather conspicuous irregularly spaced concentric lines and by very fine
curved radiating impressed lines.
Height, 25 mm.; length of hinge line 11 mm.; greatest length (about
the middle of the valve) 23 mm.
This description is drawn from the type, a well preserved right valve,
from the locality ten miles east of Lake Pueyrrydon. The collection from
four miles east of the same lake contains some less perfect specimens be-
lieved to belong to this species, and among them are two left valves hav-
ing the same sculpture and general form as the type. These are slightly
more convex than the right valve and the anterior ear is similar in form
and only slightly larger than the posterior.
The species has the typical Camptonectes sculpture and form as seen in
a number of described Jurassic and Cretaceous species, but according to
Dall l Camptonectes is not of generic or even subgeneric rank but should
be placed as a section under Pseudamusium.
Locality and position. — From the Ammonite (Belgrano) beds at the
two localities above mentioned.
PECTEN ARGENTINUS sp. nov.
PL iv, Fig. 5.
Shell of moderate size, ovate in outline, very gently convex, with me-
dian pointed beaks ; ears subequal, in the form of slender right-angled
triangles, projecting beyond the beak at their outer angle, separated from
the body of the shell by impressed lines that form a right angle where
they intersect at the beak ; basal margin forming almost a semi-circular
curve ; surface smooth and polished, with very fine lines of growth, occa-
sional more prominent impressed concentric lines, and very faint indica-
tions of fine radiating lines.
The figured specimen, which is of average size, is 23 mm. in height and
2 1 mm. in greatest length. The corresponding dimensions of the largest
example in the collection are about twice as great. The convexity of sin-
gle valves is not more than two to three millimeters.
'Trans. Wagner Free Institute, Vol. Ill, pt. IV, p. 697, Philadelphia, 1898.
14 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALEONTOLOGY.
The type is apparently a left valve and the right valve is probably very
similar with subequal ears and without a byssal notch, since there are about
twenty such valves in the collection, and there are no others of different
form that could be right valves of this species. . The form is like that of
the group for which Meek proposed the name Entolium, but it lacks the
diverging "teeth" characteristic of that subgenus. Similar forms are not
uncommon in the Jurassic and Cretaceous, such as Pecten operculifonnis
Gabb from the Lower Cretaceous Horsetown beds of California, which,
however, has broader ears and no radiating striae.
Locality and position. — From the Ammonite (Belgrano) beds at mouth
of cafion four miles east of Lake Pueyrrydon, and ten miles east of the
lake. The figured specimen is from the latter locality.
PECTEN OCTOPLICATUS sp. nov.
PI. IV, Figs. 2 and 3.
Shell small, ovately subtriangular, conspicuously inequivalve, with eight
strong radiating ribs on each valve. Right valve very convex, with prom-
inent narrowed beak ; anterior ear elongate-triangular, with a deep byssal
notch beneath it ; posterior ear much smaller and inconspicuous ; ribs very
prominent, about as broad as the interspaces, subangular, each bearing
several obscure radiating lines and crossed by numerous fiae concentric
lines. Left valve much less convex, with subequal, rather broad triangu-
lar ears ; ribs more rounded, much less elevated and relatively more nar-
row ; the radiating and concentric lines also less conspicuous than on the
right valve.
Height of an average specimen from beak to base 9 mm.; greatest
length at right angles to above measurement 8 mm.; convexity of right
valve about 4 mm., of left valve about 2 mm.
Locality and position. — Abundant in the Ammonite (Belgrano) beds at
mouth of cafion four miles east of Lake Pueyrrydon and represented by
three left valves apparently belonging to the species from the same ho-
rizon, ten miles east of the lake.
AVICULA (OXYTOMA) TARDENSIS sp. nov.
PI. IV, Figs. 6 and 7.
Shell small, obliquely ovate, inequivalve ; length of hinge line not quite
equal to height of shell ; beaks rather prominent, extending beyond the
STANTON I THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES. 15
hinge line. Left valve convex; anterior ear rounded, inconspicuous;
posterior ear broad, flattened and more or less mucronately produced at
the extremity, though this is not preserved on most of the specimens;
surface of the whole valve, except the ears, with 25 to 30 fine radiating
ribs, which tend to vary in size on the posterior portion. Right valve con-
siderably less convex, with a deep byssal sinus under the anterior ear;
posterior ear broad and flattened ; surface marked by much finer and more
numerous radiating lines than those on the left valve.
An average specimen measures 1 1 mm. in height and about the same
in greatest length, which is below the middle of the valve. The convex-
ity of the two valves united is about 5 or 6 mm.
The species is similar in form and sculpture to A. nebrascana Evans
and Shumard, as figured by Meek,1 from the Fort Pierre formation of the
western United States. The subgenus Oxytoma ranges throughout the
Mesozoic and is by some authors referred to Pseudomonotis instead of
Avicula.
Locality and position. — Abundant in the Ammonite (Belgrano) beds at
mouth of canon of Rio Tarde four miles east of Lake Pueyrrydon.
GERVILLIA HATCHERI sp. nov.
PI. Ill, Figs, i and 2.
Shell very large, slender, obliquely produced, rather convex, with very
thick test ; beaks terminal, pointed, not conspicuous ; ventral margin
nearly straight from the beaks for about one-third the length of the shell,
then broadly convex to the rounded posterior end ; dorsal margin slightly
concave from the hinge to the posterior end of the shell ; posterior wing
not preserved on the type but evidently narrow ; hinge area almost par-
allel with the longer axis of the shell, broad with seven or eight large
transverse pits or grooves for the ligament, and three or four obscure, ob-
liquely elongated teeth ; surface marked only by lines of growth.
Length 260 mm.; greatest breadth (at the beginning of the posterior
third of the shell) 64 mm.; greatest convexity of single valve about
28 mm., and thickness of test in anterior portion about the same.
The only specimen in the collection is the left valve figured, which is in
an excellent state of preservation, except that nearly all the posterior wing
'U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr., Vol. IX, p. 34, pi. 16, figs, ja, 3b.
1 6 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALEONTOLOGY.
is broken off and some of the hard, sandy matrix still clings to a part of
the surface.
The species may be compared with G. alpina Pictet and Roux,1 which
is almost as large and somewhat similar in form, but is a straighter shell
and has a more distinct anterior wing. Gervillia dentata Krauss 2 from
the Uitenhage beds of South Africa is another large species that has some
general resemblance to this form, but it is not so thick shelled, the beak
is not so pointed and the shell is straighter.
Locality and position. — From the Ammonite (Belgrano) beds at mouth
of cafion four miles east of Lake Pueyrrydon.
MYTILUS (?) ARGENTINUS sp. nov.
PI. IV, Fig. 4.
Shell small, elongate-ovate, moderately convex; beaks prominent,
slightly incurved ; dorsal margin slightly convex without definite posterior
angulation ; ventral margin nearly straight, posterior end regularly and
broadly rounded ; surface marked only by very fine growth lines and con-
centric wrinkles, which are inconspicuous except when magnified.
Length of an average specimen from beak to base 8 mm.; greatest
breadth 5.5 mm.; convexity of the two valves about 6 mm.
This little species has almost the form of a Crenella, and some obscure
radiating lines on a weathered specimen increased the resemblance and
led to its reference to that genus, when the collection was first examined.
Well-preserved specimens, however, show no radiating sculpture.
Locality and position. — The figured type and four other specimens are
from the Ammonite (Belgrano) beds at mouth of canon four miles east of
Lake Pueyrrydon, and one specimen from the same horizon ten miles east
of the lake.
LlTHOPHAGUS Sp.
This genus is represented in the collection by a single small flask-shaped
burrow in a fragment of oyster shell from the Ostrea horizon (Gio beds)
400 feet below the Ammonite layer at the mouth of the canon four miles
'As figured by Pictet and Campiche, Terrain Cretace de Sainte Croix, pi. 155, figs. 2-4.
According to these authors the species includes the Cretaceous forms figured by Sowerby (Min.
Conch., pi. 511) under the name G. aviculoides but not belonging to that Jurassic species.
2 Nova Acta, Vol. 22, p. 458, pi. 50, figs, \a-\c.
STANTON I THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES. 1J
east of Lake Pueyrrydon. The burrow, which is rilled with calcareous
sand and probably still contains the shell, measures 10 mm. in length and
5 mm. in greatest diameter.
PINNA sp.
A single small Pinna in the collection is too imperfect for specific de-
scription. The shell is rather slender, moderately convex, not carinate, nor
distinctly angular on the median line, with the upper two thirds of the
shell marked by 10 or 12 radiating lines and the rest of the surface bear-
ing irregular, less conspicuous lines of growth. The specimen, which is
probably not a mature shell, measures 90 mm. in length, 28 mm. in great-
est breadth and 10 mm. in convexity of both valves.
Compared with P. robinaldina d'Orbigny, which Behrendsen1 has re-
ported from the Lower Cretaceous of the Argentine Republic, this species
may be easily distinguished by its more slender and less convex form and
by the absence of a median angulation. It much more closely resembles
the Upper Cretaceous P. lakesi White 2 from the Fort Pierre formation of
Colorado.
Locality and position. — From the Ammonite (Belgrano) beds ten miles
east of Lake Pueyrrydon.
NUCULA PUEYRRYDONENSIS Sp. nOV.
PI. IV, Figs. 8 and 9.
Shell of medium size, elongate subovate, moderately convex; beaks
nearly terminal at the posterior end, which is almost vertically truncate ;
dorsal margin slightly convex ; anterior end broadly rounded, most promi-
nent above, passing below into the convex ventral margin ; surface nearly
smooth, bearing very fine, closely arranged lines of growth, with a few
more conspicuous concentric furrows at wide intervals.
Length 17 mm.; height 12 mm.; convexity of the single valve about
5 mm.
The species is quite similar in form and surface to N. simplex Des-
hayes, from the Neocomian of France, as figured by d'Orbigny,3 except
that its anterior end is more broadly rounded.
1 Zeitschr. Deutsche Geol. Gesellsch., Bd. 44, p. 25, 1892.
2 12th Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terr., pt. I, p. 17, pi. II, fig. i, 1880.
•'Paleont. Franq. Terr. Cret, t. Ill, pi. 301, figs, u and 12.
1 8 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALEONTOLOGY.
Locality and position. — From the Ammonite (Belgrano) beds ten miles
east of Lake Pueyrrydon, represented by a left valve, an internal cast,
and the imprint of the exterior of another one.
LEDA (?) CORBULIFORMIS sp. nov.
PI. IV, Fig. ii.
Shell small, elongate-ovate, rather ventricose, with prominent, tumid
submedian beaks ; dorsal margin descending almost equally before and
behind the beaks ; anterior end broadly rounded ; posterior end more
narrow, subtruncate and very slightly upturned at the extremity ; ventral
margin gently convex ; surface marked by relatively coarse, regular con-
centric lines.
The type measures 10 mm. in length, 7 mm. in height and 6 mm. in
convexity of the two valves.
The description is drawn from a single specimen which retains most of
the shell of the left valve and shows the internal cast of the right. Im-
pressions of small nuculoid hinge teeth are faintly shown. The reference
to Leda is based on the form of the shell and is somewhat doubtful.
Locality and position. — Ammonite (Belgrano) beds at mouth of canon
four miles east of Lake Pueyrrydon.
TRIGONIA SUBVENTRICOSA sp. nov.
PI. IV, Figs. 19 and 20.
Shell rather large, sublunate, inflated and broadly rounded in front,
much contracted and considerably produced behind ; beaks prominent,
near the anterior end ; ventral margin very convex and prominent in its
middle third, where the strongest costae terminate, in front passing imper-
ceptibly into the anterior margin by a more gentle curve, and behind
passing almost straight or with a slightly concave curve toward the pos-
terior end ; dorsal margin concave ; area rather narrow, convex, divided
above the middle by a narrow groove, with inconspicuous lines of growth,
not bounded by distinct carinae ; escutcheon also nearly smooth, large,
deeply excavated, bearing only faint costellae, that near the front are very
short, directed backward very obliquely from the area, while toward the
posterior end they become somewhat larger, more nearly transverse, pass-
ing entirely across the escutcheon and sometimes curving forward near
STANTON I THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES. 19
the margin ; remainder of the shell bearing about 22 to 24 strong costae,
radiating from the margin of the area and divided into two rather distinct
sets. The anterior 10 or n are very strong, distant, coarsely and irregu-
larly tuberculate, curved forward near the margin of the shell, occupying
the inflated anterior two thirds. Successive costae become larger and
more nearly straight, the Qth or loth usually being the largest. The
other costas on the contracted posterior third of the shell are much finer,
more closely arranged and nearly straight or slightly irregular and sinuous,
without tubercles, and directed obliquely downward and backward. The
surface also bears rather conspicuous, closely arranged lines of growth.
The figured type, which has lost a small portion of the posterior end,
measures 73 mm. in length, 63 mm. in height, and about 57 mm. in con-
vexity of the two valves. The corresponding dimensions of another
specimen are 82 mm., 66 mm., and 60 mm., respectively. In each case
the length is measured from the front margin to the posterior end, and the
height somewhat obliquely from the beak to the most prominent part of the
ventral margin.
This species belongs to the section Scabrae, which is characteristic of
the Cretaceous, and it is somewhat closely related to T. aliformis Park-
inson. The form which most closely resembles it, however, is T. ventri-
cosa (Krauss),1 from the Uitenhage beds of South Africa.
Comparisons have been made with some small specimens collected by
Dr. Holub on Zwartkop river, as well as with the published figures, and
while the general resemblance is very great, the Patagonian form differs in
being somewhat longer and less inflated, and the tubercles on the anterior
ribs are coarser, less regular and more distant. T. tuberculifera Stoliczka
from the Upper Cretaceous Trichinopoly beds of southern India is also
similar in general form and sculpture, but it is still shorter than T. veutri-
cosa and the costae on the posterior portion are coarser and not so nu-
merous.
In beds referred to the Upper Neocomian at Arroyo Pequenco, Argen-
tine Republic, several hundred miles north of these Patagonian localities,
Dr. Bodenbender collected a Trigonia, listed by Behrendsen2 as Tri-
1 Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leopold-Carolin. Nat. Cur., Vol. 22, p. 456, pi. 49, figs 2a-2d. Bet-
ter figures have been published by Lycett in Brit. Foss. Trigoniae, p. 119, and by Stoliczka in
Cret. Fauna of S. India, vol. 3, pi. 15, figs. 9, 9«.
2 Zeitschr. Deutsche Geol. Gesellsch., Bd. 43, 1891, p. 418.
20 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
gonia conf. aliformis Park., which may possibly be identical with our spe-
cies, but the single specimen collected was too imperfect for full description.
It was associated with an oyster identified with Exogyra couloni Defr.
Locality and /05///cw.— Represented by 13 specimens from the Ammo-
nite (Belgrano) beds at mouth of cafion four miles east of Lake Pueyrrydon
and by four specimens from" the same horizon ten miles east of the lake.
TRIGONIA HETEROSCULPTA sp. nov.
PI. IV, Figs. 1 6-1 8.
Shell rather small, ovately trigonal, moderately convex ; anterior end
broadly rounded, rather prominent ; ventral margin gently convex ; pos-
terior end slightly produced, narrowly rounded at the extremity and very
obliquely subtruncate above ; dorsal margin almost straight (very slightly
concave) from the beak to the posterior end ; beaks not very prominent,
situated about one third the length of the shell from the anterior end ; area
and escutcheon narrow, not very sharply defined on the adult shell, both
being destitute of sculpture other than rather prominent lines of growth
and a broad furrrow above the middle of the area. The sculpture of the
young shell, as seen on the beaks and on small specimens, is entirely
different from that of the adult, and the form also is different. In young
shells, seven millimeters or less in length, the height and length are about
equal and the sculpture consists of strong concentric ribs, parallel to the
growth lines and about as prominent on the area as on the anterior por-
tion of the shell. At this stage the area is bounded above and below by
well-marked carinae and the small escutcheon is smooth. As the shell
grows, the next two or three ribs become swollen and bent downward a
short distance in front of the area, then one or two form V-shaped angles
there, and finally in the adult form of sculpture there are two distinct sets
of costae — one set consisting of slender, smooth costae resembling those
of the young shell, but ranging obliquely backward and downward from
the front of the shell until they almost meet the other set, the number
varying from 6 to 12 or more according to age; the posterior set consist-
ing of fewer and larger, more nearly vertical, smooth costae that range
downward from the margin of the area to the ventral border.
The sculpture is thus seen to agree closely with that of the Undulatae
section of Trigonia, except that the area is not so well defined. The
STANTON : THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES. 21
largest specimen illustrated is so badly weathered that the anterior set of
costae has been almost obliterated, and the figure is therefore misleading
in that respect. The other figures, though smaller, show the sculpture
better.
The largest specimen in the collection (PI. IV, Fig. 18) measures 51
mm. in length, 38 mm. in height and about 19 mm. in convexity of the
single valves. The corresponding dimensions of another specimen are
29 mm., 22 mm. and about 9 mm., respectively.
The only American Cretaceous Trigonia that resembles this one in gen-
eral appearance is T. hanetiana d'Orbigny,1 from the Quinquina beds of
Chili, which may be easily distinguished by differences in the sculpture,
the posterior set of costae radiating from the beak instead of from the
margin of the area, and tending to break up into large irregular tubercles
toward the ventral margin. T. vau Sharpe2 from the Uitenhage beds of
South Africa is more nearly related, as its sculpture is of the same type.
It differs, however, in outline, the posterior end being more prolonged
and broader, and the anterior ribs are more oblique, while the posterior
set also have a different inclination. T. robinaldina d'Orbigny,3 a French
Neocomian species, has somewhat similar sculpture but differs in outline
and is more convex.
T. heterosctilpta is not easily assigned to any of the described sections
of Trigonia. The costae are similar to those of the Undulatae but the ill-
defined area and escutcheon seem to prevent its reference to that group,
which is said to be characteristic of the Jurassic.
Locality and position. — From the Ammonite (Belgrano) beds ten miles
east 'of Lake Pueyrrydon, represented by about 20 valves.
TRIGONIA sp.
Associated with the preceding from the locality ten miles east of Lake
Pueyrrydon, are two specimens evidently belonging to a distinct species
of Trigonia, but too imperfect for specific description, as they do not show
the character of the posterior end, area and escutcheon. The form is
rather ventricose and short and the anterior portion of the shell bears nine
'Voyage dans 1'Amerique Mend., t. Ill, pt. 4, p. 127, pi. 12, figs. 14-16. The species is also
figured by Steinmann, Neues Jahrb. f. Min., etc., Beilageband X, p. 101, pi. 7, figs. 8, 9.
2 Trans. Geol. Soc. Lond., 2d Sen, Vol. VII, p. 194, pi. 22, fig. 5.
3Paleont. Franc.. Terr. Cret, t. Ill, pi. 299, figs, i, 2.
22 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALEONTOLOGY.
or ten large smooth ribs, that radiate from the beak and are broader than
the interspaces.
ASTARTE PERALTA Sp. nOV.
PI. V, Figs, i and 2.
Shell very large and massive, ovate, moderately convex, considerably
higher than long, with prominent submedian beaks, from which the outline
descends rapidly and almost equally, with a gentle convex curve behind,
and concave in front to the extremity of the lunule, which is rather large
and deeply excavated with abrupt walls ; ventral margin regularly rounded;
surface marked by fine lines of growth and by rather prominent concen-
tric ridges, which are less prominent on the middle of the valve than
toward the ends, and become broader and less conspicuous toward the
ventral margin of the adult; hinge broad and massive, showing in the
right valve a small anterior cardinal tooth, a very large middle cardinal,
two large sockets for the reception of the cardinals of the left valve,
and traces of anterior and posterior laterals ; posterior cardinal not de-
veloped. The free border of the shell is not crenulated on the interior.
Height 125 mm., length 101 mm.; convexity of both valves about
80 mm.
This description is drawn from a well-preserved right valve showing
all the essential specific and generic features, though a fragment has been
broken from the posterior end. There is another imperfect specimen
showing the beak of a left valve.
The species is distinguished by its large size and its great height, as
compared with its length. In these features it recalls some of the gigan-
tic species of Astarte from the Jurassic, such as Astarte damesi Boehm,1
though differing from them in outline and other details.
The growth lines of A. peralta show that its height, as compared with
the length, increases rapidly with age and these two dimensions are equal
at least until they reach 25 mm. At that size the shell resembled A.
Postsulcata, except that the sculpture was considerably coarser and the an-
terior end was less prominent.
Locality and position. — From the (Belgrano) Ammonite beds at mouth
of cafion four miles east of Lake Pueyrrydon.
1 Palaeontographica, Supplement II, Die Bivalven der Stramberger Schichten, p. 561, pi. 63,
figs. 1-3.
STANTON : THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES. 23
ASTARTE POSTSULCATA Sp. HOV.
PL V, Figs. 3-7.
Shell of medium size, subcircular in outline, moderately convex, sub-
equilateral, the anterior end of the shell being slightly more prominent
than the posterior; beaks prominent, angular; lunule rather large, deeply
excavated, with abrupt walls ; surface marked by rather coarse lines of
growth, by occasional more prominent concentric furrows and by a broad,
shallow depression or furrow extending in a curve from the beak to the
postero-ventral margin : hinge with two well-developed cardinal teeth in
each valve, and both anterior and posterior laterals considerably devel-
oped. Margin of the shell not crenulate within.
An average specimen measures 25 mm. in height, 26 mm. in length
and 1 8 mm. in convexity of the two valves. Shells of this size have
comparatively thick massive shells, as shown in figures 5, 6 and 7, while
other specimens only slightly smaller and agreeing in all other respects,
have very much thinner shells. This comparative thinness of test is be-
lieved to be due to immaturity.
This species belongs to the same group as A. peralta, the young of
which it evidently closely resembles, but it may be distinguished even from
specimens of the same size by its much finer lines of growth, by the pres-
ence of the radiating posterior furrow, and by slight differences in outline,
especially the greater prominence of the anterior end.
Locality and position. — Represented by over 20 specimens from the
Ammonite (Belgrano) beds at mouth of canon four miles east of Lake
Pueyrrydon.
TAPES (?) PATAGONICA sp. nov.
PI. IV, Figs. 12 and 13.
Shell small, rounded subquadrate, moderately convex ; beaks promi-
nent, situated on the anterior third of the shell ; dorsal margin excavated
in front of the beaks, gently convex behind them ; anterior end broadly
rounded, passing imperceptibly into the convex ventral margin ; posterior
end broad, obliquely subtruncate ; surface marked by rather coarse, regu-
lar concentric lines and grooves, with occasional deeper furrows, the
sculpture being strongest on the middle of the valve and fading out to-
ward the ends. There is no distinct lunule and the narrow escutcheon
is about half filled by the ligament.
24 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS \ PAL/EONTOLOGY.
Length of the type, 17 mm.; height, 15 mm.; convexity of the two
valves, 8 mm.
Besides the well-preserved type, the species is represented by a cast of
one valve and possibly by two other imperfect valves, that are referred
with some doubt to the species. The hinge and other internal characters
are unknown and the generic reference is, therefore, very uncertain.
Locality and position. — From the Ammonite (Belgrano) beds ten miles
east of Lake Pueyrrydon.
TAPES (?) sp.
Associated with the preceding species at the same place and horizon is
another form of about the same size, but considerably more elongate, with
the beaks nearer the anterior end, less convex and with smoother surface.
The pallial sinus is deep, rather broad and horizontal. Represented by a
nearly complete internal cast retaining small portions of the shell and by
the imprint of a part of the surface of the same individual.
TELLINA sp.
A single small internal cast retaining small portions of the shell is re-
ferred to this genus on account of its form and general aspect. The
valves are slightly twisted laterally ; anterior end broadly rounded ; pos-
terior end obliquely subtruncate, much more narrow and somewhat
shorter, than the front end ; ventral margin slightly convex ; beaks rather
prominent ; surface apparently smooth.
Length, 21 mm.; height, 13 mm.; convexity of the two valves, 5 mm.
Locality and position. — Ammonite (Belgrano) beds ten miles east of
Lake Pueyrrydon.
SOLECURTUS (?) LIMATUS Sp. nOV.
PL IV, Fig. 10.
Shell small, elongate oval, subequilateral, with very small, inconspicu-
ous beaks ; dorsal and ventral margins very slightly convex ; anterior end
regularly rounded ; posterior end slightly contracted, broadly rounded
into the ventral margin below, more abruptly rounded or subangular
above ; surface with a polished appearance but marked by numerous fine
growth lines that vary somewhat in size.
Internal casts show imprints of two very small teeth and subequal
STANTON : THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES. 2$
ovate adductor muscle impressions. The pallial line is very faint and the
sinus not distinctly seen.
Length of an average specimen 20 mm.; height 9 mm.; convexity of
both valves about 4 mm.
This species closely resembles Solen cequalis d'Orbigny 1 which the
same author afterward referred to Solecurtus. It is smaller than that
species and not quite so slender.
Locality and position. — The figured specimen is from the Ammonite
(Belgrano) beds 10 miles east of Lake Pueyrrydon. It also occurs at the
locality four miles east of the lake, and is represented by about a dozen
specimens from the two places.
PLEUROMYA LATISULCATA sp. nov.
PI. VI, Figs. I and 2.
Shell of medium size, oblong ovate, or subcuneate in form, the great-
est convexity near the front end midway between the beak and the ven-
tral margin ; anterior end broadly rounded, posterior end more narrowly
rounded and slightly gaping ; ventral margin very slightly convex ; dor-
sal margin descending abruptly in front of the beaks and rather rapidly
behind them ; beaks prominent, approximate, somewhat flattened, situated
near the anterior end of the shell ; a rather prominent broad ridge, on
which the sculpture is most strongly marked, extending from the beak al-
most vertically to the antero-ventral angle, a much more obscure pos-
terior umbonal ridge running obliquely to the posterior end, and the side
between these two ridges flattened ; surface marked by very prominent
concentric ribs separated by broader furrows, and the whole covered with
finer growth lines.
Length, 38 mm. ; height, 25 mm. ; convexity of the two valves, 20 mm.
Locality and position. — From the Ammonite. (Belgrano) beds at mouth
of canon four miles east of Lake Pueyrrydon. Represented by a single
specimen.
MACTRA (?) sp.
Shell rather small, elongate, moderately convex, with prominent beaks
slightly in advance of the middle ; anterior end broadly rounded ; posterior
end narrow, obliquely subtruncate; ventral margin gently convex: an
'Pal. Fr. Terr. Cret, t. 3, p. 321, pi. 350, figs. 5-7.
26 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PAL/EONTOLOGY.
angular umbonal ridge extending near and almost parallel with the dorsal
margin from the beak to the posterior end ; surface marked by regular,
comparatively rather coarse, concentric lines and furrows ; hinge and other
internal features unknown.
Length of the best preserved specimen 28 mm.; height 16 mm.; con-
vexity of single valve about 5 mm. Another fragment indicates a speci-
men with corresponding measurements about one third greater.
The material is too imperfect and fragmentary for a satisfactory specific
description or figure and as the hinge is unknown no definite generic ref-
erence can be made. The form, sculpture, and other features observed in-
dicates that it belongs to the Mactridae though probably not to Mactra in
the restricted sense as defined by Dall. It has a greater resemblance to
Spisula.
Locality and position. — From the Ammonite (Belgrano) beds ten miles
east of Lake Pueyrrydon.
CORBULA CRASSITELLOIDES Sp. nOV.
PI. IV, Figs. 1 4 and 15.
Shell small, subtriangular, rather convex ; beaks prominent, broad, sit-
uated slightly in advance of the middle ; dorsal margin descending almost
equally forward and backward from the beaks ; ventral margin convex ;
anterior end broadly rounded ; posterior end obliquely subtruncate ; um-
bonal ridge distinct, angular, descending obliquely to the postero-ventral
angle ; surface marked by regular fine concentric lines.
Length of an average specimen, 5.5 mm.; height, 4 mm.; convexity of
the two valves, 4 mm.
This abundant little species resembles C. bodenbenderi Behrendsen1
from the Neocomian of Arroyo Triuguico, Argentine Republic. It is
somewhat smaller than Behrendsen's species, more inequilateral, more
convex, and the posterior end is relatively broader. In general form it
resembles the young of some species of Crassatella.
Locality and position. — Represented by numerous specimens from the
Ammonite (Belgrano) beds ten miles east of Lake Pueyrrydon and at
mouth of canon four miles east of the same lake.
'Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesellschaft, Bd. 44, 1892, p. 19, pi. 3, figs. 6a-6d.
STANTON : THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES. 27
MARTESIA ARGENTINENSIS sp. nov.
PI. VI, Figs. 3 and 4.
Shell small to medium in size, elongate ovate or cuneate, very inflated,
with a spherical aspect from the front, regularly tapering to the posterior
end, which gapes rather widely, anterior hiatus shield-shaped, closed by a
callum ; a single broad accessory umbonal valve present (form not accu-
rately determined), other accessory valves unknown ; surface marked by
fine regular lines of growth, parallel with the margins of the shell, and by
two faint umbonal furrows that diverge slightly in passing obliquely from
the beaks to the ventral margin just behind its- most prominent portion,
and are more prominent on internal casts than on the shell itself; the
burrows in fossil wood, in which the shells are found, not lined with a
calcarous shell.
An average specimen measures 13 mm. in length; 7.5 mm. in height,
and 8 mm. in greatest convexity.
The two umbonal furrows in this species suggest its reference to Para-
pholas, which is represented in the Cretaceous by somewhat similar forms,
but that genus has paired umbonal valves, or a single one formed of two
fused pieces.
Locality and position. — From the Ammonite (Belgrano) beds at mouth
of canon four miles east of Lake Pueyrrydon, represented by a dozen
specimens, most of which are immature.
TURNUS DUBIUS sp. nov.
PI. VI, Figs. 5-8.
Shell small, subglobose, or broadly ovate, gaping widely behind, and
in front with abroad, shield-shaped hiatus, which in some specimens seems
to be filled by a callum, its upper corners almost rectangular; beaks
prominent, approximate, in front of the middle of the shell ; dorsal margin
nearly straight, posterior end and venter very broadly rounded ; umbonal
groove slightly oblique, narrow, inconspicuous, somewhat more prominent
on internal casts than on the exterior, extending from the beak to the
most prominent part of the ventral margin ; surface also marked by very
fine, closely arranged, regular lines of growth that cross the umbonal fur-
row obliquely and are sharply bent upward in front of it, parallel with the
margin of the anterior gape.
28 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALEONTOLOGY.
The internal cast also shows a deep groove, corresponding to a heavy
internal rib, extending back from the beak to the posterior margin above
the umbonal ridge, and some specimens show a much fainter furrow in the
same position on the exterior of the shell.
On one specimen near the beak there is a small subtriangular structure
that appears to be an accessory valve (protoplax) and indicates by its form
that there were two of them, as in Xylophaga.
The animal burrowed in wood, forming long more or less tortuous
shelly tubes like those of Teredo, the surface of the tubes bearing irregular
annular wrinkles, or lines of growth.
Length of a medium sized specimen, 7 mm.; height, 6.5 mm.; convexity
of both valves, 6 mm. The larger tubes measure 7 mm. in diameter and
some of them, though broken, are over 30 mm. long.
This species is quite similar in habit and general form to some species
of Teredo, such as T. torulosa Stoliczka from the Cretaceous of southern
India, but the apparent presence of a callum and of accessory valves and
the strong internal rib prevent its reference to Teredo. In the presence
of a callum closing the anterior hiatus, it differs also from the type of
Turnus, but in other characters, including the supposed " protoplax," it
agrees with that gemis, for although described as without accessory valves,
a specimen of the type species ( T. plenus] from the Cretaceous of Cotton-
wood Creek, California, shows a structure precisely like that described as
a probable protoplax in this species. The presence or absence of a cal-
lum in the adult is considered less important than the other features de-
scribed.
Several fragments of fossil wood in the collection are filled with the tubes
and these have yielded 19 more or less perfect specimens of the shells.
Locality and position. — From mouth of cafion of Rio Tarde, four miles
east of Lake Pueyrrydon, Lower conglomerate, 300 feet below Ammonite
bed.
SCAPHOPODA.
DENTALIUM (L^EVIDENTALIUM) LIMATUM sp. nov.
PI. VI, Fig. 9.
Shell rather large, slightly arcuate, with circular cross-section; surface
appearing smooth and highly polished, but showing when magnified very
STANTON : THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES. 29
fine, closely arranged lines of growth that pass directly around the
shell.
The figured specimen measures 55 mm. in length and 7 mm. in diam-
eter at the larger end. The test itself rather thick and the surface is not
well preserved on the specimen figured but another fragment shows it per-
fectly. None of the specimens are well enough preserved to show the
apertures unbroken, and the subgeneric reference is therefore uncertain.
Locality and position. — From the Ammonite (Belgrano) beds ten miles
east of Lake Pueyrrydon, represented by four fragmentary specimens.
GASTROPODA.
PLEUROTOMARIA TARDENSIS sp. nov.
PL VII, Figs, i and 2.
Shell large, broadly conical, consisting of not more than seven or eight
convex whorls ; apical angle about 90° ; base broadly rounded, not um-
bilicated ; slit rather broad (5 mm. in the type), extending back over
about one-fifth of the last whorl, situated above its middle, so that the
slit-band on the whorls of the spire is near the middle of their visible por-
tion ; aperture obliquely subovate ; outer lip simple, acute ; inner lip
rounded below and forming a distinct callus above, which is especially
prominent and thick over the umbilical region where it spreads out in a
broadly crescentic form ; surface marked by numerous inconspicuous
spiral lines, by an obscure furrow a short distance below the smooth slit-
band and another a little farther above it, and by rather coarse, irregular
lines of growth.
The type measures 110 mm. in height (with apex of spire restored) and
127 mm. in greatest breadth.
The species is based on a single specimen, which, though lacking the
apex of the spire and a part of the test, is otherwise in an excellent state
of preservation. It probably should be referred to the section Pero-
trochus, which Fischer established for P. quoyana Fischer and Bernardi
and to which he provisionally referred a number of Jurassic species which
have the same general features as this shell, though none of them is so
stout in form. No Cretaceous species known to me is so closely related
as to require detailed comparison.
30 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
The specific name is derived from the Rio Tarde, near which the fossil
was found.
Locality and position. — From the Ammonite (Belgrano) beds at mouth
of cafton four miles east of Lake Pueyrrydon.
TUBULOSTIUM PUPOIDES Sp. nOV.
Shell of medium size, dextral, subglobose, or very stout pupiform,
with a very broad, rounded apex, umbilicated, with the umbilicus broader
in the young than in the adult, when it is almost closed ; whorls four or
five, slightly flattened on the sides, convex above and below, the last one
much contracted and produced in a short free tube near the circular aper-
ture ; surface marked by obscure irregular transverse wrinkles and by a
small spiral furrow near the middle of the whorl. On the best preserved
specimen the sutures are linear and inconspicuous, but two other speci-
mens, believed to belong to the same species that have lost the outer layer
of shell, show rounded whorls and deep sutures.
The type measures 10 mm. in height and 9 mm. in greatest breadth.
The contracted aperture is 3 mm. in diameter.
This species was overlooked until after the drawings were all made and
arranged in plates and for that reason a figure is not given. It is evi-
dently congeneric with Tubulostimn callosmn Stoliczka,1 from which it
differs in its more nearly pupoid form, in its rounded base and in the ab-
sence of the "external callosity." Stoliczka refers the genus to the Ver-
metidae. Somewhat similar forms have been described as Annelids, and
one such, Serpula phillipsi Roemer, is mentioned by Behrendsen 2 as oc-
curring in the Aptian of Portzuelo de Carqueque, Argentine Republic. In
fact the determination of the Aptian or Gault at that place seems to be based
on the presence of that species. As figured by Phillips3 under the name
Vermicularia sowerbii it is somewhat larger than our species, its apex is more
conical, the umbilicus is broader, and the last whorl is not narrowed and
produced in a free tube. These differences are certainly sufficient to sep-
erate the Patagonian form from Roemer' s species, and yet the general re-
semblance is close enough to suggest a possibility that Behrendsen may
have had the Patagonian species. He states, however, that he had nu-
1 Cretaceous Fauna of S. India, Gastropoda, p. 241, pi. 18, figs. 26-32.
2Zcitschr. Deutsch. Geol. Gesellsch., Bd. 43, p. 418, 1891.
3 Geology of Yorkshire, pi. 2, fig. 29.
STANTON : THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES. 3!
merous well-preserved examples and he could find no essential difference
between them and the European forms. Stoliczka refers Serpula phillipsi"
to Burtinella, a Gastropod genus related to Tubulostium.
Locality and position. — From mouth of canon four miles east of Lake
Pueyrrydon, 300 feet below the Ammonite beds, according to the labels.
The material has more the appearance of specimens from the underlying
Gio beds or the overlying Belgrano beds.
VANIKORO (?) sp.
A single, small, probably immature, specimen has the form and sculp-
ture of this genus. The form is stout, consisting of three rapidly increas-
ing whorls, with the surface marked by rather prominent transverse lines,
or small costae crossed by numerous much finer spiral lines; aperture
broadly ovate ; umbilicus rather narrow.
Height, 6 mm.; breadth, 5.5 mm.; height of aperture, 4 mm.; breadth
of same, 3.5 mm.
Locality and position. — From the Ammonite (Belgrano) beds ten miles
east of Lake Pueyrrydon.
LUNATIA CONSTRICTA Sp. nOV.
PI. VI, Figs. 10 and 1 1.
Shell rather small, ovate, consisting of about four convex whorls that
are slightly flattened or compressed on the upper third; suture deeply
impressed ; aperture ovate, broadly rounded below ; inner lip forming a
moderately heavy callus, reflected below, so as to partially cover the nar-
row umbilicus ; surface marked by numerous coarse lines of growth and
by sharply marked narrow constrictions, or furrows, of which there are four,
parallel with the growth lines on the last whorl of the type.
Height of type specimen, 24 mm.; greatest breadth, 21 mm.; height of
aperture, 19 mm.; breadth of same, 12 mm.
The species is represented by four fairly well-preserved specimens, the
best of which is figured. Associated with these are about a dozen more
imperfect specimens, some of which seem to have a smoother surface and
less elevated form and may belong to a distinct species.
Locality and position. — From the Ammonite (Belgrano) beds, ten miles
east of Lake Pueyrrydon.
32 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALEONTOLOGY.
LUNATIA PUEYRRYDONENSIS.
PI. VI, Fig. 12.
Shell of moderate size, broadly subovate, consisting of about four rap-
idly increasing convex whorls ; suture impressed, bordered by a narrow,
flattened shoulder; aperture subovate, narrow above, broadly rounded
below; callus of the inner lip rather narrow and thin, slightly reflected
over the narrow umbilicus below ; surface marked by numerous distinct,
crowded lines of growth.
Height, 33 mm.; greatest breadth, 34 mm.; height of aperture, 28 mm.;
breadth of same, 1 8 mm.
This species is easily distinguished from the preceding by its stouter
form, shouldered whorls and different sculpture.
It is possible that these two species may prove to be synonyms of
European forms, but in the absence of actual specimens for comparison I
consider it safer to treat them as distinct species, rather than to attempt
to identify such simple forms by descriptions and figures only, especially
when the associated faunas are different.
Locality and position. — Represented by a single specimen from the
Ammonite (Belgrano) beds at mouth of canon four miles east of Lake
Pueyrrydon.
APORRHAIS PROTUBERATUS sp. nov.
PL VI, Figs. 13-15.
Shell of medium size, rather stout, consisting of six or seven convex
whorls, of which the last on approaching the aperture becomes carinate
above the middle and flattened below, the carina extending in a curve to
the upper extremity of the wing ; aperture rather narrow and elongate ;
outer lip prolonged upward beyond the preceding whorl and produced in
a broad, very thick, subquadrate wing, whose outer margin is broadly
rounded below and extended above in a short blunt process ; inner lip
with a heavy callus that forms a subspherical protuberance just above the
anterior canal and extends in a thinner deposit over a large part of the
spire ; anterior canal short, broad and nearly straight, with a slight notch
or emargination at the extremity ; posterior canal not distinctly developed,
but apparently represented by the callus extending up the spire ; surface
STANTON I THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES. 33
of the spire marked by numerous fine, thread-like, spiral lines, and by
rather prominent, slightly curved transverse ribs, with a tendency to form
blunt tubercles on the middle of the whorl, giving it a subangular ap-
pearance. The transverse ribs nearly or quite disappear from the back
of the last whorl when it becomes carinate, and on the front aspect of the
shell the sculpture is almost entirely concealed by the callus.
Height of the largest type specimen, with apex of spire restored, 27
mm.; greatest breadth, 21 mm.; breadth of last whorl, exclusive of
wing, 1 1 mm.
In the general form of the aperture, the excessive thickening of the
outer lip and the heavy deposits of callus, this little shell resembles some
forms of Pugnellus, and in the preliminary examination of this collection
it was referred to that genus. Pugnellus manubriatus Gabb,1 on which
the subgenus Gymnarus was based, especially resembles it in the form of
the wing-like expansion of the outer lip and in the callus restricted to the
front of the shell. On cleaning some specimens of the Patagonian
species more thoroughly, however, it was found that the anterior canal is
much shorter and straighter than in any species of Pugnellus, that it
lacks the well-developed anterior notch or sinus and is not bent inward
toward the aperture at the extremity, and the affinities of the species seem
to be with Aporrhaidae rather than Strombidae. It is not a typical Apor-
rhais. It has many features in common with the recent A. occidentalis
Beck, for which Gabb proposed the subgenus Arrhoges, though the heavy
callus on the inner lip and spire and the greater development of an
anterior canal prevent its reference to that subgenus. The peculiar
rounded boss at the lower end of the callus is not duplicated in that posi-
tion in any other Aporrhaid species known to me.
Locality and position. — Abundant in the Ammonite (Belgrano) beds, ten
miles east of Lake Pueyrrydon. Represented in the collection by over
30 individuals, most of which are very imperfect.
APORRHAIS (?) sp.
A larger species, apparently belonging to the Aporrhaidae, is represented
by a single specimen consisting of four whorls of the spire from the locality
four miles east of Lake Pueyrrydon. The whorls are convex and each
1 Palaeont. of California, Vol. I, p. 125, pi. 29, fig. 229.
34 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
bears about fifteen prominent transverse costae, crossed by numerous fine,
thread-like, spiral lines. There is also a prominent spiral ridge, which is
just covered by the succeeding whorl and below which the surface bears
only the spiral lines. Species with similar form of whorl and sculpture are
common in Anchura, Aporrhais and other genera of this family.
TORNATELL/EA PATAGONICA Sp. nOV.
PI. VI, Figs. 1 8 and 19.
Shell of medium size, ovate, consisting of four or five rapidly increas-
ing convex whorls, of which the last constitutes about five-sevenths of
the total height ; apex of spire obtuse, not prominent ; aperture elongate,
narrow above, rounded and apparently somewhat sinuous or emarginate
below ; outer lip slightly thickened and smooth within ; inner lip forming
a moderate callus and bearing two distinct folds, one of which is near the
lower end and the other below the middle of the aperture ; surface marked
by rather coarse spiral furrows, of which there are about 25 on the last
whorl.
Height of the larger specimen, 14 mm.; breadth, 10 mm.; height- of
aperture, 10 mm.; breadth of aperture, 4 mm.
The species is represented by only two specimens, both of which are
figured. Similar forms have frequently been described as Actaeon and
Solidula, but according to Cossmann's J revised descriptions of those groups
such forms should be referred to Conrad's genus Tornatellaea, which ranges
from the lower Jura to the Miocene.
It should be stated, however, that the types of this species have the
outer lip and lower part of the aperture broken and the generic reference
is therefore not absolutely certain.
Locality and position. — From the Ammonite (Belgrano) beds, ten miles
east of Lake Pueyrrydon.
ClNULIA AUSTRALIS Sp. nOV.
PI. VI, Figs. 1 6 and 17.
Shell small, subglobose, consisting of about four convex whorls, of which
the last forms three-fourths of the total height ; suture slightly impressed ;
surface marked by numerous inconspicuous, impressed, spiral lines (about
'Essais de Paleoconchologie comparee, Liv. I, pp. 45-50, Paris, 1895.
STANTON I THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES. 35
30 on last whorl); aperture not perfectly preserved, but evidently entire
and rounded below, with outer lip thickened and reflected, so as to form
a smooth band two millimeters wide externally, and columella with two
strong folds.
Height, 10 mm.; greatest breadth, 9 mm.; height of aperture, 7.5 mm.;
breadth of aperture, 4 mm.
The type specimen is very well preserved, but the outer lip is broken,
so that the form of the upper part of the aperture cannot be determined
accurately, and it is not certain whether the inside of the outer lip is
crenulated. There are two other imperfect specimens in the collection.
Behrendsen1 reports imperfectly preserved specimens of a Cinulia from the
Neocomian at Arroyo Triuguico near its junction with the Rio Neuquen,
but it is not possible to determine from his descriptive note whether they
are identical with the present form or not.
Locality and position. — From the Ammonite (Belgrano) beds, ten miles
east of Lake Pueyrrydon.
CEPHALOPODA.
Genus HATCHERICERAS gen. nov.
Shells attaining a large size, compressed, involute (the umbilicus usually
forming about one-fifth of the diameter of the shell), with rounded venter
and very slightly convex sides, which in the adult may be nearly or quite
smooth, but in the young are marked by low, curved, branching ribs that
sometimes tend to form tubercles around the umbilical margin and on
either side of the venter. In the early stages the ribs cross the venter but
later they are interrupted more or less distinctly there before they disappear
from the flanks. The relatively narrow umbilicus is funnel-shaped, its
slopes becoming smooth and somewhat concave in the later stages but
the inner whorls have rounded margins on which the ends of the ribs are
seen within the umbilicus.
Lobes and saddles of the suture not very complex, nor deeply incised,
and characterized generally by their great breadth. The ventral lobe with
lZeitschr. deutsche geol. Gescllschaft, Bd. 44, 1892, p. 18.
36 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PAL/EONTOLOGY.
its two robust branches on each side is almost as long as the first lateral
lobe, which is irregularly tripartite and very broad at the base. The sec-
ond lateral lobe is similar to the first, but very much smaller and more
slender. There is only one well developed auxiliary lobe outside the
umbilicus. (The details of the suture on the umbilical slopes have not
been seen.) The siphonal saddle is oblong, rather broad, tripartite at
the extremity and serrated on the sides in adult sutures. The other sad-
dles are more or less distinctly bipartite but not symmetrically divided.
The external and first lateral saddles have about the proportions of the
first and second lateral lobes, respectively, and the second lateral saddle
is relatively much broader and stouter than the first. The internal, or
dorsal, portion of the suture has not been studied in the type species, but
in H. argentinense the antisiphonal, or dorsal, lobe is slender, pointed and
dentate and there are two rather simple, paired dorsal saddles of which
the outer one is the broader.
The type is Hatchericeras patagonense sp. nov., described below.
The few ammonites collected by Mr. Hatcher in Patagonia have proved
to be very interesting, and at the same time troublesome, in that they show
features suggesting relationship with several described generic groups,
while they do not possess all the essential characteristics of any one of
them. It seems necessary, therefore, to state the facts, so far as they are
determined, and to propose a new generic name for them. The forms
thus grouped together, vary considerably in sculpture and general appear-
ance, but in at least two of them, the type and H. argentinense, these
differences are superficial only, and there is general agreement in all essen-
tial features. The other two forms, each represented by a single small
specimen, are placed here with some doubt, for reasons that will be given
in connection with the specific descriptions. In the generic comparisons
that follow, the data for Hatchericeras are taken from H. patagonense,
unless otherwise stated.
The adult in general form and surface has some resemblance to Haplo-
ceras, but the sutures are very different in all their details. In its smooth
adult whorls, the amount of involution, the form of the umbilicus and, to
a less extent, the character of the suture, it suggests Ammonites cleon
d'Orbigny, which has been made the type of Cleoniceras by Parona and
Bonarelli,1 but is referred with the other members of the group to Desmo-
1 Palaeontographia Italica, Vol. II, 1896, p. 83.
STANTON : THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES. 37
ceras by Sarasin,1 who has thoroughly studied them more recently. The
entire absence of periodic constrictions, and the reduced number and dif-
ferent form of the auxiliary lobes, in the species now referred to Hatch-
ericeras, prevent their reference to Desmoceras.
Another group that suggests comparison, both in general form and in
sutures, is that typified by the South Indian Ammonites telinga Stoliczka,
for which Kossmat2 proposed the name Neoptychites, but this is somewhat
more involute than Hatchericeras, the whorls are more inflated, the aper-
ture is greatly contracted laterally, and the sutures show many differences
in details, especially in the proportions of the dorsal and external saddles,
and the first lateral lobe and the form and posture of the accessory lobes
and saddles. It is true that no examples showing the complete aperture
of Hatchericeras have been seen, but one showing a small part of the
body chamber gives no evidence of lateral contraction.
The suture of Ammonites leopoldinus d'Orbigny, which is generally re-
ferred to Hoplites, closely resembles that of H. patagonense and the gen-
eral form of the adult shell is somewhat similar, though the sides are less
convex, the umbilicus is broader and has not the funnel shape character-
istic of Hatchericeras. Young shells show much greater differences in
both form and sculpture, Amm. leopoldinus having a row of distinct
elongated tubercles on either side of the somewhat flattened venter, ob-
scure ribs that are not developed on the middle of the flanks ending ab-
ruptly at these tubercles, and another row of tubercles around the umbil-
ical margin. The young of our new genus, which have been studied only
in H. argentinense, do not have the venter distinctly flattened, nor bor-
dered by well-developed tubercles elongated parallel with the venter. As
to the similarity of the sutures, Sarasin, in the paper above cited, has
called attention to the fact that similar sutures, suggesting a transition to
Placenticeras, are developed in both Hoplites and Desmoceras, and that
such resemblances in sutures do not necessarily mean generic identity.
In this connection mention should be made of the striking general
resemblance in the sutures of the Patagonian Ammonite and those of
Amm. clypeiformis d'Orbigny, which is referred by most authors to
1 Quelques considerations sur les genres Hoplites, Sonneratia, Desmoceras et Puzosia. Bull.
Soc. Geol. de France, 3d Sen, Vol. XXV, 1897, pp. 760-799.
2 Untersuchungen uber die siidindische Kreideformation, Beitrage zur Palaont. und Geol.
Osterreich-Ungarns und des Orients, Bd. IX, p. 165, Wien, 1895.
38 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
Placenticeras, but is regarded by Kossmat as representing a distinct group
related to his Neoptychites and also showing some affiliation with Hop-
litcs leofwldinus. But, although there is also similarity in the amount of
involution and in the form of the umbilicus, the differences in the gen-
eral form of the shells, especially in the ventral region, and in the details
of the sutures, show that the species referred to Hatchericeras are not
congeneric with Amm. clypeiformis. The conclusion drawn from all
these comparisons is that the Patagonian ammonites described herein
have an assemblage of characters not found in any described group, and
they are therefore assigned to a new genus, whose affinities are closest
with the Hoplitidae, though Hyatt's1 definition of that restricted family is
hardly broad enough to include it.
HATCHERICERAS PATAGONENSE sp. nov.
PI. VIII, Figs, i and 2, PL IX, Fig. i.
Shell large, involute, compressed, with very slightly convex sides that
show an obscure flattening between the middle of the whorl and the
umbilicus ; venter regularly rounded ; umbilicus about one fifth the diam-
eter of the shell, funnelform, the shoulder broadly rounded and the umbil-
ical wall of each whorl slightly impressed or concave in the middle ; surface
of adult whorls marked only by rather coarse irregular growth lines that
are seen when the shell itself is preserved but leave no trace on the internal
cast. These growth lines show slightly in the umbilicus and are most
conspicuous on the middle of the flank, where they form rather coarse,
slightly curved wrinkles that may indicate the position of a lateral ear or
lappet, such as are frequently seen in Hoplites and other groups of ammo-
nites. The figured type gives no indication of the sculpture of the young,
as its umbilicus could be cleaned only enough to show about one and a
half whorls, but the smaller specimen, showing about three whorls in the
umbilicus, bears on the umbilical margin of the inner whorl the ends of
rather distant prominent ribs (or a row of elongated tubercles) closely
resembling those seen in the umbilicus of H. tardense.
The suture has been sufficiently characterized in the generic description
and is figured natural size on plate IX. The other figures of the type
specimen are one half natural size.
1 InZittel's Text-book of Palaeontology, Vol. I, pt. II, p. 584, Macmillan & Co., 1900.
STANTON : THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES. 39
There are only three specimens belonging to the species in the collec-
tion and they agree very closely except in size and state of preservation.
Of the dimensions given below those under I belong to the figured type.
I II III
Diameter 250 mm. 210 mm. 300 mm.
Umbilicus 53 45 ±62
Height of aperture 148 113 ^i/S
Breadth of aperture 72 63 . 94
The comparisons with described species have already been suggested
in the discussion of the genus. It seems remarkable that no young speci-
mens of the species were collected and every small ammonite in the col-
lection has been critically examined in the hope of finding the sculptured
young of this form. The only one that at all suggests such an immature
stage is the specimen described beyond as H. tardense, which shows similar
sculpture in the umbilicus and even at the diameter of 74 mm. begins to
show the disappearance of the ribs, especially on the venter and the umbil-
ical wall, but the umbilicus is relatively broader and the sculpture seems
too pronounced to permit its reference to this species.
Locality and position. — "Mouth of canon four miles east of Lake Pueyr-
rydon ; Ammonite (Belgrano) beds."
HATCHERICERAS ARGENTINENSE sp. nov.
PI. IX, Figs. 2-5.
Shell of about the same form and proportions as H. patagonense but
probably not attaining so great a size, the flattened band between the
umbilicus and the middle of the whorl somewhat more distinct than in
that species ; venter regularly rounded, and smooth on mature whorls ;
umbilicus funnelform, nearly one-fourth the diameter of the shell, with
rather narrowly rounded or subangular shoulder and smooth walls on
adult whorls, but showing distinct, closely arranged ribs in the earlier
stages ; surface marked by rather prominent, closely arranged ribs, part of
which begin in the umbilicus of young shells up to a diameter of 50 mm.,
but on later whorls originate on the umbilical shoulder, cross the sides in
a gentle sigmoid curve and become swollen but not distinctly tuberculate
near the rounded venter, where they are interrupted by a smooth band,
4<D PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALEONTOLOGY.
except on young specimens of 8 to 10 mm. or less, when they continue
across the venter; ribs in part simple, part branching once just before
reaching the middle of the flank and part consisting of short ribs on the
outer half of the whorl interpolated between the long ones.
Sutures having the same general characteristics as in the preceding
species, with broad, not very deeply dissected, lobes and saddles. The
forms and proportions of the several lobes and saddles are nearly the
same in the two species, the principal difference being in the more com-
plicated and deeper dissection of the suture in H. patagonense, but this
difference is not as great as a comparison of the figures would indicate,
because both the sutures of H. argentinense are taken from much smaller
and less mature specimens than that of the other species, and the larger
one is considerably weathered. There is only one auxiliary lobe visible
on the flank, and the dorsal portion of the suture, as seen on a specimen
about 20 mm. in diameter, shows a slender, pointed and dentate, antisi-
phonal lobe and two rather simple, paired dorsal saddles on either side.
Some variations in sculpture at different stages of growth have already
been indicated and, as the sculpture shows a decided tendency to become
less prominent on the larger specimens which are septate throughout, it is
possible that the last whorls of fully adult specimens become smooth as
in H. patagonense.
Young shells also differ greatly in form from the adult, the umbilicus
being relatively larger (that is the shell less involute) and the whorls
much more convex, so that in shells 10 mm. or less in diameter the breadth
of the aperture is nearly or quite equal to the height, but these proportions
change rapidly to those of the adult. The following measurements of
four specimens indicate the normal proportions of the species and the
change from youth to maturity. The measurements under I are from the
largest specimen in the collection, which was too badly weathered for figur-
ing; those under II and III from the specimens represented by figures 4
and 5 on plate IX ; and those under IV from the inner whorls of a speci-
men that was broken down for the study of the early stages.
I II III IV
Diameter 128 122 48 10
Umbilicus 28 25 11.5 3
Height of aperture 68 65 23 4.8
Breadth of aperture 37 35 14 4.2
STANTON : THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES. 41
The close agreement in the sutures and in general form and proportion
of the shell indicates rather near relationship with Hatchericeras patago-
nense, while the more pronounced and more persistent sculpture of this
form serves to distinguish it specifically. Even if additional collections
should prove that large old specimens become smooth, such specimens
can be at once distinguished from H. fiatagonense by the finer, more
closely arranged ribs on the earlier whorls, as shown in the umbilicus.
This species, especially in its immature stages, has many features in
common with Hoplites and should probably be included in that genus as
broadly defined in Zittel's Handbuch to include several diverse groups,
but these resemblances are believed to indicate family relationship and the
probable immediate ancestry of the new genus here proposed.
Localities and position. — One specimen (the largest collected) with the
preceding species from the " mouth of cafton, four miles east of Lake Pueyr-
rydon" and about twelve more or less fragmentary specimens, mostly
young, from "ten miles east of Lake Pueyrrydon," all from the Ammo-
nite (Belgrano) beds.
HATCHERICERAS? TARDENSE sp. nov.
PI. X, Figs. 3-5.
Shell rather small, compressed, moderately involute, the umbilicus meas-
uring about one fourth the diameter of the shell ; sides of the whorls
slightly convex, venter regularly rounded, becoming smooth on mature
whorls ; surface marked by rather prominent and distant, slightly sinuous
ribs, that mostly spring in twos and threes from well-marked tubercles on
the rounded umbilical shoulder, with occasionally one or two shorter
interpolated ribs between the groups of longer ones ; ribs more prominent
on the earlier whorls, where they cross the venter without interruption and
tend to form tubercles on either side of it. The outer half of the last
whorl of the type specimen shows a gradual weakening of the ribs and
tubercles, the sculpture disappearing entirely from the venter and the um-
bilical slope near the aperture.
The suture drawn from the middle of the last volution is of the same type
as in the two preceding species but somewhat less complex in its details,
probably on account of immaturity of the specimen, which is small and
septate throughout. (In the figure the inner part of the suture beyond the
42 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
second lateral lobe is out of its normal position, on account of the fact
that the draughtsman accidentally passed from the suture he was drawing
to the succeeding one at that point.) The single type specimen measures
75 mm. in diameter; umbilicus, 19 mm.; height of aperture, 36 mm.;
breadth of aperture, 22 mm.
The species is doubtfully referred to Hatchericeras on account of the
general agreement in form and suture with the type of the genus, and
the belief that the young of the type species may have had similar sculp-
ture, as indicated by the fact that the tubercles or ends of ribs visible in
the umbilicus of H. patagonense are very similar in appearance to the
umbilical tubercles on the earlier whorls of the present form. The type
of sculpture does not differ greatly from that of H. argentinense and the
changes in the different stages of growth are in the same directions. The
relative size of the umbilicus seems too large and the sculpture too pro-
nounced to permit the identification of this specimen as a young individ-
ual of H. patagonense.
Like the preceding species, this form could probably be referred to
Hoplites, in the broad sense in which that term has generally been used.
It has some superficial resemblance to H. desori Pictet and Campiche,
which Behrendsen has reported from the lower Cretaceous of the Argen-
tine Republic, but it is more involute than that species, has a more
rounded venter, the ribs are relatively coarser and more distant and the
umbilical tubercles are not so pronounced.
Locality and position. — From the Ammonite (Belgrano) beds at mouth
of caflon, four miles east of Lake Pueyrrydon.
HATCHERICERAS? PUEYRRYDONENSE sp. nov.
PI. X, Figs. I and 2.
Shell small, of the general aspect of H.f tardense, but more involute,
the umbilicus measuring not quite one fifth the diameter of the shell ;
venter rounded, but showing a tendency to be flattened in earlier stages ;
umbilicus with subangular shoulder bearing incipient tubercles that are
visible on the inner whorls, the umbilical slope of the last whorl steep
and smooth; surface marked by prominent, slightly sinuous ribs that
branch near the middle of the flank and usually either branch again, or
have interpolated between 'adjacent pairs a shorter branching rib, so that
STANTON : THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES. 43
the number is about four times as great at the periphery as on the
umbilical shoulder ; ribs swollen on each side of the venter, which they
cross without interruption in the early stages, but on part of the last
whorl of the type specimen they broaden and become less conspicuous ;
surface also marked by numerous growth lines that curve strongly forward
on the middle of the whorls ; suture not visible.
Diameter, 53 mm.; umbilicus, 10 mm.; height of aperture, 28 mm.;
breadth of aperture, 16 mm.
The species is based on a single small specimen which is evidently
related to H.f tardense, but easily separable from it by its more involute
form and the differences in the sculpture.
Locality and position. — Ammonite (Belgrano) beds at mouth of canon,
four miles east of Lake Pueyrrydon.
Or
PRINCETON UNIVERSITY,
E. M. MUSEUM OF ARCHAEOLOGY AND GEOLOGY.
PRINCETON, N. J., March i, 1901.
Sir:
I have the honor to transmit herewith the Report upon the Tertiary
Invertebrates collected by the Princeton expeditions to Patagonia, under
Mr. J. B. Hatcher.
The collection, being the largest ever made in Patagonia, is valuable
not only from a palasontological, but also from a geological and zoogeo-
graphical point of view, and it has been possible to determine satisfactorily
the age of these Tertiary beds, and to compare them with other deposits
of the southern as well as the northern hemisphere.
This refers especially to what is called, in this report, the Patagonian
formation, and we may say that we now possess in this marine series a
standard for correlating any other marine Tertiary beds of the southern
hemisphere.
Very respectfully, your obedient servant,
ARNOLD E. ORTMANN, PH.D.
Curator of Invertebrate Paleontology.
DR. W. B. SCOTT,
Professor of Geology,
Princeton University.
TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
BY
A. E. ORTMANN, PH.D.
CONTENTS.
PAGE.
Introduction ........... 48— 50
Systematic Part ........... 51—259
Echinodermata . . . . . . . . . . 51-63
Vermes ............ 63- 64
Bryozoa ............ 64- 70
Brachiopoda ........... 70- 80
Mollusca ........... 80-247
Pelecypoda 80-157
Scaphopoda . . ' . . . . . . . . . 157-161
Gastropoda ........... 161-247
Crustacea ........... 247-256
Cirripedia 247-255
Decapoda 255-256
General Considerations ... . . . . . . . 260-324
The Patagonian beds . . . . . . . . . 260-303
History of our knowledge of the Patagonian fauna . . . 260-265
The identity of Patagonian and Suprapatagonian beds . . . 265-286
1. The type-locality at Santa Cruz ...... 265-271
2. Comparison of other localities with type-fauna at Santa Cruz . 272-286
The age of the Patagonian beds ....... 286-303
1. Comparison of the Patagonian fauna with faunas of the
northern hemisphere . . . . . . . 286-297
2. Comparison of the Patagonian beds with Tertiary deposits
of the southern hemisphere ...... 297-3°3
The Magellanian beds 303-307
The Cape Fairweather beds (? Marine Tehuelche beds) . . . 307-310
Origin and development of the Patagonian marine faunas . . 310—324
1. Theory of " Antarctica " 310-319
2. Relations of the Patagonian deposits to other parts of South
America, and to the rest of the world ; theory of " Archi-
plata " and " Archhelenis " 3J9-324
Bibliography 325~332
47
48 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
INTRODUCTION.
THE Tertiary Invertebrates collected by Mr. J. B. Hatcher in Pata-
gonia come chiefly from the so-called Patagonian beds (including
the Suprapatagonian beds of Ameghino), and from what should
be regarded as the type-localities of these beds : the mouth of the Santa
Cruz River, and the neighborhood of San Julian. Besides, there are
smaller collections from deposits both below and above the Patagonian
beds, especially from marine horizons first discovered by Mr. Hatcher,
which have been called " Magellanian " and "Cape Fairweather" beds
respectively.
In order to give the most accurate indication of the localities that have
yielded the fossils I shall point out here the position of the different places
mentioned in the text, and shall refer the reader to the map of southern
Patagonia published by Hatcher (1900 a, pi. i), where most of the local-
ities are indicated.1
1. Mouth of Santa Cruz River ; situated at about 50° S. L. on the east-
ern coast of Patagonia ; bluffs on the south side of the river, from water's
edge to about 250' above high tide. (See description of locality by Hatcher,
1900 b, p. 264.)
2. Pescadores; a little below Las Salinas (see below), on the Santa
Cruz River; ca. 50' above high tide.
3. Paso del Rio Santa Cruz ; 2 miles above Las Salinas, at about high
tide level.
4 Las Salinas; 30 miles above the mouth of the Santa Cruz River;
ca. 200' above high tide.
5. Mount of Observation ; ca. 50 miles S. W. of Santa Cruz, on the
eastern coast of Patagonia.
6. San Julian, Oven Point; ca. 50 miles N. E. of Santa Cruz.
7. San Julian, Darwin Station; ca. 10 miles to the south of the latter
locality.
'The geographical location of "Jegua quemada," "La Cueva," and "Jack Harvey," given
frequently by v. Ihering (according to Ameghino) for Patagonian fossils is unknown. Mr.
Hatcher has tried to ascertain their situation, but failed to do so.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 49
8. Port of Deseado (Port Desire) ; on the eastern coast of Patagonia at
about 48° S. L.
9. Port Madryn ; New Bay, on the coast of the territory of Chubut.
10. Shore of Salt Lake; 10 miles north of the mouth of the Rio Chico
(northern tributary of Rio Santa Cruz).
11. Upper Rio Chalia; foothills of the Cordilleras; Rio Chalia=Rio
Shehuen, South branch of Rio Chico.
12. jo miles north of Rio Chalia; with reference to locality u.
13. Canon near Sierra Oveja ; on the Rio Chico, at about 70° W. L.
14. Shell Gap ; on upper Rio Chico, foothills of the Cordilleras.
15. Mayer Basin; west of latter locality, in the Cordilleras.
16. Arroyo Gio ; called " Basalt Canon " in Hatcher's map; near Lake
Gio (east of Lake Pueyrredon).
17. Lake Pueyrredon ; in the Cordilleras, west of latter locality. Most
of the fossils are from the "Rio Tarde Section" described by Hatcher
(1900 a, p. 89, 100).
1 8. Pmita Arenas; on the banks of the Rio de las Minas at Punta
Arenas, Straits of Magellan ; section described by the present writer
(1898, p. 478 fif.).
All these localities display Patagonian beds ; the last one is also the
type-locality for the Magellanian beds.
The Cape Fairweather beds were first observed by Mr. Hatcher at Cape
Fairweather, Port Gallegos, at ca. 51^° S. L. on the eastern coast of Pat-
agonia (see Hatcher, 1897, a)- Apparently contemporaneous deposits
have been found at San Julian, Darwin Station, and at Lake Pueyrredon.
'In the following pages I shall give first a systematic account of all the
fossil species represented in Mr. Hatcher's collections. As will be seen,
these collections — although not all of the species previously recorded from
Patagonia are represented — are by far the largest ever made in that region.
The richness of the material has enabled the writer to study some of the
forms more closely, and thus it is not surprising that in some cases his
systematic views do not fully agree with those of previous authors. But
I trust that all changes introduced here are well supported : in most of the
cases referred to, formerly distinct species have been united, and such cases
are most apt to be found when a large material for comparison is at hand.
The systematic part is followed by chapters on the Patagonian, Magel-
lanian, and Cape Fairweather faunas in general, discussing their palaeon-
50 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PAL/EONTOLOGY.
tological characters, their geological age, correlations, physical features,
and conditions under which the respective beds were deposited, as far as
the material permits any conclusions in these respects. In this general
part, several stratigraphical observations of Mr. Hatcher have been antici-
pated, which properly belong in the geological part of this work. But
since the stratigraphical evidence is absolutely necessary for the correct
understanding of the palaeontological facts, Mr. Hatcher has kindly fur-
nished all the pertinent data, and permitted their use by the writer. It is
hardly necessary to say that the credit for all stratigraphical observations
is to be given to Mr. Hatcher, and the writer is satisfied that they are
entirely trustworthy, since they agree admirably with the palaeontological
facts, and sufficiently explain them.
In regard to the identification of species, I am greatly indebted to Dr.
H. von inenng ^r e~^ rvxuio, bra^i. u- not only gave his opinion in
doubtful cases submitted to him, but sent to tiiv, princeton Museum a
collection of Patagonian as well as Entrerios fossn^ which aided me
materially in the correct identification of our material. it js onjv prOper
to express also in this place my thanks for this valuable as^:stance
In the systematic arrangement, I shall follow Zittel's Tj~ ^ontology
(1880 and 1885), but for the Mollusca I shall use the English ^ition °f
this work (Dall and Pilsbry, 1900). I regret very much that tl,e jatter
did not come into my hands before the figures for the plates were 4rawn
and sent to the printer, and this explains the fact that the arrange
of the species on the plates is different from that in the text. But I u
this will prove to be only a slight inconvenience, and will certainly ke
counterbalanced by the improvement in the systematic part of the text
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 51
SYSTEMATIC PART
ECHINODERMATA.
ECHINOIDEA.
Fam. CIDARID^E Wright.
Gen. CIDARIS Klein,
i. CIDARIS ANTARCTICA Ortmann.
PI. XI, Fig. i-*.
1900 Cidaris antarctica Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 369.
Only isolated interambulacral plates and spines.
Plates with a moderately large, perforated central tubercle, the neck of
which is slightly and indistinctly crenulated. Scrobicule large, surrounded
by a circle of small tubercles, between which there are, irregularly scat-
tered, still smaller ones. Spines subcylindrical, mostly slightly compressed,
so as to render the cross section elliptic ; neck somewhat constricted. For
the rest, the different fragments are of about the same thickness through-
out their length. Articular surface conical, finely striated, with a deep
articular groove. Surface of spines closely covered with fine, rounded
granules, forming irregular longitudinal rows. The granules are evenly
developed all around the spine : but there are four spines from Lake
Pueyrredon, which show larger, irregular, conical, subspiniform tubercles ;
in two of them these tubercles are found only on one side of the spine.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 8 spines ; San Julian,
Oven Point, i spine, i plate ; San Julian, Darwin Station, 3 spines ; 30
miles north of Rio Chalia, 4 spines, 5 plates ; Lake Pueyrredon, base of
Tertiary, 17 spines, 3 plates.
Affinities: Similar spines are known in Cid. avenionensis Desm. (Mio-
cene of France and Switzerland, see: Loriol, 1875, p. 15, pi. i, f. 8-13,
especially Figs. 10, 11, 13), but these differ in the necks not being con-
52 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PAL/EONTOLOGY.
stricted, and in the granules being less developed on one side of the spine.
In none of our specimens is a cup-like expansion of the distal end of the
spine to be seen.
Spines of Cidaris from the upper Cretaceous (C. dissimilis Forb., scep-
trifera Mant., perornata Forb.) show some resemblance to our species,
but they differ in the granules being larger, more remote, and forming
more distinct rows. Also the general form is different, the cross section
being round, and the spines being not regularly cylindrical, but more or
less swollen near the base.
Fam. ECHINID^E Wright.
Gen. HYPECHINUS Des.
2. HYPECHINUS PATAGONENSIS (d'Orbigny).
PI. XI, Fig. 2.
1842 Echinus patagonensis d'Orbigny, Voy. Amer. merid., v. 3, part 4, p.
135, pi. 6, f. 14-16.
1846 E. p. Agassiz and Desor, in: Ann. Sci. nat. ser. 3, v. 6, p. 370.
1858 Hypechinus pat. Desor, Synops. Ech. foss., p. 130, pi. 18, f. 4.
Test suborbicular, slightly subpentagonal, rather elevated. Interambu-
lacral space with two vertical rows of primary tubercles, which are very
prominent and distinct, differing considerably in size from the other tuber-
cles. The latter (the secondaries) are small, numerous and unequal,
irregularly scattered over each plate. Ambulacral spaces also with two
vertical rows of tubercles, which, on the abactinal side of the test, are
much smaller than those of the interambulacra, while, on the actinal side,
they are about as large as those of the interambulacra. Poriferous zone of
ambulacra narrow, pores arranged in arcs of three pairs on each plate ;
plates very high, and pores quite remote from each other. On the abac-
tinal system the madreporic plate is a little larger than the genital plates.
Genital openings large, near the triangular point of the plate. Genital
plates and madreporic plate with small secondary tubercles near the anal
edge. All ocular plates separated from the anal system by the genital
plates.
Diameter of our specimen : 30 mm.
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 53
Remarks: Our single specimen is very badly crushed on the under side,
but fortunately there are preserved a number of spines : these are short,
thin and sharply acuminate, with fine longitudinal striations. The form
of the actinostome is unknown.
Hyp. patagonicus (sic!) mentioned by v. Ihering (1897 a> P- 33^) appar-
ently does not belong to this species, since he says that individuals from
the Bay of San Jorge in his possession differ in the number of tubercles in
the interambulacra. Possibly they belong to the next species.
Record of specimens : San Julian, Darwin Station, i sp.
Distribution : l So far only known from San Julian (d'Orb.).
Affinities: The chief character of this genus is found (according to
Desor) in the primary tubercles of the ambulacra, which are, on the actinal
side, about as large as those of the interambulacra, but decrease rapidly in
size toward the abactinal system, becoming much smaller than the latter.
Although this character does not seem to warrant the generic separation
of this species from Echinus, it is not observed in any other species, and
so it is impossible to point out any particular relations to any known spe-
cies of Echinus.
Gen. TOXOPNEUSTES Ag.
3. TOXOPNEUSTES PR/ECURSOR Ortmann.
PI. XI, Fig. 3«. ».
? 1897 Hypechinus patagonicus v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p.
336 (non H. patagonensis d'Orb.).
1900 Toxopnetistes prtectirsor Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p.
369-
Test suborbicular, slightly subpentagonal, subconical. Ambulacral and
interambulacral spaces with 4-8 vertical rows of tubercles, of subequal
size, those of the ambulacral spaces being a little smaller. Poriferous zone
moderately broad, about half as broad as the median part of the ambu-
lacrum. The latter with 4 vertical rows of tubercles, the two outermost
the largest, and only these extending to the abactinal system. Pores in
three pairs, the two outer vertical rows of pores placed slightly closer
together, and separated from the inner row by a small tubercle, these
1 Under this head I shall give the data of distribution previously reported.
54 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PAL/EONTOLOGY.
tubercles forming a vertical row of secondaries outside of the main row
of the ambulacrum. Interambulacral space with 6 vertical rows of sub-
equal tubercles, to which are added, on the ambitus, two irregular vertical
median rows of smaller tubercles. Of these six rows the outer and inner
ones disappear toward the abactinal system. All the tubercles, in both
the ambulacra and interambulacra, are surrounded by small secondaries
and miliaries. The median space of the interambulacra appears compara-
tively smooth toward the abactinal system (as is the case in the recent
species of the genus). Abactinal system unknown. Actinostome sunken,
and lower surface concave ; the actinal cuts are comparatively slight.
Diameter, 48; height, 25 mm.
Diameter, 1 7 ; height, 9 mm.
Remarks: The large number of vertical rows of tubercles in the inter-
ambulacral spaces places this species with the genus Toxopneustes. The
cuts of the actinostome are but slightly developed, but these vary consid-
erably even in the recent species (see: Agassiz, 1873, p. 498).
Record of specimens: San Julian, Oven Poin, 3 sp. ; Shell Gap, lower
horizon, 3 sp.
Distribution: v. Ihering's specimens from the bay of S. Jorge, recorded
by him under the name of Hypechimts patagonicus, may perhaps belong
to this species.
Affinities: This genus has not been recorded previously as a fossil one,
except from subrecent deposits. The present species differs from the re-
cent species in the larger number of vertical rows of tubercles in the am-
bulacra, which are much more crowded, and in the shallower cuts of the
actinostome. The most closely allied species seems to be T. pileohis
(Lmck.) from the tropical Pacific (see : Agassiz, 1873, p. 497, pi. 8b, f. i, 2).
I have compared two young individuals of a Toxopneiistes, without local-
ity, in the Princeton Museum : they seem to belong to T. pileolus. These,
being of about the same size as the best preserved individual of our fossil
material, differ only in having 6 vertical rows of tubercles in the interam-
bulacra, and in the tubercles being a little smaller and not so much
crowded. The cuts of the actinostome are only slightly narrower and
deeper in these recent specimens than in our fossil species.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 55
Fam. CLYPEASTRIDsE Ag.
Gen. SCUTELLA Lmck.
4. SCUTELLA PATAGONENSIS Desor.
PI. XI, Fig. 4"-'.
1846 Scutella patagonensis Desor, in : Bull. Soc. geol. France, ser. 2,v. 4, 287.
1846 Echinamchnius juliensis Desor, ibid.
1847 Scut. pat. and Ech. jul. Agassiz and Desor, in: Ann. Sci. nat. ser.
3, v. 6, p. 135 and 134.
1858 Scut. pat. and Ech. jul. Desor, Synops. Ech. foss., p. 234 and 231.
1897 Scut. pat. and Ech. jul. v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 337
and 336.
1898 Iheringia patagonensis Lahille, in: Rev. Mus. La Plata, v. 8, p. 437,
pi. i and 2.
Test depressed, margin thin. Outline circular, oval, subpentagonal, or
more or less transversely dilated (alate), sometimes almost semi-circular,
with the posterior margin truncated. Margins often undulated and the
posterior one with a more or less distinct median incision. Apex sub-
central. Ambulacral petals of uniform size, lanceolate, more or less open,
sometimes lyrate, with a few scattered pores diverging from the extrem-
ity of the petals. Interambulacral plates of upper side increasing in width
from the apical system to near the end of the petals ; then they decrease
suddenly in width, so that the interambulacral space narrows considerably
toward the periphery. On the periphery the interambulacral space is con-
siderably less broad than the ambulacral space. Ambulacral furrows of
lower side dividing into two branches at a short distance from the mouth,
each branch subdividing again near the periphery of the test into 2 to 4
branchlets. Anus submarginal, distant from the posterior edge of the test
about i—2 times its diameter (in young individuals it is marginal, with a
slight inclination toward the lower surface).
Diameter of largest complete individual of rounded form : 62 mm; of
a fragment : 70 mm ; alate form : longitudinal diameter : 76, transverse
diameter, 94 mm.
Remarks: The two forms of Scutellids, described as two different spe-
cies belonging to the genera Echinarachnius and Sctdella respectively,
56 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PAL/EONTOLOGY.
have been united by Lahille in his monograph on these forms into one
species, for which he creates the new genus Iheringia. This generic name,
being preoccupied by Keyserling in 1891, has been changed by Berg
(1898, p. 1 6) into Ilieringiella (non Iheringella Pilsbry, 1893), and again
into Ihcringiana (Berg, 1898, p. 41), and finally Lahille himself (1899, P-
5 of separate copy) has changed it into Iheringina.
After a careful study of our rich material I am prepared to accept Lahille's
view as to the identity of these supposed two species, as well as his views
on the respective value of the genera Echinarachnius and Scutella, but I do
not think that the Patagonian fossil ought to be placed in a separate genus
( Ilio'ingia = Iheringiana Berg) ; I prefer to leave it with the genus Scute/la.
In discussing the differences of Echinaracknius and Scutella, Lahille
has overlooked the fact that A. Agassiz (1872, p. 315) has given a charac-
ter, by which the subgenus Echinarachnius may be distinguished from the
true Scutella, viz., the arrangement of the pillars in the interior of the test.
In Echinaracknius (as well as in Dendraster 2cs\& Scaphec limits] the pillars
are more or less concentric with the edge of the test, while in Scutella they
recall more the stellate arrangement of Mellita. This is said to be the
only ground on which Echinarachnius might be separated from Scntella.
I have tried to verify this character, but did not meet with much success.
Failing to find any good figures representing the interior of the test of
Scutella, I have compared that of Mellita as given by Agassiz (1872, pi.
I2a, f. 1—4) with those of the interior of Echinarachimis (Agassiz, pi. I3a
and i id, f. 45) and of Iheringia (Lahille, 1898, pi. 2, f. 11, 12), and do
not find any essential differences, except that in Mellita this system of
pillars is more complex, but it shows nevertheless distinctly a concentric
arrangement near the edge (especially fig. 4 on pi. i2a of Agassiz). As
to Scutella, I have chiefly compared the account and figures of Scut, sub-
rotunda given by Quenstedt (1875, p. 544, pi. 83, f. 2, 4), and also do not
find any differences from Echinarachnius; indeed, the different sections
given by Quenstedt in fig. 4 render it beyond doubt that the concentric
arrangement of the pillars in Scutella agrees with that of Echinarachnitis.
Thus it appears that even this character does not permit a separation of
Echinarachnius from Scutella, both genera (or subgenera) being practically
identical ; all the characters given as distinctive (outline, ambulacral fur-
rows of lower side, position of anus, shape of ambulacral petals) are only
of specific value.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 57
As to the genus Dieringia = Iheringiana, there remains only a single
character, by which it may be recognized : the considerable narrowing of
the interambulacral spaces toward the margin of the test (see Lahille's
generic diagnosis on p. 14). It is true, this character distinguishes the
Patagonian fossil from all the known forms of Echinarachnius as well as
Sctitella. Nevertheless I do not believe that it is of generic value, since
this narrowing of the interambulacra is exhibited by several other species,
only in a less pronounced way. Especially this is true of Echinarachnius
Parma of the Atlantic coast of the United States, of which I have several
hundred individuals at my disposal. Since this decrease of width of the
interambulacra is brought about by an increase of width of the ambulacra,
and the latter is shown in all species of Scutella and Echinarachnius, we
may put it this way, that in Sciitella the ambulacral plates increase sud-
denly in width from the end of the petals toward the margin, and in the
Patagonian form this increase is most pronounced, so as to render the
interambulacra very narrow on the margin, while in other species this in-
crease goes only so far as to keep the interambulacra at the same width
from the end of the petals to the margin. Sometimes it causes even a
slight decrease in width: I have found a slight narrowing of the inter-
ambulacra in Ech. parma, Ech. excentricus (California), and very slightly
in specimens of Scut, interlineata Stps. (Gabb, 1869, p. no) from the
Pliocene beds of California.
Lahille compares in this respect Iheringia with Monophora, and says
(p. 6 of separate copy) that in both this star-like form of the five inter-
ambulacra, with five sharp points of the pentagram, is very striking. But
comparing his figures of Monophora (Lahille, 1896, pi. 1-4, especially pi.
3, f. 36), there is no such close resemblance, Monophora being like Ech.
parma in this respect. I was able to confirm this fact by comparison of
an individual of Monophora darwini from the Territory of Chubut, sent
to us by v. Ihering.
As Lahille points out, there can be distinguished, in Scutella patagonica,
two series of forms, one more regularly circular in outline ("mode rotun-
datus"), the other more dilated and transverse ("mode alatus"). Our
material also shows these two series, and I should like to make a few
remarks on them.
We possess altogether 87 individuals, in which the outline is distinctly
recognizable. Out of this number only about 16 may be said to belong
58 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
to the "alate" form, and of these only the six largest (over 55 mm long)
show this character distinctly developed. In the young ones the alate
form is brought about chiefly by a comparative narrowing of the anterior
end, not by an increase of the width as compared with the longitudinal
diameter, although such forms are always a few millimeters broader than
long. Thus, in very young individuals, the alate and rotundate forms
are not so very strikingly different from each other, and, indeed, in some
cases it is hard to say whether a particular individual should be classed
with the one or the other. With increasing age this difference becomes
more striking, and at an average length of about 50-55 mm both forms
may be easily distinguished at a glance. The form "rotundatus" in
young specimens is distinctly pentagonal, and also the young of "alatus"
are irregularly pentagonal. But the pentagonal shape disappears with
age, becoming sometimes "cordiform," when there is a posterior median
emargination.
The rotundate form never attains the size of the alate. Lahille's largest
rotundatus is 65 mm long, 67 mm broad. We have a fragment, appar-
ently belonging to the rotundate form, that has a diameter of 70 mm,
while the largest complete individual is only 62 mm in diameter. Some
of our alate specimens are very much larger than Lahille's (his largest is
66 by 72). I give here the measurements of our six largest individuals:
Long Diameter. Transverse Diameter. Locality.
56 68 Lake Pueyrredon
59 65 Shell Gap
62 75 Salt Lake
64 ca. 71 Salt Lake
76 94 Salt Lake
8 1 89 Lake Pueyrredon
These measurements show that the relation between length and width
is extremely variable, some of our specimens being much more alate than
any of Lahille's.
As to the meaning of the existence of two such forms (rotundatus and
alatus) within this species, I can only refer to Lahille's opinion : he com-
pares this fact with the analogous case in Monophora, in which he believes
(1896, p. 10), that these forms represent the female (rotundatus) and the
male (alatus) of the same species. I cannot offer any further evidence
for this theory, with only the exception, that the fact that the alate or
* ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 59
male form is more frequent and most pronounced in the largest individ-
uals, seems to furnish some support for this assumption. On the other
hand, the comparatively much rarer occurrence of the alate form does not
favor this view, since it is hard to believe that males were so very much
less in number than females, that even in some localities they have not
been found at all. The actually small number of the alate individuals in
our collection is not accidental, since Mr. Hatcher informs me that he has
picked up every single one that he found, and that it is really very rare as
compared with the rotundate form. The final settlement of this question
depends on the demonstration, that in other Scutellids the male and female
sexes show analogous differences in form. In this respect I may point
out here a case I have noticed: Bazin (1884, p. 38, pi. 2, f. 1-5) describes
from the Miocene beds of Saint Juvat, Bretagne, two species of Sctitella,
S. faujasi Defr. and S. circularis Baz. The latter differs from the former
just in these two characters, more circular form and smaller size, and per-
haps J>. circularis is nothing but the female of S. faujasi. The same may
be the case in S. subtetragona Grat. and S. striatula M. de S. (see Agassiz
and Desor).
Our young individuals show a position of the anus that has not been
observed before. It is distinctly marginal. Although lying on the lower
side of the test, its posterior margin coincides with the posterior margin
of the test. This condition prevails in all (seven) of our specimens of
less than 27 mm length ; the first two that show the anus a little distant
from the margin (% or }4 its diameter) are 28 mm in length, but again
in 4 specimens of 29, 29, 32, and 34 mm in length the same marginal
position is to be seen. From 35 mm in length upward the anus is always
removed from the margin, and the distance increases slightly with age,
although there are variations. The smallest specimen in which it is dis-
tant its own diameter is 36 mm long, the smallest in which it is distant
twice its diameter is 57 mm. In the largest the distance varies from one-
half to twice its diameter.
Record of specimens : San Julian, Oven Point; 20 sp., 9 of which are
young, i of them showing traces of the alate form, the rest are rotundate.
Shore of Salt Lake ; 9 sp., 5 young ones show traces of the alate form, of
the rest i is rotundatus, the rest alatus. Upper Rio Chalia; 18 more or
less complete specimens, numerous fragments. i of medium size is
slightly alate, the rest rotundate. Thirty miles north of Rio Chalia ; 6 sp.,
60 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
all rotundate. Shell Gap, upper horizon ; 7 sp., 3 small, i large, are alate,
the rest rotundate. Lake Pueyrredon, base; 27 sp., 3 of them (i medium,
2 large) are alate, the rest is rotundate.
Distribiition : San Julian (Des., v. Ih., Lah.); Port Desire, coll. by Dar-
win (Des.). Darwin (1846) does not mention a Scutella from Port Desire,
but mentions two forms (p. no and 112) from New Bay and San Julian.
But the occurrence of this species at Port Desire is confirmed by Lahille.
Jegua quemada (v. Ih.); Lake Buenos Aires (Lah.).
v. Ihering gives for Echinarachnius the Patagonian formation, for Scu-
tella the Suprapatagonian ; but, according to our material, both are found
associated in the same beds.
Affinities: The most closely allied form among the recent species is
Echmarachnius mirabilis (Barn.) from Japan (Agassiz, 1873, p. 526, pi.
I3a, f. 5, 6) ; it resembles closely the rotundate form, but the anus is mar-
ginal, and the interambulacra are broader. The alate form resembles
much the Miocene Scutellcz of Europe, especially S. subrotunda Lmck. from
the lower Miocene of Bordeaux (Agassiz, 1841, p. 76, pi. 17).
The presence of this Scntella in the Patagonian beds points strongly to
their Neogene age.
Fam. CASSIDULIDA1 Ag.
Gen. CYRTOMA McCl.
5. CYRTOMA POSTHUMUM Ortmann.
PI. XII, Fig. i"'".
1900 Cyrtoma posthumum Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 369.
Test subcircular-elliptic. Apex central. Upper side much depressed,
only slightly convex, covered with very fine and crowded tubercles. Am-
bulacra petaloid, open, lanceolate, subequal, extending about two-thirds
from the apex toward the periphery, the two posterior ones are closer to-
gether than the others. Pores jugate. Anus situated on the upper sur-
face, in a tieep depression, which commences about half way between the
apex and the posterior extremity by a narrow slit, widening suddenly to-
ward the margin and giving the anal depression a pyriform shape. Lower
surface of the test concave, covered with larger, more distant and some-
what irregular tubercles, a comparatively smooth band running from the
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 6 1
mouth toward the posterior periphery. Mouth opening subcentral, sur-
rounded by a floscelle.
Diameter about no mm. Height about 28 mm.
Remarks: All three specimens are imbedded in a hard, reddish, coarse
grained sandstone, and are poorly preserved, which refers especially to the
apical system, the details of the ambulacra, and the mouth. The anal de-
pression, however, is seen in all three individuals, and forms the most
striking character of the genus Cyrtoma of McClelland (1840, p. 185), al-
though the original diagnosis of the genus does not bring out this char-
acter sufficiently. It runs thus : " Disc oval and thin, arched to the apex ;
ambulacra petaloid, and either broad and flat, or more elevated, and
placed on narrow ridges radiating from the apex to the disc. The two
posterior ambulacra are closer together than the others, with an interme-
diate dorsal ridge leading to a dentate anus, and a depression or hollow
between the latter and the disc. Inferior surface flat, mouth small and
central, with five clavate ambulacra prolonged to margin."
It would be impossible to recognize the genus from this diagnosis ; but
the figures given by McClelland clearly establish its position with refer-
ence to the genera Echinobrissus, Cassidulus, etc., and there is no doubt,
that it is identical (see Zittel, 1880, p. 529) with Stigmatopygus of d'Or-
bigny (1860, p. 331). According to d'Orbigny this genus comes near
Cassiduhis, and differs chiefly in the peculiar shape of the anal depression.
Desor (1858, p. 296) compares it with Echinanthtis. Of the floscelle sur-
rounding the mouth a few traces are preserved in one of our specimens.
Record of specimens : Lake Pueyrredon, base; 3 sp.
, Affinities: The genus Cyrtoma (= Stigmatopygus] is known from the
Cherra Poonji beds of British India (Assam Range), which are evidently
of the age of the Arialur group (Senonian) of southern India, where the
genus has also been found (see: Medlicott and Blanford, 1879, part i, p.
280, ff., and part 2, p. 688, f., and Stoliczka, 1873, p. 27). It has also
been found (Stigmatopygus] in the upper Cretaceous (Senonian) of France
(Angouleme). Our species from the Tertiary beds of Patagonia extends
considerably the range of this genus in time. It differs at the first glance
from all the known species in the much more depressed -test, and in the
lack of a ridge between the apex and the anal depression. The discovery
of this genus, so far belonging exclusively to the upper Cretaceous, is one
of the most important palaeontological results of Mr. Hatcher's explora-
tions in Patagonia.
62 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PAL/EONTOLOGY.
Fam. SPATANGIDA1 Ag.
Gen. SCHIZASTER Ag.
2. SCHIZASTER AMEGHINOI v. Ihering.
PI. XIII, Fig. !«•».
1897 Schizaster ameghinoi v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 338.
Test moderately depressed (our specimens have suffered from pressure
and are distorted in different directions), highest in the posterior part,
back of the apical system, where it is raised to a distinct longitudinal
carina between the posterior ambulacra. Outline cordiform, with a deep
notch anteriorly. Apex situated back of the middle of the upper surface.
Anus in the upper part of the truncated and vertical posterior extremity.
The anterior ambulacrum in a deep groove, the margins of which are
quite distinct, but rounded, and run almost parallel toward the anterior
edge of the test. The sides of the groove are oblique and concave.
Pores of the anterior ambulacrum regular, those of each pair separated
by tubercles, which form two rows in the groove. Anterior and posterior
lateral ambulacra distinctly sunken ; the two anterior curved, first running
close to the anterior ambulacrum, then diverging. Posterior lateral ambu-
lacra very short, hardly one-third as long as the anterior lateral ones.
Peripetalous fasciole forming a sharp, almost rectangular, re-entering angle
in the posterior lateral interambulacral space, and forming also a re-enter-
ing angle in the anterior lateral interambulacral space.
Length, 56 mm; width, 51 mm; height, 29 mm; but growing much
larger as indicated by fragments.
Remarks: The description given by v. Ihering is entirely insufficient to
recognize this species ; but since no other species of the genus is known
from Patagonia, it is perfectly safe to assume that we have to deal with
this species.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 2 sp. ; Paso del Rio
Santa Cruz, 3 sp.; San Julian, Oven Point, fragments of 2 specimens,
imbedded in matrix.
Distribution: Gulf of San Jorge (v. Ih.).
Affinities: Micraster atacamensis and valdimanus of Philippi (1887, p.
231, pi. 52, f. 2, 3), the first from the Pliocene Coquimbo beds of Chile,
the second from the Navidad beds, belong apparently to Schizaster. S.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 63
atacamensis is very much higher than our species, and the vertex is pro-
duced over the anus. S. valdivianus comes nearer to our species, but the
anterior ambulacrum is said to be in a shallow groove, it is more narrowed
anteriorly, and the outline of the test is broader. It is hard to say whether
there is any closer relation to other fossil species.
VERMES.
CHAETOPODA.
TUBICOLA1 (SEDENTARIA).
Gen. SERPULA L.
7. SERPULA PATAGONICA Ortmann.
PI. XIII, Fig. 2.
1900 Serpula patagonica Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 369.
Tubes solid, calcareous, cylindrical, irregularly contorted and vermic-
ulate, growing upon shells, stones, etc. Outer surface transversely rugose.
Diameter : up to 3 mm.
Remarks : I did not try to compare this species with any of the known
forms, since the characteristic features of these tubes are so very few, that
it is impossible to say whether it is a good species or not. It agrees well
with the short diagnosis given by Philippi (1887, p. 217) for S. colchag-
uensis from Navidad, but without material for comparison it is hard to
tell whether it is identical or not. It has been mentioned here only for
the sake of completeness.
Record of specimens : San Julian, Oven Point; 5 large colonies, chiefly
on Pecten geminatus. San Julian, Darwin Station ; i colony, on a stone.
Gen. TEREBELLA Cuv.
8. TEREBELLA MAGNA Ortmann.
,Pl. XI, Fig. 5-.'.
1900 Terebella magna Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 370.
Large, cylindrical tubes, isolated or growing in groups of two or three,
straight or slightly and irregularly curved. Walls composed of large and
64 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
irregular fragments of shells, Balanids, etc. Inner surface of tubes smooth,
outer surface very rough. Length of largest fragment, 1 45 mm, diameter
of inner tube (without wall), 12-13 mm-
Remarks: We may safely assume that these large and curious tubes
have been built by a worm, but we do not have the slightest indication as
to its systematic position. I place our species with the genus Terebella,
because this is the only fossil one known that builds its tubes by gluing
together fragments of shells, sand, etc. (see Zittel, 1880, p. 564). The
chief characteristics of these tubes are their large size and the large size of
the shell-fragments used for their make-up. They will be easily recog-
nized from the description and figure given here.
Record of specimens : San Julian, Oven Point; 14 fragments.
BRYOZOA.
CHILOSTOMATA.
Fam. CELLARIID^E Hcks.
Gen. CELLARIA Lamx.
9. CELLARIA FISTULOSA (Linnaeus).
PI. XI, Fig. 6°'6.
1964 Salicornaria marginata Stoliczka, in: Novara Exp. Geol., v. i, p.
150, pi. 20, f. 11-13.
1880 Cellaria fisttilosa Hincks, Hist. Brit. mar. Polyz., p. 106, pi. 13, f.
1-4 (et synonyma).
1900 Cell. fist. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 378.
Zoarium dichotomously branched, articulate, internodes of moderate
length, slender, subcylindrical. Zocecia lozenge-shaped, a little longer
than broad, contiguous in the same longitudinal row. Orifice arched
above, lower lip curved inward, subcentral (situated about in the middle
of the zocecium). Ovarian opening (special pore) subcircular, situated in
the upper part of the zocecium, in the upper angle of the rhombus.
Remarks: I follow Hincks in the identification of this species, although
there is some doubt whether the fossil form described by Stoliczka from
New Zealand is really identical with this cosmopolitan recent species.
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 65
Our Patagonian specimens agree very well with the New Zealandian fos-
sil, but they differ — as well as the latter — from the recent C. fistulosa in
the absence of avicularia on the top of the cells. The ankylosis of the
joints found sometimes in the recent form, and described by Stoliczka in
the fossil form, is also exhibited in a few fragments of the Patagonian
fossil.
Our material is comparatively poor, consisting of a mass of fragments
found in a small piece of rock. The structure of the surface is much ob-
scured, only a few fragments showing the form of the cells with sufficient
clearness. The form of the ovarian opening (which has sometimes a
small tooth, according to Stoliczka) cannot be made out satisfactorily.
Record of specimens : Shell Gap, lower horizon; numerous fragments.
Distribution: Living, almost cosmopolitan (see Hincks). Fossil: Oligo-
cene, Miocene, and Pliocene of Europe (see Stoliczka and Hincks) ; Mio-
cene of the Orakei Bay, New Zealand (Stoliczka and Hutton, 1885 a, p.
209).
Affinities: If this is really the living species C. fistulosa, its range in
time is from the Oligocene to the Recent times. But, as has been said
above, our Patagonian form resembles more the New Zealandian Miocene
form called by Stoliczka Salicornaria marginata Miinster.
Gen. MELICERITA M.-E.
10. MELICERITA TRIFORIS Ortmann.
PI. XIII, Fig. 30-6.
1900 Melicerita triforis Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 370.
Zoarium foliaceous, lobate. Zocecia hexagonal, with a raised border,
disposed quincuncially on both surfaces of the zoarium. Each zocecium
about as long as broad. Orifice transverse, crescentic, large, situated
about in the middle of the cell. Ovicells immersed, inconspicuous, indi-
cated only by an opening (special pore) in the summit of the cell. Besides,
there are two openings in each cell, near the summit on each side of the
mouth, which probably represent avicularia. No other avicularia dispersed
among the other cells.
Remarks: The zocecia of Melicerita have the characteristic shape of
the family Cellariidce (genus Cellar ia Lamx., 1 8 1 2 = Salicornaria Cuv.,
66 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
1817), but the genus differs from Cellaria in the foliaceous and compressed
zoarium, carrying zocecia on both sides (see Busk, 1859, p. 69, and 1884,
P- 95)-
Record of specimens : Upper Rio Chalia; 3 fragments.
Affinities: This species has some resemblance, in the form of the
zoarium and the general shape of the cells, to the type-species of the
genus, M. charlesivorthi M.-E. (Busk, 1859, p. 70, pi. 10, f. 4) from the
English Crag (Pliocene), but it differs in the absence of avicularian cells
among the other cells, in the absence of the raised lines on each side of
the mouth, and in the presence of the accessory (avicularian ?) openings
on each side of the mouth, and, further, in much larger mouth openings.
Of the two recent species described by Busk (1884), M. dubia is quite dif-
ferent, and probably does not belong to this genus at all. M. atlantica,
however (1. c., pi. 14, f. i), from off Monte Video, 600 fath., is closely
allied in the form of the zoarium and position of the mouth, but here also
the lateral pores are wanting, and the zoarium is narrower.
Fossil species of the genus have been found — aside from the English
Crag — in New Zealand and Australia. M. angustiloba Busk (see Cellaria
ang. Waters, 1882, p. 260, pi. 9, f. 28-30, and Stoliczka, 1864, p. 155, pi.
20, f. 15-18) is found in the Miocene of Mt. Gambier, S. Australia, and
of Victoria (Busk, Waters), and in the Miocene of New Zealand (Stol.),
Pareora system of Hutton (1885 a, p. 209). But in this species the
zoarium is much narrower, the cells are longer, the mouth is situated in
the anterior part of the cell, and the lateral pores are wanting.
Busk (1859, p. 70) says that besides the type-species, he was able to
find only a single other one, that he refers to this genus : Rschara acaste
of d'Orbigny (1852, pi. 662, f. 7-9); but these figures represent Esch.
achates. And, when he refers this species (achates] to Melicerita, also
Esch. acts, acmon, and perhaps actcea would also belong to it. All these
Upper Cretaceous species named differ from that Tertiary species under
discussion in the much narrower branches of the zoarium and the absence
of all traces of "special pores," and I doubt seriously that they belong to
Melicerita.
The established range in time of Melicerita would thus embrace — aside
from the Patagonian beds — the Miocene of Australia and New Zealand,
the Pliocene of England, and the recent South Atlantic.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 67
Fam. ESCHARIDA1 Johnst.
Gen. ASPIDOSTOMA Hcks.
11. ASPIDOSTOMA GIGANTEUM (Busk).
PI. XIII, Fig. 4.
1854 Eschara gigantea Busk, Cat. mar. Polyz., Brit. Mus., v. 2, p. 91, pi.
119, f. 3.
1 88 1 Aspidostoma crassum Hincks, in: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, ser. 5, v.
7, p. 1 60, pi. 10, f. 6.
1884 Aspid. giganteum Busk, Challenger Polyz., i, p. 161, pi. 33, f. 3.
1891 Eschara (Aspidostoma) gig. Jullien, in: Miss. Cap Horn, v. 6, p.
77, pi. 6, f. 5-6.
1900 Asp. gig. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 378.
Zoarium erect, compressed, bilaminate, contorted, divided and coales-
cent frequently. Zooecia arranged quincuncially, thick-walled, broadly
pyriform or hexagonal, divided by deep sutures, tumid in front, but de-
pressed in the center. Mouth at the summit of the depressed area, upper
lip arched, with an elevated hood rising into two prominent processes.
Lower lip with a broad plate covering the mouth ; margin of this plate
thickened, squarely truncated in front. Ocecia rounded or oval (Hincks
says, elongated), depressed in the older parts of the colony, more promi-
nent in the younger parts.
Remarks: There is no doubt that this fossil form corresponds to the
living species. The most characteristic features are the hood-like (pent-
house-like, Busk), bifid projection of the upper lip of the mouth, the broad
plate of the lower lip, and the central depression of the cells. All these
characters are well exhibited in our specimens. The figures of Hincks
and Busk do not bring out these features very distinctly ; they are, how-
ever, better represented in Jullien's figures.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River; many fragments.
San Julian, Oven Point ; 2 basal parts of colonies.
Distribution : Aspidostoma giganteum has been found so far only living
in southern Patagonia: Straits of Magellan, between Patagonia and the
Falkland Islands, and at Tristan da Cunha (110—150 fath.).
68 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALEONTOLOGY.
CYCLOSTOMATA.
Fam. LICHENOPORIDsE Sm.
Gen. RETICULIPORA d'Orb. em. Wat.
12. RETICULIPORA PATAGONICA Ortmann.
Pi. XII, Fig. 2°-°.
1900 Reticulipora patagonica Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p.
37°.
Zoarium reticulate, fenestrae of the reticulations 2-4 mm long, and 1-2
mm broad, irregular. Branches much compressed in section, about 2
mm deep. Broad lateral surfaces of the branches with slightly exserted,
tubular zocecia, which are rather crowded and form irregular transverse
rows. Besides the zocecial openings there are smaller, non-tubular ones
at the sides of the branches. On the front of the branches a median
lamina rises as a distinct narrow median ridge. On the back part, the
branches are rounded, and show very small openings.
Remarks: In the possession of intermediate pores this species does not
correspond to the original diagnosis of the genus given by d'Orbigny
(1859, p. 903), but it agrees with Waters' conception of Reticulipora. For
the same reason the present species and the genus Reticulipora of Waters
cannot be united with Idmonea, as Zittel does (1880, p. 599). I leave
our species in the genus Reticulipora, since it comes extremely near to
Ret. transennata Waters.
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River; fragments of about
10 colonies.
Affinities: This species is very closely allied to Reticulipora transennata
Waters (1884, p. 689, pi. 30, f. 2, 3, 6, 7), from Aldinga, South Australia,
which locality is regarded as Eocene. Indeed, it resembles this one so
much that I entertain some doubt as to the specific difference of both.
The only differences I am able to point out are : the branches of the
zoarium seem to be stronger in our species (compare fig. 3 of Waters),
and the zocecial openings appear to be more crowded (see fig. 7, 1. c.).
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 69
Gen. TENNYSONIA Bsk.
13. TENNYSONIA SUBCYLINDRICA Ortmann.
PI. XIII, Fig. s«<6.
1900 Tennysonia stibcylindrica Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p.
370.
Zoarium stipitate, irregularly branched, branches coalescent and lobate,
subcylindrical. Orifices of cells slightly raised above the surface, arranged
in straight, uniserial lines, placed only on one side of the branches, and
beginning at an imaginary median line on this side. Interspaces between
cells and back side of branches with pores (cancelli).
Remarks: This fossil resembles so much the living and only known spe-
cies of the genus, T. stellata Busk (1875, p. 34, pi. 31, f. 6) from the Cape
of Good Hope, that it is possibly identical with it. The only differences
are : the branches are a little thinner in the fossil form, and subcylindrical,
with hardly any indication of a triangular cross section, so that there is no
trace of a median ridge on the front part of the branches, and further, the
orifices of the cells are slightly raised above the surface, while they are
even with it in T. stellata.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River ; i colony.
Gen. HETEROPORA Blv.
14. HETEROPORA PELLICULATA Waters.
PI. XIII, Fig. 6.
1879 Heteropora pelliculata Waters, in : Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., v. 2, p.
390. pl- 15-
1879 H. neozelanica Busk, in: Journ. Linn. Soc., v. 14, p. 725, pl. 15, f.
1-4.
1880 H. n., Nicholson, in: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, v. 6, p. 333,
textf. i A, B, C.
1900 H. pell. Ortmann, in : Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 378.
Zoarium erect, arising from an incrusting base, with short, subcylindri-
cal, diverging, dichotomous branches, terminating in blunt, rounded ex-
yo PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
tremities, and sometimes coalescing. Surface with two kinds of orifices,
though scarcely distinguishable in size. The larger ones are subcircular,
the others (cancelli), disposed more or less regularly around these, are
more or less angular.
Diameter of branches 5-10 mm, rarely more.
Remarks: Heteropora neozelanica is considered identical with H. pel-
liculata, by Waters (see: Nicholson, 1880, p. 329); according to Busk it
differs from the latter, (i) in the shorter branches, which are never con-
nected with each other, (2) in the absence of the calcareous pellicle or
epitheca. Our specimens are, as regards the first character, in some de-
gree intermediate : the branches, although comparatively shorter and
stouter, coalesce frequently. The "pellicle" is not present in them, but
this may be due to fossilization. The surface structure is in some places
quite well preserved ; it corresponds to Busk's fig. 4, and still better to
Nicholson's fig. i B, and differs in this respect from Waters' figure (copied
by Nicholson in fig. i D).
Record of specimens : San Julian, Oven Point ; 2 colonies. San Julian,
Darwin Station ; i colony. Arroyo Gio ; 3 fragments.
Distribution: Living in New Zealand and Japan (Busk, Wat.); fossil
at Napier, New Zealand (fide Waters, 1884, p. 696), which beds belong
to the Ahuriri series of the Pareora System, Miocene (see Hutton, 1885
a, p. 194, 209).
BRACHIOPODA.
Fam. RHYNCHONELLID^E d'Orb.
Gen. RHYNCHONELLA Fischer.
15. RHYNCHONELLA PLICIGERA v. Ihering.
PI. XII, Fig. 3-.
1897 Rhynchonella plicigera v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 270,
textf. 7.
Shell variable in shape, mostly wider than long, irregularly tetrahedral
or more or less triangular. Beak more or less acute and slightly re-
curved; foramen moderately large, the lower part of it formed by the
deltidial plates. Beak-ridges well defined. Smaller valve with a more
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 7 1
or less elevated fold, corresponding to a mesial sinus in the larger valve.
Surface ornamented by sharp plaits, about 25 in number, 4 to 7 of which
are in the fold and sinus ; these plaits become indistinct and disappear in
the upper part of the shell.
Measurements: Length 15, 16, 18, 20, 20, 22, 24, 21, 21 mm.
Width 14, 20, 1 8, 21, 23, 20, 24, 24, 28 mm.
Remarks: This species comes very near to R. nigricans (Sow.) (see:
Davidson, 1852, p. 81, pi. 14, f. 30, 31 ; Suess, 1864, p. 60, pi. 14, f. 5;
Hutton, 1873, p. 37; Davidson, 1887, p. 169, pi. 24, f. 16-19). The
only difference of our fossil Patagonian form from the New Zealandian
is the tendency of the plaits to disappear toward the umbo of both
valves.
V. Ihering compares this species with R. nigricans, and says that it
differs in the following particulars: (i) In the more triangular and less
transverse shape ; (2) in the straighter and more pointed beak; (3) in
the smaller foramen. That the first character has no value is shown by
our material, in which the outer form varies considerably, as is seen by a
glance at our figures and the measurements given above ; and the same
is true of the second character. As to the foramen, the figure of v. Iher-
ing does not show a smaller foramen than those of Davidson and Suess,
and (although our specimens show, as a rule, a foramen a little smaller
than in the figures quoted) this difference is very slight. In a letter, v.
Ihering again calls my attention to the difference in the foramen, and
compares that of R. plicigera to that of R. psittacea. In the latter spe-
cies (judging from specimens collected by myself in Inglefield Gulf, North
Greenland) the foramen is narrow, elongated, and the deltidial pieces on
each side of it are elongated-triangular, while in R. nigricans (according
to Davidson) the foramen is more rounded and the deltidial pieces are
broadly and almost equilaterally triangular. Examining our fossil form
in this respect, it agrees with R. nigricans, and not with R, psittacea.
But there seem to be variations even in R. nigricans, as is seen in David-
son's figures, and confirmed by Suess's figures, which have a distinctly
elongated foramen.
Record of specimens : Las Salinas, i sp. ; Shell Gap, upper hori-
zon, i sp. ; east end of Lake Pueyrredon, i sp. ; high bluffs, S. W.
of Lake Pueyrredon, 2 sp. ; Lake Pueyrredon (Rio Tarde section), base,
35 sp.
72 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
Distribution: Gulf of San Jorge, Patagonian beds (v. Ih.). Specimens
sent by v. Ihering to the U. S. Museum and examined by the writer were
labelled : Santa Cruz.
Affinities: The most closely allied species, R. nigricans, has been found
living at New Zealand, and fossil in the Oamaru, Pareora and Wanganui
beds of New Zealand, and thus it ranges from the Oligocene upward to
Recent times.
16. RHYNCHONELLA SQUAMOSA Hutton. ,
PI. XII, Fig. 4«-».
1873 Rhynclwnella squamosa Hutton, Cat. Tert. Moll; Echin., New Zea-
land, p. 37.
1878 R. ccelata Tenison-Woods, Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales, v.
ii, p. 77.
1880 R. squamosa Tate, in: Trans. Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Australia, v. 3, p.
1 66, pi. 9, f. 9.
1880 R. nigricans var. pixydata Davidson, Challenger Brach., p. 59, pi.
4, f. 14.
1887 R. nigricans var. pixydata Davidson, in: Trans. Linn. Soc., ser. 2,
v. 4, p. 170, pi. 24, f. 10.
1896 R. squamosa Pritchard, in: Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, v. 8, p. 143.
1900 R. sqtiamosa Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 378.
Shell more or less transversely circular ; beak acute and incurved. For-
amen small. Dorsal (small) valve convex, mesial fold scarcely distin-
guishable. Ventral valve flatter, with a broad, well-defined mesial sinus.
Surface of both valves with about 40-50 radiating ribs, 10-15 of them in
the sinus ; closely intersected by squamose, concentric lines of growth,
giving an imbricated appearance to the surface.
Length 24, 25, 25 mm.
Width 26, 28, 26 mm.
Remarks: Davidson confirms the identity of R. cczlata with his R. pixy-
data, and — as Tate points out — R. ccelata is distinguished from R. nigri-
cans by the same characters .that distinguish R. squamosa, being accord-
ingly the same as the latter.
Our individuals agree well with the figures of R. squamosa, as well as
of R. pixydata, especially in the squamose surface markings. The only
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 73
difference is the larger size and the more circular outline, which is not so
distinctly transversely-oval.
Records of specimens : High bluffs S. W. of Lake Pueyrredon, i sp. ;
Lake Pueyrredon, base, 10 sp.
Distribution: Miocene of South Australia (Tate) and Tasmania (Pritch.) ;
Oligocene (Oamaru system) of New Zealand (Hutt.); and recent, Ker-
guelen Islands, 150 fath. (Dav.).
Fam. TEREBRATULIDsE King.
Gen. MAGELLANIA Chemn.
17. MAGELLANIA LENTICULARIS (Deshayes).
PI. XII, Fig. 5M.
1864 Waldheimia lentictilaris Suess, in: Novara Exp. Geol., v. i, p. 56,
pi. 10, f. 3, 4.
1873 IV. 1. Hutton, Cat. Tert. Moll. Ech., New Zealand, p. 35.
1886 W. I. Davidson, in : Trans. Linn. Soc., ser. 2, v. 4, p. 52, pi. 9, f. 2-13.
1897 Magellania globosa v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul, v. 2, p. 268.
1900 Magellania lenticularis Ortmann, in : Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 379.
Shell regularly oval or subcircular in outline, lenticuliform or more or
less globose. Beak prominent, subacute, incurved ; beak ridges well
defined, forming a slightly excavated area. Foramen small. Valves uni-
formly convex, without a distinct sinus (a slight indication of a sinus is
said to be present in the recent form : in a few of our specimens there is
just a suggestion of it, but in most of them there is no trace).
Length, 36, 35, 32, 29, 25 mm.
Width, 31, 32, 31, 29, 23 mm.
Remarks: This species, which is found still living in New Zealand, is
characterized chiefly by the regular outline and the very small foramen.
Terebratitla fontainiana d'Orb. from the coast of Chili seems to be its
American representative ; it is certainly not a synonym of M. venosa, as
Davidson (1886, p. 50, 51, pi. 8, f. 6) believes. T. fontainiana differs
from T. lenticularis in the more elongated form.
I have seen four specimens of v. Ihering's M. globosa, sent by him to
the U. S. Nat. Mus., and they agree completely with our species. M.
74 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
globosa is made by Davidson a synonym of M. venosa (Sol.). (Recent,
Falkland Islands and Tierra del Fuego.) Our specimens differ from M.
I'ciiosa in the small foramen, which is one of the characters in which M.
lenticnlaris is said to differ from M. venosa. The other characters given
by Davidson are : beak more incurved, dorsal valve uniformly convex,
and size smaller. They are, however, hardly of any value. And further,
he mentions a difference in the deltidium, but the latter is described in
M. venosa in almost the identical terms. Therefore, judging from the
foramen, which is the only reliable character, the Patagonian fossil belongs
to M. lenticnlaris, and it agrees surprisingly well with the account of that
species given by Suess.
Record of specimens : High bluffs, S. W. of Lake Pueyrredon, 9 sp.;
Lake Pueyrredon, base ; 34 sp.
Distribution: Recent, New Zealand (Dav.); fossil: Gulf of San Jorge,
Patagonian formation (v. Ih.); Oligocene (Oamaru), Miocene (Pareora),
and Pleistocene of New Zealand (Suess, Hutt); Oligocene and Miocene
of Chatham Islands (Hutt.).
Gen. TEREBRATELLA d'Orb.
1 8. TEREBRATELLA DORSATA (Gmelin).
PI. XIII, Fig. 7<-«.
1864 Terebratella dorsata Suess, in: Novara Exp. Geol., v. i, p. 57, pi.
14, f- 6.
1873 T. d. Hutton, Cat. Tert. Moll. Ech., New Zealand, p. 36.
1880 T. d. Davidson, Challenger Brach., p. 44, pi. 4, f. 4.
1887 T. d. Davidson, in: Trans. Linn. Soc., ser. 2, v. 4, p. 75, pi. 14, f.
9-19.
1900 T. d. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 378.
Shell very variable jn shape, but mostly transversely-oval, wider than
long. Valves moderately convex, ribbed or (rarely) smooth. Dorsal
valve with a median sinus, ventral valve with a corresponding fold. Beak
produced, slightly incurved and truncated by a rather large, circular for-
amen. Beak ridges sharply defined.
Length, 44, 43, 38, 31, 31, 28 mm.
Width, 36, 45, 40, 26, 29, 22 mm.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 75
Remarks: The radiating ribs are very variable; in some cases they ex-
tend almost over the whole shell, in others (and this is the most common
form) they begin at about the middle of the shell and run to the margins,
and again in other cases they are visible only near the margins. In very
few specimens (about half a dozen out of 81 individuals) the ribs are lack-
ing altogether.
The external form of the shell varies also. It is generally wider than
long, often distorted (as figured by Suess), and sometimes elongated,
longer than wide. In the latter case it approaches closely the following
species ( T. patagonica], but differs in the presence of ribs. This is seen
in a few individuals from Lake Pueyrredon and in the specimen from the
mouth of the Santa Cruz River (L. 26, W . 19). This same form has been
sent by v. Ihering to the U. S. National Museum, labelled : Gulf of San
Jorge. Since T. patagonica assumes sometimes a broader form, and since
the ribs of T. dorsata sometimes disappear completely, it is evident that
both species may pass into each other, and, indeed, we possess specimens
in which it is very hard to say, to which one they belong. In my opin-
ion, both species are intimately related to each other.
There is hardly any difference between our fossil material and the re-
cent form now living on the coast of Patagonia, of which Mr. Hatcher has
collected numerous individuals. Among the fossil forms, however, there
are much larger shells. The fossil New Zealand form, figured by Suess,
has the fold and sinus more sharply defined than any of our specimens,
but since there is much variation among them, as well as among the recent
ones (the sinus and fold being in some cases quite indistinct), there is no
reason for separating the New Zealandian shell from T. dorsata.
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River, i sp. (Van) ; Shell
Gap, upper horizon, 4 sp. ; East end of Lake Pueyrredon, i sp.; Lake
Pueyrredon, base, 81 sp. ; Lake Pueyrredon, 600' above base, 4 sp.
Distribution: Gulf of San Jorge (2 specimens sent by v. Ihering to the
U. S. Nat. Mus.); Miocene (Pareora) of New Zealand (Suess, Hutt);
Recent, S. America (Patagonia, Straits of Magellan, Chili) and Kerguelen
Islands (Dav.).
19. TEREBRATELLA PATAGONICA (Sowerby).
PI. XIII, Fig. 8"'" and PI. XIV, Fig. i"'4.
1846 Terebmtula patagonica Sowerby, in: Darwin, Geol. Obs. S. Amen,
p. 252, pi. 2, f. 26, 27.
76 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
1873 Wahlhcimia p. Hutton, Cat. Tert. Moll. Ech. New Zealand, p. 36.
1885 W. p. Hutton, in: Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., v. 41, p. 553.
1887 Tercbratula p. Philippi, Tert. Quart. Verst. Chil., p. 217, pi. 49, f.
2 (after Sovverby).
1897 Magcllania p. v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul, v. 2, p. 267.
1899 Tcrcbratella p. Lahille, in: Rev. Mus. La Plata, v. 9, p. 289, ff.,
pi. i, 2.
Shell oval, more or less elongate, rarely almost as broad as long.
Both valves nearly equally convex. Beak incurved, with a large foramen ;
beak ridges blunt. No sinus on the dorsal (smaller) valve. Surface
smooth, without ribs.
Measurements: Length, 59, 40, 30, 25, 34, 31, 27 mm.
Width, 51, 32, 28, 19, 25, 21, 25 mm.
Remarks: This species is a Tcrcbratella as has been shown by Lahille,
who figures the complete brachial apparatus (pi. i, f. 53, 54, 55). Al-
though I do not possess any specimens showing this apparatus complete,
the median septum of many of my specimens shows distinctly a cruciform
appearance, /. <?., it possesses, near the lower end, processes, which appar-
ently were connected with the descending part of the loop. The latter, in
numerous individuals, shows an angular projection just where we are to
expect this connection, so that there is every reason to believe that a
bridge extended between the descending branch of the loop and the
median septum. And further, the close affinity of T. patagotiica with the
following species ( T. gigantea) — from which it is hardly distinguishable
specifically — supports this view, the latter being a true Terebratella.
Lahille has written a separate paper on the variability of this species.
Although we must appreciate the value of such studies, they never can be
satisfactory, if the author does not pay due attention to the stratigraphical
position of the forms in question. I am very much afraid that Lahille in
his paper confused the present form and the next one; at any rate, I
doubt very seriously that his statement, that T. patagonica is found asso-
ciated (p. 5 of separate copy; "dans la meme couche") with Mouopliora
darivini, is correct. The latter species, according to v. Ihering (1899, p.
42), belongs to the Entrerios formation, which is younger than the Pata-
gonian, and I am fully prepared to accept this opinion, since among our
collections from Patagonian beds not a single individual of Monophora is
found, while T. patagonica is very abundantly represented. If Lahille
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 77
states further that he has found at San Jose, in beds immediately over-
lying those containing T. patagonica and Monophom, some specimens of
Iheringia (Scutella patagonensis), we must distrust his stratigraphical ob-
servations entirely ; this observation, if really true, would amount to noth-
ing less than to turn the whole stratigraphy of these beds upside down.
Such observations must be confirmed and supported by a detailed ac-
count of the stratigraphical. conditions, and are worthless if given inci-
dentally in 'a few words. It would really be more advantageous for
science, if Lahille would stop sneering at and making fun of systematists
and descriptive zoology and palaeontology, and would pay more attention
to the really vital questions of the stratigraphy of the Patagonian fossils.
Lahille's material was collected at three different localities : San Jose,
Pyramides, and Madryn (Terr. Chubut), but he did not keep these three
lots separate. While there is no doubt that he had the true 7\ pata-
gonica, some of his figures suggest that also the following species was
represented among his material, and especially his figures 56, 57, 58 on
plate i resemble the latter. But since he has mixed all three localities,
there is no telling whether this is really the case.
In palaeontological investigation it is not the question to find out
whether any allied forms from different horizons may be connected by in-
termediate forms, and thus be united into one single variable species, but
it is to be investigated whether allied forms from different horizons show
a change in the average characters which demonstrates them to be muta-
tions in time of one and the same stock. In the present case the latter
seems to be true : I have been able to find some constant — although very
slight — differences between the Terebratella from the Patagonian beds and
that of the Cape Fairweather beds, a fact that shows clearly that the Cape
Fairweather form is to be regarded as a "mutation" of the Patagonian
form. If we mingle indiscriminately specimens from both horizons, there
is no doubt that we should arrive at the same conclusions as Lahille did,
that they belong to one species. This result, however, misrepresents the
true condition in nature.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 28 sp. ; Paso del Rio
Santa Cruz, i sp.; Mt. of Observation, upper horizon, i sp.; San Julian,
Oven Point, 37 sp. and many fragments; San Julian, Darwin Station, 4
sp.; Shore of Salt Lake, i sp.; Upper Rio Chalia, 5 sp.; 30 miles N. of
upper Rio Chalia, ca. 25 sp., mostly broken ; Canon near Sierra Oveja,
78 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PAL/EONTOLOGY.
Rio Chico, 5 single valves; Shell Gap, upper horizon, i sp.; High Bluffs,
S. W. of Lake Pueyrredon, 8 sp.; Lake Pueyrredon, base of Tertiary, 25
sp.; Lake Pueyrredon, 600' above base, 26 sp.
Distribution: San Josef and San Julian (Sow.); Gulf of San Jorge
(specimens sent by v. Ihering to the U. S. Nat. Mus.); Santa Cruz (speci-
mens sent by v. Ihering to the Princeton Mus.); of Lahille's localities:
S. Jose, Pyramides, Madryn, only the first is supported by other authors.
In New Zealand, this species is recorded by Hutton from the Oamaru and
Pareora beds (Oligocene and Miocene).
20. TEREBRATELLA GIGANTEA spec. nov.
PI. XIV, Fig. 2"-'.
1897 Magellania venosa Pilsbry, in: P. Ac. Philad., p. 330.
Shell oval or elliptical, on the average a little broader than in the pre-
ceding species ; dorsal (small) valve slightly convex, ventral valve strongly
convex ; beak incurved, with a large foramen ; beak ridges blunt. Sinus
indicated only by a flattening of the dorsal valve and a slight curve of
the margin, but in many cases not at all visible. Surface smooth. Hinge
and septum considerably thickened in old age.
Measurements: Length, 67, 66, 64, 61, 59, 52, 48, 45, 37, 26, 14 mm.
Width, 54, 51, 56, 50, 54, 41, 45, 43, 38, 24, 13 mm.
An isolated smaller valve is 58 mm broad, which would indicate an
individual measuring over 70 mm in length.
Remarks: This is the largest species of the genus hitherto known. The
generic position is beyond doubt, since I have succeeded in isolating the
brachial apparatus, which is represented in fig. 2d on plate XIV.
The external shape is somewhat variable: younger individuals are
broader in comparison with older ones, but I have only one case in which
the width exceeds the length of the whole shell (see above). This broad
shape passes gradually with age into a more elongated one, as the lines
of growth indicate. The more elongated form is attained at different
ages (see measurements above), so that sometimes larger individuals still
retain the broad outline. Both valves are convex, but the smaller one
distinctly less so. In old individuals the median septum, hinge plate and
hinge processes are extremely thickened and swollen (figs. 2e'f, pi. XIV.).
Record of specimens : Cape Fairweather; 26 complete specimens and a
large number of isolated or broken valves.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 79
Distribution: As has been mentioned above, some of the specimens
recorded by Lahille from the territory of Chubut (Pyramides, Madryn)
may belong to this species. A fragment of a large individual, with the
characteristic thickening of hinge and septum, has been sent by v. Ihering
to the U. S. Museum, and said to come from the "Tehuelche formation"
of Ameghino. Other younger individuals of the typical T. gigantea were
in the same lot, labelled (according to Ameghino) "Patagonian forma-
tion." But since Ameghino's views on the latter formation are very con-
fused, and since all his stratigraphical observations are second hand, it is
better to disregard the statement that these specimens are from the Pata-
gonian formation.
Affinities: The comparative flatness of the dorsal valve, the generally
a little broader outline, and the very large size are the only characters
that distinguish this species from T. Patagonia, and there is no doubt that
it is the descendant of the latter, representing it in the Cape Fairweather
beds : it is a "mutation" of T. patagonica. In this respect it is interesting
to note that the broader variety of T. patagonica prevails at the localities
near the upper Rio Chalia, which beds form the very top of the Patago-
nian series.
Terebmtnla macrostoma of Philippi (1887, p. 217, pi. 49, f. 3 and Moer-
icke, 1896, p. 587) from the Pliocene beds of Coquimbo and Caldera,
Chili, seems to be closely allied, but differs in the larger foramen and the
equally convex valves. Moericke regards this form as the ancestor of the
living Magellania venosa. The brachial apparatus of the Chilian fossil is
said to be that of a Magellania, but it is imperfectly known. Pilsbry
(1897), without knowing the brachial apparatus, has united our Cape Fair-
weather species with Magellania venosa, but since I succeeded afterward
in working out the brachial apparatus, we must separate it from this genus
altogether.
Genus: BOUCHARDIA Davids.
21. BOUCHARDIA ZITTELI v. Ihering.
PI. XIII, Fig. 9«.».
1897 Boiich. zitt. v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul, v. 2, p. 268, textfig. 6.
Shell ovate, smooth. Beak short, triangular, nearly straight, foramen
small and terminal; deltidium obsolete (fused with the shell); area slightly
80 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
excavated in the middle. Ventral (larger) valve more convex than the
dorsal, obtusely carinated.
Measurements: (according to v. Ihering) Length, 19 mm.
Width, 15 mm.
Remarks: All our individuals are smaller than v. Ihering's and less
elongated, which is apparently due to the younger age : the lines of growth
in v. Ihering's figure indicate that the younger shell was comparatively
broader.
Record of specimens: Lake Pueyrredon, base of Tertiary, 12 sp.
Distribution: v. Ihering does not give a locality, but simply states that
this species comes from the Patagonian formation. Two individuals, sent
by him to the Princeton Museum, are labelled : Santa Cruz.
Affinities: the genus Bouchardia is represented so far only in the recent
seas, and the typical species, B. tulipa (Blv.) is found on the coast of Brazil.
MOLLUSCA.
PELECYPODA.
*
Fam. NUCULID& Ad.
Gen. NUCULA Lamck.
22. NUCULA PATAGONICA Philippi.
Plate XXV, Fig. ;«».
1887 N. pat. Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verstein. Chiles, p. 198, pi. 41, f. 8.
1897 N. tricesima v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 243, pi. 4, f.
21, pi. 5, f. 27.
1899 N. pat. v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Min. Geol. Pal., p. 15.
1900 N. pat. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 379.
Shell thick, very convex, almost triangular, oblique, apex forming almost
a right angle. Posterior dorsal margin slightly convex, forming with the
lower margin a strongly curved posterior angle. Anterior dorsal margin
slightly concave, anterior end a little produced, and sharply curved. Sur-
face smooth, with concentric lines of growth. Hinge teeth in two rows
meeting at a right or slightly obtuse angle, anterior row consisting of ca.
8, posterior of ca. 11-13 teeth. No crenulations on inner side of ventral
margin.
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 8 1
Remarks: V. Ihering says (in N. tricesimd] : "posterior" margin with
8, "dorsal" margin with 15—17 teeth, a statement that certainly contains
an error. But it is impossible to find out what is meant, since his figure
27 is quite insufficient ; but so far as can be seen, the number of hinge
teeth does not materially differ from that observed in our specimens.
N. tricesima is apparently the same species as N. patagonica. The
external form in our individuals is variable : some are a little more elon-
gated, others higher. Philippi figures only the cast, which is, of course,
more elongated, since the shell, and especially the swollen apex, is gone,
which detracts considerably from the height of the shell. V. Ihering fig-
ures, in figure 21, a very high individual (Alt. 14, Long. 15), while his
figure 27, which seems to represent another individual, is less high (12 by
14). In our specimens I have measured the following dimensions:
Height 13 Length 16.5 Diameter 10 (of both valves)
15 16.5 5.5 (one valve)
12.5 15 8 (both valves)
For N. patagonica v. Ihering gives in 1899: 14, 17, 11, respectively.
Our second individual corresponds very closely to N. tricesima of v.
Ihering, while the other two approach more or less the dimensions of N.
patagonica. Moreover, there are numerous intermediate specimens.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 20 sp. ; Lake Pue-
yrredon, 600' above base, i cast.
Distribution: Santa Cruz (Phil.), Patagonian formation (v. Ih.). Su-
prapatagonian beds of La Cueva (N. tricesima v. Ih.).
Affinities: N. arancana Phil. (1887, p. 198, pi. 41, f. 7) from Lebu
and Navidad is closely allied, and perhaps not specifically distinct ; but
it is too imperfectly known to decide this question.
European Eocene species, which may be compared with N. patagonica
in size and outline, are : N. parisiensis Desh., bronni Desh., mixta Desh.,
greppini Desh. ; but they have all crenulations on the ventral margin,
and the number of hinge teeth is larger. The same is true of N. mag-
nifica Conr. from the Eocene of Alabama, and of N. micletis L. and
mayeri Hoern. from the Miocene and Pliocene beds of Europe. The
character of the lack of crenulations, however, is shown in an Oligocoic
species of Europe, N. peregnna Desh. (see Speyer, 1866, p. 42, pi. 5, f.
3-5), and this species seems to be the species most closely allied to N.
82 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
Patagonica, although the outline is more elongate, and the number of
hinge teeth appears to be smaller. In outline, as well as the lack of cren-
ulations, the Pliocene and Recent N. tenuis (Mont.) (see Wood, 1856, p.
84, pi. 10, f. 5) still more resembles our species, but N. tenuis is much
thinner, and has distinctly a convex anterior dorsal margin. Thus we
may say that, if there are any relations of the Patagonian shell to known
forms, they are with Oligocene and Pliocene species.
In so-called "Eocene" (or Miocene?) beds of Victoria, South Australia,
and Tasmania, we have N. tumida Ten.-Wood (Tate, 1886, p. 127, pi. 6,
f. 6) as a representative of N. patagonica.
23. NUCULA RETICULARIS Ortmann.
PI. XXV, Fig. 8"'6.
1900 R. ret. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 371.
Shell small, moderately convex and moderately thick, subovate, oblique ;
posterior and anterior dorsal margins slightly convex, ventral margin
strongly arcuate. Surface with very fine concentric ribs, which are, espe-
cially near the posterior extremity, irregular and bifurcate. These ribs
are crossed by still finer radial striae, which give a beautifully reticulated
appearance to the shell. Ventral margin finely crenulated on inner side.
Hinge teeth fine, both parts of the series forming an obtuse angle ; ante-
rior part with ca. 9, posterior with ca. 18 teeth.
Measurements: Length, 7.5 mm; height, 6 mm.
Remarks: The radial striae are sometimes obliterated by fossilization
and indistinct, but are recognizable in almost all individuals on closer
inspection.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, i valve; Mt. of Obser-
vation, upper horizon, 16 valves.
Affinities : The small size and sculpture characterizes this species suffi-
ciently. This peculiar sculpture, however, brings our species very near
to the Oligocene N. chasteli Nyst (see Sandberger, 1863, p. 342, pi. 28, f.
7), from Germany. In N. chasteli the same dichotomy of the concentric
ribs is present, but much more strongly pronounced, and the external form
is different : it is triangular or hatchet-shaped.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 83
Fam. LEDID^. Ad.
Gen. LEDA Schum.
24. LEDA OXYRHYNCHA (Philippi).
PI. XXVI, Fig. 2"'*.
1887 Nucula ox. Philippi, Tert. Quart. Verstein. Chiles, p. 197, pi. 41, f. 21.
1900 Leda ox. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 378.
Shell elongate, anterior end shorter, rounded, posterior produced and
acutely rostrate. Posterior dorsal margin slightly concave, ventral margin
evenly arcuate. An angular ridge runs from the apex to the posterior
end, and, below this ridge, there is a slight depression. Surface of shell
with concentric ribs, between which fine radiating striae are present, which
do not cross the ribs. The part of the shell between the posterior dorsal
margin and the radial ridge running to the posterior end (escutcheon) has
more numerous and finer concentric ribs. Anterior hinge teeth ca. 12,
posterior ca. 19.
Length, 10 mm; height, 6 mm.
Remarks: The individuals from Santa Cruz are a little shorter than the
figure given by Philippi, and the apex is a little more anterior. Of the
casts from Arroyo Gio only one is large (length, 12 mm; height, 6 mm),
and here the form and situation of the apex agree with Philippi's figure.
An external cast from the same locality shows the characteristic sculpture
of this species.
The radial striae, between the concentric ribs, are distinct only near the
ventral margin ; toward the apex they are indistinct or even wanting.
The original discription of Philippi does not give the details of sculpture
mentioned above, so that there remains some doubt as to the identity of
our form with the Chilian; I have made the identification chiefly on the
ground of the agreement in the general appearance, and because none of
the characters given by Philippi contradicts it.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 2 right, 2 left valves;
Arroyo Gio, 6 casts.
Distribution: Navidad beds of Chili ; Lota, Lebu, Navidad (Phil.).
Affinities: An allied form is known from New Zealand ("juengere Ab-
teilung" = Pareora or Miocene), and figured but not named by Zittel
84 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
(1864, p. 47, pi. 15, f. 12). But here the posterior end is blunt, and the
sculpture consists only of concentric ribs, and above the posterior ridge
there are no ribs.
I cannot find any other species that might be compared with this one ;
there are numerous species in Tertiary deposits which resemble this one
in external shape, but the character of the sculpture is here very peculiar,
especially the coexistence of concentric and radial sculpture, and the
presence of a larger number of concentric ribs on the escutcheon.
25. LEDA ERRAZURIZI (Philippi).
. . PL xxvi, Fig. 3"'6.
1887 Micula err., Philippi, Tert. Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 196, pi. 41, f. 1 1.
1900 Leda err. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 378.
Shell elongate-ovate, apex situated almost in the middle of the dorsal
margin. Anterior end rounded, posterior acute, but hardly produced
(about as long as anterior). Posterior dorsal margin straight. Ventral
margin arcuate. A ridge runs from the apex to the posterior end ; just
below this ridge is a broad and sharply defined depression. Surface of
shell with fine concentric ribs, the ribs terminating, near the apex, ab-
ruptly on the ridge, leaving the escutheon smooth (except for growth-
lines ; toward the ventral margin, the concentric ribs disappear when
reaching the depression below the ridge, so that this depression is crossed
only by fine growth-lines. Anterior hinge teeth ca. 21, posterior ca. 16.
Length, 13 mm; height, 7 mm.
Remarks: The specimen from Santa Cruz is the largest, and shows all
the characters given above. Specimens from Lake Pueyrredon are
smaller, and are mostly casts, with only fragments of the shell remaining.
One individual however, shows distinctly the characters of the sculpture :
the disappearance of the concentric ribs on the depression below the
escutcheon, and therefore there is no doubt that they belong to this
species. The outer cast from Arroyo Gio shows distinctly the sculpture
of this species. The cast from Sierra Oveja is doubtful, as it does not
exhibit any surface characters ; but the outline agrees well with this
species.
In Philippi's description of this species the surface sculpture is described
as " concentrice et tenuiter striata; striis ante marginem dorsalem abrupte
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 85
terminates," which — taken together with his figure — applies well to our
species.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, i left valve; Cafion
near Sierra Oveja, Rio Chico, 100-150' below the rest, i cast; Arroyo Gio,
i external cast; Lake Pueyrredon, 600' above base, 15 sp.
Distribution: Navidad beds of Chili, Lebu (Philippi).
Affinities: Leda hyposoma Ball (1898, p. 589, pi. 32, f. 2)' from the
Miocene of North Carolina much resembles our species in the character
of the sculpture, the concentric lines disappearing on the rostrum and
leaving a smooth space below the ridge. Also the general form is similar.
This species is to be regarded as the most closely allied form.
Species of Leda coming near L. oxyrhyncha and errazurizi are found
in the Australian Tertiary (Tate, 1886), but they require further exami-
nation owing to the poor figures.
Gen. MALLETIA Desm.
26. MALLETIA ORNATA (Sowerby).
PI. XXVI, Fig. 4.
1846 Nucula orn. Sowerby, in: Darwin, Geol. Obs. S. Amer., p. 251, pi.
2, f. 19.
1854 Solenella orn. Woodward, Man. Mollusc, vol. 2, p. 270, pi. 17, f. 23.
1899 Neilo orn. v. Ihering, in : N. Jahrb. Min. Geol. Palaeont., vol. 2, p. 14.
Shell large, elongate, ovate or subtrapeziform ; apex only slightly prom-
inent, at about two-thirds of the length of the shell. Anterior end rounded,
posterior obliquely truncate and emarginate, upper angle produced, lower
angle rounded. A blunt angulation running from the apex to the lower
angle, and a very indistinct angulation from the apex almost parallel to
the posterior dorsal margin. Surface with strong, lamelliform, concentric
ribs. Anterior hinge teeth ca. 15, number of posterior teeth a little larger
(the exact number cannot be ascertained in our specimens).
Length, 45 mm ; height, 25 mm.
Remarks: Ligament external in a longitudinal groove, and pallial line
with a distinct sinus, thus belonging to the genus Malletia of Desmoulins
( = Solenella Sow. = Neilo Ad.).
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, i double valve, 2
right, and 2 external casts ; Paso del Rio Santa Cruz, i left, 3 right valves.
86 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
Distribution: Port Desire (Sow.); Santa Cruz, Patagonian formation
(v. Ih.).
Affinities: Nucula volckmanni Philippi (1887, p. 194, pi. 41, f. 9) from
the Navidad beds (Tubul and Lebu) has more crowded concentric ribs
and the posterior margin is more obliquely truncate : otherwise it is very
closely allied.
The New Zealandian living species Solenella australis Quoy & Gaim.
(see: Reeve, 1873, pi. i, f. 4) is found, according to Zittel (1864, p. 47,
pi. 13, f. 2) and Hutton (1873, p. 29 and 1886, p. 364) also in the fossil
state in New Zealand, in the Pareora and Wanganui beds (Miocene and
Pliocene). This species is also closely allied to the Patagonian form,
although differing a little more in outline. From the older Tertiary
deposits this type of shell is not known.
Fam. PARALLELODONTIDA1 Ball.
Gen. CUCULL^EA Lamck.
27. CUCULL/EA ALTA Sowerby.
PI. XXV, Fig. 4™.
1846 C. a. Sowerby, in: Darwin, Geol. Observ. S. Amer., p. 252, pi. 2,
f. 22, 23.
1873 C. a. Hutton, Cat. Tert. Moll. Echin. N. Zealand, p. 27.
1885 C. a. Hutton, in: Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 41, p. 551.
1897 C. multicostata v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul, v. 2, p. 240, pi. 4, f.
20, pi. 5, f. 29.
1897 C. dalliv. Ihering, ibid., p. 241, pi. 7, f. 47, pi. 8, f. 51.
1899 C. dalliv. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Min. Geol. Pal., vol. 2, p. 12.
1899 C. alta v. Ihering, Ibid., p. 13.
1900 C. alta Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 379.
Shell variable in outline, elongated-rhomboidal, shorter or longer, thick
and inflated. Surface finely radially striated, and with fine, undulating,
concentric lines of growth. Anterior end short, rounded, posterior nar-
rowed, and a little produced to an obtuse angle. Apex high and incurved,
a very indistinct and rounded angulation running down from the apex to
the posterior end. Area large, according to age with 1-9 rhombiform sulci.
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
Remarks: v. Ihering distinguishes two species, C. alta and dalli, which
I believe to be identical : in order to support my opinion, I give here
detailed measurements of 14 good specimens out of our material (Nos. i,
2, 4, 9-14 from Santa Cruz, Nos. 3, 5-8 from Mt. of Observation).
Number.
Length.
Height.
Distance of Apex from
Ant. End.
Width of Area.
Number of Sulci.
I
22
18
9 rel.
2.4
?
I
2
50
41
19
2.6
5
3
3
64
58
24
2.6
8
4
4
65
56
26
2.5
7
5 anter., 4 poster.
5
65
58
24
2.6
9
4
6
67
58
27
2.5
8
3
7
69
59
25
2.7
8
3
8
7i
62
27
2.6
8
5
9
72
62
33
2.2
1 1
7 anter., 6 poster.
10
79
67
35
2.2'
10
5
ii
80
66
3i
2.6
9
6
12
83
73
40
2.1
15
7 anter., 8 poster.
13
85
73
29
2.9
14
7
14
88
73
33
2.6
12
6 anter., 5 poster.
In 1897, v- Ihering mentioned as distinctive characters betwen C. mul-
ticostata and dalli the following: (i) External form, (2) sculpture of shell,
(3) number of sulci of the area, (4) size. In 1899 ne modified his state-
ments as to the third character : he says that a shell of C. alta (which he
unites with C. mttlticostatd] of 45 mm length has an area 7 mm broad,
with 9 sulci, while C. dalli at a length of 50 mm has an area 5 mm broad,
and only two sulci. This looks certainly like a striking difference. His
C. multicostata ( = alta) of 1897 is 3^ mm. long, and has only two sulci.
Among our specimens, one (No. 2), of the same size (50 mm) as the
individual of C. dalli just mentioned, has only 3 sulci, and this number
hardly increases in the specimens Nos. 3-8 (length from 64 to 71 mm):
there are only 3 to 5 sulci, and specimens Nos. 10 and 1 1 (length 79 and
80 mm) continue this series regularly with from 5 to 6 sulci.
But No. 9 is outside of the series ; its size is hardly larger than that of
No. 8, but the sulci of the area number 6, or 7. Although this specimen
must still be classed with v. Ihering's C. dalli, it shows clearly that some-
times in individuals of comparatively smaller size the number of sulci may
be exceptionally high. On the other hand, we see in No. 14, that in
comparatively large individuals the number of sulci may remain very small
88 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
(5 or 6), while even in smaller individuals (Nos. 12 and 13) a very high
number (7 or 8) is present.
Thus is seems that the number of sulci is very variable : at a length of
ca. 50 mm. it is about 3, increasing at ca. 70 mm. to 4 and 6, and at over
80 mm to 7 and 8, and even more ; but sometimes there are specimens,
in which this number does not correspond to this rule : Sowerby's figure
23 shows an individual 47 mm in length, that has 5 or 6 sulci, where we
should expect only 2 or 3, and v. Ihering's individual of C. alia, of 45
mm length, has 9, where we should expect not more than 3. Although
this latter individual seems at the first glance to differ strikingly from
all our individuals, Sowerby's figure 23 and our specimen No. 9 form the
transition between both extremes.
Aside from the number of sulci on the area, v. Ihering (in 1899) gives
the following differences between C. alta and dalli: (i) C. dalli is the
larger species; (2) the apex in C. alta is more anterior; (3) the surface
ornamentation differs in both.
Characters (i) and (2) are of no value, since there is in size and shape
considerable variety, as is shown in our series : indeed, one of the largest
specimens (No. 13) shows the apex more anterior than any of the rest,
and this one agrees in all other respects with v. Ihering's C. dalli. Further,
it will be remarked that our No. 9, which, according to the sulci, is the
one that approaches C. alta of v. Ihering most closely among our indi-
viduals, shows an almost central apex, a character of C. dalli, and the
same is true of No. 12.
As to character (3), v. Ihering says that C. alta has in the middle of the
shell ca. 30 radiating ribs, as broad as the intervals, but that these ribs
are wanting on the anterior and posterior parts of the shell. In C. dalli,
however, he says that these ribs are found all over the surface. (In 1897
he described in C. dalli the surface-ornaments as striae rather than ribs.)
It seems to me that he has not seen the original surface of the shell.
In our specimens (see fig. 4°) — where the original surface is preserved—
it is rugose ("subrugosa" Sowerby), /. e., sculptured by very fine radiating
striae or impressed lines, which are crowded, but some of them at certain
intervals (3-10 mm) are a little more distinct (deeper). The intervals
between the striae are flat and crossed by fine undulating lines of growth :
thus there is nothing that might be called "ribs." But when the outer
surface of the shell is destroyed by fossilization, the condition described
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 89
by v. Ihering becomes apparent (see fig. 4'): flat, radiating ribs, as broad
as the intervals and hardly higher than the latter. Since this destruction
of the outer layer of the shell takes place chiefly near the apex and on
the middle part of the surface (see fig. 4*), while the outer layer as a rule
is still preserved on the anterior and posterior ends, we often see the con-
dition described for C. alta: a number of ribs in the middle part of the
shell, which are apparently lacking on the anterior and posterior ends.
All our individuals from Santa Cruz show this condition of the partly
exfoliated surface, while those from Mt. of Observation are in a better
state in this respect (see fig. 4°).
Thus, of the characters given by v. Ihering, only that of the number of
sulci of the area deserves any attention, and it seems — as has been shown
above — that even this one does not warrant the establishment of two dif-
ferent species. If I am mistaken in this opinion, if there are really two
different but closely allied species at Santa Cruz, we possess only one of
them : C. dalli, but not what v. Ihering calls C. alta. The little uncer-
tainty that remains in this respect is chiefly due to the fact that the differ-
ences of sculpture of the surface mentioned by v. Ihering are not illustrated
by any good figures: that of C. nmlticostata, given in 1897 (pi- 5> ^ 29)>
is quite, insufficient.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River ; 4 double, 7 right,
3 left valves. (Some of them labelled 200' and 250' above high tide.)
Mt. of Observation, lower horizon ; 2 double, i right, 2 left valves.
Distribution : Santa Cruz (Sow., v. Ih.); La Cueva and Jack Harvey
(v. Ih.); Port Desire (Sow.). Patagonia formation (v. Ih.), Oamaru and
Pareora systems (Oligocene and Miocene) of New Zealand (Hutton).
Affinities: C. cliilensis Phil. (1887, p. 189, pi. 40, f. 2), from the Navidad
beds of Chili comes extremely near to this species, the only difference is
the less high and more elongated form. From the Oligocene and Miocene
beds of New Zealand Hutton has described three more species, which are
hardly distinguishable.
Sowerby compared this species with C. dectissata Sow. (= crassatina
Lmck.), which is found in Eocene beds of Europe, and a similar form is
found in the Eocene of the eastern United States : C. gigantca Conr. (see :
Clark, 1896, pi. 30-33). Since species of this genus have not been found
in the northern hemisphere in younger Tertiary beds, we are confronted
here with a pronounced relation to Eocene : but the value of this case is
9O PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALEONTOLOGY.
counterbalanced by the fact that the identical species or very closely allied
forms are found in beds that are considered Oligocene, Miocene and Plio-
cene (Hutton, 1886, p. 365), in Chili and New Zealand, and further by
the fact that the genus still exists in the recent seas.
28. CUCULL^EA (CUCULLARIA) DARWINI (Philippi).
PI. XXV, Fig. 5"- ».
1887 Area darw. Philippi, Tert. Quart. Verstein. Chiles, p. 188, pi. 36, f. 3.
1897 Cttcitllnria tridentata v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 237,
pi. 4, f. 22, pi. 5, f. 28.
1900 Cttcullcea danvini Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 379.
Shell elongate-oval, subtrapeziform, with fine radial ribs, which are flat
and separated by fine but sharp sulci. Toward the lower margin the ribs
appear geminate or double, through the development of a slight sulcus in
the middle of each rib. The ribs are crossed by distant, distinct lines of
growth. Apices swollen, closely approaching each other. Anterior end
of shell short, rounded ; posterior broader, with rounded angles. Area
very small. Teeth of hinge (according to v. Ihering) : 2-3 horizontal
anterior ones, and 3 posterior. Small vertical teeth below the apex.
Our largest individual measures : length, 29 mm ; height, 1 7 mm ; but
the species grows much larger, since v. Ihering gives : length, 42; height, 24.
Remarks: According to v. Ihering this species belongs to the subgenus
Cucullaria. My specimens agree completely with his figure in outline,
but they are smaller and do not show the hinge.
There cannot be the slightest doubt that this species is the same as
Philippi's Area darwini. Philippi's reconstruction of the anterior part of
the shell is not quite correct (it being too high), and this is the only dif-
ference from v. Ihering's figures. The fact that Philippi's species is from
Santa Cruz is sufficient to establish this identity.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, i double, i right
valve ; Las Salinas, 2 right valves.
Distribution: Santa Cruz (Phil.); Jegua quemada, Suprapatagonian beds
(v. Ih.)._
Affinities: The type-species of the subgenus or genus Ctictillaria is C.
heterodonta Desh. from the Eocene of the Paris basin (see: Deshayes,
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 91
1860, p. 906, pi. 67, f. 22-25); it differs considerably from our species in
size, shape and sculpture, the latter consisting of fine, sharp and nodulose
ribs. C. aldrichi Dall (1898, p. 630, pi. 32, f. 19), from the Eocene of
Alabama approaches our species more closely in size and shape and also
in sculpture, which consists, in C. aldrichi, of fine, flattish, equal, but not
geminate ribs. In the sculpture of the shell, C. tceniata Dall (ibid., p. 631,
pi. 25, f. i), from the Pliocene of Florida and Carolina, is still more closely
allied to our form, showing geminate, and even quadripartite ribs; the
shape, however, of C. tceniata is different. Thus, it seems that C. dancim'
is intermediate in sculpture between the Eocene C. aldrichi, and the
Pliocene C. tceniata, approaching in form more the former.
Fam. LIMOPSID^E Dall.
Gen. LIMOPSIS Sassi.
29. LIMOPSIS INSOLITA (Sowerby).
PI. XXV, Fig. 6.
1846 Trigonoccelia ins. Sowerby, in: Darwin, Geol. Observ. S. Amer., p.
252, pi. 2, f. 20, 21.
1864 Limopsis ins. Zittel, in: Novara Exp., p. 48, pi. 13, f. i.
1873 L. i. Hutton, Cat. Tert. Moll. Ech., New Zealand, p. 28.
1886 L. i. Tate, in: Tr. R. Soc., South Australia, vol. 8, p. 134.
1887 L. araucana Philippi, Tert. Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 191, pi. 46, f. 4 (juv.).
1897 ^- ins- v- Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., vol. 2, p. 234.
1899 L. i. v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Min. Geol. Pal., vol. 2, p. 14.
Shell suboval, very oblique, thick, convex. External surface, in well
preserved specimens, with very fine radiating striae (fine grooves separated
by flat intervals), and with distinct concentric lines of growth. Umbones
not much prominent. Area triangular, high, with a triangular depression
in the middle below the apex, bordered by sharp margins. Hinge teeth
forming a curved line, anterior and posterior ones larger, median ones
smaller.
Height, 26 mm ; length, 25 mm.
Remarks: The external surface of the shell is finely striated, a char-
acter in which L. araucana is said to differ. Sowerby and Zittel, ho\v-
92 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
ever, describe the surface of L. insolita as smooth, and, indeed, in most
of the specimens it appears so. But this character is produced by fossili-
sation, the fine striae being distinctly visible only in very well preserved
individuals. This character has been ascertained already by v. Ihering.
We possess young shells that agree in every respect with Philippi's L.
araucana, they being less oblique than the older ones.
V. Ihering (1899, p. 40, footnote) doubts the identity of the New
Zealandian and Patagonian form. Zittel's figure of L. iusolita represents
a very large specimen, which is very oblique, and which is smooth. That
the latter character does not agree with the Patagonian fossil has been
mentioned, but since the latter was described originally and erroneously
as smooth, it is very probable that also in New Zealandian specimens, in
well preserved individuals, a striation may be present. The external
form does not warrant a specific separation, since among our Patagonian
material the obliquity of the shell varies considerably in individuals of
the same size, and since also — as has been said above — young individuals
as a rule are less oblique. Accordingly, the very oblique shape of the
figure given by Zittel may be due to age. In the configuration of the
area I do not find any differences : although it is hard to understand
Zittel's description in this respect ("area — traversed by a narrow, slightly
depressed, very indistinct, triangular groove"), his figure corresponds to
what we see in the Patagonian fossil : below the apex, there is, on the
area, a broadly-triangular depression on a slightly lower level than the
lateral parts of the area, and separated from the latter by a sharp, angular
line. This triangular depression is slightly concave in the middle.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 175 isolated speci-
mens, and many more imbedded in matrix; Las Salinas, i sp.
Distribution: Santa Cruz (Sow.); La Cueva and Jegua quemada (v.
Ih.). According to v. Ihering in both the Patagonian and Suprapata-
gonian beds.
Navidad beds of Llancahue, Chili (Phil.). New Zealand (Zittel),
Miocene Pareora beds (Hutt). South Australia, in so called "Eocene"
(? Miocene) beds (Tate).
Affinities: By the very strongly developed obliquity, by the very broad
triangular groove of the area, by the lack of crenulations of the inner
margins, this shell represents a very peculiar type of the genus, that
cannot be brought into closer relation to any of the known species. The
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 93
more striking is the fact that this identical type is represented in the
Pareora beds of New Zealand and in Australia.
Fam. ARCID^E Dall.
Gen. ARCA Lamck.
30. ARCA PATAGONICA v. Ihering.
PI. XXV, Fig. 3«'4.
1897 -d- Pat- v- Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., Vol. 2, p. 235, pi. 4, f. 23,
pi. 5, f. 30.
Shell elongate, anterior part short, rounded, posterior elongated,
obliquely truncated. Ventral margin almost straight and parallel to the
upper margin (hinge-line). A blunt, but distinct carina runs down from
the apex to the posterior ventral angle. Apices remote from each other,
area broad, concave, with a large sulciferous rhombus. Surface of shell
with radiating ribs, anterior ribs stronger, median ribs finer, and on the
posterior part of the shell, above the carina, again 3-5 (according to age)
stronger ribs. All ribs noduloso-imbricated by concentric lines crossing
them. In' older parts of the shell (near the apex) the ribs are much
crowded, but they become more distant on approaching the ventral
margin, and finer ribs develop in the intervals. In old individuals, near
the ventral margin, from 2 to 4 finer ribs are found between the
stronger ones.
' Our largest individual measures : Length, 28 mm ; height, 20 mm ;
diameter, 10 (x 2) mm.
Records of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, ca. 30 sp. ; Mt. of
Observation, upper horizon, i sp.; Arroyo Gio, i cast.
Distribution: Jegua quemada, Suprapatagonian beds (v. Ih.).
Affinities: A. oxytropis Philippi (1887, p. 188, pi. 37, f. 6) from the
Navidad beds of Lebu, Chili — although very incompletely known — seems
to be closely allied to this species. In A. oxytropis the following char-
acters agreeing with A. patagonica are known : ( i ) the elongated and
narrow form, (2) the oblique truncation of the posterior end, (3) the ridge
running across the valve, (4) the existence of a few (3) ribs above this
ridge.
94 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
V. Ihering compares this species with A. imbricata, which is, according
to Dall (1889, p. 40), a living species of the West Indies.
In my opinion the most closely allied forms are: A. tetragona Poli (=
navicularis Desh.) from the English Crag (see Wood, 1856, p. 76, pi. 10,
f. i), and said to be also Miocene and Recent. And further, a closely
allied species is A. noce L. (Miocene to Recent, see Hoernes, 1870, p. 324,
pi. 62, f. 4).
Specimens of the same size of A. tetragona from the Pliocene of Mt.
Mario, Rome, differ only in the more anterior position of the apex, finer
ribs, and sharper carina.
Although the type of A. noce is represented also in Eocene deposits by
different species, none of these approach our species so closely as the two
forms named (A. tetragona and noce}, so that we have here a distinctly
Neogene relation.
Similar forms, for instance A. occidentalis Phil, and A. paratina Dall
(Philippi, 1851, p. 15, pi. 4, f. 4, and Dall, 1898, p. 621, pi. 33, f. 14),
closely allied to the European A. noce, are found in Oligocene, Miocene,
Pliocene, and Recent beds in Florida and the West Indies.
Also A. pseudonavicularis Tate (1886, p. 139, pi. 1 1, f. 8) from so-called
"Eocene" beds of South Australia and Tasmania belongs into this group.
Gen. GLYCIMERIS Da Costa.
(= Pectunculus Lamck.)
31. GLYCIMERIS IBARI (Philippi).
PI. XXVI, Fig. i"-*.
1887 Pectunculus ib. Philippi, Tert. Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 190, pi. 40, f. 3.
1887 Pectunculus magellaniciis Philippi, ibid., p. 190, pi. 41, f. i.
? 1887 P. araucanus Philippi, ibid., p. 191, pi. 36, f. 2.
1897 P- Pulvinatus cuevensis v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 238,
pi. 7, f. 46, pi. 8, f. 50.
1899 P. pulv. cuev. v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Min. Geol. Pal., v. 2, p. 14.
1900 P. ibari Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 379.
Shell large and thick, suborbicular or more or less oblique. Surface
with radial striae, the striae are fine, but sharp furrows, separated by rather
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
95
broad, flat intervals; they are crossed by fine concentric lines of growth.
Area triangular, increasing in width with age, with rhombiform sulci up
to 6 or 7. Hinge teeth up to 1 1 on each side ; the median ones, in old
individuals, covered by the dilated area, so that only 4 to 5 on each side
are visible. Only the median teeth slightly geniculate, the lateral ones
oblique to horizontal, but straight.
Remarks: As v. Ihering has already pointed out, the external form of
this species is extremely variable. Sometimes it is perfectly circular, but
often more or less oblique, or even transversely elongate ; the latter ex-
treme is represented by Philippi's P. magellanicus. We possess from
Punta Arenas all intermediate conditions in shape. Also the thickness
of the shell is variable. (As to variations in shape and thickness in this
genus, compare Wood, 1856, p. 68, under P. g/ycimeris.}
Philippi's P. ibari represents an extremely thick and high individual,
while his P. magellaiiicns is extremely transverse. Both are large, and
possess accordingly a very broad area, which leaves only the 4-5
lateral hinge teeth exposed. The same number of teeth is present in our
largest individuals (see below, No. n and 12). We have a smaller indi-
vidual (No. 3) that corresponds in shape exactly to P. magellanicus, but
has a larger number of hinge teeth. V. Ihering figures a very large indi-
vidual of subcircular outline, in which the median hinge teeth are not
completely covered.
I give here the measurements of some of our specimens, compared with
those of Philippi and v. Ihering.
No.
Height.
length.
Diameter.
Anterior hinge teeth.
Sulci.
Shape.
I
48
50
18
II
I
almost circular (left).
2
50
54
20
9
?
oblique (left).
3
66
80
27
9
?
very oblique, transverse (left).
4
70
ca. 70
25
8
?
almost circular (left).
5
70
72
30
12
?
subcircular (left).
6
72
7i
26
10
3
almost circular (right).
7
74
77
32
12
?
moderately oblique (left).
8
76
77
31
8
?
almost circular (right).
9
82
92
33
8
4
oblique (left).
10
87
ca.95
35
6
?
moderately oblique (right).
1 1
90
85
33
5
5
moderately oblique, high (left).
12
92
100
38
5
6
oblique (right).
13
90
116
37
5
7
very oblique, transverse.
H
98
92
ca. 40
5
?
moderately oblique, high.
15
99
1 06
38
fi Q
ca. o
4 or 5
subcircular.
96 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
Of these individuals Nos. 1-12 are in our collection from Punta Arenas;
No. 13 is Philippi's P. magellamcus, and No. 14 is Philippi's P. ibari.
No. 15 gives the measurements of v. Ihering's P. piihnnatus cnevensis.
The following are the corresponding measurements of our smaller indi-
viduals from Santa Cruz:
16
17
18
28
25
19
29
25
19
9
8
6
10
9
very slightly oblique (left),
circular (right),
circular (right).
Finally, we have here the measurements of an individual from Lake
Pueyrredon, base of Tertiary :
19 | 93 90 | ca. 34 | ? ? | slightly oblique, high (left).
Individuals from other localities are too poorly preserved to be meas-
ured.
It may be, that P. colcliagiictisis Phil. (1887, p. 191, pi. 37, f. 8) from
the Navidad beds of Chili is identical with our species ; it is of medium
size, and the measurements fit well into the series, but Philippi says that
the surface shows only lines of growth, and hardly any radial striae ; and
further, the sulci of the area seem to be — according to the figure — more
numerous and more crowded.
P. arancanus Phil, is a very young form ; Philippi says that it differs
from other species in the rectilinear hinge line. The same character is
present in a few of our smallest and medium sized specimens from Santa
Cruz, but it disappears with age. Although these young specimens from
Santa Cruz resemble completely Philippi's figure of P. araucanits, it does
not seem quite safe to put this species in the synonymy of P. ibari, with-
out having compared authentic specimens of the Navidad form.
The failure on the part of v. Ihering to recognize the identity of his
species with P. inagcllanicns and ibari of Philippi, is apparently due to
the fact that Philippi has figured two extremes of this form ; an excep-
tionally transverse one, and an exceptionally high one; but we possess
from the type-locality (Punta Arenas) not only these two extremes, but
also the intermediate forms. The latter prevail, are more circular in out-
line, and agree well with v, Ihering's species (so especially our Nos. 4, 5,
and 8).
The large specimens in our collection from Rio Chalia are all casts, but
agree well — as far as can be ascertained — with the specimens from Punta
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 97
Arenas. Large specimens from Arroyo Gio and Lake Pueyrredon pos-
sess at least part of the valves and are completely identical with those
from Punta Arenas.
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 14 valves (young
and medium) ; Upper Rio Chalia, 8 casts (large) ; 30 miles north of upper
Rio Chalia, 4 casts; Arroyo Gio, 2 valves (large and small) ; Lake Pueyr-
redon, base of Tertiary, 2 sp. (large and small) ; Lake Pueyrredon, 600'
above base, 11 casts (small and medium); Punta Arenas, horizon V, 12
valves (medium and large).
Distribution: Punta Arenas (Phil.); Patagonian beds of Santa Cruz (v.
Ih.), and Suprapatagonian beds of Jegua quemada and La Cueva (v. Ih.) ;
Perhaps in the Navidad beds (Lebu) of Chili (P. arattcanus Phil.).
Affinities: V. Ihering considers this form a variety of P. pulvinatus
Lmck., and compares it with the form described by Hcernes as P. pilosus
L. from the Miocene of the Vienna basin. This is quite right, especially
as far as it relates to the sulci of the area. The larger Eocene species of
the genus (P. obovatus Lmck., pulvinatus Lmck., polymorphus Desh.) dif-
fer at a glance in the more crowded, and accordingly more numerous
sulci, while in the Miocene, Pliocene and Recent form, that has been
called by the Linnean name P. pilosus, the number of sulci, in individuals
of corresponding size, agrees closely with that of P. ibari. In P. pilosus,
however (see Hcernes,. 1870, p. 316, pi. 40, 41), these sulci are very in-
distinct, while in P. ibari they are well developed and sharp, and further,
P. piloszis differs from our species in the teeth of the hinge being more
distinctly geniculate, and in the radial striae of the surface being less dis-
tinct and more obscured toward the lower margin by the lines of growth.
Thus P. ibari has a distinctly Neogene appearance.
Fain. PERNID^E Zitt.
Gen. PERNA Brug.
32. PERNA QUADRISULCATA v. Ihering.
PI. XXIV, Fig. 2"'".
1897 P- y*1- v- Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 231, pi. 9, f. 54.
Shell thick, upper margin straight, anteriorly sharply angulated, pos-
teriorly alate, angularly produced and sinuate. Hinge broad, with four
distant, very broad grooves.
98 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
Remarks: Our fragments from Santa Cruz do not show the external
form of the shell. According to v. Ihering it is subquadrate, a little
broader than high. The specimens from Lake Pueyrredon are chiefly
casts ; one of them shows clearly the impressions of the lower margin of
three of the cardinal grooves (see pi. XXIV., fig. 2*), agreeing with the
specimens from Santa Cruz in being very broad and distant, which is the
most prominent character of this species. Only part of the shell remains
here. The casts indicate apparently a higher shell, but taking into con-
sideration the great thickness of the shell at the anterior end, and the
missing part at the posterior, which has been lost by fossilization, the
outline of the Pueyrredon specimens would come near to that given by
v. Ihering. I do not hesitate to refer them to v. Ihering's species, since
the characteristic feature of P. quadrisulcata is exhibited in one of them.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 9 fragments; Lake
Pueyrredon, base of Tertiary, 2 sp.; Lake Pueyrredon, 600' above base,
4 sp. (2 of them young).
Distribution: La Cueva, upper part of Patagonian formation (v. Ih.).
Affinities : No known species of Perna can be compared with this one ;
but there is some resemblance to Crenatula aviculifonnis Philippi (Navidad
beds of Chili), but the latter is too incompletely known to permit any
opinion in this respect.
Fam. OSTREWsE Lamck.
Gen. OSTREA L.
33. OSTREA TORRESI Philippi.
PI. XIV, Fig. 3"'".
1887 O. torr. Philippi, Tert. Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 215, pi. 48, f. 8.
1899 O. torr. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 8, p. 427.
Shell in outline broader or narrower oval, rarely suborbicular ; mod-
erately thick. Lower valve deeply excavated, upper valve flat. Area
moderately large, triangular. Muscular impression about in the middle
of the inner surface, only slightly lateral. Both valves with numerous,
strong radial plaits, but on the upper valve these are less distinct and
sometimes missing.
Measurements: Length, 104, 117, 125, 131. An upper valve : 129 mm.
Width, 74, 1 06, 74, 95. 102 mm.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 99
Remarks : Characterized by the well developed radial plaits, and by the
deeply and regularly excavated lower valve, which has a spoon-like shape.
All our individuals are much worn, but in spite of this fact the radial
plaits are distinct. This character, as well as the comparatively thinner
shell, are the only differences from the following species, of which it is no
doubt the representative in the Magellanian beds. I am not quite satis-
fied that it is really a distinct species.
Record of specimens : Punta Arenas, Magellanian beds, upper horizon
(III), 21 lower, 14 upper valves (5 upper valves from the lower horizon
(II) of the Magellanian beds may belong to this species, but since they do
not show any plaits, and lower valves are absent, I am not prepared to
say that they really belong here).
Distribution: Straits of Magellan (Phil.). Our specimens are appar-
ently from the type-locality of this species, since most of the fossils
described by Philippi from the Straits of Magellan (1887, p. 251) are from
Punta Arenas.
Affinities: A similar species is O. bellovacina Lmck. (see Wood, 1861,
p. 17, pi. 3, f. i, pi. 7, f. 3) from the Lower Eocene of France and En-
gland, but in the latter the radial plaits are stronger, and the outline is
broader.
34- OSTREA INGENS Zittel.
PI. XV, XVI, XVII, XVIII, and XIX, Fig. i".
1864 O. ingens Zittel, in: Novara Exped., p. 54, pi. 13, f. 3.
1864 O. nelsoniana Zittel, ibid., p. 55, pi. 11, f. 7.
1,873 O. nelson. & ing. Hutton, Cat. Tert. Moll. Echin., N. Zealand, p. 34.
1887 O. patagonica Philippi (non d'Orbigny), Tert. Quart. Verst. Chiles,
p. 213 (pro parte, not fig. 2 on pi. 48).
1887 O. fermrisi Philippi (non d'Orbigny), ibid., p. 214 (not fig. 5 on
pi. 48).
1887 O. botirgeoisi Philippi (non Remond), ibid., p. 215, pi. 48, f. 3.
1896 O. beneckei Moericke, in: N. Jahrb. Min. Geol. Pal. Beil., Bd. 10, p.
574, pi. 13, f. i.
1897 O.ferraresi Pilsbry (non d'Orbigny), in: Pr. Acad. Philad., p. 330.
1897 (Nov.) O. hatcheri Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 4, p. 355, pi.
ii, f . i .
1897 O. philippii Ortmann, ibid., p. 356, pi. 11, f. 2.
IOO PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PAL/EONTOLOGY.
1897 (Dec.) O. percrassa v. Ihering (non Conrad), in: Rev. Mus. Paul.,
v. 2, p. 221, pi. 9, f. 53, textfig. i.
1897 O. patagonica v. Ihering (non d'Orbigny), ibid., p. 222, pi. 9, f. 2
(O. orbignyi in tab.) (non O. patagonica, ibid., p. 326).
1899 O. hatcheriv. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Min. Geol. Pal., v. 2, p. 8.
1900 O. ingens Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 379.
Shell very variable in shape, circular, ovate, triangular, or elongated,
becoming very large and thick with age. Lower (left) valve more or less
convex, concave on inner side. Outer surface with concentric lines of
growth, forming lamellae, which are sometimes very far apart from each
other, giving thus a graduated appearance, but in other cases the lamellae
are much crowded. Radial plaits in many cases completely absent, in
others slightly and irregularly developed, but always less than in O. tor-
resi. Upper (right) valve flat or slightly concave on the inner side, ex-
ternally with lines of growth, forming lamellae, very rarely with traces of
radial plaits. Beak of lower valve longer or shorter, often very much
elongated, sometimes incurved or distorted. Area triangular, generally
longer than broad, often very long, rarely broader than long. Ligament-
groove deeper or shallower, broader or narrower. Beak and area of
upper valve shorter than in the lower valve. Muscular impression large,
situated generally a little below the middle of the shell and a little pos-
teriorly (laterally). Margins of upper valve, close to the area, sometimes
for a short distance with small crenulations (wrinkles or nodes) corre-
sponding to small grooves in the other valve, but in most cases no traces
of these crenulations are present.
Largest specimen: Length, 255 mm; width, 162 mm.
Remarks: The chief characters of this species are :
1. The large size, and extremely thick shell.
2. The situation of the muscular scar.
3. The smooth margin of the inner side of the valves.
4. The slight development of the radial folds.
But even these characters are variable in a certain degree. Greater
variations are shown in : (i) the outline, (2) the shape of area and beak, (3)
the convexity of the valves, (4) size, and development of the surface-sculp-
ture, especially of the lines of growth.
Since there is an almost unparalleled confusion as to the identification
and synonymy of the large oyster of the Patagonian beds, it seems neces-
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. IOI
sary to support the position taken by the writer by a detailed account of
the history of this form, and the results furnished by the examination of
our material.
It is exceedingly difficult to clear up the synonymy of the large oysters
of Patagonia.
The oyster described by d'Orbigny as O. patagonica has been frequently
and almost generally confused with the present species, but — as will be
demonstrated below — the original O. patagonica is not found at all in the
Patagonian formation, that is to say, below the Santa-Cruz beds contain-
ing mammalian remains.
It is to be borne in mind, that O. patagonica is not recorded by d'Or-
bigny himself from any locality south of San Julian ; and since our col-
lections show, that the true O. patagonica is really present at San Julian,
but in a higher horizon, it is very probable, that d'Orbigny did not pos-
sess the species from the true Patagonian formation at all.
The latter was first mentioned by Darwin (1846, p. 1 1 1 and passim),
but without being distinguished from O. patagonica.
Philippi (1887) possessed typical specimens of the Patagonian oyster
from Punta Arenas, and called them by the name of O. botirgeoisi Remond,
which was a mistake, as O. boiirgeoisi is from the Californian Miocene. At
the same time he confounds, the true O. patagonica with the species found
at Santa Cruz, and introduces two more species: O. ferrarisi d'Orb. and
remondi from the Pliocene Coquimbo-beds of Chili. What he calls O.
ferrarisi is not the O. ferrarisi of d'Orbigny (= patagonica}, since he dis-
tinctly states, that crenulations of the margins are not present in his speci-
mens. These crenulations are the only character by which O. patagonica
can be distinguished from O. ingens in every case, and accordingly,
Philippi's O. ferrarisi must belong to O. ingens. O. remondi, on the
other hand, seems to belong to the true O. patagonica (see below).
Mcericke, in 1896, mentions from the Pliocene Coquimbo-beds: O.
remondi and transitoria Hup., both apparently the same species as
Philippi's of the same names, and adds a new species : O. beneckei. The
latter is nothing but a very old and large, typical individual of O. iiigen*.
Its chief characters, the extreme thickness of the shell, the incurved beak,
and the elongated and large area are exhibited in many of our larger in-
dividuals. Incidentally Moericke (p. 575) mentions O. patagonica from
Santa Cruz, and it seems, he understands by this name the more circular
form found at this locality.
102 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PAL/EONTOLOGY.
The present writer, in 1897, recognized first the difference of this oyster
of the Patagonian formation from the true O. patagonica of d'Orbigny, but
he made the mistake of regarding the more elongated form from the
upper Rio Chalia and the more circular form of Santa Cruz as different
species, and described them under the names of O. pJiilippi (substituting
this name for the preoccupied bourge&isi of Philippi) and O. hatcheri re-
spectively. In the same year, a few weeks later, v. Ihering called the
more rounded form of Santa Cruz by the name of O. percrassa (preoccu-
pied by Conrad for a Miocene species of N. America, see : Whitfield,
1894, p. 29, pi. 3, f. 1-4), giving as its chief characters the widely remote
lamellae formed by the lines of growth, which gives a terraced or gradu-
ated appearance to the external surface. This same character is found in
the type-specimen of my O. hatcheri; but I do not regard it as of specific
value. Some individuals show it very distinctly developed, but in others
we have all transitional conditions to the crowded lines of growth of what
I have called O. philippi, and, indeed, both characters — the distant and
the crowded lamellae — may be present in one and the same individual at
different stages of age (see pi. XV). Moreover, this percrassa-stage—
which is apparently due to very vigorous growth of the shell — is not re-
stricted to the locality of Santa Cruz or to the particular horizon of the
Patagonian beds represented there.
Very recently (1899, p. 8), v. Ihering has again discussed the oyster of
Santa Cruz, adopting the specific name of hate hen. Here he does not
consider the graduated appearance of the shell as of specific value, but
still he maintains its specific difference from "patagonica" = philippii Ortm.
The chief characters given are :
1. Very thick shell and rounded outline.
2. Short and broad area.
3. Ligamental fossa of upper valve concave or flat, not prominent on
the lower margin of the area, or only slightly so.
4. Muscular impression far distant from the margin.
Characters (i) and (2) have been discussed above, and are of no specific
value: we have at the type-locality elongate shells as well as rounded
ones, and individuals with an elongated area. These characters change
sometimes in the same individual with age (see pi. XV). In fact, the
typical O. hatcheri (or percrassa] is not the only form found at Santa
Cruz, and it is not even the prevailing form (see : No. i under record of
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 103
specimens). As to the situation of the muscular scar (character 4), it may
be remarked, that the more central position is found in more rounded
individuals, and is without doubt directly dependent on the outline of
the shell.
As to the third character introduced by v. Ihering, taken from the liga-
mental groove of the upper valve, I fail to see any constancy in it. Indeed,
there is considerable variation, it being sometimes concave, sometimes
flat, sometimes slightly convex, and the lower margin is more or less
prominent. The convex character, however, of the surface of the groove,
is exhibited in comparatively few individuals, and the prominence of the
lower margin is not always connected with a convexity of the surface. My
type-specimen of O. pliilippii does not differ at all in this respect from O.
hatcheri, and my specimens of the true O. patagonica from Entrerios (sent
by v.- Ihering to the Princeton Museum) do not show a remarkable con-
vexity, and also among my specimens of the true O. patagonica from S.
Julian the fossa is sometimes flat and sometimes slightly convex. On the
other hand, I have specimens of the typical O. hatcheri with the lower
margin of the ligamental fossa very prominent, although its surface is flat,
and many individuals from Cape Fairweather (see pi. XVIII) show a dis-
tinctly concave fossa. I possess even a few individuals with circular out-
line, which have a slightly convex and strongly prominent fossa: on the
whole, this latter development is rare among our material, and shows all
possible transitions to a concave fossa. Therefore, it is evident, that this
character is of no use for distinguishing O. hatcheri and philippii, and
also cannot be used for the distinction of the Patagonian oyster from O.
patagonica.
The form with the crowded lamellae from the Patagonian beds (v. Iher-
ing following Ameghino, alleges that it is restricted to the so-called Supra-
patagonian beds), has also been confounded by v. Ihering with the true
O. patagonica, although he confirms the presence of the characteristic cren-
ulations of the upper valve in specimens from Parana (Entrerios). In
1899 (p. 10), he emphasizes this character, but he says that crenulations
are not always missing in the oyster of the Patagonian beds and not
always present in the Entrerios oyster. But — according to my expe-
rience— the first is the case in a very limited degree : the crenulations in
Patagonian shells — if present at all — are found only for a very short dis-
tance near the area (see pi. XVIII, fig. i6), while, on the other hand, the
104 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PAL/EONTOLOGY.
lack of crenulations in the true O. patagonica is always due to an incom-
plete state of preservation, the crenulations being worn off or having dis-
appeared by the breaking off of the margin (see below under O. patagonica].
0. pyrofhcrioi'itni of v. Ihering (1897, P- 3T5> textfig. 21, numbered 20
by mistake) seems to be a different species. It has a short, triangular
outline, with crenulations of the upper valve. The figure is very poor,
but since v. Ihering has kindly sent a specimen of this species to Prince-
ton, I have verified his statement that the triangular form is very striking,
and furthermore — as v. Ihering has already pointed out — the muscular
impression is very peculiar, being very narrow and transversely elongated.
The stratigraphical position of this form is said to be in the Pyrotherium
beds, but since at. present nobody knows what these beds really are, and
since — as Ameghino himself admits (1899, P- :3) — different horizons have
been mixed up under this designation, I cannot venture to express an
opinion on this subject. But at any rate, a Cretaceous age of these beds
is out of question (see Hatcher, 1900, p. 96). I may, however, call atten-
tion to the following facts : ( i ) O. pyrotherionim possesses, according to
v. Ihering, crenulations on the margin of the upper valve, and (2) I have
figured on pi. XX, fig. i^, an upper valve of O. patagonica, . from San
Julian, belonging to the lot described below, which has a muscular scar
that corresponds exactly to that of O. pyrotherionim. Thus two of the
chief characters of O. pyrotherionim are also found in O. patagonica, and
it may be, that O. pyrotheriorum is only a form of O. patagonica, and that
the two individuals, upon which this species is based, have been picked
up just for this peculiarity in external form. If this should prove to be
correct, its stratigraphical position would be in much younger beds (Plio-
cene), and this would support Mr. Hatcher's opinion, that a part at least
of the Pyrotherium-beds of Ameghino belongs in the Pliocene.
To sum up, we have the following results :
1. The large oyster of the Patagonian formation is different from the
true Ostrea patagonica of d'Orbigny, and the only, but constant difference,
is the presence of crenulations all around the margin of the upper valve
in the latter. Such crenulations are sometimes present near the hinge in
the Patagonian oyster, but they are very much smaller, and found only
for a short distance, never all around the margin.
2. There is only one species of large oyster in the Patagonian forma-
tion. From our material, I may pick out individuals corresponding to
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. -105
every single one of the figures of the different supposed species. And,
in addition, we possess numerous intermediate forms, and individuals
combining characters of these so-called species.
3. This large species of oyster continues its existence all through the
(Miocene) Patagonian formation, as well as upward into the Pliocene
Coquimbo beds of Chili.
Now, the same is true in Patagonia. The identical form reappears in
the Cape Fairweather beds, which are separated from the Patagonian beds
by the whole of the Santa Cruz formation. (At the cafion near Sierra
Oveja, No. 11, O. ingens has been found in beds interstratified with the
lower Santa Cruz beds.) I cannot find any specific difference between
the Patagonian and the Cape Fairweather forms, although there are some
slight and almost insensible differences in the general features : the Cape
Fairweather form does not grow quite as large, the shell — although still
very thick — is not quite so gigantic in mass, the outline is more distinctly
and more frequently of a triangular shape ; the crenulations of the margin
of the upper valve near the hinge occur more frequently, but still there
are many specimens which show no traces of them.
An oyster closely resembling in these characters the Cape Fairweather
form is found in the uppermost oyster bed at Punta Arenas (No. 22),
and in the uppermost beds at Lake Pueyrredon (No. 19).
As to the identification of the Patagonian oyster with the New Zea-
landian form, I would make the following remarks :
O. ingens and nelsoniana of Zittel are apparently identical. The latter
is smaller, and accordingly younger, but Zittel mentions the character of
the extraordinary thickness of the shell. O. ingens is a large individual,
of elongated shape, and with a very long and broad area. Zittel says,
that the area is limited on each side by a groove (sulcus), a character that
is seen in some of our specimens. I do not find a single character by
which it is possible to distinguish our species from the New Zealand-
form, and, indeed, I can pick out individuals agreeing closely with the
figures given by Zittel of O. ingens as well as of O. nelsoniana.
A very closely allied, if not identical, form is O. stiirtiana Tate (1886,
p. 97, pi. 6, f. i), from the Miocene River Murray Cliffs, Australia.
Ostrea rostrata of Hupe (see Philippi, 1887, p. 213), from Coquimbo,
of which no figure is known, seems to agree, according to the descrip-
tions, with the form called by Moericke O. beneckei. If that should prove
IO6 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
to be correct, the name of O. rostrata of Hupe antedates O. ingens of
Zittel, and should be used accordingly.
0. transitoria of Hupe (Philippi, p. 213, pi. 49, f. 9), from Coquimbo,
Caldera and Navidad (Pliocene and Miocene of Chili) may also belong
here. It is very broad, but agrees in this character with many individuals
from Patagonia. O. transitoria of Moericke (1896, p. 576, pi. 12, f. i),
however, seems to belong to O. patagonica (see below).
Lately, several species of Ostrea have been described by Grzybowski
(1899, pp. 629-631) from the lower Miocene and Pliocene of northern
Peru (Payta and Tumbez), of which O. latiareata (Miocene) and O. oculata
and lunaris possibly also belong here. At any rate, they are closely
allied to O. ingens, but the material described and figured is too poor to
form an opinion upon.
I shall now proceed to give a record of our specimens, adding under
each locality the necessary notes, which would serve to support the views
set forth above.
Record of specimens :
1. Mouth of Santa Cruz River; 12 double, 7 lower valves.
One of them is my type of O. hatcheri. 2 more of the double valves
agree completely : they are broad, with distant lamellae. In 2 more the
lamellae are more crowded near the lower margin ; i other is a little
elongated, with crowded lamellae in the posterior third of the shell, other-
wise like O. hatcheri. 5 are very large, greatly elongated (one of them
figured on pi. XV and XVI), with the beak and area more elongated ; one
of them with distinct lateral furrows as in O. ingens from New Zealand ;
the lamellae are much crowded in the posterior part of the shell, i
further specimen is of medium size and elongated ; the lamellae are
crowded, except near the beak ; the area is long. Of the single valves 5
small or medium sized are the typical O. hatcheri ; form circular or
broadly oval. 2 others are larger and more elongated, one of them very
large, is very elongate, with the lamellae crowded in the posterior half; area
long and broad, with distinct lateral furrows. The other is a little smaller
than this one, ovate, the area triangular, the lamellae crowded posteriorly.
In all specimens from this locality the radial ribs of the surface are only
slightly or not at all developed.
As will be noticed, the typical O. hatcheri is represented, among these
19 individuals, by only 8. The rest are transitions to O. philippii, and a
few may be called O. philippii.
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 107
2. Pescadores, Rio Santa Cruz ; i lower, i small upper valve.
3. Paso del Rio Santa Cruz ; i double valve.
These are typical, broad O. hatcheri.
4. Mt. of Observation, lower horizon ; 1 2 double, 3 lower, i upper valve.
Four of them are large, rounded, with short and broad area, but the
lamellae, although a little distant, are more crowded than in the typical
O. hatcheri. Only slight traces of radial ribs are present, i individual
of medium size has the lamellae as in O. hatcheri, but its form is elongate,
with long, triangular area. 3 of medium size have the lamellae more or
less crowded, the form elongate, and the area long. The rest are young
individuals of very irregular shape.
5. Mt. of Observation, upper horizon ; 2 double valves.
One is of medium size, the lamellae distant, the outline elongated-tri-
angular ; area very long and narrow. Slight traces of plaits. This is the
first individual that shows traces of crenulations near the area on the upper
valve. The other is young, ovate-triangular, with a long area. No char-
acters of O. hatcheri.
6. San Julian, Oven Point ; 2 double, i lower valves.
Both double valves are the typical O. hatcheri, and in one of them — a
very rare case — the upper valve has radial ribs. The single valve is of a
more ovate form. All 'three lower valves have distinct radial ribs ; in no
other set of specimens are these radial plaits so strongly developed as in
this one.
7. Port Madryn, New Bay, Terr, of Chubut; 2 lower valves from
between tides, 2 lower and 3 upper valves from ca. 25' above high tide.
- One lower valve of the lower horizon is the typical O. hatcheri; the
others have the lamellae more crowded ; their outline is ovate or elongate.
Area broadly triangular.
8. Shore of Salt Lake, 10 miles north of mouth of Rio Chico ; i double,
4 lower, 5 upper valves.
Double valve, and i lower, typical O. hatcheri, with distant lamellae.
The rest is more ovate or irregular. 2 isolated upper valves show dis-
tinct traces of crenulations, in the larger of them the lamellae are remote.
9. Upper Rio Chalia ; i double, 5 lower, 9 upper valves.
The double valve agrees absolutely with O. bourgeoisi Phil. One up-
per valve is the typical O. hatcheri, with rounded outline and remote
lamellae. Another upper valve is the typical O. philippii (= O. bourgeoisi,
IO8 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
but with very long area). The rest are young individuals, of various
shapes ; one upper valve shows crenulations on the margin ; a very young
lower one (pi. XIX, fig. ic) shows the corresponding grooves.
10. 30 miles north of upper Rio Chalia ; 2 double, 6 lower, 2 upper
valves.
One of the double valves is the type of my O. philippii; the lamellae
are on ^ of the shell remote, as in O. hatcheri. The other double valve,
and one of the lower ones agree with this in the elongate form and long
area, but the lamellae are crowded. Another lower valve is very broad,
almost circular, area short and broad, and it agrees in these respects with
O. hatcheri; but the lamellae are very crowded. The type of O. philippii
has distinct crenulations near the area of the upper valve.
1 1. Canon near Sierra Oveja, Rio Chico (interstratified with Santa-Cruz
beds) ; i double, 2 lower, 2 upper valves.
The double valve is the typical O. philippii, but the area is a little
shorter (= O. bourgeois*). Outline of the others irregularly oval, lamellae
not much crowded, but less distant than in O. hatcheri. Area triangular.
In one of the upper valves the lamellae are very distant for half its length.
12. Shell Gap, Rio Chico, lower horizon; i double, i lower, i upper
valve.
The double valve corresponds to O. hatcheri. The lower valve (pi.
XVII) is elongated, area very long, lamellae crowded, only near the beak
more distant. The upper valve is broadly ovate, the lamellae more
crowded than in the typical O. hatcheri.
13. Mayer Basin, upper lignites; 2 lower valves.
Elongate, with long area, corresponding to O. philippii.
14. Arroyo Gio; 2 double, 16 lower, i upper valves.
One of the double valves is very large, round ; the other one small,
circular ; the latter with remote lamellae, and distinct crenulations in the
upper valve near the area ; it is a typical O. hatcheri, while in the larger
one the lamellae are more crowded. One of the lower valves is very
large, round, with lamellae like O. hatcheri, but the area is elongated.
The upper valve is an ovate, typical O. bourgeoisi, with crenulations.
The rest (15 lower valves) grow in clusters, of very irregular shape; no
characters of O. hatcheri are present ; area mostly triangular, in a few very
long; 4 of them show grooves corresponding to crenulations near the
area ; they correspond to O. bourgeoisi and philippii.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 109
15. East end of Lake Pueyrredon; i lower valve.
Young, oval.
1 6. Lake Pueyrredon, base of Tertiary; i lower valve.
Form of O. hatcheri, but lamellae in posterior half more crowded.
A fragment found washed out just below these beds, in the same
matrix and of the same color, indicates a more elongated shell, with long
area and crowded lamellae.
1 7. Lake Pueyrredon, 600' above base ; 2 double valves.
The smaller one is a typical O. hatcheri; the larger one is more ovate,
with crowded lamellae.
1 8. Lake Pueyrredon, extreme top of Patagonian beds; 2 double
valves.
Both broadly oval, like O. hatcheri, and with broad area, but lamellae
more crowded.
19. Lake Pueyrredon, marine beds overlying Santa-Cruz beds; 8
double valves.
No characters of O. hatcheri ; outline irregularly oval or triangular.
Area triangular, shorter or longer. Size medium or small. Ribs indis-
tinct or none. Crenulations in smaller valve in 3 specimens. Ap-
proaches distinctly the Cape Fairweather form.
20. Punta Arenas, horizon V, lower layer ("below V") ; 2 double, 3
upper valves.
Both double valves are the typical O. philippii: long-ovate, area very
long, in one of them incurved ; lamellae in the latter quite distant. 2 of
the upper valves agree with this form, but the third is subcircular, with a
broad area, and distant lamellae, except near the margin, and it would
thus correspond to O. hatcheri.
21. Punta Arenas, horizon V proper ; i double, 8 lower, 2 upper valves,
Lower valves all much elongated, long-oval, beak much produced, nar-
rowed toward the tip, area very long (see pi. XIX, fig. i*); correspond-
ing to O. philippii. Lamellae not very distant, crowded near the margins.
One upper valve is oval, with distinct crenulations near the area. The
area of these specimens corresponds to Philippi's figure of the area of
O. bourgeoisi.
22. Punta Arenas, "above horizon V" ; 2 double, 2 lower valves.
Outline ovate or subtriangular. Area triangular, not very long. In
one of the isolated lower valves the lamellae are very distant, as in O.
IIO PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
hatclteri. The more oval specimens are fully identical with Philippi's main
figure of O. bourgeoisi. These specimens approach closely the Cape Fair-
weather form in the triangular outline, moderate area, and medium size
and thickness of the shell.
23. Cape Fairweather ; 23 double, 1 2 lower, 5 upper valves.
The characters of this form are given above. Crenulations of the mar-
gin, close to the area (see pi. XVIII, fig. i*), are shown in 14 upper
valves (out of 28).
Thus we possess from these 23 different localities 77 double, 76 isolated
lower, and 35 isolated upper valves. Altogether, 153 lower, and 112
upper valves are represented in our collection.
Distribution: Darwin mentions this species from southern Patagonia
generally, Philippi from Punta Arenas, v. Ihering from Santa Cruz and
La Cueva (upper part of Patagonian formation and Suprapatagonian
respectively); it has been found in the Pliocene Coquimbo beds of Chile
(Moer.), and further in New Zealand, in the Oamaru and Pareora beds
(Oligocene and Miocene) (Zitt, Hutt).
Affinities: Moericke has already compared this oyster with O. crassis-
sima Lamck. from the Miocene of Europe, and there is no doubt a strik-
ing resemblance between them in general appearance. Still closer appears
the relation to that form called O. gingensis (Schloth.), especially when we
compare the account and figures given of it by Hoernes (1870, p. 452, pi.
76-80). Hoernes (p. 455) points out the close resemblance of O. gin-
gensis and ingens.
This type of oyster (cmssisst'ma-type) — although not exclusively found
in the Miocene — is a very characteristic feature of Miocene deposits. In
older Tertiary beds this giant type is not found.
35. OSTREA PATAGONICA d'Orbigny.
PI. XX, Fig. i**.
1842 O.patagonica d'Orbigny, Voy. Amer. merid., v. 3, p. 33, pi. 7, f. 14-16.
1842 O. ferrarisi d'Orbigny, ibid.
1887 O. patagonica Philippi, Tert. Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 215 (part), pi.
48, f. 2 (after d'Orbigny).
1887 O. ferrar. Philippi, ibid., pi. 48, f. 5 (after d'Orbigny) (non text,
p. 214).
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. I I I
1887 O. remondi Philippi, ibid., p. 214, pi. 48, f. 4.
1896 O. reni. Moericke, in: N. Jahrb. Min. Geol. Pal. Beil., Bd. 10, p. 575,
pi. 12, f. 2.
1896 O. transitoria Moericke, ibid., p. 576, pi. 12, f. i.
1897 O. patagonica Ortmann, in : Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 4, pi. 1 1, f. 4 (after
d'Orbigny).
1897 O. patagonica v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 326 (non p.
222, nee pi. 9, f. 52).
V. Ihering quotes as synonyms the following species of Philippi : O.
burmeisteri, O. bravardi, O. longa, O. agghitinans, O. adsociata (Anales
Mus. Nac. Chile, 1893): I cannot verify these, since I have no access to
that paper.
Differs from O. ingens in the presence of distinct crenulations all around
the margin of the upper valve.
In addition, we may mention, that there are sometimes folds on the
lower valve, which are irregular, and comparatively larger than these of
O. ingens (see the figure of O. remondi given by Philippi and our figure
i* on plate XX).
Remarks: These crenulations or wrinkles are the only distinctive char-
acter, but it is a very good one. They are shown in one of the original
figures of d'Orbigny, which represents an upper valve. V. Ihering men-
tions them, and the two upper valves among the material sent by him to
the Princeton Museum show them well developed.
Among our material, all of the 33 upper valves show these crenulations,
and they pass all around the margin in 26 of them. In the 7 remaining
the lower margin is either broken away, or so much worn, that the crenu-
lations have been obscured, but they are always seen at least in certain
parts of the margin. In the 103 upper valves of O. ingens in our collec-
tion in which the inner side is exposed, crenulations are never seen all
around the margin, and only in 13 valves from the Patagonian beds, and
in 14 from the Cape Fairweather beds they are present for a short dis-
tance near the area.
We cannot wish any better specific character in an oyster!
To the crenulations of the upper valve correspond, in the lower valve,
little grooves. But these are in most cases obliterated, or have been
destroyed by the mutilation of the margins. So it is difficult, in many
cases, to identify isolated lower valves, unless radial ribs are present.
I 1 2 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS '. PALAEONTOLOGY.
Out of 14 lower valves in our material, about 10 show these radial ribs
of the outer surface distinctly, the rest indistinctly or not at all. The 4
lower valves sent by v. Ihering do not show them.
Our individuals are small or of medium size. The largest lower valve
measures: Length, 135 mm; width, 79 mm; the largest upper valve:
Length, 142 mm; width, 91 mm.
O. ferrarisi is nothing but the young of this species. O. remondi of
Philippi is certainly this species ; the lower valve figured by him shows
radial folds of a character that is never found in O. ingens, but frequently
in O. patagonica, and Philippi expressly states, that the margin of the
upper valve possesses crenulations ("margine interne exquisite denticu-
late"). These crenulations are wanting in Philippi's O. ferrarisi, and
therefore I consider his specimens of this species to belong to O. ingens,
while his figure is a copy of d'Orbigny's O. ferrarisi = patagonica.
O. remondi of Moericke is apparently the same as O. remondi Phil. O.
tramitoria of Hupe and Philippi is doubtful (see above). But O. transi-
toria of Moericke is certainly identical with O. patagonica, since it has
crenulations ("deutliche Kerbung am Schalenrande").
O. patagonica seems to be the descendant of O. ingens. The crenula-
tions of the margin begin to develop in O. ingens, but are rare there, only
in the Cape Fairweather form they are more frequent. But they never
extend all around the margin. In the true O. patagonica this character is
fully developed, and — as it seems — is always present, unless obscured or
destroyed by the process of fossilization.
Record of specimens: San Julian, Darwin Station, above Patagonian
beds; 14 lower, 33 upper valves. (V. Ihering has sent to Princeton from
Parana, Entrerios: i double, 3 lower, i upper valves.)
Distribution: Entrerios ; Punta Gorda (mouth of Uruguay) ; Rio Negro ;
San Julian (d'Orb.). Santa Rosa (or Punta Raza?, see under discussion
of Cape Fairweather beds below), between Santa Cruz and San Julian,
Tehuelche Formation (v. Ihering, p. 225) ; Parana, Entrerios (v. Ih.).
Pliocene of Chili : Coquimbo (Phil.), Caldera (Moer.).
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 113
Gen. GRYPH^EA Lamck.
36. GRYPH^EA CF. TARDA Hutton.
PI. XIV, Fig. 4"-'.
1873 G. tard. Hutton, Catal. Tert Moll. Ech. New Zealand, p. 35.
1886 G. tard. Tate, in: Tr. R. Soc. S. Australia, v. 8, p. 98, pi. 6, f. 2.
Lower (left) valve ovate-triangular in outline, tumid, with incurved
umbo. Exterior smooth, with concentric lines of growth ; posterior margin
produced into a distinct lobe.
Height, 59 mm; width, 58 mm (but posterior lobe-like expansion
damaged).
Remarks: According to Tate, G. tarda is very close to the European
and North American upper Cretaceous G. vesicularis (Lamck.), and differs
chiefly in the more triangular outline and larger lobation. Especially the
first character would apply to our specimen, which agrees well also in the
side view with Tate's figure. Our specimen, however, does not possess
the upper valve, the inner side of the lower is filled with hard matrix and
not exposed, and further, the lobe-like expansion of the posterior margin
is much damaged. Thus it is hard to say, whether our Patagonian fossil
is really identical with the Australian species or not. The close resem-
blance to O. vesicularis is quite striking, and there is hardly any doubt
that we have to deal with a species of the genus Gryphcza.
Record of specimens : High bluffs, S. W. of Lake Pueyrredon, ca. 1000'
below Santacruzian beds, i sp.
Distribution: G. tarda has been mentioned first by Hutton from the
Chatham Islands, from beds, which belong probably to the Oamaru and
Pareora series (Oligocene and Miocene). Tate records this species from
South Australia (Aldinga Bay and Bunda Cliffs) from supposed Eocene
beds (lowest beds of marine series of older Tertiary).
The genus Gryphcea is generally supposed to have disappeared at the
close of the Cretaceous period, but we must bear in mind that already
Whitfield (1885, p. 224) has recorded G. vesicularis from the Eocene
marls of New Jersey, and according to Zittel (1885, p. 20) it continues
to Recent times. The stratigraphical position of our specimen is not
very well ascertained, but it has been found associated with a number of
114 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
Brachiopods, which are characteristic for the lower part of the Lake
Pueyrredon (Rio Tarde) section, and belong undoubtedly in the Pata-
gonian series : thus the Tertiary age of our fossil, and its association with
Patagonian fossils seems to be well established.
Fam. PECTINID^. Lamck.
Gen. PECTEN Mueller.
37. PECTEN PROXIMUS v. Ihering.
PI. XXI, and PI. XXII, Fig. i«-.
1897 P- centralist. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 229, pi. 8, f.
48, 49 (non P. centralis Sow.).
1897 P. proximus v. Ihering, ibid, in tabula.
1900 P. prox. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 379.
Valves equilateral, unequal, the left one flat, the right one convex.
Outline suborbicular. Ears large, subequal, the anterior one a little
larger ; byssal sinus wanting. Sculpture of the convex (right) valve :
about 6 large, rounded principal folds, the 2-4 median ones distinct, the
lateral ones indistinct Each fold with 4-8 strong, radial ribs. Intervals
between the folds concave, a little narrower than the folds, near the apex
of the shell without ribs, and finely squamulate. Toward the lower
margin strong ribs begin to develop in the intervals (from i to 5), and,
on the margin, the whole surface of the shell, folds as well as intervals,
are covered with strong radial ribs. The finely squamulate sculpture is
found on the ribs also, but toward the margin it disappears through
obliteration by transverse larger squamae, which develop on the ribs.
The ribless intervals are different in extent in different individuals : some-
times they begin to show ribs at an earlier age than in other cases. Flat
(left) valve of a similar sculpture : 5-7 principal folds, but intervals
broader than the folds, ribs more strongly squamate, the squamae begin-
ning nearer to the apex. Ears in both valves with radiating ribs, which
are less strong than those of the valves, subequal, and squamose.
Largest valve : Height, 21 cm; width, 22.5 cm (but not quite complete).
Remarks: Young individuals, which have the intervals between the
large folds smooth (except for minute squamulae) exhibit quite a different
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 115
aspect from large individuals, where the lower half of the valve is covered
completely with strong radial ribs. V. Ihering's figure 48 (right valve,
Proximiis] represents an individual in which the intermediate ribs have
not begun to develop. This species cannot be the P. centralis of
Sowerby, as will be seen below.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River; 5 double, 9 right, 4
left valves.
Distribution: Jegua quemada, Suprapatagonian beds (v. Ih.).
Affinities : A most closely allied form is P. caracolensis Steinmann
(1881, p. 254, pi. 14, f. 10) =P. simpsoni Philippi (1887, p. 210, pi. 46,
f. i ) from the Navidad beds of Chili, but in P. caracolensis (according to
Philippi's figure) the principal folds are more numerous and narrower,
and the ribs are less numerous.
P. athleta Zittel (1864, p. 49, pi. 10, f. i) from the Oligocene (Oamaru,
Hutton, 1873, p. 32) of New Zealand is also closely allied. It differs in
the same characters and seems hardly distinct from P. caracolensis.
As to the relation to P. caloosaensis Dall see below (under next
species).
38. PECTEN PR^ENUNCIUS v. Ihering.
PI. XIX, Fig. 2a'».
1897 P- Pr<%n. v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 230.
Similar to P. proximus in the unequal valves, and the large folds
(5-7). The differences are : Right valve with a slight byssal sinus. No
radial ribs, but only fine radial striae.
Our specimens are smaller than P. proxiimts : Height, 63 mm; width,
54 mm.
Remarks: The characters given above seem to agree with v. Ihering's
species, and moreover, through the kindness of Dr. v. Ihering, I possess
a lead-pencil sketch of P. prcsnuncius, which removes all doubt as to the
identity of our specimens with this species.
In the two left valves from San Julian the radial folds are quite strong,
especially in the one figured (pi. XIX, fig. 2*). The right valve is small,
and the folds are of medium size. Of the specimens of Santa Cruz, one
of the right valves agrees completely with that from San Julian ; in the
other one the radial folds are very slight (pi. XIX, fig. 2"). The left
valve from Santa Cruz shows hardly any traces of folds, and is almost
perfectly flat.
Il6 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River ; 2 right, i left
valves ; San Julian, Darwin Station ; i right, 2 left valves.
Distribution: Gulf of S. Jorge, Patagonian formation (v. Ih.).
Affinities: There is a strong resemblance to P. caloosaensis Dall (1898,
p. 731, pi. 29, f. 12) from the Pliocene of Florida, but in the latter the
striae are stronger, more rib-like, and P. caloosaensis approaches in this
respect more the younger individuals of P. proximus.
The Australian representative of this species is : Pecten palmipes Tate
(1886, p. 105, pi. 5, f. 4, pi. 7, f. 4) ; it has been found in so called (?)
Eocene beds of Edithburgh, Yorke Peninsula, and of Aldinga Bay (South
Australia).
39. PECTEN CF. CENTRALIS Sowerby.
PI. XXIII, Fig. i"-6.
1846 P. centr. Sowerby, in: Darwin, Geol. Observ. S. Amer., p. 253, pi.
2, f. 31.
Sowerby figures a left valve. It is characterized by 5 (text, the figure
shows 6) radial ribs, which are thin and sharp, and separated by broad,
concave intervals. This character is exhibited in our left valve, but the
intervals are finely squamulose, without striae, while Sowerby describes
"numerous rough radial lines."
Sowerby did not possess right valves. Our right valve, which was
found in connection with the left, agrees completely with that of the fore-
going species (P. prcznuncius}. Anterior ear without sinus.
Both valves are much broken, very delicate, and have been put in a bed
of plaster, some fragments of the left valve, however, are not in the proper
place ; I give the figures, as is the present condition of the shell.
Measurements of left valve : Height, ca. 63 mm ; width, ?
There remains some doubt whether this is really Sowerby's species ; but
since it comes from one of his type-localities, it may be that it is this species.
Record of specimens: Port Desire, N. E. side, i right and i left valve,
belonging together.
Distribtttion : San Julian and Port Desire, one fragment from the first
locality, two of the latter (Sow.). Sowerby and Darwin (1846, p. 113)
mention this species also from Santa Cruz.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. I 1 7
40. PECTEN GEMINATUS Sowerby.
PI. XXIII, Fig. 2°".
1846 P. gem. Sowerby, in: Darwin, Geol. Observ. S. Amer., p. 252, pi.
2, f. 24.
1897 P- quemadensis v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 228, pi. 6,
f. 38.
1899 P- fissicostalis v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Min. Geol. Pal., v. 2, p. ,n
pi. i, f. i.
1900 P. geminatus Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 379.
Both valves almost equally convex, the right one a little less so. Outline
suborbicular in old individuals, subtriangular in younger ones. Anterior
ears considerably larger than the posterior, that of the right valve with a
deep byssal sinus. Outer surface of right valve with from 20—30 strong
ribs, arranged somewhat irregularly in pairs. All the principal ribs dis-
tinct down to the lower margin, but on the lateral parts of the shell they
become less distinguishable from the smaller (secondary) ribs. Intervals
between the principal ribs a little broader than the ribs, occupied by from
i to 5 secondary ribs or striae. All ribs covered with squamae. In very
old individuals the number of the intermediate ribs increases to 7, and
those adjoining the principal ribs grow larger, giving a fasciculate appear-
ance to the principal ribs. The median secondary rib in each interval is
usually a little stronger than the rest. In the left valve the character of
the ornamentation is practically the same, but the geminate character of
the principal ribs is altogether lacking.
Measurements: Height, 105, 85, 35 mm.
Width, 107, 80, 28 mm.
Remarks: The character of the geminate ribs is present only in the
right valve, and distinct only on the median part of it ; near the lateral
margins principal and secondary ribs are hardly distinguishable. Young
individuals, of about the size of Sowerby's figure, ca. 30 mm, show only
the principal ribs and a few single striae in the intervals, so that the total
number of ribs is only about 20 to 24. In larger individuals, of the size
of v. Ihering's figure of P. quemadensis, ca. 35-40 mm, the intermediate
ribs become more numerous, and especially the ribs near the lateral mar-
gins increase in number, so that we may count 24-30 ribs. In still larger
Il8 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
individuals the number of the principal ribs does not increase materially
with age, but that of the secondary ribs does considerably, so that we may
count, in very large ones, 90-100 ribs of different size.
Furthermore, this species varies in the development of the larger ribs.
In some cases (so chiefly in large individuals from Santa Cruz) the prin-
cipal ribs are very distinct and much larger than the secondary. A few
individuals from Oven Point and Darwin Station show the same char-
acter, but in the larger number from Oven Point this difference is not so
strongly pronounced, although the principal ribs are still well marked.
A third variety is found, to which belongs the larger number from Darwin
Station ; here the fasciculate appearance of the ribs, shown in old indi-
viduals of the typical form, begins at an earlier stage: the intermediate
ribs closest to the principal ones become stronger, while the principal rib
itself is not so strongly contrasted to them in size, and we have in shells
of medium size, already an appearance of the principal ribs being com-
posed of from two to four smaller ones. In these specimens the ribs
appear to be more numerous, a little finer on the average, and more
crowded, and they represent completely the form described by v. Ihering
as P. quemadensis.
There is no sharp line to be drawn between these different forms, and
the form quemadensis, although not found among the larger specimens
from Santa Cruz, is exhibited in a few younger individuals from this
locality, and in a few larger ones from Oven Point. As has been stated,
it is the prevailing form at Darwin Station. There are all possible tran-
sitions between the different forms in the development of ribs.
The outline of the shell changes with age. Young shells appear more
elongate, subtriangular, while larger shells are broader and more rounded
(see measurements).
V. Ihering's P. fissicostalis is nothing but the cast of a larger individual
of this species. We have received from v. Ihering one cast under this
name, from Santa Cruz : it agrees completely with casts of P. geminatus
represented in our collection, and still connected with the shell.
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 7 right, 11 left
valves; San Julian, Oven Point, 3 double, 17 right, 17 left valves ; San
Julian, Darwin Station, 6 double, 12 right, 7 left valves; Canon near
Sierra Oveja, i left valve ; Shell Gap, lower horizon, 3 single shells
(imbedded in matrix) ; Arroyo Gio, i right valve ; East end of Lake
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 119
Pueyrredon, 2 casts ; Lake Pueyrredon, base of Tertiary, 4 casts ; Lake
Pueyrredon, 600' above base, 4 casts; Lake Pueyrredon, marine beds
overlying Santa Cruz beds, 9 casts.
Distribution: San Julian (Sow.) ; Santa Cruz, LaCueva, Jegua quemada
(v. Ih.). According to v. Ihering, P. fissicostalis is from the Patagonian,
P. quemadensis from the Suprapatagonian beds.
Affinities: A very closely allied form is P. coquimbensis Moericke
(1896, p. 577, pi. 13, f. 7-10) from the Pliocene Coquimbo beds of Chili,
but in P. coquimbensis both valves are said to be almost flat, and the
intermediate ribs are less numerous ; primary ribs 26-28.
The following species (P. actinodes] is also closely related, see below.
41. PECTEN ACTINODES Sowerby.
PL XXIV, Fig. i°'6.
1846 P. act. Sowerby, in: Darwin, Geol. Observ. S. Amen, p. 253, pi. 3,
f- 33-
1897 P- a°t- Pilsbry, in: Pr. Acad. Philad., p. 330.
1897 P- act- v- Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 227.
Shell suborbicular. Right valve very slightly convex, almost flat ; left
valve convex. Anterior ear much larger, that of the right valve with a
deep byssal sinus. Sculpture of both valves consisting of 30-40 principal
ribs, which are only slightly elevated, and not very different from the in-
termediate ribs, of which 3-7 exist in each interval. Sometimes the in-
termediate ribs closest to the principal ribs are a little stronger, giving a sub-
fasciculate appearance to the principal ribs. All ribs covered with squamae.
Height, 112 mm; width, 104 mm.
Remarks: This species differs from P. gemmatns in the complete ab-
sence of geminate ribs on both valves, in the larger number and smaller
size of the principal ribs, and the flattened right valve. It will be re-
marked, that the form quemadensis of P. geminatus makes in some degree
a transition toward this species.
Record of specimens : Cape Fairweather ; 1 5 right, 1 1 left valves, and a
number of fragments.
Distribution: San Josef (Sow.); Bay de la Pava, north of Desire, and
Punta Rosa (or Raza ?, see under discussion of Cape Fairweather beds
below), between Santa Cruz and San Julian, Tehuelche formation (v. Ih.).
I2O PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
Affinities: There is no doubt that this species is the descendant of P.
geminatus. Closely allied is: P. tenuicostatus Hup. (Philippi, 1887, p.
210, pi. 47, f. i, and Moericke, 1896, p. 580, pi. 12, f. 13-16) from the
Navidad beds of Tubul, Chili, but in P. tenuicostatus the byssal sinus is
less developed, and the ears are not so unequal.
P. vidali Phil. (1887, p. 212, pi. 47, f. 5) from the Pliocene of Coquimbo
has stronger, more distinctly fasciculate, and less numerous ribs ; the
right valve is not so flat.
Fam. MYTILID^. Flem.
Gen. MYTILUS L.
42. MYTILUS CF. CHORUS Molina.
PI. XXV, Fig. I0-6.
1843 M. ch. d'Orbigny, Voy. Amer. men, v. 5, p. 647.
1858 M. ungulatus Reeve, Conch, icon., v. 10, pi. 2, f. 4.
1887 M. chorus Philippi, Tart. Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 202.
1889 M. ch. Clessin, in: Martini & Chemnitz, Syst. Conch. Cab., v. 8, p.
65, pi. 5, f. i, pi. 9, f. i, 2.
1897 M. cf- ch- v- Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 232, pi. 9, f. 55.
Shell elongated-oval, thick, smooth, except for the growth lines ; apex
acute ; dorsal margin slightly curved, about half as long as the total
length of the shell, forming a very obtuse angle with the posterior mar-
gin. Ventral margin almost straight.
Meastirements (of Cape Fairweather specimen) ; Length, 1 1 1 mm ;
height, 63 mm.
Remarks: Our specimens from Rio Chalia are very poor; they are in-
complete casts, with a few fragments of the shell remaining. As far as
can be made out, they agree in shape well with M. chorus, and since this
species is also mentioned by v. Ihering from the Patagonian beds, it
seems quite probable, that we have to deal with this species. One of the
casts from Cape Fairweather shows well the external form, and is indis-
tinguishable from the rest.
Record of specimens: Upper Rio Chalia, remains of 6 valves; Cape
Fairweather, 2 casts.
Distribution: Living : Chili. Fossil ': Santa Cruz, Patagonian beds (v.
Ih.); Quaternary of Chili, and doubtfully in the Navidad beds (Phil.).
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 121
43. MYTILUS MAGELLANICUS Chemnitz.
PI. XXIV, Fig. 3.
1785 M. mag. Chemnitz, N. syst. Conch. Cab., v. 8, p. 162, pi. 83, f. 742,
743-
1843 M. mag. d'Orbigny, Voy. Amer. mer., v. 5, p. 647.
1858 M. mag. Reeve, Conch, icon., v. 10, pi. 6, f. 22.
1873 M. mag. Hutton, Cat. Tert. Moll. Ech., N. Zealand, p. 25.
1886 M. mag. Hutton, in: Trans. N. Zealand Inst, v. 18, p. 365.
1900 M. mag. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 378.
Shell elongated-triangular, apex subacute ; dorsal margin slightly con-
vex, forming an obtuse and indistinct angle with the posterior margin ;
ventral margin straight or slightly concave, forming a rounded angle with
the posterior margin. Surface of shell sculptured by radiating, wrinkled,
dichotomous ribs.
Length, 50 mm; height, 23 mm.
Remarks: I have compared our specimens with recent specimens of
M. magellanicus collected by Mr. Hatcher at various localities on the
Patagonian coast, and find that they agree completely.
Record of specimens: San Julian, Oven Point; internal and external
casts of about 10 specimens.
Distribution: Living: coast of Patagonia and Straits of Magellan.
Fossil: Philippi (1887, p. 249) mentions M. magellanicus from Lota, Chili,
"probably quarternary," but does not give it in the text, pp. 200-202.
Hutton records it from the Miocene (Pareora), Pliocene (Wanganui) and
Pleistocene beds of New Zealand.
Gen. MODIOLA Lamck.
44. MODIOLA AMEGHINOI v. Ihering.
PI. XXV, Fig. 2.
1897 M. am. v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 233, pi. 6, f. 43.
Shell oblong, elongate, subtrapeziform, smooth. Cardinal part of dorsal
margin very slightly convex, posterior part slightly concave ; these two
parts meeting at an obtuse angle ; posterior part passing in a regular curve
122 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALEONTOLOGY.
into the posterior margin. Ventral margin slightly concave. Apex situ-
ated a very short distance from the anterior end.
Remarks: Our specimens differ from the original description in the
more ventricose valves and apex, but the general form agrees well with
v. Ihering's species, so that I do not think they are different.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, i right valve ; Mt.
of Observation, upper horizon, i left valve.
Distribution : Jegua quemada, Suprapatagonian beds (v. Ih.).
Affinities: Our specimens come very near to M. coquimbana of Philippi
(1887, p. 203), especially to the variety figured in Philippi's pi. 44, f. 7,
from the Pliocene of Coquimbo, Chili. In M. coqiiimbana, however, the
apex is more anterior.
45. MODIOLA ANDINA Ortmann.
PL XXIV, Fig. 4.
1900 M. and. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 370.
Shell small, elongate, about 2^ times as long as high. Apex near
anterior end. Both valves convex, with a blunt ridge running down from
the apex to the posterior and inferior end. This ridge is curved, the con-
cave side of the curve directed toward the lower margin. Upper margin
almost straight in its anterior (cardinal) part, forming a blunt angle with
the posterior part, which is almost straight, and passes by a regular curve
into the rounded posterior margin of the shell. Ventral margin distinctly
concave, and forming with the posterior margin a right, but blunt angle.
Surface of shell finely radially striated in the upper part, i. e., above the
oblique ridge crossing the valve ; the striae most distinct near the poste-
rior half of upper and near posterior margin. Lower part of shell, below
the ridge, smooth, only with few lines of growth. Anterior end of shell,
below and in front of the apex, with a few (5-7) fine striae, which are often
very indistinct.
Measurements: Length, 24, 23 mm.
Height, 9, 10.5 mm.
Remarks: No Modiolce are known from South American deposits that
might be compared with this one. In M. rugulosa and keviuscula of
Philippi (both from Lebu, Chili), radial striae are present, but they are not
distributed in the particular manner as in this species, and, furthermore,
the outline of the shell is quite different.
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 123
Record of specimens: Lake Pueyrredon, base of Tertiary, i sp.; Lake
Pueyrredon, 400' above base, ca. 35 sp.; Lake Pueyrredon, 600' above
base, ca. 8 sp.
Fam. CRASSATELLITID^E Ball.
Gen. CRASSATELLITES Krueger.
46. CRASSATELLITES LYELLI (Sowerby).
PI. XXVI, Fig. 9". ».
1846 Crassatella I. Sowerby, in: Darwin, Geol. Observ. S. Amer., p. 249,
pi. 2, f. 10.
1897 C. 1. v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul, v. 2, p. 246.
Shell obovate, comparatively thin and flat, rounded anteriorly, angu-
lated posteriorly ; posterior dorsal margin oblique, straight or slightly con-
cave near the apex ; anterior dorsal margin straight near the apex, hardly
concave. Surface with broad concentric grooves, which are separated by
blunt ridges.
Length, 44 mm; height, 33.5 mm; diameter, 5.5 (x2).
Remarks: V. Ihering says that the ventral margin is crenulated. I do
not see any crenulations in our specimens.
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River, i double, i right, 3
left valves.
Distribution: Santa Cruz (Sow.), Patagonian formation (v. Ih.).
47. CRASSATELLITES KOKENI (v. Ihering).
PI. XXVI, Fig. io"'*.
1899 Crassatella k. v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 17, pi.
2, f. 2.
Shell ovate, subtriangular, comparatively thicker than in C. lyelli, and
more convex ; rounded anteriorly, angulated posteriorly, but not so much
produced as in C. lyelli. Posterior dorsal margin oblique, slightly con-
vex near apex; anterior dorsal margin distinctly concave below apex.
Surface markings nearly as in C. lyelli, but the ridges separating the con-
centric grooves are a little sharper. Ventral margin sharply crenulate.
Measurements : Length, 26mm; height, 22 mm; diameter, 6 (x 2) mm.
124 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PAL/EONTOLOGY.
Remarks: Differs from C. lyelli in the subtriangular, shorter outline,
the concave lunular margin, and the crenulations of the lower margin.
As to the latter point, compare remarks above.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 4 right, 4 left valves.
Distribution: Santa Cruz, Patagonian formation (v. Ih.).
Affinities: C. plicatilis Deshayes (1860, p. 745, pi. 18, f. 6, 27) from
the Middle Eocene of Paris comes near this species, but C. kokeni is
narrower posteriorly, the surface markings are much more distant from
each other, and the anterior dorsal margin is concave. Still more closely
allied is C. sulcata (Sol.) (see Wood, 1871, p. 170, pi. 23, f. n) from the
Upper Eocene of England and France, which agrees especially well in
sculpture, while the outline is more like that of C. plicatilis, although
more produced posteriorly.
48. CRASSATELLITES QUARTUS (Ortmann).
PL XXVII, Fig. i.
1900 Crassatella quarta Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 371.
Shell ovato-elongate, comparatively thin, less convex than in the pre-
ceding species, but more so than in C. lyelli. Apex only slightly promi-
nent. Anterior end of shell rounded, posterior hardly angulated and
hardly narrowed. Posterior dorsal margin straight near apex, anterior
straight, only with a slight suggestion of concavity close to the apex.
Surface ornaments as in C. lyelli, but the ridges more crowded, and a
little less strongly developed. Ventral margin without crenulations.
Measurements of Santa Cruz specimen: Length, 25 + x ; height, 15
mm; of Lake Pueyrredon specimen: Length, 17 mm; height, 10 mm.
Remarks: The single isolated valve from Santa Cruz is broken pos-
teriorly, so that the complete length cannot be given. According to the
lines of growth, however, we have here the following relations : Length,
1 6 mm; height, 9 mm, which agrees well with the Lake Pueyrredon
specimen, and would bring up the total length of the shell to about 30
mm (not quite double its height).
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River, i left valve; Lake
Pueyrredon, 600' above base, i cast of left valve.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 1 25
49. CRASSATELLITES LONGIOR (v. Ihering).
PI. XXVII, Fig. 2.
1897 Crassatella I. v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 247, pi. 5, f.
34, pi. 6, f. 37.
Shell elongate-triangular, slightly convex, thick. Apex at about y$ of
the length. Anterior end rounded, posterior produced and narrowed.
Posterior dorsal margin oblique, forming a blunt angle with the pos-
terior margin. Ventral margin curved anteriorly, almost straight pos-
teriorly, forming a distinct acute angle with the posterior margin. An
indistinct angulation runs down from the apex to the posterior angle.
Surface marked with shallow concentric furrows. According to v. Iher-
ing, the ventral margin is crenulated.
Length, 44 mm; height, 27 mm; diameter, 8 (X2). Attains, accord-
ing to v. Ihering, almost double that size.
Record of specimens : Lake Pueyrredon, base of Tertiary ; i right valve.
Distribution: Jegua quemada, Suprapatagonian beds (v. Ih.).
Affinities : This species resembles C. melina Conr. (see Whitfield, 1894,
p. 60, pi. 8, f. 11-13) from the Miocene of New Jersey, but it is more
elongated and less convex, and the ventral margin is straight in the pos-
terior part. A more remote resemblance exists with C. ponderosa Phil,
from the Navidad beds of Chili, the latter being larger, thicker, and less
elongate, with the ventral margin arcuate throughout.
Fam. CARDITID^. Gill.
Gen. CARDITA Brug.
50. CARDITA ELEGANTOIDES Ortmann.
PI. XXVI, Fig. 5«-c.
1899 C. el. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 8, p. 428.
Shell subcircular, slightly oblique, with 18-19 radial ribs, which are
convex and obtuse, about as broad as the intervening furrows, and nodu-
lose. Lunula small, oblong.
126 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PAL/EONTOLOGY.
Measurements (of type specimen): Length, 16 mm; height, 14 mm;
of specimens from Santa Cruz : Length, 18.5, 15. 5 mm; height, 17, 14.5
mm.
Remarks: This species was first described by the present writer in 1899
from a few poorly preserved individuals from the Magellanian beds of
Punta Arenas. Later, among the last set of fossils brought home by Mr.
Hatcher, I found a larger number of better preserved valves of a small
Cardita from the Patagonian beds of Santa Cruz, which agree completely
with the Punta Arenas fossil. The chief characters of this species are :
the shape and the size of the shell, and the number and shape of the ribs.
Young individuals of C. incequalis, of the same size as this species, may
be distinguished at a glance by the larger number of ribs. C. volckrnanni,
which is closely allied, differs in the smaller number of ribs.
Record of specimens: Punta Arenas, horizon III (upper Magellanian),
3 isolated right valves, 2 valves in matrix ; Mouth of Santa Cruz River,
23 right, 17 left valves; Mt. of Observation, upper horizon, i double, 4
right, i left valves.
Affinities: I compared this species with C. elegans Lmck. of the Euro-
pean Eocene. But since there are so many similar species known from
Tertiary deposits, it is impossible to say that just this one is the most
closely allied form.
This is so far the only species that is common to the Magellanian and
Patagonian beds.
51. CARDITA VOLCKMANNI Philippi.
PI. XXVI, Fig. 6.
1887 C. v. Philippi, Tert. and Quart. Verstein. Chiles, p. 173, pi. 37, f. 4.
1900 C. v. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 378.
The only difference from the preceding species is the number of the
radial ribs: there are only 15 of them. The ornamentation of the ribs is
not preserved in our specimens.
Record of specimens : Lake Pueyrredon, 600' above base of Tertiary,
6 casts.
Distribution: Navidad beds of Tubul, Chili (Phil.).
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 127
52. CARDITA INL-EQUALIS Philippi.
PI. XXVI, Fig. 7-*.
1887 C. in. Philippi, Tert. and Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 173, pi. 37, f. 5.
1897 C- i*1- v- Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 245.
1897 C. patagonica v. Ihering, ibid., p. 244.
1899 C. pat. v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 16.
1900 C. incequ. Ortmann, inj Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 380.
Shell ovato-subquadrate, oblique. Surface with 21-26 radiating ribs,
which are sharply angular and high, crossed by lines of growth, and ren-
dered sharply nodulose by them. In old individuals the ribs become
more rounded, and the nodules disappear toward the ventral margin.
Length, 43 mm ; height, 40 mm.
Remarks: In outline this shell is somewhat variable: the apex is more
or less inclined. Philippi's specimens had all lost the outer layer of the
shell. In our specimens the latter is in most cases at least partly pre-
served, and the shell has, as regards the sculpture, quite a different appear-
ance. The radial ribs are sharp, angulated, and on their upper edge is a
series of sharp nodules. The valleys between the ribs are deep, but their
bottom is flat. If the outer layer is gone, the ribs appear as flat, broad,
and smooth elevations.
Toward the ventral margin, in some of the old individuals, the ribs
become comparatively narrower with broader intervals, while the general
character of the ribs remains the same ; in others, however, the ribs become
more rounded and broader, and lose their nodules.
Although individuals of medium and large size may be easily recog-
nized, young ones (smaller than 15 mm) do not always exhibit distinctly
the characteristic outline, and especially the apex is not so much inclined.
It is sometimes difficult to distinguish these from C. elegantoides, but, as a
rule, in C. elegantoides the apex is more upright, and the posterior hinge
tooth of the left valve is shorter than in the present species. Furthermore,
the number of ribs is different. I have 12 shells from Santa Cruz — all
small — which have the ribs of C. incequalis (over 20), but the shape of the
shell is that of C. elegantoides.
In C. incequalis the posterior hinge tooth in the left valve is about four
times as long as the anterior, but there are considerable variations in the
thickness of the hinge teeth.
128 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
V. Ihering has sent to us one right and one left valve of this species
under the name of C. patagonica ; they are from Santa Cruz, and he called
this species apparently by that name (patagonica) in 1899. But the ex-
ternal shape of the true C. patagonica of Sowerby is entirely different, and
we cannot regard it as this species, unless we assume that Sowerby's figure
is all wrong. There is, however, hardly anything that could warrant this
assumption, although there are discrepancies between Sowerby's diagnosis
and his figure.
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 2 double, 20 right,
29 left valves ; Las Salinas, 3 right, 4 left valves ; Mt. of Observation,
upper horizon, 2 double, 12 right, 2 left valves.
Distribution: Santa Cruz (Phil., v. Ih.); Patagonian formation (v. Ih.).
Suprapatagonian beds of Jegua quemada and La Cueva (v. Ih.).
53. CARDITA PATAGONICA Sowerby.
PI. XXVI, Fig. 8M.
1846 C.pat. Sowerby, in : Darwin, Geol. Observ. S. Amer., p. 251, pi. 2, f. 17.
1897 C. pat. var. v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 245.
1899 C. psetidopatagonica v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 16.
1900 C. pat. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 380.
Shell ovate, subtriangular, hardly oblique, as high as long, or higher;
apex very slightly inclined. Surface with 23-25 radial ribs, which are
rounded, not angular, and slightly squamuloso-nodose near the apex, but
toward the ventral margin they are crossed only by lines of growth.
Measurements: Length, 20, 19 mm; height, 20, 20 mm.
Remarks: In the external form our specimens agree with Sowerby's
figure, especially the almost upright apex is very striking. Sowerby, in
the diagnosis, calls the ribs narrow, angular and squamoso-serrate, char-
acters which are not supported by the figure, where the ribs appear broad,
rounded, and slightly nodulose. In all essential respects the figure cor-
responds with our specimens, with only the exception that it is almost
double the size (length, 35 ; height, 37). Since a large form, agreeing
with this figure has never been found by other collectors at Santa Cruz,
it seems possible that Sowerby's figure was drawn on an enlarged scale.
V. Ihering, in 1897, mentions this smaller form from the so called
Santacruzian (= Suprapatagonian) beds, and calls it in 1899 C. pseitdo-
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 1 29
patagonica, and this is certainly identical with our species. Besides, v.
Ihering records from the Patagonian formation a C. patagonica, but it seems
to me that this identification is not correct. He does not give any detailed
description of this supposed C. patagonica, but (as has been said above) he
has sent to the Princeton Museum 2 specimens of C. inccqualis under that
name, so that there is no doubt that his C. patagonica is really C. inccqnalis.
If my presumption is correct that Sowerby's figure is enlarged, then it
is beyond doubt that this small form represented in our collections is the
typical C. patagonica.
Hutton (1886, p. 364) identifies his Venericardia intermedia (1873, p.
24) with "C patagonica" but I am unable to say whether this species
corresponds to our C. patagonica.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River; 9 right, 4 left valves.
Distribution: Santa Cruz (Sow.), ibid., Patagonian formation (v. Ih.);
Jegua quemada, Suprapatagonian beds (v. Ih.).
Affinities: Sowerby compares this species with the European Eocene
C. acuticostata Lmck. (Wood, 1861, p. 142, pi. 22, f. 5), but there is hardly
any close relation with it.
C. caiimotiensis Deshayes (1860, p. 774, pi. 61, f. 6-8) from the Eocene
of France has a similar outline, but is much smaller and has more numer-
ous and finer ribs. C. gram-data Say (Whitfield, 1894, p. 56, pi. 9, f.
1-4) from the Miocene of New Jersey agrees in the slightly oblique outline
and the number and character of ribs, but it is more circular and the apex
more incurved. The most closely allied form seems to be : C. dunkeri Phil.
(1846, p. 50, pi. 7, f. 7) from the Lower Oligocene of Germany. It agrees
well in sculpture and outline, but the latter is more circular, with hardly an
indication of triangular shape, and the apex is slightly more inclined. In
this species also the hinge teeth of the right valve closely correspond to C.
patagonica.
Earn. LUCINID^ Flem.
Gen. LUCINA Brug.
54. LUCINA NEGLECTA spec. nov.
PI. XXVII, Fig. 3.
Shell suborbicular, lentiform ; posterior dorsal margin slightly convex,
forming an obtuse angle with the posterior margin. Anterior dorsal
130 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
margin slightly concave, forming an indistinct, rounded angle with the
anterior margin. Anterior, ventral, and posterior .margins forming
part of a regular circle. Beak small. Surface with concentric, elevated
lines, which are crowded, especially near the apex. Hinge teeth not
visible.
Length, ca. 22 mm; height, 21 mm; diameter, 4 mm (x 2).
Remarks: In my preliminary report on the Magellanian beds of Punta
Arenas, I confounded these shells with Dosinia magellanica (see below),
a mistake that was due to the fact, that they are imbedded in the same
piece of rock with the latter species, and had not been worked out of the
matrix sufficiently.
This species resembles much the following (L. promaucanci], but is
distinguished by the concentric lines, which, in L. neglecta, are more
crowded, especially toward the apex, and which are more irregular toward
the ventral margin. L. neglecta seems also to be a little less convex, and
the lunula — as far as can be seen — is less concave and less distinct.
Record of specimens: Punta Arenas, horizon II (lower Magellanian),
i double, i right, 2 left valves.
55- LUCINA PROMAUCANA Philippi.
PI. XXVII, Fig. 4"'6.
1887 L. prom. Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 181, pi. 24, f. 6.
1897 •£• Prom. v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 47, pi. 5, f. 32.
Shell suborbicular, lentiform, posterior dorsal margin almost straight,
forming an obtuse angle with the posterior margin ; anterior dorsal
margin slightly concave, forming an indistinct, rounded angle with the
anterior margin. Anterior, ventral, and posterior margins forming part
of a regular circle. Beak small. Surface with concentric, rather widely
distant, elevated lines. Hinge (of right valve) with 2 cardinal teeth, the
posterior slightly divided ; anterior and posterior lateral tooth small, but
distinct.
Our largest specimen (Punta Arenas) measures: Length, 25 mm;
height, 22 mm ; diameter, 5 (x 2), another one (Paso del Rio Santa Cruz) :
Length, 21 mm; height, 19 mm; diameter, 5 mm (x 2). According
to Philippi and v. Ihering it attains the length of 31 mm by a height of
ca. 28 mm.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 131
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 2 double valves;
Paso del Rio Santa Cruz, i right valve; Upper Rio Chalia, 2 casts;
Punta Arenas, horizon V (Patagonian beds), 2 right valves.
Distribution: Jegua quemada, Jack Harvey, La Cueva, Suprapatago-
nian beds; perhaps also from Santa Cruz, Patagonian beds (v. Ih.);
Santa Cruz (Phil.). Navidad beds of Chili: Navidad, Matanzas, Lebu
(Phil.).
Affinities: Philippi compares this species with L. radula Lmck. = bore-
alis (L.) (see : Hoernes, 1870, p. 229, pi. 33, f. 4), to which it is very closely
allied indeed. L. borealis is Miocene to Recent in Europe, and also
Miocene to Recent in California (see: Gabb, 1869, p. 100). In L. pro-
inancana the lateral hinge teeth are more distinct than in the European
species ; I have seen, however, in the Princeton collections, individuals of
L. borealis from the Pliocene of Italy, which also have distinct lateral
teeth. L. pmecedens v. Koenen (1868, p. 246, pi. 28, f. 8) from the Mid-
dle and Upper Oligocene of Germany is hardly distinguishable from L.
borealis.
56. LUCINA ORTMANNI v. Iliering.
PI. XXVII, Fig. 5.
1899 L. o. v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 18, pi. 2, f. 3.
Shell suborbicular, convex; posterior dorsal margin straight, forming
an obtuse angle with the posterior margin. Anterior dorsal margin
straight, forming an obtuse angle with the anterior margin. No lunula.
Beak small. Anterior, ventral, and posterior margins forming part of a
circle. Two very blunt ridges running from the apex toward the middle
and lower part of the posterior margin (according to v. Ihering) : these
ridges are not shown in his figure. In our specimen an indistinct depres-
sion runs toward the lower posterior margin, which would correspond to
the space between the ridges mentioned by v. Ihering. Surface almost
smooth, very finely concentrically striated, and with concentric growth-
lines, but no elevated lines are present as in the two preceding species.
Length, 22 mm; height, 20 mm; diameter, 6 ( x 2) mm.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River; i right valve.
Distribution: Santa Cruz, Patagonian beds (v. Ih.).
Affinities: v. Ihering compares this species with L. globosa Ad. We
know several Tertiary species, which resemble this one in form and sculp-
132 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS 1 PALEONTOLOGY.
ture, but until we know the interior of the shell and the hinge, it is im-
possible to say whether there are closer relations to any of them.
Fam. CARDIID^. Fisch.
Gen. CARDIUM L.
57. CARDIUM PHILIPPII v. Ihering.
PI. XXVII, Fig. 6.
1887 C. multiradiatum Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 178 (pro
parte, non C. miiltiradiatnm Sowerby).
1897 C- philippiiv. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 49, pi. 6, f. 40.
1899 C. ph. var. paiiciradiata v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2,
P- IS-
Shell large, subglobular, with about 45 radiating ribs, of which i or 2
near the anterior end are large and geminate. The other ribs are high
and smooth, those of the posterior end finer and tuberculate.
Remarks: Our specimens are all badly preserved, but they agree, espe-
cially those from Santa Cruz, with v. Ihering's species, which is, according
to v. Ihering, different from C. multiradiatum of Sowerby. They seem
to correspond to the variety paiiciradiata. Our best individual shows
only one geminate rib anteriorly.
Two casts from Lake Pueyrredon, 600' above base, show distinctly 2
larger geminate ribs. One of them is very small (about as large as the
following species), but it is distinguished at once by the smaller number
of ribs.
The casts from Arroyo Gio are doubtful : only traces of the ribs are
seen, which seem to correspond to this species.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 2 right valves, and
several fragments ; Arroyo Gio, 2 casts ; east end of Lake Pueyrredon, i
cast; Lake Pueyrredon, base of Tertiary, i cast; Lake Pueyrredon, 600'
above base, 6 casts.
Distribution : Suprapatagonian beds of Jegua quemada, and Patagonian
beds of Santa Cruz (v. Ih.); Santa Cruz (Phil.).
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 133
58. CARDIUM PUELCHUM Sowerby.
PI. XXVII, Fig. 7.
1846 C. p. Sowerby, in : Darwin, Geol. Observ. S. Amer., p. 251, pi. 2, f. 15.
1899 C. p. v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 15.
Shell subglobular, posterior end with an indistinct angulation running
down from the apex toward the posterior margin. Surface of shell with
very numerous (60-80) radiating ribs, which are about as broad as the
intervals. On the posterior part of the shell these ribs are a little higher
and sharper. In all our specimens (as in Sowerby's) the outer layer of
the shell is gone : only in that from Las Salinas remains of it are still
present; here the ribs are flat, and appear to be separated by narrow,
impressed lines.
Length, 30 mm ; height, 30 mm ; diameter (double shell), 20 mm.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 2 double, 7 single
valves ; Las Salinas, i double valve ; Mt. of Observation, upper horizon,
i double valve ; Canon near Sierra Oveja, 2 casts:
Distribution: Santa Cruz (Sow.), ibid., Patagonian beds (v. Ih.)
Affinities: C. coinatnliitn Bronn (see: Speyer, 1864, p. 301, pi. 41, f.
10, and v. Koenen, 1868, p. 244, pi. 29, f. 1,2) from the Middle and
Upper Oligocene of Germany, and the Miocene of the Azores, seems to
be closely allied. It has the same general form, but is smaller, and the
radiating ribs are less strongly developed. The same type of Cardium is
continued from the Miocene to the Recent time in Europe by C. fragile
Brocchi (see: Hoernes, 1870, p. 173, pi. 30, f. 6).
An Eocene representative of these species is C. difficile Deshayes (1860,
p. 572, pi. -55, f. 6, 7), but it is distinguished by the distinctly broader
form and more distinct posterior angulation.
C. puelchum is clearly more closely allied to the Oligocene and Neogene
species mentioned.
59. CARDIUM PISUM Philippi.
PI. XXVII, Fig. 8.
1887 C. p. Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 179, pi. 9, f. 9.
Shell small, ovate, subglobular, scarcely oblique. Surface with 25-30
radiating ribs, which are rounded and crossed by concentric lines of growth.
134 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
Length, 9.5 mm; height, 10.5 mm; diameter, 4.5 (x 2) mm. The
specimen from Las Salinas : height, 1 1 mm.
Remarks: v. Ihering (1897, p. 251) hints that this may be only a variety
of C. puelclinm : but the very much smaller number of ribs does not sup-
port this view. Philippi says that the radiating ribs are indistinct near
the anterior and posterior margins: this is true in our specimen from
Santa Cruz, but this feature is due to the exfoliation of the upper layer
of the shell. In the specimens from Lake Pueyrredon the shell is partly
preserved, and the ribs are distinct also near the anterior and posterior
margins, although a little finer and less high than in the middle.
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River, i sp. ; Las Salinas,
i sp. ; Arroyo Gio, i cast; Lake Pueyrredon, base of tertiary, 11 sp.
Distribution : Santa Cruz (Phil.).
'Affinities: A closely allied species is C. sphccridiuui Phil, from Lebu
(Navidad beds), but in the latter species the ribs are finer and more
numerous.
Gen. AMATHUSIA Phil.
60. AMATHUSIA ANGULATA Philippi.
PI. XXVII, Fig. 9"'».
1887 A. ang. Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 135, pi. 23, f. i,
pi. 25, f. i.
1897 ^- anS- v- Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 257, textf. 2.
Shell large, smooth, subcordate, oblique, with irregular concentric lines
of growth. Apex at */$ of the length of the shell. Anterior dorsal margin
straight, posterior first straight and horizontal, then oblique, forming with
the posterior margin a rostrum.
Length, ca. 190 mm; height, ca. 150 mm.
Remarks: There cannot be any doubt that the proper position of the
genus Amathusia is near Cardium, and in the family CardiicUz. Philippi
points out the resemblance of the hinge to that of Cardimu, but relying
on the external form of the shell he prefers to place it with JScnns. V.
Ihering (1899, p. 38) believes that AmatHusia is related to Glycinieris
(Panopcea], but I cannot see on what grounds. Indeed, there are no
characters at all, which would warrant the position of this genus with
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 135
either the Veneridce or the Saxicavidce (Glycimeridce}. On the other hand,
the hinge, with the exception of the anterior part, agrees so closely with
that of the Cardiidce, that, comparing large species of Cardium, for in-
stance C. discrcpans Bast., C. laqueatum Conr., C. sulcatum Lmck., one
is at once struck by the close resemblance. Indeed, the hinge is identical,
but for the complete lack of the anterior lateral tooth in Amathusia.
The hinge has two cardinal teeth in each valve, and one posterior lateral
tooth ; the lack of the anterior lateral tooth cannot be regarded as a serious
reason for separating this shell from the Cardiidce, since in this family
the lateral teeth are obsolete in other genera.
The ligamental plates (nymphae) are very high in Amathusia, and sepa-
rated from the umbones by a very deep furrow, a condition that is often
seen in species of Cardium (for instance C. discrepans, see : Hoernes, 1870,
pi. 24, f. i, 2), where it is developed almost in the same degree as in
Amathusia.
The pallial impression in Amathusia possesses an almost rectangular
upward curve posteriorly, which can hardly be called a sinus. The same
character, and even a distinct sinus is found in some Cardiidce, so that
this character also does not argue against the position with the Cardiidce.
The most striking characters that distinguish AmatJinsia from Cardium
are : ( i ) the lack of the anterior lateral tooth, of which no trace is pres-
ent; (2) the complete absence of radial sculpture of the shell, and the
lack of crenulations of the lower margin.
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River (just above high
tide) ; 2 double, 2 left valves.
Distribution: Navidad, Chili (Phil.); Jegua quemada, Suprapatagonian
beds (v. Ih.) (p. 257; on p. 258, v. Ihering says that his specimens are
from Santa Cruz).
Fam. VENERIDA1 Leach.
Gen. VENUS L.
61. VENUS DIFFICILLIS Ortmann.
PI. XXVIII, Fig. i"-".
1899 V. d. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 8, p. 428.
Shell thick, oblique, inflated, posteriorly a little narrowed; apex situ-
ated in advance of or at l/4 of the length. Area long, occupying almost
136 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PAL/EONTOLOGY.
the whole of the posterior dorsal margin of the shell. Lunula oval, flat.
Surface with close and regular concentric furrows, and with some concen-
tric lines of growth, the latter more crowded near the lower margin and
irregular. Concentric furrows sharp, not interrupted, y2 to i mm distant
from each other. Margin of shell not crenulated within.
Length, 75 mm; height, 64 mm; diameter, 18 ( x 2) mm; apex at 16
mm from anterior end.
Remarks : Surface more or less well preserved in specimens from the
lower horizon, but in those from the upper horizon obscured by adhering
coarse matrix, although still recognizable.
Record of specimens : Punta Arenas, horizon II (lower Magellanian) ;
2 double, 2 left valves. Punta Arenas, horizon III (upper Magellanian) ;
2 right, i left valves, and several fragments.
Affinities: I have compared, in my preliminary report, this species with
V. subsulcata Phil. (1887, p. 115, pi. 17, f. 7) from the Cretaceous beds of
Chile. And indeed, this seems to be the most closely allied form.
62. VENUS ARENOSA Ortmann.
PI. XXVIII, Fig. 2"'".
1899 V. a. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 8, p. 428.
Shell transversely elliptical, moderately swollen. Posterior end hardly
narrower than the anterior. Apex situated at about y$ of the length.
Area indistinct, shorter than the posterior part of the dorsal margin. Nym-
phae X~K as l°ng as ^e area. Lunula indistinct. Exterior surface
with strong concentric lines of growth, which have between them finer
concentric striae. Hinge that of a true Venus.
Length, 60 mm; height, 44 mm; diameter, 15 (x 2) mm.
Remarks: The surface markings are obliterated on account of the
closely adhering matrix.
Record of specimens : Punta Arenas, horizon III (upper Magellanian),
3 right valves.
Affinities: This species possesses a very characteristic, elongated out-
line, and resembles in this character — as I have pointed out in my pre-
liminary report — V. landbecki Phil. (1887, P- IJ6> pi- 20, f. 8) from the
Cretaceous of Chili. V. landbecki, however, differs in the position of the
apex, more inflated valves, and more distinct area.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 137
63. VENUS CHILOENSIS Philippi.
PI. XXVII, Fig. 10.
1887 V. cJi. Philippi, Tert. and Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 121, pi. 15, f. 6.
1900 V. ch. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 378.
Shell ovato-elliptical, moderately swollen, both ends well rounded ;
apex at about one-fifth of the length. Area indistinct, nymphae immersed.
Lunula ovate, flat. Surface with widely distant, elevated lines, and sharp
radiating striations.
Measurements: Length, 44 mm; height, 37 mm; diameter, 12 (x 2)
mm ; according to Philippi : Length, 62 mm ; height, 52 mm ; diameter
(double), 32 mm.
Remarks: We possess only a single right valve, which is much smaller
than Philippi's figure, but agrees in all essential respects very well with
it. Since Philippi mentions this species from the Straits of Magellan, we
may safely assume that our individual comes from one of the type-local-
ities, as most of the fossils recorded by Philippi from "Magellanes" are
from Punta Arenas.
Record of specimens : Punta Arenas, horizon V (Patagonian), i right
valve.
Distrfoition : Ancud, Chile, and Straits of Magellan (Phil.).
Affinities: This species comes near V. meridionalis in sculpture, but
differs in size and outline. Other relations see under V. meridionalis.
64. VENUS MERIDIONALIS Sowerby.
PI. XXVII, Fig. na'6.
1846 V. mer. Sowerby, in: Darwin, Geol. Observ. S. Amer., p. 250, pi.
2, f. 13.
1887 K mer. Philippi, Tert. and Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 120, pi. 14, f. 8.
1897 V. mer. v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 251.
1899 V. mer. v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 19.
Shell ovate, convex, both ends rounded. Apex between ^ and % of
the length. Area indistinct, nymphae immersed. Lunula well marked,
broadly lanceolate, a little convex and prominent. Surface with rather
138 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
widely distant, elevated and sharp concentric lines, which are, toward the
ventral margin, more crowded ; besides, there are distinct radiating striae.
Margin of shell very finely crenulated.
Length, 33 mm; height, 27 mm; another individual: Length, 31 mm;
height, 24 mm; diameter (double), 15 mm.
Remarks: This species differs from V. chiloensis chiefly in the outline;
it is more elongated (rel. H.: L. = i : more than 1.2, while in V. chiloensis
it is = i : less than 1.2). Further, the position of the apex is different,
and the lunula is convex and distinctly elevated in the middle in V,
meridionalis. Young individuals, however, have a more circular outline.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 14 double, 57 iso-
lated valves ; Las Salinas, 3 isolated valves ; Mt. of Observation, upper
horizon, 2 isolated valves ; Shell Gap, Rio Chico, upper horizon, 2 casts ;
Lake Pueyrredon, 600' above base, 17 casts.
Distribution: Patagonia'n beds of Santa Cruz (Sow., v. Ih.); Supra-
patagonian beds of Jegua quemada (v. Ih.); Navidad beds of Chili : Navi-
dad (Sow., Phil.), Ranquil near Ancud (Phil.).
Affinities: A species similar in outline and sculpture is Mercenaria
cancellata Gabb (see: Whitfield, 1884, p. 68, pi. 12, f. 2, 3), from the
Miocene of New Jersey. It is intermediate in outline between V. merid-
ionalis and chiloensis. In V. clathrata Duj. (see Hoernes, 1870, p. 125,
pi. 13, f. 3), from the Miocene of Europe the same type of surface orna-
mentation is seen, but much more strongly developed. Moreover, V. cla-
thrata is much higher and more rounded than even V. chiloensis.
This type of ornamentation in the genus JSenus (cancellated surface) is
characteristic for species from Miocene to Recent deposits. It is repre-
sented in Australia and Tasmania by V. multitceniata Tate (= mnltilamel-
lata Tate, 1887, p. 154, pi. 15, f. 6), and V. hormophora Tate (ibid., p. 155,
pi. 15, f. i), said to be Eocene, but being probably Miocene.
According to Hutton (1886, p. 362), Cliione uellicata Hutt. (1873, p.
21), is identical with V. meridionalis, and thus this species would also
belong to the Pareora and Wanganui beds of New Zealand.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 139
65. VENUS VOLCKMANNI Philippi.
PI. XXVIII, Fig. 3«-».
1887 V. v. Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 121, pi. 14, f. 9.
1897 ^ v- var- argcntina v. Ihering, in : Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 252,
pi. 7, f. 45-
1899 V. v. v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 20.
Shell suborbicular, very convex; posterior dorsal margin slightly con-
vex, forming an obtuse angle with the posterior margin, which forms, with
the ventral margin, part of an almost regular circle. Apex between l/z
and % of the length. Area indistinct, nymphae immersed. Lunula cor-
date, elevated in the middle. Surface with rather widely distant, elevated
lines, and distinct radiating striae.
Measurements: Length, ca. 73 mm ; height, 70 mm ; diameter, 27 (x 2).
Another individual: length, 55 mm; height, 51 mm; diameter (double),
35 mm. In the latter, the apex is 15 mm from the anterior end.
Remarks: Philippi gives the position of the apex as 2^ = ca. jof the
length, v. Ihering as ^ = ca. % . This difference is apparently in part due
to the different position given to the shell, as the regular outline of the
shell renders it difficult to give a uniform position to different specimens.
The form from Santa Cruz is hardly distinguishable as a variety from
that from Chili (in 1899 v. Ihering mentions typical individuals from Santa
Cruz). The convexity of the dorsal margin is variable, and the anterior
end (below the lunula) is more or less produced in different individuals :
There are specimens from Santa Cruz completely agreeing with Philippi's
figure in this respect.
The cast from Shell Gap does not show any surface markings, but agrees
in form. The casts from Lake Pueyrredon, however, show distinct remains
of the cancellations. The cast from the mouth of Santa Cruz River shows
the impression of the cardinal teeth : they are those of a true JSenus.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, i double cast (near
high water mark), i double valve, 2 isolated valves (250' above high tide).
Shell Gap, Rio Chico, upper horizon ; i cast. Lake Pueyrredon, base of
Tertiary ; 3 casts. Lake Pueyrredon, 600' above base ; 2 casts.
Distribution: Patagonian beds of Santa Cruz (v. Ih.) ; Navidad beds
of Chili: Navidad, Tubul, Millanejo and Lebu (Phil.).
I4O PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS '. PAL/EONTOLOGY.
Affinities: In sculpture, this species is closely related to the two fore-
going. It is represented in the recent seas of Chili and Patagonia by V.
antiqua Kg. (see: v. Ihering, 1897, p. 253).
66. VENUS DARWINI Philippi.
PL XXVIII, Fig. 4.
1887 V. d. Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 122, pi. 17, f. 2.
1899 V. d. v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 19.
Shell ovato-orbicular, subquadrate, convex. Posterior dorsal margin
convex, forming an indistinct angle with the posterior margin. Anterior
extremity distinctly narrower than posterior. Apex at about one-fifth of
the length. Area indistinct, nymphae immersed. Lunula lanceolate,
depressed in the middle. Surface with regular, rather widely distant,
elevated concentric lines, and very slight indications of radiating stria::.
Inner margins crenulate.
Length, 73 mm; height, 65 mm; diameter, 17 (x 2) mm. Apex at 15
mm from anterior end.
Remarks: Radiating striae are not shown in Philippi's figure, and,
indeed, there are hardly any traces of them in our specimens.
This species corresponds in size to V. volcknianni, but is more elon-
gated, and the concentric lines are a little more widely distant in I/, volck-
manni. There is also a slight resemblance to V. difficilis (see above), but
in the latter the posterior end of the shell is narrower, and the surface
ornaments are quite different.
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 2 right, 4 left valves
(in matrix).
Distribution: Patagonian formation of Santa Cruz (Phil., v. Ih.).
Affinities: Closely allied in form and sculpture is V. burdigalensis
Mayer (see: Hoernes, 1870, p. 129, pi. 15, f. i) from the Miocene of
Europe, but the latter differs in the more closely set, and more distinctly
lamellar concentric lines, and further, in V. burdigalensis, the hinge
makes a transition to the genus Meretrix, while V. darwini seems to be
a true Venus. Philippi and v. Ihering do not describe the hinge ; in our
specimens only part of it is seen, and seems to possess, in the left valve,
only three teeth : at any rate, I do not see any trace of a fourth (lunular)
tooth ; this part of the hinge, however, is incompletely exposed.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 141
67. VENUS NAVIDADIS Philippi.
PI. xxvn, Fig. i2«:».
1887 V. nav. Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 126, pi. 14, f. 4.
1897 V. striatolatnellata v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 253, pi.
7. f- 44-
1900 V. nav. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 380.
Shell ovate, slightly convex, anterior and posterior ends rounded.
Apex at about l/± of the length. Area indistinct, nymphae immersed.
Lunula lanceolate, concave. Surface with concentric lamellae, between
the lamellae fine concentric striae. Margin on inner side not crenulate.
Length, 63, 39 mm; height, 50, 31 mm; % diameter, 10, 7 mm.
Remarks: As v. Ihering has already mentioned, the external form is a
little variable. His type specimen measures: L. 79, H. 68 (ratio H. :
L. = i : 1.16), while another one is only 64 high by 79 long (ratio = i :
1.23). Philippi gives: L. 47, H. 38 (ratio = i : 1.23). The ratio of our
specimens given above is = i : 1.25, and i : 1.26; they are, accordingly, a
little more elongated than even v. Iliering's second individual, while that
figured by v. Ihering appears exceptionally high. In all other respects
our specimens agree well with v. Ihering's description of V. striato-lamcl-
lata, and I cannot discover any difference between this species and V.
navidadis. V. Ihering believes them to be closely allied, but points to
a difference in the lunula, which he takes from the figure of V. navidadis.
In the discription of both forms, however, Philippi and v. Ihering use the
identical words: "lunula profundata," so that it is impossible for me to
see the difference.
In the description Philippi gives the position of the apex at *4 of the
length ; but his figure shows it distinctly at l/± .
The casts from Upper Rio Chalia possess the outline of this species, but
no traces of the shell are preserved.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River ; 2 left, 5 right valves.
Upper Rio Chalia, 4 casts.
Distribution: Suprapatagonian beds of Jegua quemada (v. Ih.) ; Navi-
dad (Phil.).
Affinities : This species comes near V. arenosa described above, but K
arenosa is still more elongated (ratio = i : 1.36 to i : 1.5), and further, the
142 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
apex is, in V. navidadis, distinctly more anterior, and the sculpture seems
to be different.
According to v. Ihering, this species is closely allied to the living species
V. exalbida Ch. from S. America.
Gen. MERETRIX Lam.
68. MERETRIX (?) PSEUDOCRASSA (Ortmann).
PI. XXIX, Fig. i">6.
1899 Cytherea ps. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 8, p. 429.
Shell very thick and solid, very convex. Outline almost circular, pos-
terior end rounded. Apex at two-sevenths of the length. Lunula and
area indistinct, nymphs deeply immersed. Exterior surface concentrically
striated, but the adhering matrix obscures the details of sculpture. Ven-
tral margin of shell not crenulated. Hinge with two strongly developed
teeth, and a smaller anterior one. Posterior tooth distinctly divided by
a groove, the middle one also divided on upper side.
Length, 62 mm; height, 60 mm; diameter, 25 (x 2) mm.
Remarks: I am unable to decide whether this species belongs really to
Meretrix or not. The division of the posterior hinge teeth is in favor of
this view, but I cannot make out whether there was a fourth (lunular)
tooth ; we have only the right valve, and that part of it, where we should
look for the groove that receives this tooth, is broken out. Perhaps it
would be better to leave this species with Venus.
Record of specimens : Punta Arenas, horizon III (upper Magellanian);
i right valve.
Affinities: I have compared this species with the Pliocene V. crassa
Phil., and the Cretaceous K alta Phil., both from Chili.
69. MERETRIX IHERINGI Cossmann.
PI. XXVIII, Fig. 5"'6.
1897 Cytherea splendida v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 255, pi.
6, f. 42 (non C. splendida Merian).
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 143
1898 Meretrix iheringi Cossmann, in: Rev. crit. Paleozool., v. 2, No. 3,
p. 109.
1899 Cytherea ih. Ameghino, in: Segundo Censo Arg. Supl., p. 4.
Shell large, swollen, with concentric sulci. Apex slightly prominent,
at y^ of the length of shell. Anterior dorsal margin straight, posterior
slightly arcuate. Anterior end of shell shorter, rounded ; posterior sub-
rostrate. Lunula circumscribed by a slightly impressed line. Three car-
dinal teeth ; the anterior and middle one diverging from the apex. Lateral
(lunular) tooth of left valve strong, lamellifonn, and parallel to the
lunula.
Remarks: We possess only an incomplete left valve, but it agrees—
according to the lines of growth — with this species in form. The hinge
is well preserved, and corresponds well to the description given by v.
Ihering: especially the large lunular tooth is very striking.
Record of specimens : Punta Arenas, horizon V (Patagonian); i left valve.
Distribution: Jegua quemada and La Cueva, Suprapatagonian beds
(v. Ih.).
70. MERETRIX ROSTRATA (Koch).
PI. XXVIII, Fig. 6.
1845 Cytherea rostr. Koch, in: Philippi, Abbild. neu. Conchyl., v. i, p.
150, pi. i, f. 3.
Shell cordate-ovate, oblique, swollen ; surface with concentric lines of
growth. Apex much produced and strongly incurved. Anterior end of
shell short, rounded ; posterior longer, rounded and a little produced.
Lunula very large, cordate, almost flat, circumscribed by a distinct im-
pressed line. Pallial sinus triangular.
Height, 34, 39 mm; length, 38, ca. 42 mm; >£ diameter (of first speci-
men), ca. 14 mm.
Remarks: Our material consists chiefly of casts, but some show large
portions of the shell preserved. The agreement with the recent form is
complete. The outline of the shell is a little variable, the apex being
more or less produced.
Record of specimens: Cape Fairweather; remains of 14 valves.
Distribution: So far known only Recent from Brazil (Koch); I have
seen, in the collections of the Academy of Philadelphia, specimens from
Maldonado Bay, Uruguay.
144 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
Gen. DOSINIA Scop.
71. DOSINIA MAGELLANICA spec. nov.
PI. XXVII, Fig. 13.
1899 D. complanata Ortmann, in: Am. Journ. Sci., v. 8, p. 429 (non D.
complauata Phil . ) .
Shell orbicular, compressed. Posterior dorsal margin forming, with the
posterior margin, a regular, circular curve. Lunula ovate, concave, but
elevated in the middle. Surface with regular concentric impressed lines,
which are not very crowded (y* to ^ mm distant from each other), dis-
tinct all over the shell ; intervals between these lines perfectly flat, but
near the anterior and posterior margins a little elevated.
Length, 28 mm; height, 26.5 mm; diameter, about 4 (X2) mm.
Remarks: In my first publication I made a mistake: I believed some
fragments of Lucina neglecta (see above, p. 130) imbedded in the same
piece of rock to belong to this species. But now, after succeeding in
working them out of the matrix more satisfactorily, I see that we really
have to deal with two different forms, and that the characters of the sur-
face markings and of the curve of the posterior and dorsal margins, on
which I founded the identification with Philippi's D. complanata, are taken
from individuals of the new Lucina.
D. magellanica differs from D. complanata in the shell's being a little
more convex, in the posterior dorsal margin's forming no angle with the
posterior margin, and in the surface ornaments, which consist of impressed
lines, not of elevated striae.
In the following species (D. meridionalis), the curve between posterior
dorsal and posterior margins is not regularly circular, but there is a sug-
gestion of a blunt angle ; the lunula is not elevated in the middle, the
concentric ornaments are more irregular, and the intervals between the
impressed lines are more or less convex ; the shell itself is much larger.
Record of specimens : Punta Arenas, horizon II (lower Magellanian), 2
right, i left valves.
Affinities: The most closely allied form seems to be: D. semilcevis
(Artemis s., Philippi, 1887, p. 113, pi. 13, f. 22) from Navidad, especially
as regards the concentric lines, which are said to be "remote" from each
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 145
other. But in D. semilcems they appear still more widely distant than in
D. magellanica, and the outline of the shell is different.
72. DOSINIA MERIDIONALIS V. Ihering.
PI. XXIX, Fig. 2"-c.
1897 D. m. v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 256, pi. 6, f. 41.
Shell circular, compressed ; posterior dorsal margin forming, with the
posterior margin, a strong curve, giving the appearance of a blunt and
indistinct angle. Lunula concave, oblongo-cordate, its margin obtuse and
indistinct. Surface with concentric impressed lines, which are somewhat
irregular (more or less deep, and more or less widely distant), on the
whole quite crowded ; the intervals between these lines are distinctly con-
vex, but not much so.
Measurements : Length, 55 mm; height, 51 mm; diameter (double),
23 mm. V. Ihering gives the following measurements: Length, 83 mm;
height, 74 mm; diameter, 21 (x 2) mm, but his figure is much smaller.
Remarks : V. Ihering says that the concentric sculpture tends to become
obsolete in the middle of the shell : in his figure it is quite distinct every-
where, and is also in our specimens well developed in the middle. Toward
the margins the sculpture becomes more strongly pronounced.
Young individuals, about as large as D. magellanica, differ at once
from the latter in the concentric lines' being more crowded, and the
intervals' being distinctly convex.
. The casts from upper Rio Chalia do not show any details of sculpture,
but agree — at least two of them — completely in outline. The internal
cast from Cape Fairweather is very poor, but the cast of the surface
sculpture, as well as the size and form of the pallial sinus agree with
this species.
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 2 double, 7 right, 5
left valves ; Upper Rio Chalia, 6 casts ; Arroyo Gio, i double valve ;
Cape Fairweather, i inner cast of right valve, and part of external cast
of right valve.
Distribution: Jegua quemada, Suprapatagonian beds (v. Ih.).
According to v. Ihering (1897, P- 33 0 this species is also found in the
"Paranense" formation of Parana, Entrerios. As only casts have been
146 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
found there, v. Ihering says himself (1899, p. 43) that this identification
is doubtful. But the presence of this species in the Cape Fairweather beds
affords some support to v. Ihering's original opinion.
Affinities: As v. Ihering points out, this species is very closely allied
to Artemis foncferosn Gray (see: Philippi, 1887, p. 113, pi. 14, f. 5, and
Moerickc, 1896, p. 585), which is found in the Pliocene Coquimbo beds
of Chili, and living on the western coast of Mexico. The latter form,
however, is larger, and the concentric sculpture is less marked in the
middle of the shell. The hinge agrees closely in both species, and even
the lunula, although there is a slight difference as v. Ihering points out,
is almost the same, and differs from other species of Dosiuia.
D. ponderosa is represented in the Miocene deposits of California by
D. matlicwsoni Gabb (1869, p. 57, pi. 15, f. 16), which differs from D.
meriditmalis in the more swollen form, but agrees well in size.
A very close resemblance exists also to D. acctnbnlnin (Conr.). Al-
though, in comparing the figure given by Whitfield (1894, pi. 13, f. 2),
and copied from Conrad, this resemblance is not so very striking as regards
the sculpture, I have compared specimens from Virginia, in which the
sculpture is essentially identical. The only difference is the large size,
and the less excavated lunular margin of D. acetabnlum. D. acetabiiliuu
is from the Miocene of the Atlantic coast of N. America.
D. denselineata Pritchard (1896, p. 135, pi. 4, f. 5-7) seems to be closely
allied to D. meridionalis, especially in sculpture, but the outline is dif-
ferent : the posterior dorsal margin appears longer, and forms a more dis-
tinct angle posteriorly. It is from Table Cape, Tasmania and Spring-
Creek, Victoria.
Thus the presence of this comparatively large and typical Dosinia in
the Patagonian beds points clearly to a Neogene age, and this view is
still- more supported by the fact, that D. meridionalis is apparently closely
related to, and perhaps the ancestral form of a species that is still found
living on the western coast of America. Probably all the forms mentioned
above are connected genetically.
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 147
73. DOSINIA L/EVIUSCULA (Philippi).
PI. XXVIII, Fig. 7.
1887 Artemis lcev. Philippi, Tert. £ Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 115, pi. 19, f. i.
1899 Dosinia Iccv. v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 20.
Shell circular, not much compressed, but comparatively swollen. Pos-
terior dorsal margin convex, hardly forming an angle with the posterior
margin. Lunula ovate, slightly concave, indistinct. Surface almost
smooth, only with very fine and crowded concentric lines.
Length, 22 mm; height, 20 mm; diameter, 5 (x 2) mm.
Remarks: Although much smaller than Philippi's and v. Ihering's spec-
imens, and more circular in outline, I believe our individuals to belong
here, since the characters of the surface agree completely. Philippi gives :
L. 50, H. 43, D. 25 mm, and v. Ihering: L. 75, and perhaps up to 85 mm,
while our largest is only: L. 24, H. 21.5 mm.
Our specimens retain the original shell in many places, and show only
very fine, concentric, impressed lines, which are quite different from the
distinct impressed lines with more or less prominent intervals in D. mcri-
dionalis. And further, the character mentioned by Philippi, that the shell
is comparatively more swollen than in other species, is also shown in our
individuals: a young one, L. 17.5, H. 17, has a diameter of both valves
of 9 mm.
I think the more circular form of our specimens is due to their young age.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, ca. 30 internal and
external casts in hard matrix, with remains of the shell adhering.
Distribution: Patagonian beds of Santa Cruz (Phil., v. Ih.).
Fam. -TELLINIDsE Desh.
Gen. TELLINA L.
74. TELLINA TEHUELCHA v. Ihering.
PI. XXIX, Fig. 3.
1899 T. t. v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 21, pi. 2, f. 4.
Shell oblong-oval, subequilateral, inequivalve ; left valve convex, right
one flat (according to v. Ihering). Apex at about the middle of the
148 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS! PALAEONTOLOGY.
length. Anterior end rounded, posterior indistinctly biangulate. Pallial
sinus linguiform, reaching hardly to the middle of the shell.
Length, 28.5 mm; height, 20 mm; another: length, 27111111; height, i8mm.
Remarks: Our casts of the left valve agree completely with v. Ihering's
figure, and one of them shows also the pallial sinus. The external cast
of a right valve, however, is convex, and perhaps it does not belong here.
In the largest individual, near the ventral margin, faint indications of
radiating striae are seen.
Of this species, so far only the cast is known.
Record of specimens : Shell Gap, Rio Chico, upper horizon, 2 internal
casts of left valve, i external cast of right valve.
Distribution: Santa Cruz, Patagonian formation (v. Ih.).
75. TELLINA JEGUAENSIS v. Ihering.
PI. XXVIII, Fig. 8.
1897 T. j. v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 260, pi. 5, f. 33.
Shell thin, subpyriform, smooth. Anterior end longer, rounded, pos-
terior narrowed and acuminate, near the posterior dorsal margin a radi-
ating angulation.
Length, 20 mm; height, 14 mm (according to v. Ihering: length, 25
mm; height, 16 mm; diameter, 4 mm).
Remarks: Our individuals from Santa Cruz are smaller, but otherwise
agree well with v. Ihering's figure. The specimens from Arroyo Gio are
a little higher comparatively, and the anterior end is less elongated.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 2 valves ; Arroyo
Gio, 5 casts.
Distribution: Jegua quemada, Suprapatagonian beds (v. Ih.).
Affinities: T. promancana Phil. (1887, p. 141, pi. 26, f. 9) from Navi-
dad comes near this species, but it is equilateral (anterior end not longer
than posterior), and higher (L., 26; H., 19; rel. = 1.26: i). Our indi-
viduals from Arroyo Gio are intermediate in form between T. promancana
and jegnacnsis: rel. = 1.42:1, while in the typical form, according to v.
Ihering, the rel. is = 1.56: i. The anterior end in the Arroyo Gio speci-
mens is less elongated than in the typical form, thus approaching 7\
promaucana in this character also.
T. capillifera Conr. (see: Whitfield, 1894, p. 76, pi. 14, f. 8-10) from
the Miocene of New Jersey is hardly distinguishable from this species.
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 149
Fam. PSAMMOBIIDsE Ball.
Gen. PSAMMOBIA Lam.
76. PSAMMOBIA PATAGONICA Philippi.
PI. XXIX, Fig. 4.
1887 P. pat. Philippi, Tert. and Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 143, pi. 26, f. 17.'
1899 P. pat. v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 21.
Shell elongated-elliptical, compressed, smooth, almost equilateral, the
posterior end a little shorter, both ends evenly rounded. Anterior and
posterior dorsal margins straight, forming an obtuse angle. Ventral
margin very slightly curved.
Length, 28 mm; height, 16 mm; diameter, 3 (x 2) mm.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 10 valves; Las
Salinas, 6 valves ; 30 miles north of upper Rio Chalia, i double cast ;
Arroyo Gio, 3 casts.
Distribution: Patagonian beds of Santa Cruz (Phil., v. Ih.).
Affinities : This species has a distinct Eocene appearance, and resembles
much the forms described by Deshayes (1860, p. 370, ff.) under the names
of P. nitida (pi. 24, f. i, 2), and P. tenera (pi. 24, f. 6-8), especially the
first, with which it also agrees in size.
A very closely allied species is P. hamiltonensis Tate (1887, p. 167, pi.
1 6, f. 13) from Muddy Creek, Victoria, and Table Cape, Tasmania, from
so-called "Eocene," but probably Miocene beds.
Fam. MACTRID^. Gray.
Gen. MACTRA L.
77. MACTRA (?) DARWINI Sowerby.
PI. XXIX, Fig. 8.
1846 M. d. Sowerby, in : Darwin Geol. Observ. S. Amer., p. 249, pi. 2, f. 9.
Shell triangularly subovate, almost equilateral, compressed, but con-
vex toward the apex. Surface smooth, with concentric lines of growth.
'There arc two figures numbered 17 on Philippi's plate, but only the smaller one represents
this species, the larger one is Tcllina subfalcata.
150 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
Anterior and posterior ends rounded, posterior very little more produced
than anterior.
Length, 48 mm ; height, 36 mm ; diameter, 9 ( x 2 ) mm.
Remarks: Sowerby calls the posterior end "subquadrate," but his
figure does not show this character, nor is it seen in our specimens.
The generic position is doubtful : I do not see the hinge in any of our
individuals. The external form agrees completely with Sowerby's figure,
but most of the specimens are larger.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 19 double, 9 single
valves ; Mt. of Observation, upper horizon, 4 fragments ; Shell Gap, Rio
Chico, upper horizon, i double cast.
Distribution: Santa Cruz (Sow.).
78. MACTRA GARRETTI spec. nov.
PI. XXIX, Fig. 9"^.
Shell thin, triangularly-subovate, compressed, a little inequilateral,
smooth, with concentric lines of growth. Anterior end a little longer,
rounded, posterior subtruncate, with an indistinct keel running down
from the apex to the posterior ventral angle.
Length, 19 mm; height, 15 mm; diameter (double), 7 mm.
Remarks: At first I believed that this is M. indistincta of v. Ihering;
but having sent some specimens to the author, he informs me that it is
not his M. indistincta, but probably new, and so I describe it as new, con-
necting with it the name of Mr. J. W. Garrett.
This species is a true Mactra (see: Ball., 1898, p. 874), as shown by
the hinge-teeth (pi. XXIX, Fig. 9 c-d).
Record of specimens: Mt. of Observation, upper horizon, ca. 40 well-
preserved shells, and many fragments ; Lake Pueyrredon, 600' above
base, i cast of right valve. "
Affinities: Among the numerous species of Mactra described by Phil-
ippi from Chili, there is one that might be compared with M. garretti: M.
trnncatnla (Phil., 1887, p. 154, pi. 27, f. 15) from Navidad. It agrees in
the truncation of the posterior end, which is shorter than the anterior:
but it is smaller, the anterior end is distinctly narrower than the posterior,
and longer comparatively than in M. garretti.
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 151
There are some species in the Eocene beds of France, which resemble
this one in outline, although they differ in other respects: M. levesqnci
Desh., M. lamberti Desh., and M. contortiila Desh. (Deshayes, 1860, p.
289, ff. pi. 1 8).
Another closely allied form is M. trinacria Semp. (Speycr, 1866, p. 34,
pi. 3, f. 4) from the Oligocene of northern Germany, but it is smaller and
a little higher.
•
Gen. LUTRARIA Lam.
79. LUTRARIA (?) UNDATOIDES Ortmann.
PI. XXX, Fig. 3.
1899 L. u. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 8, p. 429.
Shell almost elliptic, 1 1/2 times as long as high. Surface with strong,
and somewhat irregular, undulated concentric folds. Dorsal margin
almost straight, ventral margin slightly arcuate. Apex at y$ of the
length, prominent, rather sharp, incurved. Anterior and posterior ends
evenly rounded, and of the same height.
Length, 32 mm ; height, 2 1 mm ; apex at 1 1 mm from anterior end.
Remarks: Only the remote resemblance to L. tmdata Phil. (1887, p. 164,
pi. 33, f. 8-1 1 ) induces me to place this species with the genus Lntrarin.
Record of specimens : Punta Arenas, horizon II (lower Magellanian), i
double valve (cast).
Fam. CORBULID^E Flem.
Gen. CORBULA Lam.
80. CORBULA HATCHERI Ortmann.
PI. XXX, Fig. 4"-'.
1900 C. h. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 371.
Shell small, solid and thick, subovato-triangular. Right valve very
little larger than left, both moderately convex. Anterior end rounded,
posterior produced, subtruncate, an angular ridge running down from the
apex to the posterior angle. Ventral margin arcuate, posteriorly a little
concave. Lower margin of right valve reflected toward the left valve.
Surface with concentric ribs, which are rounded and rather crowded.
152 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
Length, 11 mm; height 7.5 mm; diameter (of right valve), 2.5 mm.
Cast from San Julian : length, 13 mm; height, 8 mm; diameter (double),
5 mm.
Remarks: So far no Corbula has been known from Patagonia. In C.
birostris Phil., from Lota, Chili (Navidad beds), the genus is very doubtful.
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 8 double, 6 right, 8
left valves ; Las Salinas, i left valve ; Mt. of Observation, upper horizon,
i left valve ; San Julian, Darwin Station, 2 double casts.
Affinities: The most closely allied form, in my opinion, is C. subcequi-
valvis Sandb. (see: Boettger, 1870, p. 41, pi. 9 (8b), f. 16), from the Oligo-
cene of Germany and Switzerland. In C. hatcheri the posterior truncation
is less distinct, the lower margin is more arcuate, and the ribs of the sur-
face seem to be stronger (Boettger calls them "thin" in C. subccquivalms}.
There are also some Miocene species of Europe and North America,
which might be compared with C. hatcheri, but they do not approach it
so closely as C. subcequivalvis.
Fam. SAXICAVID^E. Gr.
Gen. PANOPEA Men.
81. PANOPEA IBARI Philippi.
PI. XXIX, Fig. 5.
1887 Panopcea ibari Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 167, pi. 35, f. 4.
1899 Glycimeris ib. Ortmann, in : Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 8, p. 429 (non Gly-
cimeris ibari (Phil.), see above, p. 94).
Shell elongate-oval, moderately convex, with concentric undulations.
Apex at two-fifths of the length, prominent. Both ends rounded, poste-
rior distinctly narrower than anterior. Ventral margin arcuate.
Length, 84 mm; height, 45 mm; diameter, 15 mm; apex at 35 mm
from anterior end. Rel. H. : L. = i : 1.8; in another individual : = i : 2.0.
Record of specimens : Punta Arenas, lower horizon, II (lower Magella-
nian), i double, 2 right, 2 left valves.
Distribution: Magellanes and Skyring Water (Phil.).
ORTMANN ! TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 1 53
82. PANOPEA SUBSYMMETRICA (Ortmann).
PI. XXIX, Fig. 6.
1899 Glycimeris subs. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 8, p. 429.
Very near the preceding species (P. ibari), but more swollen, not so
much elongated, and posterior end not narrowed.
Length, 69 mm; height, 45 mm; diameter, 18 mm. Apex at 28 from
anterior end. Rel. H. : L. = i : 1.6.
Remarks: Differs from the following species (P. regularis) in the posi-
tion of the apex (nearer to the middle), and the stronger convexity,
especially of the posterior part of the shell.
Record of specimens : Punta Arenas, horizon III (upper Magellanian),
i right valve.
83. PANOPEA REGULARIS (Ortmann).
PI. XXX, Fig. }"'".
1900 Glycimeris reg. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 371.
Shell elongate, convex, with concentric lines of growth and undulations.
Apex at one-third of the length, incurved. Anterior end rounded, pos-
terior subtruncate, not narrower than the anterior. Ventral margin
straight in the middle.
Length, 101 mm (incomplete); height, 61 mm; diameter, ca. 30 mm;
apex at 40 mm (Santa Cruz).
Length, 78 mm ; height, 45 mm ; apex at 25 mm (San Julian).
'Length, 105 mm (incomplete); height, 75 mm; apex at 31 mm (Lake
Pueyrredon).
Remarks: This species differs from P. ibari: (i) in the anterior and
posterior ends of the shell being equally high; (2) in the straight lower
margin ; (3) in the situation of the apex. It differs from P. sub symmetric a :
in the more anterior apex and less convex shell ; from P. quemadensis
in the more anterior apex and higher posterior end. P. nucleus v. Ih.
(1899, P- 23> pl- r> f- 7). from Santa Cruz, agrees in the position of the
apex, but it is considerably narrower posteriorly, and I do not see
any traces of the grooves or depressions described by v. Ihering as run-
ning down from the apex (these grooves are not visible in v. Ihering's
figure).
1 54 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, i double valve : San
Julian, Darwin Station, i double valve; Lake Pueyrredon, base of Ter-
tiary, i double valve ; Lake Pueyrredon, 600' above base, i double valve
(jun.).
84. PANOPEA QUEMADENSIS (v. Ihering).
PI. XXX, Fig. 2.
1897 Glycimeris qu. v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 264, textf. 4.
Differs from P. regnlaris in the apex, which is situated only a little in
advance of the middle of the shell, and in the posterior end's being nar-
rower than the anterior.
Length, no mm; height, 73 mm; diameter, 54 mm; apex at 46 mm
(Santa Cruz).
Length, 83 mm ; height, 53 mm ; apex at ca. 35 mm (Lake Pueyrredon).
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 2 double valves;
San Julian, Darwin Station, i double cast; Upper Rio Chalia, i cast of
left valve; 30 miles north of upper Rio Chalia, 2 double casts; Lake
Pueyrredon, base of Tertiary, i double cast; Lake Pueyrredon, 600' above
base, 5 double casts.
Distribution: Jegua quemada, Suprapatagonian beds (v. Ih.).
*
85. PANOPEA PILSBRYI spec. nov.
PL XXIX, Fig. 7.
Shell short and high, very convex, with concentric lines of growth.
Apex about in the middle of the length, incurved. Anterior end rounded,
posterior subtruncate, hardly narrower than the anterior. Ventral margin
straight in the middle.
Length, 79 mm; height, 60 mm; diameter, 22 (x 2) mm; apex at 38
mm. from anterior end.
Remarks: In the comparatively very short and high outline of the
shell, with the apex almost in the middle of the length, and the posterior
and anterior ends of the shell of about the same height, this species differs
from all others mentioned here.
We possess one good cast, which shows the pallial sinus well preserved.
The rest are only fragments, but, as far as can be seen, possess the same
characteristic features, especially the short and high outline.
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 155
Record of specimens : Cape Fairwcather, i cast and 5 fragments of casts.
Note: I am not quite satisfied that my identifications of the species of
Panopea are correct. As to P. ibari and qtiemadensis I think I have
recognized them correctly, but the question remains, whether the new
species are really different. I have characterized them only by the ex-
ternal form, since no other parts are visible, only in a few cases the shell
itself being preserved. I did not find any form that corresponds to P.
nucleus of v. Ihering.
Possibly all the Patagonian species described are really nothing but
variations of one and the same form.
Fam. PHOLADID^E Fisch.
Gen: MARTESIA Leach.
86. MARTESIA PATAGONICA (Philippi).
PI. XXX, Fig. 5.
1887 Pholas pat. Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 171, pi. 42, f. 8.
1897 Martesia pat. v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 266.
1899 Mart. pat. v. Ihering, in : N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 23, pi. 2, f. 6.
Shell subovate, convex, gaping anteriorly, the anterior end forming a
blunt right angle ; the gap is closed by two callous plates. From the beak
toward the ventral margin runs an oblique groove ; posterior to this groove
only concentric lines of growth, anterior to it sharp ribs, which run paral-
lel ,to the (gaping) anterior margin of the shell, and bear sharp, upturned
spinules, disposed, toward the anterior end, in distinct radiating lines.
These spinules become smaller near the oblique furrow, and finally, close
to it, are indicated only by undulations. The ribs of the anterior part of
the shell form, with the lines of growth of the posterior, almost a right,
or slightly obtuse angle. Anterior dorsal margin reflected. No accessory
umbonal plates preserved in our specimens. On the cast, the radial
groove forms a distinct impression, and the gaping anterior margin, where
it joins the callous plate, forms another impression running from the lower
end of the first impression obliquely upward toward the anterior margin.
Length, 22 mm ; height, 14 mm ; diameter, 7 mm (x 2) ; (Mt. of Ob-
servation).
156 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
Length, 24 ; height, 15 ; diameter, 14.5 (double) ; (cast from Las Salinas).
It seems, however, that this species grew much larger: specimens from
Mt. of Observation and Shell Gap, only in fragments, indicate a length of
about 60 mm, by about 30 mm in height.
V. Ihering says that his figured specimen measures : length, 37 mm ;
height, 23 mm; but the figure itself, which is said to be natural size (i/i),
is only: length, 23 mm; height, 15.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, i right valve ; Las
Salinas, i double cast; Mt. of Observation, upper horizon, 4 double, i
right, i left valve, 7 casts ; Shell Gap, Rio Chico, upper horizon, i double
cast; Lake Pueyrredon, 600' above base, i cast of right valve.
Distribution: Patagonian beds of Santa Cruz (Phil., v. Ih.).
Affinities: Although this genus is not rare in Eocene deposits, none of
the Eocene species agrees so well with M. patagonica, as M. peroni Cossm.
& Lamb, from the Oligocene of Switzerland (see: Kissling, 1896, p. 45, pi.
4, f. 4, 5), especially as regards the general form and position of the im-
pressions on the cast. M. peroni, however, is smaller than our species.
On the other hand, our species resembles also the Pliocene and recent
type-species of the genus Pholadidea, P. papyracea (Sol.) (see: Wood,
1856, p. 298, pi. 30, f. 10, Woodward, 1854, pi. 23, f. 20, and Philippi,
1851, p. 128, pi. 2, f. 3), and it is possible that it belongs to this genus,
which fact would point to a much younger age (Neogene).
87. MARTESIA PUMILA Ortmann.
PI. XXX, Fig. 6"-*.
1900 M. p. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 371.
This form resembles M. patagonica, but it is much smaller, the callous
plate of the anterior margin is very small, and the ribs of the anterior
part of the valve form a very obtuse angle with the lines of growth of the
posterior part. The radiating furrow is narrower, and runs more inclined
posteriorly, so as to render the posterior part of the shell smaller in com-
parison with the anterior.
The ribs of the anterior part are less in number, and the gaping of the
anterior margins is very slight : indeed, in the cast (and we possess only
casts with slight traces of shell remaining), the anterior end seems to be
closed : only the lowermost rib does not run parallel to the lower anterior
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 157
margin, but cuts off a small, crescentric piece, which seems to represent
the impression of the callus.
The ribs (on the cast) are simple, but near the anterior end of the shell
they are crossed by three to four radiating lines, forming small nodes at
the points of intersection. Anterior end of shell not rectangular, but
rounded.
Length, 9 mm ; height, 4 mm ; diameter (double), 4 mm. Largest
individual : height, 7 mm, but incomplete in length, which was probably
about 1 6 or 18 mm.
Remarks: I was first inclined to regard this form as the young stage
of M. patagonica. But we possess a single, fragmentary valve, coming
from the same piece of rock with the rest, which is a little larger (see
measurements above), and corresponds in size to our smallest individuals
of M. patagonica. Yet this specimen shows the narrow radiating
groove, the obtuse angle between the lines of growth and the concentric
ribs, and the simple character of the latter, while the young specimens of
M. patagonica (from Mt. of Observation) agree in these respects with
larger individuals of that species.
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River, ca. 100 specimens.
SCAPHOPODA.
Fam. DENTALIID^E. Gray.
Gen. DENTALIUM L.
88. DENTALUM SULCOSUM Sowerby.
PI. XXXI, Fig. !«•».
1846 D. sulc. Sowerby, in: Darwin, Geol. Observ. S. Amer., p. 263,
pi. 2, f. 2.
1846 D. majus Sowerby, ibid., p. 263, pi. 2, f. 3.
1887 D. sulc. Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 106 (partim).
1887 D. maj. Philippi, ibid., p. 106, pi. 12, f. n.
1887 D. gayi Philippi, ibid., p. 107, pi. 12, f. 19 (juv.).
1889 D. patagonicum Rochebrune & Mabille, in: Miss. Sci. Cape Horn,
v. 6, p. 98.
158 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PAL/EONTOLOGY.
1899 D. pat. v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 24.
1900 D. sulc. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 380.
Shell rounded, in young stage angular and curved, almost straight
when old, with longitudinal ribs. Principal ribs, in young individuals,
10 to 14, between which, in older ones, smaller ribs (i to 3 in each
interval) are intercalated, bringing up the total number to from 20 to 30;
but always about 14 ribs are stronger than the rest. The ribs, which are
rather sharp in the young stage, are rounded in older individuals; in
young individuals the intervals are broader and flat, in older ones the
ribs appear more crowded. In very old specimens the ribs are less dis-
tinct, and are sometimes crossed by distinct lines of growth.
Remarks: We possess numerous fragments, but no complete indi-
vidual. This species grows very large: the largest diameter is 15 mm,
while the smallest is i mm (upper end of the smallest fragment is 2.5
mm in diameter, by a length of 18 mm). Between these small ones and
the largest we possess all transitions.
One of the smallest has only 9 ribs ; another one, as small as this one,
has 10. Individuals of from 3 to 5 mm in diameter have 10 to 14 ribs:
in all these very young ones the ribs are angular, the intervals flat, and
the shell has a polygonal cross section. A fragment, diameter 7 mm, has
15 principal ribs, and 3 very small ones intercalcated. At this diameter,
from 6 to 10 mm, the characters of D. sulcosnm Sow. are typically exhib-
ited: about 14 ribs, with flat intervals, but sometimes a few intermediate
ribs are present. An individual of from 6 to 9.5 mm diameter (on the
lower and upper end respectively, length 54 mm), has on the narrow end
1 1 large, and i small rib, on the wider end 12 larger, and 1 1 smaller (and be-
sides a few striae), and represents thus, on the wider end, distinctly/), inajits
of Sowerby. In still larger fragments, more intermediate ribs are interca-
lated, and at a diameter of from 1 1 to 12 mm there are about 14 larger, and
14 to 15 smaller ribs. This intercalation of ribs is not regular : in some of
the intervals there are none ; in others 2 to 3. In very large fragments,
the ribs often become indistinct, and further, the peculiar exfoliation of
the outer layer of the shell tends in many individuals to obscure the
ribs, especially the smaller ones, so that only 11-14 principal ribs are
visible. Often distinct lines of growth are visible in larger fragments.
The curvature of the young shell is a little stronger than that of the
rest, which in most cases is almost straight, in some cases perfectly so.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 159
The taper of the young shell is apparently more considerable than in
the old : a fragment 29 mm long is, on the one end, 3 mm in diameter,
on the other, 5.5. Another one, 58 mm long, is on one end 7 mm
in diameter, on the other 10 mm: this latter fragment thus increases
only 3 mm, where we should expect — at the rate of the first one — about
5 mm.
In D. giganteum Sowerby (1846, p. 263, pi. 2, f. i), and Philippi (1887,
p. 105, pi. 12, f. 9), from Navidad, the sculpture is different, consisting of
shallow and narrow grooves, separated by rounded and low intervals.
According to the figure, D. sulcosum of Philippi (pi. 12, f. 10),
from Navidad is certainly different from D. sulcosum of Sowerby, and
it closely resembles D. giganteum, but the furrows are much deeper
and more distinct. The specimens, however, mentioned by Philippi
from Santa Cruz as belonging to D. sulcosum, belong no doubt to the
true D. sulcosum.
D. lebuense Philippi (1887, p. 106, pi. 12, f. 18), from Lebu and Llan-
cahue resembles a young D. sulcosum, but it is much straighten
D. gayi Philippi (Matanzas and Carauma), comes no doubt into the
synonymy of D. sulcosum : the figure resembles exactly a young individual
of the Santa Cruz species.
D. patagonicum of Rochebrune and Mabille, and v. Ihering, is certainly
identical with our species : we have received from v. Ihering a fragment
of medium size under this name, and this agrees completely with our D.
sulcosum.
D. mantelli Zittel (1864, p. 45, pi. 13, f. 7), from New Zealand, Victoria
arid South Australia (Tate, 1887, b, p. 190), and Tasmania (Pritchard,
1896, p. 126), comes very near to D. sulcosum. The only difference (ac-
cording to the figure) is the much stronger curvature of the shell. (Tate,
1887, b, p. 191, says : D. giganteum of which solidum Hutton is a synonym
is distinct though conspecific with D. mantelli, a sentence that is not quite
clear.)
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 59 fragments ; San
Julian, Darwin Station, 2 casts ; Lake Pueyrredon, base of Tertiary, i
broken and compressed specimen.
Distribution: Santa Cruz (Phil., Roch. & Mab., v. Ih.), Patagonian
formation (v. Ih.) ; Navidad beds of Chili : Navidad, Huafo Island (Sow.),
Ancud, Llancahue, Tubul, Matanzas, Carauma (Phil.).
l6o PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
Affinities: As has been pointed out above, the New Zealandian and
Australian species D. mantelli is closely allied to this species. It is
found in New Zealand, in the Pareora system of Miocene, according to
Hutton.
A closely allied species seems to be : D. gabbi Pilsbry and Sharp (1897,
p. 470, pi. i o, f. 6, 7, 13, pi. n, f. i, 2), from the Oligocene or Miocene
beds of San Domingo, but it is smaller, and the number of ribs near the
apex is less.
Of the European species, D. kickxi Nyst(see: Speyer, 1870, p. 199,
pi. 21, f. 8-1 1 ) from the Middle and Upper Oligocene seems to be the
most closely allied species.
89. DENTALIUM OCTOCOSTELLATUM Pilsbry and Sharp.
PL XXXI, Fig. 2.
1897 D- octocostatum v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 266, pi. 4,
f. 16 (non D. octocostatum Fraas, 1867).
1898 D. octocostellatum Pilsbry and Sharp, Man. Conch., v. 17, p. 211.
Shell small, slightly curved, with 6 to 8 longitudinal ribs, which are
distant, with flat intervals, rendering the cross section polygonal.
Diameter up to 3.5 mm.
Remarks: This species differs from the foregoing: (i) in the small
size ; (2) in the smaller number of ribs ; v. Ihering gives 8—9, but his
figure shows — as far as can be made out — an individual that had certainly
not more than six ribs. In our specimens, one (the largest) has only 6
distinct ribs, with two very indistinct ones (on the lateral intervals). The
other individuals have 7 or 8. D. sulcosum, at the same size, has always
at least 9 or 10 ribs.
(3) The taper in both species is different. Our largest individual of
the present species is 25 mm. long, the diameter at one end is 2.3 mm, at
the other 3.5 mm. An individual of D. sulcosum, 24 mm long, increases
from 2.3 to a little over 4 mm.
The specimens from Arroyo Gio are casts, but they agree in size, curv-
ature and taper with this species.
Records of specimens: Mt. of Observation, upper horizon, 6 fragments;
Arroyo Gio, 2 casts.
Distribution: Jegua quemada, Suprapatagonian beds (v. Ih.).
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. l6l
GASTROPODA.
Fam. PATELLIDsE Carp.
Gen. PATELLA L.
90. PATELLA PYGM/EA Ortmann.
PI. XXX, Fig. r~c-
1899 P. p. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 8, p. 430.
Shell subconical, outline regularly oval. Apex situated in the anterior
half. Surface with fine, crowded, a little unequal, radial ribs, crossed by
concentric lines of growth, and very finely granulated.
Length, 7 mm ; width, 5 mm ; height, 4 mm.
Remarks: This may be an Acmcea. Pilsbry (1891, p. 7) says of
Acmcea: the shells may generally be distinguished from Patella by the
different texture and the marginal border of the inside. The presence or
lack of this border cannot be ascertained in our specimens, since the in-
terior is filled with matrix.
There already exists an Acmcea heroldi forma Pygmcea Dunker (see :
Pilsbry, 1891, p. 45). If our species should prove to belong to Acimca,
the specific name is ill chosen, but cannot be changed, unless pygnicca
Dunker is regarded as a good species.
Record of specimens: Punta Arenas, horizon III (upper Magellanian) ;
i sp.
Fam. FISSURELLIDA1 Riss.
Gen. FISSURELLA Brug.
91. FISSURELLA EURYTRETA Cossmann.
PI. XXX, Fig. 8.
1899 F. e. Cossmann, in : Journ. Conchyliol., p. 3 (of sep. cop.), pi. 1 1, f. i.
Shell depressed, elongated-elliptical ; foramen subcentral, large, ellip-
tical. Surface with radiating ribs.
Length, 21 mm; width, 12 mm; altitude, 5.5 mm.
Remarks : Surface ornaments not seen in our individual, which is a cast.
Record of specimens : Upper Rio Chalia ; i cast.
Distribution: Jegua quemada, Suprapatagonian beds (Cossm.).
1 62 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PAL/EONTOLOGY
Fam. DELPHINULID^. Fisch.
Gen. LIOTIA Gray.
92. LIOTIA SCOTTI Ortmann.
PI. XXX, Fig. io-«.
1900 L. s. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 372.
Shell small, rounded, flat above, with a large, open umbilicus below.
Spire with 4 rounded whorls, increasing rapidly ; suture deep. Last whorl
with six revolving, equidistant keels, the keel nearest the umbilicus the
smallest, and disappearing within the umbilicus ; the upper whorls show
only the two uppermost keels. The keels are crossed by very fine striae,
and a number (15) of strong'radial ribs; at the points of intersection of
these ribs and the revolving keels there are small conical tubercles. Last
whorl a little deflected toward the mouth, which is circular and thickened.
Height, 4 mm ; diameter, 8 mm.
Remarks: This species has been named in honor of Professor W. B.
Scott, of Princeton University.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River ; i sp.
Affinities: This species is very closely allied to the recent L. (Lippistes)
acrilla Dall (1889, pi. 32, f. 6, 11) from Florida, but the latter has only
five revolving keels, and the upper side of the shell is a little concave.
Fam. TROCHIDsE Ad.
Gen. LEPTOTHYRA.
93. LEPTOTHYRA PHILIPPI Cossmann.
PI. XXX, Fig. 9"'6.
1899 L. p. Cossmann, in: Journ. Conchyliol., p. 4 (of sep. cop.), pi. 10, f.
10, II.
Shell small, subgloboso-conical. Spire short. Whorls convex, suture
deep. Surface of upper whorls with 6 to 9 revolving ribs, which are ob-
tusely granulate. Last whorl about ^ of the height of the shell. Base
rounded, imperforate. Mouth contracted, circular, very oblique.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 163
Height, 8 mm ; diameter, 6.5 mm.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 6 sp.
Distribution: Jegua quemada, Suprapatagonian beds (Cossm.).
Affinities: Cossmann compares this species with the French Eocene
species L. obtusalis Baud, and L. montensis Br. & Corn., but it differs con-
siderably from them.
Gen. SOLARIELLA Wood.
94. SOLARIELLA DAUTZENBERGI Cossmann.
PI. XXX, Fig. u"-".
1899 S. d. Cossmann, in : Journ. Conchyliol., p. 8 (of sep. cop.), pi. 10, f. 14.
Shell small, conical ; spire short, scalariform. Whorls with two spiral
angulations, a little concave between them ; upper part, above upper an-
gulation, horizontal, lower part, below lower angulation, vertical. Whole
surface (aside of these angulations) with fine revolving striae, 3 on upper
part, 4-6 on the middle (concave) part, and 3 on the lower. Angulations
distinctly granulated (in well preserved specimens), and very fine and in-
distinct granulations are sometimes seen on the striae, especially in the
middle part of the whorls. Last whorl with an angulation on the periphery.
Base plane, with 7-9 revolving striae, and a stronger and beautifully granu-
lated rib near the deep umbilicus. Fine revolving striae are also present
within the umbilicus, where they are finely and indistinctly granulated.
Height, 6 mm ; diameter, 7 mm.
Remarks : Cossmann does not mention the granulations of the angula-
tions of the upper whorls, and describes, within the umbilicus, only obtuse
crenulations, but I think, in his specimens, these fine ornaments were worn
off, as is also the case in two of ours.
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 4 sp.; Lake Pueyr-
redon, 600' above base, i cast.
Distribution: Jegua quemada, Suprapatagonian beds (Cossm.).
Affinities: Trochus stoliczkai Zittel (1864, p. 40, pi. 15, f. 7), from the
Miocene (Pareora, Hutton, 1873, p. 15), of New Zealand seems to repre-
sent this form in New Zealand : but the whorls are more rounded, and not
so distinctly angular, and the fine revolving striae are lacking.
Cossmann compares this species with the "Eocene Solariellce" from
Paris, from which it is said to differ in the lack of granulations : but as we
164 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PAL/EONTOLOGY.
have seen above, these granulations are present in the Patagonian fossil.
On the other hand, there is a Miocene species, S. turritella Dall (1892, p.
408, pi. 23, f. 2), from Florida, and even a Pliocene species, Margarita
maculata Wood (1848, p. 135, pi. 15, f. 3), which much resemble our species,
so that it is impossible to say that the Patagonian shell has a distinctly
Eocene appearance.
Gen. CALLIOSTOMA Swains.
95. CALLIOSTOMA PHILIPPII (Ortmann).
PI. XXX, Fig. i2"'».
1899 Trochus ph. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 8, p. 430.
Shell low, conical, not umbilicated. Whorls almost flat, only very
slightly convex. Last whorl sharply angular on the periphery; above
this angular ridge there are 4 revolving ribs. Lower surface slightly
convex, with 5 strong, revolving ribs, the most exterior of them separated
from the peripheral ridge by a broad groove. Ribs of lower surface with
regular, strong granules ; similar granules seem to have been present on
the ribs of the upper part of the whorls.
Height, 7 mm ; diameter, 1 1 mm.
Remarks: There already exists a Trochus pliilippii Koch (see : Pilsbry,
1889, p. 52), but since our species comes in the genus Calliostonia, no
change of the specific name is necessary.
The upper surface of the whorls is not well preserved in our specimens,
so that the characters of the sculpture, especially the granulations, are not
plainly recognizable.
This species differs from T. fricki Philippi (1887, p. 101, pi. 12, f. 7),
from the Navidad beds of Chili in the following details: (i) the whorls
are slightly convex (in T. fricki perfectly flat) ; (2) the revolving ribs are
less numerous (in T. fricki there are 6 on the upper part, and at least 7
on the lower part) ; (3) the umbilicus is absent.
C. pliilippii differs from C. observations in the following particulars : ( i )
the revolving ribs are less numerous (in C. observationis 5-6 in the upper
part, 9-10 on the base); (2) the ribs of the base are separated from the
periphery by a groove ; (3) there are granulations present.
Record of specimens : Punta Arenas, horizon III (upper Magellanian) ;
2 sp.
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 165
Affinities: In the Navidad beds of Chili we have a closely allied species,
T. fricki. I cannot say, however, that any species of the northern hemi-
sphere shows a marked affinity to this one, although there are many, which
might be compared with it.
96. CALLIOSTOMA OBSERVATIONS Ortmann.
PI. XXX, Fig. i3a-».
1900 C. o. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 372.
Shell low, conical, not umbilicated. Whorls flat, last whorl bluntly
angular on the periphery. Above this angulation there are 5 distinct
revolving ribs ; near the mouth, between the 2d and 3d (counted from the
upper part), a sixth rib begins to appear, and, in our largest individual, the
peripheral angulation is divided by a fine impressed line into two ribs.
On the upper whorls, near the apex, the 2d and 4th ribs disappear, so
that only three ribs remain (ist, 3d, and 5th), besides the peripheral
angulation, which appears as a 4th rib immediately above the suture. All
the ribs, when fully developed, are subequal, flattened, smooth, about as
broad as the intervals between them. The base of the shell shows 9—10
revolving ribs of the same character, which are, near the umbilicus, as
broad as the intervals, but more crowded toward the periphery. The
outermost of them is not separated from the peripheral angulation by a
broader interval.
Height, 10.5 mm; diameter, 12 mm.
Remarks: The lack of granulations distinguishes this species at once
from C. fricki and philippii. Furthermore, in C. fricki, the spire is more
depressed, but more acute ; the revolving ribs of the base are more
crowded, and a small umbilical excavation is present.
Record of specimens : Mt. of Observation, upper horizon ; 10 sp.
97. CALLIOSTOMA PERARATUM Cossmann.
PI. XXXI, Fig. 3"' ".
1899 C. p. Cossmann, in : Journ. Conchyliol., p. 9 (of sep. cop.), pi. 10, f. 6.
Shell conical, about as high as broad, not umbilicated. Whorls flat,
last whorl bluntly angulated. Upper whorls with 2 strong and i finer
revolving keels ; the lower keel is formed by the peripheral angulation ;
1 66 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PAL/EONTOLOGY.
above this is a similar one, which is strong, but not quite as broad as the
first one ; near the suture, on the upper part of the whorls, there is a much
finer, but distinct keel. No granulations on the keels. The two larger
ones broad and rounded, and, on the last whorl, near the mouth of the
shell, bifid. All three keels separated by broad, smooth grooves, about
as broad as the middle keel. Base of shell almost flat, with 8-10 revolv-
ing ribs, which are flat and smooth, more crowded toward the periphery,
a little more widely distant toward the umbilicus ; the furrows between
them, however, are always narrower than the ribs.
Height, 8.5 mm ; diameter, 9 mm.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River; 3 sp.
Distribution: Jegua quemada, Suprapatagonian beds (Cossm.).
Affinities: Cossmann says that, among the fossil species, C. cmdebardi
Bast, from the Lower Miocene of Bordeaux is the most closely allied form.
98. CALLIOSTOMA COSSMANNI Ortmann.
PI. XXXI, Fig. 4"'".
1900 C. c. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 372.
Shell conical, higher than broad, not umbilicated. Whorls flat, the last
one angulated, with a keel on the periphery, which is wholly exposed on
the upper whorls, being situated close to, but above the suture. Upper
whorls with 5 revolving keels, the lowermost (the keel of the periph-
ery just mentioned) the strongest and almost smooth, with hardly any
traces of granulations. The uppermost (first) and the third keels stronger
than the 2d and 4th; the ist, 2d, and 3d distinctly granulated, the 4th
with finer granulations. Toward the apex of the shell, the 2d and 4th
keels disappear, so that only three keels are present, the two upper ones
granulated, the lower one (peripheral angulation) smooth. (Perhaps it
was also finely granulated, but if so, the granules are worn off.) Base of
shell hardly convex, with 6 revolving keels, which are subequal, smooth,
narrower than the intervals. One or two of the keels, nearest to the
periphery, appear bifid toward the mouth of the shell.
Height, 8 mm ; diameter, 6.5 mm.
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 4 sp.
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 1 67
99. CALLIOSTOMA SANTACRUZENSE Cossmann.
PI. XXXI, Fig. 5«-».
1899 C. s. Cossmann, in : Journ. Conchyliol., p. 10 (of sep. cop.), pi. 10, f. 13.
Shell conical, higher than broad, not umbilicated. Whorls slightly
convex, suture shallow. Last whorl angulated, with a keel on the angu-
lation. Above this keel, which is wholly exposed on the upper whorls,
there are 2 to 3 other revolving keels, which are remote from each other,
the uppermost close to the suture. They are crossed by oblique longi-
tudinal ribs, which form, at the intersection with the revolving ribs, small
tubercles or conical granulations. These longitudinal ribs are fairly
remote from each other in the upper whorls, but more crowded near the
mouth of the shell, resembling there lines of growth. Base of shell
oblique, a little convex, with 6 spiral ribs, the outermost a little more
distant from the peripheral keel than from the rest. These ribs of the
base are crossed by lines of growth (or ribs) in the same way as those of
the upper part of the whorls, and are also granulated at the points of
intersection.
Height, 9 mm ; diameter, 7 mm.
Remarks: Our specimens differ a little from the original description.
Cossmann calls the whorls convex, but they are very slightly so (also in
Cossmann's figure1). Further, Cossmann gives 4 spiral ribs on the upper
whorls, with a finer one intercalated on the last whorl. In our largest
individual, although a little larger than Cossmann's, I can distinguish 4
ribs only near the mouth, with no traces of intermediate ones, and the
upper whorls show only three ribs.
But since the general character of sculpture : revolving ribs, crossed by
longitudinal ones, with granules at the points of intersection, is well
exhibited in our specimens, I have no doubt that they belong to Coss-
mann's species.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 4 sp.
Distribution: Jegua quemada, Suprapatagonian beds (Cossm.).
1 Cossmann's figures do not help materially in the identification of the species ; they give a
good representation of the external form and dimensions, but in most cases the details of sculpture,
etc., are obscure. The fault lies with method of reproduction.
1 68 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
Affinities: Cossmann compares this species with C. podolicum (Dub.)
from the upper Miocene (Sarmatian) of southeast Europe, and C. pseudo-
tnrricula Dollf. from the middle Miocene of France. There is no doubt
that the first one (C. podolicum, see Hoernes, 1856, p. 447, pi. 45, f. 2)
represents a similar type, although the details of sculpture are different.
100. CALLIOSTOMA GARRETTI Ortmann.
PI. XXXI, Fig. 6"'".
1900 C. g. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 373.
Shell conical, as high as broad, not umbilicated. Eight whorls, which
are very slightly convex; suture shallow. Last whorl very bluntly
angular at the periphery, without a distinct peripheral keel. Surface of
whorls, above the periphery, covered with numerous fine revolving threads :
there are, on the third whorl, about 7 of them, increasing to about 17 on
the last whorl. The number of threads increases by intercalation, the
new ones being at first smooth ; with increasing size they equal the older
threads, and become, like the latter, finely but distinctly granulated. These
granulations, however, are developed only in the upper three quarters of
the whorls : the lower 4 or 5 threads remain smooth. Intervals between
the threads about as broad as these, and crossed by very fine lines of
growth, giving a pitted appearance to them. The revolving threads con-
tinue over the periphery to the base of the shell, which is slightly convex ;
their number is about 24 on the base, and they are smooth, without granu-
lations, resembling in all other respects those of the upper part of the
whorls.
Height, 17 mm; diameter, 17 mm.
Remarks: The specific name is given in honor of Mr. J. W. Garrett.
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 6 sp.
Affinities: Trochus macspormni Philippi (1887, p. 102, pi. 12, f. 6),
from the island of Santa Maria, Chili (Navidad beds?) seems to represent
this species in Chili, but in T. macsporrani the granulations are wanting,
and the periphery is more sharply angulated.
C. garretti exhibits distinctly Miocene relations, with a group of species
found in Miocene beds of the southern United States, described by Ball
(1892, p. 390 ff., pi. 18 and 22). The most closely allied of them seem
• to be: C. philanthropies (Conr.) (see: 1. c., p. 390, pi. 18, f. ga) from the
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 169
Miocene of Virginia, which differs, however, in the more strongly angu-
lated periphery, flatter whorls and coarser threads, and C. metriiim Dall
(p. 394, pi. 22, f. 27) from the older Miocene of Florida, which differs in
the flat whorls and the finer sculpture.
101. CALLIOSTOMA IHERINGI Ortmann.
PI. XXXI, Fig. 7"'".
1900 C. i. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 373.
Shell conical, broader than high, scalariform, umbilicated. Six whorls,
which are sharply angulated ; one angulation is formed by a sharp revolv-
ing keel in the upper part of the whorls, a second one — exposed only on
the last whorl — is formed by a keel on the periphery. Suture distinct,
forming an obtuse angle ; upper part of whorls (above upper keel) oblique,
flat, with 5 to 6 revolving threads, which are slightly granulated ; lower
part (below that keel) vertical, slightly concave on the last whorl, with 5
to 7 fine, smooth threads. Base of shell slightly convex, depressed toward
the umbilicus, which is moderately large. About 18 revolving threads on
the base, which are smooth, more crowded and finer toward the periphery,
a little stronger near the umbilicus, where the intervals are about as broad
as the threads.
Height, 9.5 mm; diameter, 12 mm.
Remarks: The presence of an umbilicus brings this species into the
subgenus E^ltrochus.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, i sp.
'Affinities: A species that resembles this one in the presence of two
angulations on the last whorl, and belongs also to the subgenus Eutrochiis
is: C. cychis Dall (1892, p. 403, pi. 23, f. 20) from the Miocene of North
Carolina, but this one is much lower. Another species with the same
double angulation and open umbilicus is Trochiis biangnlattis Eichw. (see :
Hoernes, 1856, p. 460, pi. 45, f. 5) from the Miocene of Europe, but it is
much higher. The latter species is said to be identical with T. ditropis
Wood (1848, p. 133, pi. 14, f. 9) from the Pliocene of England. The
latter, however, in external form, is more like our Patagonian fossil, being
less high than the Miocene form, and it differs from C. iheringi in the
upper angulations being more prominent, the number of revolving threads
being different, especially on the base, which is said to be finely imbricated.
170 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
Gen. GIBBULA Riss.
102. GIBBULA L/EVIS (Sowerby).
PI. XXXI, Fig. 8.
1846 TrocJms Icevis Sowerby, in: Darwin, Geol. Observ. S. Amer., p. 256,
pi. 3, f. 46, 47 (adult).
1846 T. collaris Sowerby, ibid., p. 256, pi. 3, f. 44, 45 (junior).
1887 T. Icevis Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 101, pi. 12, f. 5.
1897 Gibbula coll. v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 273.
1899 £• c- v- Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 24.
Shell conical, broader than high, umbilicated. Surface smooth, whorls
almost flat, only the last one slightly convex. Periphery sharply angu-
lated. Upper whorls, close to the suture, with a series of small tubercles.
Base very slightly convex, with a deep umbilicus of medium size, and a
number of fine revolving striae, which are distinct near the umbilicus, but
disappear toward the periphery.
Height (not complete), 28 mm; diameter, 51 mm; according to Phil-
ippi : height, 38 mm ; diameter, 50 mm.
Remarks: Philippi was the first to recognize that T. collaris of Sowerby
is only the young stage of T. lcevis, and he retains the specific name of
the old stage. V. Ihering again uses the specific name of collaris, preced-
ing that of Iczvis in Sowerby's text, but according to the rules of nomen-
clature, we are to follow Philippi, who was the first to make a selection
between the two names available.
In some specimens the small tubercles near the suture disappear later
than in others. The lower surface of the shell has spiral striae, which in
very young ones are very faint near the periphery, and disappear in old
shells altogether, with the exception of 5 to 7 close to the umbilicus (see :
Sowerby's figure 47).
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River, i2sp.; Las Salinas,
i sp.; San Julian, Oven Point, 2 casts; Lake Pueyrredon, base of Ter-
tiary, 2 casts ; Lake Pueyrredon, 600' above base, i cast.
Distribution: Patagonian beds of Santa Cruz (Sow., v. Ih.); Navidad
(Sow., Phil.), Lebu (Phil.).
Affinities: A very closely allied species is T. veneficus Philippi (1887,
p. 101, pi. 12, f. 8), from Navidad, but the latter has a blunt, but distinct
angulation near the suture, on which the tubercles are placed.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. I 7 1
Philippi compares this species (veneficus) with T. magus L. (Pliocene
and Recent, Europe), and indeed, this is the only relation with any other
known form, but it is very remote. A little closer is the affinity of T.
magus with the next species, as we shall see below.
103. GlBBULA DALLI V. Ihering.
PI. XXXI, Fig. 9"'».
1897 £• duUi v- Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 272, pi. 3, f. i, pi.
4, f- 13-
1897 G.fracta v. Ihering, ibid., p. 273, pi. 3, f. 2.
1900 G. dalli Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 380.
Shell conical, broader than high, widely umbilicated. Whorls convex,
especially in the upper part, near the suture. Last whorl obtusely cari-
nated on the periphery. Surface ornamented with revolving striae, and
oblique, tubercular, radial ribs near the suture. The latter are sometimes
short, and more like tubercles, in other cases they are more elongated,
extending almost to the middle of the upper (exposed) part of the whorls,
Revolving striae very unequal, 5 to 6 larger ones are found in the region
of the tubercles, with intermediate finer ones ; the rest, toward the periph-
ery, are fine. Very often, and especially in the young shell, between the
tubercles and the peripheral angulation (which shows partly on the upper
whorls above the suture), there is another revolving, blunt ridge, resemb-
ling the peripheral angulation. Base of shell slightly convex or flat, um-
bilicus deeply depressed, wide. Base with a number (7 to 8) of revolving
ribs, and numerous fine striae between them ; 3 to 5 of the larger ribs,
near the umbilicus, are distinctly granulated by fine lines radiating from
the umbilicus.
Height, 17 mm; diameter, 36 mm; our largest cast measures: height,
about 28 mm ; diameter, 52 mm ; v. Ihering gives : height, 35 mm ; diam-
eter, 63 mm.
Remarks : I regard G. fracta as the young stage of this species. The
only difference — according to the diagnosis ; the figure does not show any
differences except that it is smaller — is the presence of two spiral angula-
tions in the lower part of the upper whorls. These blunt ridges are present
in almost all individuals, and even those that are large and show the
typical character of G. dalli on the last whorl, exhibit them on the upper
172 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
whorls. But the development of these ridges is very variable : sometimes,
and especially in the young shell, they are very distinct, and such speci-
mens represent v. Ihering's G. fracta. In a few individuals the upper
ridge is completely absent, even in the young shell, and this part of the
shell appears depressed between the row of tubercles and the peripheral
angulation : such individuals are mentioned by v. Ihering (p. 274) as
variety cuevensis. With increasing age these spiral ridges disappear, and
on the last whorl of large shells no trace of the upper one is found, and
the lower one (on the periphery) becomes indistinct. At the same time,
the tubercles become less pronounced, and the upper half of the whorl
appears evenly convex, without depression, representing thus the typical
G. dalli. We possess all intermediate stages.
There is also considerable variation in the development of the revolving
striae, both of the upper side and of the base. In older shells they become
more uniform and less distinct, especially the finer ones. The larger
striae are often beautifully waved in crossing the tubercles near the suture.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 1 6 sp. ; Upper Rio
Chalia, 5 casts; Shell Gap, Rio Chico, upper horizon, 12 sp. (mostly casts);
Arroyo Gio, i cast ; Lake Pueyrredon, 600' above base, 2 casts.
Distribution: Jack Harvey and Jegua quemada, Suprapatagonian beds
(v. Ih.).
Affinities: This species has a better claim than the preceding one to be
compared with G. magus (L.), both having radial and spiral sculpture
combined ; for the rest, in the details of sculpture, general form of shell,
and shape of umbilicus, there are numerous differences. But we may say,
if there is any relation of this species, it is with Pliocene and recent forms.
104. GIBBULA DIAMETRALIS Cossmann.
PI. XXXI, Fig. lo"-6.
1899 G. d. Cossmann, in : Journ. Conchyliol., p. 5 (of sep. cop.), pi. 10, f. 1-3.
Shell conical, broader than high, umbilicated. Whorls convex, suture
distinct. Upper surface of whorls with 2 strong, rounded, revolving ribs,
and a similar angulation on the periphery, which is partly exposed on the
upper whorls. Upper rib with very elegant crenulations or plications,
formed by short, oblique ribs radiating from the suture. These crenula-
tions are restricted to the upper part of this rib, the lower being occupied
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 173
by 2 to 3 sharp revolving threads. Similar threads or keels (4 to 5) are
on the second rib, and a number of very fine, but distinct striae are on
the peripheral angulation. Intervals between the ribs deep, with indis-
tinct revolving striae. Base of shell with about 9 revolving keels, which
are strong and distinctly crenulated near the umbilicus, becoming finer
toward the periphery. Umbilicus deep, of medium size.
Height, 12 mm; diameter, 15 mm.
Remarks: I am not quite satisfied that my identification of this species
is correct. Cossmann mentions crenulations on the inferior part of the
whorls, while my individuals show them only in the upper part : this dis-
crepancy is not cleared up by Cossmann's figure, which shows no crenu-
lations at all. In all other respects our individuals agree with Cossmann's
figure and description, but it is to be remarked that the figure represents
an individual that is apparently considerably worn. In our figured speci-
men the surface ornaments are in a beautiful state of preservation, and all
of them are more distinct and more pronounced than in Cossmann's figure.
In another of our specimens the upper revolving rib does not show any
finer keels, but is bipartite, the lower division being a little narrower and
showing also traces of crenulations. The third individual is very small,
while the other two are considerably larger than the measurements given
by Cossmann.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 3 sp.
Distribution: Jequa quemada, Suprapatagonian beds (Cossm.).
Fam. PYRAMIDELLID^ Gr.
Gen. ODONTOSTOMIA Jeffr.
105. ODONTOSTOMIA SUTURALIS (v. Ihering).
PI. XXXIII, Fig. 7"'6.
1897 Odostomia sut. v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 275, textf. 10.
1899 Odontostomia synarthrota Cossmann, in: Journ. Conchyliol., p. 12,
(of sep. cop.), pi. n, f. 4.
1900 Odontostomia sut. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 380.
Shell pyramidal, smooth; whorls 7 (9 according to v. Ihering), flat,
angulated near the suture, last whorl rounded. Mouth oblong, inner lip
with a fold below.
.174 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALEONTOLOGY.
Height, 9 mm; diameter, 3.5 mm (v. Ihering gives: height, 19; diam-
eter, 7; Cossmann: height, 5; diameter, 2 mm).
Remarks: One of our specimens is isolated, and it is smaller than v.
Ihering's, but larger than Cossmann's. The only difference of Cossmann's
species is the small size and small number of whorls (5-6). Our in-
dividual is exactly intermediate in these respects between both, and so
there is no doubt that Cossmann's species is only the young stage of this
species. The fold on the inner lip is well seen in our specimen. The
other specimen in our collection is larger, but as it is imbedded in matrix,
no exact measurements can be given.
In the use of Odontostomia for Odostomia I follow Dall (1892, p. 248).
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 2 sp.
Distribution: Jegua quemada, Suprapatagonian beds (v. Ih., Cossm.).
Affinities: According to Cossmann, this species is distinguished by the
angulated whorls from the Eocene species of France. I do not know any
other species in which this feature is shown, except a variety of O. con-
oidea Brocchi (Dall, 1892, p. 250). This variety is mentioned by Wood
(1848, p. 86), from the Pliocene of England. He says "the angulated
edge of the volution gives a subcanaliculated form of suture to another
variety" (fig. 3a on pi. 9).
O. conoidea is found from Miocene to Recent times in Europe, the
United States, and the West Indies.
Gen. TURBONILLA Riss.
1 06. TURBONILLA CUEVENSIS v. Ihering.
PL XXXIII, Fig. 8"'".
1897 T. c. v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 276, textf. u.
1899 T. iheringi Cossmann, in: Journ. Conchyliol., p. 13 (of sep. cop.),
pi. 10, f. 12.
1900 T. c. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 380.
Shell elongate-pyramidal, surface with longitudinal ribs and indistinct
spiral striae. Longitudinal ribs about 20 on the last whorl, not extending
to the base. Whorls flat, suture distinct and sharply canaliculate. Mouth
ovate, columella with an indistinct fold.
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 175
Height, 12 mm; diameter, 3 mm (v. Ihering gives: height, 5; diam-
eter, 1.5; Cossmann: height, 7; diameter, 1.5 mm).
Remarks: V. Ihering's figure is given as half natural size, but it is—
according to the measurements given — about 8 times enlarged.
Cossmann's description differs from v. Ihering's only in that he men-
tions an indistinct fold on the columella, which may have been overlooked
by v. Ihering. (Cossmann calls it "hardly visible.") This fold exists in
our individual, but, indeed, it is hardly noticeable. It is situated well up-
ward on the columella. Cossmann says it is situated in the lower part,
but it is to be remarked that he turns all his shells upside down ; in his
figure something like a columellar fold is visible, situated exactly as in
our individual, but the figure is too poor to make sure whether this is
really this fold.
The spiral striae are hardly visible in our specimen.
Record of specimens : Mt. of Observation, upper horizon, i sp.
Distribution: Suprapatagonian beds of La Cueva (v. Ih.) and Jegua
quemada (Cossm.).
Affinities: According to Cossmann, this species differs from those of
the Eocene of Paris in being much more conical, that is to say, apparently,
being less slender. I can, however, hardly support this view, since many
of the Eocene species do not differ at all in form from the Patagonian
species (see Deshayes, 1864, pi. 20 and 21). It is hard to say to which
one of the numerous Tertiary Turbonillce the present species bears the
closest resemblance.
Earn. SCALARIIDA1 Brod.
Gen. SCALARIA Lmck.
107. SCALARIA RUGULOSA Sowerby.
PI. XXXI, Fig. ii".
1846 S. rug. Sowerby, in: Darwin, Geol. Observ. S. Amer., p. 255, pi.
3, f- 42, 43-
1864 S. lyrata Zittel, Novara Exp. Geol., p. 41, pi. 9, f. 8.
1864 S. browni Zittel, ibid., p. 42, pi. 9, f. 9.
1873 S. browni & lyrata Hutton, Catal. Tert. Moll. Ech. N. Zealand, p. 9.
1885 S. browni & lyrata Hutton, in : Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., v. 41, p. 550.
I 76 PATAGONIA EXPEDITIONS : PALEONTOLOGY.
1887 5. rug. Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 83, pi. 9, f. 15.
1897 S- ruS- v- Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 277.
Shell large, solid, conical, elongate, not perforated. Whorls convex,
with longitudinal ribs and spiral striae. Suture deep. Longitudinal ribs
subequal, high, variciform, moderately thick in the young shell, very thick
and swollen in the old, the anterior side (directed toward the mouth) is
rounded, the posterior excavated, with a sharp edge. The number of ribs
varies from 8 to 1 6 in different individuals, and even in one and the same
individual the number sometimes varies considerably (for instance from
10 to 1 6 in a large one from San Julian) ; other individuals preserve the
number throughout (so a large one from San Julian with 8 ribs on all
whorls). In young individuals, where the longitudinal ribs are thinner, they
often show, on the upper part, near the suture, a small point or angle. Ribs
and intervals crossed by revolving striae, which are more or less distinct
(when indistinct, probably worn off). Base of shell with a spiral carina
interrupted by the longitudinal ribs. Mouth almost circular, lip reflected.
Measurements: Almost complete individual: height, 52 mm, diameter,
18.5 mm; almost complete individual: height, 77 mm, diameter, 25
mm; end broken off: height, 78 mm, diameter, 31 mm.
Remarks: The number of revolving striae is very variable. The only
difference from the Patagonian shell observed in the New Zealand fossil
is the small number (8) of revolving ribs, but I possess from San Julian
an individual of medium size that shows exactly this number, and younger
ones that possess still less (only 6). In larger individuals this number of
revolving striae increases considerably in the Patagonian shell (up to about
20). S. browni is said to possess 16 to 18 longitudinal ribs, a number
which is not supported by the figure : the last whorl, in the figure, has on
the side directed toward the spectator only 6 ribs, which would bring the
total number hardly over 15. Hutton says, that he does not see why 5.
lyrata should be different from S. mgulosa, and that S. browni is only a
variety of S. lyrata, while Zittel regards S. browni as hardly distinguish-
able from S. rugulosa.
In my opinion, all these alleged species are forms of one and the same
species, which varies in the number of longitudinal ribs, their thickness,
and the development of the spiral striae. Indeed, among our material,
the young ones completely resemble the figures of S. rugulosa, as well as
of S. browni, and some of the larger ones completely resemble S. lyrata,
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 177
while others have the same form, but the rugosities of the ribs caused
by the spiral striae are less pronounced. It is impossible to distinguish,
among our material, more than one species: if we wanted to do so-
according to the number of ribs and the development of the striae — we
should be forced to accept about half a dozen species, with as many
transitional forms.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 5 sp. ; Mt. of Obser-
vation, upper horizon, 4 sp.; San Julian, Darwin Station, 21 sp.; Upper
Rio Chalia, 2 sp.; 30 miles north of Upper Rio Chalia, i sp.; Canon near
Sierra Oveja, Rio Chico, i sp. ; Lake Pueyrredon, base of Tertiary, i sp.
Distribution: San Julian (Sow.); Santa Cruz, La Cueva, Jegua quemada,
Suprapatagonian, and possibly Patagonian beds (v. Ih.); Chili: Navidad,
Matanzas, Lebu (Phil.); New Zealand, Oamaru and Pareora systems,
Oligocene and Miocene (Zittel, Hutton).
A variety, obsoleta, without spiral striae is mentioned by v. Ihering from
Santa Rosa or Punta Raza (see pp. 112 and 119), Tehuelche beds.
Affinities: Very closely allied is the Oligocene S. incequistriata v. Koenen
(1867, p. 107, pi. 6, f. 14), from northern Germany: the longitudinal ribs
are from 14 to 20, and the spiral ribs are more numerous (30 to 40 on
the last whorl in individuals, which are only as large as a medium sized
5". rugulosa]. The latter character is the only difference I can discover.
On the other hand, the Miocene S. lamellosa (Broc.) (see: Hoernes, 1856,
p. 474, pi. 46, f. 7) comes very near (as has been pointed out by Zittel
under ^S. lyrata]: it has ribs of the same character, but the number of
spiral striae is less (only 6), and the whorls increase (according to the
figure) a little more rapidly. In Eocene deposits this type of Scalaria
seems to be lacking.
Fam. CAPULID^E Cuv.
Gen. CRUCIBULUM Schum.
1 08. CRUCIBULUM DUBIUM Ortmann.
PI. XXXII, Fig. 3«-».
1900 C. d. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 373.
Cast subcircular, depressed-conical. Apex subcentral. On one side is
seen the impression of the internal cup-shaped lamina, which was attached
to the inner wall of the shell.
178 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
Diameter, 20 mm ; height, 8 mm.
Record of specimens : Arroyo Gio, i cast.
Affinities: There are some species living on the western coast of South
America ; but without knowledge of the external surface our cast cannot
be compared with them.
The genus Cntcibidum is found, according to Zittel (1885, p. 215), from
the Miocene to recent times in North America and the West Indies.
Gen. INFUNDIBULUM Montf.
109. INFUNDIBULUM MERRIAMI (Ortmann).
PI. XXXII, Fig. 4"-6.
1887 Trochita costellata Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 93, pi.
u, f. 4 (non T. costellata Conrad, 1855).
1899 T. merriami Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 8, p. 430.
Shell thin, depressed-conical ; apex central. Surface with numerous,
fine, radial ribs, or rather fine, radial forrows, separated by flat ribs.
Height, 12 mm; diameter, 24 mm. (The measurements given by
Philippi in text and figure do not agree, although they refer to one and
the same individual ; the text gives : height, 9 mm ; diameter, about 25 ;
the figure shows: height, 14 mm; diameter, 18 mm.)
Remarks: The genus Trochita Schum. 1817, is synonym with Infnn-
dibulum of Montfort 1810, but not with Infundibuhim of Klein 1753. But
since Klein's genus is Pre-Linnean, Infundibuhtm Montfort is to be used
as Tryon (1886, p. 103) does (as subgenus of Calyptrcea]. The chief
generic character is found in the distinct spiral diaphragm of the interior,
the columellar margin of which does not form a false umbilicus, that is to
say : although reflected, the reflected part of the diaphragm is closely
appressed, to that no opening remains.
This species differs from the following (I. corrugatum) in the much finer
radial sculpture. This sculpture is well preserved in one specimen from
the lower beds, but hardly at all in that from the upper beds, which is
poor.
Record of specimens : Punta Arenas, horizon II (lower Magellanian),
2 sp.; Punta Arenas, horizon III (upper Magellanian), i sp.
Distribution: Lebu, Chili (Phil.).
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 179
Affinities: A similar species is Trochita filosa Gabb (1869, p. 15, pi. 2,
f. 25) from the Miocene of California, but in T. filosa the radiating striae
are still finer, and often dichotomous.
no. INFUNDIBULUM CORRUGATUM (Reeve).
PI. XXXII, Fig. VM.
1859 Trochita corr. Reeve, Conch. Icon., v. 11, pi. 2, f. 9.
1867 Clypeola corr. Gray, in: Pr. Zool. Soc. London, p. 735.
1886 Calyptrcea ( Infundibulum) radians Tryon (pro parte), Man. Conch.,
v. 8, p. 121, pi. 35, f. 84-88.
1897 Trochita corr. v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 279, pi. 4, f.
1 8, pi. 5, f. 26.
1899 Tr. corr. v. Ihering, in : Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 25.
Shell subcircular, conical, more or less elevated. Apex more or less
central. Surface with distinct radial ribs; the latter rounded, about as
broad as the intervals, and crossed by concentric or spiral lines, which
are not parallel to the suture. Interior with a spiral diaphragm, which
is a little reflected at the columellar side, but does not form a false
umbilicus.
Height, 15 mm; diameter, 20 mm.
Height, 8mm; diameter, 19 mm.
Remarks : This species is very variable in external form, higher or more
depressed, and in the development of the radiating ribs. The latter are
more or less distinct, sometimes quite indistinct. These ribs are some-
times visible on the cast, but in most cases they are not, which renders
it impossible to distinguish casts of very depressed individuals from the
following species.
Tryon identifies the living T. cormgata with radians of Lamarck, and
possibly he is right : T. radians differs only in the much larger size (see :
Reeve, pi. i, f. 3).
From San Julian we have a very large cast (pi. XXXII, f. 5'), which
would correspond in size to T. radians, except for the higher conical
form. This cast appears to be smooth, but I think I can see indistinct
traces of radial ribs.
Mr. Hatcher has collected a large number of specimens of the recent
/. corrugatum at various localities on the coast of Patagonia, and they
l8o PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALEONTOLOGY.
agree completely with the common fossil form found on the mouth of the
Santa Cruz River.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 25 sp. ; Mt. of Obser-
vation, upper horizon, 14 sp. ; San Julian, Oven Point, 2 sp. ; 30 miles
north of upper Rio Chalia, 22 sp. ; Shell Gap, Rio Chico, upper horizon,
2 sp. ; Lake Pueyrreden, 600' above base, 1 7 sp.
Distribution : Fossil : Santa Cruz and Jegua quemada, Patagonian and
Suprapatagonian beds (v. Ih.).
Recent: West coast of South America (Chili, Peru, and perhaps Cali-
fornia), and East coast of Patagonia (coll. Hatcher: Punta Arenas, Cape
Fairweather, Santa Cruz).
iioa. INFUNDIBULUM CORRUGATUM VAR. ELATUM var. nov.
PI. XXXII, Fig. 5'.
We possess three individuals, which are very high, and — although the
shell is well preserved — it does not show any radiating ribs, but numer-
ous concentric lamellae. They agree in the latter character apparently
with the following species, but are very much higher. Among the
material from 30 miles north of Rio Chalia, casts are found, which agree
in form with this variety, but some of them show traces of radial ribs.
To this variety may belong: Trochita parmila of Philippi (1887, p. 93,
pi. 11, f. 2), from Navidad. Philippi had only a single small individual,
which was apparently poorly preserved. And further, the var. lasvis
Gray (1. c.), recent, Falkland Island may belong here, but it is said of
to be smooth (without concentric lamellae). We possess this smooth
form among the recent material collected by Mr. Hatcher at Cape Fair-
weather.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 3 sp.
in. INFUNDIBULUM CLYPEOLUM (Reeve).
PI. XXXII, Fig. 6"-».
1859 Trochita clypeolum Reeve, Conch. Icon., v. n, pi. 3, f. 14.
1867 Clypeola magellanica Gray, in: Pr. Zool. Soc. London, p. 735.
1897 Trochita mag. v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 280, pi. 4, f.
17, pi. 5, f. 25.
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. l8l
1899 ^ m- v- Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 25.
1900 Infundibulum clypeolum Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. 10, p.
380.
Like /. corrugatum, but shell much depressed, without radial ribs, and
with strong concentric striae.
Our largest individual measures: Height, 12 mm; diameter, 30 mm ;
v. Ihering gives: Height, 21 mm; diameter, 54 mm.
Remarks: I hardly believe that this is a good species. We have seen
that in /. corrugatum the radial ribs sometimes disappear, and that the
external form is very variable ; indeed, we possess individuals, which are
much more depressed than the typical /. clypeolum, but have distinct ribs.
But until the relations of the living /. clypeolum and corrugatum are set-
tled, I am not prepared to make any change in the accepted nomenclature
of these fossil forms.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 2 sp.
Distribution : Fossil : Santa Cruz and Jegua quemada, Patagonian and
Suprapatagonian beds (v. Ih.).
Recent: Straits of Magellan.
Gen. GALERUS Gray.
112. GALERUS ARAUCANUS (Philippi).
PI. XXXII, Fig. ;«-».
1887 Trochita ar. Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 92, pi. 1 1, f. i.
1960 Galerus a. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 379.
Cast subcircular, conical, more or less depressed. Spiral diaphragm
forming an impression on the cast running down from the apex to the
periphery, and occupying not more than about one-fourth of the circum-
ference. A second impression, very much shorter, starts also from the
apex, and has been formed, apparently, by the reflected part of the dia-
phragm. Of the outer surface of the shell only a few traces are seen, and
it was apparently smooth.
Height, 8 mm; diameter, 19 mm.
Remarks: That the second, shorter impression on the cast is formed
by the reflected margin of the diaphragm, is positively shown by an indi-
vidual from Lake Pueyrredon, in which the apex of the cast is broken
1 82 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
away. This species may be recognized by the two impressed lines on the
cast, and these casts are distinguishable at a glance from the casts of
Infnndibnlnni corrugatum — which are found associated with them — by the
much shorter diaphragm, which does not form a complete revolution, but
only part of it.
The generic name Galerus Humphreys, 1797, takes precedence over
Calyptrcea Lamarck, 1799 (see Tryon, 1886, p. 103), and this genus is
distinguished from Infundibulum chiefly in the columellar margin of the
diaphragm, which is reflected, and forms a false umbilicus.
Record of specimens : Shell Gap, Rio Chico, upper horizon, i cast;
Lake Pueyrredon, 600' above base, 14 casts.
Distribution: Lebu and Guayacan, Chili (Phil.).
113. GALERUS MAMILLARIS (Broderip).
PI. XXXII, Fig. S"'".
1859 Trochita m. Reeve, Conch. Icon., v. 11, p. 3, f. 12.
1886 Calyptrcea m. Tryon, Man. Conch., v. 8, p. 120.
1897 Cal. aff. mam. Pilsbry, in: Pr. Acad. Philad., p. 330.
Shell subcircular, conical, elevated or depressed. Apex central. Sur-
face with concentric lines of growth, otherwise smooth. Interior with a
spiral diaphragm, making i to 2 complete revolutions, the columellar
margin is reflected, and forms a distinct false umbilicus.
Height, 1 6 mm, diameter, 20 mm; height, 10 mm, diameter, 18 mm;
height, 9 mm, diameter, 24 mm.
Remarks: There is some variability as to the external form: the shell
is more or less high, as shown by the measurements given above.
We possess only inner and outer casts, and, superficially, the internal
casts very much resemble Infundibulum corrugatmn. But the radial ribs
of the latter are completely absent, as is shown by a number of external
casts, and a closer examination reveals the fact that the columellar margin
of the diaphragm was reflected, forming an umbilicus. This umbilicus is
filled with matrix in the cast, and, after breaking away the upper whorls,
the cast of the umbilicus is well exhibited in a number of specimens (see
plate XXXII, fig. 8*).
This species differs from G. araucanus at once in the number of revo-
lutions of the diaphragm : while in G. araucanus the diaphragm does not
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 183
form a complete revolution, it completes, in G. mamillaris, the circle at
least once (in small individuals), and 'i ^ to 2 times in larger individuals.
Record of specimens : Cape Fairweather, 3 1 casts.
Distribution : This species is found living on the western coast of South
America, from Chili to California (see Tryon, 1. c., p. 120).
Gen. SIGAPATELLA Less.
114. SIGAPATELLA AMERICANA Ortmann.
PI. XXXII, Fig. 9"'*.
1900 S. a. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 373.
Shell subcircular or subelliptical, depressed. Apex distinctly excentric.
Surface with irregular, concentric, slightly lamellate striae, crossed by very
fine radial rugosities. Internal diaphragm spiral, columella excentric,
margin of diaphragm slightly concave and slightly reflected at the columella.
Measurements of a specimen from Punta Arenas : Height, 3 mm, diam-
eter, 17 mm; of a specimen from Santa Cruz: Height, 16 mm, diameter,
49 mm ; of another from Santa Cruz : Height, 5 mm, diameter, 27 mm.
Remarks: As to the generic name Sigapatella see Tryon, 1886, p. 104.
The radial plications or rugosities are very fine and sometimes indis-
tinct. In our smaller individual from Santa Cruz, which is a little worn,
there are no traces of them left.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 2 sp. ; Punta Arenas,
above horizon V (Patagonian), 4 sp., found inside of Ostrea ingens.
Affinities: Trochita colchaguensis Philippi (1887, p. 93, pi. 1 1, f. 5) from
La Cueva, Colchagua, Chili (age doubtful), may be identical, as well as
the recent species S. calyptrcsiformis Lmck. (= tomentosa and mac^llata,
Qu. & Gaim.), from Australia and New Zealand (see Tryon, 1886, p. 122,
pi. 35, f. 96-99): but these forms do not show the sculpture of our species.
A species has been mentioned under the name of Trochita dilatata Sow.
= maculata Qu. & Gaim., by Zittel (1864, p. 43, pi. 15, f. 8), from the
New Zealand Miocene, but it seems doubtful whether this is a Sigapatella
at all. Calyptrcea maculata Qu. & Gaim., is given by Hutton (1873, p. 13)
from the Oamaru, Pareora, and Wanganui beds of New Zealand, and thus
it would pass from the Oligocene upward to Recent times.
No other fossil Sigapatella being known, our species would point most
distinctly to Neogene age.
184 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
Gen. CREPIDULA Lmck.
115. CREPIDULA GREGARIA Sowerby.
PI. XXXII, Fig. io<-«.
1846 C.g. Sowerby, in: Darwin, Geol. Observ. S. Amer., p. 254, pi. 3,
f. 34-
1864 C. incurva Zittel, in: Novara Exp. Geol., p. 44, pi. 15, f. 9.
1873 Crypta i. Hutton, Catal. Tert. Moll. Echin. New Zealand, p. 14.
1887 Crepidula uncinata Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 94, pi.
11, f. 6.
1887 C. gregaria Philippi, ibid., p. 94, pi. 12, f. i (after Sowerby).
1887 Haliotis imperforata Philippi, ibid., p. 102, pi. 12, f. 2.
1897 Crepidula gregaria v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 278.
Shell oblong, thick, smooth, except for growth-lines, very convex.
Apex incurved, marginal, sometimes a little produced ; apical margin of
mouth thickened. Diaphragm concave or plane, reaching about to the
middle of the shell or slightly beyond, its margin concave.
Measurements of largest individual from Punta Arenas : Length, 92
mm, width, 44 mm, height, 34 mm.
Remarks: This shell is very variable in shape, broader or narrower.
The apex, in smaller individuals, is produced and prominent beyond the
line of the curvature of the margin of the shell, and simply incurved ; in
very old and large individuals it is subspiral, and raised a little upon the
upper surface.
C. incurva of Zittel is no doubt this species : the figure agrees perfectly
with our complete specimen of small size from Santa Cruz.
C. uncinata of Philippi is also a small individual of this species.
Haliotis imperforata Phil, comes from Skyring Water: there is no
doubt that our giant specimens from Punta Arenas represent this form,
and they are nothing but very large C. gregaria.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 6 sp. (one of them
almost complete) ; Upper Rio Chalia, 31 casts; Arroyo Gio, 3 sp. ; Punta
Arenas, horizon V (Patagonian), 6 sp. ; (5 of them very large).
Distribution: Santa Cruz (Sow.) ; Jegua quemada and La Cueva, Pata-
gonian and Suprapatagonian beds (v. Ih.) ; Navidad beds of Chili : Lebu,
Matanzas, Guayacan, La Cueva (Phil.).
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 185
New Zealand : Pareora beds = Miocene (Zitt, Hutt).
Affinities: The living C. fornicata L. (see Ball, 1889, pi. 50, f. 23, 24)
from the Atlantic coast of North America and the West Indies is very
closely allied, and its range in time begins in the Miocene. The Pata-
gonian fossil, however, is much larger, generally more elongate, more
solid and thicker, and especially the apical margin is more thickened.
I cannot distinguish the Patagonian fossil from C. prcerupta Conrad
(1849, P- 727» pl- 19< f- 9. Io) from the Miocene of Astoria, Oregon, which,
according to Gabb (1869, p. 81) is identical with C. princeps Conrad
(1856, p. 326, pl. 6, f. 52) from Subrecent beds of St. Barbara, California
(also living). And, further, Gabb identifies this species with Crypta gran-
dis Middendorf (1849, P- IOI» pl- IZ» f- 8-10) from Bering Sea. If all
these should really prove to be forms of one and the same species, the
range would be — in the northern Pacific — also from Miocene to Recent
times, and give to the Patagonian beds a distinctly Neogene age.
1 1 6. CREPIDULA DILATATA Lamarck.
Pl. XXXII, Fig. ii.
1843 C. d. d'Orbigny, in: Voy. Amer. Merid., v. 5, p. 465, pl. 58, f. 6.
1859 C. d. Reeve, Conch. Icon., v. n, pl. i, f. 3.
1886 C. d, Tryon (pro parte), Man. Conch., v. 8, p. 127, pl. 37, f.
3i» 32-
Shell rather thick, broadly ovate or irregularly circular, depressed ; sur-
face smooth except for growth-lines. Apex obliquely curved, marginal.
Diaphragm slightly concave, hardly reaching to the middle of the shell,
its margin sinuate.
Measurements (of a cast) : Length, 20 mm; width, 18 mm; height,
6.5 mm.
Remarks: This species differs at once from the foregoing in the broader
and almost circular outline. All our individuals are casts and compar-
atively small, and it seems that the shell was not as thick as that of C.
gregaria. Tryon (1. c., p. 127) unites with this species the C. grandis of
Middendorf (see above) from the North Pacific, but all the figures pub-
lished of the latter are more elongate, so that I believe it comes nearer
to C. gregaria.
Record of specimens : Cape Fairweather ; 5 casts.
1 86 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY
Distribution: This species has not been found previously in the fossil
state, but is known living from the Falkland Islands and the Straits of
Magellan along the western coast of South America.
Fam. NATICID^ Forb.
Gen. NATICA Lmck.
117. NATICA CHILOENSIS Philippi.
PI. XXXIII, Fig. itt<>>.
1887 N. c. Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 89, pi. 10, f. 12.
1899 A7! c. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 8, p. 431.
Shell ovate, thick, smooth, except for lines of growth. Spire conical,
about y± of the height of the shell. Umbilicus small. Callus very thick,
covering most of the umbilicus. Mouth ovate, not dilated.
Measurements of a very large specimen : Height, 34 mm, diameter,
25 mm, height of mouth, 21 mm; of a smaller one: height, 24 mm,
diameter, 19, height of mouth, 15 mm.
Remarks: This species is recognized by the oval outline (which is,
however, a little variable), by the thick and solid shell, and the thick cal-
lus. The callus leaves only a narrow slit open at the umbilicus.
N. gance of Philippi (Cretaceous of Quinquina) is allied, but has a
higher spire .(one-third of the height of the shell), while in N. chiloensis
it is between one-fourth and one-fifth, rarely more than one-fourth. The
external form is a little variable in our species, some individuals being
more rounded. The callus of the inner lip is very thick, suddenly nar-
rowed near the umbilical region, leaving a narrow, oval or crescentic
opening at the umbilicus. The suture is not impressed : in larger indi-
viduals, however, where the outer layer of the shell is exfoliated, the
suture appears as a deep groove giving a scalariform appearance to the
spire, a feature which reminds one of N. chilina and auca d'Orb. from
Puerto de Hambre.
One individual from horizon III (upper) has the callus in the umbilical
region broader, with the slit hardly visible, and approaches thus (as also
in the more globular form) N. pachystoma Hupe from the Navidad beds
(see Philippi, 1887, pi. 10, f. la), to which also N. barroisi Phil, seems to
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 1 87
belong. The specimen figured by Philippi in fig. ic is probably a differ-
ent species from N. pachystoma (N. oyarzuni Phil.).
Record of specimens: Punta Arenas, horizon II (lower Magellanian),
25 sp.; Punta Arenas, horizon III (upper Magellanian), 2 sp.
Distribution: Chiloe : Cueva de Cucao (Phil.).
Affinities: In the ovate form, thickness of shell and callus, and the
small umbilicus, this species resembles some Eocene species from the
Paris basin, especially N. venusta Deshayes (1866, p. 38, pi. 68, f. 78), but
the latter has a much more distinct suture, and the callus is not quite so
thick as in our species ; there are other slight differences, but on the whole,
N. vemtsta is the only species that I was able to compare with our Punta
Arenas fossil.
1 1 8. NATICA OVOIDEA Philippi.
PI. XXXIII, Fig. 2.
1887 N. o. Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 89, pi. 10, f. 10, a, b
(and perhaps fig. 18, as N. solidd].
1887 N. famula Philippi, ibid., p. 89, pi. 10, f. 13, a, b.
1897 N.f. v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 285.
1899 N. f. v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 28.
1900 N. ovoidea Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 380.
Shell ovate, moderately thick, smooth. Spire conical, about one-fourth
to one-fifth as high as the shell. Umbilicus open, only partly covered by
a comparatively thin callus. Mouth ovate, slightly dilated.
Height, 27 29 24 20 12 mm.
Diameter, 21 24 16.5 16 9 mm.
Mouth: 21 23 1 8 1 6 9 mm.
Remarks: N. famula is distinguished from N, ovoidea (and its allies),
according to Philippi, by its smaller size (height, 15 to 18 mm) and thicker
callus. Of our individuals, one is only 1 2 mm high, the rest are larger,
and approach N, ovoidea (height 30 to 31 mm, according to Philippi). The
callus may be called thick or thin, according to the species selected for
comparison, but at any rate, in Philippi's figure of N. famula, it is not
thicker than that of N. ovoidea. Our large individuals agree completely
with N. ovoidea, and since it is thus shown that this form is also found at
Santa Cruz, it seems very likely that N. famula is only the young state
of this species.
1 88 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
V. Ihering believes (1897, P- 2%l) that Philippi's figure 18, which is
given as N. solida, belongs to N. ovoidea: if so, this species must grow
to a much more considerable size.
N. ovoidea comes near N. chiloensis, but is distinguished by the thinner
shell and much thinner callus, which leaves a larger portion of the umbilicus
open ; and further, the mouth is wider.
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 5 sp.; San Julian,
Darwin Station, i cast.
Distribution: Santa Cruz, Patagonian beds (Phil., v. Ih.); Navidad beds
of Chili : Navidad, Tubul, Llancahue (and perhaps Lebu, of fig. 18 belongs
here). (Phil.)
119. NATICA SECUNDA Rochebrune & Mabille.
PL XXXIII, Fig. 3".*.
1885 N. secunda Rochebrune & Mabille, in: Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris,
sen 7, v. 9, p. 103.
1887 N. obtecta Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 88, pi. 10, f. 2, a, b.
1887 N. vidali Philippi, ibid., p. 91, pi. 10, f. 17.
1889 TV. secunda Rochebrune & Mabille, in: Miss. Sci. Cape Horn, v.
6, p. 39.
1897 N. obtecta v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 282.
1899 A", o. v. Ihering, in : N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 27.
1900 N. secunda Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 180.
Shell semi-ovato-globular, thick, smooth. Spire short, suture incon-
spicuous. Umbilicus large, covered in part by a thick callus, which is
divided by a groove.
Height, 40 mm, diameter, 42 mm ; another individual : Height, 32
mm, diameter, 33 mm.
Remarks: As v. Ihering (1899, p. 6) has pointed out, N. secunda of
Rochebrune and Mabille is identical with N. obtecta of Philippi ; since
the specific name of secunda was already published in 1885 in a prelimi-
nary note, this name has precedence over that given by Philippi.
N. obtecta of Moericke (1896) is different; v. Ihering calls it (1897, p.
283) N. pachystonta var. moerickei.
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 16 sp.
Distribution: Santa Cruz (Phil., v. Ih.), Jegua quemada and La Cueva
(v. Ih.), Patagonian and Suprapatagonian beds (v. Ih.) ; Navided beds
of Chili: Navidad, Matanzas, Chiloe (Phil.).
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 189
Affinities: This species, as well as the closely allied N. moerickei v.
Ih. (=N. obtecta Moer.) from the Navidad beds, is characterized by the
umbilical callus, which is divided by a groove. Moericke has pointed out
that the most closely allied European form is the Oligocene N. hantoni-
ensis Sow. (see v. Koenen, 1867, p. 148, pi. 12, f. 9), and that other
related species are found in Cretaceous and Miocene beds of California.
The Californian Miocene species (N. callosa Gabb, 1869, p. 10, pi. 2, f. 17)
more resembles Moericke's form, while the European N. hantoniensis is
more like the Patagonian N. secunda. Since the California Cretaceous
species, N. secta and globosa, are a little more different in external form,
the closest relation of our species is with one of Oligocene age {N. han-
toniensis].
120. NATICA DARWINI Hutton.
PI. XXXIII, Fig. 4.
1846 N. solida Sowerby, in: Darwin, Geol. Observ. S. Amer., p. 255, pi.
3, f. 40, 41 (non N. solida Blainville).
1864 N. sol. Zittel, in: Novara Exp. Geol., p. 42, pi. 15, f. 6.
1873 N. sol. Hutton, Cat. Tert Moll. Echin. N. Zealand, p. 9.
1885 N. sol. Hutton, in: Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., v. 41, p. 550.
1886 N. darwini Hutton, in: Tr. N. Zealand Instit., v. 18, p. 334.
1887 N. sol. Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles., p. 91, pi. 10, f. 10
(nee. fig. 1 8).
1889 N. sol. Rochebrune & Mabille, in : Miss. Sci. Cap Horn, v. 6, p. 29.
1896 N. sol. Moericke, in: N. Jahrb. Miner, etc., Bcil. Bd. 10, p. 558.
1897 N. sol. v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 280.
1899 N. darwini v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 29.
1900 N. darw. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 380.
Shell subglobular, thick, smooth. Spire short, suture inconspicuous.
Umbilicus large, open, not covered by the callus ; labial callus thick in
the upper part, truncated at the umbilicus. Mouth ovate, large.
Measurements : Height, 35 mm, diameter, 34 mm (but it grows larger).
Remarks: I cannot find any difference between the Patagonian fossil
and Zittel's figure of the New Zealandian form, except that in the latter
the callus is not truncated at the umbilicus.
In weathering, in this species as well as in N. secunda, a comparatively
larger amount of shell substance is removed at the suture, so that the
latter appears to be situated in a groove or channel.
I9O PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 4 sp.; 30 miles north
of upper Rio Chalia, i good specimen, 3 doubtful casts.
Distribution: Santa Cruz (doubtful casts, according to Sowerby) (Roch.
& Mab.); La Cueva and Jegua quemada, Suprapatagonian, but not Pata-
gonianbeds (v. Ih.); Navidad beds of Chili; Navidad (Sow., Phil., Moer.),
Lebu (Phil.).
New Zealand (Zitt), Pareora beds (Miocene, Hutt); Chatham Isl.
(Hutt).
Affinities: This species comes near those which have been called by
the collective name of Natica heros, and are found from Miocene to Re-
cent times on the Atlantic coast of North America, and which are divided
by Dall (1892, pp. 372, 373) into three species. One of them, N. internet
Say, resembles our Patagonian fossil in the thick callus, but the callus is
not suddenly truncated at the umbilicus, the umbilicus is narrower, and
has a spiral rib inside, and further, the suture is more distinct. (I have
compared 4 specimens from the Miocene of St. Mary's River, Maryland,
one of which seems to be a true N. heros, the others belonging to N.
internet}. In N. perspective!, the suture is more like that of our species,
but it has a sharp umbilical rib, while in the true N. heros this rib is want-
ing, but the callus is less developed, and the suture deeper. Thus it is
hard to say, to which of these forms N. darwini shows the closest affin-
ity, but at any rate, it is closely allied to this Neogene group of species.
121. NATICA SUBTENUIS v. Ihering.
PI. XXXIII, Fig. 5.
1897 N. s. v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 284, textfig. 13.
Shell ovato-subglobose, comparatively thin, smooth. Spire short,
suture inconspicuous. Umbilicus small. Inner lip with thin callus. No
callus on the columellar lip. Mouth large.
Height, 40 mm ; diameter, 35 mm, another individual : height, 29 mm,
diameter, -24 mm.
Remarks: This species is closely allied to the foregoing, but the shell
is thinner, the callus is less developed, the umbilicus narrower, the suture
a little more depressed, and the external form a little higher.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 2 sp.
Distribution: Jegua quemada, Suprapatagonian beds (v. Ih.).
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 191
Affinities: This species approaches more nearly the typical form of N.
heros Say (see Ball, 1889, pi. 51, f. n) from Miocene to Recent, but the
latter has the suture more depressed.
122. NATICA CONSIMILIS v. Ihering.
PI. XXXIII, Fig. 6.
1897 N. c. v. Ihering, in : Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 283, textfig. 12.
1899 N. c. v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 28.
Shell subglobular, rather thick, smooth. Spire obtusely conical, about
y± of the height of the shell ; whorls convex, indistinctly angulated near
the distinct and deep suture. Umbilicus small, open, without callus.
Columellar lip thin, the free part at the umbilicus slightly reflected and
thickened. Mouth large.
Height, 28 mm ; diameter, 26 mm.
Remarks: The distinct and sharply depressed suture distinguishes this
species from all other Patagonian species of the genus. In partly exfo-
liated individuals the suture is very deep.
It seems doubtful whether N. omoia Rochebrune & Mabille (1885, p.
138, and 1889, p. 31), belongs to this species. According to the descrip-
tion, the union seems hardly warranted ; but since no figure of N. omoia
is given, this question is to remain open.
There seems to be a slip of the pen in v. Ihering's description of this
species in 1899. After describing N. consimilis, he says: It seems prob-
able that also N. consimilis belongs here as a synonym. N. subtenuis
cannot be the species intended, since it is quite different, and thus this
sentence remains unintelligible.
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 16 sp.
Distribution: Santa Cruz and La Cueva, Patagonian and Suprapata-
gonian beds (v. Ih.).
Affinities: There is quite a number of species in Eocene and Miocene
deposits of the northern hemisphere, which resemble this one in external
form, but I cannot point any particular one, that agrees with this one
more closely than others.
Note: The Australian species of Natica (Tate, 1893, p. 318, ff.) require
closer inspection : there are many forms similar to the Patagonian.
1 92 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS-: PALAEONTOLOGY.
Fam. TURRITELLID^E Gray.
Gen. TURRITELLA Lmck.
123. TURRITELLA EXIGUA Ortmann.
PI. XXXI, Fig. 12"' \
1899 T. e. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 8, p. 430.
Shell small, with 10 whorls, about 4 times as high as broad at the base.
Suture deep, whorls convex, with 5 to 7 spiral ribs, which are rather
crowded, and often alternately stronger and weaker. The stronger ribs
sometimes appear to be slightly granulated.
Height, 15 mm; diameter, about 4 mm.
Remarks: In the small size of the shell this species differs from all other
Patagonian Turritellce, and agrees with the two dwarf forms described by
Philippi from the Navidad beds of Chili : T. trilirata and parvula. But
the latter can easily be distinguished by their flat whorls and smaller
number of ribs.
Record of specimens : Punta Arenas, horizon II (lower Magellanian),
over 100 sp.
Affinities: As regards the sculpture and the convex whorls, this species
finds many analogous forms in Eocene, Miocene and Pliocene beds, as
the type of which we may take the Oligocene and Miocene T. turris Bast,
of Europe. But taking into consideration the small size of the present
form, we find that the species younger than Eocene are very much larger,
and only in Eocene beds do we find a few that might be compared with
our species in this respect also. One of the most closely allied forms
seems to be : T. granulosa Deshayes, from the Eocene of France, but this
one is still considerably larger than T. exigua and the whorls increase
more rapidly.
124. TURRITELLA AMBULACRUM Sowerby.
PI. XXXI, Fig. i3°>6.
1846 T. ambulacrum Sowerby, in: Darwin, Geol. Observ. S. Amer., p.
257, pi. 3, f. 49.
1846 T. suturalis Sowerby, ibid., p. 257, pi. 3, f. 50.
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 193
1873 T. ambulacrum Hutton, Cat. Tert. Moll. Ech. New Zealand, p. 12.
1887 T. sowerbyana ( = suturalis Sow.) Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst.
Chiles, p. 76, pi. 9, f. 2 (after Sowerby).
1887 T. ambulacrum Philippi, ibid., p. 76, pi. 9, f. la (after Sowerby).
1889 T. ambulacrum and suturalis Rochebrune & Mabille, Miss. Cape
Horn, v. 6, p. 43.
1896 T. affinis Moericke, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., Beil Bd. 10, p. 555,
pi. 11, f. 3 (nee T. affinis Hupe, Philippi, Gray, see: Dall, 1892, p.
308).
1897 ^ ambulacrum v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 286.
1897 ^ argentina v. Ihering, ibid., p. 286.
1897 T. steinmanni v. Ihering, ibid., p. 289.
1899 T. ambiilacrum and argentina v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc.,
v. 2, p. 25.
Shell elongated, forming an angle of about 16 to 21°. Suture in a
deep furrow, whorls flat or slightly concave, with 3 principal revolving
ribs, the upper and lower one the strongest, the middle one a little
weaker. The upper rib forms a distinct angulation. Between the princi-
pal ribs, 3 to 5 finer striae, and below the lower principal rib, i to 3 fine
striae. Principal ribs, especially the uppermost, sometimes indistinctly
crenulated by the lines of growth, but in no case with granulations.
Height, 56'mm; diameter, 15 mm.
Remarks: This species is on the one hand very variable, and on the
other it assumes a different aspect according to the state of preservation.
In young specimens the suture is not so deep as in older ones, and if the
spiral striae are well preserved, they represent v. Ihering's T. argentina.
Large individuals show a very deep suture, and, as a rule, the surface
ornamentation is destroyed to a great degree, so that the finer striae are
in most cases completely obliterated, and only the three principal ribs
remain. In many cases, only the upper and lower principal ribs are pre-
served, and such individuals correspond to Sowerby's type of T. ambula-
crum. Individuals, in which the difference between the stronger and finer
ribs is less pronounced, form v. Ihering's T. steinmanni. In some cases
the lower principal rib is indistinct, and such individuals are Sowerby's
T. suturalis (sowerbyana of Philippi). T. affinis of Moericke is a typical
young T. ambulacnim ( = argentina v. Ih.). One must bear in mind that
Moericke's figure is 4 times natural size.
194 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
I do not think that T. argentina is a distinct variety, but it is only the
younger, and better preserved state of the larger, and partly worn T.
ambulacrum. All our individuals of the typical T. ambulacrum show in
the upper part of the shell the sutural furrow less deep. The external
sculpture is essentially the same in both, only in old shells it is much
worn, and shows the striae less plainly, or not at all.
V. Ihering, in 1899, hinted at the identity of T. ambulacrum, argentina
and steinmanni.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, about 250 speci-
mens, and many fragments ; Paso del Rio Santa Cruz, 3 sp. ; Las Sa-
linas, 10 sp., and 6 doubtful chalcedony casts; Mt. of Observation, lower
horizon, 1 1 sp. ; Upper Rio Chalia, about 20 sp. (mostly casts) ; 30 miles
north of Upper Rio Chalia, about 40 sp. (mostly casts); Arroyo Gio, 18
sp. ; Lake Pueyrredon, base of Tertiary, 2 fragments ; Lake Pueyrredon,
600' above base, about 22 sp., and numerous fragments.
Note: Some of the casts from 30 miles north of upper Rio Chalia may
belong to T-fiatagonica, since this species is also represented at this locality.
Distribtttion : San Julian (Sow.); Santa Cruz (Sow., Roch. & Mab., v.
Ih.); La Cueva andjegua quemada (v. Ih.); Patagonian and Suprapata-
gonianbeds (v. Ih.). — Navidadbeds: Navidad (Sow., Phil., Moer.); Ypun
Isl., Chonos Arch. (Sow.) ; Matanzas, Lota, Chiloe (Phil.). — New Zealand:
Pareora beds (Miocene, Hutt.) and Wanganui beds (Pliocene Hutt. ;
Chatham Isl. (Hutt).
Affinities: This Turritella is a characteristic type of the Patagonian
and Chilian Tertiary, and continues, in Chili — through the Pliocene T.
cingulatiformis Moer. — into Recent times, where it is represented by T.
cingulata (see Moericke). In Tertiary deposits of the northern hemis-
phere this type of Turritella is quite rare, but it is represented neverthe-
less. There is one species in the Miocene beds of Europe, which has
some resemblance to it: T. bicarinata Eichw. (Hoernes, 1856, p. 426,
pi. 43, f. 8—12). Especially what Hoernes calls the first and second vari-
eties (fig. 10, u, 12) much resemble our form in the deep suture and the
two strong spiral ribs. In this species, however, these two ribs are situ-
ated closer together (the upper one being more remote from the suture),
and there is no trace of an intermediate third principal rib. On the other
hand, the young shell of T. bicarinata is quite different from the young
T. ambulacrum, having only one principal rib. . But then again, T. bicari-
nata agrees in the lack of granulations -on the ribs.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 195
In the American Tertiary we have one species that is apparently very
closely allied to ours : T. apicalis Heilprin from the Pliocene beds of
Florida. Especially in what Dall (1892, p. 316, pi. 16, f. 10) calls the
typical form of T. apicalis, there are two principal ribs, on the upper and
lower part of each whorl, with a third and smaller intermediate one, and
besides, a number of fine spiral striae: a type of ornamentation that
agrees completely with that of T. ambulacrum. (I have compared and
verified this character in 6 specimens of this form from the Caloosahatchie
beds in the Princeton Museum). In T. apicalis, however, the principal
ribs are distinctly and regularly granulated, and the suture is less deep.
Thus T. apicalis corresponds very closely to T. cingulatiformis of Moe-
ricke (Pliocene of Chili), which is, according to Moericke, the Pliocene
descendant of T. affinis = ambulacrum of the Navidad beds.
This comparison of the morphological characters of T. ambulacrum
with those of T. apicalis would accordingly, for T. ambulacrum, point to
an age a little older than that of the Pliocene T. apicalis, i. e., to Miocene.
T. aldingce Tate (1893, p. 336, pi. 8, f. i) from the so-called "Eocene"
of South Australia (Aldinga Bay) comes very near to T. ambulacrum,
but the suture is not so deep.
125. TURRITELLA BREANTIANA d'Orbigny.
PI. XXXI, Fig. 14°' ».
1847 T- breantiana d'Orbigny, in: Voy. Astrolabe et Zelee, Geol. Atlas,
pi. 5 (Paleont, pi. 2), f. 36, 37.
1887 T. breantiana Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 77, pi. 9, f. ib.
1889 T. couteaudi Rochebrune & Mabille, in: Miss. Cap Horn, v. 6, p.
44 (no locality).
1897 T. tricincta v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 287, pi. 3, f. 3
(non T. tricincta Hutton, 1873, p. 13).
1898 T. iheringi Cossmann, in : Rev. crit. Paleozool., v. 2, p. 109.
1899 T. iheringi Ameghino, in: Seg. Cens. Nac. Rep. Argent. Supl., p. 4.
1899 T. breantiana var. indecussata v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc.,
v. 2, p. 26.
Shell large, very elongate, forming an angle of about 12 to 16°. Suture
not very deep, whorls flat with 3 thick principal revolving ribs, the upper-
most the strongest. Ribs, especially the uppermost, crossed by lines of
196 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PAL/EONTOLOGY.
growth, and appearing distinctly crenulated, but not granulated. Be-
tween the principal ribs are i to 3 fine striae, becoming more numerous
\vith age.
Measurements of largest fragment : Height, 58mm; diameter, 14 mm.
Remarks: Of the principal ribs, the uppermost is always the strongest,
forming a distinct angulation. In most of the cases, the lowermost rib is
the second in thickness, and the middle one is the finest. But in some
cases the lowermost is finer than the middle one, and such individuals
represent v. Ihering's T. tricincta. In young individuals the suture is
very shallow.
Large individuals of this species are easily recognizable by the more
elongated and more slender form, and by the thick revolving ribs. But
young individuals and fragments, especially if a little worn, are almost
indistinguishable from T. ambulacrum, since the slender form is not so
evident. It is possible that some of the individuals recorded under T.
ambulacrum belong really to this species.
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 7 sp.; Paso del Rio
Santa Cruz, i sp.; Las Salinas, 3 sp. (one of them a cast); Mt. of Obser-
vation, lower horizon, 2 sp. (one of them a typical T. tricincta}.
Distribution: Chiloe (Phil.); Santa Cruz (Phil., v. Ih.); Jegua quemada
(v. Ih.): Patagonian and Suprapatagonian beds (v. Ih.).
Affinities: T. perattenuata Heilprin (see: Dall, 1892, p. 316, pi. 16, f.
5, 9), from the Pliocene of Florida has a general resemblance, but seems
to be more slender. There are (according to Dall) Miocene species, which
resemble T. perattenuata, especially T. terebriformis Dall (p. 31 1), but since
there is no figure published, I cannot say what are the relations to T.
breantiana. At any rate, we must take T. breantiana as a species of Neo-
gene relations.
126. TURRITELLA PATAGONICA Sowerby.
PI. XXXI, Fig. is"'6.
(?) 1846 T. pat. Sowerby, in: Darwin, Geol. Observ. South America, p.
256, pi. 3, f. 48.
1887 T. darwini Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 75, pi. 9,
f.7.
1887 T. patago nica Philippi, ibid., p. 76 (after Sowerby).
1889 T. patag. Rochebrune & Mabille, in: Miss. Cap Horn, v. 6, p. 43.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 197
1897 T. Patag. v..Ihering, in : Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 287 (after Sowerby),
1899 T. patag. v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 26.
Shell elongated, forming an angle of about 17 to 24°. Suture simple,
not in a furrow. Whorls flat, with a number of finer or stronger striae,
three of which are usually stronger and granulate.
Height, 28 mm (not complete); diameter, u mm; height, 38 mm (not
complete); diameter, 14 mm.
Remarks: This species resembles T. ambulacrum in its more rapidly
increasing whorls, but is distinguished at once by the lack of a sutural
depression. The three larger revolving ribs are less pronounced, and in
well preserved individuals they show distinct granulations, which are inde-
pendent of the lines of growth.
There is no doubt that the form mentioned by v. Ihering in 1899 under
the name of T. patagonica agrees with our individuals ; but there is some
doubt whether it is really T. patagonica of Sowerby, since the figure
given by the latter shows a distinct sutural furrow. But in this respect
the figure does not correspond to Sowerby's diagnosis, which says:
"sutura indistincta." Perhaps — as v. Ihering suggests — this figure is
not accurate.
I have not the slightest doubt that Philippi's T. darwini belongs here,
since diagnosis as well as figure correspond closely, with the exception
that granulations are not mentioned : but their apparent lack may be due
to fossilization, as is the case in most of our specimens.
Young fragments are hard to distinguish from T. ambulacrum, since in
young ones of the latter species the suture is much less deep than in older
ones.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 6 sp. ; Paso del Rio
Santa Cruz, i sp. ; San Julian, Oven Point, 1 1 sp. ; 30 miles north of
upper Rio Chalia, 2 sp.
Distribution: Port Desire (Sow.), Santa Cruz (Roch. & Mab., v. Ih.),
Navidad beds of Chili: Navidad (Sow., Phil.), Lota, Tubul, Lebu
(Phil.).
Philippi erroneously says that Darwin found this species at Puerto del
Hambre (Port Famine).
Affinities: T. chipolana Dall (1892, p. 312, pi. 22, f. 24), from the
Miocene of Florida seems to be closely allied in form and sculpture, but
the sculpture seems to be more complex and more strongly developed.
198 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
127. TURRITELLA INNOTABILIS Pilsbry.
PI. XXXI, Fig. 16"'".
1897 T. i. Pilsbry, in: Pr. Acad. Philad., p. 330.
"Shell long-conic, of about a dozen slowly increasing whorls, which
are but slightly convex, but become decidedly so below, the latter two or
three being well rounded. Sculpture on the lower whorls of 5 rounded
and subequal spiral cords separated by intervals of about the same width,
traversed by one to three (generally two) sharp threads. Earlier whorls
have three primary spirals parted by intervals bearing a single strong
thread, and still earlier the threads disappear from the intervals." (Pilsbry)
Remarks : This species is closely allied to the foregoing ( T. patagonicd] :
the external form, the suture, and the ornaments are essentially the same.
The only difference I can discover is found in the more rounded lower
whorls, which produce a more distinct suture, and in the increase of the
spiral ribs to 5 on the last whorl. Whether there were any granulations
on the principal spiral cords, is hard to say; the external casts are too
imperfect to render it certain, but sometimes there is the appearance of
granulations.
T. cingulatif omits of Moericke (1896, p. 556, pi. 11, f. 4) from the
Pliocene Coquimbo beds of Chili seems to be closely allied, but it has
only 3 principal cords, and the suture is more depressed.
Record of specimens : Cape Fairweather, numerous internal and exter-
nal casts.
Fam. VERMETIDsE Ad.
Gen. VERMETUS Adams.
128. VERMETUS cf. INTORTUS (Lamarck).
PI. XXXII, Fig. i.
1848 V. i. Wood, Crag Moll., v. i, Univ. p. 113, pi. 12, f. 8.
1856 V. i. Hoernes, in: Abh. K. K. geol. Reichsanst, v. 3, p. 484, pi. 46,
f. 16.
1 86 1 V. i. Moerch, in: Pr. Zool. Soc. London, p. 353.
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 199
1885 V. i. Zittel, Handb. Palaeont, v. 2, p. 212, textf. 285.
1900 V. cf. i. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 379.
Shell generally gregarious, tubular, subquadrate, closely and regularly
spiral in the young state, with the whorls in close contact. The extrem-
ity suddenly reflected, straightened and free. Aperture subcircular.
Surface transversely rugose and often with longitudinal ribs.
Diameter of tubes in our specimens : 2 mm.
Remarks: Our specimens are not well preserved and only fragmentary,
but they agree in general form closely with the figure given by Hoernes.
Longitudinal ribs are present at the suture, where the whorls touch each
other, and further, there seems to be a single rib in the middle of the
whorls, but this rib is visible only on the uppermost whorl of the figured
specimen. In size (diameter), our specimens agree best with Wood's
figure 8a, and differ considerably from that of the Italian Pliocene form
figured by Zittel.
Record of specimens : Shell Gap, Rio Chico, upper horizon : i sp.; Lake
Pueyrredon, 600' above base : i sp.
Distribution: V. intortus is found in Oligocene, Miocene, and Pliocene
deposits of Europe.
Affinities: Our specimens agree best in the surface characters with the
Central-European Miocene form figured by Hoernes, in size with the
English Pliocene form figured by Wood, while the Italian Pliocene form
is larger, and has more, and more distinct longitudinal ribs. According
to Moerch's diagnoses, it would correspond best to the French Miocene
form of this species. There remains, however, some doubt, whether we
really have to deal here with this European species, but the material at
hand is too incomplete to decide this question.
129. VERMETUS (?) INCERTUS sp. nov.
PI. XXXII, Fig. 2.
Tubes fragmentary, elongate-cylindrical, very slightly and irregularly
curved, almost straight. Walls thick. Outer surface transversely rugose,
in one specimen indistinctly flattened on one side.
Diameter of tube : 5—8 mm.
Remarks: There is considerable doubt whether these tubes belong at
all to Vermetus, and I cannot find any described species, with which to
200 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
compare them. But I describe and figure them in order that they may
be recognized if found again.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River : 3 fragments ; San
Julian, Darwin Station : 2 fragments.
Fam. APORRHAIDA1 Phil.
Gen. APORRHAIS da Costa.
130. APORRHAIS ARAUCANA (Philippi).
PI. XXXIII, Fig. 9.
1887 Chenopus a. Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 35, pi. i, f. i,
1900 Aporrhais a. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 379.
Shell fusiform, smooth. Upper whorls carinato-angulated, last whorl
bicarinate ; upper keel indistinctly nodulose or merely waved. Outer lip
dilated, produced into two fingers, and a short process appressed to the
spire and directed toward the apex.
Height of fragment: 17 mm; diameter, 10 mm.
Remarks: I have at my disposal only one single incomplete individ-
ual ; the lower digit of the outer lip is broken away, as well as the lower
canal. Otherwise it agrees completely with Philippi's species, with the
exception that the upper carina is slightly waved, thus giving a suggestion
of granulations or tuberculations.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, i sp.
Distribution: Navidad beds of Chili : Lebu (?) (Phil.).
Affinities: Species of Aporrhais with carinated whorls (type: A. pes
pelecani L., Miocene-Recent, see Hoernes, 1856, p. 194, pi. 18, f. 2-4)
begin in the Oligocene beds (A. speciosa Schloth., see Speyer, 1864 a. p.
166, pi. 31, f. 1—5) of Europe, and continue up to recent times, and it is
to this group that A. araucana bears the closest resemblance, as has al-
ready been pointed out by Philippi. In the lack of distinctly developed
nodules, and in the lack of a third (lower) carina on the last whorl, our
species differs strikingly from these.
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 2OI
Fam. STROMBID^E. d'Orb.
Gen. STRUTHIOLARIA Lmck.
131. STRUTHIOLARIA HATCHERI Ortmann.
PI. XXXIII, Fig. 10°' ".
1899 5. h. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 8, p. 431.
Shell ovato-pyramidal, spire scalariform. Whorls with revolving ribs,
which number 20 to 22 on the last whorl, and are all equal in size and
distance from each other. Upper part of the whorls oblique, not canalic-
ulate, rendered subangular by a series of 10-11 blunt, conical, subcosti-
form nodes. Of the spiral ribs, about 5 or 6 are in the region of the
nodes, the rest (14-15) are below the nodes, on the lower part of the
whorls.
Measurements: Height, 22 mm, diameter, 13 mm; another: height,
21 mm, diameter, 14 mm. But it grows a little larger, as is shown by
a fragment that is 16 mm in diameter.
Remarks: This species differs from all the other South American spe-
cies of the genus in the spiral ribs, which are of uniform size, in the upper
part as well as in the lower part of the whorls. In all the following spe-
cies there are at least a few ribs on the lower part of the last whorl,
which are distinctly and considerably stronger than those on the upper
part. Also the small number of nodes, and the suture, which is not
canaliculate, serve to distinguish this species.
' Record of specimens : Punta Arenas, horizon II (lower Magellanian), 8 sp.
132. STRUTHIOLARIA AMEGHINOI v. Ihering.
PI. XXXIII, Fig. n".
1897 S. ameghinoiv. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul, v. 2, p. 289, textf. 14.
1900 S. chilensis Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 380 (non S.
chilensis Phil., 1887).
Shell ovato-pyramidal, spire scalariform. Whorls spirally ribbed, on the
last whorl about 20 to 25 ribs, which are very unequal. Upper part of
whorls oblique near the suture, not canaliculated, angulated, angulation
formed by a series of 12 to 16, rarely up to 18, costiform, conical, blunt
2O2 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
or subacute nodes. In the upper part of the whorls, in the region of the
nodes, the spiral ribs (8 to 10 of them) are fine and subequal ; in the lower
part, below the nodes, are, on the last whorl, 5 to 6 stronger ribs, alter-
nating with finer ones, followed by about 5 finer ones in the lowermost
part of this whorl.
Height of largest complete individual : 56 mm, diameter, 35 mm ; a
fragment has a diameter of 40 mm.
Remarks: V. Ihering does not mention the finer ribs on the lowermost
part of the last whorl, which are not shown in casts. Well-preserved
specimens of medium size agree completely with Philippi's figure of 5".
chilensis, having the nodes more conical and subacute, and thus I was led
to believe that S. ameghinoi and chilensis are identical. But v. Ihering
writes to me, that the true 5. chilensis has 19 very fine spiral threads in
the region of the nodes. If that is the case, it is impossible to unite
these two species.
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 43 sp.; San Julian,
Oven Point, i sp.; 30 miles north of Upper Rio Chalia, 4 sp.; Lake
Pueyrredon, base of Tertiary, 5 sp.; Lake Pueyrredon, 600' above base, i sp.
Distribution: La Cueva and Santa Cruz, Suprapatagonian and Pata-
gonian beds (v. Ih.). In 1899 (p. 37) v. Ihering doubts the occurrence of
this species in the "Patagonian" beds.
Affinities: S. chilensis Phil, is the representative of this species in the
Navidad beds of Chili (Matanzas and Navidad).
i32a. STRUTHIOLARIA AMEGHINOI VAR. MULTINODOSA var. nov.
PL XXXIII, Fig. ii6.
Not so high, more globular. Whorls convex, hardly angulated, nodes
18-19, more elongated and distinctly costiform. Only 4 to 5 stronger
ribs on the lower part of the last whorl, without intermediate finer ones,
followed by about 5 finer ribs on the lowermost part of this whorl.
Height, 32 mm, diameter, 21 mm; another: height, 41 mm, diam-
eter, 27 mm.
Remarks: I first believed that this was v. Ihering's S. ornata var. dense-
striata (1897, P- 29r> textfig. 15) ; but after having sent a specimen to v.
Ihering he informs me that it is not his S. densestriata, the latter being
merely a S. ornata without the two larger spiral ribs.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 203
I think this form is only a variety of .9. ameghinoi, since we possess
individuals, which are in some degree intermediate, and especially the
number of nodes sometimes increases in S. ameghinoi to 17 and 18.
The other differences, number of spiral ribs, smaller size and more costi-
form appearance of the nodes, smaller size and more globular form of the
shell, are only differences in degree of development ; but at any rate, this
form is a very distinct variety.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 5 sp.; San Julian,
Oven Point, 24 sp. (most of them poor) ; San Julian, Darwin Station, 2
sp. (poor) ; Shell Gap, Rio Chico, upper horizon, i sp.
133. STRUTHIOLARIA ORNATA Sowerby.
PI. XXXIII, Fig. i2a-».
1846 S. o. Sowerby, in: Darwin, Geol. Observ. S. Amer., p. 260, pi.
4, f. 62.
1887 5. o. Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, pi. i, f. 5 (after Sowerby).
1889 S. o. Rochebrune & Mabille, in: Miss. Cap Horn., v. 6, p. 40.
1897 S. o. v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 291.
1897 S- °- var- densestriata v. Ihering, ibid., p. 291, textfig. 15.
1899 S. o. v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 27.
Shell ovate, apex acuminate. Whorls convex, with unequal revolving
ribs to the number of about 20 on the last whorl. Upper part of whorls
deeply canaliculate at the suture, not angulated, with a series of about 15
costiform, elongated nodes. In the region of these nodes are about 12-
13 fine, subequal spiral ribs, in the lower part, just below the nodes, are
2 very strong ribs, followed by about 5-6 finer ones ; the uppermost of
the latter is sometimes a little stronger than the rest, and sometimes a
fine rib is intercalated between the two large ones.
Height, 25 mm; diameter, 16 mm.
Remarks: The canaliculate suture, and the two strong ribs just below
the nodes serve to distinguish this species at once. But it is to be re-
marked, that in rare cases only one of the larger spiral ribs is developed,
and even none at all. The latter form has been called by v. Ihering var.
densestriata.
Sowerby's figure is very poor ; it represents a cast, and does not bring
out the most characteristic features of the shell.
204 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River, about 270 sp. ; Paso
del Rio Santa Cruz, i sp. ; Las Salinas, 4 sp.
Distribution: Santa Cruz (Sow., Roch. & Mab., v. Ih.), La Cueva (v.
Ih.), Patagonian beds (v. Ih.).
Sowerby mentions casts of a large variety from San Julian ; our collec-
tions show (see above) that these casts belong to S. ameghinoi, and chiefly
to the variety multinodosa.
Affinities of the genus Struthiolaria : The genus Struthiolaria is restricted
to the southern hemisphere, and is found — aside from the Patagonian,
Navidad and Magellanian beds — only in the Tertiary beds of New Zealand,
and living in New Zealand and Australia, and, further, it has been dis-
covered in the lower Miocene of northern Peru (Zorritos, see : Grzybowski,
1899, p. 647). It begins in New Zealand, according to Hutton (1873, p.
x), in the lower Miocene, but it is not represented in the Oamaru or
Oligocene beds. The New Zealandian species differ considerably in
sculpture from the South American forms, only the form described by
Zittel (1864, p. 35, pi. 15, f. 3) without specific name resembles slightly
the Patagonian type of this genus.
Fam. DOLIIDsE Ad.
Gen. DOLIUM Lmck.
134. DOLIUM OVULUM Ortmann.
PI. XXXIII, Fig. I3°'».
1900 D. o. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 374.
Shell ovato-globular, spire short, conical, acute, last whorl large. Sur-
face with fine and crowded revolving striae, which are subequal, but in the
lower part of the shell finer striae are intercalated. Mouth large, elon-
gated-oval, canal very short, truncated, straight and comparatively nar-
row. Inner lip without callus, tubercles or folds. Outer lip slightly
thickened.
Height, 34 mm; diameter, 25 mm.
Remarks: I do not see any crenulations on the inside of the outer lip,
but the latter is partly broken away or obscured by hard matrix.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 20$
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 2 sp.
Affinities: The genus Dolium is preeminently recent and tropical.
Fossil representatives — aside from a doubtful Upper Cretaceous species
— have been found from Miocene beds upward, so that the presence of
this species in the Patagonian beds points distinctly to Neogene age.
Gen. PYRULA Lmck. (= Ficula Sw.).
135. PYRULA CAROLINA d'Orbigny.
PI. XXXIII, Fig. I4"-6.
1847 P. c. d'Orbigny, in : Voy. Astrolabe & Zelee, Geol. Atlas, pi. 5 (Pale-
ontol., pi. 2), f. 34, 35.
1887 Ficula c. Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 52, pi. 4, f. 2.
1897 F- c- v- Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 293, pi. 4, f. 19.
1899 F. c. v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 30.
Shell fusiform, elongated, slender. Spire very short, apex acute. Sur-
face with about 22-25 revolving ribs, which are equidistant from each
other and equal, crossed by fine, crowded, longitudinal striae. In old
shells the revolving ribs become more distant from each other, and at two
or three places a single finer one is intercalated. Mouth elongated, canal
long and slender.
Measurements of a complete individual: Height, 52mm; diameter, 31 mm.
Record of specimens: Mouthwof Santa Cruz River, 19 sp.; San Julian,
Darwin Station, i sp.; Lake Pueyrredon, 600' above base, i sp.
Distribution: Santa Cruz (Phil., v. Ih.), Jegua quemada (v. Ih.); Pata-
gonian and Suprapatagonian beds (v. Ih.). Navidad, Chili (Phil.).
Affinities: This species is closely allied to a Neogene or recent group
of species which are closely connected with one another, and differ chiefly
in the development of the spiral sculpture. Ficus pyriformis of Gabb
(1869, p. 48, pi. 14, f. 4) from the Miocene of California is very near in
external form and sculpture (smaller ribs intercalated between the larger
ones, are rare), but the number of the spiral ribs is much larger (about
40), and they are, accordingly, more crowded.
F. concinna Beyr. (see Speyer, 1864, p. 184, pi. 33, f. 15, especially
fig. I5c), from the Oligocene of Germany is also closely allied : the secon-
206 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
dary spiral ribs are wanting, exactly as in P. Carolina, but the ribs are
more numerous (in a much smaller specimen figured by Speyer 30 are
present), and the longitudinal striae are less crowded.
All other species differ more considerably, especially those forms desig-
nated under the name of/*, condita Brongn. (Hoernes, 1856, p. 270, pi.
28, f. 4-6), from Miocene to Recent, and P. reticulata Lmck. (Hoernes,
ibid., p. 268, pi. 28, f. 1-3, and Speyer, 1864, p. 185, pi. 33, f. 12),
from Oligocene to Recent, in which between the principal spiral ribs
one or more secondary ones are regularly intercalated, and in which
the longitudinal striae are rib-like, stronger, and more distant from each
other.
It is extremely significant, that the present species compares better with
the Miocene P. pyriformis from California, than with any other species,
and especially that it does not exhibit the characters of those forms (P.
condita, reticulata} which continue to the Recent time.
Fam. TRITONID^ Ad.
Gen. TRITONIUM Lmck.
136. TRITONIUM BICEGOI v. Ihering.
PI. XXXIII, Fig. 15.
1899 T. b. v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 29, pi. i, f. 8.
Shell ovato-conical, swollen below, with three varices. Whorls with
fine spiral striae, and large tubercles, the latter, on the last whorl, in three
spiral rows, those of the upper row larger (6-7 between two varices),
those of the lower rows smaller, situated on two indistinct spiral ribs.
Columella smooth, canal short, a little twisted and oblique. Outer lip
subdentate, near the upper end with a distinct canaliform emargination,
opposite to which, on the upper part of the inner lip, there is a dentiform
fold.
Height of incomplete individual : 76 mm ; diameter, 49 mm.
Remarks: In our individuals the canal appears to be long, but the last
whorl is almost completely gone.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 2 sp.
Distribution: Santa Cruz, Patagonian formation (v. Ih.).
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 2OJ
Affinities: The type of ornamentation is essentially the same as in the
following species (T. morgam], but the external form is quite different,
being much broader and comparatively shorter, and less elongated.
137. TRITONIUM MORGANI Ortmann.
PI. XXXIII, Fig. 1 6.
1900 T. m. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 374.
Shell subfusiform, elongated, with three varices. Whorls with fine,
unequal, spiral striae and large tubercles, the latter, on the last whorl, in
three spiral rows, those of the upper row large, about 7 between two
varices ; those of the middle row ( 5-6 ) small, and those of the lower
row (3-4) very indistinct, and indicated only by a slight spiral rib. Colu-
mella smooth, with a few indistinct crenulations in the lower part ( on the
canal). Canal comparatively long, narrow. Outer lip distinctly crenu-
lato-dentate within in the lower part, with an indistinct canaliform emar-
gination in the upper part, opposite to which, on the upper part of the
inner lip, there is a distinct dentiform fold.
Height, 63 mm; diameter, 28 mm.
Remarks: The specific name is given in honor of Mr. J. Pierpont Mor-
gan.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, i sp.
Affinities: This species comes very near T. verruculosiim (Sow.) (1846,
p. 260, pi. 4, f. 63, and Philippi, 1887, p. 57, pi. 4, f. 10) from Navidad,
but it differs in the much more slender form, and more numerous tuber-
cles (in T. verruculosum there are only 2-4 between two varices).
The two species of Tritonium known from Patagonia offer a dis-
tinctly Neogene feature. The genus is found from Eocene up to Recent
times, but the Eocene and Oligocene species differ considerably in sculp-
ture from our species, and it is in Miocene deposits where we first find
this type of sculpture. In external form as well as in ornamentation, T.
morgani — as regards the number of spiral rows or tubercles on the last
whorl — comes nearest to T. tarbellianum (Grat.) (see Hoernes, 1856, p.
203, pi. 20, f. 7-12), and especially to the more nodulose variety of this
species from the Miocene of Europe. It differs, however, in the more
slender form, the longer canal, and the slighter development of the spiral
ribs.
2O8 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALEONTOLOGY.
Species of Tritonium offering a similar structure to these two Patago-
nian species are found in the so-called "older" Tertiary beds of Austra-
lia (see Tate, 1888, p. 116, ff.), but they require further investigation.
Fam. BUCCINID^. Trosch.
Gen. BUCCINUM L.
138. BUCCINUM (COMINELLA) ANN^E Ortmann.
PL XXXIII, Fig. 17.
1900 B. a. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 374.
Shell subfusiform, elongated-oval. Spire long. Whorls 7-8, angu-
lated, the angulation with a series of tubercles, 12-14 on tne last whorl
which are continued downward as irregular longitudinal ribs. Upper
part of whorls (above angulation) slightly concave, appressed toward the
suture. Exposed part of upper whorls, below angulation, subcylindrical.
Whole surface of shell covered with numerous revolving striae, which are
somewhat unequal. Last whorl large. Mouth ovate, elongate, upper
end subcanaliculate, lower end truncate, and with a short, reflected canal,
forming a varix on the columella. Inner lip a. little expanded, thin.
Outer lip thin, smooth within.
Height, 66 mm ; diameter, 30 mm.
Remarks : The tubercles of the angulation become somewhat irregular
on the last whorl, and indistinct near the mouth. The longitudinal ribs
are irregular on the last whorl, sometimes two of them starting from one
tubercle, sometimes being quite indistinct. This species belongs to the
subgenus Cominella.
The specific name is given in honor of Mrs. Anna Ortmann.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 4 sp.
Affinities: This species comes near B. veneris Basterot (1825, p. 47,
pi. 2, f. 15) from the Miocene of Southern and Western Europe. The
general form is essentially the same, only the canal is a little longer, and
the ornaments of the shell are slightly different : in B. veneris the angu-
lation has more numerous and more closely set tubercles, and the longi-
tudinal ribs are indistinct or wanting. There is no other Bitccinum, to
my knowledge, that resembles our species so much as this one.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 209
139. BUCCINUM (COMINELLA) OBESUM VAR. MINOR (Philippi).
PI. XXXIII, Fig. 18.
1887 Fus2ts obesus var. minor Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p.
48, pi. 3, f. 4b.
1900 Buccinttm obesuni Ortmann, in : Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 379.
Shell broadly oval, swollen. Spire short, conical. Whorls 5, convex,
slightly depressed in the upper part, near the suture, with about 14-15
longitudinal ribs, which disappear suddenly on the upper part of the whorls,
some distance from the suture, and run down, on the last whorl, almost to
the canal. Surface of shell with numerous revolving striae, which are
somewhat unequal. Last whorl large. Mouth ovate, upper end slightly
canaliculate, lower end truncate, with a broad and very short, reflected canal,
forming avarix on the columella. Inner lip thin, outer lip smooth within.
Height, 19 mm; diameter, 14 mm.
Remarks: This is also a Cominella, and I have no doubt that it is con-
generic with the foregoing. The short reflected canal forming a varix is
quite unlike the long canal of Fusus, and agrees well with that of B.
annce, and the genus Buccinmn in general.
It may be remarked that — if belonging to Fusus — the specific name
would be preoccupied by Fusus obesus Michelin (subgenus Euthria, see
Zittel, 1885, p. 272).
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 3 sp.
Distribution: Chili : Matanzas and Cucao (Phil.). The typical form of
B. obesum is found at Navidad.
Gen. CHRYSODOMUS Sw.
140. CHRYSODOMUS CANCELLATUS (Ortmann).
PI. XXXIV, Fig. 2"-".
1900 Fusus c. Ortmann, in : Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 375 (non F.
c. Sowerby).
1901 F. ortmanni Cossmann, in: Rev. crit. Paleozool., v. 5, July, 1901, p.
151, footnote (3).
Shell small, fusiform, elongate. Spire a little shorter than the last
whorl. Whorls convex, surface ornamented by revolving and longi-
2IO PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PAL/EONTOLOGY.
tudinal ribs, cancellated. Besides, there are distinct and regular lines of
growth. Spiral ribs, on the upper whorls, to the number of 4-5, 12-13
on the last whorl. They are sharp, but flat, equidistant, narrower in the
intervening spaces between the longitudinal ribs, but on the points of
intersection with the latter, they are slightly broadened, giving the
appearance of low tubercles. Longitudinal ribs 12-13 on eacn whorl,
rounded (not sharp), but distinct, running from suture to suture, but dis-
appearing on the canal. The lines of growth are very distinct, fine and
sharp, and very numerous. Mouth elliptical, canal comparatively short.
Outer lip crenulated within.
Height, 16 mm; diameter, 6.5 mm.
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 5 sp.
Affinities: This species seems to be very closely allied to the Euro-
pean Miocene Fusus glomus Gene (Hoernes, 1856, p. 279, pi. 31, f. 2), but
the latter is less slender, larger, and the longitudinal ribs are less devel-
oped. The character of the spiral sculpture is essentially the same.
Another closely allied form is F. nexilis Ball. (1890, p. 128, pi. 8, f. 4)
from the Miocene Silex-beds of Florida, but it is less slender, and the outer
lip has no crenulations. Another similar form, Chrysodomus glyptus Verr.,
is found living in the West Indies, but this one has a larger mouth and
longer canal (see Dall, 1889, pi. 61, f. 82).
141. CHRYSODOMUS PILSBRYI (Ortmann).
PI. XXXIV, Fig. 3.
1900 Fusus p. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 375.
Shell thick, elongated, fusiform ; spire a little shorter than the last
whorl. Whorls 7-8, convex, slightly appressed in the upper part near
the suture, ornamented with 8-9 strong, rounded, longitudinal ribs, which
are slightly oblique and curved. On the upper whorls these ribs reach
from suture to suture, on the last whorl they disappear at a short distance
below the middle. All of the surface of the shell is covered by very fine,
numerous, but distinct and subequal spiral striae. Lines of growth fine
and indistinct. Mouth comparatively small, continued into a compara-
tively short canal. Inner lip expanded, smooth; outer lip thick and ap-
parently without crenulations.
Height, 36.5 mm (not quite complete at upper end); diameter, 12 mm.
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 2 1 I
Remarks: There are slight variations in the external form ; some speci-
mens are less slender: Height, 30 mm (not complete, but damaged to
about the same extent as the specimen given above) ; diameter, 12.5 mm.
The number of longitudinal ribs is 1 1 in one individual, in all others 8-9.
I am not quite satisfied as to the generic position of this shell.
The specific name has been given in honor of Mr. H. A. Pilsbry, of
Philadelphia.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 5 sp.
Gen. SIPHONALIA Ad.
142. SIPHONALIA DOMEYKOANA (Philippi).
PI. XXXIV, Fig. 4.
1887 Fusus domeykoanus Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 45, pi.
2, f. 10.
1896 F. d. Moericke, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., Beil. Bd. 10, p. 569.
1899 Siphonalia dilatatavzx. stibrecta v. Ihering, in : N. Jahrb. Miner., etc.,
v. 2, p. 30.
1900 Fusus domeykoanus Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 380.
Shell large, biconically-fusiform, with 7-8 whorls ; whorls angulated,
last whorl large. Angulation with a spiral series of large tubercles,
10— ii in one volution, tubercles blunt, conical, situated, on the upper
whorls, at a little distance over the suture, continued downward, on .the
last whorl, as short longitudinal ribs. Upper part of whorls (above the
tubercles) oblique, flat. Whole surface with numerous, crowded, strong
spiral striae. Mouth ovate, angulated on the outer lip, and slightly canal-
iculate at the upper end. Canal about as long as the mouth, open, slightly
curved.
Measurements of a complete individual : Height, 98 mm, diameter,
48 mm ; of another : height, 94 mm, diameter, 53 mm ; of an individual
with an upper and lower end incomplete: height, 114 mm, diameter,
63 mm.
Remarks: V. Ihering refers this form to the New Zealandian living and
fossil (Miocene upward) species Fusus dilatatus Quoy & Gaimard (1832,
p. 498, pi. 34, f. 15, 1 6), and this species is, no doubt, closely related, but,
212 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
according to the original figure, the living form is broader and less elon-
gated. F. domeykoanus, of Philippi, is mentioned by v. Ihering as re-
sembling the Patagonian species, but he says that Philippi's sentence:
"apertura superius subcanaliculata " does not apply to it. But this cana-
liculation is well shown in our specimens, and agrees perfectly with Phi-
lippi's figure. On the other hand, I do not think that F. subreflexus of
Sowerby (1846, p. 259, pi. 4, f. 57), from Navidad belongs here. The
latter has the upper part of the whorls concave, and the general outline,
especially of the last whorl, and the ornaments are a little different. Since
Philippi does not give any comment on Sowerby's figure or diagnosis
(1887, p. 45, pi. 2, f. 8), but simply copies the former, we are to suppose
that really another species agreeing with Sowerby's F. subreflexus exists
at Navidad.
Our specimens, on the average, differ from Philippi's figure of F. domey-
koanus only in being a little more slender, but there is variation in this
respect among our material, as is shown by the measurements given
above. Philippi's figure still more approaches, in this respect, the living
F. dilatatus than our specimens do.
F. encodes Philippi (p. 45, pi. 2, f. n), also from Navidad, seems to be
only a variety, and agrees in outline better with our individuals.
F. steinmanni Moericke (1896, p. 570, pi. n, f. 18, 19), from the'Plio-
cene Coquimbo-beds of Caldera, Chili, is very closely allied, but the tuber-
cles are less developed. Partly exfoliated individuals of our species,
where the tubercles are more or less gone, resemble F. steinmanni very
closely, so that I was inclined at first, when I had only such poor mate-
rial, to take it for that species.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 24 sp.; Las Salinas,
i cast.
Distribution: Santa Cruz, Patagonian beds (v. Ih.); Navidad, Chili
(Phil., Moer.).
Affinities: As has been demonstrated above, S. domeykoana is repre-
sented in the Pliocene beds of Chili by S. steinmanni, and in New Zea-
land by S. dilatata, which has been found in Miocene and Pliocene beds
(see Hutton, 1873, p. 3, and 1886, p. 348), and still lives there.
Among the European species the Miocene F. virgineus Grat (Hoernes,
1856, p. 286, pi. 31, f. 10-12) might be compared with this one, but it is
more slender, and the sculpture, although of the same type, is a little dif-
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 2 1 3
ferent. There are no species of this type in Eocene deposits of the north-
ern hemisphere.
•
143. SlPHONALIA NOACHINA (Sowerby).
PI. XXXIV, Fig. 5.
1846 Fusus noach. Sowerby, in: Darwin, Geol. Observ. S. Amer., p. 259,
pi. 4, f- 58, 59-
1897 Siphonalia noach. v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 298.
? 1899 S. n. Cossmann, in: Journ. Conchyliol., p. 19 (of sep. cop.), pi. u,
fig. 2, 3 (perhaps jun.?).
Shell ovato-fusiform, spire much shorter than the last whorl, subconical.
Whorls 5-6, convex, last whorl very large and swollen. Surface orna-
ments consisting of spiral grooves, which are deep and quite distant from
each other, separated by low and rounded ribs, which are about twice as
broad as the sulci. The bottom of the sulci is finely pitted (by lines of
growth). Upper whorls with very indistinct longitudinal ribs (8 or 9).
Mouth oval, large. Canal of medium length, broad, open, slightly
curved.
Measurements of an almost complete individual : Height, 61 mm, diam-
eter, 35 mm ; another one, slightly damaged, measures : height, 97 mm,
diameter, 55 mm.
Remarks: This species grew to a considerable size : an individual, with
the larger part of the spire broken away, measures : Height, 93 mm ; diam-
eter, 59 mm. In large specimens the spiral sculpture of the last whorl
becomes very strong, consisting of a number of strong, rounded, sub-
equal ribs, separated by narrower, deep and flat grooves, the pitted appear-
ance of which is not so strongly exhibited.
It seems doubtful whether the small specimen described by Cossmann
really belongs here.
Record of specimens: Mt. of Observation, upper horizon, 2 sp.; San
Julian, Oven Point, 7 sp.; San Julian, Darwin Station, i sp.; Canon near
Sierra Oveja, Rio Chico, i sp.; Lake Pueyrredon, 600' above base,
i sp.
Distribution: San Julian (Sow.); ? Jegua quemada, Suprapatagonian
beds (Cossm.).
214 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
Fam. MURICID^. Tryon.
Gen. MUREX L.
144. MUREX HATCHERI Ortmann.
PI. XXXIV, Fig. 6.
1900 M. h. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 375.
Shell ovato-subfusiform. Whorls 5-6, rapidly increasing. Spire short,
conical. Upper whorls angulated by a prominent, but blunt carina, which
is situated below the middle of the whorls ; this carina also forms an
angulation on the last whorl, and, below it, there are 4-5 other carinae,
of which the first, or the first and second, are strong, resembling the
upper carina, while the others are smaller, becoming indistinct toward the
canal. Upper part of whorls, above the upper carina, flat and obliquely
descending from the suture, with a few revolving striae becoming indis-
tinct on the last whorl. Varices 5—6, lamelliform, strong and thick, at
the points of crossing with the spiral carinae produced into short leaf- or
ear-like lobes, strongest on the uppermost carina, and decreasing in size
toward the canal. On the upper whorls only the upper row of lobes is
visible, which become indistinct toward the apex. Mouth large, ovate,
prolonged into an open canal of medium length, hardly as long as the
mouth. Outer lip ornamented with 5—6 ear-like lobes, identical with the
lobes of the varices.
Height, 63 mm ; diameter, 44 mm.
Remarks: The development of the spiral carinae differs in the two indi-
viduals at hand. The larger one has only two of them strongly devel-
oped, the others are small and indistinct, and indicated chiefly by the
lobes of the varices, which are quite large. In the other individual, these
two larger carinae are also developed, but below them are about four dis-
tinct ribs decreasing in size downward. The lobes of the varices are
indistinct and small in this individual (partly worn off on the whorls),
but very distinct, although smaller than in the first one, on the margin
of the mouth.
As to the resemblance of this species to Urosalpinx pyriformis (v. Ih.)
see below.
Record of specimens : San Julian, Darwin Station, 2 sp.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 215
Affinities: This is the first true Murex known from the Patagonian
beds, and, indeed, the first that is referable without doubt to this genus
from any South American Tertiary deposits, and it belongs in the sub-
genus Phyllonotus Montf. Species of this type are hardly found before
Miocene times, but are quite abundant in Miocene, Pliocene, and Recent
beds. I cannot compare it with any known form, none having a particu-
larly close affinity to it, but on the whole it has a Neogene character.
Gen. TROPHON Montf.
145. TROPHON PATAGONICUS (Sowerby).
PI. XXXIV, Fig. 7"-".
1846 Fusus patagoniciis Sowerby, in: Darwin, Geol. Observ. S. Amer.,
p. 259, pi. 4, f. 60.
1897 Trophon lac^niat^^s var. santacruzensis v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus.
Paul., v. 2, p. 294, pi. 3, f. 4.
1897 T. patag. v. Ihering, ibid., p. 296.
1899 T. p. v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 31.
1900 T. p. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 380.
Shell ovato-oblong, with lamelliform varices. Whorls angulated, upper
part, near the suture, flat, varices not extending upon this flat part, or
only represented by growth-lines. Number of varices from 8— 16, on the
last whorl sometimes quite crowded, on the upper whorls more or less
distant, elevated, and produced, on the angulation, into acuminate, often
recurved lobes. Mouth subcircular or subovate, canal about as long as
the mouth or a little shorter, umbilicus larger or smaller. Whole surface
of shell, except upper flat part, with spiral striae, which are more or less
distinct, often entirely obliterated.
Measurements (not quite complete individual) : Height, 72 mm, diame-
ter (varices included) 60 mm ; another one, with the upper end gone :
Height, 82 mm, diameter, 75 mm ; of a complete individual : Height, 63
mm, diameter, 38 mm.
Remarks: v. Ihering's T. laciniatus var. santacruzensis differs, at the
first glance, considerably from Sowerby's T. patagonicus: nevertheless,
both are connected by numerous intermediate forms, so that it is impos-
2l6 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
sible to draw a line between them. According to v. Ihering, the chief
characteristics of T. santacruzensis are :
i. It has only 8 varices. 2. The flat part of the whorls is slightly
ascending toward the suture (in T. patagoniciis it is said to be descend-
ing or excavated). 3. The form of the shell is more elongated and the
canal longer.
I would make the following remarks on these three points :
1. The number of varices increases with age, but it is already variable
in the young shell. Indeed, we have specimens of the same size as v.
Ihering's figure, which have only 8 varices ; but many others have more
at the same size, 9-11. The average number, in individuals a little larger
than v. Ihering's, is between 10 and 12, but sometimes, on the last whorl,
the number increases rapidly, reaching 16. Our largest individual, from
Darwin Station, however, has only 12. Sowerby's figure represents an
individual of a little more than medium size (height, 69 mm), possessing
very numerous varices.
2. There is a slight variation as to the flat upper part of the whorls, it
being more or less ascending toward the suture, but in most cases it is
almost horizontal. In no case, even in individuals corresponding closely
to Sowerby's figure, it is descending toward the suture. The excavated
appearance is due to the strongly elevated varices.
3. The external form is very variable. As a rule, younger individuals
are more slender, older ones comparatively broader, but there are many
exceptions to this rule in young ones. Our largest individuals, however,
are all short and broad.
With the external form the length of the canal varies, and there is
considerable variation as to the size of the umbilicus and the develop-
ment of the spiral striae, which in many individuals are entirely absent,
and in a few very strongly developed. They are best developed in com-
paratively young specimens.
This species differs from T. laciniatus in the following points: i. The
upper flat part of the whorls is not crossed by the varices, and this flat
part is broader. 2. The lobe formed by each varix on the angulation is
more strongly developed, more acuminate and recurved.
In the occasional presence of spiral striae this species approaches also
the recent T. geversiamis (Pall.) (see : Kuester & Kobelt, 1878, p. 275,
pi. 72, f. 1—3, pi. 73, f. i), which is probably nothing but a variety of
T. laciniatus.
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 21J
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 13 sp.; San Julian,
Oven Point, 21 sp.; San Julian, Darwin Station, 5 sp.; 30 miles north of
upper Rio Chalia, i sp.; Lake Pueyrredon, base of Tertiary, 4 sp.; Lake
Pueyrredon, 600' above base, I sp.
Distribution: San Julian (Sow., see Darwin, 1846, p. 112); Santa Cruz,
La Cueva, and Jegua quemada, Patagonian beds (v. Ih.).
Affinities: This species is apparently the ancestral form of both, T.
laciniatus, which is found in the Cape Fairweather beds, and is also
recent, and T. geversianus, which is recent.
The genus Trophon, according to Zittel (1885, p. 278) is a character-
istic Tertiary genus, and hardly found before Oligocene times. The
present species has no closely allied forms in deposits of the northern
hemisphere.
146. TROPHON LACINIATUS Martyn.
PI. XXXIV, Fig. 8°-".
1847 Fusus /. Reeve, Conch. Icon., v. 4, pi. 4, f. 14.
1878 Trophon I. Kuester & Kobelt, in : Martini & Chemnitz, System.
Conch.-Cabin., v. 3, pars 2, p. 280, pi. 72, f. 6, 7.
1880 T. /. Tryon, Man. Conch., v. 2, p. 143, pi. 31, f. 330.
1897 T, 1. Pilsbry, in : Pr. Acad. Philad., p. 329.
Shell ovato-oblong, with lamelliform varices ; whorls more or less
angulated, upper part, near the suture, flat, narrow, crossed by the varices.
Varices quite numerous, elevated into ear-like lobes on the angulation.
Mouth suboval, canal moderately long, umbilicus larger or smaller.
Surface of shell, between the varices, without spiral sculpture.
Height (not quite complete), 62 mm, diameter, 36 (varices 'included) ;
height (not quite complete), 72 mm, diameter, 38 mm.
Remarks : The ear-like lobes in this Cape Fairweather fossil are larger,
but less acuminate than in the recent form, but I do not think that this
warrants the creation of a new species, especially if we take into consid-
eration the enormous variability of the recent form.
Record of specimens : Cape Fairweather, 16 sp.
Distribution: Known living from the Straits of Magellan and Pata-
gonia.
2l8 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALEONTOLOGY.
1463. TROPHON LACINIATUS VAR. INORATUS (Pilsbry).
PI. XXXIV, Fig. 8".
1897 ?• varians v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 296.
1897 ^ inornattis Pilsbry, in: Pr. Acad. Philad., p. 330, textfig.
This form, found — at Cape Fairweather — associated with the typical
form of T. laciniattis, is hardly anything more than a variety of the latter.
Its external form is more or less slender, sometimes quite swollen. Sur-
face without lamellose varices, or only with slight traces of them, smooth
except for lines of growth.
Height, 60 mm, diameter, 37 mm.
Remarks: We possess individuals that show slightly developed vari-
ces, in some parts of the shell, which fact makes it the more certain that
it is only a variety of T. laciniatus. The upper part of the whorls has
sometimes a distinct angulation and a distinct, but narrow, flattened
space near the suture (var. gradata v. Ih.) ; in other cases no trace of
this angulation is seen, the whorls being evenly convex.
This variety much resembles some of the varieties generally classed
with T. geversianus, especially : T. geversianus var. calva ( Kuester &
Kobelt, 1878, p. 305, pi. 75, f. i, and Tryon, 1880, pi. 32, f. 338), and T.
geversianus var. varians (Tryon, pi. 32, f. 346). Some of our specimens,
for instance, that figured by Pilsbry, which are more obese- and have no
angulation, are indistinguishable from T. varians as figured by Tryon.
On the other hand, we have specimens that are more elongate, and the
complete lack of spiral sculptures, as well as the fact that this form is
found associated with T. laciniatus, is in favor of the course adopted, to
leave it with T. laciniatus.
The fact that T. laciniattis offers the same variations as T. geversianus
is very interesting, and would bring these two supposed species still
closer together.
Record of specimens: Cape Fairweather, n sp.; San Julian, Darwin
Station, above Patagonian beds, 3 sp.
Distribution: T. varians, mentioned by v. Ihering from Santa Rosa (or
Punta Raza, see pp. 112, 119 and 177), between Santa Cruz and San
Julian, and from between San Jorge and Deseado, from the Tehuelche
beds, is no doubt this form.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 2 19
Gen. UROSALPINX Stps.
147. UROSALPINX ELEGANS Ortmann.
PI. XXXIV, Fig. 9.
1900 U. e. Ortmann, in : Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 376.
Shell ovato-fusiform ; whorls 5-6, convex, with spiral striae and 7-8
longitudinal variciform costas, which are rounded. Mouth oval, elongated
into an open, but narrow canal, which is about as long as the mouth.
Outer lip distinctly crenulated within.
Height, 16.5 mm ; diameter, 8 mm.
Remarks: This species closely resembles Triton leucostomoides of
Sowerby (1846, p. 260, pi. 4, f. 64 = Fusiis sowerbyanus Philippi, 1887,
p. 48, pi. 3, f. 1 6), but appears to be more slender than the latter, and the
number of ribs is smaller (8 against 12 in T. leucostomoides, according to
Philippi), and the ribs are accordingly more distant from one another.
As to the genus Urosalpinx szz: Ball, 1890, p. 147, v. Ihering, 1897,
p. 297, and Cossmann, 1899, p. 18.
U. leucostomoides Cossmann is different from Sowerby's species.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 3 sp.
Affinities: U. leitcostomoides (Sow.) is closely allied; it is found,
according to Sowerby and Philippi, in the Navidad beds of Chili, and
according to v. Ihering (1897, p. 321), in the Suprapatagonian beds. V.
Ihering does not give any particular locality, nor does he give any additional
description or figure, so that it is impossible to control his identification.
Murex lamelliferoi Philippi ( 1 887, p. 56, pi. 3, f. 22) from the Navidad beds
of Matanzas, Chili, also resembles this species, but it has spiral striae only
in the upper part of the whorls, and the external form is a little different.
148. UROSALPINX COSSMANNI Ortmann.
PI. XXXIV, Fig. lo"".
1899 U. cf. leucostomoides Cossmann, in: Journ. Conchyl., p. 17 (of sep.
cop.), pi. 10, f. 7.
1900 U. cossmanni Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 380.
Shell small, fusiform. Whorls 6, convex, suture deep; surface orna-
mented with spiral cords, 5 of which are exposed on the upper whorls ;
220 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
they are crossed by numerous longitudinal, sometimes variciform, ribs.
Mouth ovate, elongated into an open, slightly curved canal of medium
length, a little shorter than the mouth. Outer lip thickened and crenu-
lated on inner side.
Height, 10 mm, diameter, 4.5 mm; a larger, but incomplete, individual
has a diameter of 6.5 mm; Cossmann gives: height, 13 mm, diameter,
6 mm.
Remarks: This species differs from T. leucostomoides in the more
numerous (30 and more), and finer longitudinal ribs, and further, in the
more slender form.
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 14 sp.
Distribution: Jegua quemada, Suprapatagonian beds (Cossm.).
•
149. UROSALPINX PYRIFORMIS (v. Ihering).
PI. XXXIV, Fig. ii.
1897 Trophon p. v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 295, pi. 3, f. 5.
Shell ovato-pyriform, spire short. Whorls with spiral ribs, 2—3 of
which are stronger, the uppermost of them forming an angulation on the
whorls. Varices lamellar, 7-9. Mouth ovate, canal short, straight.
Height, 14 mm; diameter, 9.5 mm.
Remarks: Our specimen is smaller than that figured by v. Ihering, and
poorly preserved, v. Ihering's figure is very indistinct, and shows only
the external form, which agrees completely with our individual, v. Iher-
ing mentions 3 stronger spiral ribs, which are not seen in his figure.
Our individual has only 2 stronger ribs ; and further, he gives 9 varices,
while I see only 7.
There is a very striking resemblance -to Murex hatcheri: the chief dif-
ference is, that M. hatcheri has only 5 or 6 varices, which are distinctly
lobate. In our individuals of M. hatcheri, the varices on the upper whorls
are so much obscured, that it is impossible to count them correctly, but
they seem to be more numerous there. Possibly, T. pyriformis is only
the young stage of M. hatcheri, but the lack of more material prevents
me from determining this question.
Record of specimens : Lake Pueyrredon, base of Tertiary, i sp.
Distribution: Jegua quemada, Suprapatagonian beds (v. Ih.).
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 221
Fam. FUSIDsE Tryon.
Gen. FUSUS Lmck.
150. Fusus SUBSPIRALIS spec. nov.
PI. XXXIII, Fig. 19.
Shell fusiform, elongated and slender. Eight whorls are preserved, but
the shell is defective below. Whorls very sharply angulated, suture deep.
Angulation forming a sharp and simple (not nodulose) carina on the upper
6 whorls ; on the yth and 8th whorl there are small, remote, but distinct
tubercles, not continued as ribs below or above the angulation. Upper
surface of whorls, above the carina, and lower surface slightly concave,
receding toward the suture. Surface of shell apparently smooth on the
upper whorls, but with fine revolving striae on the lowermost whorl in its
upper as well as in its lower part, continued downward as far as can be
seen. Striae not much crowded, crossed by very fine and indistinct lines
of growth. Columella straight, slender, elongate, indicating a long and
straight canal.
Height, 31 mm; diameter, 12 mm.
Remarks: Only one incomplete individual, imbedded in hard, refrac-
tory matrix — apparently the upper part of a rather large species — is pres-
ent. Last whorl not preserved, but the elongated columella indicates a
species of the genus Fusus.
The number of nodes of the carina cannot be ascertained, since only
part of the lower volutions is exposed, and this part lacks most of the
shell. I have, however, no doubt that it is possible to recognize this
species, if better material should be found.
Record of specimens : Punta Arenas, horizon II (lower Magellanian);
i sp.
Affinities: F. subspiralis resembles F. oxytropis Philippi from the
Navidad beds of Chili (see under F. archimedis], but differs in the larger
size and much more slender spire ; also the form of the upper whorls is
different, the carina being situated, in F. oxytropis, nearer to the lower
suture, in F. subspiralis, nearer to the upper one, although only very
slightly above the middle.
222 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
151. Fusus ARCHIMEDIS Ortmann.
PI. XXXIII, Fig. 20--».
1900 F. a. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 374.
Shell fusiform ; spire shorter than the last whorl, scalariform. Whorls
over 5 (upper part of spire missing), very prominently angulated, suture
very deep. Upper part of whorls, above angulation, flat, obliquely
descending from the suture, lower part of upper whorls (below angula-
tion) very slightly convex, obliquely receding toward the lower suture.
Angulation blunt, with a number (10—13) °f blunt, often indistinct tuber-
cles. Sometimes these tubercles resemble indistinct longitudinal ribs,
running for a short distance downward. Surface of shell with fine revolv-
ing ribs on the lower part of the whorls and on the angulation, but these
ribs disappear on the upper part of the whorls at a short distance from the
angulation. Whole surface with distinct lines of growth, which have a
squamulose appearance where they cross the revolving ribs. Last whorl
large. Mouth triangular, continued into a long and straight canal. The
revolving ribs of the last whorl become indistinct on the canal.
Height, 50 mm (but defective at upper end), diameter, 25 mm ; diam-
eter of a fragment, 31 mm.
Remarks: Characterized by the strongly angulated whorls and deeply
receding suture. The larger part of the upper flat portion of the whorls
is quite smooth, except for growth-lines. Only near the angulation 3 to 4
revolving ribs begin to appear, and these ribs continue downward over
the angulation toward the canal, where they become indistinct.
Record of specimens : San Julian, Darwin Station, 3 sp.
Affinities: Only one species of this characteristic, strongly angulated
form is known from the South American Tertiary : F. oxytropis Philippi
(1887, p. 50, pi. 3, f. 15) from Navidad and Tubul, but this one is much
smaller, and the angulation much sharper, cariniform.
I know only one other species that may be compared with ours : F.
hector Whitfield (1892, p. 199, pi. 25, f. 3-6) from the Eocene Marls of
New Jersey. But the latter is distinguished at once by the spiral sculp-
ture: the upper part of the whorls, above the angulation, does not possess
any spiral lines, and those below the angulation are much more distant
from each other and fewer in number. But, on the whole, the type of
sculpture is very similar in both species.
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 223
152. Fusus TOROSUS Ortmann.
PI. XXXIV, Fig. i.
1900 F. t. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 375.
Shell subturbinate-fusiform. Spire short, rather depressed. Whorls 4,
last whorl very large. Surface with numerous fine spiral ribs, which are
rather crowded and somewhat unequal, crossed by very fine, squamiform
lines of growth. Whorls strongly convex, swollen, with about 7 strong,
variciform, longitudinal ribs, which begin at the suture, and become thick
and swollen in the middle of the last whorl, attenuating again toward the
lower end of the shell. Mouth ovate, continued into a canal of moderate
length, which is slightly curved.
Height, 31 mm; diameter, 20 mm.
Remarks: In external form this species closely resembles F. pyruli-
formis of Sowerby (1846, p. 258, pi. 4, f. 56) from Navidad. I should
not hesitate to identify my individual with Sowerby's species, if it was
not for the account of the Navidad form given by Philippi (1887, p. 43,
pi. 2, f. i) and Moericke (1896, p. 569, pi. 11, f. i, 2). According to these
authors, Sowerby's figure is very poor, and both give better figures of the
Navidad species (Philippi in an unnumbered figure in the upper right
hand corner of plate 2).
According to these figures, the Navidad species differs from ours in the
following particulars : (i) The upper part of the last whorl, as well as the
upper whorls, is smooth, the longitudinal ribs not being continued upward
to the suture : in our species these ribs continue to the suture, being very
distinct on the spire. (2) The last whorl, from the middle downward, is
occupied by swollen longitudinal ribs, which are cut up into a number of
tubercles, which form spiral rows : in our species these ribs are crossed by
fine spiral cords, but are not cut up by them into tubercles. (3) The
canal is perfectly straight, while it is slightly curved in our individual.
I entertain some doubt, whether Philippi's and Moericke's species is
really the F. pyndiformis of Sowerby. Sowerby's figure, no doubt, is
poor, but his diagnosis applies perfectly to our individual, since he calls
the spire "rudis," by which expression he may have intended the rough,
tuberculated appearance given to the spire by the upper continuations of
the ribs toward the suture, and, further, since he describes the sculpture
224 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
of the last whorl as tubercles continuing downward as ribs, crossed by
furrows ( " anfractibus . . . medio tuberculatis, tuberculis transversim sul-
catis, in costas subdecurrentibus"), which agrees better with our species
than with Philippi's and Moericke's species. If our species should prove
to belong really to Sowerby's species, the specific name of Pyruliformis is
to be retained, and that of Philippi's species is to be changed.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, i sp.
Affinities: According to the considerations given above, there is no
doubt that the Navidad form F. pyruliformis is very closely allied. The
latter has been compared by Moericke with F. burdigalensis Bast, from
the Miocene of Europe (see Hoernes, 1856, p. 296, pi. 32, f. 13, 14).
This species is remarkable for the Pyrula-\\\Lt form of the shell, and this
character is still more strongly expressed in F. pyruliformis as well as in
F. torosus. The sculpture, however, is different, F. burdigalensis having
only a row of small tubercles, but no costiform tubercles, and no acces-
sory rows of tubercles as F. pyruliformis.
Fam. VOLUTIDA1 Gray.
Gen. MARGINELLA Lmck.
153. MARGINELLA GRACILIOR v. Ihering.
PI. XXXV, Fig. i.
1897 M. g. v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul, v. 2, p. 308, textfig. 18.
Shell ovato-oblong, subcylindrical, solid, smooth. Spire short, mucro-
nate. Upper whorls with a series of indistinct tubercles, wanting com-
pletely on the last whorl. Columella with 4 folds.
Height, 20 mm; diameter, 10.5 mm.
Remarks: The obtuse tubercles mentioned in v. Ihering's diagnosis are
not visible in his figure, and in our individual only very slight traces of
them are discernible. This species differs from M, quemadensis and con-
finis v. Ih. in the more slender form.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, i sp.
Distribution: Jegua quemada, Suprapatagonian beds (v. Ih.).
Affinities: This species, in its external form, recalls M. bella (Conr.)
and M. faimula Dall (1890, p. 53, pi. 4, f. 8, 9), the former from the Mi-
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 225
ocene, Pliocene and Recent of the southern states of North America, the
other from the Miocene of Florida, but M. gracilior is very; much larger,
more than double their size, and the nodules of the upper whorls are not
present in the North American species.
154. MARGINELLA PLICIFERA v. Ihering.
PL XXXV, Fig. 2.
1897 Af. p. v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 308, textfig. 19.
Shell ovato-elongate, solid. Spire more elongated than in any other Pata-
gonian species, conical. Whorls with rib-like, longitudinal folds, above, near
the suture, slightly concave and with spiral striae. Columella with 4 folds.
Height, 22 mm, diameter, 1 1 mm, length of mouth, 15 mm ; v. Ihering
gives: height, 31 mm, diameter, 16 mm, mouth, 20 mm.
Remarks: v. Ihering, in the diagnosis, calls the spire "breviuscula,"
but says farther on that it is more elongated in this species. His speci-
mens were badly preserved and partly damaged. In our complete indi-
vidual the spire is almost intact, and accordingly, the form appears more
slender than in v. Ihering's figure.
v. Ihering further says, in his diagnosis and description, that an im-
pressed line accompanies the suture. Nothing of this kind is seen in his
figure. In our specimens there is a slight depression of the upper part
of the whorls near the suture, and in one of them there are distinct
revolving striae (5—6) on this part of the shell.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 6 sp. (most of them
greatly damaged).
Distribution: Jegua quemada, Suprapatagonian beds (v. Ih.).
Affinities : The sculpture of this species is very remarkable, and I can-
not find any other species that might be compared with it in this respect.
155. MARGINELLA OLIVELLA nom. nov.
PL XXXV, Fig. 3a'».
1900 M. olimformis Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 376 (non
M. oliviformis Tuomey & Holmes, 1857).
Shell elongate, subcylindrically-fusiform. Spire conical. Surface of
shell smooth and shining. Suture quite indistinct. Mouth long and
226 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
narrow, canal very short, represented only by a rounded sinus. Colu-
mella with 4 subequal folds. Outer lip thickened, smooth within.
Height, 1 1 mm ; diameter, 5 mm ; length of mouth, 6.5 mm.
Remarks: This species differs from the other Patagonian species in the
perfectly smooth surface and very elongated form.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 5 sp.
Affinities: The Pliocene and recent M. styria Dall (1890, p. 54, pi. 5,
f. i) resembles this species in form, but it is smaller, still more slender,
and the spire is longer.
Gen. VOLUTA L.
156. VOLUTA TRIPLICATA Sowerby.
PI. XXXV, Fig. 4—.
1846 V. t. Sowerby, in: Darwin, Geol. Observ. S. America, p. 262, pi. 4,
f. 74.
1887 V. t. Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 70, pi. 7, f. 8-12.
1897 V- dorbignyana v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 303 (teste
v. Ihering).
1899 V. triplicata v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 33.
Shell moderately elongated, subfusiform. Whorls 6, surface with
numerous, distinct, and rather crowded spiral cords, and a number of
longitudinal ribs (8-16), which are rather prominent; their upper end
terminates abruptly some distance from the suture, being often tuberculi-
form ; the uppermost part of the whorls, near the suture, is more or less
distinctly concave. Last whorl moderately inflated, mouth (including
canal) about half as long as the whole shell. Columella mostly with 3
plaits, which are sometimes subequal, and sometimes the uppermost is
weaker than the others and may disappear; in one case there are 4 dis-
tinct plaits, the uppermost the smallest.
Measurements: Height, 106 mm; diameter, 46 mm (large part of canal
gone). Height, 92 mm ; diameter, 41 mm (large part of upper end gone).
Height, 87 mm ; diameter, 34 mm (almost complete, only apex wanting).
Height, 44 mm; diameter 21 mm (complete, young).
Remarks: The most important characters of this species have already
been pointed out by v. Ihering, and are found in the relation of the length
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 22y
of the mouth to the whole shell, and in the longitudinal sculpture. The
longitudinal ribs end abruptly before reaching the suture, forming a dis-
tinct shoulder, and sometimes this shoulder is marked by a distinct tuber-
culiform development of the ribs. In all other characters this species is
extremely variable. The external form is more or less slender : there are
some individuals, which are as slender as the following species (V. grac-
ilior}; the upper whorls are sometimes about half as high as broad, some-
times almost as high as broad ; the spiral cords are more or less devel-
oped ; the number of longitudinal ribs is very variable, between 8 and 16,
and, further, the number of columellar plaits varies from 2 to 4.
Even the character of the longitudinal ribs is not quite constant ; some-
times their upper termination is less sudden, and, indeed, there are indi-
viduals which approach the following species also in this respect.
v. Ihering says (under V. alto], that the transition from the mouth into
the canal is well marked by an obtuse angulation : I cannot see anything
like that in any of our specimens : the outer lip of the mouth passes in a
regular curve into the canal.
I possess two young individuals, which show the nucleus of the shell.
It corresponds closely to what Ball (1890, p. 68) calls the Caricella-nncletts
(see plate XXXV, Fig. 4rf>'), with a distinct small point or apical spur.
This species is, accordingly, not to be classed with the Volntoid-series, as
Dall(p. 69) does, but with the Scaphelloid-series (ibid., p. 70). I may men-
tion here that we have the same nucleus in V. dorbignyana, and it is quite
probable that the other Patagonian species also belong to the same type,
which fact would bring them into closer relation with the living Volutce
(Gen. Scaphelld] of Patagonia (V. ancilla, magellanica, etc.).
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz, 1 3 sp.
Distribution: Santa Cruz, Patagonian beds (v. Ih.); Navidad beds of
Chili: Navidad (Sow., Phil.), Matanzas (Phil.).
157. VOLUTA GRACILIOR v. Ihering.
PI. XXXV, Fig. s-«.
1887 V. gracilis Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 70, pi. 7, f. 13
(non V. gracilis Lea, 1833).
1896 V. gracilior v. Ihering, in: Nachr. deutsch. malakozool. Ges., p. 96.
1896 V. queniadensis v. Ihering, ibid., p. 97.
228 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PAL/EONTOLOGY.
1897 ^ quemadensis v. Ihering, in : Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 304, pi. 3, f. 7.
1897 V- philippiana v. Ihering, ibid., p. 305 (non V. pliilippiana Dall., 1890).
1899 V. philippiana v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 34.
1899 V. quemadensis v. Ihering, ibid., p. 34.
1900 V. gracilior Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 381.
This species is extremely near the preceding, and it may be only a
variety of it. According to our material it differs in the following points:
1. The shell is more elongated, and the whorls are higher.
2. The longitudinal ribs are more numerous (about 18-20), and do not
end abruptly before reaching the suture; they disappear gradually, and
traces of them are continued to the suture. They do not form a series
of tuberculiform prominences.
3. The whorls are more evenly convex, with hardly a trace of a shoulder.
The upper part of the whorls is only slightly depressed.
4. There are, as a rule, only two columellar plaits, although traces of a
third (upper) one are sometimes developed.
Meastirements : Height, 135 mm; diameter, 66 mm (large part of spire
missing). Height, 119 mm; diameter, 46 mm (not quite complete).
Height, 88 mm ; diameter, ca. 36 mm (only uppermost part of spire miss-
ing, but last whorl damaged).
Remarks: I unite the two species called by v. Ihering V. philippiana
and V. qtiemadensis, respectively. V. philippiana is said to possess a
longer spire, and longitudinal ribs, which do not terminate in tubercles,
and the whorls are said to be evenly convex : in all other respects it
resembles V. triplicate. V. quemadensis is said to differ from V. pJiilip-
piana in the still more elongated spire, with higher whorls, the larger
number of ribs, and the presence of only two plaits on the columella.
Among our material, I find that the external form is very variable.
Although all specimens registered under this form are more slender than
the average of V. triplicate, there are, among the latter, individuals which
approach this form closely. Those with the most slender spire, and with
the highest whorls (almost as high as broad), which would correspond, in
this respect, to V. quemadensis, possess a distinct third columellar plait,
thus uniting characters of V. quemadensis and philippiana; as to the
number of longitudinal ribs, there is so much variability, that it is impos-
sible to draw any line. Indeed, in the more elongated individuals, the
number of these ribs is larger than in the typical V. triplicata, but some
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 229
individuals, belonging undoubtedly to V. triplicata, possess 16 or even 17
ribs, while sometimes in the elongate form only 17 or 1 8 are present. As
to the height of the upper whorls, there is no less variability : some spec-
imens correspond to the proportions given by v. Ihering for V. quema-
densis, while others correspond to those of V. philippiana, but many
intermediate individuals are found.
Even the development of the longitudinal ribs is not quite uniform,
some specimens showing traces of an angulation near the suture, giving
a suggestion of the series of tubercles found usually in V. triplicata.
Thus, I can separate only a more slender form from V. triplicata, but I
doubt very much that it is really a good species. Dall (1890, a, p. 314)
and v. Ihering (1897, P- 3°5> an<^ ^99, p- 32) have already suggested
that all these forms may belong as varieties to one and the same species
(V. triplicata}.
The recent Volutilithes philippiana Dall (1890, a, p. 303, pi. 9, f. 4) from
the coast of Chili (677 fath.) is quite different from this fossil species, as
is seen at once by the fact that it already has 6 whorls at a size of only
36 mm, while in the fossil form of the same size hardly more than 3
whorls are present. And, further, this recent form is a Volutilithes, while
our fossil — in analogy with V. triplicata — seems to belong to Scaphella.
Accordingly, the specific name of philippiana cannot be used for this
fossil, and since gracilis of Philippi is preoccupied, we must adopt the
name gracilior proposed by v. Ihering in 1896.
A cast of this species has been sent to us by v. Ihering under the name
of V. triplicata.
•Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 7 sp.; San Julian,
Oven Point, i sp.; San Julian, Darwin Station, 2 casts; Upper Rio
Chalia, i cast; Arroyo Gio, i cast.
Distribution: Santa Cruz (Phil., v. Ih.), Patagonian beds (v. Ih.); Jegua
quemada, Suprapatagonian beds (v. Ih.).
158. VOLUTA PETERSON: Ortmann.
PI. XXXV, Fig. 6.
1900 V. p. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 376.
Shell elongate, fusiform. Whorls 5 (aside from the apex, which is
broken off). Spire slender, conical, mouth apparently not much longer
230 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PAL/EONTOLOGY.
than half of the shell (lower end of shell damaged). Upper whorls quite
high, about two-thirds as high as broad (the measurements are : height of
penultimate whorl, 24 mm ; width, 38 mm). Whorls almost evenly con-
vex, only slightly appressed and concave toward the suture, without a dis-
tinct angulation. Surface beautifully cancellated by spiral and longitudi-
nal ribs. Spiral ribs strongly developed, equidistant, sharp, a little more
crowded on the upper whorls than on the last one. Longitudinal ribs a
little stronger than the spiral ribs, sharp, running from suture to suture,
about 30 on the last whorl. Cancellations rectangular, about twice as
broad as high on the last whorl, and about three or four times as broad
on the upper whorls, traversed by fine lines of growth. Mouth elongated
(lower end not preserved). Columellar plaits not clearly visible, but there
are at least two which seem to be quite weak.
Height, 148 mm (not complete); diameter, 65 mm.
Remarks: The sculpture of this species is quite unique, and charac-
terizes it sufficiently. Although the sculpture can be compared with that
of V. triplicata and gracilior to which this species is apparently related, the
large number of longitudinal ribs, which are developed as sharp and nar-
row carinse, and the cancellations produced by the stronger development
of the spiral ribs are quite unlike what we see in the other species named.
The specific name is given in honor of Mr. O. A. Peterson, Mr.
Hatcher's assistant, who collected this species.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, i sp.
159. VOLUTA DORBIGNYANA Philippi.1
PI. XXXVI, Fig. I "-'.
1887 V. d. Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 70, pi. 7, f. 7.
1899 V. d. v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 33.
Shell fusiform. Whorls 6 (and two apical whorls). Spire conical,
moderately long. Mouth distinctly longer than half of the shell, almost
two-thirds of it. Whorls convex, with a more or less distinct shoulder,
above which the upper part of the whorls is depressed or slightly concave
(more distinctly so on the last whorl), and appressed to the suture. Sur-
llt is to be remarked, that there already exists a Valuta orbignyana Mueller (Mon. Aachen.
Kreideverst, v. 2, 1851, p. 50). The latter species, however, is brought by Holzapfel (Palason-
tograph., 34, 1868, p. 97) into the genus Volutolithes.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 231
face with spiral striae and longitudinal ribs, this sculpture becoming quite
indistinct on the last whorl. In large individuals the last whorl is often
quite smooth except for growth-lines. Spiral sculpture very variable,
sometimes strongly developed, in other cases weak, or entirely disappear-
ing. Longitudinal ribs also variable ; in most cases distinct on the upper
whorls, but not reaching the upper suture. On the lower whorls these
ribs disappear, being represented, in many cases, by slight and indistinct
swellings on the shoulder, and disappearing in very large shells entirely
on the last whorl. Mouth elongate. Columella with three plaits, the
uppermost sometimes very slightly developed.
Measurements: Height, 186 mm; diameter, 79 mm (complete, except
for apex). Height, 70 mm ; diameter, 27 mm (complete, young).
Remarks: As v. Ihering points out, this species is well characterized
by the elongated mouth, which is comparatively much longer than that of
V. triplicata and allied forms, and, further, by the tendency of the longi-
tudinal ribs to disappear on the lower whorls, the last whorl, in large
individuals, being quite destitute of ribs.
V. Ihering has sent us the lower half of a large specimen of this spe-
cies, which agrees well with our large individuals.
We possess a number of small individuals, which agree in form. Two
of them show the apex: it is distinctly of the Caricella-type of the Sca-
phelloid-series (Ball, 1890, b, p. 70). (See our plate XXXVI, fig.
!*•«.)
One individual (plate XXXVI, fig. i') shows the spiral striae very
strongly developed, even on the beginning of the last whorl. Specimens
like this, when only parts of the surface of the lower whorls are preserved,
which do not possess any longitudinal ribs, may have been taken by v.
Ihering for V. alta. V. Ihering himself says that his V. alta and dor-
bignyana are similar in form (which is really not correct, the true V. alta
of Sowerby from the Navidad beds having a much shorter mouth), and
that he had only very poor material of his V. alta (only one individual
showing remains of the shell). Since the absence of longitudinal ribs in
V. alta is the only difference between v. Ihering's V. alta and V. dor-
bignyana, and since these ribs also tend to disappear on the lower part in
V. dorbignyana, and, indeed, do so complefely on the last whorl, it is
quite possible that v. Ihering's V. alta corresponds to such specimens of
V. dorbignyana as is represented in our figure.
232 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
It is probable that the doubtful casts from Santa Cruz referred to V.
alta by Sowerby also belong to this species. We do not possess the true
V. alta from Santa Cruz.
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 17 sp.; Upper Rio
Chalia, i cast.
Distribution: Santa Cruz, Patagonian formation (Phil., v. Ih.).
Affinities: In general form and size this 'species corresponds closely to
the living V. and/la Sol. (Reeve, 1851, pi. 17, f. 39; Tryon, 1882, p. 97,
pi. 29, f. no; Lahille, 1895, p. 21, especially pi. i, f. 9, pi. 8 and n), but
it differs chiefly in the presence of longitudinal ribs on the upper whorls.
It is quite possible that this is the ancestral form of V. ancilla.
In Australia, this species is represented by V. halli Pritchard (1896, p.
101, pi. 2, f. 1-3) from supposed Eocene, but probably Miocene beds of
Tasmania and Victoria. This species has the same mamillate (Scaphel-
loid-) apex, but seems to possess a shorter mouth and longer spire.
1 6O. VOLUTA DOMEYKOANA Philippi.
PL XXXVII, Fig. ia'6.
1887 V. d. Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 70, pi. 8, f. 4.
1899 V- pilsbryi v. Ihering, in : N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 34, pi. 2, f. 9.
1900 V. domeykoana Ortmann, in: Amer. Jour. Sci., v. 10, p. 381.
Shell ventricoso-fusiform ; whorls 5 (besides the apex). Spire short,
conical. Mouth considerably longer than half of the shell, about as long
as three-fifths of it. Whorls convex, with a distinct shoulder, upper part
concave, and appressed toward the suture. Surface with spiral striae,
which become indistinct on the last whorl, and with longitudinal ribs,
which form distinct nodes on the shoulder. Last whorl inflated, large.
Mouth wide, elongated. Columella with tv/o plaits, and sometimes with
a suggestion of a third (upper) one.
Height, 149 mm; diameter, 72 mm (almost complete individual, only
apex gone).
Remarks : V. Ihering figures the lower part of a very large individual,
and has sent to us the same part of another, large one, which both agree
well with our specimens, two of which are almost of the same size. On
the other hand, our fine individual figured on pi. XXXVII, fig. ia, agrees
so closely with the description and figure of Philippi's V. donieykoaua,
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 233
except for its larger size, that I do not entertain any doubt as to their
specific identity. In a letter, v. Ihering maintains the difference of both,
saying that the mouth is much wider in V. pilsbryi. But according to our
material, the width of the mouth increases with age, and since our indi-
viduals are smaller than v. Ihering's, and agree better with V. domeykoana
in the size of the mouth, I believe this supposed character of y. pilsbryi
is only a character of age.
The development of the nodes is variable, especially on the last whorl.
In one of our specimens these nodes are much less distinct (see fig. i*).
In all other respects our four specimens much resemble one another, and
may be recognized at once by the characteristic shape of the shell, which is,
in some degree, intermediate between V. dorbignyana and y. ameghinoi.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 4 sp.
Distribution: Santa Cruz, Patagonian beds (v. Ih.); Chiloe, Navidad,
and Quinquina, Chili (Phil.). As to the occurrence of this species in the
Cretaceous beds of the island of Quinquina, compare Philippi, 1. c., and
Steinmann, 1895, p. 24.
Affinities: As v. Ihering points out, this species is closely related to the
following species, V. ameghinoi, and to the living V. magellanica Lmck.
(see Reeve, 1851, pi. 14, f. 33; Tryon, 1882, p. 98, pi. 29, f. 107, 108;
Lahille, 1895, p. 25, especially pi. i, f. 11, pi. 8), and it seems to be es-
pecially close to the variety figured by Reeve in fig. 33a, which has nodes
on the shoulder, and which seems to be included in Lahille's V. tubercu-
lata Wood (Lahille, 1895, pi. i, f. 12, 13 and pi. 7, f. 140-145); we may
take it for the ancestral form of V. tubercttlata and magellanica, and the
latter would represent the same relation to V. domeykoana, as V. ancilla
does to V. dorbignyana.
161. VOLUTA AMEGHINOI v. Ihering.
PI. XXXVI, Fig. 2.
1896 y. a. v. Ihering, in: Nachr. deutsch. malakozool. Ges., p. 97.
1897 ^ a- v- Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 302, textfig. 17.
Shell globoso-ovate. Whorls about 3-4 (besides the apical part). Spire
very short, conical. Mouth very large, over ^ of the length of the shell.
Whorls convex, with a distinct shoulder, which is ornamented by a series
of strong tubercles. Upper part of whorls oblique, appressed toward the
234 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS 1 PAL/EONTOLOGY.
suture, and covering the tubercles of the preceding whorls. Surface smooth,
only with lines of growth. Last whorl large and inflated. Mouth wide.
Columella with three plaits, the uppermost of which is very indistinct.
Height, 74 mm (apex damaged); diameter, 56 mm.
Remarks: This is distinguished from the other Patagonian species by
the very short spire and the strong nodes on the last whorl. Our indi-
viduals are considerably smaller than v. Ihering's (height, 156 mm; diam-
eter, 100 mm), hardly half as large, and the slight differences that may
be noticed between our figure and that of v. Ihering are, no doubt, differ-
ences of age.
The cast from Lake Pueyrredon is very poor, but the general form
agrees, and there are also indications of the nodes. It cannot be united
with any other species, but compares well with this one.
Record of specimens : Mt. of Observation, upper horizon, 2 sp. (one of
them very small); Lake Pueyrredon, 600' above base, I cast.
Distribution: La Cueva, Suprapatagonian beds (v. Ih.).
Affinities: V. brasiliana Sol. (Reeve, 1851, pi. 5, f. 34; Tryon, 1882,
p. 98, pi. 29, f. 113; = V. colocynthis Chemn., Lahille, 1895, P- IO> pi- !»
f. 3, 4, pi. 5) seems to be the descendant of K ameghinoi, as has been
pointed out already by v. Ihering.
V. pacifica Sol. (Zittel, 1864, p. 38, pi. 15, f. 4, and Hutton, 1873, p.
7) also resembles this species, but is more slender. It has been found
from the Oamaru (Oligocene) beds to Recent times in New Zealand, and
apparently V. atkinsoni Pritchard (1896, p. 100, pi. 3, f. i) comes very near
to the latter. It is from the Table Cape beds of Tasmania.
NOTE. — It is an extremely interesting fact that the three types of fossil
Patagonian Volutce, V. dorbignyana, V. domeykoana, and V. ameghinoi are
still represented on the Patagonian coast by very closely allied forms,
namely: V. ancilla, V. rnagellanica, and V. brasiliana. This brings the
fauna of the Patagonian beds into close relationship with the present
Patagonian fauna, and makes it probable that the interval of time is not
very great.
The type of K triplicata is no longer represented in the Recent South
American waters, at least not by very closely allied forms. But we have
seen that V. triplicata is linked to this recent group through V. dorbig-
nyana, so that we may say that all the known Tertiary and living Volutas
from Patagonia belong to one and the same stock.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 235
In Australian Tertiary deposits we have representatives of the group
of V. triplicata in V. serissa Tate and V. tateana Johnst. (see Tate, 1889,
p. 129, pi. 2, f. i, and p. 132, pi. 2, f. 5), the first from the Miocene beds
of the River Murray Cliffs, the second from the supposed Eocene (?) beds
of Tasmania.
Fam. CANCELLARIID^E Ad.
Gen. CANCELLARIA Lmck.
162. CANCELLARIA GRACILIS v. Ihering.
PI. XXXVI, Fig. 3"-*.
1897 C- g- v- Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 310, pi. 3, f. 11.
1899 C. g. var. major v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 35,
pi. 2, f. 10.
Shell ovato-fusiform, elongate, not umbilicated. Whorls ^]/2 to 8.
Spire acuminate. Whorls convex, near the suture, in the upper part,
indistinctly angulated, suture deep. Surface with 10 or 11 longitudinal
ribs, crossed by spiral cords. Mouth oval. Outer lip crenulated within.
Columella with two subequal plaits. Canal short, slightly curved.
Height, 12 mm; diameter, 6 mm.
Remarks : Our complete specimen is a little smaller than the original
one described by v. Ihering in 1897, but agrees with it completely,
with the exception that it has only 45^ whorls (5^ in v. Ihering's
specimen).
But it seems that this species attains a very much larger size ; the
individual described by v. Ihering in 1899 as var. major has 8 whorls, and
is 43 mm high, but otherwise it much resembles this species, with the excep-
tion that there are 4-5 smaller plaits on the columella in addition to the two
larger ones ; but this may be due to age.
This species is very closely allied to the following, but differs in the
more elongate form, less distinctly angulated whorls, and number of
longitudinal ribs.
Record of specimens : Mt. of Observation, upper horizon, i sp.; San
Julian, Darwin Station, i cast.
Distribution: Patagonian beds of Santa Cruz, and Suprapatagonian
beds of La Cueva (v. Ih.).
236 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS! PALAEONTOLOGY.
163. CANCELLARIA cf. MEDIN/E Philippi.
PL XXXVI, Fig. 4«-».
1887 C. m. Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 68, pi. 7, f. i.
1900 C. cf. m. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 379.
Very closely allied to C. gracilis, but differing in the following partic-
ulars: Shell broader and shorter, whorls distinctly angulated near the
deep suture; number of longitudinal ribs 14-15. Plaits of columella less
strongly developed.
Measurements: of specimen from Mt. Observation: height, 10.5 mm,
diameter, 6 mm ; specimen from Santa Cruz : height, 1 2 mm, diameter,
7.5 mm.
Remarks : If our individuals really belong to C. medince, they are very
young. Philippi gives: Height, 44 mm; diameter, 29 mm. But since
in all other respects they agree with Philippi's description and figure, I
identify them, although with some doubt, with this species. They cannot
belong to Philippi's C. mdali and the other allied form mentioned by him
but not described, both from Santa Cruz, since both possess an open
umbilicus, which is not seen in our individuals.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 3 sp. ; Mt. of Obser-
vation, upper horizon, i sp.
Affinities: There are many species of the genus Cancellaria known
from Tertiary deposits of the northern hemisphere that may be compared
with those mentioned here, but I am unable to point out any close
affinities to any particular one.
Fam. TEREBRID^E Ad.
Gen. TEREBRA Lmck.
164. TEREBRA COSTELLATA Sowerby.
PL XXXVI, Fig. 5.
1846 T. c. Sowerby, in: Darwin, Geol. Observ. S. Amer., p. 262, pi. 4,
f. 70, 71.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 237
1887 T. c. Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 67, pi. 7, f. 3 (after
Sowerby).
1897 T. c. v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 311.
Shell turrite, elongate. Whorls numerous, convex in the middle, in
the upper part depressed, with an indistinct, depressed line running par-
allel to the suture. 1 1-15 longitudinal ribs on each whorl ; these ribs are
slightly curved, and extend from suture to suture, although less distinct
in the upper, depressed part. Mouth elongate, with a short canal. Colu-
mella smooth.
Height (of fragment), 29 mm; diameter, 10 mm.
Remarks: V. Ihering distinguishes two varieties: var. quemadensis,
with the ribs extending from suture to suture, and more elongate mouth,
and var. santacruzensis, with the ribs indistinct just below the suture,
and shorter mouth. Our specimens seem to belong to the first variety,
since the ribs, although less strongly pronounced on the upper part, still
are distinctly discernible, and since the mouth is a little more elongate
than in Sowerby's figure.
Recently, v. Ihering has informed me, that the Chilian T. costellata is
different from both Patagonian forms, but does not say in what char-
acters.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 3 sp. ; Lake Pueyr-
redon, 600' above base, i sp. (jun.).
Distribution : La Cueva and Jegua quemada, Suprapatagonian beds (v.
Ih.); Navidad, Chili (Sow., Phil.).
Affinities: The genus Terebra is rare in Eocene deposits, but the num-
ber of species increases rapidly from the Miocene upward. It is a char-
acteristic tropical genus.
Hoernes (1856, p. 134, pi. 11, f. 30) records this species (T. costellata]
from the Miocene of the Vienna basin ; comparing his figure and descrip-
tion with our individuals, I do not believe that they are identical ; in our
species the ribs are much stronger, less numerous, and the whorls are
more distinctly convex. Nevertheless, there is a close resemblance to
this Miocene species.
(The second Navidad species of Sowerby, T. imditlifera, has been
identified by Hoernes, p. 130, with T. acuminata of Borson from the
Miocene and Pliocene, of Europe and, indeed, I cannot see any differences
between them.)
238 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PAL/EONTOLOGY.
Fam. PLEUROTOMID^. Stol.
Gen. PLEUROTOMA Lmck.
165. PLEUROTOMA SUB^EQUALIS Sowerby.
PI. XXXVI, Fig. 6.
1846 P. s. Sowerby, in: Darwin, Geol. Observ. S. Amer., p. 257, pi. 4,
f. 52.
1887 P. s. Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 38, pi. i, f. 9.
1899 P. discors v. Ihering, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., v. 2, p. 35 (non P.
discors Sowerby).
1900 P. subcequalis Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 381.
Shell turrite, elongate, subfusiform. Whorls seven, convex, upper part
(above carina) slightly concave. Upper whorls with a tuberculiferous
carina in the middle and a number of spiral threads. Number of tuber-
cles on the carina, in the last whorl, about 12. Last whorl large, about
as long as the spire, or a little longer, with 3 prominent ribs below the
carina, which are slightly and indistinctly nodulose and finer spiral
threads on the canal. Mouth large, canal of medium length. Sinus of
outer lip situated on the upper tuberculiferous carina.
Height, 23 mm (not complete); diameter 10 mm.
Remarks: Our individual is larger than Sowerby's and Philippi's fig-
ures, but agrees well with them and with the descriptions, although
Sowerby mentions 5 ribs on the last whorl, which is, according to
Philippi, probably a mistake. Our specimen has, below the upper tuber-
culiferous carina, two strong ribs, followed by a very weak one, but the
latter is still stronger than the fine threads of the canal.
I have no doubt that v. Ihering has made a mistake in the identifica-
tion of his P. discors. What he describes, in 1897, as P. discors var.
unifascialis is the following species, and what he mentions, in 1899,
under the name of P. discors is apparently the present one. For he
states expressly that the latter possesses three stronger ribs below the
carina, a character that belongs to P. subceqtialis, while in the diagnosis
of P. discors (Sowerby, 1846, p. 258), nothing of this kind is mentioned
and no traces of it are seen in the figure (1. c., pi. 4, f. 54). And further,
Philippi expressly states that P. discors is a Fusus, having no sinus on the
outer lip, while v. Ihering's P. discors has a sinus.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 239
In addition we should consider the fact that we do not possess in our
collection any form that might be taken for Fusus discors and so it is
quite probable that this Navidad species is not found at Santa Cruz, and
that the specimen referred to it by v. Ihering, although his description is
very meagre, really belongs to our species, the P. subczqualis.
This species grows much larger. Philippi gives: Height, 33 mm,
diameter, u mm, and v. Ihering: Height, 45 to 50 mm.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, i sp.
Distribiition: Patagonian beds of Santa Cruz (v. Ih.); Navidad beds
of Chili: Huafo Island (Sow.), Lebu, Matanzas, Navidad (Phil.).
Affinities: Sowerby compares this species with an undescribed living
species from South America, but the identification of the latter is impos-
sible and the differences he mentions do not make the relation appear to
be a very close one.
Among fossil forms there is one that much resembles our species : the
Miocene P. monilis Br. of Europe (see Hoernes, 1856, p. 353, pi. 38,
f. 14-16) : especially the presence of a tuberculiferous carina, and a few
stronger ribs below this on the last whorl are significant.
1 66. PLEUROTOMA UNIFASCIALIS v. Ihering.
PI. XXXVI, Fig. 7"'".
1897 P- discors var. unifascialis v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2,
p. 312.
1900 P. tmifascialis Ortmann, in: Am. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 381.
Shell turrite, subfusiform. Whorls seven. Upper whorls covered with
a number of fine spiral threads and with a tuberculiferous carina below
the middle ; tubercles on this carina about 20 on the last whorl. Upper
part of whorls slightly concave. Last whorl large, longer than the spire,
sculptured as the upper whorls, but in addition there is, some distance
below the carina, a single, rib-like angulation. Canal moderately long,
sinus of outer lip situated on the tuberculiferous carina.
Height, 17 mm; diameter, 7 mm.
Remarks: The single, more strongly developed rib below the carina on
the last whorl, seems to be characteristic. V. Ihering says that this is the
first of the striae on the lower part of the shell, and this is apparently the
case in our specimen also. But a closer investigation reveals the fact that
240 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
this stronger rib is not the first below the carina, but is preceded by a
number of very fine striae, which are easily overlooked, and, indeed, in
some parts of our specimen there seems to be a smooth space in their
place.
V. Ihering regards his specimen as a variety of P. discors. But, as has
been demonstrated above, his P. discors is really the P. subcequalis of
Sowerby, and, further, according to our specimens, there are other differ-
ences between both, that make it advisable to separate P. unifascialis from
P. subcequalis as a distinct species. The chief differences are : ( i ) The
existence of only one spiral rib below the carina. (2) The position of the
tuberculiform carina on the upper whorls, which, in the present species, is
considerably below the middle, nearer to the lower suture, which gives to
the whole shell a different appearance. (3) The number of tubercles on
the carina, which is, in P. unifascialis, about 20 in the last whorl, against
only 12 in P. subcequalis.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, i sp.
Distribution: Jegua quemada, Suprapatagonian beds (v. Ih.).
Gen. GENOTA Ad.
167. GENOTA CUEVENSIS v. Ihering.
PI. XXXVII, Fig. 2.
1897 G- c- v- Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 313, pi. 3, f. 10.
Shell subfusiform, biconical. Whorls seven, in the upper part concave,
with longitudinal ribs and spiral cords. Last whorl large, higher than the
spire. Longitudinal ribs about 12-16, terminating in small nodes above,
these nodes forming an angulation on the last whorl ; on the upper whorls
the nodes are close to the lower suture. Spiral cords unequal on the
lower part of the last whorl (below the angulation), the larger ones are
slightly nodulose, the nodes situated at the points of crossing with the
longitudinal ribs. Mouth narrow, elongate, canal short, slightly recurved.
Sinus of outer lip very slight, situated on the concave part of the whorl,
near the suture.
Measurements: Height, 16 mm; diameter, 8 mm (complete individ-
ual). Height, 22 mm; diameter, 10 mm (apex gone). V. Ihering gives :
Height, 32; diameter, 14 mm.
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 241
Remarks: There are slight variations in sculpture. The number of
longitudinal ribs varies between 12 and 17 in our individuals; v. Ihering
gives 1 8 for the last whorl, but his specimen is larger than any of ours.
The nodulose appearance of the upper end of the ribs is more or less dis-
tinct: sometimes the ribs only end suddenly without forming a node.
The spiral cords are unequal, with from i to 4 smaller cords between the
stronger ones. The nodulose appearance of these cords is sometimes
quite distinct, sometimes hardly indicated.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 6 sp.
Distribution: Santa Cruz and La Cueva, Suprapatagonian beds (v. Ih.).
Affinities: The European Miocene species P. intorta Brocchi (Hoernes,
1856, p. 331, pi. 36, f. i, 2, especially fig. i) resembles the Patagonian
form so closely that it is difficult to point out the difference ; but it seems
that in P. intorta the longitudinal ribs are less distinct, and their upper
noduliferous termination is more strongly developed. The Pliocene form
of P. intorta (Wood, 1848, p. 53, pi. 6, f. 4) differs more from our species.
Gen. DRILLIA Gray.
1 68. DRILLIA SANTACRUZENSIS Ortmann.
PI. XXXVII, Fig. 3">s.
1900 D. s. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 376.
Shell turrite, subfusiform. Last whorl hardly half as long as the shell.
Whorls 8, convex, but depressed and slightly concave in the upper part,
near the suture. This depression forms a shallow groove, following the
suture, and is sharply separated from the rest of the whorl, which is orna-
mented by oblique longitudinal ribs, which end abruptly at the sutural
depression. The number of these ribs is from 12 to 15. Besides, there
are very fine lines of growth, but no trace of spiral sculpture. Mouth
elongate, canal short. Sinus of outer lip semicircular, situated in the
sutural depression, close to the suture; at the point of junction of the
outer lip with the columella (in the upper angle of the mouth) there is a
distinct nodulose, callous swelling.
Height, 13 mm; diameter, 4.5 mm.
Remarks : The most characteristic features of this species are : ( i ) The
callosity of the upper end of the inner lip. (2) The sharply defined
sutural depression. (3) The complete lack of spiral sculpture.
242 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PAL/EONTOLOGY.
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 3 sp.
Affinities: Within the genus Drillia we know a few species in which a
collosity of the inner lip is combined with the character of slight develop-
ment of spiral sculpture, but in most of them spiral lines are present at
least in the lowermost part of the shell (on the canal). A complete lack
of this sculpture is given for D. perpolita Ball (1890, p. 36, pi. 2, f. 2),
Pliocene and Recent, West Indies and southern United States, but the
latter has no callosity. Species, which have a callosity, but have traces
of spiral ribs, are, for instance, D. kceneni Speyer (1867, p. 203, pi. 22, f.
6, 7), Oligocene, Germany, D. sigmoidea Bronn, Pliocene, Europe. The
most closely allied species seems to be D. limatula Conrad. In the
Princeton Museum there are 7 specimens of this species from the Miocene
of St. Mary's River, Maryland, which agree in the complete lack of spiral
sculpture and the presence of a callosity, as well as in the presence of a
sutural depression with our Patagonian fossil. The differences, however,
are: (i) the number of longitudinal ribs is less (9-11); (2) the sutural
depression is less distinct, the ribs not ending so abruptly ; (3) the shape
of the shell is less elongate.
Gen. BORSONIA Bellardi.
169. BORSONIA PATAGONICA Ortmann.
PI. XXXVII, Fig. 4-*.
1900 B. p. Ortmann, in Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 377.
Shell subfusiform, biconical ; whorls, about 6 ; last whorl a little larger
than half of the shell, Whorls convex, depressed in the upper part, with
a slight swelling just below the suture ; depressed part smooth (except
for lines of growth), the rest ornamented by 10-12 longitudinal, rib-like
swellings, which are slightly tuberculiform on the upper whorls; on the
last whorls they are rib-like, but less distinct, and tend to disappear
toward the mouth. Besides the ribs, there are spiral cords on the lower
part of the whorls, which are wanting on the depressed part, but continue
on the last whorl upon the canal. Mouth elongate, canal of medium
length. Outer lip with a moderately developed sinus, which is situated
in the sutural depression. Columella with two plaits, of which the lower
one is sometimes quite indistinct.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 243
Height, 19 mm; diameter, ca. 9 mm (apex gone). Height, 17 mm;
diameter, ca. 9 mm (larger part of apex gone).
Remarks: The spiral sculpture is in most of our specimens quite indis-
tinct, worn off, only in one of them, a small one, it is well preserved. It
consists of a number of spiral cords, which, toward the canal, become finer.
The upper plait of the columella is stronger and longer than the lower
one, the latter being in one case so indistinct as to be hardly perceptible.
Record of specimens : Mouth of the Santa Cruz River, 4 sp.
Affinities: The genus Borsonia is quite characteristic of Eocene
deposits, being very rare in the Neogene. Our species agrees in shape,
size, and sculpture very closely with the European Oligocene species : B.
dehicii Nyst (see Speyer, 1867, p. 205, pi. 23, f. 34). This agreement is
so close that it is hard to point out a difference ; but it seems that the
spiral sculpture in B. dehicii is a little different, the cords being finer,
with smaller ones intercalated. Among the Eocene species of the Paris
basin, there is none that comes so near our species, although the differ-
ences between the species are not very marked.
Fam. ACTA^ONIDAI d'Orb.
Gen. ACTION Montf.
170. ACT/EON CHILENSIS Philippi.
PI. XXXVII, Fig. 50'6.
1887 A. c. Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. in, pi. 13, f. 16.
1899 A. c. Ortmann, in: Amer. Jour. Sci., v. 8, p. 431.
Shell ovate, rather broad ; spire short, conical, about y^ of the length
of the shell ; whorls 5^ , convex, the upper ones much broader than high
(3 to 4 times as broad as high) ; suture distinct. Whole surface covered
with fine spiral furrows, which are punctate, subequal, and separated by
broad, flat intervals, crossed by extremely fine lines of growth. Mouth
elongate-ovate, columella with a fold below.
Height, 8.5 mm; diameter, 5 mm; Philippi gives: Height, 10 mm;
diameter, 6.5 mm.
Remarks: Philippi's enlarged figure appears more swollen than the
outline sketch in natural size ; the latter corresponds completely to our
244 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALEONTOLOGY.
individual. In all other respects there is no difference between Philippi's
figure and description, and our specimen, so that I am entirely satisfied
that we have to deal with this species.
Record of specimens : Punta Arenas, horizon II (lower Magellanian), i sp.
Distribution: Navidad and Matanzas, Chili (Phil.).
Affinities: Philippi and Moericke (1896, p. 596) compare this species
with A. tornatilis (L.), Neogene and Recent, Europe (see Hoernes, 1856,
p. 508, pi. 46, f. 24), but in my opinion, there is no closer relation to this
species, A. tornatilis being much more slender and differing in sculpture.
Among the Eocene species of the Paris basin there is A. turgidtts (Des-
hayes) (Deshayes, 1864, p. 594, pi. 37, f. 14-16), which agrees very closely
with our species in form and sculpture, and, indeed, there is hardly any
difference, except the much more considerable size (15 mm) of A. turgidus.
Cossmann (1897, p. 2, pi. i, f. 6, 9) has lately described another, but
much smaller (height, 4.5 mm; diameter, 3 mm) species from supposed
Eocene beds of South Australia, A. subscalatus, which is also closely
allied to our species in form and sculpture.
171. ACTION SEMILEVIS Ortmann.
PI. XXXVII, Fig. 6"-».
1900 A. s. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 377.
Shell elongate-oval, rather slender; spire short, conical, about one-
fourth of the length of the shell. Whorls 4, convex, the upper ones 2-3
times as broad as high. Suture distinct, a slight carina running close to
the suture and parallel to it on the uppermost part of the whorls. Below
this carina, there is an indistinct spiral groove. Below the latter, the sur-
face of the shell is smooth ; but in the lower third of the last whorl there
are 5-7 spiral furrows, which are rather broad, almost as broad as the flat
intervals. Mouth elongate, wider below, columella with a distinct fold
below.
Height, 7 mm; diameter, 3.5 mm.
Remarks: The smooth part of the whorls exhibits in one specimen very
slight traces of spiral structure, but only close to the edge of the mouth.
The furrow running close to the upper sutures appears sometimes bifid
toward the mouth.
• Record of specimens : Mt. of Observation, upper horizon, 3 sp.
ORTMANN: TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 245
Affinities: In general form and sculpture this species is closely allied
to A. semistriatus (Per.) (Hoernes, 1856, p. 507, pi. 46, f. 22, 23), Mio-
cene, Europe.
Fam. BULLIDAi Pilsbry.
Gen. BULLA Klein.
172. BULLA REMONDI Philippi.
PI. XXXVII, Fig. ;«.».
1887 B. r. Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 109, pi. 13, f. 7.
1899 B. r. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 8, p. 431.
Shell subcylindrical. Apex deeply umbilicated, funnel-shaped, with
blunt edge, whorls hidden. Whole surface covered with fine, spiral, im-
pressed lines. Mouth elongate, narrow above, not produced upward,
dilated below the middle.
Height, 13 mm; diameter, 5 mm.
Remarks : The measurements given by Philippi in the text (p. 109) do
not agree with his figure, but would indicate a much thicker shell (height,
19 mm; diameter, 9 mm; rel. 2.1:1), while his figure is: Height, 21
mm; diameter, 8 mm; rel. 2.6: i, which agrees well with our specimens,
although the latter are much smaller.
Philippi says that there is a fold on the columella ; I do not see it, but
the preservation of our specimens (filled with and imbedded in hard
matrix) does not permit a closer investigation. Philippi figures no fold.
B. chilensis d'Orb. (Philippi, 1887, p. 109, pi. 13, f. 23), from Port
Famine (supposedly Cretaceous) somewhat resembles this species, but it
is broader and shorter and the spiral lines are wanting in the lower part
of the shell.
B. patagonica v. Ih. comes very near in form, but the spiral lines are
distinct in the lowor part of the shell and indistinct or wanting in the
upper part.
B. triticum Philippi (1887, p. no, pi. 13, f. 9) from Navidad has also
a similar outline, but is distinguished at once by the sharp angulation on
the apical part, the latter being only slightly concave, not funnel-like.
Record of specimens : Punta Arenas, horizon II (lower Magellanian) ;
6 sp.
246 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PAL/EONTOLOGY.
Distribution : Navidad, Matanzas, Tubul and Lebu, associated with
Pyrula hombroniana, said to be from the Navidad beds (Phil.). Re-
corded also from the Cretaceous of Tumbez. Moericke (1896, p. 394)
questions this fact.
Affinities : Among the numerous Tertiary species of Btilla, it is hard
to point out a particular one to which this one shows the closest affinities.
It seems to me that B. striatissima Deshayes (1864, p. 636, pi. 38, f.
20-22), from the Eocene of the Paris basin might be compared with B.
remondi, although the form of B. striatissima is slightly shorter, the mouth
a little more produced upward and the spiral sculpture much finer. An-
other species that might be compared is B. conoidea (Deshayes, p. 622,
pi. 39, f. 24-26), from the Oligocene of Europe, but the latter is a little
more inflated and less cylindrical and the apex is less distinctly excavated.
173. BULLA PATAGONICA V. Ihering.
PI. XXXVII, Fig. 8°-'.
1897 B. p. v. Ihering, in: Rev. Mus. Paul., v. 2, p. 271, textfig. 8.
Shell subcylindrical, a little narrowed above. Apex deeply umbilicated,
funnel-shaped with a blunt edge ; whorls hidden. Surface with spiral
striae in the lower part of the shell ; the striae are wanting in the upper
part. Mouth elongate, narrow above, very slightly produced upward, di-
lated below the middle. No fold on the columella.
Height, 12 mm, diameter, 6 mm; another one: Height 10 mm, di-
ameter, 4.5 mm. V. Ihering gives : Height, 1 1 mm, diameter, 5.5 mm.
Remarks : This species is closely allied to the preceding in general
form, although it seems to be a little shorter (rel. of H. : D. = 2 : i or
2.2:1). The chief difference is the development of the spiral lines,
which are distinct only in the lower half or one-third of the last whorl.
In most individuals there is no trace of the spiral lines in the upper part,
but in some of them, especially young ones, there is a slight indication of
these lines, but they are always much less distinct than in the lower part.
Sometimes there are a few of these lines (1-3), more distinct from one
another, near the upper extremity. The striae (impressed lines) are more
remote from one another than in B. remondi.
Record of specimens: Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 109 sp; Arroyo Gio,
2 casts.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 247
Distribution: Jegua quemada, Suprapatagonian beds (v. Ih.).
Affinities: In external form, this species might be compared with the
same as the foregoing species. In the peculiar development of the spiral
sculpture it differs, however, and in the latter respect it recalls the Euro-
pean Eocene B. glaphyra Deshayes (1864, p. 639, pi. 39, f. 6-18). The
external form of the latter is less cylindrical, and more ovoid.
CRUSTACEA.
ClRRIPEDIA.
Fam. LEPADID^E Darw.
Gen. SCALPELLUM Leach.
174. SCALPELLUM JULIENSE Ortmann.
PI. XXXVII, Fig. 9"-'.
1900 S.j. Ortmann, in: Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 377.
Only the carina known.
Carina narrow, elongate, strong and solid, curved ; basal margin bluntly
pointed ; surface smooth, but with lines of growth. Tectum strongly
arched in its upper part, only slightly so in its lower; upper part solid,
its cross section almost quadrangular; this form is brought about by the
presence of a prominent ridge on the concave side, formed by the junc-
tion of the inflected parietes on each side. Parietes very narrow, separated
from the tectum by distinct, but blunt ridges.
Length, 40 mm ; width, 8 mm.
Remarks: The only carina at hand resembles so closely that of S. solid-
ulum Steenstrup (see Darwin, 1851, p. 42, pi. i, f. 8) from the Upper
Cretaceous of Scania, that I have no doubt that it belongs to the genus
Scalpelhim as well as that species. S. solidiilum differs from all other
species of the genus in the solid, almost quadrangular, section of the
upper part of the carina, brought about by the peculiar conformation of
the "parietes," and this very character is exhibited in our fossil, as may
be seen at once on comparing our figure 9' on plate XXXVII with Dar-
win's figure 8C. Our species differs from S. solidulum in the absence of
248 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALEONTOLOGY.
radial ribs on the tectum, and the distinct separation of the .parietes from
the tectum by a blunt ridge.
Record of specimens : San Julian, Darwin Station, i carina.
Affinities : The affinities to the Tipper Cretaceous S. soliduhim have been
explained above.
Fam. VERRUCID^. Darw.
Gen. VERRUCA Schum.
175. VERRUCA LEVIGATA Sowerby.
PL XXXVIII, Fig. I"".
1854 V. 1. Darwin, Mon. Cirrip. Balan., p. 520, pi. 21, f. 3.
1900 V. I. Ortmann, in: Arner. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 379.
Walls of the shell smooth. Movable scutum with the lower articular
ridge broader than the short upper articular ridge; movable tergum
broader than high, with the upper articular ridge produced into a point.
Diameter of largest individual, 5.5 mm.
Remarks: I cannot find any difference between our fossil form and the
living V. l&vigata. The walls of the shell are smooth, with concentric
lines of growth, without radiating ribs. The movable scutum has the
lower articular ridge broad (decidedly broader than in y. strcemia), and
the upper articular ridge short. The movable tergum ( T] is broad. In
our figure \c on plate XXXVIII, the scutum appears to be narrower than
in fig. 3 of Darwin, but one must bear in mind, that our figure represents
only the exposed parts of scutum and tergum ; of the occludent margin
(the convex one) a part is covered by the occludent margin of the fixed
scutum, and is not shown. The same is the case with the basi-carinal
angle of the tergum.
Of the three complete specimens, two have the left hand scutum and
tergum fixed, and the third is reversed, i. e., with the right hand scutum
and tergum fixed (compare Darwin's figure ia and \d on pi. 21). Darwin
says that the latter case (left opercular valves movable) appears to be
more common in the recent form.
The reversed specimen is the largest. The figure i* was drawn from a
combination of the two others, each 4 mm in diameter. The fourth in-
dividual, with the movable opercular valves missing, is still smaller.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 249
Record of specimens: Upper Rio Chalia, 4 sp. (on a specimen of Tnr-
ritella ambulacrum}.
Distribution: Recent: Tierra del Fuego, Eastern Patagonian, Chili,
Peru (Darw.).
Fam. BALANID& Darw.
Gen. BALANUS List.
176. BALANUS cf. PSITTACUS (Molina).
PI. XXXVIII, Fig. 2.
1854 B. p. Darwin, Mon. Cirrip. Balan., p. 206, pi. 2, f. 3.
1887 B. p. var. minor Philippi, Tert. Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 223, pi. 51,
f. 4, 5-
1896 B. p. var. minor Moericke, in: N. Jahrb. Miner., etc., Beil. Bd. 10,
P- 59i-
1897 B. p. Weltner, in: Arch. f. Naturg., v. i, p. 261.
"... Orifice hexagonal. Scutum with the articular ridge very small,
confluent with the very prominent adductor ridge, forming a tubular
cavity, which extends up to the apex of the valve. Tergum with apex
produced, needle-like, purple ; spur placed at less than its own width from
the basi-scutal angle." (Darwin.)
Remarks: From the base of the Patagonian beds at Lake Pueyrredon
we possess two specimens of a large Balanus, which seems to be dis-
tinct from B. varians. The one measures : Height, 52 mm, diameter, at
base, 40 mm; the other: height, 48 mm, diameter, 51 mm. Both are
poorly preserved, and do not possess opercular valves. The parietes are
porous, and the orifice is subhexagonal, which would correspond, together
with the large size, to B. psittacus. This view is supported in some
degree by the fact that this species has been recorded and figured by
Philippi from the Navidad beds of Chili, and our specimens agree closely
with the figure 4 of Philippi. Philippi figures also (fig. 5) the scutum,
which corresponds to that of this species (Darwin, pi. 2, f. 3<z), and so it
seems probable that this large Balanus really belongs to the recent B.
psittaciis, although this assumption needs further confirmation through the
discovery in the fossil form of the very characteristic tergum.
From Cape Fairweather we possess two specimens, one upon the other,
of a Balanus that is considerably larger than the common form, although
250 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALEONTOLOGY.
smaller than those from Lake Pueyrredon ; the measurements of the
larger are: Height, 27 mm, diameter, 29 mm. In general shape they
agree with the Lake Pueyrredon specimens, and it could be ascertained
that the base and parietes are porous, and the orifice is also large and
subhexagonal. But since scuta and terga are wanting, we can unite this
form only with doubt with this species, although it would not be strange
—if this form really exists in the Patagonian beds — that it is also found
in the Cape Fairweather beds.
Record of specimens : Lake Pueyrredon, base of Tertiary, 2 sp. Cape
Fairweather, 2 sp.
Distribution: Recent: Peru, Chili, Patagonia (Darw. Weltn.). Accord-
ing to Darwin, fossil in a superficial, recent bed at San Josef, Patagonia.
According to Darwin, Philippi, and Moericke, fossil in the Pliocene Co-
quimbo beds of Coquimbo and Caldera, Chili, and according to Philippi,
also in the Navidad beds of Guayacan, La Cueva, and Navidad, Chili.
177. BALANUS VARIANS Sowerby.
PI. XXXVIII, Fig. 3"-e.
1846 B. v. Sowerby, in: Darwin, Geol. Observ. S. America, p. 264, pi. 2,
f. 4-6.
1854 R. v. Darwin, Mon. Cirrip. Balan., p. 298, pi. 8, f. 9.
1887 R. v. Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 224, pi. 51, f. i, 6
(after Sowerby).
1887 Chthamalus antiquus Philippi, ibid., pi. 51, f. 7 (after Sowerby).
Shell very variable in shape, conical or tubular, often inverted conical
and much elongate. Orifice moderately toothed, large, subtrigonal or
subrhomboidal. Walls either smooth or longitudinally folded, the elong-
ated specimens are most apt to be smooth. Parietes moderately thick,
imperforate or (rarely) with traces of pores. Radii narrow and oblique,
their upper margins more or less oblique and rather smooth. Basis flat
or (in elongate specimens) deeply cup-shaped, calcareous, porose. Scutum
elongate-triangular, outer surface with fine lines of growth, without radi-
ating sculpture. Inner surfaces with a very prominent articular ridge ;
adductor ridge absent. Tergum with the longitudinal furrow indistinct,
spur short, bluntly pointed, narrow, about one-fifth or one-sixth the
width of the valve, placed at more than its own width from the basi-
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 251
scutal angle; the basal margin, on each side close to the spur, curves
toward it ; articular ridge of inner side very prominent.
Diameter of largest conical individual at base, 30 mm ; height of largest
elongate individual, 43 mm.
Remarks: Among the many Balani from the Patagonian beds at
hand, the external form is very variable, but there may be distinguished
three chief forms: (i) short, conical, with distinct folds on the parietes ;
(2) short, conical, with smooth parietes ; (3) elongate, with smooth parie-
tes. There are, however, intermediate forms. The first two forms gene-
rally grow isolated, the last crowded in colonies. I possess a large
colony that shows a number of elongated individuals of form 3, but the
marginal ones are shorter, and represent form i. This disposes of Phil-
ippi's opinion, that the folded form (fig. 6, of Sowerby) is different. More-
over, all the folded individuals are true Balani, and do not belong in the
genus Chthamalus, as Philippi believes, since the rostrum possesses radii,
not alae, as is the case in Ckthamalus.
In most of my specimens the parietes are imperforate, as Darwin
states, but sometimes pores are visible : these pores are most distinctly
seen in a small colony from 30 miles north of Rio Chalia.
Darwin describes the scutum, and describes and figures the tergum. I
possess one scutum and 2 terga taken from the interior of a specimen of
form 3, and 7 scuta and i (broken) tergum obtained by washing the ma-
trix from the exterior and interior of the colonies (all from San Julian,
Oven Point). Upon a lower valve of Ostrea ingens from the same local-
ity there are 21 individuals of the varieties i and 2, of which no less than
5 show the opercular valves in situ : most of them are firmly imbedded,
but in one individual of van i, I have extracted one scutum and tergum.
Both agree with those taken from var. 3, although the spur of the tergum
is broken off.
The most prominent features of the opercular valves are, that in both,
scutum and tergum, the articular ridge is very prominent, that the scutum
is comparatively narrow, and has no radial sculpture, and that the spur of
the tergum is narrow and short. In these characters, R. various strikingly
differs from the externally similar species of the Cape Fairweather beds.
Whether the specimens recorded by Philippi (p. 225) under the name
of Chthamalus antiquits from Punta Arenas (from Ostrea torresi, and ac-
cordingly from the Magellanian beds) really belong to this species re-
252 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS '. PALAEONTOLOGY.
mains to be shown. The figure is a copy of Sowerby's and belongs thus
to B. varians.
Record of specimens : Mt. of Observation, upper horizon, 2 sp. (var. 2)
(on Voluta ameghinoi} ; San Julian, Oven Point, ca. 50 sp. (all three
var.'s) ; San Julian, Darwin Station, 2 sp. (var. 2 and 3) ; Upper Rio
Chalia, 5 sp., and a large colony of ca. 40 sp. (all three var.'s) ; 30 miles
north of upper Rio Chalia, 7 sp. (6 forming a small colony) (var. 2 and
3); Shell Gap, Rio Chico, upper horizon, 8 sp. (var. i) ; Lake Pueyr-
redon, base of Tertiary, 13 sp. (var. I, 2 and transition to 3).
Distribution: San Julian (Sow., Darw.). Darwin gives with a ?: East-
ern plain of Tierra del Fuego. Philippi gives : Ancud and Tubul, Chili
(Navidad beds), but he did not know the opercula. V. Ihering (1897,
p. 339) records B. varians from the Patagonian formation, without local-
ity, and B. lavis (according to Weltner) from the Suprapatagonian beds.
According to our material, B. Icsms is not found in these beds, but ap-
pears first in the Cape Fairweather beds (see below).
Affinities: The genus Balamis is extremely rare, and even doubtful in
Eocene deposits (see Zittel, 1885, p. 543 and 545). It becomes more
abundant from the Oligocene upward.
Darwin compares our species with B. ungniformis Sowerby from the
Upper Eocene and Lower Oligocene beds of England and Belgium (1854,
a, p. 29, pi. 2, f. 4; 1854 b, p. 296, pi. 8, f. 8). The fact that in B. va-
rians the parietes are sometimes perforated, brings it still closer to R.
itnguiformis, but in both the form of the scutum and tergum is different,
especially the tergum has a broader and longer spur in B. ^^ng^l^formis,
and, further, the basis in the latter has no pores.
178. BALANUS cf. TRIGONUS Darwin.
PI. XXXVIII, Fig. 4"-'.
1854 B. t. Darwin, Mon. Cirrip. Balan., p. 223, pi. 3, f. 7.
1897 B- *• Weltner, in: Arch. f. Naturg., v. i, p. 262.
Parietes and basis with pores. Parietes ribbed (very rarely smooth).
Orifice broad, subtrigonal. Scutum thick, with from one to six longitu-
dinal rows of little pits (rarely wanting) ; articular ridge ending in a small
point below; adductor ridge short; a narrow, deep pit or cleft for the
lateral depressor muscle. Tergum with blunt apex and scarcely a trace
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 253
of a longitudinal furrow; spur broad, with the end truncated, situated
very near or quite close to the basi-scutal angle.
Remarks: There is no doubt that our fossil species belongs in the
neighborhood of B. trigonus and spongicola Darwin (ibid., p. 225, pi. 4, f.
i), but it is hard to say with which one of these it is to be classed. I
possess 4 sets, of which I have procured scuta and terga, the latter corre-
sponding closely to the figures given by Darwin (especially fig. 7" on pi.
3). The scuta also agrees in general form, especially two taken from a
colony of young ones (on Terebratella gigantea]: in these the rows of pits
are quite distinct and numerous (about 6). In other scuta (3 taken from
colonies upon Ostrea ingens], these pits are hardly or not at all visible,
and the adductor ridge is more prominent, so that I am not quite satisfied
that they really belong to this species. A character that would speak
against the union of our specimens with B. trigomis is the complete lack
of ribs on the parietes : but, according to Darwin, such a variety is known
in B. trigomis.
B. spongicola is characterized by the lack of these ribs, and, further,
the existence of numerous (6) rows of pits on the scutum, giving rather
a radially striated appearance to it, would tend to approximate our spec-
imens to B. spongicola. In this species, however, the apex of the tergum
is sharply pointed or beaked, which is not the case in B. trigonus, nor in
any of our terga.
Thus, it seems that our fossil form is in some degree intermediate
between B. trigonus and spongicola, which is not astonishing at all, since
Darwin points out the close resemblance of both.
It is not certain that all the specimens recorded here really belong to
this species ; the outer form of the shell is indistinguishable from that of
the following species. The single individuals, however, are distinctly
larger, with the exception of those of a colony on Terebratella gigantca,
which are of about the same size as those of the colony of B. Icevis
described below. Height of largest individual, 16 mm, diameter at base,
27 mm.
Record of specimens: Cape Fairweather, ca. 12 more or less isolated
specimens ; three colonies, one on Terebratella gigantea, two on Ostrea
ingens. 6 scuta, 3 terga.
Distribution: Recent, almost cosmopolitan; at any rate, circumtrop-
ical (Weltn.). It has been found on both sides of South America:
254 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
Brazil, Peru, but not in Patagonia and Chili. In fossil state hitherto
unknown.
179. BALANUS L^EVIS Bruguiere.
PI. XXXVIII, Fig. 5°-.
*
1846 B. coquimbensis Sowerby, in: Darwin, Geol. Observ. S. Amer., p.
264, pi. 2, f. 7.
1854 B. Icevis Darwin, Mon. Cirrip. Balan., p. 227, pi. 4, f. 2.
1887 B. coquimbensis Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 224, pi. 51,
f. 3 (after Sowerby).
1897 B- l^vis Weltner, in: Arch. f. Naturg., v. i, p. 263.
Parietes and basis with pores ; parietes smooth. Orifice small. Scutum
with one or two longitudinal furrows, rarely with one inconspicuous furrow ;
articular ridge with its lower point produced into a free style; adductor
ridge sharp or blunt ; pit for lateral depressor muscle minute, but deep.
Tergum with a longitudinal furrow; spur of moderate length and breadth,
with its lower end obliquely truncated and rounded, situated at some
distance, but less than its width, from the basi-scutal angle.
Remarks: A large colony upon a stone has yielded a number of scuta
and terga, which are to be identified with this species. The terga agree
completely with those of this species ; the scuta, however, do not repre-
sent the typical form, but rather the form designated by Darwin as var.
nitidus (fig. 2' and 27). The longitudinal furrow, in our specimens, is
quite shallow, sometimes appearing double. This fact is interesting in so
far as only the typical variety of B. Icevis is found at present on the coast
of southern Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego, while the var. nitidus is the
common form farther north in Chili and Peru.
According to Darwin, B. coquimbensis is only a variety of B. Items, a
fact that has been overlooked entirely by Philippi and Moericke. The
central individuals of our colony approach the cogmmbensis-iorm.
It seems that the Balani recorded by Philippi under the names of B.
apertus and by Moericke under B. aperftis and coquimbensis belong here ;
but since no opercular valves have been found, this remains doubtful.
Record of specimens: Cape Fairweather, i colony of ca. 100 sp.; 12
scuta, 8 terga. (Two other, small colonies resemble this one, but have
not yielded any opercula.)
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 255
Distribittion : Living from Tierra del Fuego along the western coast of
America to California, and along the eastern coast to Brazil (Darw.,
Weltn.). Fossil in the Pliocene Coquimbo beds of Chili (Sow., Darw.,
Phil.), and subrecent in Peru (Darw.).
DECAPODA.
Fam. CARCINOPLACID^E Ortm.
Gen. GERYON Kroy.
1 80. GERYON (?) PERUVIANUS (d'Orbigny).
PI. XXXVIII, Fig. 6"'".
1842 Portunus peruvianus d'Orbigny, in : Voy. Amer. merid., v. 3, p. 107,
pi. 6, f. 17.
1860 Carcinus p. A. Milne-Edwards, in: Annal. Sci. natur., ser. 4, v. 14, p.
69, pi. 8. '
1887 Cancer patagonicus Philippi, Tert. & Quart. Verst. Chiles, p. 220, pi.
50, f. i.
1900 Geryon (f] peruvianus Ortmann, in : Amer. Journ. Sci., v. 10, p. 381.
Carapace with the regions hardly distinguishable, subpentagonal, sur-
face fin-ely granulated. Front with four tooth-like lobes. Orbits trans-
verse, each a little broader than the front, with a closed fissure in the
upper margin. Antero-lateral margin curved, a little shorter than the
straight postero-lateral margin, with 5 teeth, the first of which is the extra-
orbital tooth ; teeth conical, pointed, separated by broad, concave inter-
vals. Sternum broadly oval. Abdomen of the male triangular, that of
the female ovate. Third maxilliped of the usual Brachyuran type, with an
almost quadrate meropodite, at the anterior inner angle of which the car-
popodite is inserted, and with a well-developed exopodite. First pair of
pereiopods strong, a little unequal ; meropodite triangular, stout ; carpo-
podite short and stout, with a tooth on the inner side; hand elongate-
oval, fingers strong, a little shorter than the palm, with inner edges
strongly dentate. Meropodite of the 4 posterior pairs of pereiopods
strong and rather elongate, compressed, with a blunt edge on the upper
margin.
256 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
Length of carapace: 66 mm; width, 91 mm.
Remarks : There is not the slightest doubt that Cancer patagonicus is
identical with Portunus peruvianus of d'Orbigny, which has been placed
by A. Milne-Edwards in the genus Carcinus. Our specimens agree com-
pletely with the description given by Philippi and A. Milne-Edwards,
with the exception that the front possesses distinctly four, not three teeth.
The systematic position of this crab is very doubtful. A. Milne-
Edwards places it with the genus Carcinus Leach (= Carcinides Rathbun,
Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, v. n, 1897, p. 164), and, indeed, there is
some general resemblance to Carcinides mcenas of the European seas;
but the fact that the front has four teeth is strongly opposed to this classi-
fication. In my opinion there is a very striking resemblance to the living
genus Geryon (see for comparison the figure of G. quinquedens Smith, in :
Trans. Connect. Acad., v. 5, 1897, pi. 9, f. i).
Geryon, however, is no Cyclometope, but a Catometope, and belongs to
the most primitive group of the latter division, which is intimately connected
with the former. But since the position of the male sexual opening has
not been ascertained in our fossil, this opinion remains to be confirmed,
although the writer personally is strongly in favor of it.
Record of specimens : Mouth of Santa Cruz River, 4 sp. ; Mt. of Obser-
vation, lower horizon, 2 sp.; San Julian, Darwin Station, 2 dactylopodites
of first pereiopod ; Lake Pueyrredon, 600' above base, i sp.
Distribution: The provenience of d'Orbigny's and Milne-Edwards' speci-
men is unknown. Philippi records his species from Monte Leon, Pata-
gonia (near the mouth of the Santa Cruz River).
Note: Other species of Decapods existed in the Patagonian beds, as is
shown by a number of fragments of chelae from San Julian, Darwin Sta-
tion, which are different from those of G. perumamis. But it is impossible
to classify them.
LIST OF FOSSILS DESCRIBED.
MAGELLANIAN BEDS.
1. Ostrea torresi Phil. 6. .Meretrix (?) pseudocrassa~(Ortm.).
2. Cardita elegantoides Ortm. 7. Dosinia magellanica Ortm.
3. Lucina neglecta Ortm. 8. Lutraria (?) undatoides Ortm.
4. Venus difficilis Ortm. 9. Panopea ibari Phil.
5. Venus arenosa Ortm. 10. Panopea subsymmetrica (Ortm.).
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
257
1 1 . Patella pygmaea Ortm.
12. Callistoma philippi (Ortm.).
13. Infundibulum merriami (Ortm.).
14. Natica chiloensis Phil.
15. Turritella exigua Ortm.
1 6. Struthiolaria hatchcri Ortm.
17. Fusus spiralis Ortm.
1 8. Actaeon chilensis Phil.
19. Bulla remondi Phil.
PATAGONIAN BEDS.
1. Cidaris antarctica Ortm. 39.
2. Hypechinus patagonensis (d'Orb.). 40.
3. Toxopneustes precursor Ortm. 41.
4. Scutella patagonensis Des. 42.
5. Cyrtoma posthumum Ortm. 43.
6. Schizaster ameghinoi v. Ih. 44.
7. Serpula patagonica Ortm. 45.
8. Terebella magna Ortm. 46.
9. Cellaria fistulosa (L.). 47.
10. Melicerita triforis Ortm. 48.
11. Aspidostoma giganteum (Bsk.). 49.
12. Reticulipora patagonica Ortm. 50.
13. Tennysonia subcylindrica Ortm. 51.
14. Heteropora pelliculata Wat. 52.
15. Rhynchonella plicigera v. Ih. 53.
1 6. Rhynchonella squamosa Hutt. 54.
17. Magellania lenticularis (Desh.). 55.
1 8. Terebratella dorsata (Gm.). 56.
19. Terebratella patagonica (Sow.). 57.
20. Buchardia zitteli v. Ih. 58.
21. Nucula patagonica Phil. 59.
22. Nucula reticularis Ortm. 60.
23. Leda oxyrhyncha (Phil.). 61.
24. ' Leda errazurizi (Phil.). 62.
25. Malletia ornata (Sow.). 63.
26. Cucullaea alta Sow. 64.
27. Cucullaea (Cucullaria) darwini (Phil.). 65.
28. Limopsis insolita (Sow.). 66.
29. Area patagonica v. Ih. 67.
30. Glycimeris ibari (Phil.). 68.
3 1 . Perna quadrisulcata v. Ih. 69.
32. Ostrea ingens Zitt. 70.
33. Gryphaea cf. tarda Hutt. 71.
34. Pecten proximus v. Ih. 72.
35. Pecten praenuncius v. Ih. 73.
36. Pecten cf. centralis Sow. 74.
37. Pecten geminatus Sow. 75.
38. Mytilus cf. chorus Mol. 76.
Mytilus magellanicus Chemn.
Modiola ameghinoi v. Ih.
Modiola andina Ortm.
Crassatellites lyelli (Sow.).
Crassatellites kokeni (v. Ih.).
Crassatellites quartus (Ortm.).
Crassatellites longior (v. Ih.).
Cardita elegantoides Ortm.
Cardita volckmanni Phil.
Cardita inaequalis Phil.
Cardita patagonica Sow.
Lucina promaucana Phil.
Lucina ortmanni v. Ih.
Cardium philippii v. Ih.
Cardium puelchum Sow.
Cardium pisum Phil.
Amathusia angulata Phil.
Venus chiloensis Phil.
Venus meridionalis Sow.
Venus volckmanni Phil.
Venus darwini Phil.
Venus navidadis Phil.
Meretrix iheringi Cossm.
Dosinia meridionalis v. Ih.
Dosinia larviuscula (Phil.).
Tellina tehuelcha v. Ih.
Tellina jeguaensis v. Ih.
Psammobia patagonica Phil.
Mactra (?) darwini Sow.
Mactra garretti Ortm.
Corbula hatcheri Ortm.
Panopea regularis (Ortm.).
Panopea quemadensis (v. Ih.).
Martesia patagonica (Phil.).
Martesia pumila Ortm.
Dentalium sulcosum Sow.
Dentalium octocostellatum Plsb. & Sh.
Fissurella eurytreta Cossm.
258
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALEONTOLOGY.
77. Liotia scotti Ortm.
78. Leptothyra philippii Cossm.
79. Solariella dautzenbergi Cossm.
80. Calliostoma observationis Ortm.
81. Calliostoma peraratum Cossm.
82. Calliostoma cossmanni Ortm.
83. Calliostoma santacruzense Cossm.
84. Calliostoma garretti Ortm.
85. Calliostoma iheringi Ortm.
86. Gibbula lasvis (Sow.).
87. Gibbula dalli v. Ih.
88. Gibbula diametralis Cossm.
89. Odontostomia suturalis (v. Ih.).
90. Turbonilla cuevensis v. Ih.
91. Scalaria rugulosa Sow.
92. Crucibulum dubium Ortm.
93. Infundibulum corrugatum (Rv.).
94. Infundibulum clypeolum (Rv.).
95. Galerus araucanus (Phil.).
96. Sigapatella americana Ortm.
97. Crepidula gregaria Sow.
98. Natica ovoidea Phil.
99. Natica secunda Roch. & Mab.
100. Natica darwini Hutt.
101. Natica subtenuis v. Ih.
1 02. Natica consimilis v. Ih.
103. Turritella ambulacrum Sow.
104. Turritella breantiana d'Orb.
105. Turritella patagonica Sow.
1 06. Vermetus cf. intortus (Lmck.).
107. Vermetus (?) incertus Ortm.
1 08. Aporrhais araucana (Phil.).
109. Struthiolaria ameghinoi v. Ih.
1 1 o. Struthiolaria ornata Sow.
111. Dolium ovulum Ortm.
112. Pyrula Carolina d'Orb.
113. Tritonium bicegoi v. Ih.
114. Tritonium morgani Ortm.
115. Buccinum (Cominella) annae Ortm.
1 1 6. Buccinum (Cominella) obesum var. minor
(Phil.).
117. Chrysodomus cancellatus (Ortm.).
118. Chrysodomus pilsbryi (Ortm.).
119. Siphonalia domeykoana (Phil.).
1 20. Siphonalia noachina (Sow.).
121. Murex hatched Ortm.
122. Trophon patagonicus (Sow.).
123. Urosalpinx elegans Ortm.
124. Urosalpinx cossmanni Ortm.
125. Urosalpinx pyriformis (v. Ih.).
126. Fusus archimedis Ortm.
127. Fusus torosus, Ortm.
128. Marginella gracilior v. Ih.
129. Marginella plicifera v. Ih.
130. Marginella olivella Ortm.
131. Voluta triplicata Sow.
132. Voluta gracilior v. Ih.
133- Voluta petersoni Ortm.
134. Voluta dorbignyana Phil.
135. Voluta domeykoana Phil.
1 36. Voluta ameghinoi v. Ih.
137. Cancellaria gracilis v. Ih.
138. Cancellaria cf. medinse Phil.
139. Terebra costellata Sow.
140. Pleurotoma subasqualis Sow.
141. Pleurotoma unifascialis v. Ih.
142. Genota cuevensis v. Ih.
143. Drillia santacruzensis Ortm.
144. Borsonia patagonica Ortm.
145. Actaeon semilaevis Ortm.
146. Bulla patagonica v. Ih.
147. Scalpellum juliense Ortm.
148. Verruca laevigata Sow.
149. Balanus cf. psittacus (Mol.).
1 50. Balanus varians Sow.
151. Geryon (?) peruvianus (d'Orb.).
CAPE FAIRWEATHER BEDS (and probably contemporaneous deposits).
1. Terebratella gigantea Ortm.
2. Ostrea ingens Zitt.
3. Ostrea patagonica d'Orb.
4. Pecten actinodes Sow.
5. Mytilus cf. chorus Mol.
6. Meretrix rostrata (Koch).
7. Dosinia meridionalis v. Ih.
8. Panopea pilsbryi Ortm.
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 259
9. Galerus mamillaris (Brod,). 13. Balanus cf. psittacus (Mol.).
10. Crepidula dilatata Lmck. 14. Balanus cf. trigonus Darw.
11. Turritella innotabilis Plsbr. 15. Balanus laevis Brug.
12. Trophon laciniatus Mart.
260
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALEONTOLOGY.
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS.
THE PATAGONIAN BEDS.
HISTORY OF OUR KNOWLEDGE OF THE PATAGONIAN FAUNA.
The first species of Invertebrates described from what is now known
under the designation " Patagonian beds" is: Hypechinus patagonensis
d'Orbigny (1842). Indeed, d } Orbigny has described, in the same publi-
cation, other species from Patagonia, but most of them came from the
northern parts of the country, and, as far as has been ascertained, do not
belong to the true Patagonian beds.
Darwin mentions in 1846 from the Patagonian beds a large oyster
under the name of Ostrea patagonica, which is a mistake, this species be-
ing different (O. ingens}. In the same work, Sowerby (1846) gives de-
scriptions and figures of 24 species from Santa Cruz, San Julian, and
other localities, which undoubtedly belong to the Patagonian deposits.
They are the following (corrected names in brackets) :
1 . Terebratula patagonica ( Terebractella /.).
2. Nucula glabra (Leda g.).
3. Nucula ornata (Malletia o.).
4. Cucull&a alta.
5. Trigonocaslia insolita (Limopsis *'.).
6. Pccten geminatus.
7. Pec ten c entrails.
8. Crassatella lyelli (Crassatellites /.).
9. Cardita patagonica.
i o. Cardium puelchum.
1 1 . Venus meridionalis.
12. Mactra (?) darwini.
13. Mactra rugata.
14. Trochus collar is (Gibbula Icevis).
1 5 . Scalaria rugulosa.
1 6. Crepidula gregaria.
17. Natica solida (N. darwini).
1 8. Turritella ambulacrum.
1 9. Turritella patagonica.
20. Struthiolaria ornata.
21. Fusus noachinus (Siphonalia «.).
22. Fusus patagonicus (Trophon p^).
23. Valuta alta ( ? ).
24. Balanus variant.
Including the large oyster mentioned by Darwin, these are 25 species,
of which 22 are represented in our collection, and belong undoubtedly to
the Patagonian beds. Of the remaining three, Leda glabra belongs here
according to v. Ihering; Mactra rugata is very doubtful, and, although
recorded from the typical locality at Santa Cruz, has never been found
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 26 1
again ; and Valuta alta was probably wrongly identified (see p. 232).
Thus we may say, that Sowerby and Darwin have added to the only
known species (Hypechimts patagonensis], 23 new species, bringing up
the number of species to 24.
In 1846, Desor adds Scutella patagonensis and Echinarachnius jtiliensis,
which are now regarded as identical, giving 25 as the total number of
Patagonian species.
No additions to our knowledge of the Patagonian fauna were made till
1885, when Rochebrune and Mabille described the following new species:
Photinula detecta, Natica secunda and Natica omoia.
Only N. secttnda has been recognized subsequently, and, owing to the
poor descriptions and lack of figures, we can add only this one to the well
established species of the Patagonian fauna, giving the number 26.
In 1887 Philippi described the following new species from Santa Cruz:
1. Nucula patagonica. n. Psammobia patag onica.
2. Area darwini (Cucttlleza d.). 12. Pkolas patagonica (Martesia p^).
3. Cardita inczqualis. 13. Trochita sp. (? Infundibulum corrugatunf).
4. Lucina promaucana. 14. Natica famula (N. avoided).
- 5. Fimbria ( ? ) patagonica. 15. Ficula Carolina (Pyrula c.~).
6. Cardium multiradiatum (C. philippif). 16. Valuta gracilis ( V. gracilior).
•j. Cardium pisum. 17. Valuta dorbigny ana.
8. Venus darwini. 18. Cancellaria vidali,
9. Venus patagonica. 19. Cancer patagonicus (Geryon peruvianus).
10. Venus Iceviuscula (Dosinia /.).
Of these 19 species, 16 are represented in our collection; of the rest
Venus patagonica and Cancellaria -vidali are well characterized forms,
while Fimbria patagonica needs confirmation. Thus we may add safely
1 8 species to the Patagonian fauna, which brings the total number up to 44.
Rochebrune and Mabille in 1 889 added the following species :
Dentalium patagonicum (D. sulcosum). Turritella elachista.
Photinula resurrecta. Terebra undulifera (probably T. costellata).
Turritella cmiteaudi (T. breantiand).
Only two of these species, Dentalium patagonicum and Turritella cou-
teaudi, and the existence of the genus Terebra have been verified, the
other species must be regarded as doubtful, owing to the unsatisfactory
descriptions. Thus the number of well established Patagonian species
would be 47.
262 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
The most important contribution to the Patagonian fauna was made in
1897 by-z>. Ihering. Following Ameghino, who furnished the material,
v. Ihering distinguishes two marine horizons, the Patagonian and Supra-
patagonian (or marine Santacruzian) beds, a division, which is not ac-
cepted by us. For the present, however, we shall give the list of species
added to these faunas, as v. Ihering has given it.
The following are the so-called Patagonian species added by him :
1. Rhynchonella plicigera. 5. Pecten prcenuncius.
2. Magellania globosa (M. lenticularis). 6. Mytilus cf, chorus.
3. Bouchardia zitteli. 7. Venus volckmanni.
4. Perna quadrisulcata. 8. Struthiolaria ameghinoi.
All these 8 species are represented in our collections. A few more
species given by v. Ihering are to be dropped as synonyms (so Cucullcsa
dalli and multicostata = C. alta; Turritella argentina and steinmanni = T.
ambulacrum; Trophon laciniatus var. santacruzensis = T. patagonicus}.
Pecten patagonensis and Siphonalia cf. nodosa are very doubtful, and Tro-
phon varians has been dropped by v. Ihering himself in 1899.
The following are the new Suprapatagonian species :
1. Schizaster ameghinoi. 21. Eulima subventricosa.
2. Area patagonica. 22. Odostomia suturalis (Odontostomia s.).
3. Pectunculus puhinatus cuevensis (Glyci- 23. Turbonilla cuevensis.
meris ibari). 24. Trochita magellanica (Jnfundibulum cly-
4. Pecten centralis (P. proximus). peoluni),
5. Modiola ameghinoi. 25. Natica consimilis.
6. Crassatella longior (Crassatellites /.). 26. Natica subtenuis.
7. Amathusia angulata. 27. Triton dautzenbergi.
8. Venus striatolamellata ( V. navidadis). 28. Trophon pyriformis (Urosalpinx p.~).
9. Cytherea splendida (Meretrix iheringf). 29. Trophon leucostomoides (Urosalpinx l^).
10. Dosinia meridionalis. 30. Marginella quemadensis.
1 1 . Tellina perplana. 3 1 . Marginella confinis.
12. Tellina patagonica. 32. Marginella gracilior.
13. Tellina jeguaensis. 33. Marginella plicifera.
14. Mactra indistincta. 34. Valuta ameghinoi.
15. Solen elytron. 35. Valuta patagonica.
1 6. Glycimeris quemadensis (Panopea q.). 36. Cancel/aria ameghinoi.
17. Pholas paucispina. 37. Cancellaria gracilis.
1 8. Dentalium octocostatum (D. octocostellmn). 38. Pleurotoma discors (P. unifascialis).
19. Fissurella sp. 39. enota Gcuevensis.
20. Gibbula dalli. 40. Bulla,patagonica.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 263
The Trochita mentioned by Philippi is identified as T. corrugata, and the
Terebra, given as undulifera by Rochebrune and Mabille, as T. costellata.
Other species mentioned by v. Ihering as new, have been recognized as
synonyms of known forms ; they are : Pecten quemadensis, Cucullaria tri-
dentata, Nucula tricesima, Gibbula fracta, T^lrritella tricincta, Valuta phi l-
ippiana and quemadensis.
Thus v. Ihering adds to what he calls Patagonian and Suprapatagonian
fauna: 48 species, which brings up the total number of species known
from these beds to 95.
Of the 48 species, 36 are represented in our collection.
In a second contribution, in 1899, v. Ihering added the following spe-
cies, all from the typical Patagonian beds :
1. Pinna semicos tails var. magellanica. 7. Tritonium bicegoi.
2. Crassatella kokeni (Crassatellites /£.). 8. Siphonalia dilatata (S. domeykoana).
3. Lucina ortmanni. 9. Valuta triplicata.
4. Tellina santacmzensis. i o. Valuta pilsbryi ( V. domeykoana).
5. Tellina tehuelcha. 11. Pleurotoma discors (P. subcequalis).
6. Glycimeris nucleus (Panopea ».).
Of these 1 1 species, 8 are found in our collection. Venus cf. uncinata,
Pyrula hombroniana are extremely doubtful, while Pecten fissicostalis is a
synonym of P. geminatus.
This contribution brings up the number of well-known Patagonian
species to 106.
Finally Cossmann, in 1899, describes the following "Suprapatagonian"
species :
1. Lcptothyra philippii. 8. Trichotropis patagonica.
2. Solar ie I la dautzenbergi. 9. Fossarus pillula.
3. Calliostoma pararatum. 10. Odontostomia euryope.
4. Calliostoma santacruzense. 1 1 . Triton obliteratus.
5. Gibbula diametralis. 12. Urosalpinx leucostomoides (U. cossmannf).
6. Gibbula iheringi. 13. Peratotoma ihcringi.
j. Gibbula margaritoides.
He gives to the Fissurella already mentioned by v. Ihering the name
of F. eurytreta. Odontostomia synarthrota and Turbonilla iheringi are
synonyms.
Of these 13 species, onty 6 are represented in our collection.
264 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PAL/EONTOLOGY.
This adds 13 species, giving the total number of the Patagonian fossils
known up to this date as ng.
Comparing our list of species (see pp. 257, 258) with that of the species
reported previously from the Patagonian beds, we see that of the 119
species known, 95 are represented in our collection, while 56 are added,
our list containing altogether 151 species. The following is the list of
24 species, reported previously, which are more or less well established,
but not represented in our collection :
1. Leda glabra (Sow.), 1846, and v. Ih., 12. Gibbula margaritoides Cossm., 1899.
1897. 13. Eulima subventricosa v. Ih., 1897.
2. Pinna semicostata var. magellanica v. Ih., 14. Odontostomia euryope Cossm., 1899.
1899. 15. Fossarus pillula Cossm., 1899.
3. Venus patagonica Phil., 1887, and v. Ih., 16. Trichotropis patagonica Cossm., 1899.
1899. 17. Tritonium dautzenbergi v. Ih., 1897.
4. Tellina perplana v. Ih., 1897. 18. Tritonium obliteratum Cossm., 1899.
5. Tellina patagonica v. Ih., 1897. 19. Marginella quemadensis v. Ih., 1897.
6. Tellina santacruzensis v. Ih., 1899. 20. Marginella confinis v. Ih., 1897.
7. Solen elytron Phil., v. Ih., 1897. 21. Valuta patagonica v. Ih., 1897.
8. Mactra indistinc to, v. Ih., 1897. 22. Cancellaria vidali Phil., 1887.
9. Panopea nucleus (v. Ih.), 1899. 23. Cancellaria ameghinoi v. Ih., 1897.
10. Pholas paucispina v. Ih., 1897. 24. Peratotoma iheringi Cossm., 1899.
11. Gibbula iheringi Cossm., 1899.
This would bring up the total number of well established Patagonian
species to 775, to which we have to add the following doubtful forms :
1. Pecten nodosoplicatus v. Ih., 1897. — Too incompletely known.
2. Fimbria {t} patagonica Phil., 1887. — Too incompletely known.
3. Venus cf. uncinata Phil., v. Ih., 1899. — Casts only known.
4. Mactra (?) rugata Sow., 1846. — Too incompletely known, and never found again.
5. Plwtinula detecta Roch. & Mab., 1885. — Description unsatisfactory.
6. PJwtimda resurrecta Roch. & Mab., 1889. — Description unsatisfactory.
7. Natica omoia Roch. and Mab., 1885. — Perhaps identical with one of the other Naticce.
8. Turritella elachista Roch. & Mab., 1889. — Description unsatisfactory.
9. Pyrula cf. hombroniana Phil., v. Ih., 1899. — Material very poor.
10. Fusus cf. nodosus Mart, v. Ih., 1897. — Cast only.
11. Trophon leucostomoides Sow., v. Ih., 1897. — Identification beyond control.
12. Valuta alta Sow., 1846, and v. Ih., 1899. — Identification probably incorrect.
13. Terebra undulifera Roch. & Mab., 1899. — Perhaps = T. costcllata.
Other species, especially some of those given by d'Orbigny, Sowerby,
and in Philippi's list (1887, p. 251) do not belong to the Patagonian for-
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 265
mation, but to much younger deposits. I mention here the following, in
which this fact has been demonstrated :
1. Area bonplandiana d'Orb. Parana formation, see v. Ih., 1897, p. 329.
2. Ostrea patagonica d'Orb. (and Phil.). Tehuelche formation, see v. Ih., p. 329, and our
collections, p. 112.
3. Ostrea ferrarisi d'Orb. Synonym of 0. patagonica.
4. Pecten dandnianus d'Orb. (and Sow.). Parana formation, see v. Ihering, p. 329.
5. Pecten paranensis d'Orb. (and Sow.). Tehuelche and Parana formations, see v. Ihering,
pp. 226 and 328.
6. Pecten actinodes Sow. Tehuelche formation, v. Ih., and our collection, p. 119.
7. Cardium platense d'Orb. Parana formation, see v. Ihering, p. 330.
8. Venus muensteri d'Orb. (and Phil.). Tehuelche and Parana formation, see v. Ihering, pp.
328 and 330.
THE IDENTITY OF PATAGONIAN AND SUPRA-
PATAGONIAN BEDS.1
i. THE TYPE-LOCALITY AT SANTA CRUZ.
Ameghino (1898 and 1899), and, following him, v. Ihering distinguish
two marine deposits underlying the non-marine Santacruzian beds (con-
taining Mammalian remains) : the lower division is called by the term
1 The general results to which the following detailed investigations lead have been published
by Mr. Hatcher and the present writer in preliminary notes (J. B. Hatcher, 1900 a, Ortmann,
1900). Although it was distinctly stated that the observed facts which furnish the base for our
conclusions would be given in the present final report, F. Ameghino did not deem it necessary
to wait for its publication, but, from the start, rejected them altogether as having no value at all
(see, for instance, F. Ameghino, Notices preliminaires sur des Ongules nouveaux des terrains
Cretaces de Patagonie, in : Boletin de la Academia Nacional de Ciencias de Cordoba, vol. 16,
1901, p. 349).
This is the more astonishing and throws a very peculiar light upon the character of Ameg-
hino's work, since he must have been aware of the fact that Mr. Hatcher, as well as the present
writer, tried faithfully, at the beginning, to verify his views on the geology of Patagonia, and
that it was during the progress of their studies that they ventured to express opinions contrary
to those of Ameghino (compare Hatcher, 1897, pp. 334-338, and 1900 a, p. 99 ff. ; Ortmann,
1898, p. 482, and 1899, p. 432). Of course, then it was impossible to give the bulk of the evi-
dence supporting our views, but the mere fact that we arrived at our conclusions by slow steps
ought to have been sufficient proof to Ameghino that they were not hastily formed, and in this
connection it is well to remember that Ameghino himself has never published any geological or
stratigraphical facts in the form of sections or the like.
266
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS '. PALAEONTOLOGY.
"Patagoniany^r;//c?//b;/," and Ameghino subdivides this into a lower part,
" Piso Juliense," and an upper part, " Piso Leonense." The upper division
he calls by the name of "Suprapatagonian " beds, and separates it from the
Patagonian formation, making it a subdivision, "Piso Suprapatagonico,"
of the Santacruzian formation. V. Ihering follows him in this arrange-
ment, and gives "Santacruzian formation" as the horizon for all marine
"Suprapatagonian" fossils. (It is well to bear in mind that v. Ihering's
"Santacruzian" means the same as Ameghino's "Suprapatagonian.")
As Hatcher (1900 a, p. 99, ff., and i9Oob, p. 263, ff.) has repeatedly indi-
cated in his preliminary publications, he has failed entirely to verify these
subdivisions of the marine beds underlying the typical (non-marine) San-
tacruzian beds, and he was unable to find any stratigraphical evidence for
them, and I shall endeavor here to show that the palczontological material
collected also fails to warrant any subdivisions of this marine series.
In order to demonstrate this, we must choose the type-locality at the
mouth of the Santa Cruz river and its fauna as a starting point. Accord-
ing to Hatcher (1900 b), the deposits at this locality consist of several
hundred feet of soft sand and clays, often filled with hard concretions,
and interrupted occasionally by a stratum of hard sandstone. The fossils
are found both in the loose material and in the harder concretions.
The following is the list of all fossils recorded from this locality :
1 . Cidaris antarctica.
2. Schiz aster ameghinoi.
3. Aspidostoma giganteum.
4. Reticulipora patagonica.
5. Tennysonia subcylindrica.
6. Rhynchonella plicigcra (v. Ih.).
7. Terebratella dorsata var.
8. Terebratella patagonica.
9. Nucnla patagonica.
10. Nucula reticularis.
11. Leda glabra (Sow., v. Ih.).
1 2. Leda oxyrhyncha.
13. Leda errazurizi.
14. Malletia ornata.
15. Cucullcea a/ fa.
1 6. Cucullcea darwini.
17. Limopsis insolita.
1 8. Area patagonica.
19. Glycimeris ibari.
20. Pcrna quadrisulcata.
2 1 . Ostrea ingens.
22. Pec ten proximus.
23. Pecten prcemmcius.
24. Pecten geminatns.
25. Pinna semi'costata (v. Ih.).
26. Mytilus cf. chorus (v. Ih.).
27. Crassatellites lyelli.
28. Crassatellites kokeni.
29. Crassatellites quartns.
30. Cardita elegantoides.
3 1 . Cardita inaqualis.
3 2 . Cardita patagonica.
3 3 . Litcina promaitcana.
34. Lvcina ortmanni.
3 5 . Cardium philippii.
36. Cardium puclclnnn.
37. Cardium pisinii.
38. Amathusia angnlata.
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
267
39. Venus mcridionalis.
40. Venus volckmanni.
41. Venus patagonica (Phil., v. Ih.).
42. Venus darwini.
43. Venus navidadis.
44. Dosinia meridionalis.
45. Dosinia l&viuscula.
46. Tellina tehuelcha (v. Ih.).
47. Tellina jeguaensis.
48. Tellina santacrusensis (v. Ih.).
49. Psammobia patagonica.
50. Mactra darwini.
5 1 . Corbula hatcheri.
52. Panopea regularis.
53. Panopea quemadensis.
54. Panopea nucleus (v. Ih.).
5 5 • Martesia patagonica.
56. Martesia pumila.
57. Dentalium sulcosum.
58. Liotia scotti.
59. Leptothyra philippii.
60. Solariella dautzenbergi.
6 1 . Calliostoma peraratum.
62. Calliostoma cossmanni.
63. Calliostoma santacruzense.
64. Calliostoma garretti.
65. Calliostoma iheringi.
66. Gibbula l&vis.
67. Gibbula dalli.
68. Gibbula diametralis.
69. Odontostomia suturalis.
70. Scalaria rugulosa.
71. Infundibulum corrugatum.
72. Infundibulum clypeolum.
73. Sigapatella americana.
74. Crepidida gregaria.
75. Natica ovoidea.
76. Natica secunda.
77. Natica darwini.
78. Natica subtenuis.
79. Natica consimilis.
80. Turritella ambulacrum.
8 1 . Turritella breantiana.
82. Turritella patagonica.
83. Aporrhais araucana.
84. Struthiolaria ameghinoi.
85. Struthiolaria ornata.
86. Dolium ovulum.
87. Pyrola Carolina.
88. Tritonium bicegoi.
89. Tritonium morgani.
90. Buccimim anna.
91. Buccinum obesum.
92. Chrysodomus cancellatus.
9 3 . Chrysodomus pilsbryi.
94. Siplwnalia domeykoana.
95. Trophon patagonicus.
96. Urosalpinx elegans.
97. Urosalpinx cossmanni.
98. /*««« torosus.
99. Marginella gracilior.
100. Marginella plicifera.
101. Marginella olivella.
1 02. Valuta triplicata.
103. Valuta gracilior.
104. Valuta petersoni.
105. Valuta dorbignyana.
1 06. Valuta domeykoana.
107. Cancellaria gracilis.
1 08. Cancellaria cf. medince.
109. Cancellaria -vidali (Phil.).
1 10. Terebra costellata.
in. Pleurotoma subcequalis,
112. Pleurotoma unifayialis.
113. Genota cuevensis.
1 1 4. Drillia santacnizensis.
115. Borsonia patagonica.
1 1 6. Bulla patagonica.
1 1 7. Geryon peruvianus.
The question arises, which one of Ameghino's subdivisions is repre-
sented in this fauna. According to Mr. Hatcher, this fauna is a unit
stratigraphically, and no subdivisions are possible; he tried at first, in
collecting, to distinguish different horizons, but soon found that this was
268 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
impossible. That this is not due to defective observation, will be shown
further on, and it will be demonstrated, that the palaeontological charac-
ters given by Ameghino do not hold good in the face of a careful com-
parison with our material.
Ameghino (1899) gives the following characteristic fossils for his sub-
divisions.
Piso Juliense :
Hypechinus patagonensis. Rhynchonella plicigera.
Echinarachnius juliensis ( = Scutella pata- Bouchardia zitteli.
gonensis). Pecten geminatus.
Schizastcr ameghinoi. Pecten prammcius.
Terebratula patagonica (=• Terebratella p.). Siphonalia noachina.
Piso Leonense :
Ostrea percrassa (= 0. ingens). Turritella argentina (= T. ambulacrum).
Perna quadrisulcata. Struthiolaria ornata.
Cucullaa alta.
Piso Siiprapatagonico :
Ostrea patagonica (= 0. ingens). Amathusia angulata.
Pecten quemadensis (= P. geminatus). Dentalium octocostatum (= D. octocostellatuni).
Cytherea splendida (= Meretrix iheringt). Valuta ameghinoi.
It is most important to know, where we are to look for the type-locali-
ties of these divisions. In this respect Ameghino is remarkably careless ;
indeed, he does not say in any case, what we are to take for typical rep-
resentations of his divisions, and thus we have to guess, or rather to infer
from the names given, which one is the locality intended in each case.
The Piso Juliense is apparently called after San Julian, and this we must
take for the type-locality of it (see below). The Piso Leonense has been
named apparently from Mt. Leon at the mouth of the Santa Cruz River,
and thus those beds, of which the list of fossils is given above, are to be
taken as representation of this division. And indeed, all five species,
mentioned by Ameghino as characteristic of this subdivision, have been
found at the mouth of the Santa Cruz River, and further, since two of
them, Cucullcea alta and Struthiolaria ornata, have been found nowhere
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
269
else, it is beyond doubt fhat we must take the mouth of the Santa Cruz
River as the type-locality for the Leonense beds.*
As regards the Suprapatagonian beds, Ameghino does not take the
trouble to give the slightest hint as to a type-locality. Species coming
from this subdivision are given by v. Ihering chiefly from two places
called "La Cueva" and "Jegua quemada." The geographical position
of these places is not given, and Mr. Hatcher — although trying to do
so — was not able to locate them, when he was at Santa Cruz. Thus the
only way left is to try to identify the Suprapatagonian beds according to
the characteristic fossils given, but — as we shall see below — this has
proved to be a complete failure.
V. Ihering recognized the importance of the establishment of a type-
locality, and the careful registering of the fossils found there. He sent
his collector, Mr. Bicego, to Santa Cruz, and tried to get as many fossils
as possible from this old type-locality of Patagonian beds. The result of
these investigations was published in the paper of 1899. V. Ihering here
gives a list of the fossils found at Santa Cruz, and by comparing them
with those recorded by him — on the authority of Ameghino — from the
Suprapatagonian beds, gives (1. c., p. 38) a list of the characteristic fossils
from both the Patagonian and Suprapatagonian beds.
According to him, the following species found at Santa Cruz must be
taken as characteristic of the Patagonian formation, since they never have
been found in what Ameghino calls Suprapatagonian beds) :2
Cucullcza alta.
Pecten fissicostalis (= P. geminatus).
Cardita patagonica (= C. ituequalis).
Lucina ortmanni.
Ca.rd.ium puelchum.
Venus patagonica.
Dosinia Icevitiscula.
Struthiolaria ornata.
Siphonalia dilatata (=
S. domeykoana\
For the Suprapatagonian beds he gives the following characteristic fos-
sils, which — according to him — have never been found at Santa Cruz :
1 The manner in which Ameghino distorts facts in order to suit his preconceived theories is
simply astonishing. In 1899 (p. 12) he says — in discussing the section of Punta Arenas discov-
ered by Hatcher and described by the present writer — that the fauna of his Piso Leonense is
known only in small part, while, as has been demonstrated above, this fauna must be identical
with that of the type-locality of the whole of the Patagonian beds at Santa Cruz, and this fauna,
indeed, is the best knmvn part of the Patagonian fauna.
2 1 omit Siphonalia noachina, since this has never been found at Santa Cruz, and also Valuta
alta, since this species is altogether doubtful (see p. 231).
270 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALEONTOLOGY.
Cucullaria tridcntata (= Cucullaa darwini). Natica solida (= N. darwini).
Area patagonica. Struthiolaris ameghinai.
Pecten centralis (= P. prciimus). Marginella quemadensis.
Lucina promaucana. Marginella confinis.
Amathusia angulata. Marginella gracilior.
Dosinia meridionalis. Marginella plicifera.
Scalaria rugulosa. Valuta ameghinoi.
Of the 1 1 7 species found at the type-locality of Santa Cruz (see our
list, p. 266 f.) the following are mentioned in v. Ihering's list of character-
istic Patagonian fossils :
Cucullcea alta. Lucina ortmanni. Dosinia Iceviuscula.
Pecten geminatus. Cardium puelchum. Strnthiolaria ornata.
Cardita incequalis. Venus patagonica. Siphonalia domeykoana.
These are nine species (all of those mentioned by v. Ihering), eight of
which also occur in our collections, only Venus patagonica not being rep-
resented.
On the other hand, of v. Ihering's characteristic Suprapatagonian fossils
the following have been found at Santa Cruz, according to our collection :
Cucullcea darwini. Amathusia angulata. Struthiolaria ameghinoi.
Area patagonica. Dosinia meridionalis. Marginella gracilior.
Pecten proximus. Scalaria rugulosa. Marginella plicifera.
Lucina promaucana. Natica darwini.
That is to say, all the characteristic Suprapatagonian species, with only
three exceptions (Marginella quemadensis and confinis , Valuta ameghinoi']
have been found here.
This result shows at a glance, that v. Ihering's list of characteristic fos-
sils for both supposed formations does not hold good.
Comparing Ameghino's characteristic fossils with our list of the Santa
Cruz fauna we find the following species represented there :
Jtdiense species :
4 out of 9.
Schisaster ameghinoi.
Terebratella patagonica.
Pecten prcenunchts.
Pecten geminatus.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 271
Leonense species:
Ostrea ingetis.
Perna quadrisulcata.
Cttcull&a a/fa.
Turritella ambulacrum.
Struthiolaria ornata.
all of them.
Suprapatagonian species :
Ostrea ingens. \
Pec ten geminatus. \ 3 out of 6.
Amathusia angulata.
This gives about the same result, although the fact is remarkable that
of the Leonense species (5) all are found at Santa Cruz, of the others
only a part.
Thus we see, that — taking together all the forms mentioned by both,
Ameghino and v. Ihering — there are, at the type-locality of the Pata-
gonian beds, 75* Patagonian species, namely :
Schizaster ameghinoi. Pecten prcenuncius. Venus patagonica.
Terebratclla patagonica. Pecten geminatus. Dosinia l&viuscula.
Cucullcea a/fa. Cardita incequalis. Turritella ambulacrum.
Perna quadrisulcata. Lucina ortmanni. Struthiolaria ornata.
Ostrea ingens. Cardium puelchum. Siphonalia domcykoana.
At the same time, ij Suprapatagonian species are found there, namely
Cucullcea darwini. Lucina promaucana. Struthiolaria amegltinoi.
Area patagonica. Amathusia angulata. Marginella gracilis.
Ostrea ingens. Dosinia mcridionalis. Marginella plicifera.
Pecten proximus. Scalaria rugulosa.
Pecten geminatus. Natica darwini.
These facts would make the locality at Santa Cruz as well Patagonian
as Suprapatagonian, and suggests strongly the identity of both.
On the other hand, we have seen that the so-called "Leonense" species
of Ameghino are all (5) found at Santa Cruz, while only a part of the
"Juliense" (4 out of 9) have been found there. Of the remaining 5
Juliense species, however, 3 have been found at San Julian (Hypechinus
Patagonensis, Scutella patagonica, Siphonalia noachina] by Mr. Hatcher.
We shall discuss this fact later.
272 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
2. COMPARISON OF OTHER LOCALITIES WITH THE TYPE FAUNA
AT SANTA CRUZ.
(In the following P means characteristic Patagonian, according to v.
Ihering ; S means characteristic Suprapatagonian, according to Ameghino
or v. Ihering ; / means characteristic Juliense, according to Ameghino ;
L means characteristic Leonense, according to Ameghino.)
Pescadores, Rio Santa Cruz ; ca. 50' above high tide.
Only Ostrea ingens has been found here.
Paso del Rio Santa Cruz : 2 miles above Las Salinas (see below), at
about high tide level.
J Schizaster ameghinoi. L & S Ostrea ingens. Turritella breantiana.
J Terebratella patagonica. S Lucina promaucana. Turritella patagonica.
Malletia ornata. L Turritella ambulacrum. L Stmthiolaria ornata.
All of these 9 species are found at Santa Cruz, and 5 of them are Pata-
gonian, 2 of which are Juliense, and 3 Leonense, while 2 are Suprapata-
gonian. Since this locality represents a very low horizon, close to the
water's edge of the Santa Cruz River and the sea, the presence of Leon-
ense and Suprapatagonian species is very significant.
Las Salinas ; 30 miles above mouth of Santa Cruz River, ca. 200' above
high tide.
J Rhynchonclla plicigera. P Cardium puelchum. L Turritella ambulacrum.
S Cucullaa danvini. Venus meridionalis. . Turritella breantiana.
Limopsis insolita, Psammobia patagonica. L Stmthiolaria ornata.
P Cardita intequalis. Marlesia patagonica. P Siphonalia domeykoana.
All of these 12 species were found at Santa Cruz. This locality is at
a much higher level than Paso del Rio Santa Cruz, but has 3 fossils in
common with it ( Turritella ambulacrum and breantiana, Stmthiolaria or-
nata], two of which are Leonense according to Ameghino. 6 specimens
are Patagonian, i of which is Juliense, while 2 are Leonense. Ctictillcea
darwini is a Suprapatagonian fossil according to v. Ihering. Thus we
have here a mixture of fossils from all three subdivisions.
Mount of Observation, lower horizon ; from between tides to 25' above
tides.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 273
L & S Ostrca ingens. L Turritella ambulacrum. Geryon pennianus.
L Cucullcea alta. Turritella breantiana.
The prevalence of Leonense species is opposed to the low level to
which this locality belongs, especially when we come to compare it with
the upper horizon at the same locality. All 5 species are found at Santa
Cruz.
Mount of Observation, upper horizon ; 25-150' above tides.
/ * Terebratclla patagonica. * Venus meridionalis. S *Scalaria nigulosa.
*Nucula rcticularis. *Mactra darwini. * Infundibulum corrugatum.
S *Arca patagonica. Mactra garretti. J SipJionalia noacliina.
L & S * Ostrea ingens. * Corbitla hatcheri. S Valuta ameghinoi.
Modiola ameghinoi. *Martesia patagonica. * Cancellaria gracilis.
* Cardita elegantoides. S Dcntalium octocostcllatum. * Cancellaria cf. medina.
P * Cardita incequalis. Calliostoma observationis. Action semilavis.
P * Cardium piiclchum. Turbonilla cuevensis. Balanus varians.
Of these 24 species, 15 are found at Santa Cruz (those marked*). This
horizon would correspond to about the middle of the series at Santa Cruz;
nevertheless it contains 2 distinctly Juliense, and no less than 5 Suprapat-
agonian species, while Leonense species are hardly represented.
On the other hand, 9 species are found here, which have not been
found at Santa Cruz. These, however, cannot be taken as representing
a "Suprapatagonian " fauna. 6 of them are either new species, or have
not been found elsewhere ; of the rest 2 are found at San Julian (see be-
low) at a much lower level (Siphonalia noachina and Balanus vartans),
and V. ameghinoi has been found at Lake Pueyrredon, 600' above base
of Tertiary. That this latter locality cannot be regarded as Suprapata-
gonian will be demonstrated below.
According to stratigraphical evidence, we are to expect that this local-
ity should belong to the upper Juliense or Leonense division of the Pata-
gonian beds : instead of that, Suprapatagonian species prevail, while a few
Juliense are intermingled with them. Thus it is impossible to say, to
which of Ameghino's and v. Ihering's subdivisions the beds of this local-
ity are referable.
All the foregoing localities resemble more or less in the state of pres-
ervation of the fossils and in the matrix the type-locality at Santa Cruz,
and, indeed, geographically, they are not far distant from it. The first
274 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PAL/EONTOLOGY.
locality that differs in the character of the deposits is the next, near San
Julian.
San Julian, Oven Point; near the water's edge, not over 10' above
high tide. This horizon is distinctly lower than any of the beds at Santa
Cruz. Facies : sandy, with shell-fragments.
* Cidaris antarctica. Heteropora pelliculata. * Turritella patagonica.
Toxopneustes precursor. J * Terebratella patagonica. S * Struthiolaria ameghinoi.
J Scutella patagonica. L & S * Ostrea ingens. J Siphonalia noachina.
J *Schisaster ameghinoi. J & S Pec ten geminatus. * Trophon patagonicus.
Serpula patagonica. Mytilus magellanicus. * Valuta gradlior.
Terebella magna. * Gibbula l&vis. Balanus varians.
* Aspidostoma giganteum. * Infundibulum corrugatum.
Although this locality represents the lowermost horizon of the whole
series known on the coast of Patagonia, we have here no less than 3
species, which are Suprapatagonian, according to Ameghino and v. Iher-
ing. For the rest, Juliense species prevail. Of the 20 species, 12
(marked *) have been found at Santa Cruz.
San Julian, Darwin Station; at a higher horizon than Oven Point.
Matrix resembling that of Santa Cruz. This horizon seems to be about
the same as the lowermost part of the Santa Cruz section.
* Cidaris antarctica. *Panopea quemadensu. Murex hatcheri.
J Hypechinus patagonemis. *Dentalium sulcosum. * Trophon patagonicus.
Serpula patagonica. S * Sea/aria rugulosa. Fusus archimedis.
J * Terebratella patagonica. *Natica ovoidea. * Valuta gradlior.
Heteropora pelliculata. * Turritella sp. * Cancellaria gracilis.
J *Pecten pranuncius. Vermetus incertus. Scalpellumjuliense.
J& S *Pecten geminatus. S * Struthiolaria ameghinoi. Balanus varians.
* Corbula hatcheri. *Pyrula Carolina. * Geryon peruvianus.
*Panopea regularis. J Siphonalia noachina.
Of these 26 species, 17 are also found at Santa Cruz (marked *). Again
here, Juliense species prevail ; typical Leonense species are wanting, but
3 characteristic Suprapatagonian species are present.
It is impossible to decide which one of these two localities near San
Julian is to be regarded as the type-locality of Ameghino's " Piso Juli-
ense." Both contain a number of Juliense fossils (each 5), of which 3
( Terebratella patagonica, Pecten geminatus, Siphonalia noachina] have
been found at both. The fact that the matrix at Darwin Station ap-
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 275
proaches more that of the mouth of the Santa Cruz River, is expressed in
the higher percentage of species that are also found at Santa Cruz,
although this difference from Oven Point is very slight.
Both San Julian localities have 9 species in common, but the abundance
of the respective species at each locality is very different. Taking to-
gether these two localities, we may regard them as the type of the Juli-
ense beds, since 7 of the 9 species mentioned by Ameghino have been
found here. But the fact, that i Leonense (Ostrea ingens], and 4 Supra-
patagonian species (Ostrea ingens, Pecten geminatus, Sea/aria ritgulosa,
Stntfhiolaria anieghinoi] have been found here, strongly points to the
conclusion, that these beds also represent what Ameghino calls "Supra-
patagonian."
Two more localities on the coast are: Port of Deseado (Port Desire),
which has yielded only Pecten cf. centralis, and Port Madryn (New Bay,
Terr. Chubut), which has yielded Ostrea ingens from two horizons : be-
tween tides, and 25' above high tide.
The following localities are situated more or less inland : they all have
a sandy facies, and often the matrix is composed of fragments of shells.
Shore of Salt Lake, 10 miles north of the mouth of Rio Chico ; near
the base of the series, within 50' above barren Cretaceous sandstones.
J Scutella patagonensis. J * Terebratella patagonica. L &• S * Ostrea ingens.
Even among this small number of species, a Leonense and Suprapata-
gonian is associated with two Juliense.
Upper Rio Chalia ; beds immediately underlying the Santacruzian
beds, containing mammals. Top of marine series.
J Scutella patagonensis. * Venus navidadis ( ? ). L * Turritclla ambulacrum.
Melicerita triforis. S *Dosinia meridionalis ( ? ). * Valuta gradlior.
J * Terebratella patagonica. * Panopea quemadensis. * Valuta dorbignyana.
* Glycimeris ibari. Fissurella eurytreta. Verruca lavigata.
L&S* Ostrea ingens. * Gibbula dalli. Balanus vatians.
*Mytilus cf. chorus. S *Scalaria rugulosa.
S *Lucina promaucana. * Ctcpidula gregaria.
These beds which are undoubtedly near the extreme top of the marine
series, and which ought to be, according to stratigraphical evidence, Supra-
patagonian, contain — among 19 — no less than 14 species, which have
been found also at Santa Cruz (marked*). 4 of the species are charac-
276 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PAL/EONTOLOGY.
teristic Suprapatagonian, while 4 are Patagonian (2 Juliense and 2 Leon-
ense). The presence of 7 species in these beds (Scutella patagonensis,
Terebratella patagonica, Ostrea ingens, Panopea quemadensis, Scalaria
rugulosa, Valuta gracilior, Balanus varians] is most significant, since
these have been found also in the lowermost beds of the whole series at
San Julian.
Thus the palaeontological evidence — if we follow Ameghino's divisions-
is in conflict with the stratigraphical.
jo miles north of upper Rio Chalia; beds corresponding to the last
locality : immediately below Santacruzian beds, top of marine series.
* Cidaris anatarctica. *Psammobia patagonica. L * Turritella ambulacrum.
J Scutella patagonensis. * Panopea quemadensis. * Turritella patagonica.
J '* '• Terebratella patagonica. S * Scalaria rugulosa. S * Struthiolaria ameghinoi.
* Glycimeris ibari. * Infundibulum corrugatum. * Trophon patagonicus.
L & S * Ostrea ingen s. S * Natica darwini. Balanus varians.
Although this list differs a little from that of the last locality (8 species
in common), there is much resemblance between both as regards matrix,
etc., indeed, both belong apparently to about the same level in the marine
series.
Of these 15 species, 13 have been found at Santa Cruz (marked*); 4
are characteristic Suprapatagonian, while 4 are Patagonian (2 Juliense and
2 Leonense). The conclusions are identical with those drawn from the
last locality.
Canon near Sierra Oveja, Rio Chico ; extreme top of the series: these
beds are interstratified with Santacruzian beds containing Mammalian
remains.
J ^Terebratella patagonica. J &• S*Pecten geminatus. S * Scalaria rugulosa.
L&S* Ostrea ingens. P * Cardium puelchum ( ? ). J Siphonalia noachina.
These beds, which ought to be, by all means, Suprapatagonian, contain
only a single form that is characteristic of the Suprapatagonian beds,
while 2 species are found in both Patagonian and Suprapatagonian, and
2, Terebratella patagonica and Siphonalia noachina, at the base of the
series, in the "Piso Juliense" of Ameghino. The presence of these two
species at this locality is entirely opposed to Ameghino's conception of
Patagonian and Suprapatagonian beds.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 277
At the same locality 100-150' below the fossils mentioned above, have
been found Mammalian bones associated with Leda errazurizi(>}.
Shell Gap, Rio Chico, lower horizon.
Toxopneustes praecursor. L & S * Ostrea ingens.
Cellaria fistulosa. J &• S *Pecten geminatus.
The list is too small to permit any conclusions. Toxopneustes pre-
cursor is also from the lowermost beds of the marine series at San Julian.
Shell Gap, Rio Chico, iipper horizon; 150-200' above lower horizon.
J Scntella patagonensis. * Venus volckmanni ( ?). Galerus araucanus.
J *Rhynchonella plicigcra. * Tellina tehuelcha. Vermetus cf. intortus.
*Terebratella dorsata. *Mactra danvini. S * Struthiolaria ameghinoi.
J * Terebratella patagonica. *Martesia patagonica. Balanus varians.
P * Cardium puelchum ( ? ). *Gibbula dalli.
* Venus meridionalis ( ? ). * Infundibulum corrugatum.
Of these 16 species, 12 have been found at Santa Cruz. 4 are charac-
teristic Patagonian (mostly Juliense) fossils, while one is Suprapatagonian.
This locality offers in matrix, etc., a striking resemblance to that of the
upper Rio Chalia and 30 miles north of it, and 6 of the species have also
been found there. Petrographically and stratigraphically, these beds
would belong near the top of the series, while palaeontological evidence
points partly to the identity with the beds of the upper Rio Chalia, partly
to a lower position, near the base of the series.
Mayer basin; upper Lignites, below Patagonian beds.
Ostrea ingens has been found here, and indeterminable remains of
other Bivalves, possibly of a Mytihts.
Arroyo Gio ; ca. 100 feet marine beds, between barren Cretaceous
sandstones and Santacruzian beds ; sandy facies.
Heteropora pelliculata. * Cardium philippii (?). Crucibulum dubium.
*Leda oxyrhyncha. * Cardium pisum. * Crepidula gregaria.
*Leda errazurizi. S *Dosinia meridionalis. L *Turritella ambulacrum.
S * Area patagonica. * Tellina jeguaensis. * Valuta g racilior.
* Glycimeris ibari. *Psammobia patagonica. *Bulla patagonica.
L&- S* Ostrea ingens. S Dentalium octocostellatum.
J& S *Pt>cten geminatus. * Gibbula dalli.
Casts of indeterminable species of Natica, Marginella and Bivalves.
278 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
Of these 19 species, 16 (marked *) are found at Santa Cruz, which
would make these beds identical with those of the type-locality. The
fact, that Juliense, Leonense, and Suprapatagonian species — although
only a few of each category — are associated here, is in so far interesting,
as it shows that these three supposed different divisions are condensed
here into only 100 feet.
LAKE PUEYRREDON.
East end of Lake Piieyrredon; horizon not ascertained.
J * Rhynchonella plicigera. L & S * Ostrea ingens, * Cardium philippii.
* Terebratella dorsata. J& S *Pecten geminatus.
All of these 5 species have been recorded from Santa Cruz, and,
although the number of species is very small, we have a mixture of
Patagonian and Suprapatagonian forms. According to the matrix and
the species found, this horizon seems to correspond to the lowermost of
the Rio Tarde section (see below).
High bhtffs, S. IV. of Lake Pueyrredon; horizon not ascertained, but
about 1000' below Santacruzian beds.
J * Rhynchonella plicigera. Magellania lenticitlaris. Grypluza cf. tarda.
Rhynchonella squamosa. J * Terebratella patagonica.
This horizon also seems to correspond to the lowermost of the Rio
Tarde section.
LAKE PUEYRREDON, Rio TARDE SECTION, 700' thick (see Hatcher,
1 900 a, p. 100).
Base of marine Tertiary : The lowermost beds of the Rio Tarde sec-
tion, immediately overlying a basaltic deposit that lies on top of the
barren Cretaceous sandstones.
*Cidaris antarctica. L *Perna quadrisulcata. *Dentalium sulcosum.
J Scutella patagonensis. L & S * Ostrea ingens. * Gibbula lizvis.
Cyrtoma posthumum. J& S *Pecten geminatus. S *Scalaria rugulosa.
J * Rhynchonella plicigera. Modiola andina. L * Turritdla ambulacrum.
Rhynchonella squamosa. Crass ate llites longior. S * Strut] dol aria ameghinoi.
Magellania lenticularis. * Cardium philippii. * Trophon patagonicus.
* Terebratella dorsata. * Cardium pisum. Urosalpinx pyriformis.
J * Terebratella patagonica. * Venus volckmanid. Balanus cf. psittacus.
J Bouchardia zitteli. *Panopea regularis. Balanus varians.
* Glycimeris ibari. *Panopea quemadensis.
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
279
Of these 29 species, 19 have been found at Santa Cruz. This horizon,
the lowermost in this section, ought to be Juliense, and, indeed, it con-
tains 5 Juliense species ; but this conclusion is entirely upset by the fact
that 3 Leonense and 4 Suprapatagonian species are* also represented here.
400 above base.
Only Modiola andina has been collected here.
600 above base (or 100' below top of marine series).
* Terebratella dorsata.
J * Terebratella patagonica.
*Nucula patagonica.
*Leda errazurizi.
* Glycimeris ibari,
L *Perna quadrisulcata.
L & S * Ostrca ingens.
J& S *Pecten geminatus.
Modiola andina,
* Crassatellites quartus.
Cardita volckmanni.
* Cardium philippii.
* Venus meridionalis.
* Venus volckmanni.
Mactra garrctti.
*Parwpea regularis.
*Panopea quemadcnsis.
*Martesia patagonica.
*Solariclla dautzenbergi.
*Gibbula lavis.
*Gibbula dalli.
* Infundibulum corrugatum.
Galerus araucanus.
L *Turritella ambulacrum.
Vermetus cf. intortus.
S * Struthiolaria ameghinoi.
*Pyrula Carolina.
J Siphonalis noachina.
* Trap/ton patagonicus.
S Valuta ameghinoi.
* Terebra costellata.
* Geryon peruvianus.
The comparison of this locality with others is very important and inter-
esting. About half (15) of the number of species are identical with those
of the lowermost horizon of this section, although both are separated from
each other by almost 600 feet of deposit. In this locality, out of 32
species, 25 are common to the type-locality at Santa Cruz, and this shows
conclusively that the three (Santa Cruz, lower and upper horizon of Rio
Tarde section) cannot be separated, and further, it shows that at Santa
Cruz no two or more horizons can be represented, since the latter section
comprises only about 250 feet, while here, at 600 feet above the base, still
an unmistakable Patagonian fauna (as found at Santa Cruz) is present.
Comparing our list with the subdivisions of Ameghino and v. Ihering,
we see that we have here again, at 600' above the base, and 100' below
the top, where we should expect a characteristic Suprapatagonian fauna, a
mixture of 3 Juliense, 3 Leonense, and 4 Suprapatagonian elements, a
relation that has hardly changed from that found at the base of the Rio
Tarde section.
Extreme top of marine series (Rio Tarde section).
Ostrea ingens has been found here in a form (see p. 109) that corre-
sponds to O. hatcheri, which is found, according to v. Ihering and
Ameghino, exclusively in the Leonense beds.
280 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALEONTOLOGY.
Punta Arenas, horizon V (uppermost). See the description of the
Punta Arenas section, given by the writer, according to Hatcher's observa-
tions, 1898, p. 481.
Ameghino (1899, p.? 13) has completely misunderstood, and arbitrarily
changed the account the writer has given of this horizon. Hatcher
labelled some oysters collected here: "below" and "above" V. This
means only that this horizon begins, at the base, with an almost solid
layer of oysters, then follows a layer of dark-greenish sand that contains
the other fossils, which ends again, at the top, in a similar layer of oyster
shells. This whole horizon, including both oyster beds, is a unit, and
there is no break at all. Nevertheless, Ameghino constructs an hiatus
between the upper oyster layer and the rest, and correlates the former
with his Tehuelche formation, the latter with the Suprapatagonian part of
the Santacruzian formation. This assumption of an hiatus within our
horizon V is entirely unwarranted, and characterizes Ameghino's manner
of trimming facts to suit his theories, even without having seen the origi-
nal locality.
We must take together all the fossils found here, and may mention only
that Ostrea ingens occurs everywhere in this horizon (also in the sand be-
tween the two oyster beds), and that Sigapatella has been found only in-
side of oyster shells of the upper oyster bed. The latter consists of a
form of Ostrea ingens, that resembles much the Cape Fairweather variety :
*Glydmeris ibaria. Venus chiloensis. * Sigapatella amcricana.
L & S * Ostrea ingens. S Meretrix iheringi.
S *Lucina promaucana. * Crepidula gregaria.
Although very small, this list contains 5 species that are found at the
type-locality at Santa Cruz (marked *). For the rest, so-called "Supra-
patagonian" species prevail. Ostrea ingens is a Patagonian (Leonense)
and Suprapatagonian species, and it is to be remarked, that the form
hatcheri, which is said to be characteristic of the Leonense beds, has also
been found here.
In conclusion, I add here a list of those species which have been ascer-
tained to be present both near the base and near the top of the Patagonian
series (as understood by us).
(base : San Julian.
I. Ciaans antarctica. . - ~. «_,.
(top : 30 miles north of Rio Chalia.
ORTMANN
TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
28l
2. Scutella patagonensis.
3. Rhynchondla plicigera.
4- TerebrateUa dorsata.
5. TerebrateUa patagonica,
6. Glycimeris ibari.
7- Perna quadrisulcata.
8.
9. Pec ten geminatus.
i o. Modiola andina.
1 1 . Lucina promaucana.
1 2. Cardium philippii.
1 3 . Cardium puelchum.
14- Venus volckmanni.
15. Panopea regularis.
*6. Panopea qncmadensis.
1 7. Gibbu/a Icevis.
1 8. Scalaria rugulosa.
19. Iiftmdtbtthtm corrugatum.
20. Turritella ambulacrum.
2 1 . Turritella patagonica.
J base
(top:
f base
(top:
fbase
(top:
f base :
(top:
J base :
(top:
J base
(top:
[base
(top:
Jbase
(top:
J base :
(top:
fbase
(top:
J base
(top:
jbase
(top:
J base :
(top:
f base :
(top:
f base :
(top:
fbase
(top:
fbase
(top:
(top:
fbase
(top:
Jbase
(top:
22. Strutliiolaria ameghinoi.
(top:
San Julian; Salt Lake; Lake Pueyrredon.
Lhaha ; 30 miles north of Rio Chalia.
Lake Pueyrredon.
Las Salinas ; Shell Gap.
: Lake Pueyrredon.
Shell Gap.
: San Julian; Salt Lake; Lake Pueyrredon.
Kio Chaha ; Lake Pueyrredon.
: Lake Pueyrredon.
Rio Chalia ; Lake Pueyrredon.
' Lake Pueyrredon.
Lake Pueyrredon.
: San Julian; Salt Lake ; Lake Pueyrredon.
-haha; Sierro Oveja; Lake Pueyrredon.
San Julian ; Lake Pueyrredon.
Sierra Oveja ; Lake Pueyrredon.
: Lake Pueyrredon.
Lake Pueyrredon.
: Paso del Rio Santa Cruz.
Rio Chalia.
: Lake Pueyrredon.
Lake Pueyrredon.
: Santa Cruz.
Sierra Oveja.
: Santa Cruz ; Lake Pueyrredon.
Lake Pueyrredon.
: San Julian ; Lake Pueyrredon.
Lake Pueyrredon.
: San Julian ; Lake Pueyrredon.
Rio Chalia ; Lake Pueyrredon.
: San Julian ; Lake Pueyrredon.
Lake Pueyrredon.
San Julian ; Lake Pueyrredon.
Rio Chalia ; Sierra Oveja.
: San Julian.
Rio Chalia ; Lake Pueyrredon.
: Santa Cruz ; • Lake Pueyrredon.
Rio Chalia ; Lake Pueyrredon.
: Santa Cruz ; San Julian.
Rio Chalia.
San Julian ; Lake Pueyrredon.
Rio Chalia ; Lake Pueyrredon.
282 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
(base : San Julian.
23. Pyrula Carolina. T , „ ,
[top: Lake Pueyrredon.
(base : San Julian.
24. Siphonaha noachma. ~. ~ . T i r>
(top: Sierra Oveja ; Lake Pueyrredon.
f base : San Julian ; Lake Pueyrredon.
25. Troplion patatromcus. ~. ,,, ,. T , „
[ top : Rio Ghana ; Lake Pueyrredon.
f base : San Julian.
20. Volnta granhor. T,. „, ..
( top : Rio Chaha.
(base: San Julian ; Lake Pueyrredon.
27. Balamis vanatis. „. _, .. „, .. „
(top: Rio Chalia ; Shell Gap.
("base: San Julian; Santa Cruz.
28. Gery on peruvianus.
[ top : Lake Pueyrredon.
We add the following species, which are either given as Suprapata-
gonian by v. Ihering, Cossmann or Ameghino, but found in our collec-
tion only near the base, or are given as Juliense by Ameghino or
Patagonian by v. Ihering, but found in our collection at the top.
Suprapatagonian species, found at the base :
29. Crassatellites longior, Lake Pueyrredon, base.
30. Amathusia angulata, Santa Cruz, at water's edge.
3 1 . Urosalpinx pyriformis, Lake Pueyrredon, base.
Patagonian species, found at the top :
32. Mytilus cf. chorus, Rio Chalia.
33. Tellina tehuelcJta, Shell Gap.
34. Psammobia patagonica. Rio Chalia.
35. Martesia patagonica, Shell Gap, Lake Pueyrredon.
36. Valuta dorbignyana, Rio Chalia.
Finally, I give here the species which are recorded by v. Ihering as
Patagonian and Suprapatagonian.
37. Niicula patagonica. 43. Crcpidula gregaria.
38. Limopsis insolita. 44. Natica secunda.
39. Cardita incequalis. 45. Natica consimilis.
40. Cardita patagonica. 46. Turritella breantiana.
41. Venus mcridionalis. 47. Cancellaria gracilis.
42. Infundibulum clypcolum.
Of these 47 species, for which a distribution from top to bottom of the
series is very probable, the following belong to Ameghino's or v. Ihering's
characteristic fossils of their different subdivisions.
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
J x Scutclla patdgonensis.
J Rhynclwnella plicigcra.
J x Terebratella patagonica.
L Perna quadrisulcata.
5. L &• S x Ostrea ingens.
6. J & S x Pecten geminatus.
7- -S Liicina promaucana.
i.
2.
3-
4-
8. P Cardium puelclmm.
9. 5 Amathusia angulata.
I O. S x Scalaria nigulosa.
11. L x Turritella ambulacrum.
12. 5 x Struthiolaria ameghinoi.
13. J Siphonalia noachina.
This fact is the more important since just these species belong to the
most striking and characteristic features of this series, especially those
marked x.
Finally, I offer here a list of the so-called characteristic species of
Juliense, Leonense, and Suprapatagonian beds, which have been found
associated in one and the same block :
Darwin Station, San Julian:
J & S Pecten geminatus J Pecten prcenuncius.
Mouth of Santa Cms River:
Block i : 6" Area patagonica.
J Pecten prcenuncius.
J Terebratella patagonica.
S Area patagonica.
Block 4: P Cardita incequalis.
Block 5: 5 Cucull<za darwini.
Block 6a: .£ Area patagonica.
Block 6b: S Area patagonica.
Block 2
Block 3
L Turritella ambulacrum.
S Dosinia meridionalis.
S Amathusia angulata.
L Stnithiolaria ornata.
S Dosinia meridionalis.
L Turritella ambulacrum.
L Turritella ambulacrum.
P Cardita incequalis.
L Struthiolaria ornata.
S Struthiolaria ameghinoi.
S Marginella plicifera.
S Struthiolaria ameghinoi.
Other instances, where Suprapatagonian species not recorded under
the characteristic forms are found (at Santa Cruz) associated in the same
block with Patagonian,- are the following:
Block 7: 6" Leptothyra pltilippii (Cossm.). L Turritella ambulacrum. L Strutluolaria ornata.
BlockS: S Leptothyra philippii. L Turritella ambulacrum.
Block 9: 5 Btilla patagonica (v. Ih.). J. Terebratella patagonica.
Leptothyra philippii is also found in block 5, Bulla patagonica in block
i, 2 and 4. Nucula patagonica (P) is in block 6b.
Mt. of Observation :
Block i o: -S Modiola ameghinoi.
Arroyo Gio :
Block 1 1 : J & S Pecten geminatus.
P Cardita incequalis.
S Dosinia meridionalis. L Turritella ambulacnim.
284 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
Of the Santa Cruz blocks, all except i and 3 are still intact, i has
been broken up completely, while of 3 a part remains intact.
This line of evidence demonstrates clearly that of the 36 characteristic
species introduced by Ameghino and v. Ihering, at least 20 are to be
dropped; of 13 of them it has been shown (see list, p. 283) that they are
found anywhere within the marine series underlying the Santacruzian
beds, and 7 more (aside from 5 that are included in these 13) have been
found associated with each other in such a way in the matrix that they
are to be looked for at any horizon within this series.
Of the remaining 16 species, 13 belong to the rarer forms, and, on that
account, are unfit to be used as characteristic fossils; the remaining 3
are Cttcullcea alta, Dosinia Iceviuscula and Siphonalia dilatata. These are
said to be Patagonian (Leonense) species, and have been found exclu-
sively in the neighborhood of the mouth of the Santa Cruz River. This
fact — considering the close relations of the fauna of Santa Cruz to those
of other localities — does not permit them to be used as characteristic fos-
sils for any definite horizon, but rather demonstrates that they should be
regarded as local elements of this particular locality (see p. 285).
Taking together all the foregoing considerations, we arrive at the follow-
ing conclusions.
// is impossible to assign — according to the palczontological evidence — any
of our Patagonian localities to any of the subdivisions distinguished by
Ameghino. Not only are we unable to separate the Juliense and Leonense
subdivisions of the ' ' Patagonian formation, ' ' biit also we are at a loss to
draw a line between the " Patagonian formation" and the lower, marine
part of the " Santacruzian formation," wliich has been called by Ameghino
" Piso Suprapatagonico." This conclusion is fully supported by the strati-
graphical observations made by Mr. Hatcher, who will elsewhere discuss
this question from the point of view of stratigraphy.
The palceontological characters of the different subdivisions given by
Ameghino and (following him) by v. Ihering are, accordingly, of no use,
and have no significance at all. Patagonian and Suprapatagonian beds
form a palceontological unit, with one and the same fauna going througli
from top to bottom, without any remarkable change.^ The terms "Supra-
1 But slight traces of a change in the fossils have been noticed ; see under Ostrea ingens and
Terrebratella patagonica.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 285
Patagonian" "Juliense" and "Leonense" are consequently to be dropped,
and the whole series should retain the old name: Patagonian beds.1
The contention of Amcghino that there is an hiatus in time between
Patagonian and Suprapatagonian beds, is completely erroneous. (See
Hatcher, 1900 a, p. 100.)
Nevertheless, differences in the fauna are recognizable in different
localities. This refers especially to the fauna of the typical beds at Santa
Cruz. Some of the most characteristic species (for instance Cucullcea
alta, Struthiolaria ornata, Siphonalia domeykoand] have been found no-
where else in Patagonia, while they are abundant at Santa Cruz (includ-
ing Mt. of Observation, Las Salinas, etc.). This fact, in my opinion, is
due to the different development of the fades. The region around the
mo.uth of the Santa Cruz River is distinguished from the rest by its facies.
(See Hatcher, iQOob, p. 264.) All other localities have a more or less
sandy facies, often changing into a shell breccia, and these deposits ap-
parently were laid down in very shallow water, close to the shore, at any
rate, in shallower water than the deposits at the mouth of the Santa Cruz
River. This would sufficiently explain the slight differences of the re-
spective faunas.
Geographically, the sandy facies seems to extend over all the country
from the coast of San Julian to the Cordilleras, and southward to Punta
Arenas. The clay deposits with concretions have only a local develop-
ment, near the mouth of the Santa Cruz River.
Ameghino's "Piso Juliense" represents the local fauna of San Julian;
his "Piso Leonense" that of the mouth of the Santa Cruz River.
The Patagonian beds, as understood here, were deposited in many
localities (observed at : Salt Lake, Arroyo Gio, Lake Pueyrredon) on the
eroded surface of the barren sandstones of the Guaranitic beds (see
Hatcher, 1900 a, pp. 93 and 108 ; at Lake Pueyrredon there is a basaltic
layer between both). In other places they overly other Tertiary beds,
but there are only two localities where this has been observed : Mayer
Basin, where the Upper Lignites are below them, and especially Punta
Arenas, where the Magellanian series precedes them in time, consist-
1 The question remains whether we ought to call these beds by that name at all. The older
writers, especially d'Orbigny, understood under "Patagonian beds" deposits of a different age,
and the fact is, that most of d'Orbigny's Patagonian fossils do not belong to what is now called
by that name ; they come chiefly from Entrerios and the region of the Rio Negro.
286 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALEONTOLOGY.
ing of the marine Magellanian beds and the Upper Lignites (see Ort-
mann, 1898, p. 481 and 1899, p. 457, and Hatcher, 1900 a, p. 97).
At the top, the Patagonian beds pass gradually into the typical Santa-
cruzian beds containing Mammalian remains, which, at their base, are
sometimes interstratified with the uppermost Patagonian beds (Hatcher,
1900 a, p. 105). The contact of both has been observed: in the region of
the upper Rio Chalia, Arroyo Gio, Lake Pueyrredon ; interstratification
has been observed in the Canon near Sierra Oveja, Rio Chico.
THE AGE OF THE PATAGONIAN BEDS.
i. COMPARISON OF THE PATAGONIAN FAUNA WITH FAUNAS OF THE
NORTHERN HEMISPHERE.
The conflicting opinions as to the age of the Patagonian beds have been
shortly mentioned by Mr. Hatcher (1900 a, p. 103). For the sake of
completeness we give here the different opinions of the various writers.
Darwin (1846, pp. 118 and 134) believes them to be older Tertiary,
probably Eocene.
DOrbigny (Cours elementaire de Pal£ontologie et de Geologic, v. 2,
"1852, p. 750) puts them in his Falunien stage (Miocene], but it should be
remembered that D'Orbigny's material came chiefly from the northern
parts of Argentina (Entrerios, Rio Negro), and it seems that these beds
are much younger.
The position in the older Tertiary, without reference to any particulars,
has been the accepted one afterward.
Doering (1882) was the next to take up this question, but he was much
handicapped by a serious mistake as to the proper succession and corre-
lation of the different deposits of Patagonia. He uses the term " Pata-
gonian formation " for a series of marine and freshwater beds, which he
places in the Oligocene and Upper Eocene. It is hard to say which of his
three subdivisions (Piso Paranense, Mesopotamico, and Patagonico) cor-
responds to actual deposits, since in all three of them apparently different
faunas are confused, but, as far as can be made out, the Piso Paranense
has for its type what is now called by the same name (Entrerios), the
Piso Patagonico includes the classic locality for the marine Patagonian
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 287
beds at Santa Cruz, and the Piso Mesopotamico is a mixture of fresh-
water beds of the northern and southern parts of Argentina. In the latter
he places the beds containing Astrapotherium, and thus we may say that
the sequence (beginning at the base) : Paranense, Mesopotamico, Pata-
gontco, is exactly the opposite of the actual conditions, and that Doering
in the first line is responsible for the inversion of the true succession of
the respective beds.
Ameghiuo (1889) closely follows Doering, and although he introduces
a few changes, he perpetuates the fundamental mistake of Doering in
leaving the Patagonian beds at the top of the series ; and further, he adds
considerably to the confusion in creating, below Doering's "Patagonian
formation," a new formation called "Santacruzian," consisting of an
upper, fresh water, deposit (Piso Santacruzeno), and a lower, marine, de-
posit (Piso Subpatagonico), to which he assigns the respective ages of
Lower Eocene and " Paleocene." The former is undoubtedly identical
with our Santacruzian beds, while the latter (characterized according to
Ameghino, by the presence of the genus Baculites] is very doubtful ;
later, however, he changes the Subpatagonian beds into the Suprapata-
gonian, but it is impossible to tell what then becomes of their character-
istic fossil, Baculites.
Ameghino clings very tenaciously to this division and to this determina-
tion of the respective ages, and it was not until Mercerat (1893) indicated-
the true sequence of the respective beds, that he did his "remarkable bit
of stratigraphic juggling" (Hatcher, 1900 a, p. 103). The result was the
following sequence (see Ameghino, 1894, p. 5) (beginning at the base):
Patagonian, S^^prapatagon^an, Santacruzian beds (see below).
Moericke (1896, pp. 593 and 597) believes that the Patagonian formation
is of the same age as the "Navidad Stufe" of Steinmann, i. e., Miocene.
Mercerat (1896-97) places the Patagonian formation partly in the
"Laramie," i. e., Upper Cretaceous, partly in the Eocene; the Suprapata-
gonian in the Upper Eocene.1
'Mercerat, 1896-97, p. 119. Since we shall not have occasion to refer to this article, it
may be well to remark that Mercerat's observations are far from clearing up the real state of
things in Patagonia, although he was the first to correct the principal error of Doering and
Ameghino. He takes considerable pains to give detailed profiles ; but these profiles, which fill
six plates, are entirely unintelligible, at any rate, I have not the slightest idea of what is meant
by the dotted lines appearing so frequently in them and resembling anticlines.
The characteristic oysters mentioned by Mercerat on pages 106 and 119 for the different
288 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
Ihering (1897, P- 34^) rnakes the " Patagonian formation" Upper
Eocene, the " Suprapatagonian " Oligocene or Lower Miocene, while Coss-
mann (1898, p. no) in reviewing v. Ihering's paper says that the "Santa-
cruzian" formation has rather a Miocene than an Oligocene character.
Dall (1898 b, p. 342) having received "Santa Cruz" fossils from v.
Ihering, says that these beds, if not Miocene, can hardly be referred to a
horizon older than Oligocene.
Ameghino finally (1898-1899) places the Patagonian and Suprapata-
gonian beds in the Upper Cretaceous and Lower Eocene.
Our own studies have convinced us, that the age assigned to these
beds by Ameghino and Mercerat is certainly too great. In his first pub-
lication (1897) Mr. Hatcher was still under the influence of Ameghino's
views, but he already tried to move up the series in the scale, making the
Patagonian beds Eocene, and the Suprapatagonian beds Miocene. In the
later publication (1900) he unites both, and makes them — according to
the evidence furnished by the present writer — Miocene.
In the following I shall try to prove in detail my opinion that these
beds are of Miocene age.
I wish first to say a few words on the method employed. In very many
cases the age of Tertiary deposits is determined by the percentage of liv-
ing species found in them. In my opinion this line of evidence is entirely
inadmissible in our case, and I hardly need to say anything to support
this view : this method may be safely used in Europe, but in the southern
hemisphere it is out of the question.
For the sake of completeness, however, we shall state here the percent-
age of living forms in the Patagonian beds.
Von Ihering gives (1899, p. 38) 6 species out of 70, that is to say,
8-9 per cent.
1. Trochita cornigata (Infundibulum c.~). 4. Siphonalis cf. nodosa.
2. Trochita magettanica (Infundibulum cly- 5. Trophon laciniatns ( T. patagonicus).
peoluni). 6. Magellania globosa (M. lenticularis).
3. Siphonalia dilatata (S. domeykoana).
divisions are certainly all wrongly identified ; in fact, the succession of the forms has been almost
inverted. Ostrea patagonica is not found at all in the Patagonian beds"; 0. fcrrarisi (which is only
the young of 0. patagonica) has never been found in Santacruzian beds, and 0. torresi has never
been found in the Tehuelche beds. The exact stratigraphical position of these oysters is given
above. The idea of characterizing five horizons exclusively by the oysters found in them, shows
that Mercerat seems to be very innocent of Palaeontology.
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 289
The identification of Nos. 3 and 5 has changed, No. 4 is entirely doubt-
ful, so there would remain only three species.1 '
Our list of living forms is the following :
Cellaria fistulosa. Mytilus cf. chorus.
° °Aspidostoma giganteum. ° ° Mytilus magellanicus.
Heteropora pelliculata. ° ° Infundibulum corrugatum.
Rhynchonella squamosa. ° Infundibulum clypeolum.
°Magellania lenticularis. ° Verruca Icevigata.
° ° Terebratella dorsata. Balanus cf. psittacus.
This is 12 species out of 151, or about 8 per cent, which would agree
fairly well with v. Ihering's percentage. But is to be remarked that I am
positive of the identity of only 7 species (marked ' ° and °), and that I
have compared only 4 (marked c °) with living individuals.
A slight change in the systematic views of the author would change
this percentage considerably : for it is only a matter of taste whether we
consider the following as distinct species or as forms of living ones :
Tennysonia subcylindrica and T. stcllata.
Rhynchonella plicigera and R. nigricans.
Crepidula gregaria and C. grandis.
Siphonalia domeykoana and .S. dilatata.
Trophon patagonicus and T. laciniatus or geversianus.
We even might extend this to the different species of Valuta.
Thus, disregarding this line of evidence, the safest way to determine
the age of any deposit is to compare its fossils directly with those of
other localities, the age of which has been ascertained. In trying to use
this method we meet with extraordinary difficulties in the Patagonian
beds ; the Patagonian fauna is very peculiar, and there are hardly any
species that have been found elsewhere in well-known deposits. At
any rate — as we shall see below — the only clearly marked relations are
with fossils of the southern hemisphere, and as it happens, all these
southern localities (Chili, New Zealand, Australia) are of doubtful age :
the same discussion as to their age exists as in the case of the Patagonian
beds. When we turn to well-known deposits of the northern hemisphere,
we find that no species at all (perhaps with a few insignificant exceptions,
Cellaria fistulosa, Heteropora pelliculata, Vermetus intortus] are identical
1 This is a remarkable instance of how the different opinions of different writers may change
the conclusions drawn by this method, and demonstrates clearly the chief dangers of it.
290
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
with Patagonian species, and thus it seems impossible to compare
directly the Patagonian beds with any deposit of the northern hemisphere.
Nevertheless, the comparison with northern faunas proves to be very
valuable. As we shall see below, although we hardly find an identical
species, quite a number of forms show close affinities to northern species.
This method was used by Moericke (1896) for the Navidad beds of Chili,
and he concluded that these beds are possibly Miocene, since a number
of species show distinct relationship to Miocene species of the northern
hemisphere, and since these relations are the prevalent ones.
Although it might be objectionable to draw a conclusion like this, when
only a few species are known, it is quite another thing when the bulk of
the species available for comparison points the same way. Indeed, it is
quite possible that closely allied species are found in deposits of different
age, and it is not admissible to rely on single instances of this kind. But
when — as is the case in our material — a large percentage of the whole
fauna, and a still larger one of those species which may be compared at
all with known ones, shows the identical relations to northern forms, it is
safe to say that this is a possible way to ascertain the age of any deposit,
and, as it happens, this is the only way left in our case.
Therefore I have used this method in the first place, and have found
that the affinities of most of the Patagonian species point to a Miocene
age of these deposits. This conclusion will be strengthened by other
considerations to be made below.
First I shall give here a table containing only those species which
permit a comparison with species of the northern hemisphere.
CRETACEOUS.
EOCENE.
OLIGOCENE.
MIOCENE.
PLIOCENE.
RECENT.
I. Cidaris
C. avenion-
antarctica
ensis,
Europe
2. Toxop-
Genus Tox-
neustes
opneustes
precursor
3. Scutella
S. subro-
Echinarach-
patagonen-
tunda,
nius mira-
sis
Europe
bilis, Japan
4. Cyrtoma
Cyrtoma
posthu-
India,
mum
Europe
t
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
291
CRETACEOUS.
EOCENE.
OLIGOCENE.
MIOCENE.
PLIOCENE.
RECENT.
5. Cellaria
Oligocene. .
Miocene
Recent
fistulosa
Europe
6. Melicerita
M. charles-
triforis
worthi,
England
7. Hetero-
Japan
pora pelli-
culata
8. Nucula
N. peregrina,
patagonica
Europe
9. Nucula
N. chasteli,
reticularis
Europe
10. Leda
L. hypo-
errazurizi
soma, N.
America
II. Cucullaea
C. decussata,
alta
Europe, C.
gigantea,
N. Ame-
rica
12. Cucullaea
C. aldrichi,
C. truniata,
darwini
N. America
N. America
13. Area
A. tetragona and A. noae
patagonica
Miocene . . . Pliocene . . . Recent
Europe
14. Glyci-
meris ibari
G. pilosus and pulvinatus
Miocene . . . Pliocene . . . Recent
Europe
15. Ostrea
O. gingensis,
ingens
Europe
1 6. Gryphsea
G. vesicula-
cf. tarda
ris, Europe
N. Ame-
17. Pecten
rica
P. caloosa-
prasnun-
cius
•
ensis,
Florida
1 8. Crassa-
C. sulcatus,
tellites
Europe
kokeni
19. Crassa-
C. melina,
tellites
N. Jersey
longior
20. Cardita
C. dunkeri,
patagonica
2 1 . Lucina
Europe
Lucina borea
is
promau-
cana
Miocene . . . Pliocene . . . Recent
Europe and California
22. Cardium
Cardium comatulum,
puelchum
Oligocene and Miocene,
Europe, Azores
292
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS '. PALEONTOLOGY.
CRETACEOUS.
EOCENE.
OLIGOCENE.
MICOCENE.
PLIOCENI.
RECENT.
Cardium fragile,
Miocene . . . Pliocene . . . Recent
Europe
23. Venus
V. cancel-
chiloensis
lata, N.
Jersey
24. Venus
V. cancel -
meridiona-
lata, N.
lis
Jersey
25. Venus
V. burdiga-
„
darwini
lensis,
26. Dosinia
Europe
D. matthew-
D. pon
derosa,
meridiona-
soni,
Pliocene Recent
lis
California
Mexico
D. acetabu-
lum,
27. Tellina
Virginia
T. capillifera,
jeguaensis
28. Psam-
P. nitida,
N. Jersey
mobia pa-
P. tenera,
tagonica
Europe
29. Mactra
M. trinacria,
garretti
Europe
30. Corbula
C. subav
hatched
quivalvis,
Europe
3 1 . Martesia
M. peroni,
patagonica
Europe
32. Denta-
Dentalium gabbi,
lium sul-
Oligocene .... Micocene,
cosum
West Indies
D. kickxi,
Europe
33. Liotia
L. acrilla,
scotti
Florida
34. Callios-
C. audebardi,
toma pera-
Europe
ratum
35. Callios-
C. podoli-
toma san-
cum,
tacruzense
Europe
36. Callios-
C. philan-
toma gar-
thropus,
retti
N. America
C. metrium,
Florida
37. Callios-
C. cyclus,
toma iher-
Florida
ingi
C. biangula-
C. ditropis,
tum, Europe
Europe
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
293
CRETACEOUS.
EOCENE.
OLIGOCENK.
MIOCENE.
PLIOCENE.
RECENT.
38. Gibbula
dalli
39. Odonto-
stomia su-
turalis
40. Scalaria
rugulosa
41. Crucibu-
lum du-
bium
42. Crepi-
dula gre-
garia
43. Natica
secunda
44. Natica
darwini
45. Natica
subtenuis
46. Turri-
tella am-
bulacrum
47. Turri-
tella bre-
antiana
48. Turri-
tella pata-
gonica
49. Verme-
tus intor-
tus
50. Apor-
rhais arau-
cana
51. Dolium
ovulum
52. Pyrula
Carolina
53. Trito-
nium mor-
gani
54. Bucci-
num annae
55. Chryso-
domus can
cellatus
S. inaequi-
striata,
Germany
N. hanto-
niensis,
Europe
Oligocene . .
Oligocene . .
Odontostomij
Miocene . . .
Europe, N
S. lamellosa,
Europe
Genus : Cn
Miocene
^ Gibbula
Pliocene . . .
Eur<
i conoidea,
Pliocene . . .
. America, W
icibulimi
Pliorene.
magus,
Recent
>pe
. Recent
est Indies
. Recent
West Indies
Crepidula praerupta and allied forms
Miocene . . . - - Pliocene Recent
N. callosa,
California
Grot
Miocene
North Pacific
ip of Natica h
. Pliocene. .
eros
. Recent
North America
Natica heros
Miocene ... - Pliocene Recent
I
T. chipolana,
Florida
. . Miocene . .
•forth America
T. apicalis,
Florida
T. peratten-
uata,
Florida
. Pliocene
L
. Recent
Europe
Genus : Aporrhais
. . Miocene Pliocene
Europe
Genus : Dolium
Miocene Pliocene Recent
P. pyriformis,
California
T. tarbel-
lianum,
Europe
B. veneris,
Europe
C. glomus,
Europe
Europe
V
294
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALEONTOLOGY.
CRETACEOUS. "
EOCENE.
OLIGOCENE.
MIOCENE.
PLIOCENE.
RECENT.
56. Murex
Subgenus : Phyllonotus
hatcheri
Miocene Pliocene Recent
Tropical seas
57. Fusus
F. hector,
archimedis
N. Jersey
58. Fusus
F. burdiga-
torosus
lensis,
Europe
59. Margi-
M. faunula,
nella
Florida
gracilior
Marginella be\
a
Miocene . . . Pliocene . . . . Recent
• North America
60. Margi-
Marginella styria
nella
Pliocene Recent
olivella
North America
61. Terebra
Terebra sp.
costellata
(costellata)
Europe
62. Pleuro-
P. monilis,
toma
Europe
subaequalis
63. Genota
G. intorta,
cuevensis
Europe
64. Drillia
D. limatula,
santacru-
N. America
zensis
65. Borsonia
B. delucii,
patagonica
Europe
66. Actaeon
A. semistri-
semilaevis
atus,
Europe
67. Bulla pat-
B. glaphyra,
agonica
Europe
68. Scalpel-
S. solidulum,
lum juli-
Europe
ense
69. Balanus
Bal. unguiformis,
varians
Eocene Oligocene
Europe
Among these 69 species available for comparison, we have the follow-
ing relations :
Cretaceoiis relations : 3 species = 4 per cent.
Cyrtoma posthumum. Gryphaa cf. tarda.
Scalpellum juliense.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
295
Eocene relations: 5 species = 7 per cent.
Cuculliza alta.
Crassatella kokeni.
Psammobia patagonica.
Fusus archimedis.
Bttlla patagonica.
Eocene and Oligocene relations: \ species =1.5 per cent.
Balanus varians.
Oligocene relations: 7 species = 10 per cent.
Nucula patagonica.
Nucula reticularis.
Cardita patagonica.
Mactra garretti.
Corbula hatcheri.
Martesia patagonica.
Borsonia patagonica.
This gives the sum of all Eogene relations (Eocene and Oligocene, but
not passing up into the Neogene) as 13 species = 18.5 per cent.
Intermediate (Eogene as well as Neogene] species : 8=12 per cent.
Cellaria fistulosa (Olig.-Rec.). Scalaria rugulosa (Olig., Mioc.).
Cucullcea darwini (Eoc. & Plioc.). Natica secunda (Olig., Mioc.).
Cardium puclchum (Olig.-Rec.). Vermetus intortus (Olig. -Plioc.).
Dentalium sulcosum (Olig., Mioc.). Aporrhais araucana (Olig.-Rec.).
Miocene relations:
Cidaris antarctica.
Leda errazurizi.
Ostrea ingens.
Crassatellites longior.
Venus chiloensis.
Venus meridionalis.
Venus darwini.
Tellina jeguaensis.
22 species = 32 per cent.
Calliostoma pararatum.
Calliostoma santacruzense .
Calliostoma garretti.
Turritella patagonica.
Pyrula Carolina.
Tritonium morgani.
Buccinum anna.
Pliocene relations : 4 species = 6 per cent.
Melicerita triforis. Turritella ambulacrum.
Pecten prcenuncius.
Recent relations : 3 species = 4 per cent.
Toxopneustes precursor. Heteropora pelliculata.
Chrysodomus cancellatus.
Fusus torosus.
Terebra costellata.
Pleurotoma sub&qualis.
Genota cuevcnsis.
Drillia santacrusensis.
Actaon semil&i'is.
Turritetla breantiana.
Liotia scotti.
Neogene relations (Miocene- Recent] : 13 species = 19 per cent.
Scutella patagonensis. Odontostomia suturalis. Natica subtenuis.
Area patagonica. Crucibulum dubium.
Dolium ovulum.
296 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PAL/EONTOLOGY.
Glycimeris ibari. Crepidula gregaria. Murex hatcheri.
Lucina promaucana. Natica danvitti. Marginella gracilior.
Dosinia meridionalis.
Miocene and Pliocene relations: i species =1.5 per cent.
Calliostoma iheringi.
Pliocene and Recent relations : 2 species = 3 per cent.
Gibbula dalli. Marginella olivella.
To sum up, among the species which may be compared with known
ones, the percentage of the relations with particular beds is the following :
Cretaceous : 4 % • ••• 4 %
Eocene 7
Oligocene 10
Eoc. and Olig 1.5
Eogene 18.5.... 18.5 %
Intermediate 12 .... 12 %
Miocene 32
Pliocene 6
Recent 4
Mioc.-Rec 19
Mioc. and Plioc 1.5
Plioc. and Rec 3
Neogene 65.5....* 65.5 %
100%
The above figures speak for themselves. We see a constant increase
of the percentage from the Cretaceous to the Miocene, and then again
quite a sudden decrease from Miocene to Recent The percentage of all
Neogene forms is 65.5, considerably more than half of the number, while
that of the Eogene and Cretaceous together is only 22.5 ; the rest (12 per
cent.) is intermediate between Eogene and Neogene.
These facts bring the Patagonian beds undoubtedly into the Neogene,
and when we consider the fact that after the Miocene there is a marked
decrease in the percentage, we must put these beds in the beginning of
the Neogene times, that is to say, in the Miocene. This course is ren-
dered the only possible one by the fact that 32 per cent, of the whole
number of species shows Miocene relations. No other group has a per-
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 297
centage like this. Taking together all species that might possibly be
Miocene, we would have :
Miocene species .................... 22
Mioc.-Rec. species ................. 13
Mioc. & Plioc. species ............... i
Eogene & Mioc. species ............. 8
Directly opposed to Miocene age are :
Older than Miocene.
Cretaceous species .................. 3
Eocene species ..................... 5
Oligocene species ................... 7
Eogene species ..................... i
"16=23^.
Younger than Miocene.
Pliocene species ................... 4
Recent species ..................... 3
Plioc. & Rec. species ................ 2
~~9= 13 $•
Thus 64 per cent, of the whole number may be taken safely as Miocene
specimens, while 23 per cent, point to an older age, and only 13 per cent.
to a younger age. This latter fact has apparently the following meaning :
there are, in these Miocene beds, more relations with the underlying than
with the overlying beds, and, accordingly, we are to consider this fact by
placing the Patagonian beds in the Lower Miocene.1
2. COMPARISON OF THE PATAGONIAN BEDS WITH TERTIARY DEPOSITS
OF THE SOUTHERN HEMISPHERE.
This result, that the Patagonian beds are Lower Miocene, has been
obtained by comparing them exclusively with deposits of the northern
hemisphere. Now it will be very interesting to compare them with other
beds of the southern hemisphere, and we shall see that there are extremely
significant connections.
'According to Ball (18980) some of the North American and West Indian beds classed here
with the Miocene are really Oligocene ; this would, however, affect our conclusions only in so
far as it would increase slightly the relations with the older Tertiary, and would thus place the
Patagonian beds more decidedly in the lower Miocene.
298 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALEONTOLOGY.
The Navidad beds of Chili are undoubtedly the best known Tertiary
deposits of the southern hemisphere, at least as regards their Palaeontol-
ogy, and Darwin, d'Orbigny, Philippi, and Moericke held the opinion that
they are about contemporaneous with the Patagonian beds.
According to our collections, the following Navidad fossils have been
found in the Patagonian beds :
A. Identical species :
Leda oxyrhyncha. Dentalium sulcosum. Aporrhais araucana.
Leda errazurizi. Gibbula lavis. Pyrula Carolina.
Limopsis insolita. Scalaria rugulosa. Buccinum obcsum minor.
Glycimeris ibari ( ? ). Galerus araiicanus. Siphonalia domeykoana.
Mytilus cf. chorus ( ? ). Crepidula gregaria. Valuta triplicata.
Cardita volckmanni. Natica ovoidea. Valuta domeykoana.
Lucina promaucana. Natica secunda. Cancellaria medina ( ? ).
Amathusia angulata. Natica darwini. Terebra costellata.
Venus chiloensis. Turritella ambulacrum. Pleurotoma subczqualis.
Venus meridionalis. Turritella breantiana. Balanus cf. psittacus ( ? ).
Venus volckmanni. Turritella patagonica. Balanus varians.
Venus navidadis.
B. Closely allied species are the following :
Schizaster ameghinoi S. valdivianus.
Nucula patagonica .TV. araucana.
Malletia ornata M. volckmanni.
Cucullcea alta C. chilensis.
Area patagonica A. oxytropis.
Pecten proximus P. caracolensis.
Cardium philippii C. multiradiatum.
Cardium pisum. . -. C. spharidium.
Tellina jeguaensis T. promaucana.
Mactra garretti M. truncatula.
Sigapatella americana S. colchaguensis.
Strut] dol aria ameghinoi S. chilensis.
Tritonium morgani T. verruculosum.
Urosalpinx elegans U. leucostomoides.
Fusus torosus F, pyruliformis,
Thus, out of 151 species, 34 are identical with species found in the
Navidad beds, that is to say, 22 per cent, or almost one quarter. This
is certainly to be regarded as a high percentage, considering the consid-
erably more northern situation of the Navidad beds, and undoubtedly
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
299
establishes the identity at least of a part of the Navidad series with the
Patagonian beds. Whether of all of it, remains doubtful, since we do
not possess any stratigraphical observations on the Navidad beds, and we
shall become acquainted, further on, with facts, which point to the possi-
bility that these Chilian beds are not a unit, but contain horizons of dif-
ferent age.
Moericke (1896, p. 593), following Steinmann, included the Patagonian
beds of Santa Cruz in the "Navidad stage," and makes (p. 597) it
Miocene, with a suggestion of Oligocene, which agrees well with our re-
sults, which make the Patagonian beds Lower Miocene.
Relations to New Zealand were discovered first by Zittel (1864): he
directly identifies some New Zealand species with Patagonian. Accord-
ing to the list of New Zealand fossils published in 1873 by Hutton, and
his subsequent writings on this fauna (1885), I have been able to compile
the following list of identical and closely allied species.
(In the following O means Oamaru (Oligocene) ; P means Pareora
(Miocene); W means Wanganui (Pliocene); R means Recent.
A. Identical species :
Cellaria fistulosa. P
Heteropora pelliculata. P
Rhynchonella squamosa. 0
°Magellania lenticularis. 0, P, R
° Tercbratella dorsata. P
Terebratella patagonica. 0, P
0 Cucullcea a/fa. 0, P
°Limopsis insolita. P
°0strea ingens.
Gryphcea tarda.
Mytilits magellanicus.
° Scalaria rugulosa.
° Crepidula gregaria.
° Natica daruuini.
Turritella ambulacrum.
0,P
0, /'(Chatham Isl.).
P, W
0,P
P
P
P, W
B. Closely allied species :
Melicerita triforis M. angustiloba.
Rhynchonella plicigera R- nigricans.
Leda oxyrhyncha L. sp. (Zittel).
Malletia ornata M. australis.
Pecten proximus P- athleta.
Dentalium sulcosiim D. mantelli.
Solariella dautzenbergi 5 stoliczkai.
Sigapatella americana •$". maculata,
Genus Struthiolaria Genus Struthiolaria.
Siphonalia domeykoana S. dtlatata.
Valuta ameghinoi V. pacifica.
P
0, P, W, R
P
P, W,R
0
P
0
0, P, W, R
P, W, R
P, W,R
0, P. W, R
300 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
Thus, out of 151 species, 15, or 10 per cent, are identical with New
Zealandian Tertiary fossils, while 1 1 more are closely allied, making the
total number of relations between Patagonian and New Zealandian Ter-
tiary 1 7 per cent. This is indeed a large percentage, considering the wide
separation of the two localities.
Of these New Zealand species, 4 go through from the Oamaru beds to
Recent times, and 3 from the Pareora to Recent. Five are found in both
the Oamaru and Pareora, and 2 in the Pareora and Wanganui. Of the
rest (12), 3 belong to the Oamaru, and 9 to the Pareora beds. Thus the
bulk of the affinities points directly to a comparison with the New Zea-
landian Pareora beds, which are, according to Hutton (i885a), Miocene,
and this result again corroborates our identification of the Patagonian
beds as Miocene.1
We cannot, however, disregard the fact that there is considerable dis-
cussion as to the age of these New Zealandian beds, especially Hector, in
opposition to Hutton, considers them to be much older (Cretaceous-Ter-
tiary). But in this respect I should say that our investigations tend to
confirm Hutton's opinion, which makes these beds Oligocene and Miocene
(Oamaru and Pareora).
On the other hand, v. Ihering (1899, p. 40, footnote) tries to minimize
the evidence furnished by the comparison of Patagonian and New Zea-
landian fossils, and thinks that a closer inspection of the New Zealand
species will prove their specific difference in many cases. In my opinion,
the question of specific identity is of secondary value, although I firmly
believe that in those cases marked ° in the list it is well established. But
even if there should be no identical species, the fact remains that a num-
ber of Patagonian fossils very closely resemble New Zealandian species,
and this fact is the more important, since some of these forms are ex-
tremely characteristic, for instance : Ciicullcea, Limopsis insolita, Scalaria
rugtilosa, Malletia, Sigapatella, Struthiolaria, Siphonalia domeykoana, which
types are hardly represented elsewhere. Indeed, it is the association of
forms like these which gives to the Patagonian and New Zealandian
faunas their striking similarity, not the fact that a few species are really
identical.
1 1 have disregarded Cardita patagonica and Venus meridionalis, which are found, according to
Hutton (1886, p. 362 and 364) in the Pareora and Wanganui beds, since I have no means of
deciding their identity with the respective New Zealand species (C. intermedia and V. vellicata).
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 30!
I have further tried to compare our Patagonian fossils with those of the
Tertiary beds of Tasmania and southern Australia, and am able to give
the following list of relations :
Melicerita triforis M. angustiloba, S. Australia (? Miocene).
Reticulipora patagonica R. transennata, S. Australia (? Eocene).
Rhynchonclla squamosa same species in Tasmania (? Miocene).
Nucula patagonica N. tumida, Australia, Tasmania (? Eocene).
Leda oxyrhyncha and errastttrisn.taa&xr species in Australia.
Limopsis insolita same species, S. Australia (? Eocene).
Area patagonica A. pscudonavicularis, Australia (? Eocene).
Ostrca ingens 0. stnrtiana, River Murray Cliffs (? Miocene).
Gryplicea cf. tarda G. tarda, S. Australia (? Eocene).
Pecten pnenundus P. palmipes, Australia (? Miocene).
Venus meridionalis V. multitceniata and hormophora, Australia, Tasmania (? Eocene).
Dosinia meridionalis D. denselineata, Tasmania, Victoria (? Miocene).
Psammobia patagonica P. hamiltonensis, Victoria, Tasmania (? Eocene).
Dentalium sulcosum D. mantelli, Australia, Tasmania (? Eocene).
Turritella ambulacrum T. aldingce, S. Australia (? Eocene).
Valuta triplicata V. sarissa and tateana, Australia (? Miocene, Eocene).
Valuta ameghinoi V. atkinsoni, Tasmania.
No attempt has been made to correct or to control the age given for
these Australian species. This list is very defective, since it was impos-
sible for me to make a closer comparison, especially because the figures
of Australian species given by Tate (1886-1893) are in most cases very
poor. Nevertheless the fact is apparent that a few identical species are
found, which are in part also recorded from New Zealand, and that a
larger number of species show close affinities with Patagonian forms.
The latter number will undoubtedly be increased considerably, after a
careful examination of the Australian fossils has been made. For the
present, it is sufficient to call attention to the fact that not only in New
Zealand, but also in Australia and Tasmania, Tertiary deposits are found,
which yield a fauna that shows unmistakable affinity to the Patagonian
fauna.1
'According to Harris (1897), whose Australasian Tertiary Mollusca were not consulted until
the above was written, I can add the following striking cases :
Liotia scotti L. roblini Johnst. (Harris, p. 284, pi. 8, f. 4) "Eocene," Muddy
Creek.
Fissurella eurytreta Fissurellidea malleata Tate (ibid., p. 287, pi. 8, f. 5) "Eocene,"
Muddy Creek.
302 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALEONTOLOGY.
i
Unfortunately our information on Australian stratigraphy is very defec-
tive, and especially as to their age we are again confronted with the same
contradictory opinions that have been expressed in the case of New Zea-
land and Patagonia. Most of the Australian Tertiary deposits belong,
according to Tate (see Tate, Correlation of the marine Tertiaries of
Australia in Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Australia, vol. 17, 1893, vol. 19, 1895,
vol. 20, 1896), to the Eocene, and the same opinion is held by others.
On the other hand, most of these beds have been classed with the Miocene
by the Geological Survey of Victoria, while Harris (1897, P- I5)> although
following Tate, expresses doubts as to the correct correlation of his
"Eocene."
Tate's determination of the age of these beds relies exclusively on the
percentage of recent forms found in them.1 As has been said above, we
consider this line of evidence as entirely inadmissible, and since Tate has
not tried to introduce any other proofs, we may safely say that there is no
evidence at all warranting the reference of these beds to the Eocene.
And, indeed, the writer is of the opinion that these Australian and Tas-
manian beds are also to be regarded as Miocene, simply because, in that
case, we would not have any discrepancies in the stratigraphical position
of these species, which have been found both in Australia and New Zea-
land. If we regard — as we actually do — the New Zealandian Pareora beds
as Miocene, the Australian beds containing Pareora species (for instance
Limopsis insolita, Dentalium mantelli] must be correlated with them, un-
less other evidence points to a contrary conclusion ; but no proof of the
latter kind has been offered so far.
Of course, we do not claim that all of the Australian Tertiary is Mio-
cene, but we should expect to find that other deposits are also represented
there. All we wish to say is that beds corresponding in age to the Mio-
cene Patagonian beds must be present in Australia and Tasmania, and
that there are apparently faunistic relations between both continents. It
is left for future investigation to ascertain how far this parallelism ex-
tends, and we entertain no doubt that the faunal relations between Pata-
gonia and Australia, as well as New Zealand, will prove a very fruitful
and interesting subject for research.
1 The same is true of the determination of the Eocene age of these beds by other writers ;
for instance, Hall and Pritchard (see : Proc. R. Soc. Victoria, v. 7, 1894, p. 180, ff. and v. 8, 1895;
p. 151, ff.) do not use any other method than that used by Tate.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 303
The result of the foregoing considerations is : We regard tlic Patago-
nian beds as of Lower Miocene age ; contemporaneous deposits are found, in
the southern hemisphere, not only in Chili (within the Navidad series], but
also in New Zealand (Pareora beds of Htitton] and Australia, and the
fatmas of these three localities (Sotith America, New Zealand, and Aus-
tralia] show unmistakable affinities with each other. We shall return to
this fact below.
THE MAGELLANIAN BEDS.
The " Magellanian beds," discovered by Mr. Hatcher near Punta
Arenas, were first described by the present writer in 1898, and the term
"Magellanian beds" was introduced by him in 1899, and accepted by
Hatcher (1900 a, p. 97). The stratigraphical position of these beds has
been ascertained positively by Hatcher: they are several hundred feet
below the Patagonian beds, and separated from them by the Punta
Arenas coal (Upper Lignites of Hatcher, 1. c., p. 99).
Ameghino (1899, p. 12) has referred to this Punta Arenas section, and
has attempted to correlate it with his subdivisions of the Patagonian for-
mation, and, indeed, practically identifies our Magellanian beds with his
" Patagonian formation."
It is hardly necessary to pay any attention to this entirely unwarranted
opinion (see : Ortmann, 1899, p. 427, first footnote). In what Ameghino
calls his Piso Juliense in the Punta Arenas section (our horizon I), not a
single Juliense species is present, but only plant remains have been found.
What he calls Piso Leonense (our horizon II) does not contain a single
Leonense fossil ; what he calls transitional beds between Patagonian and
Suprapatagonian formation (our horizon III) contains only a single Pata-
gonian species (Cardita elegantoides spec, nov.), but no other Patagonian
or Suprapatagonian fossils. Such correlations are simply ridiculous, not
to mention the fact that Ameghino's subdivisions, as has been demon-
strated above, have no reality at all.
The following is the fauna of the Magellanian beds. (II = lower hori-
zon, 111 = upper horizon.)
RELATIONS. .
x Ostrea torresi (III) 0. bellovacina, Low. Eocene, Europe.
Cardita elegantoides (III) identical species in the Patagonian beds.
x Lucina neglecta (II) L. promaucana, Patagonian beds.
304 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALEONTOLOGY.
x Venus difficilis (II & III) V. subsulcata, Cretaceous, Chili.
x Venus arenosa (III) V. landbccki, Cretaceous, Chili.
x Meretrix pseudocrassa (III). . . .M. alta, Cretaceous, Chili ; M. crassa, Pliocene, Chili.
x Dosinia magdlanica (II) D. semilavis, Navidad.
x Lutraria undatoides (II) L. undata, Chili (Navidad beds ?).
x Panopea ibaria (II).
x Panopea subsymmetrica (III).
x Patella pygmcea (III).
x Calliostoma philippii (III) C.fricki, Navidad ; C. observations, Patagonian beds.
Infundibulum merriami (II identical species (/. costellatum Phil.) in the Navidad beds ;
and III) /. filosum, Miocene, California.
Natica chiloensis (II and III) . . identical species in Chiloe ; N. venusta, Eocene, Europe.
x Turritella exigita (II) T. granulosa, Eocene, Europe.
x Struthiolaria hatcheri (II) possibly ancestral form of the Patagonian species of the genus.
x Fusus subspiralis (II) F. oxytropis, Navidad.
Act&on chilensis (II) identical species in the Navidad beds ; A. turgidus, Eocene,
Europe.
Bulla remondi (II) identical species in the Navidad beds ; B. striatissima, Eocene,
Europe.
Of these 19 species, 3 have been found in both horizons. One is found
in the Patagonian beds of Santa Cruz, 4 have been found in the "Navi-
dad beds" of Chili, while the rest (14, marked x] are restricted to this
locality. Of these, 4 show relations to Navidad species, 2 relations to
Patagonian species. One of the Navidad species (Infundibulum merri-
ami] shows affinities to a Miocene California species, 5 species show re-
lations to European Eocene species, and even Cretaceous affinities are not
wanting (3 species).
Although the number of species known from these deposits is quite
small, the comparatively more numerous affinities to deposits of older age
(Eocene and even Cretaceous) agree well with what we know of the
stratigraphical conditions ; the Magellanian beds are older than the Pata-
gonian, and further, one fact needs special mention : while the lithological
character of the deposit, especially of horizon II, agrees strikingly with
that of the type locality of the Patagonian beds at Santa Cruz (hard con-
cretions, filled with shells, imbedded in looser material), some genera
found in both localities (Punta Arenas and Santa Cruz) are represented
by different species, for instance :
Venus difficilis V. darwini (Santa Cruz).
Dosinia magellanica D. meridionalis.
Infundibulum merriami /. corrugatum.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 305
Natica chiloensis N. ovoidea.
Turritella exigua T. ambulacrum.
Struthiolaria liatcheri S. ameghinoi (and ornatd).
Bulla remondi B. patagonica.
Since these genera belong to the most characteristic forms of these de-
posits, it is very significant that they are represented by different species,
and this fact affirms the difference in age of both series indicated by the
stratigraphical evidence.
The fact that 4 Navidad species have been discovered in the Magel-
lanian beds suggests that this latter horizon is also represented within the
Navidad series. In this respect it is significant that these Navidad species
have never been found in Patagonia, and it is quite possible that the
Navidad fauna as described by Philippi contains elements of different age,
including the Magellanian beds.
As regards the age of the Magellanian beds we must depend in the first
line on the stratigraphy, since palaeontology — although suggestive of a
slightly older age than Patagonian — is altogether insufficent to permit
any definite opinion. The Magellanian beds are several hundred feet be-
low the Patagonian, and are separated from them by a coal deposit ; since
the Patagonian beds are Lower Miocene, this would bring the Magellanian
beds into the Oligocene, or perhaps — taking into consideration the changed
conditions under which the Upper Lignites were deposited — into the
Upper Eocene.
It would be very interesting and important to get more material from
the Magellanian beds. This first indication of this fauna was given by
Philippi (1887), who described a number of fossils from Punta Arenas
and Skyring Water. From his list of 16 species (leaving out Turritella
patagonica, which has been inserted by mistake) the following are repre-
sented in our collection :
Haliotis imperforata = Crepidula gregaria.
Venus chiloensis.
Panopea ibari.
Pectunculus ibari and magellanicus (both identical and = Glycimeris ibari).
Ostrea bourgeoisi and patagonica (both identical and = 0 . ingens).
Ostrea torrcsi.
Two of these belong in the Magellanian beds (Panopea ibari and Ostrea
torresi], while the rest has been found in horizon V, which represents the
Patagonian beds.
306
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS ! PAL/liONTOLOGY.
The Punta Arenas section (Ortmann, 1898, p. 481) has been mentioned
twice before in literature. First Mallard and Fuchs (1873, p. 67, ff.)
have given a profile taken at 6-7 kilometers from Punta Arenas on the
left bank of the river (Rio de las Minas). There does not seem to be
any agreement with Mr. Hatcher's observations, but the fact that these
writers mention at the base of their section, a glauconitic sand, which
contains " Ostrea patagonica" and a large Pectuncuhis (= Gtycimeris],
renders it beyond doubt that this bed corresponds to Hatcher's horizon
V, which consists of a dark green sand containing a .large oyster (O.
ingens] associated with a large Pectnnculns (Glycimeris ibari}. Thus
Mallard and Fuchs' section begins just where Hatcher's section ends.
A second time this section has been mentioned by Nordenskjoeld (1898,
p. 24, footnote). His account agrees fairly well with Hatcher's, and the
comparison is as follows (beginning at the top) :
Sand, Sandstein und Geroell in maechtigen
Schichten, unten mit etwas Lignit
includes probably horizon V (Patagonian).
Schieferthon mit Lignit und Pflanzenresten
(Araucaria)
undoubtedly = horizon IV (Upper Lignites).
Sandstein mit einer muschelfuehrenden Bank :
reichliche Schalen von Ostrea bourgeoisi und
torresi.
= horizon III (Ostrea torresi\
Sand mit kalkigen Einlagerungen (mit Stein-
kernen schlecht erhaltener Mollusken)
probably beds separating horizons II and III.
Muschelfuehrende Bank (Ostrea fehlt ; Turri-
tella und andere Gasteropoden vorhanden)
= horizon II (Turritella eiigud).
Sand und Sandsteine mit kalkigen Konkre-
tionen, die schlecht erhaltene Pflanzenver-
steinerungen enthalten (Fagus)
= horizon I.
Lignitische Schicht.
The plant remains of our horizons I and IV have been described by
Dusen from the collections made by the Swedish expedition (Dusen, 1899).
He provisionally refers the upper Lignites (horizon IV ; slmucaria-beds)
to the Miocene, and the horizon I (Faults-beds) ! to the Oligocene (p. 93),
although it may be Eocene (p. 91).
1 1 have been able to identify some of the plant remains collected by Hatcher in horizon I,
namely, Fagus subferruginea Dus. (p. 94), Nothofagus variabilis forma inicropliylla Dus. (p. 97),
and others, which are identical with forms mentioned by Dusen from the Fagus beds of Punta
Arenas. This establishes beyond doubt the identity of our horizon I and the "Fagus beds" of
Dusen.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 307
This would make the Magellanian beds Oligocene in age.
THE CAPE FAIRWEATHER BEDS ( ? MARINE TEHUELCHE BEDS).
The Cape Fairweather beds were first described by Hatcher (1897 a» P-
342). They are of marine origin, and their stratigraphical position is un-
conformably on top of the Santacruzian beds (see section, 1. c., p. 344) :
this separates them at once stratigraphically from the Patagonian beds,
which are below the Santacruzian beds.
A first, preliminary account of the fauna of these beds has been given
by Pilsbry (1897 a)- Further investigations have increased the number of
species, and have made necessary a few corrections, so that the list of
species known from the Cape Fairweather beds stands at present as
follows :
RELATIONS AND DISTRIBUTION.
1. Terebratclla gigantca Mutation of T. patagonica, Patagonian beds.
2. Ostrea ingens Patagonian beds.
3. Pectcn actinodes Mutation of P. geminatus, Patagonian beds; distribution north-
ward from San Julian, in the Tehuelche beds (v. Ih.).
4. Mytilus cf. chorus Patagonian beds and Recent (Chili).
5. Meretrix rostrata Recent (Brazil and Uruguay).
6. Dosinia meridionalis Patagonian beds and Entrerios beds (v. Ih.).
7. Panopea pilsbryi.
8. Golems mamillaris Recent, Chili to California.
9. CrepiduladUatata Recent, southern Patagonia.
10. Turritella innotabilis Mutation of T. patagonica, Patagonian beds; closely allied to
T. cingulatifonnis, Pliocene, Chili.
11. Trophon laciniatus Mutation of T. patagonicus, Patagonian beds; Recent, Pata-
gonia.
T. 1. var. inornatns also at Darwin Station ; Tehuelche beds (T. varians v. Ih.).
12. Balanus cf. psittaats Patagonian beds, and Recent, Patagonia.
13. Balanus cf. trigonus Recent, almost Cosmopolitan (Patagonia).
14. Balanus Icevis Pliocene, Chili ; recent, Patagonia, Chili to California.
Indeterminable remains of Pinna, Area, Lucina (or Diplodonta ?),
Cardita.
Of these 14 species, 4 (Ostrea ingens, Mytilus chorus, Dosinia merid-
ionalis, Balanus psittacns] are also represented in the Patagonian beds,
while we may consider 4 others ( Terebratella gigantea, Pecten actinodes,
Turritella innotabilis, Trophon laciniatus} as mutations of Patagonian
308 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
forms. On the other hand, we have in 5 species (Meretrix rostrata,
Galerus mainillaris, Crepidula dilatata, Balanus trigonus, Balanus Icevis]
new elements in this fauna, and it is very significant that these are all still
living species. This introduction of new, recent elements into the Cape
Fairweather fauna, as compared with the Patagonian, is the most impor-
tant character, agreeing completely with the stratigraphical position.
Altogether, the Cape Fairweather fauna contains 8 living species (57
per cent.), 5 of which are still found in Patagonia (Crepidula dilatata,
Trophon laciniatus, Balanus psittaciis, B alarms trigomis, Balamis lcems],
while 2 are found in Chili (Mytilus chorus and Galerus mamillaris), and
i in Uruguay (Meretrix rostrata}. This fact approximates this fauna so
closely to the recent one, that we may safely regard the Cape Fairweather
beds as Pliocene.
Only a few members of this fauna have been found elsewhere. Pecten
actinodes was recorded long ago from various localities in Patagonia
(chiefly the northern part), and has been given by v. Ihering (according
to Ameghino's material) for the Tehuelche formation. The same is true
in the case of Trophon laciniatus var. inornatus, which is mentioned by
v. Ihering (as Trophon varians] from the Tehuelche beds (see below).
Dosinia meridionalis has been recorded (aside from the Patagonian beds)
from the Entrerios beds, and Turritella innotabilis finds a closely allied
form in the Pliocene T. cigulatiformis of Chili. Thus it would seem, that
the Pliocene Coquimbo beds of Chili, the Entrerios beds of Parana, and
the "Tehuelche" beds are in some degree correlated with the Cape
Fairweather beds.. But since a large number of Coquimbo- and Entrerios-
species are known (Philippi, Mcericke, v. Ihering), the above relations are
not satisfactory, and if these beds are really contemporaneous, we should
expect a larger number of affinities.
On the other hand, we must take into account the much more southern
location of the Cape Fairweather beds than any of the other beds, and if
they all really belong to the Pliocene, we should expect considerable
climatic differences in their fauna.
For the present it is impossible to say, whether the few relations on the
one side, and the differences on the other, indicate a difference in age, or
a difference in geographical position. The solution of this question may
be obtained by a closer examination of corresponding beds in the north-
ern parts of Patagonia (from San Julian northward to Entrerios) : we
have numerous indications that such beds really exist there.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 309
Mr. Hatcher's observations indicate the existence of such beds near San
Julian. He discovered marine beds unconformably overlying the Pata-
gonian beds at Darwin Station (Hatcher, 1900 a, p. 108). Here he col-
lected only two species : Ostrea patagonica and Trophon laciniatus var.
inornatus. The latter form most distinctly points to the Cape Fair-
weather beds, but the oyster is different. It is this the southernmost
locality at which the true O. patagonica has been found, and the associa-
tion of this Entrerios oyster with the Cape Fairweather Trophon suggests
very strongly that both deposits may be identical in age, and that their
difference may be due to their geographical location : then the Miocene
Patagonian Ostrea ingens would remain the identical species in Pliocene
times in the south, while it changes into O. patagonica in the Pliocene
farther north.
It is not impossible that our locality at Darwin Station is identical with
one of the type localities of Ameghino for the marine Tehuelche beds.
V. Ihering (1897) mentions four species ( O. ferrarisi = patagonica, Pccten
actinodes, Scalaria rngulosa var. obsoleta, and Trophon variant = laciniatns
var. inornatus] from a locality between Santa Cruz and San Julian, which
he spells : Santa Rosa (pp. 225, 277, 296), Punta Rosa (p. 227) and Pta.
or P. Rasa (pp. 322 and 323). Since the latter form is given for the
same species, for which Santa or Punta Rosa is quoted, there is no doubt
that the same place is intended. Mr. Hatcher informs me that he has the
vague impression that the peninsula between the bay of San Julian and
the sea is called " Punta Raza" by the sailors. If that is true, it is very
probable that our locality at Darwin Station is not very far from, if not
identical with Ameghino's Punta Rasa, since it is situated near the base
of this peninsula. Punta Rasa is said to represent "Tehuelche" beds,
and of the four species mentioned by v. Ihering, we possess 2 from Dar-
win Station (Ostrea patagonica and Trophon inornatus], and 2 from Cape
Fairweather (Pecten actinodes and Trophon inornatus}. This fact also is
much in favor of the view that Hatcher's locality at Darwin Station as
well as the Cape Fairweather beds belongs to the same horizon as v.
Ihering's and Ameghino's Punta Rasa.
Another locality, which corresponds stratigraphically with the Cape
Fairweather beds, has been discovered by Mr. Hatcher at Lake Pueyr-
redon, where marine beds again overly the Santacruzian beds, and cap
the whole "Rio Tarde section" (Hatcher, 1900 a, p. 108). Only two
3IO PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PAL/EONTOLOGY.
species have been collected here ; the one is Ostrea ingens in a form which
approaches distinctly the Cape Fairweather type of this species, the other
is a Pecten, apparently P. gcminatiis, but it is to be remarked that only
casts have been found which render the identification doubtful : we may
have to deal with P. actinodes.
While thus the correlation of the Cape Fairweather beds with other
deposits still remains somewhat doubtful, we may safely say that they
themselves are of Pliocene age. Further investigations of corresponding
beds of other localities, especially of the marine "Tehuelc.he" formation
of Ameghino are very desirable, and will probably throw much light upon
the Cape Fairweather beds.1
ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE PATAGONIAN MARINE
FAUNAS.
i. THEORY OF "ANTARCTICA."
We may take the marine fauna of the Miocene Patagonian beds as the
standard for all fossil Patagonian faunas, since it is the only fauna that
we may call "well-known." Of the Magellanian fauna only a small part
is known, and the Cape Fairweather beds also contain only a compara-
tively small number of species.
One of the most striking characters of the Patagonian fauna is, as we have
seen above (pp. 299—302), the presence of a number of species which show
distinct affinities with New Zealandian and Australian fossils. This rela-
tion of Patagonia to New Zealand and Australia is no new feature : it has
been observed before in land and fresh-water animals, and also in marine
animals and in plants2 by numerous authors, and we possess various
theories for the explanation of this remarkable zoogeographical fact.
A very good — although not quite complete — review of the theories
connected with these relations between the southern continents has been
1 The paper of Borchert (Die Molluskenfauna und das Alter der Parana-Stufe. Stuttgart, 1901)
was received after the above was written. The dissimilarity of the Parana and Cape Fairweather
faunas is very striking, and the relations between them are still unsettled.
1 A partial list of animal and plant groups, in which coexistence of allied forms in Australia
and South America has been observed, is given by Hedley (1895, p. 3, footnote i).
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 311
given by Hedley (1895) who has formulated his own views in the follow-
ing words (1. c., p. 6) : "... during the Mesozoic or older Tertiary, a
strip of land witli a mild climate extended across the South Pole from Tas-
mania to Tierra del Fuego, and . . . Tertiary New Zealand then reached
sufficiently near to this Antarctic land, without joining it, to receive by flight
or drift many plants and animals!'
This theory, which has been worked out more especially in its bearing
upon the Australian and Pacific faunas in a later paper by the same
author (Hedley, 1899), differs in important points from all theories
hitherto advanced, as it demands only a minimum of land extension, and
further, as he states expressly (p. 7) that this Antarctic continent ("Ant-
arctica") was probably "an unstable area, at one time dissolving into an
archipelago, at another resolving itself into a continent." He admits
further the existence of certain facts that suggest a former connection of
South Africa also with Antarctica.
The facts leading to this and the older theories were observed long
ago, and consist of a marked similarity in the animal and plant life of
the respective continents, a similarity which is also recognizable, as we
have seen above, among the fossil marine animals. With the exception
of the theory of Wallace (1876, pp. 287 and 461), who believes that the
common elements of the southern faunas have been derived from a gen-
erally distributed stock, which was pushed by the competition of other
animals into the southern ends of the continental masses, where it alone
survived, all explanations of this zoogeographical fact have started from
the fundamental idea that there must formerly have existed a connection
between the respective parts by a land bridge, and opinions differ only as
to the location and probable extent of it. As to the time of its existence
there is a fairly complete unanimity among the writers on this subject,
provided that they have given any expression at all of their opinions on
this point; if they construct this bridge for any particular time, it is for
the end of the Secondary or the beginning of the Tertiary. Only Forbes
(1893) makes an exception by putting his Antarctica into the "Ice age."
To my knowledge,1 Hooker was the first to hold the opinion that, with
reference to plant life, there may have existed a connection of the differ-
ent parts of Antarctic and Subantarctic continents and islands by land.
1 See Ortmann, "The Theories of the Origin of the Antarctic Faunas and Floras" (American
Naturalist, v. 35. February, 1901).
312 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PAL/EONTOLOGY.
This opinion is the more remarkable, since it was first expressed at a time
(Hooker, 1847, P- 2II)> wnen Darwin's "Origin of Species" had not yet
been published. Although Hooker hints at this possibility very cau-
tiously, he returns to this point in 1853 (p. xxiii ff.) more emphatically,
and again in 1859 (pp. xvii and civ), and in this case from a Darwinian
point of view (he refers here to Darwin's unprinted "Origin of Species").
His general idea was, that the southern floras indicate one great vegeta-
tion, which may once have covered a larger southern area of land; but
he leaves it uncertain where was the position of this southern continent,
especially he does not connect it with the polar lands of the southern
hemisphere. Some of his remarks even indicate that he was in favor of
placing this land connection in lower latitudes (about that of Tierra del
Fuego and Kerguelen Islands).
Among zoologists this theory of former connections of the southern
lands was not taken up, until Ruetimeyer (1867, pp. 15 and 23) — but
without reference to Hooker — expressed the opinion that the Antarctic
continent is to be regarded as a center of a separate development of a
certain stock of animals, from which the inhabitants spread northward,
and that we should regard the faunal elements common to Australia,
South America and South Africa as remnants of this Antarctic fauna. He
expresses no opinion on the probable extent and configuration of this
southern center, but only says that the assumption of a connection of the
three southern land masses with the Antarctic continent would explain
many facts of present distribution.
The next to discuss this question was Hutton (1873 and 1874). He
has practically the same idea as Ruetimeyer, and assumes a former greater
extension of land in the southern hemisphere, South America, New Zea-
land, Australia and South Africa were connected by a continent, which in
its largest extension existed at the beginning of Cretaceous times, but
which was not necessarily a single, completely continuous mass at one
and the same time.
Accepting Wallace's opinion (1876) mentioned above, Hutton subse-
quently changed this view (1884), and abandoned the connections of these
regions by an extension of the Antarctic continent, especially he no longer
believes that South Africa had a connection with it. But he still main-
tains that there was a land connection between Australia and South
America, and he constructs this bridge across the middle part of the Pa-
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 313
cific Ocean by way of a now submarine plateau (p. 433) "from Guinea
and North Australia, through the Fiji and Tonga Islands to Samoa,
spreading South to New Zealand and North to the Ellice, Gilbert, Mar-
shal, Caroline and Pelew Islands;" another plateau "extends from Chili
in a northwest direction to the Society Islands and Cook's Islands, in-
cluding Juan Fernandez, Easter Island, the Paumotus and the Marquesas
Islands." Thus these two plateaus closely approached each other, if they
were not actually connected.
Shortly after Hutton's first publication, Gill (1875) presented another
somewhat similar view, but this was given in a very vague form. Con-
sidering the distribution of fishes, he divided the land masses in two large
sections, an Eogcea, comprising Africa, South America and Australia, and
a Gznogcea, comprising the rest of the present continental masses. He
does not introduce the Antarctic continent at all, and does not give any
details of the connection, simply intending this as a zoogeographical di-
vision. But the fact that he calls these two sections "areas of derivation
or gain from more or less distant geological epochs," and that he refers
to them again later (Science, 8 June, 1900), calling them "hemispheres,"
makes it apparent that he understood his Eogaea as a large continental
mass.
Thus we have to distinguish, practically, three different theories, aside
from Wallace's: (i) The Ruetimeyer-Hutton theory of the connection
through an Antarctic continent (1867, 1873); (2) Gill's Eogaea theory
(1875); (3) Hutton's theory of 1884, constructing a connection across
the mid-Pacific. In all these, the fundamental idea first expressed by
' Hooker, that there must once have been a connection by land, serves as
a basis.
Gill's theory has never been taken up by anybody else, while the two
other theories have been taken into consideration by subsequent writers.
Among them we should mention in the first line H. O. Forbes (1893).
He practically accepts the first and oldest theory of Ruetimeyer and
Hutton, in assuming the former existence of a larger Antarctic continent ;
but on the other hand, he goes far beyond Ruetimeyer's and Hutton's
ideas, in constructing this continent on a very large scale: his "Antarc-
tica," in its coast line, follows nearly what is now the 2000 fathom line,
and extends in broad stretches over Australia and New Zealand to the
Fiji Islands, to the Mascarene Islands and South Africa, and to South
314 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALEONTOLOGY.
America ; in other words, it is an exaggeration of Ruetimeyer's and Hut-
ton's conception of it. As to the time of existence of this huge conti-
nental mass, Forbes differs from all previous writers in placing it in the
"Ice age" of the northern hemisphere.
Von Ihering (see: 1891 and 1894) has accepted both theories of Hut-
ton with a slight modification, assuming a connection running from South
America (Archiplata, see below) by way of Antarctica to Australia, which
was in turn connected with a "Pacific continent." This Pacific continent
does not correspond exactly to Hutton's (1884) bridge from Australia to
Chili, since v. Ihering does not assume a direct connection of it with
Chili, and thus v. Ihering's theory conforms more to the Ruetimeyer-
Hutton theory. This is shown principally by the fact that for Patagonia
v. Ihering (1897) urges chiefly the Antarctic origin of a part of its fauna,
not a Pacific origin. *
It is not necessary to quote here the large number of other writers, who
have pointed out — in connection with their studies in special groups of
animals or plants — the allied elements in the faunas and floras of the
southern continents, since none of them has materially added to or
changed the existing theories ; it may be sufficient to say that all of them
— if they have expressed any opinion at all — hold the view that there
once existed an Antarctic continental connection between the respective
parts, without venturing into a closer discussion of the question as to the
probable extent and location of it.
We must, however, mention especially the writings of Hedley (1895
and 1899). The main idea of Hedley has been reproduced above (p. 311),
and it remains to point out its relation to the theories set forth above.
There is no doubt that Hedley's view keeps close to the old Ruetimeyer-
Hutton theory in assuming an ancient Antarctic continent. But while
Forbes enlarged this continent to an incredible size, Hedley chooses the
safest and most conservative way in not extending the Antarctic land
beyond its present limits unless absolutely necessary. Thus he leaves
the known parts of the Antarctic continent as they are, and extends them
only in narrow strips so as to join Australia, South America, and (pos-
sibly) South Africa. x
1 The same opinion that we have to restrict the land connections of the southern continents
was expressed again by Lydekker (1896, p. 134), but apparently without knowledge of Hedley's
article of 1895. For the rest, Lydekker does not favor any particular theory, and even leaves it
uncertain whether there was an Antarctic or a Pacific land bridge.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 315
Finally Osborn (1900, p. 565 and map on p. 566) accepts fully the
theory of Antarctica, and, in the main, follows Forbes, although his recon-
struction of this old continent by elevation to the 3O4o-meter sounding
line is not quite as extensive as that of Forbes. In this respect Osborn's
view is intermediate between Forbes' and Hedley's, and decidedly
approaches our conception.
Thus we see that of the various theories advanced for the explanation
of the similarity of the southern faunas, the theories of Gill, Wallace, and
also the second theory of Hutton have not been considered seriously by
subsequent writers, while the oldest one, formulated by Ruetimeyer, has
furnished the fundamental idea for them. One of them, Forbes, has-
pushed this idea to an extreme, which we cannot accept by any means,
while Hedley has attempted to restrict it to reasonable proportions, and
to reconcile it with the zoogeographical facts as well as with the present
conditions of distribution of land and water in the southern hemisphere.
In this sense, Hedley's specification of the Ruetimeyer-Hutton theory is
the most conservative, especially as compared with Forbes' fancies, and
it is only natural that we should accept his ideas as the most probable of
all, that is to say, we accept the first theory of Ruetimeyer and Hutton,
with the restrictions put upon it by Hedley.
For our present purpose, this acceptance of the theory of the former
existence of an "Antarctica" means that we are of the opinion that the
elements of the fossil Patagonian fauna resembling certain forms in
New Zealand and Australia are to be regarded as an additional proof
of the former connection of South America with Australia and New Zea-
land. Since the respective shells are all preeminently inhabitants of the
littoral, of shallow water, and since it is very probable that they were
unable to cross over large extents of deep sea, a region of shallow water
must have formed a connection between both parts, and nothing is more
natural than to assume that this shallow water accompanied the coast line
of ancient "Antarctica." It does not necessarily follow that this coast
line was a continuous line along the uninterrupted shores of a truly con-
tinental mass, but it may have consisted of a chain of islands, at least in
part. As Hedley urges, we should not regard the Antarctica as a solid
continent, but probably it was broken up at certain times into parts, which
were united again in one or another direction. This assumption seems
to be chiefly supported by the evidence furnished by land animals, and
will be discussed elsewhere in this work.
316 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALEONTOLOGY.
We wish only to emphasize here the fact that the marine fossil Pata-
gonian fauna materially strengthens the theory of "Antarctica" by giving
evidence for the former existence of a coast line, at any rate of shallow
water, between Australia and New Zealand on the one side, and South
America on the other.
As to the connection of Africa with Antarctica, hardly any evidence is
found among our material ; we should, however, call attention to the fact
that the Bryozoan Tennysonia subcylindrica of the Patagonian beds is
extremely closely allied to the only known species of the genus, T.
stellata, which is recorded from the Cape of Good Hope.
This instance would hardly have any value if it was an isolated one.
But other groups of animals have furnished similar cases, and, although
these are less pronounced and less frequent than the cases of relations
between South America and Australia, we must take them into account,
and grant a former extension of Antarctica in the direction toward South
Africa.
In the map (pi. XXXIX) accompanying this report we have tried to
reconstruct ancient Antarctica : it has been assumed that the Antarctic
portions of land known at the present time (the region around Graham
Land ; Victoria and Wilke's Land ; Enderby and Kemp Land) form parts
of a still existing Antarctic continental mass ; we have not tried to enlarge
the boundaries of this continent, except only to such a degree that a con-
nection is formed with the present southern ends of the continents of
Australia, South America and South Africa. As regards Australia (and
New Zealand), we have followed Hedley's idea, as expressed in his map
in his second paper (1899, p. 404); as to the connection with South
America we have followed chiefly the tectonic relations known to exist
between Tierra del Fuego, South Georgia, South Sandwich and Graham
Land, as represented by Fricker (1900, chiefly p. 140 ff.); and as to the
much more doubtful connection with South Africa, we have taken into
account chiefly the results of the German Valdivia Expedition, as pub-
lished by Chun (1900, Lieferung 4).1
'As to the tectonic configuration of Antarctica, and the evidence thus furnished for its former
connections with Australia, New Zealand and South America, compare the article of Gregory
(Gregory, T. W. The work of the National Antarctic Expedition in : Nature, vol. 63, No. 1643,
25th April, 1901, pp. 609-612), and the sketch map given by him (p. 611). Unfortunately this
very important note was published after the above was written ; it supports, however, in a large
part the ideas set forth above.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 317
Although in our map Antarctica has been drawn as a continental mass,
we have mentioned above that it was — at certain times — possibly broken
up into archipelagoes. Antarctica may have been a continent once, but
it is hard to say at what time. We may safely say — and all authors ex-
cept Forbes agree in this — that it existed about the close of the Cretaceous
and the beginning of Tertiary time, but we do not know anything beyond
that. In this respect it is interesting to see what evidence is furnished by
the geological configuration of southern Patagonia. Through Mr. Hatcher
and others we know that the Cretaceous ends with a series of deposits,
called Guaranitic beds (see Hatcher, 1900 a, p. 93), which indicate a gen-
eral upheaval of the land. After the deposits of these beds the respective
parts were land, and no deposits were formed till the beginning of Oligo-
cene times (Magellanian beds). From this time on we have a slow subsi-
dence, which reaches its maximum in Patagonian time (lower Miocene),
and then follows, in Santacruzian time (upper Miocene): another upheaval,
which culminated, possibly, in the final formation of the Cordilleras at the
close of the Miocene. Within these general movements, there were a
number of smaller oscillations, for instance like that indicated by the
Upper Lignites (Hatcher, 1900 a, p. 99). It is beyond the scope of this
report to go more into detail ; but we may say here that the geology of
southern Patagonia points to a maximum extent of land at the end of
Secondary time and during the Eocene, and to a large — if not maximum
— extent of water during lower Miocene time. If it is permitted to draw
any conclusions from this, we should put the largest extent of Antarctica
at the end of the Cretaceous and in the Eocene, while a marked, if not
final, interruption was brought about in the lower Miocene. Within this
time, smaller, and more or less important oscillatory movements took place.
This refers, however, only to the history of the Antarctic continent in
the first part of the Tertiary period. In Cretaceous times similar move-
ments may have taken place, so that the connection of Antarctica with the
present continents (or parts of them) may have been established and
destroyed repeatedly. And indeed v. Ihering (1894, pp. 405 and 425)
dates some connections of America and Australia with Antarctica far
back in Mesozoic times. (Compare v. Ihering's Mesozoic " Archinotis,"
1893. P- 9-)
And further, the above refers only to South America. It is not at all
necessary that the connection between Antarctica and the Austral lands
3l8 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
should have coexisted with that between Antarctica and South America ;
indeed, it is quite possible that the one was interrupted when the other
was established. The same refers to the connection of Antarctica with
South Africa.
As regards the latter point, there is no doubt that some evidence in
favor of this connection has been found.1 But this evidence is much less
distinct than in the case of the other two continents. Possibly the junc-
tion of South Africa with Antarctica is to be sought for far back in Meso-
zoic time, or it was, in the Tertiary, only of short duration. As to the
reconstruction of this bridge, we must pay due attention to the fact that
great depths of the sea have been discovered by the "Valdivia" to the
south of the Cape of Good Hope (see Chun, 1900, p. 180 and map by
G. Schott, ibid. Lieferung 4). Although great depth of the present sea
is by no means a decisive argument against the former existence of land
(as for instance Chun believes), it is better, if no other evidence is forth-
coming, to be as conservative as possible, and not to interfere with these
great depths. In our map we have given two indications for this land
bridge : the one going from Enderby, or possibly Wilke's Land, by way
of the Kerguelen, Crozet and Prince Edward Islands, the other following
the submarine ridge in the South Atlantic indicated by Schott in his map,
and connecting southwest Africa with the Falkland Islands by way of
Tristan da Cunha. Which one of these bridges, or whether either of them,
is correct, we have at present no means of deciding.2
Although there is still much room for speculation, we wish to emphasize
the fact that the fossil marine animals of Patagonia distinctly point to this
old connection of South America with Antarctica at the end of Cretaceous
and the beginning of Tertiary times, and that Antarctica in turn was at
some time connected with Australia and possibly with New Zealand. As
Hedley maintains, there was no continental connection with the latter ;
we cannot decide this question, since we treat only of marine literal ani-
mals, and for them a close vicinity of the respective literal waters is suffi-
cient. The Patagonian fauna demands a theory that assumes a compara-
1 1 should like particularly to call attention to the presence of the freshwater fish Galaxias
capensis at the southwestern corner of Africa (see Weber, 1 897, p. 1 97).
2 The extremely uneven and rugged bottom of the sea between Enderby Land and the Ker-
guelen Islands, as described by Chun, is in favor of the first assumption ; as regards the second,
I refer the reader to what Weber (1897, p. 198) says about a direct communication of south-
west Africa with v. Ihering's " Archiplata."
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 319
tively shallow sea, where there is now deep water, and when we make
this assumption, there is no difficulty in constructing a continental connection
of the same parts, as soon as other lines of evidence force us to do so.
This communication of the Patagonian seas with Antarctica through
shallow water persisted through a large part of the Tertiary, probably
almost up to the recent time. V. Ihering has already assumed a repeated
and continuous immigration of marine Antarctic forms into the South
American literal (v. Ihering, especially 1897 b, pp. 532 and 533), and there
is no reason to reject this theory. That during Tertiary times a direct
communication was present with the nearest parts of Antarctica, is quite
probable after the discovery of marine fossils on Seymour Island, Dirck
Gherritz Archipelago (Graham Land). The fossils found there, especially
the presence of a species of Cucullcea, strongly suggest Patagonian beds1).
2. RELATIONS OF THE PATAGONIAN DEPOSITS TO
OTHER PARTS OF SOUTH AMERICA, AND TO
THE REST OF THE WORLD; THEORY OF
"ARCHIPLATA" AND "ARCHHELENIS."
We have seen above that the most characteristic feature of the Pata-
gonian fauna is the dissimilarity to other faunas of about the same age,
the resemblance to the Antarctic faunas of Australia and New Zealand
1 It may be well to state here the facts about these Tertiary fossils, since they have been re-
peatedly mentioned lately, but without proper quotations, so that it is difficult to keep track of
the literature.
These fossils were collected in the season 1 892-3 on Seymour Island, Dirck Gherritz Archi-
pelago (northeast of Graham Land) in 64° 24' S. Lat, by Captain Larsen of the "Jason," and
given to Dr. C. W. Donald of the " Active," who brought them back to Scotland. Dr. J. Mur-
ray was the first to notice them in the Geographical Journal, vol. 3, January, 1894, p. 1 1, foot-
note, and he says that — according to Messrs. G. Sharman and E. T. Newton, of the Geological
Survey, — they belong to the genera Citcull&a, Cytherea, and Natica (besides pieces of Coniferous
wood). He points to the probable Tertiary character of them, and compares them with lower
Tertiary fossils of England and Patagonia, which would especially refer to the Cucullaa.
Dr. Murray again refers to these fossils in the Scottish Geographical Magazine, vol. 10, April,
1894, p. 195, and they are also mentioned in Peterson's report on Captain Larsen's discoveries
(Peterson, Die Reisen des " Jason " und der " Hertha," in : Mitteilungen der Geographischen
Gesellschaft in Hamburg. 1891-92. 1895, p. 273). Again they have been mentioned by
Hedley(i89S, p. 7), by Heilprin (Science, Febr. 28, 1896, p. 306), by Ohlin (Ymer, 1898, h. 4,
p. 301), and by Fricker (1900, p. 182), but with insufficient and partly incorrect quotations.
32O PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
excepted. Among the contemporaneous deposits in South America, only
the Navidad fauna of Chili is related to the Patagonian, and, indeed, in
such a degree that we are able to draw valuable conclusions from the
comparison with it.
If we come to compare the Patagonian deposits with other American
deposits, the close affinity disappears. In this respect one of the most
important points is the dissimilarity of the Miocene fauna of northern
Peru (Payta and Tumbez), as described by Grzybowski (1899). This
fauna possesses only a few features in common with the Navidad fauna,
but hardly any with the Patagonian, and the most important is the pres-
ence of a species of Struthiolaria in these beds. For the rest, this fauna
(called Ecuadorian province by Grzybowski) shows close affinities to the
Caribbean province, /'. e., the Miocene deposits of the West Indies, and
even in some respects to the European Miocene.1
We have seen above that it was possible to compare our Patagonian
material to some extent with Miocene faunas of Europe and North America,
and the latter is in a certain degree a dependency or offshoot of the West
Indian fauna, but these relations are only very general, consisting in a
more or less close affinity of species, but hardly in identity. (The fact
that we did not find a larger number of relations to the West Indies is
probably due to the chiefly Oligocene, not Miocene, age of the latter beds,
according to Ball.) Thus we have on the one hand a close relation of
the Patagonian beds to the Chilian, which extends to an identity of a num-
ber of species, while, on the other hand, with the Caribbean and European
provinces only remote relations can be established. The deposits of
northern Peru are closely connected with the Caribbean province, although
a few closer relations with the Chilian beds are recognizable.
For the explanation of these facts we have a theory propounded by v.
Ihering, which we may conveniently call his Archiplata-Archhelenis-theory
(v. Ihering, 1891, pp. 434, 437, and especially : 1893 ; here on p. 9 a list
of other publications by the same author referring to the same subject ;
and 1894 p. 404 ff.).
Von Ihering maintains that South America is not a genetic unit, but
consists of two parts, which became united subsequently : a southern part
'According to Ball (1898 b and in : Science, Novemb. 23, 1900, p. 808) the so-called Miocene
of the West Indies is really Oligocene, and this would possibly affect slightly Grzybowski's deter-
mination of the age of the Peruvian beds.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 321
which comprises what is now Chili, Argentina, and southern Brazil, and
which he calls " Archiplata," and a northern part comprising chiefly
northern Brazil and Guiana, which he calls "Archibrazil," resp. "Archi-
guyana," or " Archiamazonas." This latter part was connected — in Meso-
zoic times — with West Africa by way of St. Helena, and he calls this
continental mass "Archhelenis."
Archiamazonas or Archhelenis were separated completely from Archi-
plata by a broad stretch of sea, which extended across the present conti-
nent, where is now the valley of the Amazon River, the Cordilleras not
being yet formed, and thus a broad communication existed between what
is now the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans.1
Since Archiamazonas was connected with Africa, and this in turn in a
certain degree with India and Europe, the assumption of this old conti-
nent Archhelenis (which, by the way, differs only in the supposed geo-
graphical position from the "Atlantis" of previous writers) explains sat-
isfactorily the relations of the marine faunas of the West Indies (and
southern North America) with Europe. The connection of Archiplata
with Antarctica explains its relations to Australia and New Zealand, and
the existence of a broad connection of the Atlantic and the Pacific sepa-
rating Archiplata and Archhelenis (or Archiamazonas) explains the dis-
similarity of the southern and northern faunas of South America.
Nevertheless, as we have seen, there are some remote affinities between
Patagonia and the West Indies, and even Europe, and apparently this is
due to the fact that — confining our view to marine animals — communica-
tion was possible in a certain degree between the shores of Archiplata
and Archiamazonas. This fact is most plainly seen in the presence of
Navidad fossils in corresponding deposits of northern Peru : the Navidad
beds were apparently deposited near the northwestern extremity of Archi-
1 A former connection of the Atlantic and Pacific oceans up to Miocene times has been gener-
ally accepted, but this connection was placed chiefly, where is now the Isthmus of Panama. Ac-
cording to Hill, however (The Geological History of the Isthmus of Panama, etc. in : Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zool. Harvard Coll., vol. 28, 1898), a Central American barrier separating both oceans
has existed since Jurassic times, which was only temporarily interrupted at the close of the
Eocene. On the other hand, Hill admits that there must have been a broad and important con-
nection of oceans somewhere, but not at Panama.
It seems to me that this broad connection is to be found in the sea across South America
mentioned above, and, personally, I am much in favor of the theory that the communication of
the Atlantic and Pacific took place, not at Panama, but farther south in the sea separating v.
Ihering's Archhelensis and Archiplata (see : Science, December 14, 1900, p. 929).
322 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
plata, and the Payta-Tumbez beds near the southwestern extremity of
Archiamazonas : at these places we have probably these two continents
at their points of nearest approach to each other, and an exchange of
marine forms may have been possible. This exchange, however, was
rendered more difficult by climatic conditions, and especially, although
possible in a certain degree between the Ecuadorian and the Chilian prov-
ince, it was hard for the Caribbean and Ecuadorian fauna to migrate far-
ther south, into the Patagonian region.
This leads us to investigate the probable climatic conditions of Pata-
gonian times. There is no doubt that in Miocene time, when the Pata-
gonian beds were deposited, a considerably warmer climate prevailed in
these regions, a fact that has been recognized by all previous writers on
this question (see for instance v. Ihering, 1897 b, P- 535)- Of the fossils
of the Patagonian beds the following point to a warm, tropical or sub-
tropical climate: Scutella, Perna, Cucullcea, Dolium, Ficula, Mtirex sub-
gen. Phyllotonus, Terebra, Drillia, Borsonia. A part of these genera has
also been found in the Navidad beds. On the other hand, a number of
characteristic tropical genera are missing in the Patagonian beds, which
have been found in the corresponding Chilian beds, for instance : Conus,
Mitra, Oliva, Cyprcea, Cassis, Columbella. Of these, Mitra, Oliva, and
Columbella are represented in the Miocene of northern Peru, and the pres-
ence of a Strombus in the latter beds (upper Miocene) points still more to
a truly tropical character.
Thus we may say that the Patagonian beds — although still retaining a
subtropical character — differ distinctly from the Navidad beds in the lack
of some features, which depend probably on the climatic conditions, and
that the Navidad beds approach in just these features the tropical depos-
its of the Caribbean province, where genera like Conus, Strombus, Mitra,
Oliva, Columbella, Cyprcea form a very prominent element of the fauna.
In this connection we may also mention the complete and very singular
lack of the genus Cerithium in Patagonia. The Navidad beds contain
only a single species of this genus, which is in striking contrast to the
contemporaneous deposits of the northern hemisphere.
While we thus should claim for the Patagonian beds at least a sub-
tropical climate, we have, on the other hand, in them the beginning of a
differentiation of an "Antarctic" fauna, or, more properly, speaking, of an
extratropical fauna of the southern hemisphere, which is a pendant to, but
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 323
entirely different from the extratropical fauna to the north of the tropics.
This fauna, of course, developed as soon as the climatic differentiation of
the South Pole offered the necessary conditions, and we may say that for
a large part of this fauna the shores of the supposed Antarctic continent
formed the center of origin. Since Miocene Patagonia was apparently a
part of this center, it is only natural that we should find here indications
of this Antarctic fauna.
Some elements of the latter in the Patagonian beds are no doubt the
ancestors of corresponding forms still living in these regions, and a few
of them have not changed at all, so that they must be regarded as iden-
tical species, for instance (compare p. 289): Aspidostoma giganteum, Tere-
bratella dorsata, Mytilus magellanicus, Infundibulum corrugatum, Infun-
dibulum clypeohim, Verruca Icevigata, Balanus psittacus. One species,
Mytilus chorus, is no longer found in southern Patagonia, but has retreated
a little northward, to Chili. Other species are no longer found in South
America: Cellaria fistiilosa (otherwise almost cosmopolitan), Heteropora
pelliculata (New Zealand and Japan), Rhynchonella sqtiamosa (Kerguelen
Islands), Magellania lenticularis (New Zealand).
In other cases, the fossil and living species are to be regarded as dif-
ferent, but they are apparently genetically connected. This is the case in
the following genera (see v. Ihering, 1897 b, p. 532): Valuta, Trophon,
Turritella, Natica, Vemis, Meretrix, Dosinia, Pecten, to which we may
add Bouchardia. This is especially remarkable in the genus Valuta,
where three chief types of living Patagonian Volute, V. ancilla, magel-
lanica, and brasiliana, have their prototypes in the following species : V.
dorbignyana, dotneykoana and ameghinoi.
While all these forms are characteristic of the American part of the
Antarctica, some of them, for instance the Volute, reappear in similar
types in Australia and New Zealand. The same is true of Siphonalia
domeykoana, which does not seem to exist at present in South America,
but it is still represented in the recent seas of New Zealand in S. dila-
tata, and analogous are the cases of Struthiolaria, Malletia, Sigapatella.
Struthiolaria is found fossil in South America (Oligocene of Patagonia,
Miocene of Patagonia, Chili, and northern Peru) and in New Zealand
(Miocene upward) and still lives in New Zealand waters. Malletia is
known fossil from the Miocene of Patagonia, Chili, and New Zealand, and
living from Chili and New Zealand. Sigapatella is found in the Miocene
324 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
of Patagonia and Chili, from the Oligocene upward in New Zealand, and
lives in New Zealand waters. Perhaps we may put into this category the
subgenus Cominella of Buccinum, which, although known fossil in the
northern hemisphere, is at present confined to the southern, the metrop-
olis of the typical species being New Zealand (see Tyron, 1881, p. 201).
Finally, in Terebmtella dorsata, we have a species that in the fossil
state is common to New Zealand and Patagonia, while at the present
time it is extinct in New Zealand, but survives in Patagonia.
Thus we see that, in the Miocene Patagonian beds, we must distinguish
two chief faunal elements : a tropic-subtropical one, which shows relations
to the tropical parts of the rest of the earth (and through these with the
subtropical faunas of the northern hemisphere, in Europe and North
America), and an antarctic element, which is peculiar to the southern
hemisphere, and which shows relations only to the faunas belonging to or
connected with ancient Antarctica. The first element was the chief factor
that enabled us to compare the Patagonian beds with deposits of the
northern hemisphere, and thus to ascertain their age, while the other has
given us valuable hints for the comparison with New Zealandian and
Australian beds.
For the later history of the Patagonian marine fauna the Cape Fair-
weather beds are valuable. While their fauna shows on the one side a
continuation of Patagonian types (see p. 307), we have here, on the other
side, an introduction of new forms. These new elements are possibly in
large part new immigrants from the Antarctic shores, and, as v. Ihering
(1897 b) urges, this immigration from the south must have continued on
a large scale almost up to the present time, at least to the Pleistocene.
This later introduction of Antarctic elements is the most important change
in the general character of the fauna that has taken place since the time
of the deposition of the Patagonian beds, and is — in connection with the
retreat of the tropical elements toward the north — the most prominent
feature that distinguishes the present Patagonian, Magellanian, and Chilian
faunas from the fauna that lived on the shores of ancient "Archiplata."
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 325
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
Agassiz, A.
1872 Revision of the Echini (Illustrated Catalogue of the Museum of Comparative Zo-
'73 °l°gy at Harvard College, No. 7, parts I and 2, 1872 ; part 3, 1873).
Agassiz, L.
1841 Monographies d'Echinodermes vivans et fossiles, 2 ; Des Scutelles, 1841.
Agassiz, L., and Desor, E.
1846 Catalogue raisonne des families, des genres et des especes de la classe des Echino-
'47 dermes (Annales des Sciences naturelles, ser. 3, vol. 6, 1846; ser. 3, vol. 7, 1847).
Ameghino, F.
1889 Contribucion al conocimiento de los Mammiferos fosiles de la Republica Argentina,
1889.
1894 Enumeration synoptique des especes de Mammiferes fossiles des formations Eocenes
de Patagonia, 1894.
1898 Sinopsis Geologico-Palaeontologica. Segundo Censo Nacional de la Republica Argen-
'99 tina, vol. i, 1898; Suplemento, 1899.
Basterot, B. de.
1825 Memoire geologique sur les environs de Bordeaux, 1825.
Bazin.
1884 Sur les Echinides du Miocene moyen de la Bretagne (Bulletin de la societe geologique
de France, ser. 3, vol. 12, 1884).
Berg, C.
1898 Substitucion de nombres genericos (Communicaciones del Museo Nacional de Buenos
Aires, vol. I, 1898).
Bcettger, 0.
1870 Neue Conchylien des Mainzer Tertiaerbeckens (Palaeontographica, vol. 19, 1870).
Busk, G.
1854 Catalogue of marine Polyzoa in the collection of the British Museum, part 2, 1854.
1859 A monograph of the fossil Polyzoa of the Crag (Palaeontographical Society, 1859).
1875 Catalogue of marine Polyzoa in the collection of the British Museum, part 3, Cyclosto-
mata, 1875.
1879 On recent species of Heteropora (The Journal of the Linnean Society, Zoology, vol. 14,
1879).
1884 Report on the Polyzoa collected by H. M. S. Challenger, part I, Cheilostomata (Re-
port on the scientific results of the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 10,
1884).
Chemnitz, J. N.
1785 Neues systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet, vol. 8, 1785.
326 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
Chun, C.
1900 Aus den Tiefen des Weltmeeres, Schilderungen von der deutschen Tiefseeexpedition, 1900.
Clark, W. B.
1896 The Eocene deposits of the middle Atlantic slope in Delaware, Maryland and Virginia
(Bulletin of the U. S. Geological Survey, No. 141, 1896).
Clessin, S.
1889 Die Familie der Mytilidae, in : Martini and Chemnitz, Systematisches Conchylien-
Cabinet, vol. 8, Abteil. 3, 1889.
Conrad, T. A.
1849 Fossils from northwestern America, 4, Mollusca in : Dana, U. S. Exploring Expedi-
tion, vol. 10, Geology, 1849.
1856 Descriptions of the fossil shells in : Report of explorations and surveys to ascertain the
most practicable and economical route for a railroad from the Mississippi River to the
Pacific Ocean, vol. 5, 1856.
Cossman, M.
1897 The Gasteropods of the older Tertiary of Australia, Les Opisthobranches (Transactions
of the Royal Society of South Australia, vol. 21, 1897).
1898 Revue critique de Paleozoologie, vol. 2, No. 3, July, 1898.
1899 Description de quelques coquilles de la formation Santacruzienne en Patagonie (Jour-
nal de Conchyliologie, 1899, No. 3).
Dall, W. H.
1889 A preliminary catalogue of the shell-bearing marine Mollusks and Brachiopods of the
southeastern coast of the United States (Bulletin U. S. National Museum, No. 37, 1889).
iSgoa Preliminary report on the collection of Mollusca and Brachiopoda. Scientif. res. explor.
Albatross (Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum, vol. 12, 1890).
18905 Contributions to the Tertiary fauna of Florida (Transactions of the Wagner Free Insti-
'92, 'gSa tute of Science, vol. 3, part i, 1890; part 2, 1892; part 4, 1898).
i8g8b A table of the North American Tertiary horizons, correlated with one another and with
those of western Europe, with annotations (i8th Annual Report of the U. S. Geolog-
ical Survey, part 2, 1898).
1900 Pelecypoda in : Zittel and Eastman, Text-book of Palaeontology, vol. I, 1900.
Darwin, C.
1846 Geological observations on South America, 1846.
1851 A monograph on the fossil Lepadidae of Great Britain (Palaeontographical Society, 1851).
A monograph on the fossil Balanidae and Verrucidse of Great Britain (Palaeontographical
Society, 1854).
A monograph on the Sub-Class Cirripedia, Balanidas, etc., 1854.
Davidson, T.
1852 Descriptions of a few recent species of Brachiopoda (Proceedings of the Zoological
Society of London, 1852).
1880 Report on the Brachiopoda dredged by H. M. S. Challenger (Report on the scientific
results of the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger, Zoology, vol. i, 1880).
1886 A monograph of recent Brachiopoda, part i (Transactions of the Linnean Society of
'87 London, ser. 2, Zoology, vol. 4, part I, 1886) ; part 2 (ibid., part 2, 1887).
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 327
Deshayes, G. P.
i860 Description des animaux sans vertebres decouverts dans la basin de Paris, vol. I, 1 860 ;
'64, '66 vol. 2, 1864; vol. 3, 1866.
Desor, E.
1846 Sur quelques oursins fossiles de la Patagonie (Bulletin de la Societe geologique de
France, ser. 2, vol. 4, 1846).
1858 Synopsis des Echinides fossiles, 1858.
Dcering, D. A.
1882 Geologia in : Roca, D. J. A., Informe oficial de la comision cientifica agregada al estado
mayor general de la expedicion al Rio Negro, vol. 3, 1882.
Dusen, P.
1899 Ueber die tertiaere Flora der Magellanslaender (Svenska Expeditionen till Magellans-
laenderna, vol. I, No. 4, 1899).
Forbes, H. 0.
1893 The Chatham Islands, their relation to a former southern continent (Royal Geographical
Society, Suppl. paper, vol. 3, 1893); extract : Antarctica, a supposed former southern
continent (Natural Science, vol. 3, 1893, pp. 54-57).
Flicker, K.
1900 The Antarctic Regions, London, 1900.
Gabb, W. M.
1869 Palaeontology of California, vol. 2, 1869 (Geological Survey of California).
GUI, T.
1875 On the geographical distribution of fishes (The Annals and Magazine of Natural His-
tory, ser. 4, vol. 15, 1875).
Gray, J. E.
1867 Notes on the specimens of Calyptraeidae in Mr. Cuming's collection (Proceedings of the
Zoological Society of London, 1867).
Grzybowski, J.
1899 Die Tertiaerablagerungen des ncerdlichen Peru und ihre Molluskenfauna (Neues
Jahrbuch fuer Mineralogie, Geologic und Palaentologie, Beilage Band 12, 1899).
Harris, G. F.
1897 Catalogue of the Tertiary Mollusca in the department of geology, British Museum.
Part I. The Australasian Tertiary Mollusca. London, 1897.
Hatcher, J. B.
The Cape Fairweather beds ; a new marine Tertiary horizon in southern Patagonia
(The American Journal of Science, vol. 4, 1897).
On the Geology of southern Patagonia (ibid.),
igooa Sedimentary rocks of southern Patagonia (ibid., vol. 9, 1900).
igoob In : Science, February 16, 1900, p. 363 ff.
Hedley, C.
1895 Considerations on the surviving refugees in Austral lands of ancient Antarctic life
(Proceedings of the Royal Society of N. S. Wales, August 7, 1895).
1899 A zoogeographic scheme for the Mid-Pacific (Proceedings of the Linnean Society of
N. S. Wales, 1899, part 3).
328 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PAL/EONTOLOGY.
Hincks, T.
1880 A history of the British marine Polyzoa, 1880.
1881 Contributions toward a general history of the marine Polyzoa. (The Annals and
Magazine of Natural History, ser. 5, vol. 7, 1881).
Hcernes, M.
1856 Die fossilen Mollusken des Tertiaerbeckens von Wien., Bd. i, Univalven (Anhandlungen
'70 der K. K. geologischen Reichsanstalt, vol. 3, 1856) ; Bd. 2, Bivalven (ibid., vol. 4, 1870).
Hooker, J. D.
1847 The Botany of the Antarctic voyage of H. M. discovery ships Erebus and Terror (Flora
Antarctica), part 2, 1847.
1853 Introductory essay to the flora of New Zealand (Reprint from vol. i of the " Flora of
New Zealand," 1853).
1859 On the flora of Australia, its origin, affinities, and distribution (Botany of the Antarctic
expedition, part 3, Flora of Tasmania, vol. i, 1859).
Button, F. W.
1873 Catalogue of the Tertiary Mollusca and Echinodermata of New Zealand, 1873.
1873 On the geographical relations of the New Zealand fauna (Transactions of the New Zea-
'74 land Institute, vol. 5, 1873, reprint in: The Annals and Magazine of Natural History,
ser. 4, vol. 13, 1874, pp. 25-39, 85-102).
1884 On the origin of the fauna and flora of New Zealand (New Zealand Journal of Science,
January, 1884, reprint in : The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ser. 5, vol. 13,
June 1884, p. 435 ff.).
i88sa Sketch of the Geology of New Zealand (The Quarterly Journal of the Geological So-
ciety of London, vol. 41, 1885, pp. 191-220).
l885b On the correlations of the " Curiosity-shop bed " in Canterbury, New Zealand (ibid.,
pp. 547-564).
1886 New species of Tertiary shells, and : The Wanganui System (Transactions and Proceed-
ings of the New Zealand Institute, vol. 18, 1886, pp. 333 ff., and 336 ff.).
Ihering, H. von.
1891 On the ancient relations between New Zealand and South America (Transactions of the
New Zealand Institute, vol. 24, 1891).
1893 Das neotropische Florengebiet und seine Geschichte (Engler's botanische Jahrbuecher,
vol. 17, Heft 5, 1893).
1894 Die Ameisen von Rio Grande do Sul (Berliner entomologische Zeitschrift, vol. 39,
Heft 3, 1894).
1896 Zur Kenntnis der suedamerikanischen Voluta und ihrer Geschichte (Nachrichtsblatt der
deutschen malakozoologischen Gesellschaft, 1896, nos. 7 and 8).
Os Molluscos dos terrenes terciarios da Patagonia (Revista do Museu Paulista.vol. 2, 1 897).
Zur Geschichte der marinen Fauna von Patagonian (Zoologischer Anzeiger, 110.548,1897).
1899 Die Conchylien der Patagonischen Formation (Neues Jahrbuch fuer Mineralogie,
Geologic und Palaeontologie. Jahrgang, 1899, Bd. 2).
Jullien, J.
1891 Bryozoaires in : Mission scientifique du Cap Horn, vol. 6, Zoologie, part 3, 1891.
Kissling, E.
1896 Die Fauna des Mittel-Oligocasns in Berner Jura (Anhandlungen der Schweizerischen
Palaeontologischen Gesellschaft, vol. 22, 1896).
ORTMANN I TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 329
Kcenen, A. von.
1867 Das marine Mittel-Oligocaen Nord-Deutschlands. I Theil (Palaeontographica, vol. 16,
'68 1867); 2 Theil (ibid., 1868).
Kuester, C. H., and Kobelt, W.
1878 In : Martini and Chemnitz, Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet, vol. 3, Abtheil. 2, 1878.
Lahille, F.
1895 Contribucion al estudio de las Volutas Argentinas (Revista del Museo de la Plata, vol.
6, 1895.
1896 Variabilite et affinites du Monophora darwini (ibid., vol. 7, 1896).
1898 Notes sur le nouveau genre Iheringia (ibid., vol. 8, 1898).
1899 Notes sur Terebratella patagonica (ibid., vol. 9, 1899).
Loriol, P. de.
1875 Description des Echinides Tertiaires de la Suisse (Abhandlungen der Schweizerischen
Palaeontologischen Gesellschaft, vol. 2, 1875).
Lydekker, R.
1896 A geographical history of Mammals. Cambridge, 1896.
Mallard and Fuchs, E.
1873 Notes sur quelques points de la Geologic du Chili (Annales des Mines, ser. 7, vol. 3,
1873).
McClelland, J.
1840 On Cyrtoma, a new genus of fossil Echinida (The Calcutta Journal of Natural History,
vol. i, 1840).
Medlicott, H. B., and Blanford, H. T.
1879 A manual of the Geology of India, part I, 1879.
Mercerat, A.
1893 Contribucion a la Geologia de la Patagonia (Anales de la Sociedad cientifica Argen-
tina, vol. 36, 1893).
1896 Essai de classification des terrains sedimentaires du versant oriental de la Patagonie
australe (Anales del Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires, ser. 2, vol. 2, 1896).
Middendorf, A. T. von.
1849 Beitraege zu einer Malacozoologia Rossica, 2 (Memoires de 1'Academie Imperiale des
Sciences de St. Petersbourg, ser. 6, vol. 6, 1849).
Milne-Edwards, A.
1860 Histoire des Crustaces Podophthalmaires fossiles (Annales des Sciences naturelles, ser.
4, vol. 14, 1860).
Mcerch, 0. A. L.
1861 Review of the Vermetidae (Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1861).
Moericke, W. (and Steinmann, G.).
1896 Die Tertiaerbildungen des ncerdlichen Chile und ihre Fauna (Neues Jahrbuch fuer
Mineralogie, Geologic und Palaeontologie, Beil. Bd., 10, 1896).
Nicholson, H. A.
1880 On the minute structure of the recent Heteropora neozelanica (The Annals and Maga-
zine of Natural History, ser. 5, vol. 6, 1880).
330 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS \ PALEONTOLOGY.
Nordenskjceld, 0.
1898 Ueber die posttertiaeren Ablagerungen der Magellanslaender, nebst einer kurzen Ueber-
sicht ihrer tertiaeren Gebilde (Svenska Expeditionen till Magellanslaenderna, vol. i,
No. 2, 1898).
Orbigny, A. d'.
1842 Voyage dans 1'Amerique meridionale, vol. 3, part 4, Paleontologie, 1842 ; vol. 5, part
'43 3. Mollusca, ,1843.
1847 Geologic. Atlas in : Voyage au Pole Sud et dans 1'Oceanie sur les corvettes 1'Astro-
labe et la Zelee, 1847 (no text has been published).
1852 Paleontologie Francaise. Terrains Cretaces, vol. 5, Bryozoaires, 1852; id., vol. 6,
'60 Echinoides irreguliers, 1 860.
Ortmann, A. E.
1897 On some of the large oysters of Patagonia (The American Journal of Science, vol. 4,
Preliminary report on some new marine horizons discovered by Mr. J. B. Hatcher near
Punto Arenas, Chili (ibid., vol. 6, 1898).
1899 The fauna of the Magellanian beds of Punta Arenas, Chili (ibid., vol. 8, 1899).
1900 Synopsis of the collections of Invertebrate fossils made by the Princeton Expedition to
southern Patagonia (ibid., vol. 10, 1900).
Osborn, H. F.
1900 The geological and faunal relations of Europe and America during the Tertiary period
and the theory of the successive invasions of an African fauna (Science, April 13, 1900).
Philippi, R. A.
1845 Abbildungen und Beschreibungen neuer oder wenig gekannter Conchylien, vol. I, 1845.
1846 Verzeichnis der in der Gegend von Magdeburg aufgefundenen Tertiaerversteinerungen
(Palaeontographica, vol. i, 1846).
1851 Abbildungen und Beschreibungen neuer odor wenig gekannter Conchylien, vol. 3, 1851.
1887 Die tertiaeren und quartaeren Versteinerungen Chiles, 1887.
Pilsbry, H. A.
'89, '91 Manual of Conchology, vol. n, 1889; vol. 13, 1891.
1897 Patagonian Tertiary fossils (Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia, 1897).
Pilsbry, H. A., and Sharp, B.
1897 Scaphopoda of the San Domingo Tertiary (ibid.).
'97, '98 Manual of Conchology, vol. 17, 1897-1898.
Pilsbry, H. A.
1900 Gastropoda in : Zittel and Eastman, Text-book of Palaeontology, vol. i, 1900.
Pritchard, G. B.
1896 A revision of the fossil fauna of the Table Cape beds, Tasmania, with descriptions of
the new species (Proceedings of the Roy. Society of Victoria, new ser., vol. 8, 1896).
Quenstedt, F. A.
1875 Petrefactenkunde Deutschlands, vol. 3; Echiniden, 1875.
Quoy and Gaimard, P.
1832 Voyage de 1'Astrolabe, Zoologie, vol. 2, 1832.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES. 331
Reeve, L. A.
1847 Conchologia Iconica, vol. 4, 1847.
1851 Conchologia Iconica, vol. 6, 1851.
1858 Conchologia Iconica, vol. 10, 1858.
1859 Conchologia Iconica, vol. u, 1859.
1873 Conchologia Iconica, vol. 18, 1873.
Rochebrune, A. T. de, and Mabille, J.
1885 Diagnoses de Mollusques nouveaux recueillis par les membres de la mission du Cap
Horn (Bulletin de la Societe Philomathique de Paris, ser. 7, vol. 9, 1885).
1889 Mollusques in : Mission scientifique du Cap Horn, vol. 6, Zoologie, 1889.
Ruetimeyer, L.
1867 Ueber der Herkunft unserer Thierwelt, Basel, 1867.
Sandberger, C. L. F.
1863 Die Conchylien des Mainzer Tertiaerbeckens, 1863.
Sowerby, G. B.
1846 Descriptions of Tertiary fossil shells from South America, in : Darwin, 1846.
Speyer, 0.
i864a Die Conchylien der Casseler Tertiaerbildungen, I, 2 (Palaeontographica, vol. 9, 1864).
i864b Die Tertiasrfauna von Soellingen bei Jerxheim im Herzogthum Braunschweig (ibid.).
1866 Die ober-oligocaenen Tertiaergebilde und deren Fauna im Fuerstenthum Lippe-Detmold
(ibid., vol. 1 6, 1866).
1867 Die Conchylien der Casseler Tertiaerbildungen 3 (ibid., vol. 16, 1867).
Steinmann, G.
1881 Zur Kenntnis der Jura und Kreideformation von Caracoles. (Neues Jahrbuch fuer
Mineralogie, Geologic und Palaeontologie, Beil. Bd. i, 1881.)
Steinmann, G. (and Deeke, W., and Moericke, W.).
1895 Das Alter und die Fauna der Quiriquina-Schichten in Chile (ibid., Beil. Bd. 10, 1895).
Stoliczka, F.
' 1864 Fossile Bryozoen aus dem tertiaeren Gruensandstein der Orakei-Bay bei Auckland
(Novara Expedition, Geologischer Teil., Bd. i, Abteil. 2, 1864).
1873 The Echinodermata in : Cretaceous fauna of southern India, vol. 4, part 3, 1873
(Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India. Palaaontologia Indica).
Suess, E.
1864 Brachiopoden in : Zittel, 1864.
Tate, R.
1880 On the Australian Tertiary Palliobranchs (Transactions and Proceedings of the Roy.
Society of South Australia, vol. 3, 1 880).
'86, '87 The Lamellibranchs of the older Tertiary of Australia, i. (Transactions of the Roy.
Society of South Australia, vol. 8, 1886); 2. (ibid., vol. 9, 1887).
1887 The Scaphopoda of the older Tertiary of Australia (ibid., vol. 9, 1887).
'88, '89 The Gastropods of the older Tertiary of Australia. I. (ibid., vol. 10, 1888); 2. (ibid.,
'90, '93 vol. 11, 1889); 3. (ibid., vol. 13, 1890); 4. (ibid., "vol. 17, 1893).
332 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
Tenison-Woods, J. E.
1878 On the Tertiary deposits of Australia (Journal and Proceedings of the Roy. Society of
N. S. Wales, vol. n, 1878).
Tryon, G. W.
1880 Manual of Conchology, vol. 2, 1880.
1 88 1 Manual of Conchology, vol. 3, 1881.
1882 Manual of Conchology, vol. 4, 1882.
1886 Manual of Conchology, vol. 8, 1886.
Wallace, A. R.
1876 The geographical distribution of animals, vol. I, 1876.
Waters, A. W.
1879 On the occurrence of recent Hetropora (Journal of the Roy. Microscopical Society,
vol. 2, 1879).
1882 On fossil Chilostomatous Bryozoa from Mount Gambier, South Australia (The Quar-
terly Journal of the Geological Society of London, vol. 38, 1882).
1884 Fossil Cyclostomatous Bryozoa from Australia (ibid., vol. 40, 1884).
Weber, M.
1897 Zur Kenntnis der Suesswasserfauna von Sued-Afrika (Zoologische Jahrbuecher, Abteil.
f. System., vol. 10, 1897).
Weltner, W.
1897 Verzeichnis der bisher beschriebenen recenten Cirripedienarten (Archiv fuer Naturge-
schichte, Jahrgang 1897, Bd. i).
Whitfield, R. P.
1885 Brachiopoda and Lamellibranchiata of the Raritan Clays and Greensand Marls of New
Jersey (Monographs of the U. S. Geological Survey, vol. 9, 1885).
1892 Gasteropoda and Cephalopoda of the Raritan Clays and Greensand Marls of New
Jersey (ibid., vol. 18, 1892).
1894 Mollusca and Crustacea of the Miocene formations of New Jersey (ibid., vol. 24, 1894).
Wood, S. F.
1848 A monograph of the Crag Mollusca of England, vol. I, Univalves, 1848; vol. 2,
'56 Bivalves, 1856 (Palaeontographical Society).
1861 A monograph of the Eocene Mollusca of England, part i, Bivalves (Palaeontographical
Society, 1861).
Woodward, S. P.
1854 A manual of the Mollusca, part 2, 1854.
Zittel, K. A.
1864 Fossile Mollusken und Echinodermen aus Neu Seeland (Novara Expedition, Geolog-
ischer Teil., Bd. i, Abtheil. 2, 1864).
'80, '85 Handbuch der Palaeontologie, vol. i, 1880; vol. 2, 1885.
PART III. MAMMALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS.
MARSUPIALIA.
BY
WILLIAM J. SINCLAIR,
PRINCETON UNIVERSITY.
INTRODUCTION.
THE first descriptions of marsupials peculiar to the Santa Cruz for-
mation of Patagonia appeared in a brief dissertation by Dr.
Florentine Ameghino, issued at Buenos Aires in 1887. It soon
became apparent from the publication of figures in later papers by the
same author (Amegh., 1889, 1894) that some of these peculiar genera
resembled closely the pouched wolf or thylacyne of Tasmania, while
others were more or less like the smaller diprotodont marsupials of Aus-
tralia, and still others appeared to be related to the opossums of North
and South America. These resemblances to existing genera, so far as
could be determined from the figures and descriptions available, were
confined mainly to the teeth and to the shape of the jaw with its strongly
iriflected angle so characteristic of, although not entirely restricted to,
marsupials.
A large amount of material illustrating this group was secured by
Messrs. Hatcher and Peterson and we are now able, for the first time, to
ascertain what these animals were like and whether or not they were
related to existing forms.
It was originally planned that Mr. Hatcher should contribute this part
to the series of volumes describing the magnificent collections which his
energy and devotion to science have brought together in the museum of
Princeton University. His untimely death necessitated a transfer of the
work which was to have been his to other hands, and, at the request of
Professor Scott, it was undertaken by the writer.
333
334 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALEONTOLOGY.
Before proceeding farther, the writer desires to express his indebted-
ness to Professor Scott for permission to study this important group and
for much helpful criticism and encouragement during the progress of the
work. A number of photographs of type specimens in the Ameghino col-
lection taken by Professor Scott have proved of great value in the study
of the diprotodont forms. Indeed, without their help, it would have been
impossible to be at all certain regarding the determination of many of the
species. The American Museum collection of Santa Cruz marsupials,
especially rich in diprotodonts, was placed at the writer's disposal by
Professor H. F. Osborn, who has also contributed much valuable informa-
tion regarding marsupial characters in general. Several important sug-
gestions by Dr. W. D. Matthew and Mr. Charles Knight have been
incorporated in the drawings of the restored skeletons of Frothy lacynus,
Borliycena and Cladosictis (PI. LXI). Dr. J. A. Allen has kindly per-
mitted the examination and illustration of a skull of Ccenolestes obscurus
in the collection of the American Museum of Natural History (PI.
LXIII, figs. 14-14^). To Dr. Oldfield Thomas, of the British Museum,
the writer is indebted for the loan of valuable osteological material illus-
trating the skeleton of Thylacynus, without which it would have been im-
possible to work out in a satisfactory manner the relationships of the
Santa Cruz carnivorous marsupials. Liberal use has been made of this
material in the figures presented in the accompanying text and plate
(PI. LXV, figs. \-\b}.
CLASSIFICATION OF THE SANTA CRUZ MARSUPIALS.
As among recent marsupials, two suborders may be recognized, agree-
ing in every respect with the Polyprotodontia and Diprotodontia. It has
seemed advisable to retain the major subdivision of the order based on
dental characters rather than to follow the recent classification proposed
by Bensley (1903) in which dental characters are subordinated to foot
structure, because practically nothing is known of the feet in the Santa
Cruz diprotodonts, and what little is known of the feet in Ccenolestes, their
nearest living ally, adds to the confusion already existing in the classifi-
cation of the Marsupials by combining a non-syndactylous foot with a
diprotodont dentition.
The Santa Cruz representatives of the Polyprotodontia are carnivorous,
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS.
335
and, with the exception of Microbiotlieriitm, a minute opossum, have been
placed by Ameghino (1894, p. 108) in a suborder termed by him the
Sparassodonta, a group which he regards as referable neither to the creo-
donts, the placental carnivores, nor the carnivorous marsupials. A com-
parison of the so-called Sparassodonta with existing carnivorous marsu-
pials shows that they possess in common a large number of characters,
either confined entirely to marsupials, or peculiar to but few additional
orders. An examination of the following list will, it is believed, convince
the reader that the Sparassodonta are true carnivorous marsupials and
not worthy of subordinal rank.
MARSUPIAL CHARACTERS OF THE SO-CALLED SPARASSODONTA.
i. A typical marsupial dental for-
mula ±2 i
IHUld, 3 » x»
l *
3» 4-
2. The number of successional
teeth is reduced below that char-
acteristic of the placentals.
3. The nasals are broad posteriorly,
excluding from contact the fron-
tals and maxillae.
1. The presence of three incisors
above and below is exceptional
among marsupials. A fourth
molar occurs in Otocyon and
Centetes among placentals.
2. According to Ameghino, the
number of teeth having decidu-
ous predecessors is greater in
the Santa Cruz forms than
among existing marsupials but
less than in the placental Carni-
vora.
3. A posterior broadening of the
nasals is characteristic of most
existing marsupials. The con-
tact between the maxillary and
frontal is more or less extensive
but may be reduced to zero as
in some specimens of TricJio-
sunts vulpecula. Certain of
the Creodonta (Harpagolestes,
Dromocyon, Mesonyx] also show
the posterior expansion of the
nasals.
336
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS '. PALAEONTOLOGY.
4. Lachrymal spreading out on the
face. Lachrymal duct within
the orbital rim.
5. Antero-posterior shortening of
basis cranii.
6. The mandibular angle is strong-
ly inflected.
7. An alisphenoid bulla present in
some genera, absent in others.
Tympanic annular and unfused
with the adjacent elements in
genera with bulla, unknown in
those without alisphenoid bulla.
8. Basisphenoid perforated by in-
ternal carotid artery.
9. Posterior extension of the malar
bar to form the preglenoid
process.
4. In most marsupials the perfor-
ation for the lachrymal duct is
either on or external to the or-
bital rim. In Tliylctcynus and
in some specimens of Borhycena
there are perforations both with-
in and without the orbit. The
facial expansion of the lachry-
mal is common to marsupials
and also to a number of the
Creodonta and Insectivora.
5. Characteristic of carnivorous
marsupials.
6. Mandibular angle more or less
strongly inflected in all marsu-
pials except Tarsipes. This
character is also developed in
some of the Insectivora and in
Creodonts of the Mesonychid
phylum.
7. The alisphenoid bulla is a mar-
supial-insectivore character.
8. Characteristic of the Marsupialia
and Monotremata. Acrobates
Pygmceus is exceptional in lack-
ing this perforation, the internal
carotid entering the skull through
a foramen between the petrosal
and the basisphenoid (Weber,
Die Saugetiere, p. 46).
9. A marsupial character.
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS.
337
10. Optic foramen confluent with
sphenoidal fissure.
11. Basisphenoid and alisphenoid
ridged as in existing marsupial
carnivores and unlike the struc-
ture of this region in the pla-
centals.
1 2. Posterior border of palate thick-
ened.
10. Not exclusively marsupial, al-
though characteristic of that
order.
11. "In the marsupial Carnivora
the basisphenoid is relatively
longer than in the placental
Carnwora, and, at its posterior
part, it sends a ridge down-
ward from that part of each
lateral margin which is not
overlapped or covered by the
base of the alisphenoid, the
suture of which long continues
distinct. These ridges, with
the alisphenoid, render the
whole under surface of the
basisphenoid canaliculate, or
concave transversely ; the basi-
sphenoid is flat beneath in the
placental Carnivore*, and that
part of the base of the skull is
made canaliculate by the de-
velopment of the ectopterygoid
plate from the alisphenoid ;
these plates exist likewise in
the marsupials, but, as they
extend backwards to join the
alisphenoid bullse, they diverge
from the basisphenoid ridges
and are external to them."
(Owen, Phil. Trans. Royal
Soc. London, Vol. 149, p. 315,
1860.)
1 2. Characteristic of the majority oi
existing marsupials. Present
also in some of the Creodonta
(Mesonychidae).
338
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
1 3. Posterior border of palate perfor-
ated by a large foramen on either
side of the posterior nares.
14. Premaxillae excavated for re-
ception of the tip of the lower
canine.
15. Palatal vacuities absent.
1 6. Presence of a vascular foramen
(the post-zygomatic of Cope)
perforating anteriorly the baseof
the zygoma below or within the
lip of the post-glenoid foramen.
17. Presence of a large vascular
foramen (the sub-squamosal of
Cope) perforating the squa-
mosal on or above the crest
which connects the base of the
zygoma with the inion.
1 8. Epipubic ossifications absent.
19. Sutures of the skull and epi-
physial elements of the skele-
ton distinct in fully adult indi-
viduals.
20. Transverse process of seventh
cervical perforated by arterial
canal.
13, A marsupial character.
14. The same structure occurs in
Dasyurus, Tkylacynus and Di-
delphys, but is not present in
Perameles and Sarcophilus.
15. Present in the majority of liv-
ing marsupials. Absent in
some species of Macropiis and
Petaurus. Usually thought of
as primitive, but more probably
to be regarded as a secondary
character. Found also among
the Insectivora.
1 6. Confined to the Marsupialia
and Monotremata. (Cope,
Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., Vol. 18,
p. 453, 1880.)
17. Characteristic of the Marsu-
pialia, but not confined to that
order. Absent in placental
carnivores.
1 8. Cartilaginous and vestigial in
Thylacynus.
19. Not strictly a marsupial char-
acter, but indicative of marsu-
pial affinities, when considered
in connection with the other
characters presented.
20. Imperforate in nearly all pla-
cental carnivores and also in
Sarcophilus. Perforate in
most marsupials.
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 339
Two families are represented among the Santa Cruz marsupial carni-
vores. The smaller forms, comprising the genus Microbiotlicrititn, arc
opossums comparable in size and, to a certain extent, in dental structure
to existing South American representatives of the Didelphyidae, to which,
however, they are not ancestral. They have been grouped by Ameghino
in a separate family, the Microbiotheridae, but this is hardly warranted in
view of their very apparent didelphid affinities, a discussion of which will
be found on a later page.
The larger forms have long been known to resemble in dental struct-
ure the Tasmanian genus Thylctcymts, and various hypotheses have been
formulated to account for the observed similarity. A comparison of the
dentition, skull and skeleton of Tliylacynus and the Santa Cruz genera
shows a much closer relationship between the Tasmanian and South
American forms than has previously been supposed to exist, so much so
that the propriety of referring them to the same family seems beyond
question.
A number of families for the reception of these South American genera
have been proposed, among which may be mentioned the Borhya?nidae,
Acyonidae, Amphiproviverridas, Hathlyacynidae, Prothylacynidae and Spar-
assodontidse. In the present paper the existing Tasmanian and extinct
Santa Cruz forms are referred to the family Thylacynidae (Bonaparte,
1838). The following is a tabulation of the characters on which this
classification is based :
Family:^ THYLACYNIM:. Incisor formula A~l ; protocone of upper molars variable, external
styloid cusps vestigial ; premolar dentition unreduced, posterior premolar well developed ;
metaconid absent ; hallux opposable (arboreal adaptation), reduced or absent (cursorial
modifications) ; non-syndactylous.
A. Skull dolichocephalic.
(a) Alisphenoid bulla present.
1. Dental formula £, \, f, |. Protocone well developed on all the upper molars.
M± with small but distinct metacone. Posterior premolar exceeding in size the
anterior and median premolars in both series. Talonid of Mf supporting a
single blunt cuspule. Palate perforate. Mandibular symphysis ligamentous.
Hallux absent. Terminal phalanges blunt with slight clefts'. Thylacynus.
(Recent T. cynocephalus, Tasmania. Pleistocene, T. spelceus, Queensland, New
South Wales.)
2. Dental formula \, -\, f , \. Protocone well developed on Ml"-*. M± with small,
conical protocone, large paracone and antero-external style ; metacone reduced
to the merest vestige, or absent. Premolars increasing regularly in size poste-
340 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALEONTOLOGY.
riorly in both upper and lower series. Talonid of M? inclosing a small basin-
shaped area with a single high point on its posterior rim. Palate imperforate.
Mandibular symphysis ligamentous. Hallux reduced. Terminal phalanges
uncleft, laterally compressed and pointed. Cladosictis.
(Miocene, Santa Cruz formation, Patagonia, C. lustratus, C. petersoni.)
3. Dental formula $, \, |, |. Protocone well developed on all the upper molars.
MA with protocone inclosing a basin-shaped area, paracone and antero-external
style large, metacone vestigial or absent. Upper premolars increasing regularly
in size posteriorly ; median and posterior lower premolars subequal. Talonid
of Mj large and strongly bicuspidate. Palate imperforate. Mandibular sym-
physis ligamentous. Hallux large and opposable. Terminal phalanges later-
ally compressed and pointed, without clefts. Ampliiproviverra.
(Miocene, Santa Cruz formation, Patagonia, A. niazaniana, A. minuta.)
(b) Alisphenoid bulla absent.
I. Dental formula A?, \, %, A. Protocone well developed on Ml, and M^, absent on
Mi. MA with vestigial protocone and metacone. Posterior premolar not greatly
enlarged, in the inferior series not exceeding the median premolar in size.
Talonid of MT small and basin-shaped, with a single high cusp on its posterior
rim. Palate imperforate. Mandibular symphysis fused. Hallux reduced, not
supporting phalanges. Terminal phalanges laterally compressed, sharply
pointed, and slightly cleft at tips. Prothylacynus.
(Miocene, Santa Cruz formation, Patagonia, P. patagonicus.')
B. Skull brachycephalic.
(a) Alisphenoid not dilated to form a bulla.
I. Dental formula f , \, |, A. Protocone on upper molars reduced. MA bicuspidate
with paracone and antero-external style. Posterior premolars greatly enlarged.
Talonid of Mj with single conical cusp. Palate imperforate. Mandibular sym-
physis fused. Hallux unknown. Terminal phalanges round, blunt, and broadly
fissured at the tips. Borhyeena.
(Miocene, Santa Cruz formation, Patagonia, B. tuber ata, B. excavata.)
The determination of the marsupial affinities of the Santa Cruz dipro-
todonts rests almost entirely on their close resemblance to Ccenolestes.
The discussion of the classification adopted is more conveniently post-
poned to a later chapter, but it may be remarked in passing that all are
referred to one family, the Caenolestidae, so named from its best known
and only surviving representative, Ccenolestes.
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS.
POLYPROTODONTIA.
THYLACYNID&.
The Santa Cruz thylacynes are short-legged animals, with large heads,
long necks and heavy tails. These characters are well shown in the
accompanying restorations of Prothylacynus patagonicus and Cladosictis
lustratus (PI. LXI, figs, i, 2). In order to show clearly the points 01
FIG. i.
>. .• • •:
\
a b c d *
Thylacynus cynocephalus. a, right humerus, front view ; b, right radius and ulna from the
outer side ; c, right femur, front view ; d, right tibia, front view ; c , right fibula from the inner
side. All figures x £.
agreement between the various Patagonian genera and Tkylacynus, and
the respects in which they differ, the following summary has been intro-
duced :
i. In all, the facial region of the skull is short in proportion to the
342 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
length of the cranium. The brain case is small in the Santa Cruz genera
and greatly constricted postorbitally, and the orbits are placed much
farther forward than in the Dasyuridce, opossums, or Thylacynus. In the
latter genus (PI. LXV, fig. i), the capacity of the brain case has increased
considerably, with a corresponding expansion of the postorbital region,
both of which, together with the posterior shifting of the orbit, may be
regarded as progressive characters. In the extinct members of the family
the palate lacks the vacuities present in all existing carnivorous marsupials,
but is perforated by a number of accessory palatine foramina. Between
the molars, the margin of the palate is depressed into deep hemispherical
fossae for reception of the tips of the lower teeth when the mouth is
closed. The jugal arches are robust and rather broadly expanded, and
the sagittal and lambdoidal crests well marked, but not very high. In the
Santa Cruz forms, the occiput is semicircular in outline, in contrast with
its triangular shape in the dasyures, SarcopJiilus and Thylacynus. The
lachrymal canal opens well within the orbital rim. In the majority of
living marsupials, the opening of the lachrymal duct is placed either on
or external to the orbital rim. Thylacynus is transitional between these
two types of structure in that it possesses a double lachrymal perforation,
one branch of the canal opening without and the other within the orbit.
The number and position of the cranial foramina in the existing and
extinct members of the family are practically the same with one important
exception, namely, that in Thylacynus the basisphenoid is perforated by
two large foramina, as in DidelpJiys (cf. PI. LXV, fig. \d] whereas in the
Patagonian forms there is but is but a single perforation.
Borhycena and Prothylacynus resemble SarcopJiilus in the fusion of the
mandibular symphysis. In the remaining genera the symphysial union
is ligamentous.
2. The molars of the Santa Cruz genera are of the same type as in
Thylacynus, differing principally in the greater reduction of MA, the loss
of all the styloid cusps, except the antero-external, and the character of
the heel of the last lower molar, which may be either small and conical,
basin-shaped, or bicuspidate. The premolars are unreduced in number
and usually increase in size posteriorly in both series. The canines are
long, sharply pointed and slightly curved in the smaller genera. In Bor-
hyczna the fang is swollen and the point short and blunt. The incisors
in Borhyczna are reduced to §, an exceptional formula among marsupials
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS.
343
FIG. 2.
in that the number above and below is the same. In Amphiprwiverra
the median pair are conical and approximated at the tips, as in Dasynms
and Didelphys. According to Ameghino, the number of teeth having
deciduous predecessors is greater in the Santa Cruz forms than among
existing marsupials (see pp. 348, 378). Unfortu-
nately it has not been possible to check this impor-
tant observation by the material in the Princeton
collection. It would not be surprising if Mio-
cene marsupials retained some trace of the fuller
dental replacement characteristic of the placentals.
An extreme is reached in Thylacynus, where the
deciduous predecessors of the posterior premol-
ars are minute triangular plates displaced before
birth. In the Santa Cruz forms (cf. Cladosictis,
PI. LIX, fig. 6) replacement does not occur until
the animal is fairly mature.
3. The atlanteal intercentrum is unfused with
the base of the neural arch in Borhycena and
Amphiprovi'verra, as it is also in Thylacynus
(text fig. 5, c\. In Frothy lacynus and Cladosictis
1 . fnylacynus cynocephalus,
complete fusion has taken place, with oblitera- right scapula, x }.
tion of the sutures. An atlanteal foramen for the
transmission of the spinal nerve and vertebral artery is present in all the
Santa Cruz genera, except Borhycena, which resembles Phascolomys in
transmitting the nerve and artery through a groove in the anterior margin
of the neural arch. The axis carries a large hatchet-shaped neural spine.
The bases of the transverse processes of the second to the seventh cer-
vicals are perforated for the transmission of the vertebral artery. The
dorso-lumbar vertebral formula was probably the same as in Thylacynus :
thirteen dorsals and six lumbars. As in that genus, the anticlinal verte-
bra is the tenth dorsal. Two vertebrae are coossified in the sacrum. The
tail was undoubtedly long, very heavy, and greatly thickened at the base.
4. The limbs are short in proportion to the length of the body. The
shortening is especially noticeable in the bones of the fore arm and fore
leg, which are elongated in Thylacynus (text fig. I, b, of, e), an adaptation
to cursorial habits. In all, the radius and ulna are capable of some de-
gree of pronation and supination. The tibia and fibula are unfused. The
344
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PAL/EONTOLOGY.
inner humeral epicondyle is perforated by a large foramen in Thylacymts,
Prothylacynus and Cladosictis; imperforate in AnipJiiproviverm. In Pro-
thylacynus, the supinator ridge terminates in a hook-shaped extremity,
which is wanting in Amphipro'viverra, Cladosictis and Thylacynus. In
FIG. 3.
Thylacynus cynocephalus, pelvis and sacrum, x \. a, from the left side ; b, from above ; c,
from below. The epipubic cartilages are represented by the dotted outline.
the latter genus the distal end of the humerus is much narrower trans-
versely than in either Prothylacynus or Cladosictis, and both supinator
ridge and inner epicondyle are smaller (cf. text fig. i, a and Pis. XLIX,
figs, i, ia, \b ; LV, figs. 2, 20).
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS.
345
5. The patella is ossified in Amphiprovwerra and Protliylacynus.
Among living marsupials the patella is ossified only in the Peramelidae.
6. The feet are small, with spreading toes. The degree of reduction of
the hallux is variable. In the recent genus it has been entirely obliterated
(text fig. 4, b]. In Prothylacynus a rudimentary metatarsal remains, while
in Amphipro'viverra the hallux is large and opposable. The loss of the
hallux is a cursorial adaptation, various stages in the perfection of which
are illustrated by the forms just mentioned. These genera, however,
have diverged in cranial and dental development and are not a true
phyletic series. A still more peculiar cursorial modification of the pes in
Thylacynus appears in the shifting of the ectocuneiform toward the outer
side of the foot until it is supported almost entirely by the cuboid (text
fig. 4, b]. In the Santa Cruz forms the shifting has progressed to about
the same extent as in Sarcophilus. The pollex is known in Amphi-
promverra and Cladosictis. In these genera, the phalanges of the pollex
FIG. 4.
Thylacynus cynoccphalus.
Xf
a, right fore foot, dorsum. b, right hind foot, dorsum. Both figures
are deflected toward the inner side of the foot as a result of the enlarge-
ment of the outer condyle of the metacarpal of the thumb. Indications of
the same structure may be observed in Thylacynus. The manus ispenta-
dactyl in Borhyana and Thylacynus, and probably also in Prothylacynus,
346
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
and both manus and pes are pentadactyl in Amphiprovi'verra and Clado-
sictis.
7. The trochlear surface of the astragalus in the Santa Cruz forms is
short and flat with feebly differentiated facets for the tibia and fibula.
This has been interpreted as indicating a plantigrade gait. In the digiti-
grade Thylacynus the astragalar trochlea is both longer antero-posteriorly
and more deeply grooved.
8. There is no trace of syndactyly in either the living Tasmanian or
extinct Patagonian thylacynes.
9. The pubes do not appear to have supported epipubic ossifications in
Cladosictis. In the only specimen of Prothylacynus in the Princeton col-
FIG. 5.
Thylacynus cynocephalus. a, fifth and sixth lumbar vertebrae from the right side ; b, atlas from
above ; c, atlas from below ; d, cervical series from the left side. All figures x \.
lection the pubes are not preserved and the entire pelvis of Borhycena
and Amphiproviverra is unknown. In Thylacymis the epipubic elements
are mere vestigial cartilages (text fig. 3).
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 347
BORHY^ENA Ameghino.
(Plates XL-XLVI ; LIT, Figs. 1,2,6; LIU, Figs. 2, 2«, 4-46, g,ga;
LIV, Figs. 7, 13; LXI.Fig. 3.)
Borhycena Amegh.; Enum. Sist. Especies Mamif. F6s. Patagonia Austral,
p. 8, Dec., 1887.
Dynamictis Amegh.; Revista Argentina Hist. Nat. I, entr. 3^, pp. 148-
149, June, 1891.
A genus of large marsupial carnivores containing the most powerful
predatory mammals in the Santa Cruz fauna. In the Princeton collection
two species are represented by good skulls, with one of which a consid-
erable portion of the skeleton is associated.
Dentition (Pis. XL; XLII ; XLIV; XLV, figs, i, 3). — In both spe-
cies (B. tuberata, B. excavatd], the incisors are reduced to 3, a formula
unknown among existing marsupials, with the exception of Notoryctes.
The upper incisors here have been worn to such an extent that the pattern
of the crown is entirely obliterated. The median pair are laterally com-
pressed and show no tendency to assume a procumbent position or to be-
come approximated at the tips, suggesting that in Borhycena the reduction
of the superior incisor formula has been accomplished by the suppression
of the teeth homologous with the conical, procumbent, median incisors of
Didelphys and Dasynrus. The upper canine is large, with swollen root
and thick blunt crown. The premolars are closely crowded and increase
rapidly in size posteriorly. All are double-rooted. The anterior pre-
molar is in contact with the canine, and is placed transversely to the tooth
row. The crown is slightly compressed laterally, and the heel rounded,
without heel cusp. The median premolar is similar to the preceding
tooth, but carries a larger heel. The posterior premolar is greatly
enlarged and the heel broad, extending around the inner side of the
crown. The anterior margin of the tooth is more or less abraded by con-
tact with the similarly enlarged lower posterior premolar. The worn
molars bear a superficial resemblance to the teeth of Sarcopliilits, but
their thylacyne structure is fully apparent, when it is remembered that in
Sarcophilus the broadening of the upper molar cusps is produced by basal
fusion with the outer row of styles, of which the antero-external alone is
present in Boryhcena. The first, second and third molars increase regu-
larly in size posteriorly. The protocone is small and ledge-like; disap-
348 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PAL/EONTOLOGY.
pearing entirely or almost entirely on worn teeth, although the inner root
is still proportionately as robust as in Thylacynus, where the protocone is
unreduced. The metacone spur is much less rotated outwardly than in
the latter genus. The last molar shows greater reduction than in any
other of the Santa Cruz genera. Its crown is composed of two cusps, the
paracone and antero-external style, separated from each other by a sharp
notch, forming a transversely placed shear. The anterior surface is
greatly abraded by cutting against the postero-external margin of the pro-
toconid of the last lower molar. M- is frequently single-rooted.
In the inferior dentition (Pis. XL ; XLV, fig. 3), the incisors are closely
crowded and the root of the second is displaced posteriorly with reference
to the median and lateral teeth, as in Thylacynus and the Santa Cruz
genera in general. The canine is large, with swollen root and slightly re-
curved blunt crown, bearing a broad groove on its inner side. As in the
superior series, the premolars are closely crowded and the anterior tooth,
situated in contact with the canine, is placed obliquely to the long axis of
the tooth row. The anterior and median premolars are like those of the
superior series. The posterior premolar is similarly enlarged, but has a
much smaller heel. The lower molars are double-rooted and increase in
size posteriorly. In the heels of the first, second and third molars the
hypoconid is reduced, while the hypoconulid and entoconid are represented
by a single cusp. The heel of the last molar carries a single conical cusp.
The cusps of the trigonid are high and sharply separated by deep notches.
Milk Dentition. — Ameghino (1894, p. 109) states that in Borhycena
" the milk dentition consists of a canine and a molar ; the latter has the
form of a true molar and is replaced by the third tooth of the permanent
dentition which follows behind the canine." The individuals in the Prince-
ton collection are not sufficiently immature to permit of the confirmation
of these important details.
Skull (Pis. XL-XLIV; XLV, fig. i; XLVI, fig. 4).- -The skull is
broad and depressed, with powerful, widely expanded arches and mode-
rately elevated sagittal and lambdoidal crests. The upper border of the
facial profile has but slight inclination fonvard. The cranium is depressed
in the parietal region and is proportionately less constricted postorbitally
than in the other Santa Cruz marsupial carnivores. The brain cavity is
smaller than in Thylacynus and the cerebral hemispheres less convoluted,
judging from their impression on the cranial walls (PI. XLII). The fossae
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 349
for lodgement of the vermis and lateral hemispheres of the cerebellum are
proportionately as large as in Thylacynus. The olfactory sinuses are
enormously developed, indicating the possession of keen powers of scent.
The ascending processes of the premaxillae are shorter than in the other
Santa Cruz genera. The nasals are greatly expanded posteriorly, occu-
pying almost the entire width of the interorbital tract and excluding from
contact the frontals and maxillae. The frontals between the orbits are
plane in B. tuberata, slightly convex in B. excavata. Postorbital frontal
processes are entirely wanting and the temporal ridges poorly defined.
The sagittal crest is lower than in Thylacynus ; its free border is concave
in profile. The supraoccipital is not exposed on the upper .surface of the
skull, the parietal extending to the margin of the lambdoidal crest as in
Prothylacynus. The orbits are smaller than in Thylacymis and are placed
farther forward. A large lachrymal tubercle is present on the orbital rim.
The lachrymal duct opens well within the orbit. A small foramen pierc-
ing the facial expanse of the lachrymal in B. excavata (PI. XLV, fig. i)
may possibly be homologous with the external opening of the lachrymal
duct in Thylacynus. The zygomatic arches are heavier and more widely
expanded than in Thylacymis. The postorbital jugal processes are smaller
and the preglenoid processes larger than in the latter genus.
The occiput (PI. XLVI, fig. 4) is semicircular in outline and in B.
excavata does not project posteriorly beyond the condyles, which differ
from Thylacynus in being wider superiorly and more obliquely placed.
The areal extent of the mastoid on the lateral border of the occiput is
proportionately less than in the recent genus.
' The base of the skull is fairly well preserved in the specimen of B.
excavata (No. 15, 120, PI. XLIV). .The basioccipital and basisphenoid are
almost flat. The paroccipital processes are short, resembling Prothyla-
cynus rather than Thylacynus. The large condyloid foramen is preceded
by an accessory foramen of approximately the same size. The auditory
region resembles Prothylacynus in the absence of alisphenoid dilatation,
but the foramen ovale does not pierce the alisphenoid opposite the glenoid
cavity, as in the latter genus, the posterior branches of the fifth and
seventh nerves probably emerging between the alisphenoid and the tym-
panic. The latter element has been shed, exposing the petrous, which is
smaller than in Pyothylacynus. The palate is without vacuities, but is
pierced by a number of accessory palatal foramina. The anterior palatine
350 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
foramina are bisected, as in Thy lacy mis, by the premaxillo-maxillary
suture. A pair of large foramina pierce the palate opposite the posterior
margins of the canines. The neuro-vascular foramina at the posterior
palatal border are enclosed by robust bars of bone, which are much more
attenuated and often incomplete in Thylacymis (cf. PI. LXV, fig. ia).
The narial border is thickened, much as in the creodont Mesonyx.
The mandible (Pis. XL; XLV, fig. 3) is very heavy in proportion to
its length. The rami are firmly coossified at the symphysis, but traces of
the suture remain. The backward inclination of the coronoid process is
about the same as in Prothylacynus, but the width is relatively less. The
masseteric fossa is broader than in Thylacynus and the heavy flange
bordering it inferiorly is produced to the outer extremity of the condyle,
while in the latter genus this structure narrows abruptly just anterior to
the condyle. The condyles are very wide transversely, decreasing in
width toward their outer ends, while the reverse is true in Thylacynus.
The angle is broad and less deeply notched posteriorly than in the latter.
Six mental foramina are present in B. tuberata, varying in position on
opposite halves of the same mandible. The largest of these is situated
beneath the anterior premolar.
Vertebral Column ; Ribs and Sternum. — The atlas (PI. LIII, figs. 2, 2*7,
4-46) is peculiar in lacking a foramen for the vertebral artery and first
pair of spinal nerves, resembling in this respect Phascolomys. The nerve
and artery are transmitted through a pair of deep notches in the anterior
margin of the neural arch. The canal for the vertebral artery is small,
entering the neural arch just above the condyles and emerging on the
lower surface of the transverse process. A small foramen, possibly for a
recurrent branch of the same artery, perforates the upper surface of the
transverse process near its posterior border. The intercentrum (PI. LIII,
fig. 4^) is separately ossified and unfused with the base of the arch. Its
posterior border supports a small median styloid process. The transverse
processes are semicircular in outline with thickened edges.
The axis (PI. LII, figs, i, 2, 6) carries a large hatchet-shaped neural
spine which overhangs the odontoid anteriorly. Posteriorly, the spine is
extended to about the same degree as in TJiylacymis. The odontoid
tapers less than in that genus, retaining about the same width through-
out. Anteriorly, it is obliquely truncated. The transverse processes are
perforated by the vertebral artery. Their extremities are broken off in both
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 351
specimens, but they were probably as long proportionately as in Thyla-
cynns. The ventral surface of the centrum (PI. LII, fig. 6) has a strong
median keel which increases in depth posteriorly. The concavities on
either side are bounded externally by the inferior edges of the transverse
processes. Traces of the suture uniting the axial centrum with the
anterior cotyles and odontoid are visible in both species.
The neural spine of the third cervical is proportionately larger and the
median keel of the centrum stronger than in Thylacynus. In the fourth
and fifth cervicals the diapophyses are well differentiated from the inferior
lamella, unlike Thylacynus. The inferior lamella of the sixth cervical is
less elongated antero-posteriorly than in the recent genus, but is much
deeper. The transverse process of the seventh cervical is perforated by
the vertebral artery. The neural spines of the cervicals increase in size
and probably also in height posteriorly. The inferior keels on the centra
decrease in depth on the fifth, sixth and seventh cervicals. The lateral
surface of the neural arch above the canal for the vertebral artery is per-
forated by a small foramen in the second to the seventh cervicals.
The dorsal vertebrae associated with the skeleton of B. tuberata are
larger than in Thylacynus, with heavier neural spines. The centrum of
the first is keeled inferiorly, but keels are absent in the vertebrae inter-
preted as the seventh (PI. XLV, fig. 6) and eighth dorsals. The dorso-
lumbar vertebral formula was probably the same as in Thylacynus and
has been so represented in the restoration (PI. LXI, fig. 3).
Three caudals are preserved with the skeleton of B. tiiberata, which are
interpreted as the third, fourth and fifth. The fourth caudal (PI. LI 1 1,
figs. 9, 9«) has been selected for illustration owing to its better state of
preservation. It is considerably larger than the corresponding vertebra
in Thylacynus, but much smaller than the fourth caudal in Prothylacynus.
The transverse processes are broadly expanded, but are rounded at the
tips, in contrast with the antero-posterior extension of the tips of the trans-
verse processes of the proximal caudals in TJiylacynus. The presence of
chevrons on the fourth and fifth caudals is indicated by facets.
The floor of the neural canal in all the cervicals, except the atlas, and
in the dorsal and anterior caudal vertebrae is subdivided by a median
ridge, on either side of which a foramen pierces the centrum. A similar
structure is observable in Thylacynus and also in various placental carni-
vores.
352 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PAL/EONTOLOGY.
A peculiar feature noted by Ameghino (1894, pp. 112, 113) is the
annular character of the vertebral epiphyses. A low round prominence
from the centrum projects through the central perforation of the epiphysial
ring. This structure is most typically developed in Borhycena, occurring
less regularly in Frothy lacynus.
Parts of several ribs are preserved with No. 15,701, of which the two
most complete specimens are figured (Pis. XLV, fig. 4; XLVI, fig. i).
The smaller of these, the second rib of the left side, is shorter than in
Thylacynus, but slightly more robust and with thicker distal end. The
larger rib (PI. XLV, fig. 4), from the cylindrical character of its shaft,
evidently belongs near the middle of the thorax. The proximal end is
more robust than any of the ribs in this region in Thylacynus. The shaft
also is more cylindrical.
Part of the sternum is preserved with the remains of both species of
Borhycena in the collection. The presternal segment (PI. XLV, fig. 5)
differs from the corresponding element in Thylacynus in having the dis-
tal portion of the posterior bar narrower and deeper. The mesosternal
segments are shorter and proportionately narrower than in the recent
genus.
Appendictdar Skeleton. The scapula (PI. XLVI, fig. 2), although
smaller than in Thylacynus, has the neck of about the same length. The
glenoid cavity is circular in outline and the coracoid process large, with
the tip directed inwardly to about the same extent as in the Tasmanian
genus. The high scapular spine divides the external surface into two
unequal fossae, of which the anterior is the larger. Its surface is almost
flat. The infraspinous fossa is deeply concave with elevated axillary
border. The inferior angle is more acute than in Thylacynus. The
scapular spine terminates in a long narrow acromion, the tip of which is
missing. The supraspinous fossa is perforated by a large foramen. In
Thylacynus several foramina pierce the base of the scapular spine, open-
ing into the infraspinous fossa. These are represented by a single large
foramen in Borhycena. In both genera a small foramen pierces the
anterior margin of the neck near the middle of the suprascapular notch.
The radius (PI. XLV, figs. 2, 2a) is of the same length as in Prothyla-
cynus, but differs considerably in shape and is much less robust. The
head is transversely flattened and elliptical in outline. The articular sur-
face for the ulna is deeper than in Thylacymis and less confined to the
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 353
posterior side, indicating somewhat greater power of pronation and supi-
nation. The bicipital tubercle is placed farther toward the outer side of
the bone than in Thylacynus, corresponding rather with its position in
Sarcophilus, and is much larger than in the former genus, although con-
siderably smaller than in Frothy lacynus. The radial shaft is slightly
curved and approximately circular in median transverse section, becoming
oval in cross section toward the distal end, in striking contrast with the
sharply triangular section of this portion of the bone in Frothy lacynus.
The distal end is much deeper than in the latter genus, with the articular
surface convex antero-posteriorly, as in Thylacynus, while in Frothylacynus
it is concave. The styloid process is longer and heavier than in the last-
named genus.
The ulna (PI. XLV, figs. 2, 2.0} is much shorter and heavier than in
Thylacynus. The posterior border is broadly concave. In this respect
Borhycena differs from the other Santa Cruz thylacynes and resembles the
existing genus. The olecranon is broad and heavy, comprising about
one fifth the total length of the shaft. Its proximal end is greatly thick-
ened and rugose. The greater sigmoid cavity is wider and deeper than
in the recent genus and the coronoid process projects farther forward. In
the lesser sigmoid cavity, the radial articular surfaces are more broadly
connected proximally than in either Thylacynus or Frothy lacynus. The
shaft is considerably flattened and broadly grooved on the outer side.
The distal end is much heavier than in Thylacynus, with large hemi-
spherical styloid process and broad radial tubercle.
With the exception of the trapezoid and cuneiform, all the elements of
the carpus (PI. LIV, fig. 7) are known. The radial surface of the sca-
phoid is convex transversely and slightly concave in dorso-palmar section.
Owing to the weathering of its palmar margin, the exact shape of the
proximal articular surface cannot be determined. Distally, there is a
broad contact with the magnum, sharply separated from the lunar facet.
The trapezoidal facet is triangular in outline, deeply concave transversely
and convex in dorso-palmar section. The facet for the trapezium is
shaped like a capital B, with the invagination directed toward the inner
side of the foot. It is almost plane in the dorso-palmar direction. In
transverse section, the dorsal half of the facet is slightly convex and the
palmar half concave. The inner posterior angle of the scaphoid supports
a large hemispherical process, which is wanting in Thylacynus, but present
354 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PAL/EONTOLOGY.
in Sarcophilus and Prottyilacynns. In shape, the scaphoid resembles
more closely that of Sarcophilus than the corresponding element in
Thylacymts.
The lunar is a wedge-shaped bone, the proximal end of which is occu-
pied by a broad, convex facet for the radius. Distally, the lunar articulates
by a concave, oval facet with the magnum, unlike Thylacymts (cf. text
fig. 4, a). The scaphoidal facet is semilunar in outline, almost plane in
dorso-palmar section and plane or slightly convex at right angles to the
former diameter. The facet for the cuneiform is triangular in outline and
slightly convex in all diameters. It, is feebly differentiated from the semi-
lunar facet for the unciform.
The pisiform has a concave, elliptical facet for articulation with the cunei-
form and a semilunar, dorso-palmarly convex facet for contact with the
styloid process of the ulna. It is slightly more robust than in Thylacynus,
terminating distally in a large hemispherical tubercle.
The trapezium is much larger than in Thylacyrms. It is irregularly
oblong in form, with a B-shaped facet for the scaphoid, a semilunar facet
for the trapezoid, convex dorsally and slightly concave toward the palmar
margin, and a large, concave, oval facet for the metacarpal of the pollex.
The magnum resembles that of SarcopJiilus rather than the correspond-
ing element in Thylacymts. Proximally, it supports a heavy crest with two
facets for the scaphoid and lunar respectively. The former facet is irregularly
oblong with a sigmoid curvature in dorso-palmar section. Transversely,
it is concave dorsally and plane or slightly convex toward the palmar
margin. The lunar facet is convex, becoming slightly concave dorsally.
On the median side there is an irregularly quadrilateral, almost plane facet
for the trapezoid. The facet for the unciform is confined to the dorsal
margin of the magnum, unlike its position in Thylacymis. It is quite
irregular in shape, with an uneven undulating surface. Distally, there is
a broad triangular, concave facet for the third metacarpal.
The unciform is partially broken and the facets for the magnum and
cuneiform are incomplete. In shape it seems to have been irregularly
tetrahedral. Distally this element bears a broad triangular facet for the
fourth and fifth metacarpals. The surface for the fourth metacarpal is con-
cave dorso-palmarly and plane transversely. That for the fifth metacarpal
is also concave dorso-palmarly, but is convex transversely.
The metacarpal of the pollex is missing, but, judging from the size of
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 355
its articular surface on the trapezium, it was larger than in Thylacynus.
The second metacarpal overlaps proximally the third, and the fourth
on the fifth. The proximal end of the third has not been preserved. The
fourth is the longest element in the metacarpal series. Its proximal end
is irregularly quadrangular in outline, wider dorsally than at the palmar
margin. The head of metacarpal V is separated by a sharp keel into two
convex facets for the overlapping metacarpal IV and the unciform respec-
tively. Distally, the metacarpals are flattened, with well-developed keels
confined to the palmar surfaces. The arrangement of the phalanges
shown in the figure is arbitrary, as there was no possible way to determine
the original association of these elements in the matrix. The phalanges
of the proximal row are much shorter and heavier than in Thylacynus,
with straighter shafts. Those of the second row are less flattened than in
the recent genus. The distal trochleae of the phalanges of the first and
second rows have no greater dorso-palmar extension than in Thylacynns
and there is no reason to believe that the angulation of the digital elements
was any greater. The unguals are stout, resembling the claws of Thy-
lacynus, but differing from that genus in the broad Assuring of the tips.
The subungual processes are large. Hoods are developed to about the
same extent as in Thylacynus. An ungual foramen is present in all the
claws.
In proportion to the size of the skull, the femur (PI. XLVI, figs. 3, 3*7)
is remarkably short. The head is of about the same size as in Thylacynus,
but the neck is considerably longer. The great trochanter projects slightly
above the level of the head, from which it is widely separated. The lesser
trochanter is incompletely preserved, but was probably as large propor-
tionately as in Frothy lacy nus. The shaft is straight. The condyles are
narrower antero-posteriorly than in Thylacynus and are plane or slightly
convex transversely. The inner condyle is considerably wider than the
outer.
Restoration (PI. LXI, fig. 3). — The disproportionately large size of the
head and great length of the neck are at once apparent in the drawing of
the restored skeleton. The length of the back has been determined by
comparison of the lengths of the few dorsals preserved with the corre-
sponding parts in Thylacynus. The lumbar vertebrae and pelvis are sup-
plied from Prothylacynus. The length of the tail is largely hypothetical,
but the size of the proximal caudals indicates that it was greatly thickened
356 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALEONTOLOGY.
at the base, less so, however, than in Protkylacyitus. Regarding the hind
limb, two alternatives are possible. Either the tibia was short and the
back sloped downward from the shoulders, or the hip and shoulder were
equally elevated. The latter assumption seems preferable and an elon-
gated tibia and fibula have been supplied, as in Thylacynus. An ossified
patella has been introduced from analogy with Prothylacymts. The planti-
grade pose is largely conjectural, as there is no certain means by which
the gait of an animal may be determined from the skeleton of the fore
foot alone. It is probable that Frothy lacy ttus, Cladosictis and Amphi-
proviverra were plantigrade, and, in the absence of evidence to the con-
trary, the same may be assumed tentatively for Borhyana. No trace of a
clavicle is preserved, but one has been inserted from analogy with exist-
ing carnivorous marsupials.
Habits. — Some inference regarding the pugnacity of these animals may
be drawn from the large cicatrice in the mandible of B. tuberata repre-
sented in fig. 3, PI. XLV. Ability to trail by scent like the Tasmanian
thylacyne may, perhaps, be inferred from the large olfactory sinuses. The
blunt claws indicate adaptation to terrestrial progression. The animal
undoubtedly preyed on the larger placental mammalia.
BORHY/ENA TUBERATA AmeghinO.
(Plates XL-XLII ; XLV, Figs. 2-6 ; XLVI, Figs. 1-3* ; LII, Fig. I ; LIII, Figs. 2, 20, 9, ga ;
LIV, Figs. 7, 13; LXI.Fig. 3.)
Borhycena tuberata Amegh.; Enum. Sist. Especies Mamif. F6s. Patagonia
Austral, p. 8, Dec., 1887.
Borliyccna zitteli Amegh.; Enum. Syn. des Especes de Mam. Fos. des
Formations Eocene de Patagonie, pp. 119-120, 1894; Bol. Acad.
Cordoba, p. 375, 1894.
A nearly complete skull and mandible (No. 15,701) associated with a
considerable portion of the skeleton, secured by Mr. Peterson eight miles
south of Coy River, has been identified with this species, which is one of
the largest of the Santa Cruz thylacynes.
Apart from characteristic measurements, B. tuberata may be recognized
by the broad depressed skull, perfectly flat between the orbits, with robust,
gradually expanding arches. The face is without antorbital constriction.
The postzygomatic portion of the brain case is considerably elongated and
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 357
the lambdoidal crest expanded as a broad semicircular frill. The infra-
orbital canal is double, neither branch being as large as the single canal
in B. excavata. If constant, this may prove to be a good specific char-
acter. The skull is a fourth larger than in B. excavata.
It is not yet possible to separate generic from specific characters in the
skeleton, as B. tuberata is the only species in which the skeleton is at all
well known. Its important features have already been noted in the de-
scription of the genus.
MEASUREMENTS.
Skull, length, prcmaxillae to lambdoidal crest ...... .230
" width across jugal arches ........ .160
" " between orbits ......... .062
Face, length to anterior orbital border ....... .076
Cranium, length to anterior orbital border . ...... .141
" least width of brain case . . . . . . ... .027
Palate, length from alveolus of median incisor to palato-nanal border . . . 104
" width between canines . . . . . . . . . .0245
" " " posterior premolars . . . . . . . .037
" " "Mi 075
Mandible, length . . 186
" transverse diameter of condyle ....... .0423
" length of symphysis ........ .060
" depth below posterior premolar . . . . . . . .031
" " " MT 038
Superior dentition, length, median incisor to MA. . . . . . .113
" " " of premolar series ...... -0333
" " " " molar " 045
Inferior dentition, length, base of median incisor to M? . . . .1025
" " " of premolar series ...... .035
" molar " 0515
Median upper incisor, width of crown ...... .002
Lateral " " .0036
Alveolus of upper canine, length ....... .0165
" " " " width .0135
Anterior superior premolar, antero-posterior diameter. . . . -0075
" transverse "... .0047
Median " " antero-posterior "... .010
transverse " . . .0063
Posterior " " antero-posterior "... -0145
" " " transverse .009
Mi, antero-posterior diameter .... -O12
" transverse "... -0082
M£, antero-posterior " -0126
" transverse " . °°9S
358 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PAL/EONTOLOGY.
Mi, antero-posterior diameter . . . . . . . . . .015
" transverse " ......... .0105
MA, antero-posterior " ......... .0055
" transverse " ......... .0085
Lower canine, antero-posterior diameter at alveolar border . . . . .0163
" " transverse " " " 0112
Anterior inferior premolar, antero-posterior diameter ..... .009
" transverse "..... .005
Median " " antero-posterior " (approximate) . . .0117
transverse " 006
Posterior " " antero-posterior " 0143
" " " transverse "..... .0065
My, antero-posterior diameter . . . . . . . . . .012
" transverse " . . . . . . . . . .006
Mj, antero-posterior " . . . . . . . . .012
" transverse "......... .007
Mg-, antero-posterior "......... .013
" transverse "......... -0075
Mj, antero-posterior ".......... .016
" transverse "......... .009
Atlas, transverse breadth .......... .0805
" breadth across anterior cotyles ....... .0498
" width of neural arch ......... .022
" " intercentrum including median process . . . . .0145
Axis, length of centrum, including odontoid ...... .052
" width of posterior face of centrum ....... .0195
" depth" " " " 015
" length of odontoid .......... .01 1
" width across anterior cotyles ........ .039
" antero-posterior diameter of neural spine ...... -0745
" height of spine above floor of neural canal ..... .042
Third cervical, length of centrum ..... . . .026
" width across transverse processes (approximate) . . . .061
" prezygapophyses ...... -0335
Fifth cervical, length of centrum ........ .027
width of posterior face of centrum ..... -0195
" depth " " 0182
width across transverse processes . . . . . . .053
" " prezygapophyses ...... .040
antero-posterior diameter of inferior lamina of transverse process .0335
Sixth cervical, length of centrum ........ .028
width of posterior face of centrum . . . . . .0185
" " depth " " " " 0175
width across transverse processes (approximate) . . . .044
" " prezygapophyses . . . . . . .0335
antero-posterior diameter of inferior lamina of transverse process .029
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 359
Seventh cervical, length of centrum ........ .027
" width of posterior face of centrum . . . . . .0185
" " depth " " " " " 0185
" width across transverse processes . . . . . .053
" prezygapophyses ...... .034
First dorsal, length of centrum. ........ .024
" width of posterior face of centrum ...... .024
" " depth " « « ,, 0,73
" " width across diapophyses ....... .054
Seventh ? dorsal, length of centrum ........ .023
" width of posterior face of centrum ..... .023
depth " " " 0145
" " width across diapophyses. ...... .038
" " greatest width of neural spine ...... -0135
" " length of neural spine ....... .056
Eighth ? dorsal, length of centrum ........ .0226
" width of posterior face of centrum ..... .025
" " depth " " " " " 0145
Third ? caudal, length of centrum ........ .025
Fourth? " " " " 0237
" width of posterior face of centrum . . . . . .017
" " depth " " " " " 013
" " width across transverse processes ..... .056
Fifth? " length of centrum 0238
" " width of posterior face of centrum ..... .017
" " depth " " nun 0136
" " width across transverse processes (approximate) . . . .048
Scapula, length ........... -1378
" width of neck .......... .025
" antero-posterior diameter of glenoid cavity, including coracoid process .0345
" transverse diameter of glenoid cavity ...... .022
Radius, length ........... .1265
" width at proximal end . . . . . . . . . .018
" " « distal " 0228
Ulna, length 165
" greatest width of olecranon process ....... .024
" " " below sigmoid cavity ...... -0305
Femur, length ........... -1745
" width at proximal end ......... .049
" " distal end 036
Second rib, length .......... .066
Metacarpal II, width at proximal end . . . . . . . .012
" III, " " distal " 0115
IV, length .0435
" " width at proximal end ...... -Oi I
" " " " distal " 012
360 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALEONTOLOGY.
Metacarpal V, length .......... .0245
" " width at proximal end ....... .0102
" " " " distal " . . . oil
BORHY/ENA EXCAVATA Ameghino.
(Plates XLIII; XLIV ; XLV, Fig. i ; XLVI, Fig. 4; LII, Figs. 2, 6; LIII, Figs. 4-4/7. )
Borhycena excavata Amegh.; Enum. Syn. des Especes de Mammiferes
Fossiles des Formations Eocenes de Patagonie, p. 121, 1894; Bol.
Acad. Cordoba, p. 377, 1894.
A remarkably perfect skull (No. 15, 120), five cervical vertebrae, an incom-
plete posterior dorsal, a fragment of the left scapula and two sternal seg-
ments are referable to Borhycena excavata. This material was collected
by Mr. Peterson from the Lower Santa Cruz beds ten miles south of Coy
Inlet.
B. excavata may be readily identified by the strong contraction of the
facial portion of the skull just anterior to the infraorbital foramen. As a
result of this contraction, the shape of the tooth row is rendered strongly
crescentic, with the canine and anterior premolar offset externally to a
greater degree than in B. tuberata. The palate retains the same width
from the canine to the median premolar, while in B. tuberata its width
steadily increases posteriorly. The skull is smaller than in the latter
species, the arches more abruptly expanded and the sagittal and lamb-
doidal crests lower. The interorbital tract is not as flat as in B. tuberata,
the postzygomatic portion of the brain case is relatively less elongate and
the infraorbital foramina are larger.
The associated skeletal parts are smaller than in B. tuberata, but do
not differ in structure sufficiently to require separate description.
MEASUREMENTS.
Skull, length on median basal line . . . . . . . . .187
" occipital condyle to tips of premaxillae . . . . . .195
" width across zygomatic arches ....... .140
" interorbital width .......... .056
Face, length .0655
Cranium, length to anterior border of orbit . . . . . . .133
width at narrowest part of brain case ...... .0245
Occiput, height ........... .051
" width . .062
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 361
Palate, width between canines . . . . . . . . .024
" "MA 065
" length from root of median incisor to palato-narial border . . .092
Nasals, length ........... .061
" width at anterior extremity ........ .0145
" " " posterior expansion ........ .049
Upper dentition, length from median incisor to M± . . . . . .100
" " " of space occupied by premolars .... .027
" " " " " " " molars 043
Median incisor, width of crown . . . . . . . . .0026
Lateral .<«<<<•< 003
Upper canine, antero-posterior diameter at alveolar border . . . . -0145
" " transverse " " " " oio
" " length of crown ......... .027
Anterior premolar, antero-posterior diameter ...... .008
" " transverse " ...... .004
Median " antero-posterior " ...... .009
" " transverse " at widest part . . . .005
Posterior " antero-posterior " . . . . . . . .0107
" " transverse " at widest part . . . .0085
Ml, antero-posterior diameter . . . . . . . . . .oil
" transverse " 008
M^, antero-posterior " . . . . . . . . . . .0125
" transverse ".......... .0083
M^, antero-posterior ".......... .014
" transverse ".......... .on
MA, antero-posterior ".......... .006
" transverse ".......... .008
Atlas, transverse breadth across anterior cotyles ..... .043
" width of neural arch ......... .017
" " " intercentrum including median process . . . . .0115
Axis, length of centrum including odontoid ...... .045
" " " odontoid 0096
" width over anterior cotyles . . . . . . . . .0346
" height of neural spine above centrum ...... -0345
Third cervical, length of centrum ........ .0213
width across transverse processes ..... .046
" height of neural spine above centrum ..... -0255
Fourth " length of centrum ........ .0205
" " width across transverse processes ..... .044
" " height of neural spine above centrum . . . .023
Fifth " length of centrum .021
" " width across transverse processes .... .043
Sternal segments, average length ........ -0305
362 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
PROTHYLACYNUS Ameghino.
(Plates XLVII-LI ; LII, Figs. 3, 5 ; LIII, Figs. 5-8 ; LIV, Figs. 2, za, 8, 9, 14 ; LXI, Fig. 2.)
Prothylacynus Amegh.; Nuevos Restos. Mamif. F6s. Patagonia Austral,
p. 26, Aug. 1891 ; Revista Argentina Hist. Nat. I, entr. 5^, p. 312,
Oct., 1891.
This genus, so frequently mentioned in previously published discussions
of the relationships of South American and Australian marsupials, is
represented in the Princeton collection by the remains of one individual
referable to the species Protliylacynus patagonmis (No. 15,700), comprising
an incomplete skull, mandible, parts of both scapulae, humerus, both radii,
ulna, pelvis, both femora, tibia, fibula, patella, part of the hind foot, the
scaphoid and a few phalanges of the fore foot, six cervicals, four dorsals,
three lumbars, the sacrum, five caudals and fragments of the ribs and
sternum. The -exceptionally perfect state of preservation of this material
permits full comparison with living forms and indicates in no uncertain
fashion the true relationships of the animal, a discussion of which will be
found on a later page.
Dentition (Pis. XLVII ; XLVIII, figs, i, 2). --The greater part of the
facial region of the skull has been weathered away, invoking the incisors,
canines and the anterior and median premolars. In the side view (PI.
XLVII), these have been supplied from Borhycena. Prothylacynus dif-
fers, however, in possessing an additional upper incisor (Ameghino, 1894,
p. 121). The posterior superior premolar is a stout, double-rooted tooth,
with a broad heel without heel cusp. It is considerably smaller than this
tooth in Thylacynus. The first, second and third molars increase rapidly
in size posteriorly. In M1 and M-, the protocone is a well-developed
bunoid cusp, but is absent in M-, although the inner root supporting this
part of the tooth crown is larger than in the preceding molars. The
antero-external style, the only one of the outer row of styloid cusps
remaining, is considerably larger than in TJiylacynns. With this excep-
tion, the outer cingulum is entirely wanting. The fourth molar is more
reduced than in Thylacynus. The protocone is represented by a broad
smooth surface. The metacone is vestigial and the posterior root sup-
porting it almost obliterated. The high conical paracone is connected by
a sharp ridge with the antero-external style.
In the mandible, the crowns of the three incisors have been broken off,
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 363
but the root of the second tooth in the series is seen to be displaced
behind the median and lateral members. The tip of the canine is miss-
ing, and the crown is broadly grooved on the inner side. The premolars
are closely crowded. The anterior tooth is in contact with the canine and
lies obliquely to the long axis of the jaw. The crowns of all the lower
premolars are laterally compressed, with large, simple heels. The median
and posterior teeth are of the same size. As in the superior series, the
molars increase rapidly in size posteriorly. In the first molar the pro-
toconid, paraconid and heel are in line. In the remaining teeth, the
paraconid is deflected more and more internally, forming with the pro-
toconid a powerful shear against the inner side of the metacone spur of
the upper molars. The protoconid is high and conical, with a sharp
anterior edge. It is separated from the lower and more blade-like para-
conid by a deep cleft. The heel of M4 is far more reduced than in
Tkylacynus, inclosing a shallow basin with a single high point on its
posterior rim. On the anterior molars the heel is narrower and flatter
than in Thylacynus, with a single prominent cusp at its posterior extremity.
The hypoconid is greatly reduced, more so than in Cladosictis. The
prominent cusp mentioned above occupies the position of the hypoconulid.
The entoconid is smaller than in Thylacynus and scarcely distinguishable
as a separate cusp. A small antero-external, shelf-like cingulum is de-
veloped on the second, third and fourth molars.
Skull (Pis. XLVII ; XLVIII, figs, i, la, 3).— As in all the Santa Cruz
thylacynes, the skull is large in proportion to the size of the body,
although relatively less so than in some of the smaller genera. The
brain case is long, low and narrow, considerably depressed in the region
above the tentorium and greatly constricted postocfritally. The facial
region has been almost entirely destroyed by weathering, but was probably
not unlike Borhycena and has been so represented in the figure (PI.
XLVII). Enough is preserved to show the single, moderate-sized infra-
orbital foramen, situated above the posterior prcmolar, and the imperforate
facial expansion of the lachrymal. The zygomatic arches are robust and
intermediate in degree of expansion between Borhyana and AmpkipfO-
mverra. The orbits are not placed as far forward as in the latter genus,
their anterior border coinciding with a line drawn through the posterior
root of the second molar.
Parietal and supraoccipital exhibit the same relationship as in Borhycena.
364 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALEONTOLOGY.
In the posterior view (PI. XLVIII, fig. 3), the occiput is seen to be
quadrangular in outline, unlike the triangular occiput of Thylacynns. Its
upper border projects considerably beyond the condyles. The exposure
of the mastoid is relatively smaller than in Thylacynns. Unlike that genus,
the condyles are wider dorsally, more obliquely placed and less sessile.
The base of the skull is in excellent preservation, permitting full com-
parison with the recent genus (cf. PL LXV, fig. 10). The basioccipital is
broadly keeled below. The paroccipital processes are short, blunt and
massive. The condylar foramen is large. It is preceded by a very small
accessory foramen. The tubercles for the origin of the recti capitis muscles
are about as large as in Thylacymis. The alisphenoid is without dilata-
tion and does not form an auditory bulla. It is perforated by the foramen
ovale directly opposite the glenoid cavity. The tympanic is unfused with
the elements adjacent and has not been preserved. The petrous is larger
and more completely hemispherical than in Thylacynns, the relative po-
sition of the fenestrae remaining the same.
The basisphenoid is broadly keeled and convex in cross section in con-
trast with its plane, or slightly concave section in TJiylacynus. It is per-
forated by a single canal, that for the internal carotid artery. The ali-
sphenoid ridge, which is confluent with the auditory bulla in Thylacynns,
is but slightly developed and is entirely wanting posteriorly. The post-
glenoid processes are proportionately shorter than in Thylacynns, but the
preglenoid processes are much larger. The foramina of the lateral
sinuses, especially the post-glenoid and sub-squamosal, are larger than in
the recent genus. A small foramen pierces the jugal process of the squa-
mosal above the glenoid cavity, as in some specimens of Thylacynns.
The palate is without vacuities, but is pierced by several accessory palatal
foramina. Its posterior margin is perforated by a double neuro-vascular
canal. The narial border is slightly thickened. The margins of the
palate are depressed to accommodate the tips of the lower molars, as in
most carnivorous marsupials.
In proportion to its length, the mandible is much deeper than in Thy-
lacynus. The anterior margin of the coronoid is convex, in contrast with
its slight concavity in Thylacynns and is less steeply inclined posteriorly ;
the masseteric fossa is more broadly rounded anteriorly and the posterior
margin of the angle less deeply notched. Both rami are firmly coossified
in the symphysis without trace of suture, while in Thylacynns symphysial
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 365
union is ligamentous. Three mental foramina are present, the largest of
which lies beneath the anterior and median premolars. The others are
situated beneath the anterior root of the first molar and posterior root
of the second molar respectively. The condyles, unlike Thylacynus, in-
crease in width externally.
Vertebral Column; Ribs and Sternum. — The atlas (PI. LI 1 1, figs. 5,
5*2) differs from that of Borhycena, Amphiproviverra and Tliylacynus in
having the intercentrum firmly fused with the base of the neural arch
without trace of suture. The small neuro-arterial foramina are placed
nearer to the anterior atlanteal margin than in the other Santa Cruz
genera. The canal for the vertebral artery is small. It enters the neural
arch within the spinal canal about midway between the neuro-arterial for-
amen and the condyles, emerging on the lower surface (PI. LIII, fig. 5«)
near the anterior margin of the base of the transverse process. The trans-
verse processes are considerably thickened ; their antero-posterior basal
constriction is much less than in Thylacynus. The posterior border of
the inferior arch supports a small median tubercle.
i^,The axis (PI. LIT, figs. 3, 5) resembles closely that of Borhycena, dif-
fering from Thylacynus in the greater width of the neural spine anteriorly,
the more attenuated extremities of the transverse processes and the greater
depth of the posterior inferior keel. The posterior portion of the neural
spine has been broken. It was probably as long and heavy as in Bor-
hycena tuberata. The odontoid tapers slightly anteriorly, but less so than
in Thylacynus. The anterior cotyles are extended to the same degree as
the transverse processes. The lower surface of the centrum is almost the
same as in Borhycena (cf. PI. LII, figs. 5, 6). The anterior portion of
the inferior keel has been broken, which accounts for its apparently lower
elevation than in Borhycena.
The third, fourth and fifth cervicals differ from those of Thylacynus in
having the diapophyses better differentiated from the inferior lamellae.
The centra are strongly keeled inferiorly. In the fifth cervical the pos-
terior portion of the keel is bifid. The upper surface of the neural arch
of the third cervical is perforated by a pair of large foramina. Of the
sixth cervical, an uncharacteristic fragment remains. Small foramina
pierce the lateral walls of the neural arches of the third to the sixth
cervicals, as in Thylacynus and Borhycena. The neural spines of the
posterior cervicals have not been preserved.
366 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PAL/GONTOLOGY.
The seventh dorsal, if the position of the vertebra represented in fig. 4,
PI. LI, has been correctly interpreted, is of about the same size as the
corresponding vertebra in Thylacynus, but is considerably smaller than
the seventh dorsal in Borhycena (PI. XLV, fig. 6). The neural spine is
much wider transversely than in the former genus. The centrum is with-
out inferior keel. The tenth dorsal, or anticlinal vertebra, (PI. LIII, fig.
7) lacks the tip of the neural spine, the anterior margin of which slopes
steeply forward, while the posterior margin descends vertically. Promi-
nent metapophyses and anapophyses are developed on the tenth dorsal
and also on the succeeding dorsals, so far as preserved (PI. LXI, fig. 2).
The centra of the tenth and eleventh dorsals are without inferior keels.
The centrum of the twelfth is slightly keeled.
The dorso-lumbar formula was probably the same as in Thylacynus —
thirteen dorsals and six lumbars. Three of the latter are preserved (PI.
LI, fig. 5). The centra are wider posteriorly than anteriorly, producing
an hour-glass shape. Unlike Thylacynus, they are not keeled inferiorly.
As in that genus, the lower surface of each centrum is perforated by one
or more large foramina. The neural spines, although incompletely pre-
served, are seen to be much heavier than in the recent genus. Meta-
pophyses are less strongly developed than in the posterior dorsals. The
anapophyses decrease regularly in size, until, in the sixth lumbar they are
mere points. The transverse processes are heavier than in Thylacynus,
and, as in that genus, curve forward and downward. The sides of the
neural arches are pierced by small foramina.
Two vertebrae are coossified in the sacrum (PI. L, figs. 3, 3^) which
differs from that of Thylacynus (cf. text-fig. 3, b, c] in the greater size
and more complete fusion of the sacral elements. The dorsal interverte-
bral fenestra, present in the latter genus between the first and second
sacrals, is wanting in Frothy la cynus.
The proximal caudals (PI. LIII, fig. 8) are much larger than in either
Thylacynus or Borhycena. The caudal centra rapidly increase in length,
retaining functional postzygapophyses farther back in the series than in
Thylacynus. The transverse processes have been more or less broken
from all the caudals preserved, but were evidently very heavy (PI. LIII,
figs. 6, 8). Facets for chevrons are present on all the caudals, beginning
with the third. The proximal caudals are unkeeled. The seventh,
eighth and ninth are doubly keeled inferiorly. Judging from the size of
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 367
the caudals, the tail of Prothylacynus must have been not only longer
but much thicker at the base than in Thylacynus. It is possible that too
much flexibility has been given to it in the drawing of the restored skele-
ton. The floor of the neural canal in the cervical, dorsal, lumbar and
anterior caudal vertebrae is keeled and perforated on either side of the
keel by a large foramen, as in Thylacynus and Borhycena. The epiphyses,
although more or less annular, as in Borhycena, do not have such promi-
nent bosses from the centra projecting through the median perforations.
Frequently the latter are absent.
Fragments of several posterior ribs are preserved, but are too incom-
plete to describe. They have about the same dimensions as the posterior
ribs in Thylacynus. The incomplete presternal segment represented in
fig. 6, PI. LI, is considerably smaller than that of either Thylacynus or
Borhycena, differing from both in possessing a strong, inferior, median
keel.
Appendicular Skeleton. — The scapula (PI. XLIX, figs. 2, 2a) is shorter
than in Thylacynus, with thicker neck and longer coracoid process. The
surface of the supraspinous fossa is convex, in contrast with the approx-
imately plane surface of this region in Thylacynus. In part, the con-
vexity has been accentuated by crushing. The glenoid cavity is almost
circular in outline. The coracoid process projects greatly below the
glenoid margin. Its anterior border is strongly inflected. The infra-
spinous fossa is somewhat wider than in either Borhycena or Thylacynus.
As in those genera, the axillary border is strongly deflected outwardly.
The spine has been broken, destroying the acromion. The border of the
suprascapular notch is perforated by a small foramen.
The humerus (PI. XLIX, figs. \-\b] is shorter than in Thylacymis but
much heavier. The head is very broad and projects considerably beyond
the posterior surface of the shaft. The greater tuberosity rises slightly
above the head. The lesser tuberosity is low, not as sharply separated
from the head as in Thylacynus. A third tuberosity rising from the inner
side of the shaft below the lesser tuberosity probably marks the point of
insertion of the coraco-brachialis muscle. The deltoid ridge is long and
powerful, extending at least two thirds the length of the shaft. The distal
end is exceedingly broad, with greatly enlarged supinator ridge and elon-
gated inner epicondyle. The condylar surface is much narrower antero-
posteriorly than in Thylacynus, but considerably wider transversely, with
368 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS'. PALAEONTOLOGY.
the trochlea and capitellum as sharply marked as in the recent genus.
The supinator ridge is broad, terminating proximally in a hook-shaped
process. A large entepicondylar foramen is present.
The radius (PI. LI, figs. i-\b] may be readily distinguished from that
of Borhycena by the great width of the distal portion of the shaft. The
head is elliptical in outline and much broader antero-posteriorly than in
that genus. The bicipital tubercle is much larger than in Borhycena and
is situated on the postero-external margin of the shaft. The shaft has a
slightly greater degree of curvature than in the last-named genus. It is
sharply triangular in cross section distally, closely resembling in this
respect the radius of Perame/es, but quite unlike Thylacynus. The styloid
process is not as greatly elongated as in Borhyczna. The distal articular
surface (PI. LI, fig. i£), unlike the condition in Thylacynus and Borhycena,
is concave.
The ulna (PI. LI, figs. \-\b] lacks the backward curvature characteristic
of Borhycena and Thylacynus. The olecranon process is slightly shorter
and somewhat heavier than in the latter genus, and is broadly grooved
on the inner side. The greater sigmoid cavity is deep, as in Borhycena,
but its proximal wall is much wider. In the lesser sigmoid cavity, the
radial facets are more widely separated than in either Thylacymis or
Borhycena. Beneath the sigmoid cavity, on the inner side of the shaft, is
a deep rugose pit for insertion of the brachialis muscle. The shaft is
straight, considerably compressed laterally and broadly grooved on the
outer side. The styloid process is hemispherical in shape. The radial
facet is smaller than in Thylacynus and is supported on a distinct pedicle.
The scaphoid and a few phalanges of the fore foot are preserved. The
proximal surface of the scaphoid is narrower in dorso-palmar section than
is Borhycena; the magnum facet is smaller and the lunar facet more
deeply concave than in the latter genus. The association of the phalanges
represented in fig. 9, PI. LIV, is somewhat doubtful. That those of
the first and second row were carried with respect to each other at a con-
siderable angle (cf. PI. LXI, fig. 2) is plainly indicated by the restriction
of the trochlear surface of the proximal phalanx to the distal and palmar
surfaces, and by the extension dorsally of the proximal articular surfaces
of the phalanges of the second row. The latter are much heavier than in
Thylacynus. The ungual (PI. LIV, figs. 9, 14) is greatly compressed
laterally, with a slight median cleft. The tip has been broken, but was
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 369
probably sharp. A hood is developed to about the same extent as in
Borhycena. The subungual processes are large and an ungual foramen is
present.
The greater part of both halves of the pelvis is preserved (PI. XLIX,
figs. 3; PI L, fig. i), but, unfortunately, the pubes are almost entirely
missing. The peduncular portion of the ilium is considerably heavier
than in Thylacynus, supporting a very large tubercle for the origin of the
rectus femoris muscle. The gluteal surface is broadly expanded, but with
little trace of the longitudinal grooving noticeable in the recent genus.
The ilio-pectineal eminences are very large and rugose. The ischium is
incomplete posteriorly, lacking the ischial tuberosity, but both acetabular
and post-acetabular portions are heavier than in Thylacynus. The ischial
spine is small. The pubis, so far as preserved, is narrower antero-pos-
teriorly than in the recent genus. The acetabulum is large and deep.
Beneath the acetabular notch, the border of the obturator foramen is
exceedingly sharp. Posteriorly, it assumes the usual convex contour.
The femur (PI. L, figs. 2, za], although of almost the same length as
in Thylacynms, is much heavier. The large hemispherical head is sup-
ported on a long neck. The greater trochanter rises above the level of
the head, from which it is separated by a broad interval. The digital
fossa is long and deep and the intertrochanteric ridge high and narrow.
The lesser trochanter is slightly larger than in Thylacyims and is separ-
ated farther from the head. The shaft is straight, circular in cross-section
at the middle, but flattened antero-posteriorly at either end. Above the
condyles, the distal end is semicircular in cross section. The condyles
have about the same posterior extension as in Thylacynus, but are much
flatter transversely, resembling BorJiyczna. The intertrochanteric fossa is
wider and deeper, and the rotular groove broader and shallower than in
Thylacynus.
The patella (PI. L, figs. 4, 4«) is a stout, wedge-shaped element, broad
at the proximal end, but tapering distally to a thin edge. The rotular
surface is irregularly pentagonal in outline, concave in vertical section
and convex transversely. The anterior surface is rugose for tendinous
attachment.
The tibia (Pis. XLIX, fig. 4 ; LI, fig. 2), unlike that of Thylacymts,
is considerably shorter than the femur. The head supports two broad,
flat surfaces for articulation with the femoral condyles. The spine is
370 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PAL/EONTOLOGY.
much lower than in Thylacynus. Unlike the latter, the distal end of the
shaft is curved backward. The articular surface for the astragalar trochlea
is broadly concave, that for contact with the inner side of the astragalus
convex. The internal malleolus is much heavier than in Thylacynus and
the fibular facet larger. The shaft is triangular in cross section.
The fibula (PI. LIII, fig. i) is much heavier than in Thylacymts. The
proximal end is greatly thickened, supporting two approximately plane
facets for articulation with the tibia and fabella respectively. The distal
end carries three articular surfaces, a round tubercle for lateral contact
with the tibia, a flat irregularly triangular facet for the outer margin of
the astragalar trochlea, and a concave elliptical facet for the calcaneum.
The peroneal groove is broader than in Thylacynus and less perfectly
defined. The shaft is straight, with strongly marked interosseous ridge.
In contrast with the robust femur and tibia, the pes is rather feeble.
The astragalar trochlea is remarkably flat, with the articular surfaces for
the tibia and fibula separated by a faint groove. The tibial surface is
produced distally down the dorsal aspect of the neck, as in Amphiprom-
•verra, but unlike Sarcophilus and Thylacynus. The head is less obliquely
placed than in the latter genus and is supported on a long heavy neck.
Its distal end bears a single convex facet for the navicular. The inner
side of the neck is deeply grooved for articulation with the internal tibial
malleolus (PI. LIV, fig. 2). In plantar aspect (PI. LIV, fig. 20), the
semicircular ectal facet is seen to be deeply concave antero-posteriorly.
The sustentacular facet is irregularly lobate in outline and strongly con-
vex in dorso-plantar section. Several small foramina pierce the body of
the astragalus at the point occupied by the astragalar foramen in certain
primitive placentals. These are not visible in the dorsal view (PI. LIV,
fig. 8). The navicular has much the same shape as in Thylacynus, but
is considerably larger and differs also in supporting all three cuneiforms,
whereas in the recent genus, the outer cuneiform is supported almost
entirely by the cuboid (cf. PI. LIV, fig. 8, and text-fig. 4, b}. The cuboid
has the same shape as that of Sarcophilus, from which it differs slightly in
the arrangement of some of the facets.
The cuboid in Thylacynus does not lend itself to comparison, owing to
the outward shifting of the lateral cuneiform just mentioned. The proximal
and distal surfaces of this element in Prothylacynus are almost the same
as in Sarcophilus. The chief difference is in the facet for the outer cunei-
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 371
form, which does not extend to the distal margin of the bone, as in the
latter genus. The facet is oval in outline and slightly concave ; that for
the navicular, which immediately adjoins it, is triangular and convex.
The cuneiforms resemble those of Sarcophilus rather than Thylacynus.
The inner cuneiform is laterally flattened, supporting distally an oval, con-
cave facet for the metatarsal of the hallux. Laterally it is in contact with
the mesocuneiform by a narrow elliptical facet. The mesocuneiform is a
small, oblong element, much shorter than the adjacent bones, so that the
proximal end of the second metatarsal is received between them, articu-
lating with the mesocuneiform by a concave oval facet, and with the
ectocuneiform by a small plane facet confined to the dorsal margin of that
bone. The outer cuneiform differs from that of Thylacynus and resem-
bles Sarcophihis in lacking the large plantar process present in the former
genus. It is in contact with the cuboid by a large triangular facet and
has a very small facet for the fourth metatarsal. The facet for the meso-
cuneiform is narrow and sigmoid in dorso-plantar section.
The metatarsals are shorter and proportionately heavier than in Thyla-
cynus. The hallux is vestigial, its distal end terminating in a rugose
knob, which did not support phalanges. Proximally, the shaft bears a
broad, plane facet for contact with metatarsal II. The third metatarsal
is little more than half as long as the corresponding element in Thyla-
cytms. The proximal end lacks the prominent plantar tubercle present in
the latter and the articular surface for the ectocuneiform is more convex.
The shaft is slightly curved and considerably flattened antero-posteriorly.
The trochlear surface extends dorsally about as far as in Thylacynus.
As in that genus, the keel is confined almost entirely to the plantar sur-
face. The fourth metatarsal of the right pes is preserved. It is consid-
erably longer than the third metatarsal. The proximal end is wider and
more strongly convex in dorso-plantar section than in Thylacynus.
The antero-posterior shortening and especially the transverse flattening
of the trochlear surface of the astragalus are believed to indicate a planti-
grade gait.
Restoration (PI. LXI, fig. 2). — The restored skeleton shows effec-
tively the large head, long neck and short limbs characteristic of all the
Santa Cruz marsupial carnivores. The lack of proportion between the
femur, tibia and hind foot is at once apparent. The length of the tail is
conjectural, but the error is probably in underestimating rather than in
372 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALEONTOLOGY.
overestimating the lengths of the posterior caudals. It may have pos-
sessed less flexibility than is indicated in the drawing. No trace of a
clavicle has been preserved, and it may have been rudimentary, as in
Thylacynus, (Cunningham, p. 2, 1882) and not attached to the acromion.
It has been supplied in the restoration from analogy with existing car-
nivorous marsupials. The length of the back has been determined by
comparing the length of the dorsal series in Thylacynus with the lengths
of the posterior lumbars in that genus and Prothylacymts. The depth of
the chest is doubtful, as none of the longer ribs are completely preserved.
Habits. — It may be inferred from the large pointed claws that Prothy-
lacynus was more active in attacking prey than Borhycena. The greater
degree of outward deflection of the metacone spur in the upper molars
indicates a more completely carnivorous habit than in the latter genus.
The reduction of the hallux is an adaptation to terrestrial progression.
PROTHYLACYNUS PATAGONICUS Ameghino.
(Plates XLVII-LI ; LII, Figs. 3, 5 ; LIII, Figs. 5-8 ; LIV, Figs. 2, 2«, 8, 9, 14; LXI, Fig. 2.)
Prothylacynus patagonicus Amegh.; Nuevos Restos Mamif. F6s. Patagonia
Austral, p. 26, Aug., 1891 ; Revista Argentina Hist. Nat. I, entr. 5^,
p. 312, Oct., 1891.
The preceding account of the osteology of Prothylacynus is based al-
most entirely on the remains of a single individual of the classic species
Prothylacynus patagonicus (No. 15,700) from the Upper Santa Cruz beds
at Killik Aike. A reference to the discovery of this unique specimen will
be found in Mr. Hatcher's Narrative of the expeditions (this series, Vol.
I, pp. 53, 54). The American Museum collection contains a fragment of
the right maxilla with the second, third and fourth molars in place (No.
9561 Am. Museum), also from Killik Aike. As a description of the
anatomy of the hard parts has already been given, it remains only to
tabulate the principal measurements.
MEASUREMENTS.
Cranium, length, condyles to anterior orbital border . . . . . .138
palato-narial border to condyles, inclusive . . . .109
least width of brain case ........ -0175
Skull, greatest width across arches . . . . . . . . . 1 20
Occiput, height .0485
" width at base .......... .057
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS.
373
Palate, width between M±. . . . . •
Mandible, length ..........
" " Mj to outer end of condyle . . . . .
" height of coronoid process above angle ....
" " " condyle above angle ......
" depth of horizontal ramus below MT . . . . .
" " " " " posterior premolar .
Upper dentition, length of space occupied by molars .
Lower " " from anterior border of canine to M( inclusive.
" " " of space occupied by molars . . .
" " " " " " premolars
Posterior superior premolar, antero-posterior diameter
" " transverse
M-L, antero-posterior diameter . . . . .
" transverse diameter .........
M^, antero-posterior diameter ........
" transverse diameter .........
M£, antero-posterior diameter ........
" transverse diameter . . . . .
MA, antero-posterior diameter ........
" transverse diameter .........
Lower canine, antero-posterior diameter at base . . . .
" " transverse diameter at base .
Anterior inferior premolar, antero-posterior diameter
" " " transverse diameter .
Median " " antero-posterior diameter
" " " transverse diameter
Posterior " " antero-posterior diameter
" " " transverse diameter . . . .
Mj, antero-posterior diameter .....
" transverse diameter ......
Mj, antero-posterior diameter ....
" transverse diameter .....
Mj, antero-posterior diameter .....
" transverse diameter .....
M^, antero-posterior diameter .
" transverse diameter ....
Atlas, transverse breadth ....
" width of neural arch ....
" " " inferior arch ....
Axis, length of centrum, including odontoid process
" " " odontoid process ....
" width across anterior cotyles .
" depth of posterior face of centrum .
" width " " " " .
Third cervical, length of centrum ....
.060
.1655
•0755
.075
•033
.030
.024
.042
.090
.048
.026 •
.010
.005
.0105
.008
.0125
.0095
•0135
.012
.005
.009
.012
.008
.0078
.003
.0095
.0045
.0095
.0046
.010
.005
.011
.0055
.0125
.0065
.015
.008
.079
.017
.0115
•053
.012
.036
.013
.020
.028
374 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
Third cervical, width across transverse processes ..... .050
" " " " prezygapophyses . . . . . . .0315
Fourth cervical, length of centrum ........ .025
" " depth of posterior face of centrum ..... .014
" " width " .<<«.< 0,95
" " " across prezygapophyses ...... .038
Fifth " length of centrum ........ .025
Seventh dorsal, length of centrum ........ .021
" depth of anterior face of centrum . . . . . .014
" " width " 0165
" " width across diapophyses . . . . . . .040
" " " of neural spine . . . . . . . .010
Tenth dorsal, length of centrum ........ -0235
" depth of anterior face of centrum . . ... . .014
" " width ".'"»« 020
Eleventh dorsal, length of centrum ........ -0235
" " depth of anterior face of centrum . . . . . .016
" " width " " 022
" " " " neural spine . . . . . . . .016
" " " across anapophyses ...... .027
Twelfth dorsal, approximate length of centrum ...... .0235
" depth of anterior face of centrum . . . . . .016
" width " " " 022
" " " of neural spine . . . . . . . .013
" " " across anapophyses ....... -0275
Fourth lumbar, length of centrum ........ .0345
" " depth of anterior face of centrum ..... .018
" width " " " " 0225
" " " " neural spine ....... .0165
" " " across prezygapophyses ...... .030
" " " of transverse process at base . . . . . .015
Fifth lumbar, length of centrum . . . . . . . . .0335
" " depth of anterior face of centrum . ..... .0185
width " ". 0235
" " " " neural spine . . . . . . . . .0155
" " " across prezygapophyses . . . . . . .033
" " " of transverse process at base . . . . . .015
Sixth lumbar, length of centrum ..... . . .033
depth of posterior face of centrum . . . . . .0185
" width " « « « 029
" " " " neural spine 015
" " across prezygapophyses ...... .034
" " " of transverse process at base ..... .016
Sacrum, length of centra .......... -0505
width at point of greatest expansion of auricular processes . . .061
depth of anterior face of centrum of first sacral .... .018
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 375
Sacrum, depth of posterior face of centrum of second sacral . . . .015
" width " " " ' " 022
Third caudal, approximate length of centrum ..... .0265
" " width of anterior face of centrum ...... .023
" " depth " " " " " . . . , . .015
Fourth caudal, approximate length of centrum ...... .0255
" " width of posterior face of centrum ..... .0225
depth ' " " . . . .016
Eighth caudal, length of centrum ........ .041
" " width of posterior face of centrum ..... .0205
" " depth " " •• ii ii o,jj
Ninth caudal, length of centrum . ..... .044
" " width of posterior face of centrum . . . . . .02 1 5
" " depth "«"'<" ..... .016
Scapula, length - .132
" width of neck . . . . . . . . . . .03 1 5
antero-posterior diameter of glenoid cavity ..... .026
" transverse " " " "..... .022
Humerus, length . . . . . . . . . . . .155
" width of proximal end ........ -037
" depth " " 0445
" width of distal end 053
" length, tip of supinator ridge to capitellum, inclusive . . . .063
Radius, length . . . . . . . . . . . .130
" antero-posterior diameter of head . . 015
" transverse " " " . .0196
" antero-posterior " " distal end . . . . . . .015
" transverse " " " " .. • 0275
Ulna, length . .165
" greatest width below sigmoid cavity .031
" antero-posterior diameter of distal end .... .017
Pelvis, length (approximate) ...... .184
Ilium, width at greatest expansion ..... -0425
Acetabulum, antero-posterior diameter .... .029
" transverse " ... .026
Femur, length from great trochanter to outer condyle . .198
" width of proximal end ...... -0525
" " distal " -042
" depth of distal end -03 1
" diameter at middle of shaft ... .017
Patella, length . . . .0285
" width -0225
" greatest depth -OI2
Tibia, length ...... •I725
" width of proximal end ..... -°395
" " distal " 0235
376 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALEONTOLOGY.
Fibula, length 164
" antero-posterior diameter of proximal end ..... .020
" distal " 0175
Astragalus, length ........... .026
" width of trochlea . . . . . . . . . .019
" " " neck ......... .009
Metatarsal I, length 0245
" " width of proximal end ........ .008
" " " distal " 0065
Metatarsal III, length 037
" " width of proximal end ....... .0075
" " distal " . 012
CLADOSICTIS Ameghino.
(Plates LII, Fig. 4; LIII, Figs. 3, 30, 10; LIV, Figs, i, 3, 4, 10, 12; LV-LVIII; LIX, Figs.
'; LXI, Fig. i.)
Cladosictis Amegh. ; Enum. Sist. Especies Mamif. F6s. Patagonia Austral,
p. 7. 1887.
Hathliacynus Amegh. ; Ibid., p. 7, 1887.
Anatherium Amegh.; Ibid., p. 8, 1887.
Proviverm (Rutimeyer) Amegh.; Revista Argentina, etc., I, pp. 149-150,
1891.
Dolichocephalic thylacynes intermediate in size between Amphipro-
viverm and Frothy lacymis.
Dentition (Pis. LIV, fig. i ; LV, figs, i, 3; LVI, figs, i, 3; LIX, figs.
6-7*)-
The median incisors (PI. LV, fig. 3) are laterally compressed, unlike
the corresponding teeth in Dasyurus, DidelpJiys and Amphiproviverra.
The remaining incisors, so far as preserved, have laterally compressed
crowns, and increase regularly in size externally. The crowns of the
lateral pair are triangular in cross section. In all the specimens examined,
the incisors are badly worn, reducing the crowns to irregularly truncated,
flattened columns. The canines are stout, laterally compressed blades,
the posterior margins of which are almost straight, while the anterior
margins are moderately convex. The anterior and median upper pre-
molars are spaced in both species. The median and posterior premolars
are spaced in C. petersoni, unspaced in C. lustratus. The anterior pre-
molar is separated by a short interval from the canine. Its crown is a sim-
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 377
pie, laterally compressed blade, with a rounded heel, but without heel cusp.
The median premolar is a replica of the anterior tooth on a larger scale.
The posterior premolar is enlarged, with a prominent, piercing protocone
and a broad heel, with distinct heel cusp. The prominence of the latter
varies with the amount of wear to which this part of the tooth crown has
been subjected. The first, second and third molars have the protocone
well developed. It is slightly cupped in unworn teeth. On M1, the pro-
tocone is reduced to a small conical cusp, while the paracone and antero-
external style are enlarged, and the metacone is vestigial. In the anterior
molars, the proportions of the dental cusps are much the same as in Pro-
thylacymis, except that the protocone of M- is well developed.
In the inferior series, the incisor crowns show considerable lateral com-
pression, but are so badly worn in all the specimens examined that their
original shape cannot be ascertained. As in many recent carnivorous
marsupials, the root of the second tooth in the series is displaced pos-
teriorly with respect to the roots of the median and lateral incisors. The
canines are reniform in cross-section owing to the presence of a broad
groove on the lingual side. The anterior surface of the crown is flattened
(PI. LVI, fig. i ; LIX, figs. 7, fa) apparently to accomodate the tooth to
the narrow groove in the premaxilla, into which its point is received when
the jaws are brought into occlusion. The amount of spacing between the
lower premolars varies somewhat in different individuals of the same
species, the greatest amount of variation in this respect occurring in the
width of the space between the median and posterior premolars. The
anterior and median premolars closely resemble the corresponding teeth
in the superior series. Each consists of an enlarged piercing central cusp
and a round heel. In unworn teeth, the heel of the median premolar sup-
ports a small conical heel cusp. A minute anterior basal cuspule is also
present. In worn teeth, the heel is reduced to a broad convex area, and
the identity of the anterior cuspule is lost The posterior premolar is
enlarged like the corresponding tooth opposing it in the superior series.
In unworn specimens a conical heel cusp is present. Characters of
generic importance appear in the heels of the lower molars. The same
rapid increase posteriorly in the size of the molar crowns is to be noted
as in Borhycena and Prothylacynus. The cusps of the trigonid are iden-
tical in shape and position with those of the latter genus. In the anterior
molars, the heel supports a shallow, basin-shaped depression, bounded by a
378 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
narrow rim. A notch in the posterior margin divides this bounding ridge
into two portions, the hypoconid and hypoconulid-entoconid. The latter
cusps are not differentiated from each other. In worn teeth, the heel con-
sists of two rounded eminences, separated by a shallow groove. In con-
trast with the anterior molars, MT has a much smaller heel, ^enclosing a
small basin with a single prominent cusp on its posterior rim. An
antero-external cingulum is present on the second, third and fourth tooth
in the series.
Milk Dentition. — Ameghino states (1894, p. 109) that in Cladosictis
the canine, median and posterior premolars have deciduous predecessors.
The mandible represented in fig. 6, PL LIX, retains the deciduous tooth
replaced by the posterior premolar, the germ of which is visible beneath
the anterior root of the former tooth. Two large alveoli precede the de-
ciduous tooth, evidently for the roots of the median premolar. No tooth
germs were found beneath them. The region occupied by the anterior
premolar has been destroyed by fracture, and in repairing this break the
canine has been too closely approximated to the molars. The root of the
canine is hollow, indicating, not that it is a deciduous tooth, but that it
was not yet fully erupted and had not ceased its growth at the time of the
animal's death. The tooth replaced by the posterior premolar differs from
its permanent successor in the small size of the crown, which is greatly
compressed laterally, carrying a central cusp preceded by an accessory
basal cuspule. The narrow, ridge-like heel is subdivided by a shallow
notch into two cuspules. The first and second molars are fully erupted
and the third partly so.
Skull (Plates LIV, fig. i; LV, fig. i; LVI; LXI, fig. i).-- Perhaps
the most striking peculiarity of this remarkable genus is the greatly elon-
gated, narrow skull, altogether disproportionate to the size of the body.
The facial portion is short and slender and the cranium elongated. The
post-orbital constriction is proportionately greater than in the much
smaller genus Amphiprovi'verra. The inclination of the upper border of
the facial profile varies with the species. The brain (PL LVI, fig. 3) was
less convoluted than in Thylacymis, and the brain case proportionately
much smaller. The ascending premaxillary processes have approximately
the same degree of development as in Amphiprovi'verm, and the nasals
are similarly expanded posteriorly. Well defined post-orbital processes
are present in C. lustrattts. A short distance above these processes,
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 379
feeble temporal ridges converge to form a long, high sagittal crest, the
top of which is practically horizontal. In C. petersoni, only a small por-
tion of the anterior extremity of the crest is preserved, but this rises
abruptly above the interorbital tract, with decidedly convex superior
border. The crest terminates posteriorly in a semicircular lambdoidal
frill, which does not project beyond the condyles. The supraoccipital is
broadly expanded on the upper surface of the brain case. Between the
supraoccipital and the squamosal, a narrow tongue of the parietal reaches
the mastoid border of the occiput. The orbits are proportionally smaller
than in Thylacymis and are placed much farther forward, their anterior
border coinciding with a line drawn through the posterior half of the first
molar. A large lachrymal prominence is situated on the orbital rim
above the lachrymal duct, which lies wholly within the orbit.
The occiput is semi-circular in outline, so far as can be judged from
the crushed specimen (No. 15,170), in which this portion of the skull is
preserved. The mastoid is exposed to about the same extent proportion-
ately as in Protkylacynus.
The basioccipital and basisphenoid (PI. LV, fig. i) are flat, unlike
Frothy lacynus, resembling in this respect the recent genus. The paroc-
cipital processes are broad, dome-shaped masses, lying considerably below
the level of the auditory bullae. The latter are formed entirely from the
dilated alisphenoids, the petrous not entering into the posterior wall of
the bulla, as in some of the dasyures. A large foramen ovale pierces the
alisphenoid opposite the glenoid cavity. The palate begins to increase
in width back of the posterior premolar and is without vacuities, but is
pierced by several accessory palatal foramina. The anterior palatine
foramina project a short distance beyond the premaxillo-maxillary suture.
A pair of large foramina pierce the maxillary on either side of the median
line, either opposite or a short distance anterior to the posterior border of
the canine. The usual thickening is observable about the border of the
posterior nares. The foramina opening into the lateral venous sinus are
large, sub-squamosal, post-glenoid and post-zygomatic foramina being
present. The last mentioned opens well within the lip of the post-glenoid
foramen. A small foramen pierces the outer side of the squamosal bar
above the glenoid cavity.
In contrast with the skull, the mandible is remarkably deep and heavy
(Pis. LVI, fig. i ; LXI, fig. i). The anterior coronoid border is straight
380 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
as in Thylacynus, but less steeply inclined posteriorly than in that genus.
The superior and posterior borders correspond in shape to the same
region in Prothylacynus. As a whole, the coronoid is proportionately
broader and higher and the masseteric fossa better defined anteriorly
than in Thylacynus. The lower border of the horizontal ramus lacks the
convexity observable in Prothylacyttus and Thylacynus. The rami are
united in ligamentous suture at the symphysis, which extends as far back
as the anterior half of the posterior premolar (PI. LIX, fig. 7 a). The
mental foramina vary greatly in number and position in different indi-
viduals of the same species and even on opposite sides of the same man-
dible (cf. Pis. LVI, fig. i ; LIX, fig. 7), and are of no diagnostic importance.
Vertebral Column and Ribs. — Cladosictis resembles Prothylacynus in
having the atlanteal intercentrum firmly fused with the base of the neural
arch (PI. LIII, fig. 3^). The intercentrum retains to a slight extent only
the posterior emargination observable in Thylacynus and Borhycena.
The foramina for the exit of the spinal nerves are separated from the
anterior atlanteal margin by a broader osseous bar than in Prothylacynus,
resembling rather in this respect the atlas of Thylacynus (text-fig. 5, 6, c)
and Amphiproviverra (PI. LIII, fig. i). The canals for the vertebral
artery enter the neural arch within the spinal canal on a level with and a
short distance anterior to the superior border of the atlanteal condyles.
They emerge on the lower surface of the atlas at the bases of the trans-
verse processes (PI. LIII, fig. 3*7). From this point the arteries curved
dorsally, traversing a groove in the outer wall of the neural arch just
anterior to the transverse process (PI. LIII, fig. 3) and entered the neuro-
vascular foramen. The margins of the transverse processes in the speci-
mens studied have not been preserved. Their antero-posterior basal
constriction is much less than in Thylacynus. The anterior margin of
the neural arch supports a pair of tubercles, separated by a deep groove.
In Thylacynus there is but a single median prominence in this region (cf.
text-fig. 5, b).
The axis (PI. LII, fig. 4) carries a powerful, hatchet-shaped neural spine,
which projects anteriorly as far as the odontoid and posteriorly beyond
the zygapophyses. The ventral surface of the centrum is strongly keeled
posteriorly. On either side of the keel is a depressed area, bounded by
the dependent edges of the transverse processes, as in Borhycena and
Prothylacynus.
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 381
In the remaining cervicals the neural spines increase regularly in
robustness and probably also in height, although this can not be deter-
mined, owing to the fracturing of their extremities. The inferior lamellae
of the transverse processes are more wedge-shaped than in Thylacynus,
resembling rather this region in Borhycena, and, as in that genus, the dia-
pophyses are fully differentiated on the fourth cervical. The transverse
processes of the seventh cervical are perforated by the arterial canal. The
centra are all heavily keeled inferiorly, but, owing to imperfect preserva-
tion, it can not be determined whether the keels decrease in depth in the
posterior cervicals, as in Prothylacynus and Thylacynus. The upper sur-
face of the neural arch of the third cervical is perforated on the left side
by a rather large foramen. A smaller corresponding foramen occurs
somewhat farther back on the right side. Small foramina may occupy
similar positions in some of the other cervicals. The foramina piercing
the lateral walls of the neural arches of the second to the seventh cer-
vicals, which are so prominent in Thylacynus (text-fig. 5, d], are present
in some of the cervicals of Cladosictis and absent in others.
The dorso-lumbar formula is apparently nineteen, although this can
not be accurately determined, owing to the incomplete state of preserva-
tion of the column. The neural spines of the anterior dorsals are high
and broad, but gradually decrease in both dimensions to the tenth, or anti-
clinal vertebra. Beyond this point, the strong backward slope of the
spines changes abruptly to a forward direction. Metapophyses are devel-
oped on the tenth dorsal, and are prominent as far posteriorly as the sec-
ond lumbar, beyond which they begin to decrease in height. Ana-
pophyses also appear on the tenth dorsal and increase in size posteriorly
until the fifth lumbar is reached, when they become smaller.
The lumbars (Plate LVII, fig. 6) are six in number. They have heavy
neural spines strongly inclined forward, with broad tips flattened superiorly,
and wide, thin transverse processes, with a forward and downward curva-
ture. The long, keeled centra increase regularly in size posteriorly. In
the first, second and third lumbars, the keels are bifid posteriorly, inclos-
ing a more or less flattened, wedge-shaped area. The prezygapophyses
overlap the outer margin of the postzygapophyses, producing an inter-
locking articulation. This applies also to the anterior zygapophyses of
the thirteenth dorsal.
The sacrum (Pis. LVII, figs i, \a\ LVIII, figs, i, 7, fa) is composed
382 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
of two vertebrae more completely fused than in Thylacynus and lacking
the dorsal intervertebral fontanelle so conspicuous in the latter genus.
The spines are remarkably feeble in contrast with the heavy spine of the
last lumbar. The auricular processes are confined almost entirely to the
first sacral. The centra are keeled inferiorly, the first having a single low
median keel and the second a pair of parallel keels.
The caudals are remarkably heavy. Those associated with No. 15,170,
which have been reproduced in the figures (Pis. LVII, fig. 5 ; LXI, fig.
i), are interpreted as the third to the tenth. The proximal ones are
short, with stout, posteriorly directed transverse processes. The centra of
the more distal caudals increase in length and the transverse processes
become wider and shorter. The neural canal is complete as far back as
the tenth caudal. It is not possible from the material at hand to deter-
mine the length of the tail, but judging from the size of the caudals pre-
served, it was probably long and heavy. From analogy with Thylacynus,
it has been restored with a vertebral formula of twenty-three. Chevrons
are present between the third and fourth caudals and are represented either
by the small hatchet-shaped pieces themselves, or by surfaces for their
attachment, as far back as the caudal series is preserved (PI. LXI, fig. i).
A few ribs are associated with both specimens of C. lustratus. The
anterior ribs (PI. LVIII, fig. 3) have more cylindrical shafts than in Thy-
lacynus. The posterior ribs are slender and sub-round in section.
Appendicular Skeleton. — The scapula (PI. LVII, figs. 2-3) corresponds
more closely with that of Prothylacynus than with the corresponding ele-
ment in Borhycena or Thylacynus. The neck is short, the glenoid cavity
oval in outline and moderately deep and the coracoid prominent, with its
anterior margin strongly inflected. In shape the scapular fossae are much
as in Prothylacynus. The spine is high, but its free border has been
somewhat fractured in both specimens, destroying the acromion. The
foramen which perforates the margin of the suprascapular notch in 7Yiy-
lacynus appears in Cladosictis some distance posterior to the coracoid
border.
No trace of a clavicle has been found and its introduction in the resto-
ration (PI. LXI, fig. i) is conjectural. It may have been rudimentary and
not attached to the acromion, as in Thylacynus.
The humerus (PI. LV, figs. 2, za] is short and heavy, resembling de-
cidedly that of Prothylacynus t but differing in the less prominent epicon-
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 383
dyle and the absence of a hook-shaped termination at the proximal end of
the supinator ridge. In the specimen figured, this is not well shown,
owing to fracturing of the extremity of the ridge, but it can be satisfac-
torily determined from the distal end of the humerus of C. lustratus (No.
15,046). The head is broad and overhangs posteriorly, as in Prothyla-
cynus. Distally, the trochlear and capitellar surfaces are better defined
than in the latter genus and the capitellum is separated from the anterior
margin of the external condyle by a deep groove quite unlike the condi-
tion in Thylacynus (text-fig, i, a] and Prothylacynus (PI. XLIX, fig. i).
The anconeal and antecubital fossae are deep, but the connection between
them shown in the figures (PI. LV, figs. 2, 20) is due to accidental rupture
of the thin lamina of bone separating them.
The radius (PI. LVIII, figs. 4, 40, 5) is intermediate in shape between
that of Borhycena and Prothylacynus. The head is oval in outline, as in
the former genus. The shaft is arched, elliptical in cross section prox-
imally, but becoming flattened and triangular in cross section toward the
distal end. The large bicipital tubercle lies on the posterior surface of
the shaft.
The ulna is strikingly like that of Prothylacynus, but the sigmoid curva-
ture of its posterior margin is somewhat more pronounced. The short,
heavy olecranon is grooved on both sides. The shaft is considerably
compressed laterally and deeply grooved on the outer side. The ex-
tremity of the styloid process is hemispherical, but less sharply differen-
tiated from the radial facet than in Prothylacynus.
-One of the most interesting and important features in the anatomy of
Cladosictis is the great size and decided opposability of the pollex. The
feet are preserved with but one specimen (No. 15,046). Unfortunately the
carpus is incomplete and the articular surfaces of the elements remaining
have been partly destroyed by weathering. The arrangement shown in
the figure (PI. LIV, fig. 4) is the same as that of the carpal elements in
the matrix. The metacarpals are short and stout, interlocking proximally
and spreading widely distally. The metacarpal of the pollex is a robust
element with a broad proximal articular surface, convex transversely.
Distally, the outer condyle is greatly enlarged, deflecting the proximal
phalanx toward the inner side of the foot. The tip of the ungual phalanx
of the pollex (PI. LIV, fig. 12) is incomplete, but, so far as preserved,
shows no indication of a median cleft. Of the remaining metacarpals, the
384 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
fourth is the longest. The shafts are more slender than that of the pollex
and are slightly arched and more or less compressed in the dorso-palmar
plane.
The structure of the pelvis (Pis. LVII, figs i, ia; LVIII, figs, i, 7, 7*7)
is important from the bearing it has on the thylacyne affinities of Clado-
sictis. The anterior margin of the pubic symphysis is slightly damaged
in the otherwise nearly complete pelvis of C. liistratus (No. 15,170). The
anterior pubic border is sharp, without trace" of supporting structures for
epipubic bones. The pubic symphysis is closed, as in Thylacynus, so it
seems probable that, if epipubic elements were present, they must have
been vestigial cartilages, as in the latter genus (cf. text-fig. 3). The pe-
duncular portion of the ilium is more attenuated than in Frothy lacynus,
supporting heavy recti tubercles. The gluteal surface is broad and smooth
with even less trace of muscular flutings than in Frothy lacynus. The
iliopectineal eminences are large. The ischial tuberosities are less pro-
nounced than in Thylacymis. The obturator foramina are large and oval
in outline, with the posterior border emarginated by an anteriorly directed
prominence.
The same lack of proportion between the lengths of skull and femur,
which was mentioned in the discussion of the genus BorJiycena, is observ-
able to even a greater extent in the case of Cladosictis. The femoral shaft
has a gentle sigmoid curvature, expanding at either end to about the same *
extent and in much the same manner as in Borhycena. The greater tro-
chanter and head reach the same elevation. The lesser trochanter is
prominent. As in Borhycena, the inner condyle is somewhat wider than
the outer one. The intercondylar notch is deep and narrow, leading an-
teriorly into a wide, shallow rotular groove, the margins of which are more
acute than in Thylacynus (cf. text-fig, i, c].
An ossified patella has not been found in association -with any of the
skeletal material of Cladosictis in the collection, and has accordingly been
omitted in the restoration.
The tibia (PI. LVIII, figs. 2, 8) resembles that of Frothy lacynus, differ-
ing, however, in being slightly narrower distally and in having the distal
fibular facet less obliquely placed. The shaft is straight, in contrast with
the curvature of the tibial shaft in Thylacymis (text-fig, i, d]. The cnemial
crest is poorly differentiated, as in Frothy lacynus, extending more than
half way down the shaft. Distally, the tibia exhibits a trochlear surface
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 385
similar to that in Prothylacynus (PI. XLIX, fig. 4). The internal malleolus
is prominent.
The fibula (PI. LVIII, fig. 9) is intermediate in shape between that of
Prothylacynus and that of Thylacymts. Proximally, it is flatter than in the
former genus, having the facets for the tibia and lateral sesamoid relatively
longer. The shaft is curved sigmoidally, supporting a strong interosseous
ridge. Distally the shaft becomes roughly circular in section. In shape,
the articular surfaces for the astragalus and calcaneum are much the same
as in Prothylacynus.
In general, the pes (PI. LIV, fig. 3) resembles that of Dasyurus macu-
latus. The trochlear surface of the astragulus (PI. LIV, fig. 10) is not as
flat as in Amphipro'vi'verm and Prothylacymts and is somewhat narrower
proportionately than in the latter genus. The tibial portion is not pro-
duced distally on the dorsal surface of the neck, as in Prothylacynus.
The articular surfaces on the plantar aspect are substantially the same as
in the last-mentioned genus (cf. PI. LIV, fig. 2.0]. The calcaneum differs
from that of Amphipromverra in lacking the deep groove for the accom-
modation of the calcaneo-cuboidal ligament. The relative position of the
tarsals is the same as in Prothylacymis. The cuboid lacks the notch in
its dorsal border between the articular surfaces of the fourth and fifth meta-
tarsals, which is so noticeable a feature in both Prothylacynus and Atnphi-
proviverra. The shifting of the external cuneiform toward the outer side
of the foot has progressed to about the same extent as in Prothylacynus.
The hallux is not preserved, but from the small cup-shaped character of its
articular surface on the entocuneiform, it is probable that it was propor-
tionately no larger than in Dasyurus maculatus or D. viverrinus, having
lost the opposable condition retained by Amphipro'vi'verm. The meta-
tarsals interlock proximally and spread apart distally. Their distal ends
have been destroyed in the right pes represented in the figure, but are well
enough preserved in the left pes to show that the fourth is the longest, an
arboreal character (Dollo, 1899 ; Bensley, 1903) retained alsojin the manus,
where, it will be remembered, the pollex is large and opposable (cf. PI.
LIV, fig. 4).
Restoration of the Skeleton (PI. LXI, fig. i).- -The lack of proportion
between head and body, which has been so often referred to in the discus-
sion of the Santa Cruz thylacynes, is nowhere more marked than in Clado-
sictis. The lengths of the few missing dorsal vertebrae were determined
386 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
approximately by comparison with adjacent portions of the column. The
depth of the anterior portion of the thorax is conjectural, as none of the
ribs in this region are preserved. The tail was probably long and heavy,
judging from the weight of its proximal portion. The legs are remarkably
short and the feet probably plantigrade or semi-plantigrade.
Habits. — The elongation of the fourth digit and the opposabilityof the
thumb point toward an arboreal habit. The loss of the opposable hallux
is an adaptation toward terrestrial progression, which does not necessarily
conflict with the view just stated, if we assume that these animals occupied
a place in the economy of nature similar to that now filled by the dasyures
and some of the smaller placental Carnivora.
CLADOSICTIS LUSTRATUS (Ameghino).
(Plates LII, Fig. 4 ; LIII, Fig. 10 ; LIV, Figs. 3, 4, 12 ; LV, Fig. i ; LVI ; LVII, Figs. I, la,
3, 5, 6; LVIII, Figs. i-4«, 6 ; LIX, Figs. 7-7l>; LXI, Fig. i.)
Hathliacymis histratus Amegh. ; Enum. Sist. Especies Mamif. Fos. Pata-
gonia Austral, p. 7, 1887.
Anatherium defossum Amegh. ; ibid. p. 8, 1887.
Hathliacymis defossus (Amegh.) Mercerat; Revista del Museo de La
Plata, II, p. 53, 1891.
Proviverra trouessartii Amegh. ; Revista Argentina, I, pp. 149-150, fig.
54. 1891.
Cladosictis trouessarti Amegh.: Enum. Syn., etc., pp. 131-132, figs. 50,
51, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, pp. 386-388, figs. 50-51, 1894.
Cladosictis lateralis Amegh.; Enum. Syn., etc., pp. 132-133, 1894; Bol.
Acad. Cord., p. 388, 1894.
Judging from the number of individuals represented in the collection,
this must have been the most abundant of the Santa Cruz marsupial
carnivores. The two more or less complete skeletons on which the pre-
ceding account of the osteology of the genus is largely based (Nos. 15,046 ;
15,170) are from the Lower Santa Cruz beds, ten miles south of Coy Inlet.
Three very fragmentary skulls associated with a small amount of skeletal
material were collected by Mr. Hatcher at Lake Pueyrredon (see Narra-
tive, this series, Vol. I, p. 173). Several additional specimens were
obtained by Messrs. Hatcher and Peterson and Mr. Barnum Brown at
Coy Inlet and along the coast to the south of the Coy (Nos. 15,015 ; 15,704),
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 387
the Canon de las Vacas (No. 9134, American Museum of Natural History),
and North Gallegos (No. 15,703).
Cladosictis lustratus may be readily recognized by the long, narrow,
depressed skull, with tapering muzzle, moderately expanded arches and
low inclination forward of the facial profile. The summit line of the long
sagittal crest is practically horizontal. The anterior superior premolar is
separated by a short diastema from the canine and by a larger interval
from the median premolar. The median and posterior premolars are
almost in contact at the alveolar border. The lower premolars are sep-
arated from the canine and from each other by diastemata, which vary in
width considerably in different individuals. The posterior premolar and
first molar are separated in some specimens by a short interval.
With the exception of smaller size and less robust build, the skeleton,
so far as it has been possible to make comparisons, is exactly the same
as in Cladosictis petersoni, and the description already given in character-
izing the genus will apply equally to both.
Within fairly well defined limits, there is considerable individual varia-
tion in size. This is probably sexual, as the difference between extremes
is not greater than between the sexes in Thylacynus (cf. Thomas, 1888,
p. 261). The range of this variation is well brought out in the accom-
panying measurements of the two individuals selected for illustration
(Nos. 15, 170 ; 15,046), which are regarded respectively as male and female.
MEASUREMENTS.
No. 15,04.6. No. 15,170.
Skull, extreme length, premaxillae to lambdoidal crest .142 .158
" widlh across jugal arches .... .066 approximately .076
" interorbital width 022 .0258
Face, length, premaxillae to anterior border of orbit . .052 -O57S
Cranium, length to anterior border of orbit . . . .090 .1005
" width at postorbital constriction . . . .010 .0115
Nasals, length 052
" width anteriorly ...... .008
" " posteriorly 024 .023
Palate, length . .069 .079
" width between posterior premolars (approximate) .0125 .015
" M-i 030 .0323
Mandible, length .1105 -H95
" height of coronoid above angle . . . -039* .051
" transverse diameter of condyle . . . .0152 .0162
* Slightly decreased by fracture of the angle.
388 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS! PALAEONTOLOGY.
No. 15,04.6. No. 75,770.
Mandible, length of symphysis ..... -0345 .036
" depth of horizontal ramus below anterior pre-
molar ....... .010 .012
" depth of horizontal ramus below posterior pre-
molar . . . . . . . .0146 .017
depth of horizontal ramus below Mj- . . .015 .0205
Upper dentition, length from median incisor to MA . .0695 .078
" " " of premolar series . . . .025 .025
" " " " molar "... .027 .027
Lower dentition, length from median incisor to M^- . .0695 .072
" " " of premolar series . . . .024 .027
" " " " molar series . . . .032 -0314
Upper lateral incisor, width of crown .... .002 .002
Upper canine, antero-posterior diameter at alveolar border .0075 .009
" " transverse " " " " .005 -0055
Anterior superior premolar, antero-posterior diameter . -0055 .005
" " " transverse " . .002 .0022
Median " " antero-posterior " . -0073 .0065
" " " transverse " . .0026 .003
Posterior " " antero-posterior " . .0085 .008
" " " transverse " . .0034 .004
MJ-, antero-posterior diameter ..... .0078 .007
" transverse " ..... .005 .005
£, antero-posterior " ..... .0086 .008
transverse " ..... .0065 .0058
, antero-posterior " ..... .0086 .0085
" transverse " . . ' . . . .0067 .0066
M±; antero-posterior " ..... .003 .003
" transverse " ..... .006 .007
Lower lateral incisor, width of crown .... .00 1 3 .002
" canine, antero-posterior diameter at alveolar
border ....... .007 .008
Lower canine, transverse diameter at alveolar border . .0045 .005
Anterior inferior premolar, antero-posterior diameter . -0055 -0055
" " " transverse " . .0023 .0025
Median " " antero-posterior " . .0077 .0085
" " " transverse " . .0028 .003
Posterior " " antero-posterior " . .008 .009
" " " transverse " . .003 -0035
M^-, antero-posterior diameter ..... .007 .0065
" transverse " ..... .003 .003
Mj, antero-posterior " . . . . . -0075 .007
" transverse " 0033 -0033
Mj, antero-posterior " . . . . . .0085 .0082
" transverse " ..... .004 .004
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 389
No. 15,04.6. No. 75,770.
M?, antero-posterior diameter ..... .0095 .0096
" transverse " ..... .005 -0047
Atlas, width across anterior cotyles .... .0325
" " of neural arch ..... .0136
" " " inferior " (approximate) . '. . .008
Axis, length of centrum including odontoid . . .034
" width across anterior cotyles .... .0225
" approximate length of neural spine . . . -O44
" " height " " " above floor
of neural canal ...... .022
Third cervical, length of centrum .... .019
" " width across prezygapophyses . . .022
Fourth cervical, length of centrum .... .017
width across prezygapophyses . . .023
Fifth cervical, length of centrum . .... -OI75
" " width across prezygapophyses . . .024
" " antero-posterior diameter of inferior la-
mella ...... .017
Sixth cervical, length of centrum .... .017
" " width across prezygapophyses . . .024
" " antero-posterior diameter of inferior la-
mella ...... .021
Seventh " approximate length of centrum . -°!55
" " width across prezygapophyses . . .023
Fifth dorsal, length of centrum . . . . . .on
Sixth dorsal, " " " 0118
Tenth <•««•< 013
Eleventh dorsal, length of centrum .... .014
Twelfth " " 0145
" " width of posterior face of centrum . .0125
" " depth " " " " " . .008
First lumbar, length of centrum .... .017
" " width across prezygapophyses . . .019
" " height, including spine .... .025
Second lumbar, length of centrum .... -O2O
" " width across prezygapophyses . . .021
Third lumbar, length of centrum ... .021
" " width across prezygapophyses . .018
Fourth lumbar, length of centrum . . . -O22
" " width across prezygapophyses . . .018
Fifth lumbar, length of centrum ... .021
Sixth lumbar, " ... .019 .021
Sacrum, total length .... .027 .03 1
" length of centrum of first sacral . . . .014 -OI55
" " " " " second sacral . . .013
390 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
No. 15,046. No. 15,170.
Sacrum, greatest width across auricular processes . .025 -032
Third ? caudal, length of centrum .... -0135
Fourth? " «««««< .... .0137
Fifth? " " .... -0137
Sixth? " " .... .014
Seventh?" " .... .015
Eighth? " «..«.. .... .0178
Ninth? " " .... .019
Tenth? " " .... .021
Scapula, approximate length ..... .078
width of neck ...... .014
" antero-posterior diameter of glenoid cavity,
including coracoid process . . . -O'/S
" transverse diameter of glenoid cavity . .0105
Radius, length . . . . . . . . .0646 .0666*
" antero-posterior diameter of head . . . .006 .0066
" tranverse " " " . . . .0102 .0114
" width of distal end ..... .01 1 .on
Ulna, length 085 .087*
" antero-posterior diameter at lower margin of
sigmoid cavity . . . . . . .0136 .0166
" antero-posterior diameter of distal end . . .0088 .0085
Femur, length ........ .098 -1095
" width of proximal end ..... .022 .026
" " distal " 0175 .021
Tibia, length 0965 .102
" width of proximal end . . . . . .015 .019
" distal end . ' 0095 .010
Fibula, length ........ .0915
Pelvis, length . . . . . . . .'.1015
" width of ilium ...... .021
" across tubercles for origin oirectiisfemoris. .048
" length of obturator foramen .... .0264
" width of obturator foramen . . . . .0165
" antero-posterior diameter of acetabulum . . .013
" transverse " " " .0125
The following measurements of the manus and pes are from No. 15,046 :
Metacarpal I, length . . . . . . . . . . .0105
" width of proximal end ....... .0066
" distal end 0055
II, length .017
" " width of proximal end ....... .007
* Exclusive of distal epiphysis.
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 391
Metacarpal II, width of distal end 006
III, length 021
" width of proximal end ....... .0345
" " distal end . . . .0045
IV, length .020
" width of distal end 005
V, approximate length . . . . . ... . .013
Terminal phalanx of pollex, approximate length ..... .009
Length of calcaneum ...... ... .0226
Metatarsal II, approximate length ........ .027
" width of proximal end (approximate) ..... .0036
" " " distal end .0062
III, approximate length ........ .028
" width of proximal end ....... .0047
IV, width of proximal end ....... .0045
" V, " " " " . .005
CLADOSICTIS PETERSONI sp. nov.
(Plates LIII, Figs. 3, 3«; LIV, Figs. I, 10; LV, Figs. 2-3* ; LVII, Figs. 2, 2a, 4, 4«;
LVIII, Figs, 5, 7-9.)
The type of this species (No. 15,702 Princeton University Museum) is
the facial half of a skull associated with a large part of the skeleton, col-
lected from the Santa Cruz beds ten miles south of Coy Inlet by Mr.
Peterson, in whose honor the species is named.
The skeletal material associated with the skull includes the right
scapula, humerus, radius and ulna, the left femur, tibia, fibula and astrag-
alus, the atlas, three dorsals, six lumbars, the first sacral and the pelvis.
• Cladosictis petersoni may be recognized by its large size, exceeding in
this respect the largest and most robust individuals of C. lustratus. The
face is relatively shorter, and much deeper, than in that species and the
upper margin of the facial profile is inclined forward more abruptly. The
sagittal crest rises high above the interorbital tract. This portion of the
skull has been crushed antero-posteriorly, approximating the origin of the
crest and the posterior border of the nasals to a greater extent than is
normal. The arches are more abruptly expanded than in C. lustratits.
The median and posterior premolars are spaced to a greater extent than
in the latter, but otherwise there is no difference in the dentition of the
two species.
The skeleton of C. petersoni presents no characters, apart from size, by
which it may be distinguished from C. lustratus.
392 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
In the type skull, there are but three molars on the right side, where
M- is wanting. This tooth is present on the opposite side, where it is
proportionately no more reduced than in C. lustmtus.
The broad, blunt points of the upper canines are the result of fracturing,
and are not characters of specific importance.
MEASUREMENTS.
Skull, width across jugal arches (approximate) . . . . . .090
Face, length, premaxillae to anterior border of orbit ..... .060
Cranium, width at postorbital constriction ....... .oil
Nasals, length (approximate) ......... -057
" width anteriorly .......... .009
" " posteriorly .......... .026
Palate, length 076
" width between canines . . . . . . . . . .014
" " " posterior premolars . . . . . ... .020
" " "MA .037
Upper dentition, length from median incisor to MA (approximate) . . -°79
" " " of premolar series . ...... .032
" molar " 0245
Upper median incisor, width of crown ....... .0012
" lateral " " " " 0018
Upper canine, antero-posterior diameter at alveolar border . . . . .010
transverse " " 007
Anterior superior premolar, antero-posterior diameter. .... .006
" " " transverse " . . . . . .0025
Median " " antero-posterior "..... .0085
" " " transverse "..... .003
Posterior " " antero-posterior " . . . . .0085
" " " transverse " 0038
Mi, antero-posterior diameter . . . . . ... . . .007
" transverse " ......... .005
, antero-posterior " ......... .0078
" transverse " ......... .006
, antero-posterior " ......... .0088
" transverse ......... .007
MA, antero-posterior " ......... .003
" transverse " ......... .007
Atlas, width across anterior cotyles . . . . . . . . .035
" " of neural arch ......... .016
" " " inferior " ; .009
Eleventh dorsal, length of centrum . . . . . . . . -0175
" " width of posterior face of centrum ..... .0165
" " depth " " " " 010
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 393
Eleventh dorsal, width across prezygapophyses ...... .034
Twelfth " length of centrum 019
" width of posterior face of centrum ..... .0164
" " depth " " " " 0104
" width across prezygapophyses . . . . . . .032
" height, including neural spine ...... .0275
Thirteenth " length of centrum 020
" width across prezygapophyses ...... .027
" height, including neural spine ...... .0275
First lumbar, length of centrum ........ .021
" width of posterior face of centrum . ..... .016
" " depth " " ....<< OI25
" " width across prezygapophyses . . . . . .028
" " height, including neural spine . . . . . . .031
Sixth lumbar, length of centrum ........ .022
" " width of anterior face of centrum ...... .017
" " depth " " " " . . ... .0125
width across prezygapophyses ...... .026
" " transverse processes ...... .045
First sacral, length of centrum ......... .018
" greatest width across auricular processes ..... .038
Scapula, length . . - . . . . . . . . .102
" width of neck .......... .018
" antero-posterior diameter of glenoid cavity including coracoid process .0228
" transverse " " " " . . . . . . .0135
Humerus, length . . . . . . . . . . . .112
" width of distal end 033
Radius, length exclusive of distal epiphysis ...... .0785
antero-posterior diameter of head ....... .0087
" transverse " " " 0135
" width of distal end ......... .013
Ulna, length, exclusive of distal epiphysis ....... -0995
" width at lower margin of sigmoid cavity ...... -0195
Femur, length . . . . . . . . . . . . -1255
" width of proximal end . . . . . . ' . . . .030
" " " distal end 024
Tibia, length . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
" antero-posterior diameter of proximal end ..... .02 1 5
transverse " " distal " OI2
Fibula, length 1095
" antero-posterior diameter of proximal end ..... .014
" transverse " " distal " .0115
Pelvis, length 123
" greatest width of ilium ......... -0275
" antero-posterior diameter of acetabulum . . . . . . -O'SS
" transverse " " " 0145
394 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
Pelvis, pubic symphysis, approximate length ...... -0495
Astragalus, length . . . . . . . . . . . .016
" greatest width of trochlea ....... .009
" length of trochlea . . . . . . . . . .010
" width of neck 0055
" " " head 0065
AMPHIPROVIVERRA Ameghino.
(Plates LIII, Figs, i, ia; LIV, Figs. 5, 6, u ; LIX, Figs. 1-5 ; LX).
Protopromverra Amegh.; Nuevos Restos Mamif. F6s. Patagonia Austral,
pp. 26-27, Aug., 1891 ; Revista Argentina Hist. Nat, I, entr. 50, pp.
312-313, Oct., 1891. Preoccupied by Protoproviverra Lemoine.
Amphiproviverra Amegh. Revista Argentina, etc., I, footnote p. 397,
1891.
Small, highly carnivorous marsupials, in which the protocone on the
last upper molar is basin-shaped and the heels of the lower molars are
broad and strongly bicuspidate.
Dentition (Pis. LIX, figs. i-ib, 3*2, 4; LX, figs, i, ia, 2-30). — Dental
formula f, 1, f, t. The median upper incisors are styliform, and approxi-
mated at the tips, as in the opossums and dasyures. The crowns of the
lateral teeth are spatulate in shape. The incisor series is placed obliquely,
so that the procumbent median pair are the most anterior. Its members
increase regularly in size from the first to the fourth. The canines are
long and slender, projecting below the lower border of the mandible when
the jaws are closed (PI. LX, fig. 3). The anterior and median premolars
are simple-crowned, double-fanged, piercing teeth, much compressed
laterally. The median premolar supports a small heel cusp. The pos-
terior premolar is enlarged, its crown projecting below the level of the
molars. It is recurved to about the same degree as the tooth preceding
it and also carries a small heel cusp. The anterior premolar is separated
from the canine and median premolar by diastemata. The latter tooth is
almost in contact with the posterior premolar in A. manzaniana and A.
minuta (PI. LX, figs, i, 3). The anterior molars are of the characteristic
thylacyne type, while the fourth resembles the last upper molar of Dasytirns.
The first, second and third increase regularly in width, although retaining
about the same antero-posterior diameter. In these teeth, the protocone
is large, inclosing a basin-shaped depression, on both margins of which
SINCLAIR : MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 395
small intermediate cuspules may be observed in unworn teeth, as in Micro-
biotherium and Dasyurus viverrinus. The outer cusps are high and coni-
cal. The paracone is relatively higher than in Thylacynns and the meta-
cone shear strongly developed, but less rotated outwardly on M1 than in
the latter genus. A large antero-external style is always present. On
M1 the protocone, paracone and antero-external style are functional. The
protocone is large and basin-shaped, as in the anterior molars. The high
conical paracone is connected with the antero-external style by a sharp
ridge, producing a transverse shear, as in Dasyurus, but less perfectly so,
owing to the relatively greater elevation of the paracone. In some indi-
viduals of A. manzaniana a small metacone is present. With decrease in
size of the metacone, the root supporting it is greatly reduced and may
disappear entirely, producing a double-rooted tooth. The anterior molars
are triple-rooted in both species.
The lower incisors are similar to those of Thylacynus and Dasyurus
with rather thick crowns divided by a transverse groove (PI. LX, fig. 30).
The second tooth on either side is displaced behind the median and
lateral pair. The canines are shorter and less robust than those of the
upper series, with conical crowns curved to about the same extent as in
Thylacynus. The lower premolars are simple-crowned, double-rooted,
piercing teeth, of which the median and posterior are subequal in size.
The heel cusp on the anterior premolar is small, becoming larger on the
median and posterior pair (PI. LX, fig. 20.]. The anterior premolar is
spaced on either side. The median and posterior premolars may be in
contact or slightly spaced. The molars increase regularly, not only in
size, but in the height of the external cusps. They are closely crowded,
so much so that the heel of each is impressed into the anterior surface of
the tooth next succeeding. In MT, the arrangement of the cusps is linear,
but in the second, third and fourth the paraconid is more and more de-
flected internally, producing a shear which cuts against the metacone spur
of the upper teeth. The protoconid is high and conical, becoming flattened
on the posterior side by shearing against the anterior face of the trigon of
the upper molars. The lobate, blade-like paraconid is separated by a
narrow slit from the protoconid. The heels are broad and strongly bi-
cuspidate, the lingual cusp corresponding to the undifferentiated hypo-
conulid-entoconid. A short antero-external cingulum is present on the
second, third and fourth molars.
396 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
Skull (Pis. LIX, figs. i-3«; LX, figs, i-ic, 3). — The facial portion of
the skull is short and slender, the cranial portion elongate, with low sagittal
and lambdoidal crests, widely expanded arches and exceptionally long,
shallow brain-case. In profile (PI. LX, fig. i), the upper margin is
almost horizontal, becoming slightly convex back of the orbits. The
ascending premaxillary processes are short, proportionately less elongated
than in Thylacynus and Dasytirus. The nasals are greatly expanded
posteriorly and in broad contact with the lachrymals. The lachrymals
are large, spreading out on the face and excluding the maxillae from the
anterior border of the orbit. The lachrymal duct opens within the orbital
rim, which is sharply defined, with a distinct lachrymal tubercle. The
infraorbital canal is single, opening externally above the posterior pre-
molar. The orbits are large and placed well forward, their anterior
border lying above the middle of M1. The postorbital processes on the
frontal and jugal are small. The zygomatic arches are robust and broadly
expanded, the greatest width occurring at about the middle of the arch.
The jugal bar bears a well-marked ridge, situated about a third of the dis-
tance from its inferior border, for the origin of the anterior portion of the
masseter. Posteriorly the jugal is continued to the glenoid cavity, of
which it forms the anterior border.
The postorbital constriction of the brain case is even more marked than
in the opossum. A short distance anterior to the point of greatest con-
striction the feeble temporal ridges unite to form a low sagittal crest.
The supraoccipital, unlike its condition in Prothylacynus and Borhycena,
has considerable anterior expansion on the upper surface of the skull,
rather more proportionately than in Dasyunis niactilatus and the opossum.
A broad bar of the parietal extends posteriorly between the supraoccipital
and the squamosal to contact with the mastoid.
The posterior view of the skull (PI. LX, fig. \c] shows the occiput to
be almost semicircular in outline, in contrast with the triangular occiput
of the dasyures, Sarcophihts and Thylacynus. It does not project beyond
the condyles, which are of the same general shape as in Dasynrns. The
foramen magnum is elliptical in outline. Its upper border is notched by
an irregular vacuity, resembling a similar structure in some of the Macro-
podidae. Owing to the scarcity of material for comparison, it can not be
determined whether this peculiar feature is normal to the genus.
The basioccipital is broad and flat. But one condyloid foramen is
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 397
present, in contrast with the double condyloid foramen so common among
existing marsupials. The tympanic (PI. LIX, fig. 2) is . annular and
unfused with the adjacent bones of the skull. The alisphenoid is dilated
to form the auditory bulla. As this region is imperfectly preserved in all
the specimens examined, it can not be satisfactorily determined whether
the petrous was involved in the formation of the posterior portion of the
bulla, as it is in Dasyums and Microbiotherium. The basisphenoid is
ridged, as in existing carnivorous marsupial's. Prominent alisphenoid
ridges extend posteriorly to the confluence with the auditory bullae. The
pterygoids are not preserved in any of the specimens examined and
were probably small and scale-like. The posterior nares terminate either
opposite or slightly posterior to the last molar. The palato-narial border
is thickened, resembling the corresponding region in the skull of Dasyums,
and is more or less emarginate, varying slightly in the degree of develop-
ment of the median process in different individuals of the same species.
The palate is long and triangular in shape, increasing in width pos-
teriorly. Palatal vacuities are conspicuously absent. The incisive fora-
mina terminate a short distance posterior to the premaxillary suture. A
large foramen perforates the palatal surface of the maxillary opposite either
canine. Accessory palatal foramina are less numerous than in Borliyccna.
The margins of the palate are depressed for reception of the tips of the
lower molars, when the mouth is closed. The posterior border of the
palate is perforated by a large foramen on either side of the nares, as
in nearly all marsupials.
With a few important exceptions, the cranial foramina are the same in
number and position as in existing carnivorous marsupials. As already
noted, the condyloid foramen is single. The basisphenoid has but one
perforation, that for the internal carotid artery. The foramina of the lateral
sinuses are especially well developed. The postglenoid and sub-squa-
mosal foramina are the largest. The postzygomatic, which opens ante-
riorly within the lip of the postglenoid foramen, varies in size in different
individuals of the same species. A small foramen occasionally pierces'
the jugal process of the squamosal just above the glenoid cavity.
The mandible is slender, with moderately convex inferior border. The
coronoid is less strongly inclined posteriorly than in Tliylacynus, resem-
bling rather the condition in Dasynrus. The masseteric fossa is broad,
with prominent borders. The condyles have about the same degree of
398 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS 1 PALAEONTOLOGY.
elevation as in Tkylacynus, but, unlike that genus, the condylar surfaces
are wider internally than externally. The angle is broad and strongly
inflected. The rami are unfused at the symphysis, which extends as far
back as the anterior border of the posterior premolar. Four or five men-
tal foramina are present, varying in number and position on opposite
halves of the same mandible. The most anterior and also the largest of
these is situated beneath the anterior premolar.
Cervical Vertebra. — The atlas and third cervical are associated with
the skull and feet of a specimen of A. mansaniana (No. 15,154). The
atlanteal intercentrum (PL LIII, figs, i, \d] is separately ossified and un-
fused with the neural arch. The canal for the vertebral artery pierces the
inner surface of the neural arch above the condyles. A smaller foramen,
possibly transmitting a recurrent branch of the same artery, penetrates the
upper surface of the base of the transverse process near its posterior edge.
The artery emerges on the lower surface of the atlas at the base of the
transverse process. The neuro-arterial canal is large and widely sepa-
rated from the upper margin of the cotyles by a broad bar of bone. The
extremities of the transverse processes are lobate, and the upper surface
of each is reenforced by a broad median rib.
The neural spine of the third cervical (PL LIX, fig. 5) is proportionately
larger than in Thy lacy mis. The centrum is strongly keeled inferiorly,
and the posterior bar of the costal process supports a small diapophysis.
Appendicular Skeleton. — The humerus of A. mansaniana (PL LX,
fig. 4) is without internal epicondylar foramen. The supinator ridge is
low and does not terminate proximally in a hook-shaped process. The
deltoid crest is sharper than in Cladosictis or Protkytacynus.
With the exception of the magnum, the carpus of No. 15,154 is want-
ing. The magnum resembles that of Borhycena in shape and in the
arrangement of the facets. The metacarpals (PL LIV, fig. 5) interlock
proximally to about the same extent as in Sarcophilus. The third and
fourth are equal in length. The proximal articular surfaces are convex
in dorso-palmar section and concave transversely. The proximal sur-
face of the fourth is irregularly quadrangular in outline like that of the
third, instead of triangular, as in Thy lacy mis and SarcopJiilits. The dis-
tal ends are transversely flattened, with moderately developed keels on the
palmar surfaces. The metacarpal of the pollex is missing, but from the
size of the proximal articular surface on the first phalanx of the pollex it
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 399
appears to have been proportionately larger than in Sarcopliilns or Tliy-
lacynus. As in Cladosictis, this surface is divided by a sharp keel into a
small inner and a large outer rotular groove, indicating an enlargement of
the outer condyle of the metacarpal, which produced a deflection of the
phalanges of the pollex toward the inner side of the foot. The remaining
proximal phalanges are short and stout, with straight shafts and prom-
inent tuberosities for the annular ligament. The distal trochleae are
without trace of the median keel-like structures observable in Sarcopliilns,
resembling in this respect Thy lacy mis. The proximal articular surfaces
of the phalanges of the second row are prolonged dorsally by the devel-
opment of tongue-like processes fitting between the condyles of the prox-
imal phalanges, indicating that these two sets of elements were carried
with respect to each other at a considerable angle. The unguals are la-
terally compressed, sharp-pointed and without terminal clefts. Hoods are
developed to about the same extent as in Sarcophilus and Dasynrus
maculatus.
With the exception of the claw of the second digit, the figure (PI. LIV,
fig. 5) shows the original association of the phalanges of the manus. The
ungual interpreted as that of the second digit lay in the matrix above the
fifth metacarpal.
In the pes (PI. LIV, fig. 6), the trochlear surface of the astragalus is
short and almost flat transversely. Distally, the tibial trochlea is pro-
duced on the upper surface of the neck. The neck is proportionately
longer than in Sarcophilus and Thylacynns and the head is less obliquely
placed than in those genera. The calcaneal and sustentacular facets are
like those of Prothylacymis (PI. LIV, fig. 20) in shape and position. Two
minute astragalar foramina are present. The calcaneum has the tubercle
for the attachment of the calcaneo-cuboidal ligament greatly enlarged and
grooved. The calcaneum carries a facet for articulation with the fibula,
which is confluent with the ectal facet for the astragalus. The susten-
tacular facet is concave and is broadly separated from the former, unlike
the condition in Sarcophilus and Thylacynus. The tuber calcis is rela-
tively shorter than in those genera, occupying somewhat less than one
half the total length of the calcaneum. The remaining tarsals agree
closely in shape and in the arrangement of the articular facets with those
of Protkylacynus and do not call for separate description.
The hallux, when brought into articulation with the entocuneiform, is
400 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
strongly deflected toward the inner side of the foot (opposable). Its
proximal articular surface is convex in dorso-plantar section, fitting a large
concave facet in the distal end of the entocuneiform. The distal end is,
unfortunately, missing. The fourth metatarsal is the longest in the pes.
The proximal articular surfaces of the second, third and fourth are irregu-
larly triangular, wider on the dorsal than on the plantar margin. Distally,
these bones are flattened, with moderate keels on the plantar surfaces.
The fifth metatarsal is missing.
The short, comparatively flat, astragalar trochlea, moderately interlock-
ing metapodials and distal spreading of the toes indicate, in the writer's
opinion, that Aniphipromverra was plantigrade. The opposable hallux
and semi-opposable pollex point to arboreal habits.
The proximal and distal ends of the left fibula are associated with the
pes just described. Proximally, the shaft is triangular in cross section
and carries a large facet for the fabella. Distally the fibula resembles the
corresponding element in Prothylacymis. It carries the usual three facets
for the calcaneum, astragalus and tibia.
A fragment of the patella associated with the skull of A. minuta (No.
15,373) is hardly complete enough to describe, but is important in demon-
strating the ossification of the patella in this genus as in Prothylacynus.
Among living marsupials the patella is ossified only in the Peramelidae.
The skull represented in figures i, la, Plate LIX (No. 15,154), shows
an interesting pathological structure, which affords some suggestions of
the pugnacious habits of these animals. The right upper canine has been
torn out bodily and the wound has healed, leaving an irregular cavity in
the side of the face. Wounds similarly received have been noticed in
the discussion of the genus Borhyccna.
AMPHIPROVIVERRA MANZANIANA Ameghino.
(Plates LIII, Figs, i, ia; LIV, Figs. 5, 6, n ; LIX, Figs. 1-2, 4, 5 ; LX, Figs. \-2a, 4.)
Protoproviverra manzaniana Amegh.; Nuevos Restos Mamif. Fos. Pata-
gonia Austral., pp. 26-27, Aug., 1891 ; Revista Argentina, etc., I,
entr. 50, pp. 312-313, Oct., 1891.
Amphiproviverra manzaniana Amegh.; Enum. Syn., etc., p. 133, fig.
52, p. 134, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 389, fig. 52, p. 390, 1894.
Apart from size, there is hardly a character which will serve to distin-
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS.
401
guish A. manzaniaiia from A. niinnta. The species is represented in the
Princeton collection by remains of three individuals :
No. 15,148, a fragment of the right maxilla retaining in place the little-
worn crowns of all the teeth except the canine and median premolar, col-
lected by Mr. O. A. Peterson from the Lower Santa Cruz beds, ten miles
south of Coy Inlet.
No. 15,029, an incomplete skull and mandible obtained by Mr. Hatcher
from the Lower Santa Cruz beds at the same locality as No. 15,148.
No. 15,154, a crushed skull, atlas, third cervical and portions of the right
fore and left hind limbs, collected by Mr. Peterson from the Lower Santa
Cruz beds, ten miles south of Coy Inlet.
The collection of the American Museum of Natural History contains a
remarkably perfect skull associated with a part of the mandible (No. 9254,
PI. LX, figs. \ — \c] from the vicinity of Felton's estancia on the Rio Gallegos.
The accompanying table of measurements shows considerable individual
variation in size. This may possibly be a sexual character.
MEASUREMENTS.
No.
Skull, length on median basal line
" " premaxillae to condyles
Skull, greatest width across zygo-
matic arches ....
Skull, width across postorbital proc-
esses ......
Cranium, length, condyles to anterior
border of orbit ....
Cranium, least width of brain case
Face, length to anterior border of orbit
Nasals, length ....
" width at anterior extremity .
" " posterior
Occiput, height ....
" width at base
Mandible, length, including condyle .
Mandible, length, M? to outer end of
condyle .....
Mandible, height of condyle above
angle ......
* Width increased by crushing.
No.
15,029.
.056
.0204
No.
.070*
No.
Ant. Mus.
.108
.112
.062
.OI9
•0755
.010
.010
.010
.041
.037
•039
.040
.038
.039
.0088
.008
.008
.020
.020
.018
.023
.036
.090
.036
.0175
4O2 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS! PALAEONTOLOGY.
No. No. No. No. 9254.
15,14.8. 15,029. 15,154.. Am. Mus.
Mandible, transverse diameter of con-
dyle ...... .012
Mandible, depth of horizontal ramus
at M? ...... .0125 .013
Mandible, depth of horizontal ramus
at posterior premolar ... .010
Mandible, depth of horizontal ramus
at anterior premolar . . . -°°95
Upper dentition, length, median in-
cisor to M± .... -0585 .055 -0565
Upper dentition, length of space occu-
pied by premolars . . . .018 .017 -°I75
Upper dentition, length of space occu-
pied by molars .... .0245 .023 .020 .021
Lower dentition, length, anterior
border of canine to M? . . .0525
Lower dentition, length of space occu-
pied by premolars ... .018
Lower dentition, length of space occu-
pied by molars .... .026
Median upper incisor, width of crown .001
Lateral " " " " " .002 .002
Upper canine, antero-posterior diam-
eter at alveolar border . . . .0058 .006 .0065
Upper canine, transverse diameter at
alveolar border .... .004 .0042 .004
Anterior superior premolar, antero-
posterior diameter . . . .004 .004 .0038 .004
Anterior superior premolar, trans-
verse diameter .... .0015 .0015 .0015 .0015
Median superior premolar, antero-
posterior diameter . . . -0055 .005 .005
Median superior premolar, transverse
diameter .002 .0018 .0018
Posterior superior premolar, antero-
posterior diameter . . . .0063 .006 .005 .0056
Posterior superior premolar, trans-
verse diameter .... .003 .003 .0028 .0028
Mi, antero-posterior diameter . . .007 .007 .006 .007
" transverse diameter . . . .004 .004 .004 .004
M£, antero-posterior diameter . . .0077 -0074 .006 .007
" transverse diameter . . . .006 -0055 .005 -0055
, antero-posterior diameter . . .007 .007 .006 .0064
transverse diameter . . . .0078 .0068 -0055 .0058
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 403
No. No. No. No. 9254.
15,14.8. 15,029. 15,154. Am. Mus.
MA, antero-posterior diameter . . .0028 .0028 .0028 .0023
" transverse diameter . . . .0072 .007 .0065 .006
Lower lateral incisor, width of crown .0018
Lower canine, antero-posterior diam-
eter at alveolar border . . . .0046
Lower canine, transverse diameter at
alveolar border .... -0035
Anterior inferior premolar, antero-pos-
terior diameter .... .0045
Anterior inferior premolar, transverse
diameter ..... .002
Median inferior premolar, antero-pos-
terior diameter .... .006
Median inferior premolar, transverse
diameter ..... .0022
Posterior inferior premolar, antero-
posterior diameter . . . .0065
Posterior inferior premolar, transverse
diameter ..... .0026
M-j, antero-posterior diameter . . .006
" transverse diameter . . . .0027
Mj, antero-posterior diameter . . .0068
" transverse diameter . . . -0035
Mff, antero-posterior diameter . . -0075 .0066
" transverse diameter . . . .0038 -0033
M?, antero-posterior diameter . . .007 .006
" transverse diameter . . . .004 .003
Atlas, transverse breadth . .043
" width of neural arch . . -Oio
" " intercentrum . .0056
Third cervical, length of centrum . -O'SS
" " width across trans-
verse processes .... -028
The following measurements of the manus and pes are from No. 15, 154 :
Metacarpal II, length ... -°1SS
" " width of proximal end . . .0045
" distal " . -0055
Metacarpal III, length
" " width of proximal end . . .004
" " " " distal end ... . -O°5
Metacarpal IV, length ... -Ol8
" " width of proximal end . . . .0036
404 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
Metacarpal IV, width of distal end ........ .005
Metacarpal V, length . . . . . . . . . . .012
" " width of proximal end ....... .004
" distal " . .0055
Pollex, first phalanx, length ......... .009
" ungual phalanx, length. ........ .0097
" " " width of hood 005
Second digit, first phalanx, length ........ .0085
" " second " " . . ... .0065
" " ungual " "...'. ... .0098
" " " width of hood ... ... .005
Third digit, first phalanx, length ........ .0085
Fourth " " 0085
" " second " " 0063
" " ungual " width of hood . . . . . . . .0036
Fifth digit, first phalanx, length. ........ .0075
" " second " " x . .0055
" " ungual " " 0085
width of hood .0038
Astragalus, length . . . . . . . . . . . .0135
" width of trochlea ......... .0085
" " neck .0046
Calcaneum, length ........... .021
" " of tuber ......... .0097
Metatarsal I, width of proximal end ........ .005
Metatarsal II, length . . . . . . . . . . .022
" width of proximal end. ....... .0032
" " " " distal "........ .005
Metatarsal III, length .......... .023
" " width of proximal end ....... .004
" " distal " . .005
Metatarsal IV, length . . . . . . . . . . .025
" width of proximal end ....... .004
" " distal " . . . . . . . .005
AMPHIPROVIVERRA MINUTA Ameghino.
(Plates LIX, Figs. 3, 30; LX, Figs. 3, 3«.)
Amphipromveyra minuta Amegh.; Enum. Syn., pp. 134-135, 1894;
Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 390, 1894.
This species may be distinguished from A. inanzaniana by its smaller
size and less robust build. It is represented in the Princeton collection
by an incomplete skull and mandible (No. 15,373) associated with a frag-
ment of the left ulna, a number of phalanges, the distal end of a meta-
SINCLAIR I MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 405
podial and part of the patella, collected by Mr. Hatcher, from the Lower
Santa Cruz beds at Killik Aike.
Although smaller than A. manzaniana, the length of the upper pre-
molar-molar series is almost the same as in some individuals of that
species (cf. PI. LIX, figs, i, 3^). In A. minuta, the nasals are less
rounded posteriorly than in A. manzaniana and receive a somewhat
longer tongue of the frontals between them. This, however, may be an
individual rather than a specific character. In the mandible, the chin is
more strongly marked than in A. manzaniana. The dental pattern is
identical in the two species.
MEASUREMENTS.
Skull, length from ant. surface of canine to post, border of preglenoid process. .069
" least width of brain case . . . . . . . . . .010
" width across postorbital processes ....... .015
" width across posterior expansion of nasals. . . . . . .015
Palate, greatest length from anterior surface of canine to palato-narial border. .043
" width between anterior premolars ....... .009
last molars 020
Mandible, length, base of median incisor to condyle ..... .076
" " M^ to outer end of condyle ..... .0295
" height of condyle above angle . . . . . . -O'35
" depth of horizontal ramus below MT . . . . .0105
" " " " , " " posterior premolar . . . .008
" " " " " " anterior premolar . . .0078
" transverse diameter of condyle .... .009
Upper dentition, anterior border of canine to My inclusive . .044
" " length of space occupied by premolars . . .017
" " " " " " " molars ..... .020
Lower " base of median incisor to M j inclusive . . .048
" " length of space occupied by premolars . . .017
« " " " " " " molars 0233
Upper canine, antero-posterior diameter at alveolar border . .0045
" transverse " " " " -°O3
Anterior superior premolar, antero-posterior diameter .004
" " " transverse "... .0018
Median " " antero-posterior
" " " transverse . -°°2
Posterior " " antero-posterior
" " " transverse . • .0025
Mi, antero-posterior diameter .
" transverse "
, antero-posterior
transverse " °°5
406 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PAL/EONTOLOGY.
M&, antero-posterior diameter ......... .006
" transverse " 0057
M-t, antero-posterior " ........ .002
" transverse " 0055
Median inferior incisor, width of crown ....... .0015
Lateral " " " " " 002
Lower canine, antero-posterior diameter at alveolar border . .004
transverse " " " " 003
Anterior inferior premolar, antero-posterior diameter ..... .0045
" " " transverse " ..... .0016
Median " " antero-posterior " . . . . . -0055
" " " transverse " ..... .002
Posterior " " antero-posterior " ..... -OO55
" " " transverse " . . . • . . .0023
MT, antero-posterior diameter . . . . . . . . . .0058
" transverse " ......... .0025
M^-, antero-posterior " ......... .0062
" transverse " .......... .003
My, antero-posterior diameter . . . . . . . . . ' .0064
" transverse " ......... .003
My, antero-posterior " ......... .0065
" transverse " 0035
Patella, width 007
Terminal phalanges, average length ........ .0065
" " " width of hoods ...... .003
RELATIONSHIPS OF THE THYLACYNID^E.
Although there is sufficient similarity in structure to warrant placing the
Patagonian and Tasmanian thylacynes in the same family, it must not be
inferred that the existing genus is the direct descendant of its extinct
South American forerunners. The study of the group has failed to show
a closer relationship than probable descent from a common pre-Santa
Cruz ancestor. While retaining the fundamental family characters, both
lines have diverged and in some respects the Santa Cruz forms are more
advanced than the existing genus.
i. Without exception, the Santa Cruz forms, so far as known, show
great reduction of the external styloid cusps in the upper molars, the
antero-external style alone remaining, while in Tliylacyuns, "a small ele-
ment probably equivalent to style c2 is apparently always present in the
first molar, variable in the second, and scarcely distinguishable in the
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 407
third." (Bensley, 1903, p. 108.) This style is well shown in figure la
of Plate LXV.
2. The last upper molar in the Santa Cruz genera is more reduced than
in Thylacynus, reaching an extreme in Borhycena, where but two cusps
remain, the paracone and antero-external style. In neither Amphipro-
mverra, Frothy lacynus, nor Cladosictis, is the metacone on MA as strongly
developed as in Thylacynus.
3. In the lower dentition of all the Patagonian thylacynes the hypo-
conulid is undifferentiated from the entoconid, and the heel of the fourth
molar is not only smaller proportionately than in T/iy lacy tins, but has
undergone greater reduction, except in Amphiproviverra, in which all the
lower molar heels are bifid.
4. In cranial characters Thylacynus is decidedly progressive, while the
Santa Cruz forms are conservative. The elongation of the face and pos-
terior shifting of the orbit, the great increase in brain capacity, the acqui-
sition of palatal vacuities and the prenatal shedding of the milk teeth in
the recent genus are all progressive characters.
5. The peculiarities in podial structure observable in l^hylacynus are
readily understood, if interpreted as adaptive modifications. The foot
structure of the common ancestor of the family was probably not unlike
that in Amphiproviverra. Adaptation to a cursorial mode of progression
resulted in a reduction of the hallux, as in Frothy lacy nus. With increase
in speed and the assumption of a digitigrade gait the complete loss of the
hallux and the curious shifting of the tarsal elements noticed in Thyla-
cynus have been produced.
In connection with the question of the descent of the Patagonian and
Tasrnanian thylacynes from a common ancestor, it may be interesting to
notice that certain large carnivorous marsupials from the Pyrotherium
beds (Amegh., 1897, PP- 97~ioo) named by Ameghino Proborhycena and
Pharsophortis retain the metaconid in the lower molars, while the pre-
molar formula is unreduced. The loss of the metaconid in the Thylacyn-
idae separates them sharply from all other carnivorous marsupials. It is
possible that the two genera mentioned, in which this cusp is retained, will
be found to occupy an intermediate position between the Thylacynidae
and Dasyuridae, but until they are better known it is unsafe to attempt
generalizations of so broad a character.
Confining the discussion to the mutual relationships of the Santa Cruz
408 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
thylacynes, it is surprising to notice the extent to which they have
responded to adaptive specialization. No one of them is ancestral to the
others, but Ampliiproviverm is perhaps nearest to the ancestral form in
foot structure and shows least reduction in the heel of MT. At the other
extreme is Borhycsna which, so far as dentition goes, is a decidedly spe-
cialized animal. All the Santa Cruz genera are, apparently, divergent
branches of a common pre-Santa Cruz ancestral stock, from which
Amphiproviverra appears to have departed less in podial and dental
structure than any of the others.
DIDELPHYID^E.
MICROBIOTHERIUM Ameghino.
(Plate LXII, Text-fig. 6.)
Microbiotheriiim Amegh.; Enum. Sist. Especies Mamif. F6s. Patagonia
Austral, pp. 6-7, 1887.
Hadrorkynckus Amegh.; Nuevos Restos Mamif. Fos. Patagonia Austral,
p. 25, Aug., 1891 ; Revista Argentina Hist. Nat, I, entr. $a, p. 311,
Oct., 1891.
Minute polyprotodonts, comparable in size to some of the smaller
South American opossums. Although placed by Ameghino in a separate
family, the Microbiotheridae, this genus possesses so many important
characters in common with the Didelphyidae that the propriety of its ref-
erence to the latter family seems beyond question.
Dentition (PI. LXII, figs. 1-6). — The dental formula is I, i, f, I, as in
Didelphys. The upper incisors are unspaced and the lateral tooth is
separated from the canine by a long diastema. The skull of Microbio-
therium tortor in the Princeton collection (No. 15,698, PI. LXII, fig. i)
retains in place the third incisor only. This tooth resembles the corre-
sponding element in Didelpliys. As in that genus, the median incisors
were probably procumbent and approximated at the tips, judging from the
inclination of the alveoli, but this portion of the premaxillae has been
somewhat crushed and the inference cannot be fully verified. The upper
canine is a robust tooth, rather blunt, with the crown but little recurved.
The premolars are three in number and closely crowded. The anterior
premolar is single-rooted, the median and posterior double-rooted. The
latter is the largest of the series. A photograph of a specimen in the La
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS.
409
FIG. 6.
Plata Museum (text-fig. 6) shows that this tooth supports a prominent
central cusp, but the minuter details can not be ascertained from the
photograph. The first two molars are of the same size, the third is a
little narrower transversely and the fourth greatly
reduced. All, except the fourth, are triangular in
outline and tricuspidate, with conic cusps, a nar-
row external cingulum and reduced metacone
spur. An antero-external style, designated by
Bensley, style ab (Bensley, 1903, pp. 89, 183 et
seq.}, is present on all the molars as a distinct
tubercle. Style c is well developed on the second
and third molars of Microbiotherium tehuelchum,
but is only slightly differentiated from the cingu-
lum in M. tortor. On the anterior molars the
metacone is decidedly larger than the paracone.
The metacone spur is greatly reduced compared . Mi^tf«™>» SP-- Palatal
... r ° * view of the skull, x I. The
With Its Condition in Dldelpliys or DasyuntS, representation of the molar
Owing to the decreased width of the Cingulum. patterns is slightly diagram-
M- has the metacone vestigial. The cusps rep- matic- Drawn from an en-
resented on this tooth are the protocone, para- larged Phot°graPh of a sPed-
. 7 , . ... _ . men in the La Plata Museum.
cone, style ab and the vestigial metacone. The
protocone is supported on a separate root, as in Didelphys. On the three
anterior molars the protocone encloses a basin-shaped depression, on the
margins of which two minute cuspules are developed. In shape and
pattern, these teeth resemble closely the molars of some of the subspe-
cies of Caluromys. All the upper molars are triple-rooted.
The lower incisors are spatulate in shape, resembling the incisors of
Dasyttnts rather than Didelphys. Unlike these genera, the root of the
second tooth in the series is not displaced posteriorly with reference to
the roots of the first and third. The first and second incisors only are
preserved in the mandible associated with skull No. 15,698. The canine
is either short, blunt, and directed anteriorly (M. tortor, PI. LXII, fig. 2),
or disproportionately long and pointed (M. teJmelcluiin, PI. LXII, fig. 4).
The three lower premolars are double-rooted and are either closely ap-
proximated (M. tortor, M. patagonicitm], or spaced (M. tehtielchnm}. The
anterior premolar is a small, simple-crowned tooth, situated close to the
canine. The median and posterior premolars are provided with prom-
4IO PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALEONTOLOGY.
inent heels. The latter tooth is the largest of the inferior premolar series
and exceeded the molars in degree of elevation of the crown. In all the
specimens retaining this tooth, the tip of the crown is abraded to the gen-
eral level of the molars. The anterior molars are an almost exact dupli-
cation of the corresponding teeth in Didelphys. The first and second are
of about the same size, the third is a little narrower than the preceding
teeth, and the fourth is considerably reduced. On all, the three cusps of
the trigonid are well developed. The talonid is identical in pattern with
that of the lower molars of Didelphys in all except MT, in which it is
narrower transversely than in the anterior teeth. Unfortunately, the heel
of MT is somewhat broken in the only specimen retaining this tooth (No.
15,698) and its pattern cannot be fully determined. It appears to have
been similar to the teeth preceding it, but with the cuspules less distinct.
All the lower molars are double-rooted. A narrow antero-external
cingulum is present on the first and second molars of M. tehuelchum, but
is wanting in the other species.
Skull (PI. LXII, fig. i and text-fig. 6). — The skull is remarkable for
the great length of the premaxillae and the extreme posterior position of
the canine. Anterior to the alveoli of the median incisors the premaxillae
develop a shelf-like extension. The orbits are large, with elevated super-
ciliary borders and prominent postorbital processes, from which the tem-
poral ridges converge to the sagittal crest. In No. 15,698 the greater part
of the brain-case is wanting. Its narrowest part lies immediately back of
the postorbital processes.
The auditory bulla and the glenoid portion of the squamosal are asso-
ciated with a mandible of M. tehuelchum (No. 15,038). This specimen
indicates that the inferior bar of the jugal extended to the anterior border
of the glenoid fossa. The bulla is large, elliptical in outline, with the
alisphenoid and petrous portions equally inflated and articulating in open
suture, as in Dasyimis viverrinus (PI. LXII, fig. 7).
The palate is well preserved in the La Plata Museum specimen (text-
fig. 6). It is perforated posteriorly by two large vacuities. In No.
15,698, it is so badly crushed that the nature of the perforations cannot
be ascertained. Both specimens show the thickening of the posterior
palatal border and its extension beyond the last molar, as in Didelphys.
The infraorbital foramen is situated above the posterior half of the last
premolar and outer anterior root of the first molar.
SINCLAIR : MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 4 1 I
The mandible either has the angle moderately inflected and the inferior
margin of the masseteric fossa widely separated from the lower mandibu-
lar border (M. tortor, PI. LXII, fig. 2 ; M. gallegosense, PI. LXII, fig. 3),
or the angle is strongly inflected, with the masseteric fossa extending to the
inferior border of the jaw (M. tehuelchum, PI. LXII, fig. 4). The chin
is either heavy, with prominent tubercle (M. tortor] or shallow (M. tehuel-
chum]. The inferior mandibular border is much less convex than in
Didelphys. The rami are unfused, as in that genus. The mental foram-
ina are fairly constant in number and position. A large foramen is sit-
uated either beneath the anterior premolar, or beneath adjacent roots of
the anterior and median teeth in species with unspaced premolars. A
second foramen is placed below the anterior root of the first molar.
Some specimens show two foramina beneath this tooth (No. 9595 Amer-
ican Museum). A minute foramen piercing the anterior portion of the
masseteric fossa is present in M. gallegosense, but does not occur in the
other species.
Skeleton (PI. LXII, figs. 8-12).-- Parts of the right scapula and ulna,
an incomplete right humerus, and the first to the sixth cervicals, lacking
the neural arches, are associated with the left half of a lower jaw and
two upper molars of M. tehuelchum.
The body of the scapula (PI. LXII, fig. 11) has been almost entirely
destroyed. The spine is prominent, but has been broken in the region
of the acromion. The neck is short. The coracoid process is large, with
inflected anterior margin.
The humeral head (PI. LXII, fig. 12) has been somewhat damaged.
In general, it resembles that of Prothylacynus and Cladosictis, but does
not overhang posteriorly to so great an extent. The greater tuberosity
has been broken off; the lesser tuberosity is prominent and is separated
from the head by a wide, shallow groove. The distal end is broad, with
powerful supinator ridge and enormously developed inner epicondyle.
The margin of the supinator ridge has been fractured and the character
of its proximal end cannot be determined. A large internal epicondylar
foramen is present.
The posterior border of the ulna (PI. LXII, fig. 10) is strongly convex.
The shaft is flattened laterally and deeply excavated on either side of the
sigmoid cavity.
The atlas and axis (PI. LXII, fig. 9) are imperfectly preserved, but the
412 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PAL/EONTOLOGY.
former shows distinctly the unfused intercentrum, as in Borhycena and
Amphiproviverra. The third, fourth and fifth cervicals (PI. LXII, fig. 8)
are closely applied. The tops of the neural arches have been broken, but
their bases are almost in contact, obliterating the intervertebral spaces.
This may indicate the beginning of a fusion comparable to that in Di-
delphys. The transverse processes resemble those of Didelphys, except
that the anterior lamina of the transverse process of the third cervical is
wanting. In this respect, Microbiotherimn resembles Dasyurus. The
bases of the transverse processes are pierced by a canal for the vertebral
artery. These processes are imperfectly preserved on the side repre-
sented in the figure. The articular surfaces of the centra are flat. A
median ventral keel is indicated on the axis. A prominent tubercle is de-
veloped on either side of the middle line on the posterior ventral border
of the centrum of the fourth cervical. Corresponding swellings are faintly
indicated on the lower borders of the centra of the third and fifth cer-
vicals also.
According to Ameghino (1894, p. 105), the feet were plantigrade and
probably pentadactyl.
Systematic Position and Affinities. - - The affinities of Microbiotherium
are unquestionably didelphid. Among living forms it approaches most
closely some of the subspecies of Caluromys laniger. The genus cannot
be regarded as transitional to any of the living opossums, as the degree
of reduction of the outer cingulum, styloid cusps and metacone spur in
the upper molars is greater. It has been suggested (Bensley, 1903, p.
208) that Microbiotherium, or some allied genus, is ancestral to the Cas-
nolestidae and the Santa Cruz thylacynes. So far as the latter are con-
cerned, the relationship suggested is still problematic, but it is extremely
probable, as will be shown later, that the Caenolestidae have been derived
from a didelphid ancestor.
MICROBIOTHERIUM TORTOR (Ameghino).
(Plate LXII, Figs, i, 2, 20.)
Hadrorhynchus tortor Amegh. ; Nuevos Restos Mamif. Fos. Patagonia
Austral, p. 25, Aug., 1891 ; Revista Argentina Hist. Nat. I, entr. 5^,
p. 311, Oct., 1891.
Hadrorhynchus torvus Amegh. ; Ibid.
This species is represented by an imperfect cranium and mandible (No.
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 413
15,698) from the Lower Santa Cruz beds at Killik Aike. The principal
cranial and dental characters have already been noted in the discussion of
the genus and need not be repeated.
Microbiotherimn tortor is somewhat larger than M. tehuelchum and
may be readily distinguished by the strong mandibular symphysis, which
terminates inferiorly in a prominent tubercle, by the blunt anteriorly di-
rected lower canine, the absence of spacing between the lower premolars,
the less strongly inflected angle, and the wide separation of the lower
borders of the masseteric fossa and angle.
MEASUREMENTS.
Length, II- MA on alveolar border .021
" anterior border of C-M± . . . . . . . . .012
" superior premolar series ........ -0035
MI-MA 007
" IT~ MI on alveolar border . . . . . . . . -0173
C-MT .0135
" inferior premolar series ........ .004
" MT-MT on alveolar border ........ .0078
Depth of mandible below anterior premolar ...... .004
« " " " MT 0045
" " " M5 0055
Antero-posterior diameters of Mi, M^ and M* each . . . .002
Transverse diameters of Mi and M3. each ..... .0022
diameter " M-S. .002
Antero-posterior diameter of MA . . . .0015
" diameters of MT, M7 and M8- each . .002
Transverse diameters of MT, Mj and Mg- each . .0015
Antero-posterior diameter of Mj . . .00175
Transverse diameter of M? ... . -OO i 2
MlCROBIOTHERIUM GALLEGOSENSE Sp. nOV.
(Plate LXII, Figs. 3, 3*.)
This is the largest known species of Microbiotherium. The type speci-
men (American Museum No. 9591), collected by Mr. Barnum Brown, on
the Rio Gallegos, is the right ramus of a mandible, broken at both ends.
The posterior premolar and the first two molars are preserved. The
remaining premolars and molars are missing.
The alveoli of the anterior and median premolars are closely crowded
and the former tooth was directed obliquely to the axis of the jaw. Both
414 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PAL/EONTOLOGY.
are double rooted. The median and posterior premolars are slightly
spaced. No trace of an external cingulum can be detected on the molars.
Like M. tortor, the lower margin of the masseteric fossa is separated from
the inferior mandibular border by a broad convex surface. The mandible
is moderately convex below and increases regularly in depth posteriorly.
A minute foramen, communicating presumably with the inferior dental
canal, pierces the masseteric fossa anteriorly. It is not present in M.
tortor and M. tehuelchum.
MEASUREMENTS.
Length, anterior premolar to M T on alveolar border . . . . . .016
" of premolar series on alveolar border ...... .006
" " molar " " " " oio
Antero-posterior diameters of My and Mj- each ..... .0025
Transverse " «««<<« OO2
Depth of mandible below median premolar ...... .005
" " " " MT 006
" " " " My . . . .007
MlCROBIOTHERIUM TEHUELCHUM AmeghinO.
(Plate LXII, Figs. 4, 401, 6-12.)
Microbiotherium tehuelchum Amegh. ; Enum. Sist. Especies Mamif. F6s.
Patagonia Austral, p. 7, 1887.
The left half of a lower jaw associated with two upper molars and parts
of the skull and skeleton (No. 15,038) have been identified with this spe-
cies. The principal features of the skull and skeleton have already been
noticed in the generic diagnosis and do not call for further comment.
The species may be recognized by its size, which is smaller than in M.
tortor, by the less prominent chin, the long vertically-directed lower
canine, the well-spaced premolars, the strongly inflected angle and the
close approximation of the lower margin of the masseteric fossa to the
inferior border of the jaw. The mandible differs considerably in shape
from that of M. tortor and M. gallegosense, having the angle inclined
obliquely inward and upward. An antero-external cingulum is devel-
oped on the lower molars. The upper teeth have the external styles
rather more prominent than in M. tortor.
MEASUREMENTS.
Length, anterior border of canine to My inclusive .... .014
inferior premolar series ........ .005
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 415
Length, MT-MT on alveolar border 007
Antero-posterior diameters of MT, M^ and Mj each 002
Transverse " " Mf and Mj each ooi 5
" M, . .001
Depth of mandible below anterior premolar ...... .0035
. " " " MT 0044
" " " MT 0048
Antero-posterior diameters of M^ and M* each 002
Transverse " "Ml OO22
" Mi 002
Antero-posterior diameter of auditory bulla oil
Transverse " " " " ...... .0048
Width of humerus at distal end " " . . . . . . .0075
Greatest width of radius proximally ........ .0023
Diameter of radial shaft .......... .0013
Greatest width of ulna at lower margin of sigmoid cavity .... .004
MlCROBIOTHERIUM PATAGONICUM AmeghinO.
(Plate LXII, Figs. 5, 5*.)
Microbiotherium patagonicum Amegh. ; Enum. Sist. Especies Mamif. F6s.
Patagonia Austral, p. 6, 1887.
A minute species, represented by the anterior portion of a right man-
dibular ramus, with the posterior premolar-and two molars in place, col-
lected by Mr. Barnum Brown on the Rio Gallegos (No. 9121 American
Museum of Natural History). The remaining premolars, the canine and
the incisors are represented by alveoles.
,The premolars are closely crowded and the anterior tooth is placed
obliquely to the axis of the jaw. There is no external cingulum on the
molars. The remaining dental characters, so far as determinable, are of
generic importance and have already been noticed. The species may be
recognized by its small size.
MEASUREMENTS.
Length from anterior portion of canine alveolus to Mj inclusive . .007
Length of space occupied by the premolars .... . .003
" " " " " " first and second molars 0028
Antero-posterior diameter of M-j- ..... .0016
Transverse " " ... .001
Antero-posterior " " Mj . .0015
Transverse " " " -OOi
Depth of mandible below posterior premolar . . .002
416 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
DIPROTODONTIA.
CsENOLESTIDsE.
(Plates LXIII, LXIV ; Text Figs. 7-9.)
All the Santa Cruz diprotodonts may be included in one family, of
which a single survivor remains in Ccznolestes (PI. LXIII, figs. 14-14^).
The species are small, possibly owing to competition with the placental
herbivores acting as a check on adaptive radiation.
Before proceeding to a discussion of the group, it is desirable to offer
some explanation of the classification adopted. Ameghino in his latest
publication on the Diprotodontia (1903, p. 159) recognizes three families
among the Santa Cruz representatives of the suborder : the Abderitidae,
Epanorthidae and Garzonidae. These have been referred to in a general
way by other writers (Thomas, 1895; Bensley, 1903) as the Epanorthidae.
The genus Epanorthus was proposed by Ameghino in 1889 (1889, p. 271)
as a substitute for Pakeoihenies (Moreno) Ameghino (1887, p. 5), on the
assumption that the latter conflicted with Palceoteuthis, a genus of ceph-
alopods. Although Moreno's Palceothentes (also spelled by him Palce-
otenthes] is a nomen nudnm, the description published by Ameghino in
1887 gave this term a priority in nomenclature from which he was not at
liberty to depart by the substitution of Epanorthiis. The latter name can
no longer be retained either for a genus or to designate a family. The
writer prefers to group all the Santa Cruz diprotodont marsupials in a
single family, which may be called the Ccenolestidce (Trouessart, 1898, p.
1205) from its only surviving and best known representative Ccenolestes.
Family: C^ENOLESTIDAi. — Pes, so far as known (Canolestes), non-syndactylous. Sec-
torials, when present, restricted to the posterior premolar above and the first molar
below. Superior premolars three in number (Palceothentes, C&nolestes), the anterior and
median small, the posterior large and trenchant. Functional lower premolars 2-none.
Vestigial teeth always present in the lower jaw. Molars rooted, brachyodont, tuberculo-
sectorial or buno-lophodont, undergoing progressive complication in the superior series by
the addition of a hypocone. Hypertrophied lower incisors lanceolate with cutting edges
enamel layer confined to the outer face.
First Subfamily : C&NOLESTINsE.— Dental formula Aj^, i (Ccenolestes). Sectorials not
developed. First and second superior molars fully quadritubercular, third and fourth tri-
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 417
tubercular (Ccenolestes). Lower molars tuberculo-sectorial, approaching lophodont when
worn. Median and posterior lower premolars double-rooted and functional.
Genera : Canolestes, Halmarhiphus, Garzonia.
Second Subfamily: PALAEOTHENTINAE.— Dental formula ££,, \. Posterior superior
premolar and first lower molar sectorial in function. Sectorials unstriated. First upper
molar fully quadritubercular, second with rudimentary hypocone, third and fourth tritu-
bercular (Palaothentes). Lower molars lophodont. MT with prominent metaconid. Pos-
terior lower premolar double-rooted and functional or single-rooted and reduced.
Genera : Palceolhentes, Callomenus, Decastis.
Third Subfamily : ABDERITIN^E. — Dental formula ££, \. First lower molar with proto-
conoid-paraconoid blade developed into a striated sectorial shear with serrate margin,
greatly elevated above the general level of the tooth row. Metaconoid absent on M-J-.
Second, third and fourth lower molars buno-lophodont. Functional lower premolars
wanting in known Santa Cruz forms, the posterior tooth being single-rooted and vestigial.
Genus : Abderites.
As many of the genera are known only from the lower jaw, it has
seemed advisable to insert parenthetically in the preceding descriptions
the names of those forms on which important observations regarding the
upper dentition and feet are based. In writing the dental formulas, the
number of lower vestigial antemolars of questionable homology is indi-
cated in italics, while figures in roman type express the number of teeth
which can be definitely homologized.
In the Caenolestinae (PL LXIII, figs. 8, 9, 14) the full complement of
lower premolars is retained. The antemolar formula in Halmarhiphus
and occasionally in Ccenolestes (Bensley, 1903, p. 124, PL 5, fig. 38) is the
same as in Didelphys. In a specimen of Garzonia in the collection the
antemolar formula is nine, but this may be tentatively regarded as an
individual peculiarity, since the constancy of its occurrence has not been
confirmed. In the case of the Palaeothentinae and Abderitinae, it cannot
be determined at present whether the reduction in the number of vestigial
teeth is to be accounted for by the loss of incisors, canine or pre-
molars.
The elaboration of the sectorial lower molar in the larger members of
the Palaeothentinae (Callomenus and Decastis] from a tooth of the Hal-
marhiphtts type is plainly indicated by the intermediate condition in
Palaothentes. In this genus the anterior lobe of Mr is proportionately
longer and higher than in Halmarhiphus or Ccenolestes, but the paraconid
is decidedly lower than the protoconid, from which it is separated by a
distinct notch, as in the latter genus. In Callomenus and Decastis the
41 8 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
notch has disappeared and the protoconid and paraconid are of the same
height, forming an elevated trenchant blade.
Owing to the absence of transitional forms in the Santa Cruz fauna, so
far as known, it is less easy to trace the development of the peculiar
notched and fluted sectorials of Abderites, which are to be regarded as
highly specialized structures adapted to a piercing habit, suggesting that
the animal fed on the eggs of birds. The loss of the metaconid is a
further adaptation toward the perfection of the piercing function. The
derivation of the sectorial teeth in Abderites from the tuberculo-sectorial
type of molar characteristic of the Caenolestinae is indicated by the broad
heel, and by the additional fact that the remaining molars, although some-
what less lophodont than in the Palaeothentinae, retain both the paraconid
and metaconid as distinct cusps.
A satisfactory discussion of the derivation of the upper molar patterns
in the Caenolestidae is at present impossible, owing to a lack of material
illustrating the upper dentition in many of the genera, especially in the
more primitive forms.
Less uncertainty exists regarding the lower molars. In the Palaeo-
thentinae, lophodont molars have been developed from teeth of the primi-
tive tuberculo-sectorial type, shown in Halmarhiphtis, by the formation of
cross crests uniting the cusps of the talonid and heel. In the buno-loph-
odont molars of Abderites, all the cusps of the original tuberculo-sec-
torial crown have been retained, except in My. The loss of cusps in this
tooth has already been discussed.
So little is known of the skull in the majority of the Caenolestidae that
any attempt at a discussion would resolve itself into a repetition of
Thomas's excellent description of the skull of Ccenolestes (1895). A de-
scription of an incomplete skull of Palceothentes will be found on a later
page, to which, and to the accompanying illustrations of the skull of
Ccenolestes (PI. LXIII, figs. 14-14^) the reader is referred.
Little is known of the podial structure of the Caenolestidae. Ameghino
(1894, pp. 80, 81) describes the feet of the Santa Cruz representatives of
his suborder Paucituberculata (= the Caenolestidae) as follows: "The four
limbs were almost equal in length, but the hind feet were longer than the
fore. They were plantigrade, with five toes on the hind feet and probably
also on the fore feet, with all the toes well developed and without the
least trace of syndactyly."
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 419
Thomas (1895, p. 872) states that in Ccenolestes both feet are penta-
dactyl. On the fore foot the pollex and fifth toe are provided with dis-
tinct nails and the remaining toes with well developed curved claws.
The third digit is the longest ; the second and fifth subequal and shorter.
The hind foot is non-syndactylous and not modified into a hand, as it is in
the opossums. The hallux is short, clawless and not properly opposablc,
developed much as in Phascogale wallacei. The remaining digits of the
hind foot are subequal, the fourth slightly the longest, and all provided
with claws.
CsENOLESTINsE.
HALMARHIPHUS Ameghino.
(Plate LXIII, Figs. 9, ga ; Text Fig. 7.)
Halmarhiphus Amegh. ; Revista Argent., Hist. Nat, T. I, p. 308, 1891.
This genus is peculiar in combining characters of both marsupial sub-
orders. The tuberculo-sectorial 'molars are structurally the same as in
Microbiotherium or Didelphys and the antemolar formula is that of the
Polyprotodontia, while in the anterior portion of the mandible Diproto-
dont features are apparent in the enlargement of the median incisor and
the vestigial character of the remaining incisors, canine and anterior pre-
molar. Halmarhiphus is of exceptional interest, not only as the direct
ancestor of Ccenolestes, but as a constructive stage in the evolution of the
Diprotodontia. This will be treated at greater length in the discussion
of the relationships of the Caenolestidae.
' Ameghino (1894, pp. 96-103; 1903, p. 159) places Halmarhiphus md.
Garzonia in the family Garzonidae. It appears preferable, however, to
group them with Ccenolestes as a subfamily of the Caenolestidae, to which
they unquestionably belong. This subfamily has been named the Caeno-
lestinae after its best known representative.
Halmarhiphus is represented in the collection of the American Museum
of Natural History by the right ramus of a lower jaw (No. 9593 American
Museum) agreeing in size with H. nanus Ameghino. The tip of the
median incisor has been broken off and the first two vestigial teeth shed
from their alveoli. Otherwise the dentition is complete and unworn.
Nothing is known of the upper teeth. The lower dental formula may
be written T, T, ^, T, if definite homologies are assigned to the vestigial
420 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALEONTOLOGY.
antemolars, instead of explaining their exceptional number as due to
reduplication. This is the same dental formula as in the Didelphyidae.
It is occasionally observable in Ccenolestes, as noted by Bensley (1903, p.
124, PI. 5, ng. 38).
The proximal half of the median incisor is preserved. As in Ccenolestes,
the enamel layer is confined to the outer side of the crown. So far as
can be judged from the part preserved, this tooth was of much the same
shape as in Ccenolestes. Following the enlarged incisor are five minute
teeth closely crowded and more or less pronate, which are interpreted as
three incisors, a canine and the anterior premolar. The anterior two are
represented by alveoli. The first alveolus is displaced toward the inner
side, lying beside instead of in front of the third incisor. The lateral in-
cisor, the canine and the anterior premolar are identical in shape. The
median and posterior premolars are double-rooted functional teeth. Both
carry large heels, that on the median premolar being much larger than
FIG. 7.
Halmarhiphtis nanus, right ramus, crown view, x f (No. 9593 American Museum of Natural
History).
that on the posterior tooth. The crowns are laterally compressed, with the
principal cusp high and recurved. An anterior accessory basal cuspule
of microscopic proportions is observable on the inner side of the crown.
The first molar is not differentiated as a sectorial and is slightly smaller
than the second. The third is narrower than the second, and the fourth
quite small. All display the tuberculo-sectorial pattern (text fig. 7). The
trigonid is narrow, with the cusps separated by sharp notches. The talonid
is broad, with the hypoconid and entoconid enlarged and the hypoconulid
small, but distinct. The cusps of the trigonid and talonid are elevated to
the same general level in the three anterior molars. In the fourth, the
heel is depressed. The protoconid is slightly higher than the metaconid
in the first molar, but of approximately the same elevation in the second,
third and fourth. A prominent external cingulum is present on all the
molars, as in Ccenolestes and Didelphys.
SINCLAIR : MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 42 1
The mandible is of the same depth as in Canolestes, with the lower
border approximately horizontal. Two conspicuous mental foramina are
present, situated respectively beneath the posterior premolar and the
anterior portion of the second molar.
Halmarhiphus may be distinguished from Ccenolestes by the sharper
separation of the molar cusps, which in the latter are tending toward the
crescentic pattern of the Palaeothentinae. The molar crowns are less
quadrangular in outline and the metaconid on Mr is less reduced than in
Ccenolestes. More important differences would probably appear in the
upper dentition. Garzonia is readily separated from Halmarhiphus and
Ctznolestes by the single-rooted condition of Mi.
HALMARHIPHUS NANUS Ameghino.
(Plate LXIII, Figs. 9, ga ; Text Fig. 7.)
Halmarhiphus nanus Amegh. ; Revista Argent, T. I, p. 308, 1891;
fenum. Syn., p. 101, 1894; Bol. Ac. Cord., p. 357, 1894; Segundo
Censo, etc., p. 187, 1898.
The right half of a lower jaw of this little animal (No. 9593 American
Museum of Natural History) was collected by Mr. Barnum Brown on the
Rio Gallegos. Until a larger amount of material has been secured, the
generic and specific characters cannot be separately stated. The princi-
pal measurements are as follows :
MEASUREMENTS.
Length of lower dental series from posterior border of alveolus of IT to MT
inclusive ......... .008
Length of antemolar series exclusive of IT. . . . . .003
" " molar series . . . . . . . . -005
Width of base of median incisor ..... .0008
Depth ••••••" " .001
Median premolar, antero-posterior diameter . . . .0012
" " transverse "... .0005
Posterior " antero-posterior " . . . -OOi
transverse "... .0006
MT, antero-posterior diameter . . . .0014
" transverse "... -001
MJ-, antero-posterior "
" transverse " -0012
M^, antero-posterior diameter . . . .0014
" transverse " °°I
422 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
Mj, antero-posterior diameter ......... .001
" transverse " 0008
Depth of mandible below median premolar ...... .0022
" MT .0023
" " " " MT 0022
GARZONIA Ameghino.
(Plate LXIII, Figs. 8, Sa, 10-13.)
Garzonia Amegh. ; Nuevos Restos Mamif. F6s. Patagonia Austral, pp.
21-22, Aug., 1891 ; Revista Argentina, I, entr. 5^, pp. 307-308, Oct.,
1891.
Phonocdromus Amegh. ; 6num. Syn., pp. 99-100, 1894.
The genus Garzonia is represented in the Princeton collection by the
left half of a lower jaw (No. 15,238), associated with parts of both fore
limbs, referred provisionally to G. patagonica.
Dentition (PI. LXIII, figs. 8, Sa). — The tip of the median incisor has
been broken off, but enough remains to show that the enamel is confined
almost entirely to the outer side of the crown. Six single-rooted, more
or less pronate, vestigial teeth follow the enlarged incisor. Of these
the first, fourth, fifth and sixth are preserved. The second and third are
represented by roots retained in the alveoli. The antemolar formula of
this individual is therefore nine, the highest on record among the Dipro-
todontia. The constancy of this character may well be doubted. The
median premolar and parts of both walls of its alveolus have been broken
away, but enough remains to show the double-rooted character of the tooth.
The posterior premolar is a large tooth supported on heavy roots, with the
crown laterally compressed and, in some species (Garzonia typicd], elevated
considerably above the molar series. In No. 15,238, the enamel has been
broken from the tip of the crown, which probably had a slightly greater
degree of elevation than is indicated in the figure. The rather prominent
heel of the posterior premolar is overhung by the anterior portion of MT.
The molars are greatly worn, and the crown pattern, which appears to have
been similar to that in Ccznolestes, almost obliterated (cf. PI. LXIII, figs.
Sa, I4<5). The last molar is single-rooted, a character which distinguishes
Garzonia from Hahnarhipus and Ccznolestes. The crown has been broken
off. In MT the trigonid is somewhat higher than the talonid, as in Cczno-
lestes. This was probably true also for M^ and M^, but has been obliter-
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA 'CRUZ BEDS. 423
ated by the wear to which the teeth have been subjected. An external
cingulum is present, as in Halmarhiphus and Ccenolestes.
Mandible (PI. LXIII, figs. 8, 8a). — In shape the mandible resembles
that of Ccenolestes, but is deeper in proportion to its length. The anterior
border of the coronoid is straight, without the convex curvature seen in the
latter genus (cf. PI. LXIII, fig. 14), and slopes obliquely backward. The
horizontal ramus is deepest beneath MT and MY, becoming much shal-
lower anterior to the masseteric fossa, which is perforated, as in C&tio/esfes,
by a small foramen situated near its inferior border. The angle is
strongly inflected. The condyle, which is placed far above the level of
the dental series, is flat transversely, convex antero-posteriorly, and con-
siderably wider internally than externally. The symphysial union of the
jaws was ligamentous, as in all known members of the Caenolestidae, the
symphysial impression extending as far back as the posterior premolar.
Two mental foramina are present, a large one beneath the posterior pre-
molar and a smaller foramen beneath the first molar.
Appendicular Skeleton (PI. LXIII, figs. 10-13). — Compared with the
size of the mandible, the bones of the fore limb are remarkably short and
slender, none of them exceeding the jaw in length.
The neck of the scapula (PI. LXIII, fig. 10) is short and moderately
constricted. The glenoid cavity is slightly oval in outline and rather
shallow. The coracoid process is prominent, but incomplete at the tip.
The humeral shaft is strongly curved antero-posteriorly and greatly ex-
panded distally. The head is strongly convex in all diameters and pro-
jects considerably beyond the shaft posteriorly. The greater tuberosity is
low, not extending above the level of the head. The lesser tuberosity
has been broken off. The deltoid crest is very prominent, forming a
broad flattened area which extends half way down the shaft. The distal end
of the humerus (PI. LXIII, fig. 11) is broad, owing to the great develop-
ment of the inner epicondyle and supinator ridge. The proximal end of
the latter is without hook-shaped termination. The inner epicondyle
has been broken off and is restored in outline in the figure. An entepi-
condylar foramen is present.
The radius (PI. LXIII, fig. 12) is exceedingly slender. The head is oval
and capable of some degree of pronation and supination. Distally, the
shaft is slightly expanded and triangular in cross-section. The distal
epiphysis has been lost.
424 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
GARZONIA PATAGONICA (Ameghino).
(Plate LXIII, Figs. 8, 8a, 10-13.)
Phonocdromus patagonicus Amegh. ; fenum. Syn., etc., p. 100, 1894; Bol.
Ac. Cordoba, pp. 355-356, 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 186, 1898.
The left half of a lower jaw (No. 15,238) associated with the glenoid
portion of the right scapula, the greater part of both humeri and the left
radius and ulna, collected by Mr. Peterson from the Lower Santa Cruz
beds, five miles south of Coy Inlet, is referred provisionally to this species.
The correctness of the identification depends principally on the measure-
ments, which agree fairly well with those given by Ameghino (1894, p.
i oo) for Garzonia patagonica. This species differs from G. typica and G.
minuta in the less elevated condition of the posterior inferior premolar,
and from G. captiva in size.
MEASUREMENTS.
Length of mandible from posterior border of median incisor alveolus to condyle 0195
" " lower dentition exclusive of median incisor. .... .0105
" " space occupied by antemolars exclusive of median incisor . . .0055
" " " " " molars 005
Median incisor, transverse diameter at base ...... .0008
" " depth at base 0012
Posterior premolar, antero-posterior diameter at alveolar border . . . .0014
" " transverse " 000$
MT, antero-posterior diameter ......... .002
" transverse "......... .001 1
Mj, antero-posterior "......... .0018
" transverse " oon
My, antero-posterior "......... .0013
" transverse "......... .001
Depth of mandible below MT . . . . . . . . . .0028
" " " at constriction posterior to M7 ..... .0023
Humerus, length (approximate) . . . . . . . . .014
Radius, length, exclusive of distal epiphysis . . . . .014
" width of head ooi 5
" " " distal end 002
Ulna, length, exclusive of distal epiphysis . ...... -0175
" greatest width above sigmoid cavity ....... .0028
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 425
PAL^.O THENTIN^E.
PAL^EOTHENTES (Moreno) Ameghino.
(Plates LXIII, Figs. 1-7; LXIV, Figs. 1-2 ; Text Fig. 8.)
Palceotenthes Moreno; Patagonia, Resto de un Continente hoy sub-
mergido, p. 22, 1882 (nomen nudum).
Palteotkenfes (Moreno) Amegh.; Enum. Sist. Especies Mamif. F6s. Pat.
Aust, p. 5, 1887.
Palceotheutes Lydekker; Zool. Record for 1887, XXIV, Mamm., 54,
1888.
Epanorthm Amegh.; Contrib. al Conoc. Mamif. F6s. Rep. Argent., pp.
271-272, 1889.
Metaepanorthus Amegh.; fenum. Syn., p. 92, 1894.
Paraepanorthiis Amegh.; 6num. Syn., pp. 93-94, 1894.
This is the most abundant and best known of the Santa Cruz diproto-
donts, at least four species being represented in the collections at Prince-
ton University and the American Museum of Natural History.
Dentition (Pis. LXIII, figs. 1-7; LXIV, figs. 1-2). --The dental for-
mula in Palceothentes is ££], j. Three upper incisors are figured by Ame-
ghino (1895, P- 96> %• 76; 1903. P- MI. fig- 62, p. 170, fig. 95) for P.
minntus. The premaxillary region has been broken from the only skull
in the Princeton collection (No. 15,225) and the incisor formula cannot be
verified. The canine has also been broken in this specimen. From the
cfoss-section of the root it appears to have been considerably flattened
laterally. The premolar-molar series forms a crescent, tapering in width
at both ends, with the convexity directed outward. The three upper pre-
molars may be either closely crowded (P. intermeditts, PI. LXIV, fig. i)
or moderately spaced (P. aratce, PI. LXIII, fig. 2a). The anterior pre-
molar is single-rooted in the latter species, double-rooted in P. intenne-
ditts. The tooth has been shed in the only specimen of P. aratce in the
collection (No. 9549, Am. Museum) and in the skull of P. intermedia*
has been considerably damaged. The median premolar is laterally com-
pressed, with a central cusp and well marked anterior and posterior acces-
sory cuspules. The posterior premolar is a smooth trenchant blade,
greatly widened posteriorly and tapering to an edge in front, where a
426 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
minute accessory cuspule is developed in some species. The crown ter-
minates in a thick blunt point. The anterior root is very oblique and
narrower transversely than the posterior root. The principal wear is on
the postero-internal face of the crown, where the tooth shears against the
anterior blade of the lower sectorial. The molars decrease rapidly in size
posteriorly. Each is triple-rooted, with two roots on the buccal and one
on the lingual side. The first is fully quadritubercular ; the second has
an incipient hypocone ; the third and fourth are tritubercular. The
crowns are bunodont. The protocone and hypocone are unite.d respec-
tively with the paracone and metacone by transverse ridges (cf. PI.
LXIII, fig. 7), and the latter cusps with each other by a sharp trenchant
ridge, which passes over the external cusps, as in Petaurus (PI. LXV,
fig. 4). An external cingulum is faintly indicated in some specimens
(PI. LXIII, fig. 7), wanting in others (PI. LXIV, fig. i). A rather broad
anterior cingulum is developed on the first molar.
The median lower incisors are procumbent and lanceolate, with the
outer edge of the enamel attenuated (PI. LXIII, figs. 4^, 50), and occasion-
ally notched by accidental fractures received during life. The enamel
layer is restricted to the anterior face of the crown. Internally, it is re-
enforced by a thick rib of dentine. The enamel does not grow persist-
ently but covers a limited area, which decreases in size as the tooth wears
down (cf. PI. LXIII, figs. 4 an$ 5). In shape the incisors resemble those
of the Macropodidae.
Following the incisor are four single-rooted vestigial teeth. The an-
terior two are remarkably procumbent in P. minutus (PI. LXIII, fig. 46),
possibly less so in P. lepidus. The third is not retained in any of the
specimens in the collection. The crown of the fourth is antero-posteri-
orly elongated and overhangs in front. The posterior premolar is a large
double-rooted tooth elevated to about the same extent as the molars.
The crown supports a prominent central cusp and more or less elevated
anterior and posterior accessory cuspules. These have been used by
Ameghino in defining the genera Metaepanorthus and Paraepanorthus.
The former he characterizes by the presence of well-defined anterior and
posterior accessory cuspules on the posterior premolar, and the latter by
the occurrence of the anterior cuspule only. The presence or absence of
these structures can hardly be a matter of generic importance, as they vary
in size and prominence within the limits of a species (cf. PI. LXIII, figs.
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 427
4 and 5). The lower molars are lophodont, the cusps of the trigonid and
heel forming crescentic ridges. All the molars are double-rooted and de-
crease rapidly in size posteriorly.
The first is modified as a sectorial by the elongation of the protoconid-
paraconid blade. Vertical ridges are not developed on the sectorial, but
the enamel on the outer side is irregularly crenulated. The paraconid is
lower than the protoconid, from which it is separated by a distinct notch.
In this respect, Palceothentes is intermediate between the Caenolestinae and
the "more specialized Palaeothentinae, Callomenus and Decastis. The
second and third molars are similar in pattern to the first, but the para-
conid is reduced and the horn of the posterior crescent, instead of uniting
with the metaconid, as in the sectorial molar, is shifted farther toward the
outer side, uniting with the anterior crescent between the protoconid and
metaconid, as in Callomenus and Decastis (cf. PI. LXIII, fig. 6a ; PI.
LXIV, figs. 5«, 6a). The fourth molar is a small tooth similar to those
preceding it, but losing early by wear the details of the crown pattern.
External cingula are faintly indicated on the anterior lobes of the first and
second molars.
Skull '(PI. LXIII, fig. 3; PI. LXIV, figs, i, i*). — A skull of P. inter-
medius in the Princeton collection (No. 15,225), lacking the region anterior
to the canine and posterior to the glenoid fossae, forms the basis for the
following description. In side view (PI. LXIII, fig. 3), the skull is seen
to be gently arched, the highest point lying at the junction of the temporal
ridges. Back of the orbits, the brain case contracts, becoming widely
expanded posteriorly. Postorbital frontal processes are wanting, but well
marked temporal ridges give rise to a low sagittal crest. Between the
orbits, the frontal is plane. Anteriorly, it sends a broad bar forward
between the nasal and lachrymal to join the maxillary, differing in this
respect from the Santa Cruz marsupial carnivores.
The nasals are very broad behind, rapidly decreasing in width anteriorly.
Unlike Ccenolestes, there is no trace of an antorbital vacuity. The pre-
maxillae have been largely broken away, but resemble those of Gzno/estes
in sending a narrow tongue between the maxillary and nasal (cf. PI.
LXIII, fig. 14; PI. LXIV, fig. ia). The lachrymal has but little facial
extension. The lachrymal duct opens within the orbital rim, which sup-
ports a small but distinct lachrymal tubercle.
The anterior margin of the orbit is sharply defined. The jugal arches
428 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALEONTOLOGY.
have been broken, but enough of the left squamosal bar remains to show
that the malar extended to the glenoid fossa. The squamosal portion of
the arch is not inflated, as it is in Petaunis, Trichosurns and others of
the higher phalangers.
The palate is deeply concave both antero-posteriorly and transversely.
The incisive foramina extend beyond the premaxillary suture to a point
opposite the anterior premolars. Two antero-posteriorly elongated pala-
tal vacuities are present, extending from a point opposite the anterior
extremity of M1 to M-. Neuro-vascular canals perforating the posterior
margin of the palate are present, as in the majority of marsupials. The
palato-narial border is greatly thickened and elevated in a manner resem-
bling Didelphys.
The infra-orbital foramen is large, opening above the anterior root of
the upper sectorial.
Mandible (PI. LXIII, figs. 4-60; text fig. 8).- -The mandible is long,
slender and shallow in the smaller species, deep and probably less elon-
gated in the larger forms. The rami are unfused. The symphysial im-
pression extends as far back as the anterior half of the sectorial. The
coronoid and angle are not preserved in any of the specimens studied.
Two mental foramina are usually present, one beneath the sectorial, the
other beneath or slightly anterior to the last vestigial tooth. Occasionally
there are two posterior foramina somewhat variable in position.
PALEOTHENTES ARATE (Moreno) Ameghino.
(Plate LXIII, Figs. 2, 2a ; Text Fig. 8.)
Palceotenthes aratce Moreno ; Patagonia, Resto de un Continente hoy
submergido, p. 22, 1882 (nonten nudum).
Palceothentes aratce (Moreno) Amegh. ; Enum. Sist. Especies Mamif. F6s.
Patagonia Austral, p. 5, 1887.
Epanorthus aratce (Moreno) Amegh. ; Contrib. al Conocimiento Mamif.
F6s. Rep. Argent., pp. 272-273, PI. I, Figs. 10-12^, 1889.
Epanorthus aratce (Moreno) Trouessart; Catalogus Mammalium, p. 1202.
Represented in the American Museum collection by a fragment of the
right maxilla (No. 9549 American Museum) from Santa Cruz, retaining
the median and posterior premolars and the second, third and fourth
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 429
molars, as well as the alveoli of the canine, the anterior premolar and the
first molar.
The species may be recognized by its size, by the presence of dias-
temata between the premolars, by the spacing of the canine and anterior
premolar, and the single-rooted condition of the latter tooth.
FIG. 8.
Palaothentes aratce, right ramus, x -|. From an enlarged photograph of a specimen in the
Ameghino collection.
The mandible, shown in the accompanying figure (text fig. 8), drawn
from a photograph of a jaw in the Ameghino collection, is very heavy
and deep, with convex lower border. The horizontal ramus increases
slightly in depth posteriorly.
MEASUREMENTS.
Amegh. Coll. No. 9549.
Length, posterior border of canine alveolus to MA, inclusive . -0235
" of space occupied by premolars ..... .0125
" " " " " molars .0115
Median premolar, antero-posterior diameter .... .0025
" " transverse " .0015
Posterior premolar, antero-posterior "..... .006
" " transverse " .0035
M^, antero-posterior diameter ....... -OO35
" transverse " -005
Mi, antero-posterior " ...... .0025
" transverse " .0035
MA, antero-posterior diameter ...... .002
" transverse " .0025
Posterior lower premolar, antero-posterior diameter . . . -0035
Length of inferior molar series on alveolar border . . . .015
MT, antero-posterior diameter . . . .0065
M, " "...... .004
43O PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
Amegh, Coll.
My, antero-posterior diameter ........ .003
MT, " " 002
Depth of mandible below M^ . . . . . . . . .0075
" " " MT 008
PAL/EOTHENTES INTERMEDIUS Ameghino.
(Plates LXIII, Figs. 3, 7 ; LXIV, Figs, I, ia.)
Palceothentes intermedius Amegh. ; Enum. Sist. Especies Mamif. Fos. Pata-
gonia Austral, p. 6, 1887.
Epanorthus intermedius Amegh.; Contrib. al Conocimiento Mamif. Fos.
Rep. Argentina, p. 274, PI. I, Figs. 15-15^, 1889.
Metaepanorthus intermedius Amegh.; fenum. Syn., etc., p. 92, 1894; Bol.
Acad. Cordoba, p. 348, 1894.
An incomplete skull (No. 15,225) collected by Mr. Peterson from the
Lower Santa Cruz beds five miles south of Coy Inlet, and two maxillary
fragments (No. 15,952; American Museum, No. 9550), from Killik Aike
and Santa Cruz respectively, apparently belong to this species, agreeing
closely with the measurement given by Ameghino (1894, p. 92) for the
premolar-molar series. The important features of the skull and teeth have
already been mentioned in characterizing the genus.
So far as can be judged from the small amount of material available,
the size of mature individuals is fairly constant. The upper premolars
are all double-rooted, without intervening diastemata. The anterior pre-
molar is in contact with the canine. An exceedingly small anterior ac-
cessory basal tubercle is present on the upper sectorial in unworn teeth.
The species is considerably larger than P. lepidus, occupying in point of
size a position intermediate between that species and P. aratce.
MEASUREMENTS.
No. 15,225. No. 15,952. No. 9550.
Length of upper premolar-molar series meas-
ured as chord of arc . . . .015 .015
Length of space occupied by upper premolars -0075 .0074
" " " " " " molars . .0085 .0085
Anterior premolar, antero-posterior diameter .0018
" " transverse " . .0008
Median " antero-posterior " . .002 .002
" " transverse " .001 .001
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 431
No. 15,225. No. 15,925. No. 9550.
Posterior premolar, an tero- posterior diameter. .0043 .004 .004
transverse diameter . .0023 .0022 .0022
M-L, antero-posterior diameter . . . .004 .0038 .004
" transverse " ... .0032 .003 -0033
M^, antero-posterior " ... .0025 .0025 .0028
" transverse " ... .0032 .003 .0033
Mi, antero-posterior " ... .0017 .0018
" transverse " ... .002 .002
MA( antero-posterior " ... .001 .001
" transverse " ... .0013 .0012
Greatest interorbital width .... .0105
Least width of brain-case .... .007
Greatest breadth of nasals .... .0087
Depth of skull to alveolar border at front of
orbit 012
Width of palate between anterior premolars . .007
" " " at Ml oio
" " " " M± oio
PAL^EOTHENTES LEPIDUS Ameghino.
(Plate LXII, Figs. 6, 6a.)
EpanorthTis lepidtis Amegh. ; Revista Argentina, I, p. 305, 1891.
This species, is known only from the mandible, of which the American
Museum collection contains four incomplete specimens (Nos. 9596-9598,
9600) found by Mr. Brown on the Rio Gallegos.
In size P. lepidus is intermediate between P. minutus and P. interme-
dius. The vestigial teeth occupy a shorter space than in P. minutus and
are more closely crowded. The alveoli of the first and second are larger
than those of the third and fourth, are closely adjacent and strongly
inclined forward. The alveoli of the third and fourth vestigial teeth are
approximately vertical.
The mental foramina vary considerably in size and relative position and
are of little diagnostic value. The principal measurements agree closely
with those of a natural-size photograph of the type in the Ameghino col-
lection, and have been depended on largely for the correctness of the
specific identification.
432 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
MEASUREMENTS.
No. No. No. No.
Type. 9596- 9597- 9598- 96o°-
Length, posterior border of median incisor
alveolus to My inclusive . . . .014 .014
Length of space occupied by vestigial teeth
and posterior premolar .... .005 .005
Length of inferior molar series on alveolar
border . . .... .009 .009 .009
Posterior premolar, antero-posterior diameter .0014 .0015 .0015 .0015
" " transverse " .001 .001 .001
MJ-, antero-posterior diameter . . . .0035 -0035 -0035 .0035 -°°3S
" transverse " .002 .002 .002
Mj, antero-posterior " .0025 .0025 .0025 .0025 .0025
" transverse " .002 .002 .002 .002
My, antero-posterior " .002 .002 .002 .002
" transverse " .0015 .0015 .0015
My, antero-posterior " .0012
Depth of mandible below posterior premolar . .0035 -0035
" " " " Mj . . . .0035 .0035 .004 .0035 .004
" " " " MT .004
PAL^EOTHENTES MINUTUS Ameghino.
(Plates LXIII, Figs, i, 4-5*; LXIV, Fig. 2.)
Palceothentes minutus Amegh. ; Enum. Sist. Especies Mamif. F6s. Pata-
gonia Austral., p. 6, 1887.
Epanorthus minutus Amegh.; Contrib. al Conocimiento Mamif. F6s. Rep.
Argent, p. 274, PI. i, Figs. i6-i6a, 1889.
Paraepanorthus mimitus Amegh. ; Enum. Syn., etc., pp. 94-95, Fig. 40,
1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 350, Fig. 40, 1894.
Epanorthiis simplex Amegh. ; Enum. Syn., pp. 91-92, 1894 ; Bol. Acad.
Cordoba, p. 347, 1894.
Incomplete lower jaws of six individuals from Killik Aike (Nos. 15,706-
15,709, 15,068, 15,624) have been identified as belonging to this little di-
protodont. A maxillary fragment retaining the posterior premolar and the
molars is associated with one of the mandibles (No. 15,709). Two upper
molars (No. 15,999) collected by Mr. Hatcher on the south side of the
Santa Cruz River, sixty miles below Lake Argentina, and part of a left
mandibular ramus (No. 9122 American Museum) from a locality on the
Rio Gallegos, are also referable to this species.
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 433
As characters of specific value may be mentioned the small size, shal-
low, slender jaws, the presence of a well-marked anterior accessory cuspule
on the last upper premolar, and the great length of the space occupied
by the vestigial antemolars, which are less closely crowded than in some
of the larger species (P. lepidiis]. These teeth are of an exceedingly
peculiar shape. The first and second of the series are widely separated
from each other at the roots, but the cylindrical crowns curve forward
abruptly, lying prone on the alveolar border in such a manner that the tip
of the second rests on the root of the first, while the tip of the latter rests
on the base of the median incisor (PI. LXIII, fig. \b\ The last vestigial
tooth has a small, button-shaped crown overhanging anteriorly. Minute
notches in the edges of the median incisors are due to accidental fracturing
of the attenuated edges of the enamel layer investing the outer surface
of the crown.
Two large mental foramina are usually present, situated respectively
beneath the last vestigial tooth and the first molar.
A photograph of the type specimen of Palceothentes simplex in the Ame-
ghino collection, for which the writer is indebted to Professor Scott,
shows no differences warranting a separation of this species from P.
minutus.
MEASUREMENTS.
No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No.
15,706. 15,707. 15,708. 15,700. 15,068. 15,624. 15,000. 9122.
Length of mandible from tip of
median incisor to Mj inclusive .0175 .017
Length of mandible from posterior
border of median incisor alveolus
to M7 inclusive . . ..013 .013
Length of space occupied by vesti-
gial teeth and posterior pre-
molar 0064 -0057
Width of base of median incisor .0008 .0008 .0008 .001
Depth " " " " " .0014 .0014 .0013 .0015
Length of superior molar series on
alveolar border . . . .006
Ml, antero-posterior diameter . .0024
" transverse " . .002
M^, antero-posterior " . .002 .002
" transverse " . .0018 .002
M-3-, antero-posterior " . .0015 .0015
434 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PAL/EONTOLOGY.
No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No.
15,706. 15,707. 15,708. 15,700, 15,068. 15,624. 15,000. 0,122.
M^, transverse diameter . . .0015 .0018
MA, antero-posterior diameter . .0012
" transverse diameter . . .00 1
Posterior lower premolar, antero-
posterior diameter . . ..0015 .0016 .0014 .0015 .0015 .0015 .0014
Posterior lower premolar, trans-
verse diameter . . . .0008 .001 .0008 .0008 .001 .001 .0008
Length of inferior molar series on
alveolar border . . . .007 .007 .008
MT, antero-posterior diameter .0024 .0025 .0025 .0025
" transverse " ..0015 .0015 .0015 .0015
My, antero-posterior " . .002 .002 .002 .002 .0022 .002
" transverse " . .0015 .0015 .0015 .0015 .0015 .0015
My, antero-posterior " . .0017 .0016 .0018 .0018
" transverse " . .0012 .0012 .0014 .0014
M-f, antero-posterior " . .0012 .001 .001
" transverse " . .0009 .0008 .0008
Depth of mandible below posterior
premolar .... .0028 .003 .0025 .003 .0025
Depth of mandible below My ..0032 .0036 .003 .0027
" " " " Mj . .0032 .0035
CALLOMENUS Ameghino.
(Plate LXIV, Figs. 5, 5^.)
Callomenus Amegh. ; Nuevos Restos Mamif. F6s. Patagonia Austral, p. 20,
Aug., 1891 ; Revista Argentina, I, entr. 5^, p. 306, Oct., 1891.
Although known only from the mandible and inferior dentition, this
genus is probably valid, having progressed farther than Palceothentes in
the elimination of the vestigial antemolars, as the result of a progressive
shortening of the lower jaw. The posterior premolar is double-rooted,
but no longer reaches the general level of the molar series, as it does in
Palceothentes. It is overlapped and partly concealed by the sectorial blade
of the first molar. In view of the individual variation in the number of
vestigial teeth shown by some of the phalangers, Callomenus may be re-
garded as rather doubtfully separable from Acdestis, which retains four
of these teeth (Ameghino, 1903, p. 171, fig. 98) in addition to the double
rooted premolar.
Callomenus :is represented in the collection by the right half of a mandible
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 435
(No. 15,066) which retains the base of the incisor and all the inferior den-
tition except the vestigial antemolars. The coronoid and part of the angle
have been broken off.
The median incisor is elliptical in cross-section, with the enamel con-
fined to the outer side. Between this tooth and the posterior premolar
are three closely crowded alveoles for the vestigial, single-rooted ante-
molars. The posterior premolar is double-rooted, compressed laterally,
with an anterior principal cusp and prominent heel partly overlapped by
the trenchant blade of the first molar. The molars are double-rooted and
decrease in size posteriorly. The first is greatly enlarged, as in Palceo-y
thentes. The ridge uniting the protoconid and paraconid is functional as
a sectorial blade, but is not notched as in Palceothentes. The prominent
metaconid is united by ridges with the protoconid and cusps of the heel.
These ridges form a pair of crescents, the concavity of which is directed
internally. The outer side of the tooth is channelled by a deep groove
which extends forward and inward toward the metaconid. The second
and third molars resemble the first in pattern. In these teeth, the proto-
conid-paraconid blade is considerably reduced and the tooth crown more
quadrangular than MT. The posterior crescent is deflected outwardly,
joining the anterior crescent much nearer to the protoconid than the
metaconid. The channel on the outer face of the tooth crown is much
shallower than in My. The fourth molar is a minute tooth, with button-
shaped crown, which, owing to its worn condition, does not show well
the lophodont pattern of the anterior molars. It is evident from the
shape of the crown that this tooth was of the same general pattern as the
third molar. A large mental foramen is present beneath the last vestigial
tooth, and a smaller foramen beneath the sectorial molar. The masseteric
fossa is imperforate. The angle is prominent and strongly inflected, and
the horizontal ramus evenly convex and of about the same depth through-
out beneath the molars.
CALLOMENUS LIGATUS Ameghino.
(Plate LXIV, figs. 5, $«.)
Callomenus ligatus Amegh.; Enum. Syn., etc., p. 88, 1894; Bol. Acad.
Cordoba, p. 344, 1894.
Three species are recognized by Ameghino (1891, p. 306 ; 1894, p. "88),
of which but one is represented in the Princeton collection by the right
436 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
half of a mandible (No. 15,066), collected by Mr. Peterson from the Upper
Santa Cruz beds at Killik Aike. Owing to the small amount of material
available, it has not been possible to distinguish between generic and
specific characters. The principal dependence for the correctness of the
identification has, consequently, been upon size. The dimensions given
below agree closely with Ameghino's figures for Callomenus ligatus.
MEASUREMENTS.
Length, posterior border of median incisor to MT inclusive . . . .0155
" of space occupied by vestigial teeth and posterior premolar . . -0055
" " molar series on alveolar border. . . . . . . .010
Width of base of incisor .......... .0015
Depth « « « « 0025
Posterior premolar, antero-posterior diameter ...... .0015
" " transverse " ...... .001
MT, antero-posterior diameter ......... .0045
" transverse " ......... .002
M^-, antero-posterior " ......... .003
" transverse " ......... .002
MJ-, antero-posterior " ......... .002
" transverse " ......... .0015
M-J-, antero-posterior " ......... .0013
" transverse " ......... .001
Depth of mandible below last vestigial tooth ...... .0043
" " " " posterior premolar ...... .0045
" " MT 005
" " MT 0055
DECASTIS Ameghino.
(Plate LXIV, Figs. 4, 4«, 6, 6a.)
Decastis Amegh. ; Nuevos Restos Mamif. F6s. Patagonia Austral, p. 19,
Aug., 1891 ; Revista Argentina, I, entr. 5*7, p. 305, Oct., 1891.
In Decastis, premolar reduction is carried one step farther than in
Callomenus. The heel of the posterior premolar is still retained, but the
whole tooth is smaller and no longer double-rooted. Between the last
premolar and the median incisor are four vestigial single-rooted teeth.
The base of the incisor is retained in one specimen (No. 9594 American
Museum, PI. LXIV, figs. 4, 40), showing a large pulp canal, but broken
off too far below the crown to indicate the distribution of the enamel.
The tooth is larger than in Callomenus, but similar in shape at the base.
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 437
The last vestigial tooth (PI. LXIV, fig. 6), probably representing the
median premolar, has a cylindrical, blunt-pointed crown. The crown of
the third intermediate (PI. LXIV, fig. 4), overhangs anteriorly. The first
two rudimentary teeth have been shed, but from the obliquity of their
alveoli, it is probable that they resemble the homologous teeth in Palceo-
thentes.
The molars are an exact duplication of those of Callomenus, but are
slightly more worn in both the mandibles in the collection. The last
tooth is double-rooted, but has, unfortunately, been broken off.
The number and relative position of the mental foramina is much the
same as in Callomenus. The apparent shifting forward of the anterior
foramen is due to the reduction in length of the premolar series. The
masseteric fossa is imperforate and the coronoid broad and high with
prominent anterior margin. The symphysial impression is wider than in
Callomenus.
Difference in size is the only character available for the separation of
the two species recognized by Ameghino (1891, p. 305), of which the
larger, D. columnaris, is represented in the collection by two specimens.
DECASTIS COLUMNARIS Ameghino.
(Plate LXIV, Figs. 4, 40, 6, 6a.)
Decastis columnaris Amegh. ; Nuevos Restos Mamif. F6s. Patagonia Aus-
tral, p. 19, Aug., 1891 ; Revista Argentina, I, entr. 5«, p. 305, Oct.,
1891.
Like Callomenus ligatus, Decastis columnaris is known only from lower
jaws, of which parts of two are in the collections at Princeton University
and the American Museum. No. 15,710, collected by Mr. Peterson at
Coy Inlet, is a portion of the left half of a mandible, with two premolars
and three molars in place (PI. LXIV, figs. 6, 6a). The second specimen
(No. 9594 American Museum) from the Santa Cruz beds, on the Rio
Gallegos, is the anterior half of a right mandibular ramus retaining in
place two molars, the third vestigial tooth and the base of the incisor
(PL LXIV, figs. 4, 4^)-
MEASUREMENTS.
No. 15,710. No.
Approximate length, posterior border of median incisor to MT
inclusive. . . . . . . . . . .016
Length of space occupied by vestigial teeth and posterior premolar. .0055
438 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PAL/EONTOLOGY.
No. 15,710. No. 9594.
Length of molar series on alveolar border . . . . .010
Width of base of incisor ........ .002
Depth "•«•••< .003
Posterior premolar, antero-posterior diameter .... .0012
" " transverse "..... .001
MT, antero-posterior diameter . . . . . . -00475 •°°S
" transverse " 0024 .0025
My, antero-posterior " . . ' . . . . . . .003 .003
" transverse " . . . . . . . . .002 .002
MJ-, antero-posterior "........ .002
" transverse " 0015
Depth of mandible below first molar ...... .005 .005
ABDERITINA1.
ABDERITES Ameghino.
(Plate LXIV, Figs. 3, 30 ; Text Fig 9, a, b.)
Abderites Amegh. ; Enum. Sist. Especies Mamif. F6s. Patagonia Austral,
p. 5, 1887.
Diprotodont marsupials in which the first lower molar is developed as
a striated sectorial blade resembling superficially the sectorials of the Plagi-
aulacidse.
Dentition (PI. LXIV, figs. 3, 3^ ; text figs. 9, a, b}. --The formula
for the lower dentition is ^-^> -v The median incisors are not preserved
in either specimen of Abderites crassignathus in the Princeton collection
(Nos. 15,079, 15,425), but, judging from the size of their alveoli, they were
large teeth. The posterior premolar is a very small, single-rooted, cylin-
drical tooth closely applied to the anterior root of MT. Between the
enlarged incisor and the posterior premolar are alveoli for four single-
rooted, vestigial teeth. The molar series is placed very obliquely to the
long axis of the jaw, more so than in any other member of the Caenoles-
tidae, the anterior blade of the first molar projecting beyond the plane of
the outer surface of the mandible. The molars are double-rooted and
decrease in size posteriorly, as in all the Caenolestidae. The first has been
converted into a very perfect sectorial by the complete obliteration of the
metaconid, the great elevation and lateral compression of the protoconid-
paraconid blade, and the development of parallel vertical ridges on both
the outer and inner faces of the crown. The ridges on opposite sides
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 439
meet along the edge of the " sectorial blade in a series of serrations, the
number of which varies with the species. The broad talon is bicuspidate.
The second and third molars are quadrangular in outline and bunolopho-
dont, with the paraconid present but reduced. The fourth molar is
retained in one specimen (No. 15,425); but the crown has been abraded
to a flat surface without trace of cusps or ridges.
In the fragment of the right maxillary referred by Ameghino (1898, p.
184, fig. 49, II; 1903, p. 142, fig. 64, p. 178, fig. 107) to A. meridion-
alis, the second molar is fully quadritubercular, in contrast with the in-
completely quadritubercular M- in Palcepthentes.
Mandible. — The mandible is much deeper than in Callomenus and
Decastis. The coronoid is high, with the anterior margin sloping back-
ward. Its base is perforated by a branch of the alveolar canal opening
externally behind the last molar (PI. LXIV, fig. 30). The masseteric
fossa is broad and occasionally pierced by a small foramen situated some
distance below the large irregular opening shown in the figure (PI. LXIV,
fig. 3), which is due to fracture. The symphysis is broad and heavy, ex-
tending posteriorly beneath the first molar.
ABDERITES CRASSIGNATHUS Ameghino.
(Plate LXIV, Figs. 3, 30; Text Fig. 9.)
Abderites crasignathus (sic] Amegh. ; Revista Argentina Hist. Nat., I, p.
248, 1891.
Abderites crassiramis Amegh. ; Rev. Gen. des Sciences, p. 80, fig. 4, 1893.
The beautiful little specimen figured on PI. LXIV (No. 15,079) was
collected by Mr. Hatcher on the Rio Chalia, and has been mentioned by
him in the Narrative of the expeditions (this series, Vol. I, p. 113). A
second specimen from Killik Aike (No. 15,425) agreeing with the first in
proportions, but lacking the crown of the sectorial, is referred to the same
species and is represented in Fig. 9.
A. crassignathus is readily identified by the presence of five or six
• prominent ridges on the anterior half of MT. The ridges are developed
on both the outer and inner sides of the tooth, producing a series of ser-
rations on the cutting edge of the sectorial blade. A photograph of the
type in the Ameghino collection obtained by Professor Scott shows five
prominent ridges on the outer side of Mr extending to the cutting edge
440 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALEONTOLOGY.
of the crown. In the Princeton specimen there are six ridges. On the
inner side, the fourth ridge extends inferiorly but a short distance, as is
well shown in the figure (PI. LXIV, fig. 30). In addition to the main
anterior ridges, five short ribs are observable on the outer side of the sec-
torial. These probably extended farther toward the cutting edge, but
have been partly obliterated by the abrasion of this part of the tooth
crown from contact with the opposing tooth in the upper jaw. The pho-
tograph referred to above shows two short faint ridges back of the last
prominent outer rib. These, however, do not give rise to serrations on
the margin. The crowns of the vestigial antemolars have not been pre-
served, but in the photograph of the type specimen are seen to be antero-
FIG. 9.
a
Abderites crassignathm, right ramus of mandible, x f (No. 15,425). a, side view ; b, crown
view.
posteriorly elongated and to overhang in front, as in Palceothentes minutus
(PI. LXIII, fig. 46). The fourth vestigial tooth and the posterior pre-
molar are in contact. The third and fourth vestigial teeth are separated
by a considerable diastema. The alveoli of the first and second are elon-
gated antero-posteriorly and inclined obliquely forward, as in Palceothentes.
A large mental foramen pierces the mandible below the sectorial, and
another is present, below or slightly posterior to the third vestigial ante-
molar.
MEASUREMENTS.
No. 15,425. No. 75,079.
Length, posterior border of incisor alveolus to M^ . . . .022
" of space occupied by vestigial antemolars . . . .0095
" " molar series on alveolar border .... .013 .013
Posterior premolar, antero-posterior diameter .... .0007
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 441
No. 15,425. No. 1
Posterior premolar, transverse diameter .0008
My, antero-posterior diameter ...... .005
" transverse " ...... .0023
height of middle of crown, above alveolar border . . .0045
Mj, antero-posterior diameter ...... .0033 -0033
" transverse ' OO22 .0025
Mj, antero-posterior ' 003 .003
" transverse ' 002 .002
M-f, antero-posterior ' ...... .002
" transverse ' ...... .0017
Depth of mandible below middle of sectorial .... .0065 .0065
" " " M¥ ...... .006 .006
RELATIONSHIPS OF THE OENOLESTIDyE.
The most primitive Santa Cruz representative of the Caenolestidae is,
undoubtedly, the genus HalmarhipJnts, which represents, with little or no
modification, a type which is not only ancestral to the Palaeothentinse, but
agrees perfectly with the "minute insectivorous forms which, apart from
the diprotodont modification of the antemolar teeth, possessed a full ante-
molar formula," indicated by Bensley's studies as the ancestors of the
Phalangerinae. In this interesting genus the dental formula and molar
patterns are didelphid, affording striking evidences in favor of the theory
of the didelphid origin of the Diprotodontia (see Bensley, 1903). It has
already been shown (p. 417) that the lower molar patterns in the Palaeo-
thentinae are readily derivable from the Halmarhiplms type by a reduc-
tion in height of the cusps and the formation of cross crests. So far as
our knowledge of Halmarhiphus warrants an inference, there can be little
objection to deriving the Palaeothentinse from a similar ancestral form.
The chief objection to regarding Halmarhiphus as directly ancestral to
the Palaeothentinae arises from the fact that the latter are represented in
formations older than the Santa Cruz (P. chubtitensis from the Pyro-
therium beds, Amegh., 1897, P- 9^)- That Halmarhiphus is in the direct
line of descent culminating in Ccenolestes will, it is believed, hardly be
questioned after an examination of the accompanying plates. So far as
the lower dentition is concerned, no argument can be advanced to the
contrary. The recent genus shows a slight tendency toward the develop-
ment of crescents, while, in its Santa Cruz predecessor, the cusps are high
442 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
and pointed, as in the Didelphyidae. Unfortunately, nothing is known of
the upper dentition. Garzonia is more specialized than the other mem-
bers of the Caenolestinae, having the last lower molar single-rooted.
Some account has already been given of the lower molars in the Palaeo-
thentinae and an attempt has been made to show that Palceothentes, Callo-
menus and Decastis are members of a closely related series characterized by
a progressive reduction in the number of antemolar teeth, reduction in the
size of the posterior premolar and increasing perfection in the adaptation
of the first molar to a sectorial function (see pp. 427-436). It remains
to point out the striking similarity in upper molar patterns exhibited by
Palceothentes and certain of the phalangers. Reference to the accompany-
ing plates will at once make this clear (see Pis. LXIII, fig. 7 ; LXIV,
fig. i ; LXV, fig, 4). Indeed, it is possible to trace in the Palaeothentinae
the constructive stages in the evolution of the bunodont type of molar
characteristic of the more primitive of the existing phalangers. The devel-
opment of the hypocone in the upper molars of Palceothentes is less com-
plete than in these phalangers, only the first molar being quadrangular
and fully quadritubercular, the second retaining a triangular outline, with
incipient hypocone. In the higher phalangers (Phalanger and Tricho-
surus, PI. LXV, figs. 3, 3*2), all the molars are quadritubercular, inter-
mediate stages in molar complication occurring in Petaums, with three
quadritubercular molars, and Dromicia with two. In Ccenolestes there exists
the apparent anomaly that a genus more primitive than Palceothentes
should have the second upper molar more complicated. This complica-
tion, however, may be a measure of the extent of dental evolution in the
Caenolestinae in post-Santa Cruz time. The condition in the Santa Cruz
representatives of the family is not known, but presumably the upper
molars were less advanced than in Palceothentes. In the highly special-
ized Abderitinae, judging from Ameghino's figure of A. meridionalis
(Amegh., 1898, p. 184, fig. 49, II ; 1903, p. 142, fig. 64, p. 178, fig. 107),
the second upper molar is fully quadritubercular. Palceothentes, then,
represents an early constructive stage of a progressive complication of the
upper teeth, which began with M1 and proceeded backward.
Abderites is near the end, if not the terminal member, of a highly
specialized line, the intermediate stages of which have not been found in
the Santa Cruz beds. Affinities with the Plagiaulacidae have been com-
monly assumed from the striking resemblance between the first lower
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 443
molar of Abderites and the notched and fluted sectorial teeth of the
plagiaulacid Multituberculata. This resemblance is confined to the an-
terior half of the sectorial, the posterior portion in Abderites supporting a
large bicuspidate heel. The posterior molars show no indication of cusp
reduplication and still retain the three cusps of the trigonid, indicating
their tuberculo-sectorial origin. In Hypsiprymnodon and Bettongia the
posterior premolars closely resemble the sectorials of the Multitubercu-
lata. The Bettongiinae and Abderitinae illustrate a case of convergence,
where much the same form has been assumed by totally different teeth.
The homologies of the sectorials of the Plagiaulacidae are uncertain, but
they have been interpreted as posterior premolars, while in the Abderitinae
the sectorial is unquestionably the first molar.
In a former paper the writer (1905, p. 81) stated that: "the Caenoles-
tidae resemble the primitive phalangers in so many respects that it is im-
possible to escape the conclusion, that the two famlies are related and not
merely convergent groups. With the exception of Halmarhiphtts, a
persistent ancestral type, the Santa Cruz diprotodonts possess specializa-
tions in dental structure which prevent their being regarded as direct
ancestors 'of the phalangers, but favor the idea that both groups are
descended from a common ancestry." While substantially the same con-
clusions are still held, it is proper to point out the evidence in favor of
the view that the striking similarity in dental structure displayed by the
two families may be explained by convergence. So far as the foot struc-
ture of the Caenolestidae is known (p. 418), the pes shows no trace of
syndactyly, while in all the phalangers it is syndactylous. A further dif-
ference appears in the development of sectorial teeth, which, when present
in the Caenolestidae, are confined to the posterior superior premolar and
first lower molar, while in the phalangers the sectorial function may be
transferred to the posterior inferior premolar in some of the higher forms
( Trichosums, Phalanger}. Until the upper dentition, skull and feet of the
Caenolestidae, and especially of the primitive members of the family, are
fully known, this must remain an unsettled question. At present the ar-
guments in favor of the alternatives expressed are about equally balanced.
The Caenolestidae lend no support to the latest classification proposed
for them by Ameghino (1903, pp. 153-159) in which they are grouped as
the suborder Paucituberculata, order Plagiaulacoidea, superorder Dipro-
todonta, the latter including also the orders Hypsiprimnoidea and Ro-
444 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALEONTOLOGY.
dentia. The characters which they possess are in no respect transitional
to the Multituberculata. The Paucituberculata, like the Sparassodonta,
are a group founded on a misconception of relationships and should be
abandoned.
BEARING OF THE SANTA CRUZ MARSUPIALS ON
ZOOGEOGRAPHY.
The reality of a former land connection between the Australian region
and South America is plainly indicated by several lines of evidence based
on the distribution of fishes, land shells, decapod crustaceans, plants, and
Tertiary marine molluscs (Ortmann, 1902). This land connection is be-
lieved to have existed not later than the close of the Cretaceous or be-
ginning of the Tertiary, and it is only by such a connection that the
distribution of the Thylacynidae can be explained. The direction,
continuity or discontinuity of this land bridge need not enter into the
present discussion. So far as the Thylacynidae are concerned, there can
be little doubt of their South American origin, judging from the marked
adaptive radiation which they attained during the Santa Cruz epoch, but
whether the same can be said of marsupials in general is still a matter of
question. It is believed, however, that the order may be properly regarded
as of southern origin and that the occurrence of opossums in North
America and Europe may be explained as the result of migration from
the southern hemisphere.
MARSUPIALIA INCERT^ SEDIS.
A large number of Santa Cruz marsupials have been named by Ame-
ghino and Mercerat, which are not represented in the collections at
Princeton University and the American Museum of Natural History.
Many of these have never been figured and are very imperfectly known.
At present, the writer is not prepared to add to what has been published
regarding them. The names and full references to the literature are here
given.
BORHY^NA Ameghino.
BORHYENA FERA Ameghino.
Dynamictis fera Amegh. ; Revista Argentina, pp. 148-149, fig. 53, 1891.
Dinamyctis fera (sic] Amegh.; Ibid., p. 314.
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 445
Borhycena fera Amegh.; Enum. Syn. des Especes de Mamm. Foss. des
Formations Eocenes de Patagonie, pp. 117-119, figs. 45, 46, 1894;
Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 373, figs. 45, 46, 1894.
Borhycena fera Amegh.; Segundo Censo de la Republica Argentina, p.
!89, %• 55. 6, c, 1898.
BORHY/ENA SANGUINARIA AmeghinO.
Borhycena sanguinaria Amegh. ; Enum. Syn., etc., p. 120, 1894; Bol. Acad.
Cordoba, p. 376, 1894.
ACROCYON Ameghino.
ACROCYON SECTORIUS Ameghino.
Acrocyon sectorius Amegh.; Enum. Sist. Especies Mamif. F6s. Patagonia
Austral, p. 8, 1887; Contrib. al Conocimiento Mamif. F6s. Rep.
Argentina, pp. 289-290, PI. i, figs. 19, 19^, 19$, 1889; Enum. Syn.,
etc., p. 121, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 377, 1894; Segundo
Censo, etc., p. 189, 1898.
Acrocyon sectorius Amegh., Mercerat ; Re vista del Museo de La Plata,
II, p. 55, 1891.
ACROCYON EQUIANUS Mercerat.
Acrocyon equianus Merc.; Re vista del Museo de La Plata, II, p. 55, 1891.
ACROCYON PATAGONENSIS Mercerat.
Acrocyo n patagonensis Merc.; Revista del Museo de La Plata, II, p. 55,
1891.
CONODONICTIS Ameghino.
CONODONICTIS S^EVUS Ameghino.
Conodonictis scevus Amegh.; Revista Argent, p. 314, 1891 ; Enum. Syn.
etc., p. 121, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 377, 1894; Segundo
Censo, etc., p. 189, 1898.
CONODONICTIS EXTERMINATOR Ameghino.
Conodonictis exterminator Amegh.; Revista Argent., pp. 314-315, 1891 ;
Enum. Syn., etc., p. 121, 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 189, 1898.
446 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
ARCTODICTIS Mercerat.
ARCTODICTIS MUNIZI Mercerat.
Arctodictis muftizi Merc.; Revista del Museo de La Plata, II, pp. 51-52,
1891.
ARCTODICTIS AUSTRALIS Mercerat.
Arctodictis australis Merc.; Revista del Museo de La Plata, II, p. 52,
1891.
PROTHYLACYNUS Ameghino.
PROTHYLACYNUS BRACHYRHYNCHUS Ameghino.
Prothylacynus brae hyrhync hits Amegh.; Enum. Syn., etc., p. 124, 1894;
Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 380, 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 189,
1898.
NAPODONICTIS Ameghino.
NAPODONICTIS THYLACYNOIDES Ameghino.
Napodonictis thylacynoides Amegh.; Enum. Syn., pp. 125-126, 1894;
Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 381,. 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 189,
1898.
AGUSTYLUS Ameghino.
AGUSTYLUS CYNOIDES Ameghino.
Agustylus cynoides Amegh. ; Enum. Sist. Especies Mamif. F6s. Patagonia
Austral, pp. 7-8, 1887; Contrib. al Conocimiento Mamif. F6s. Rep.
Argentina, pp. 289-290, 1889; Revista Argent., p. 315, 1891 ; Enum.
Syn., pp. 135-136, fig. 53, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, pp. 391-392,
% 53. 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 191, fig. 58.:, p. 193, 1898.
Agustylus cynoides Amegh., Mercerat; Revista del Museo de La Plata,
II, p. 54, 1891.
AGUSTYLUS CARNIFEX Mercerat.
Agustylus carnifex Merc.; Revista del Museo de La Plata, II, p. 54, 1891.
AGUSTYLUS PRIM^EVUS Mercerat.
Agustylus primcevus Merc.; Revista del Museo de La Plata, II, p. 54, 1891.
AGUSTYLUS BARDUS Ameghino.
Acyonf bardus Amegh.; Contrib. al Conocimiento Mamif. F6s. Rep.
Argentina, p. 292, PI. i, figs. 18, i8#, 1889.
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 447
Agustylus. bardiis Amegh.; Enum. Syn., etc., p. 136, 1894; Bol. Acad.
Cordoba, p. 392, 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 191, i!
CLADOSICTIS Ameghino.
CLADOSICTIS PATAGONICA Ameghino.
Cladosictis patagonica Amegh.; Enum. Sist. Especies Mamif. F6s. Pata-
gonia Austral, p. 7, 1887; Contrib. al Conocirniento Mamif. F6s. Rep.
Argentina, p. 286, 1889; Enum. Syn., etc., p. 131, 1894; Bol. Acad.
Cordoba, p. 387, 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 190, 1898.
CLADOSICTIS OXYRHYNCHUS Ameghino.
Anatkeriumf oxyrhynchus Amegh.; Enum. Syn., etc., pp. 128-129,
1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 190, 1898.
CLADOSICTIS DISSIMILIS Mercerat.
Cladosictis dissimilis Merc.; Revista del Museo de La Plata, II, p. 51,
1891.
HATHLIACYNUS (Amegh.) Mercerat.
HATHLIACYNUS FISCHERI Mercerat.
Hathliacynus fischeri Merc.; Revista del Museo de La Plata, II, p. 52,
1891.
HATHLIACYNUS CULTRIDENS Mercerat.
Hathliacynus cultridens Merc.; Revista del Museo de La Plata, II, p. 53,
1891.
HATHLIACYNUS ROLLIERI Mercerat.
Hathliacynus rollieri Merc.; Revista del Museo de La Plata, II, p. 53,
1891.
HATHLIACYNUS LYNCHI Mercerat.
Hathliacymis lynchi Merc.; Revista del Museo de La Plata, II, p. 53, 1891.
HATHLIACYNUS KOBYI Mercerat.
Hathliacynus kobyi Merc.; Revista del Museo de La Plata, II, pp. 53-54,
1891.
448 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
THYLACODICTIS Mercerat.
THYLACODICTIS EXILIS Mercerat.
Thylacodictis exilis Merc.; Revista del Museo de La Plata, II, pp. 54-55,
1891.
AMPHIPROVIVERRA Ameghino.
AMPHIPROVIVERRA ENSIDENS Ameghino.
Protoproviverra ensidens Amegh.; Revista Argentina, p. 313, 1891.
Amphiproviverra ensidens Amegh.; Enum. Syn., etc., p. 133, 1894;
Segundo Censo, etc., p. 190, i!
AMPHIPROVIVERRA OBUSTA Ameghino.
Protoproviverra obusta Amegh. ; Revista Argentina, p. 313, 1891.
Amphiproviverra obusta Amegh.; Enum. Syn., etc., p. 133, 1894; Se-
gundo Censo, etc., p. 190, i!
AMPHIPROVIVERRA CRASSA Ameghino.
Amphipromverra crassa Amegh.; Enum. Syn., etc., p. 135, 1894; Bol.
Acad. Cordoba, p. 391, 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 190, 1898.
PERATHEREUTES Ameghino.
PERATHEREUTES PUNGENS Ameghino.
Perathereutes pungens Amegh. ; Revista Argentina, p. 313, 1891.
Perathereuthes pungens Amegh.; Enum. Syn., p. 136, fig. 54, p. 137,
1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, pp. 392-393, fig. 54, 1894; Segundo
Censo, etc., p. 191, fig. 58^, p. 193, 1898.
PERATHEREUTES OBTUSUS Ameghino.
Perathereutes obtusus Amegh.; Revista Argentina, p. 313, 1891.
Perathereutkes obtusus Amegh.; Enum. Syn., etc., pp. 136-137, 1894;
Segundo Censo, etc., p. 191, 1898.
PERATHEREUTES AMPUTANS Ameghino.
Perathereutes amputans Amegh.; Revista Argentina, pp. 313-314, 1891.
Perathereuthes amp^itans Amegh.; Enum. Syn., p. 137, 1894; Segundo
Censo, etc., p. 191, 1898.
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 449
SIPALOCYON Ameghino.
SIPALOCYON GRACILIS Ameghino.
Sipalocyon gmcilis Amegh.; Enum. Sist. Especies Mamif. F6s. Patagonia
Austral, pp. 8-9, 1897; Contrib. al Conocimiento Mamif. F6s. Rep.
Argentina, pp. 292-293, 1889; Revista Argentina, p. 315, 1891;
Enum. Syn., etc., p. 137, fig. 55, p. 138, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba,
P- 393. %• 55. P- 349. l894! Segundo Censo, etc., p. 191, fig. 58*.
p. 193, 1898.
SIPALOCYON PUSILLUS Ameghino.
Sipalocyon ptisillus Amegh.; Revista Argentina, p. 315, 1891 ; Enum.
Syn., etc., p. 137, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 393, 1894: Segundo
Censo, etc., p. 191, 1898.
SIPALOCYON CURTUS Ameghino.
Sipalocyon curtus Amegh.; Enum. Syn., etc., p. 138, 1894; Bol. Acad.
Cordoba, p. 394, 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 191, li
SIPALOCYON MIXTUS Ameghino.
Sipalocyon mixtus Amegh.; Enum. Syn., etc., pp. 138—139, 1894; Bol.
Acad. Cordoba, p. 394, 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 191, il
SIPALOCYON ALTIRAMIS Ameghino.
Sipalocyon altiramis Amegh.; Enum. Syn., etc., p. 139, 1894; Bol. Acad.
Cordoba, p. 395, 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 191, 1898.
SIPALOCYON LONGUS Ameghino.
Sipalocyon longus Amegh.; Enum. Syn., etc., p. 139, 1894; Bol. Acad.
Cordoba, p. 395, 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 191, i!
ACYON Ameghino.
ACYON TRICUSPIDATUS Ameghino.
Acyon triciispidatus Amegh.; Enum. Sist. Especies Mamif. F6s. Patago-
nia Austral, p. 8, 1887; Contrib. al Conocimiento Mamif. F6s. Rep.
Argentina, pp. 290-292, 1889; Enum. Syn., etc., p. 141, 1894; Bol.
Acad. Cordoba, p. 397, 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 191, li
450 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
Hathliacynus tricitspidatus (Amegh.) Mercerat; Revista del Museo de La
Plata, II, pp. 52, 55, 1891.
ICTIOBORUS Ameghino.
ICTIOBORUS FENESTRATUS Ameghino.
Ictioborus fenestmtus Amegh.; Revista Argentina, p. 315, 1891; Enum.
Syn., etc., p. 140, fig. 56, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 396, fig. 56,
1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 191, fig. 58 / p. 193, 1898.
ICTIOBORUS DESTRUCTOR Ameghino.
Ictioborus destructor Amegh. ; Enum. Syn., etc., pp. 140-141, 1894; Bol.
Acad. Cordoba, p. 396, 1894.
MICROBIOTHERIUM Ameghino.
MICROBIOTHERIUM FORTicuLUM Ameghino.
Microbiotherium forticulum Amegh.; Revista Argentina, pp. 309-310,
1891 ; Eaum. Syn., etc., p. 105, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 361,
1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 187, 1898.
MICROBIOTHERIUM CONSPICUUM (Ameghino).
Hadrorhynchus conspicitus Amegh.; Revista Argentina, p. 311, 1891;
Enum. Syn., etc., p. 106, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 361,
1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 188, 1898.
STYLOGNATHUS Ameghino.
STYLOGNATHUS DIPROTODONTOIDES Ameghino.
Stylognathus diprotodontoides Amegh.; Revista Argentina, p. 309, 1891 ;
Enum. Syn., etc., p. 105, 1891 ; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 187, i!
EODIDELPHYS Ameghino.
EODIDELPHYS FORTis Ameghino.
Eodidetyhys fortis Amegh.; Revista Argentina, p. 310, 1891 ; Enum. Syn.
p. 105, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 361, 1894; Segundo Censo,
etc., p. 187, 1898.
SINCLAIR : MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ -BEDS. 45 1
EODIDELPHYS FAMULA Ameghino.
Eodidelphys famula Amegh. ; Revista Argentina, p. 310, 1891 ; Enum.
Syn., p. 105, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 361, 1894; Segundo
Censo, etc., p. 187, 1898.
PRODIDELPHYS Ameghino.
PRODIDELPHYS ACICULA Ameghino.
Prodidelphys acicula Amegh.; Revista Argentina, p. 310, 1891 ; Enum.
Syn., p. 105, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 361, 1894; Segundo
Censo, etc., p. 188, 1898.
PRODIDELPHYS PAVITA Ameghino.
Prodidelphys pamta Amegh.; Revista Argentina, p. 310, 1891 ; Enum.
Syn. p. 105, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 361, 1894; Segundo
Censo, etc., p. 188, 1898.
PRODIDELPHYS OBTUSA Ameghino.
Prodidelphys obtusa Amegh.; Revista Argentina, p. 311, 1891 ; Enum.
Syn., p. 1 06, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 362, 1894; Segundo
Censo, etc., p. 188, 1898.
ABDERITES Ameghino.
ABDERITES MERIDIONALIS Ameghino.
Abderites tneridionalis Amegh.; Enum. Sist. Especies Mamif. F6s. Pata-
gonia Austral, p. 5, 1887; Contrib. al Conocimiento Mamif. F6s.
Rep. Argentina, pp. 269-270, pi. I, figs. 6-Se, 1889; Bol. Inst. Geog.
Arg., p. 150, figs. 1-3, 1890; Enum. Syn., etc., p. 83, fig. 31, p. 84,
1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, XIII, p. 337, fig. 31, p. 340, 1894;
Segundo Censo, etc., p. 186, fig. 49, I, II, p. 184, 1898; Anales del
Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires, IX (Ser. 3*7, t. II), p. 142, fig. 64,
P- 155. fig- 78- P- !76. fig- I05. P- i?8. fig- I07- J903-
ABDERITES SERRATUS Ameghino.
Abderites terrains Amegh.; Revista Argentina, p. 248, 1891 ; Enum.
Syn., etc., p. 84; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 186, li
452 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PAL/EONTOLOGY.
ABDERITES TENUISSIMUS Ameghino.
Abderites temiissimus Amegh.; Revista Argentina, p. 304, 1891 ; Enum.
Syn., etc., p. 84, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 337, 1894; Segundo
Censo, etc., p. 186, 1898.
ABDERITES ALTIRAMIS Ameghino.
Abderites altiramis Amegh.; Enum. Syn., etc., p. 84, 1894; Bol. Acad.
Cordoba, p. 340, 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 186, 1898.
MANNODON Ameghino.
MANNODON TRISULCATUS Ameghino.
Tideus trisulcatus Amegh.; Bol. Inst. Geog. Argentine, XI, cuad. VII-
IX, pp. 157, 175, 187, July-Sept., 1890.
Mannodon trisulcatus Amegh.; Enum. Syn., etc., p. 84, 1894; Bol. Acad.
Cordoba, p. 340, 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 185, 1898; Anales
del Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires, IX (Ser. 3^7, II), p. no, fig.
28, 1903.
DECASTIS Ameghino.
DECASTIS RURIGERUS Ameghino.
Decastis rurigerus Amegh.; Revista Argentina, p. 305, 1891 ; Enum.
Syn., etc., p. 86, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 342, 1894; Segundo
Censo, etc., p. 186, 1898.
ACDESTIS Ameghino.
ACDESTIS OWENI Ameghino.
Acdestis oweni Amegh.; Enum. Sist. Especies Mamif. F6s. Patagonia
Austral, p. 5, 1887; Contrib. al Conocimiento Mamif. F6s. Rep. Ar-
gentina, pp. 270-271, pi. I, figs. 9-9^, 1889; Bol. Ins. Geog. Arg.,
p. 151, fig. 4, 1890; Enum. Syn., etc., p. 86, fig. 33, 1894; Bol.
Acad. Cordoba, p. 342, fig. 33, 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 186,
fig. 50^, p. 185, 1898; Anales del Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires,
IX (Ser. 30, II), p. 171, fig. 98, 1903.
ACDESTIS ELATUS Ameghino.
Acdestis elatus Amegh.; Revista Argentina, p. 304, 1891 ; Enum. Syn.,
p. 86, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 342, 1894; Segundo Censo,
etc., p. 1 86, 1898.
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 453
ACDESTIS PARVUS Ameghino.
Acdestis parvus Amegh. ; Revista Argentina, p. 305, 1891 ; Enum. Syn.,
p. 86, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 342, 1894; Segundo Censo, etc.,
p. 1 86, 1898.
DIPILUS Ameghino.
DIPILUS SPEGAZZINII Ameghino.
Dipilus spegazzinii Amegh.; Bol. Inst. Geogr. Argent., XI, p. 152, figs.
5, 6, 1890; Enum. Syn., p. 86, figs. 34, 35, p. 87, 1894; Bol. Acad.
Cordoba, p. 342, figs. 34, 35, 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 186, fig.
500, bt p. 185, 1898.
Dipilus spegazzinianus Amegh.; Anales del Museo Nacional de Buenos
Aires, IX (Ser. yi, II), p. 157, fig. 79, p. 172, fig. 99, 1903.
DIPILUS BERGI Ameghino.
Dipilus bergi Amegh.; Bol. Inst. Geogr. Argent., XI, p. 153, 1890;
Enum. Syn., etc., p. 86, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 342, 1894;
Segundo Censo, etc., p. 186, 1898:
METRIODROMUS Ameghino.
METRIODROMUS ARENARUS Ameghino.
Metriodromus arenarus Amegh.; Enum. Syn., p. 87, 1894; Bol. Acad.
Cordoba, p. 343, 1894.
METRIODROMUS SPECTANS Ameghino.
Metriodromus spectans Amegh.; Enum. Syn., pp. 87-88, 1894; Bol. Acad.
Cordoba, p. 343, 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 186, 1898.
METRIODROMUS CRASSUS Ameghino.
Metriodromus crassus Amegh.; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 186, 1898.
METRIODROMUS CRASSIDENS Ameghino.
Metriodromus crassidens Amegh.; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 186, 1898.
HALMADROMUS Ameghino.
HALMADROMUS VAGUS Ameghino.
Halmadromtis vagus Amegh.; Revista Argentina, p. 306, 1891 ; Enum.
Syn., p. 88, 1894 ; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 344, 1894; Segundo Censo,
etc., p. 1 86, 1898.
454 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
CALLOMENUS Ameghino.
CALLOMENUS INTERVALATUS Ameghino.
Callomenus intervalatus Amegh.; Revista Argentina, p. 306, 1891 ; Enum.
Syn., p. 88, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 344, 1894 ; Segundo Censo,
etc., p. 1 86, 1898.
CALLOMENUS ROBUSTUS Ameghino.
Callomenus robustus Amegh.; Enum. Syn., etc., p. 88, 1894; Bol. Acad.
Cordoba, p. 344, 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 186, 1898; Anales del
Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires, IX (Ser. 3*7, II), p. 1 16, fig. 34,
p. 120, fig. 38, 1903.
PALJEOTHENTES (Moreno) Ameghino.
PAL^EOTHENTES LEMOINEI Ameghino.
Palceothentes lemoinei Amegh.; Enum. Sist. Especies Mamif. F6s. Pata-
gonia Austral, p. 6, 1887.
Epanorthus lemoinei Amegh.; Contrib. al Conocimiento Mamif: F6s. Rep.
Argentina, p. 273, pi. I, figs. 13-14^, 1889; Enum. Syn., etc., p. 91,
figs- 36-38> J894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 346, 347, figs. 36-38,
1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 186, fig. 50, e, f,g, p. 185, i!
PAL^OTHENTES AMBIGUUS (Ameghino).
Epanorthus ambigm-ts Amegh.; Revista Argentina, p. 305, 1891 ; Enum.
Syn., etc., p. 91, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 347, 1894; Segundo
Censo, etc., p. 186, i!
PAL/EOTHENTES PACHYGNATHUS Ameghino.
Palceothentes pachygnathus Amegh.; Enum. Sist. Especies Mamif. F6s.
Patagonia Austral, p. 6, 1887.
Epanorthus pachygnatkus Amegh.; Contrib. al Conocimiento Mamif. F6s.
Rep. Argentina, pp. 273-274, 1889; Enum. Syn., etc., p. 91, 1894;
Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 347, 1894 ; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 186, 1898.
PAL^EOTHENTES PRESSIFORATUS Ameghino.
Palceothentes pressiforatiis Amegh.; Enum. Sist. Especies Mamif. F6s.
Patagonia Austral, p. 6, 1887.
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 455
Epanorthiis pressiforatus Amegh. ; Contrib. al Conocimiento Mamif. F6s.
Rep. Argentina, pp. 274-275, 1889; Enum. Syn., etc., p. 91, 1894;
Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 347, 1894, Segundo Censo, etc., p. 186, 1898.
PAL/EOTHENTES IN^EQUALIS (Ameghino).
Epanorthtts incequalis Amegh.; Revista Argent., p. 305, 1891 ; Enum.
Syn., etc., p. 92, 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 186, i!
PAL/EOTHENTES COMPLICATUS (Ameghino).
Metaepanorthus complicattis Amegh.; Enum. Syn., etc., pp. 92-93, 1894;
Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 348, 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 186, 1898.
PAL^EOTHENTES HOLMBERGI (Ameghino).
Epanorthiis holmbergi Amegh.; Los Plagiaulacideos Argentines, etc.,
Bol. Inst. Geog. Argentine, XI, reprint, p. 17, fig. 8, 1890.
Metaepanorthus holmbergi Amegh. ; Enum. Syn., etc., p. 93, fig. 39, 1894;
Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 349, fig. 39, 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p.
1 86, 1898; Anales del Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires, IX (Sen 3^,
II), p. 172, fig. 100, 1903.
PREPANORTHUS Ameghino.
PREPANORTHUS LANIUS Ameghino.
Prepanorthus lanius Amegh.; Enum. Syn., etc., p. 95, 1894; Bol. Acad.
Cordoba, p. 351, 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 186, i!
HALMASELUS Ameghino.
HALMASELUS VALENS Ameghino.
Halmaselus valens Amegh.; Revista Argent., p. 306, 1891 ; Enum. Syn.,
etc., p. 95, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 351, 1894; Segundo Censo,
etc., p. 1 86, 1898.
ESSOPRION Ameghino.
ESSOPRION CORUSCUS Ameghino.
Essoprion coruscus Amegh.; Revista Argent., p. 306, 1891 ; Enum. Syn.,
etc., p. 95, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 351, 1894; Segundo Censo,
etc., p. 1 86, 1898.
456 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PAL/EONTOLOGY.
ESSOPRION CONSUMPTUS Ameghino.
Essoprion consumptus Amegh.; Revista Argent., pp. 306-307, 1891 ;
Enum. Syn., p. 95, 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 186, 1898.
PICHIPILUS Ameghino.
PICHIPILUS OSBORNI Ameghino.
Pichipilus osborni Amegh. ; Bol. Inst. Geog. Argent, p. 153, 1890; Enum.
Syn., etc., p. 95, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 351, 1894; Segundo
Censo, etc., p. 186, 1898.
PICHIPILUS EXILIS Ameghino.
Pichipilus exilis Amegh.; Revista Argentina, p. 307, 1891 ; Enum. Syn.
etc., p. 95, 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 186, 1898.
GARZONIA Ameghino.
GARZONIA TYPICA Ameghino.
Garzonia typica Amegh.; Nuevos Restos Mamif. F6s. Patagonia Austral,
p. 21, Aug., 1891 ; Revista Argentina, I, entr. 5*7, p. 307, 1891 ;
Enum. Syn., etc., pp. 98-99, fig. 41, 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p.
1 86, 1898.
Garzonia tipica Amegh.; Anales del Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires,
IX (Ser. 3«, II), fig. 91, p. 167, 1903. (Corrected figure, compare
Enum. Syn., etc., 1894, fig. 41.)
Garzonia typica Amegh.; Anales, etc., fig. 93, p. 168, 1903.
GARZONIA CAPTIVA Ameghino.
Garzonia capti'va Amegh.; Revista Argentina, p. 308, 1891 ; Enum. Syn.,
etc., p. 99, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 355, 1894; Segundo Censo,
etc., p. 1 86, 1898.
GARZONIA MINIMA Ameghino.
Garzonia minima Amegh.; Revista Argentina, p. 308, 1891 ; Enum.
Syn., etc., p. 99, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 355, 1894; Segundo
Censo, etc., p. 196, 1898; Anales del Museo Nacional de Buenos
Aires, IX (Ser. 30, II), p. 157, fig. 81, p. 186, fig. 121, 1903.
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 457
GARZONIA GRACILIS (Ameghino).
Phonocdromus gracilis Amegh.; Enum. Syn., etc., p. 100, 1894; Bol.
Acad. Cordoba, p. 356, 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 186, i!
PARHALMARHIPHUS Ameghino.
PARHALMARHIPHUS ANNECTENS Ameghino.
Garzonia annectens Amegh.; Revista Argentina, p. 307, 1891.
Parlwlmarhiphus annectens Amegh.; Enum. Syn., pp. 100-101, 1894;
Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 357, 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., pp. 186-
187, 1898.
HALMARHIPHUS Ameghino.
HALMARHIPHUS DIDELPHOIDES Ameghino.
Halmarhiphus didelphoides Amegh.; Revista Argentina, p. 308, 1891 ;
Enum. Syn., p. 101, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cordoba, p. 357, 1894; Se-
gundo Censo, p. 187, 1898.
Hahnariphus didelphoides Amegh.; Anales del Museo Nacional de Buenos
Aires, IX (Ser. 30, II), p. 157, -fig. 80, 1903.
Parhalmarhiphus didelphoides Amegh.; Ibid., p. 163, fig. 86, 1903.
STILOTHERIUM Ameghino.
STILOTHERIUM GRANDE Ameghino.
Stilotherium grande Amegh. ; Enum. Syn., p. 102, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cor-
doba, p. 358, 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 187, i!
STILOTHERIUM DISSIMILE Ameghino.
Stilotherium dissimile Amegh.; Enum. Sist. Especies Mamif. F6s. Pata-
gonia Austral, p. 7, 1887; Enum. Syn., etc., p. 102, 1894; Segundo
Censo, etc., p. 187, 1898; Anales del Museo Nacional de Buenos
Aires, IX (Ser. 3^, II), fig. 33, p. 115, fig. 92, p. 167, 1903.
CLADOCLINUS Ameghino.
CLADOCLINUS COPEI Ameghino.
Cladoclimts copei Amegh.; Enum. Syn., p. 103, 1894; Bol. Acad. Cor-
doba, p. 359, 1894; Segundo Censo, etc., p. 187, 1898; Anales del
Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires, IX (Ser. 30, II), p. 117, fig. 35,
1903.
458 PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS! PALAEONTOLOGY.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
Ameghino, Florentine.
1887 Enumcracion sistematica de las especies de mamiferos fosiles coleccionados por Carlos
Ameghino en los terrenes eocenos de la Patagonia austral. La Plata, 1887.
1889 Contribucion al conocimiento de los mamiferos fosiles de la Republica Argentina (A etas
de la Academia Nacional de Ciencias en Cordoba, T. V).
1890 Los Plagiaulacideos Argentines y sus relaciones zoologicas, geologicas y geograficas,
pp. I -6 1. Buenos Aires, 1890.
Ibid. Boletin del Institute Geografico Argentine, T. XI, pp. 143-201, 1890.
1891 Nuevos restos de mamiferos fosiles descubiertos por Carlos Ameghino en el eoceno
inferior de la Patagonia austral — Especies nuevas, adiciones y correcciones, pp. 1-44,
Aug., 1891.
Ibid. Revista Argentina de Historia Natural, T. I, fas. IV, pp! 289-328, Oct., 1891.
1893 Les premiers mammiferes. — Relations entre les mammiferes diprotodontes eocenes de
1'Amerique du Nord et ceux de la Republique Argentine. Revue General des Sciences
pures et appliquees, 4' annee, no. 3, p. 77.
1894 Enumeration synoptique des especes de mammiferes fossiles des formations eocenes de
Patagonie (Boletin de la Academia Nacional de Ciencias en Cordoba, T. XIII, p. 259).
In the citations from this paper given in the text the paging is that of the separate
edition.
1897 Mammiferes cretaces de 1'Argentine. Deuxieme contribution a la connaissance de la
faune mammalogique des couches a Pyrotherium. Boletin del Instituto Geografico
Argentine, T. XVIII, cuad. 4—9. Separate edition, pp. 1-117.
1898 Sinopsis geologico-paleontologica (Segundo Censo de la Republica Argentina, T. I.
Buenos Aires, 1898, p. 113).
1903 Los diprotodontes del orden de los Plagiaulacideos y el origen de los Roedores y de
los Polimastodontes. Anales del Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires, T. IX (ser. 3", T.
II), pp. 81-192.
Bensley, B. Arthur.
1903 On the evolution of the Australian Marsupialia ; with remarks on the relationships of
the marsupials in general. Transactions of the Linnxan Society, ser. 2, Zool., Vol.
IX, pp. 83-217, Pis. 5-7.
Bonaparte, C. L.
1838 Syn. Vert. Syst., in Nuovi Ann. Sci. Nat, Bologna, II, p. 112, 1838 (see p. 8) ; Revue
Zool., I, p. 217, Sept., 1838.
Cunningham, D. J.
1882 Report on some points in the anatomy of the Thylacyne (Tliylacynus cynocephalus),
Cuscus (JPhalangista maculatci) and Phascogale (Phascogale calusa), collected during
the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger, 1873-1876. Report of the scientific results of the
exploring voyage of H. M. S. Challenger, Zoology, Vol. V, 1882.
Dollo, L.
1899 Les ancetres des Marsupiaux, etaient-ils arboricoles ? Miscellanees Biologiques, pp.
188-203. Paris.
SINCLAIR: MARSUPIALIA OF THE SANTA CRUZ BEDS. 459
Mercerat, Alcides.
1891 Caracteres diagnosticos dc algunas especies de Creodonta conscrvadas en el Museo de
La Plata. Revista del Museo de La Plata, T. II, pp. 51-56. La Plata.
Moreno, Francisco P.
1882 Patagonia, resto de un antiguo continente hoy submergido (Conferencias de la Sociedad
Cientifica Argentina, Conferencia del 15 del Junio de 1882). Buenos Aires.
Ortmann, A. E.
1902 Tertiary Invertebrates. Reports of the Princeton University Expeditions to Patagonia,
1896-1899. Vol. IV, Pt. II.
Sinclair, W. J.
1905 The marsupial fauna of the Santa Cruz beds. Proceedings of the American Philosophi-
cal Society, Vol. XLIX.pp. 73-81, Pis. I and II.
Thomas, Oldfield.
1888 Catalogue of the Marsupialia and Monotremata in the collection of the British Museum
(Natural History). London.
1895 On C&nolestes, a still-existing survivor of the Epanorthidae of Ameghino, and the rep-
resentative of a new family of recent marsupials. Proceedings of the Zoological Society
of London, pp. 870-878. 1895.
Trouessart, E. L.
1898 Catalogus Mammalium.
ERRATA.
Pp. 3-43. Throughout Part I, for Lake Pueyrrydon, Puerrydon Series, etc., read Lake
Pueyrredon, Pueyrredon Series, etc.
P. iov 1. 2. For relatep, read related.
P. 54, 1. 17. For Oven Poin, read Oven Point.
P. 79, 1. 14. For T. patagonia, read T. patagonica.
P. 84, 1. 19. For escutheon, read escutcheon.
P. 97, 11. 21, 23, 27. For P. ibari, read G. ibari.
P. 113, 1. 20. For 0. vesicularis, read G. vesicularis.
P. 134, 1. 33. For Panopaa, read Panopea.
P. 135, heading of species 61. For Venus dijficillis, read V. difficilis.
P. 153, 1. 10. For especially, read especially.
P. 157, heading of species 88. For Dentalum, read Dentalium.
P. 162, " " " 93. For Leptothyra philippi, read L. philippii.
Omit of (last word of line).
For var. inoratus, read inornatus.
»te. For Volulolithes, read Volutilithes.
For collosity, read callosity.
For R. varians, read B. varians.
For R. unguiformis, read B. unguiformis.
For Callistoma philippi, read Calliostoma philippii.
For Fusus spiralis, read F. subspiralis.
For D. octocostellum, read D. octocostellatum.
For enota Gcuevensis, read Genota cuevensis.
For Pinna semicostalis, read P. setnicostata.
For Calliostoma pararatum, read C. peraratum.
After No. 26, insert Modiola ameghinoi and change the subsequent numbers
27-117 to 28-118.
P. 270, 1. 8. For 117, read 118.
P. 280, 1. 23. For Glycimeris ibaria, read G. ibari.
P. 284, Footnote. For Tcrrcbratella, read Terebratella.
For Siphonalis read Siphonalia.
For Crassatella kokeni, read Crassatellites kokeni.
For Calliostoma pararatum, read C". peraratum.
For P! sarissa, read Fi serissa.
For Panopea ibaria, read .P. z$«>7.
For This, ma*/ The.
For deposits, m*</ deposition.
For Tyron, m&/ Tryon.
For Wood, S. F., read Wood, S. V.
P. 1 80,
• 23.
P. 218,
. I.
p. 230,
7ootr
p. 242,
• 3-
p. 251,
• 33-
p. 252,
• 23-
p. 257,
. 2.
. 2.
p. 262,
• 37-
.38.
p. 263,
• 13-
. 28.
p. 266,
. 28.
P. 288,
. 29.
P. 295,
• 3-
. 18.
P. 301,
. 19.
P- 304,
. 6.
P. 305,
• 25.
P. 3i7,
. u.
P- 324,
• S-
P. 332,
. 29.
460
STANTON : THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.
OSTREA TARDENSIS Stanton
Fig. i . Lower valve of an average specimen. Natural size.
Fig. 2. Opposite view showing upper valve of same individual.
PAGE
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE i.
M'Connell del.
Werner t Winter. Frankfort °,M. hth
CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES.
STANTON : THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.
PAGE
OSTREA TARDENSIS Stanton . . ... . . . . . . ii
Fig. i. Exterior of more strongly curved upper valve. Natural size.
Fig. 2. Interior of same.
NOTE. — This specimen was inadvertently posed with the beak downward.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE u
M'Connell del
Werner I Winter, Frankfort'.M.. lirh,
CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES.
STANTON : THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.
PAGE
GERVILLIA HATCHERI Stanton ......... 15
Figs, i, 2. Exterior and interior views of the type. Natural size.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE m.
• '
M'Connell del.
Werner I Wmier, Frankforr^M., lirh.
CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES.
STANTON I THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.
PAGE
PECTEN (CAMPTONECTES) PDEYRRYDONENSIS Stanton . . . . . 12
Fig. i. Right valve. Natural size.
PECTEN OCTOPLICATUS Stanton ......... 14
Fig. 2. Right valve with the ears partly restored from another example.
Enlarged two diameters.
Fig. 3. Left valve, similarly enlarged.
MYTILUS ARGENTINUS Stanton ......... 16
Fig. 4. Right valve. Enlarged two diameters.
PECTEN ARGENTINUS Stanton . • . . . . . . . 13
Fig. 5. Left valve. Natural size.
AVICULA (OXYTOMA) TARDENSIS Stanton ..... . 14
Fig. 6. A small left valve enlarged three diameters to show details of
sculpture. From a wax cast of a natural mold.
Fig. 7. An average left valve, natural size, with most of the shell and
posterior ear removed.
NUCULA PUEYRRYDONENSIS Stanton ........ 17
Fig. 8. A small left valve from a wax cast of a natural mold.
Fig. 9. Another left valve.
SOLECURTUS? LIMATUS Stanton 24
Fig. 10. Left valve.
LEDA? CORBULIFORMIS Stanton ......... 18
Fig. 1 1 . Left valve.
TAPES? PATAGONICA Stanton ......... 23
Fig. 12. Dorsal view of type, enlarged two diameters.
Fig. 13. Left valve of same.
CORBULA CRASSATELLOIDES Stanton ........ 26
Fig. 14. Right valve, enlarged three diameters.
Fig. 15. Left valve, enlarged three diameters.
TRIGONIA HETEROSCULPTA Stanton 20
Fig. 1 6. Young specimen showing concentric sculpture of beak and
beginning of posterior series of costse.
Fig. 17. Half-grown specimen showing further development of costae.
Fig. 1 8. Larger specimen with anterior sculpture obscured by weathering.
TRIGONIA SUBVENTRICOSA Stanton ........ 18
Fig. 1 9. Dorsal view of the type.
Fig. 20. Left valve of same.
All figures of natural size unless otherwise stated.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE iv.
16
19
14-
17
12
10
13
18
M'Connel! del
Werner I Wmrer, Frankfort«,M., liih.
C RETAC ECUS I NVERTEB RATE S .
STANTON I THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.
PAGE
ASTARTE PERALTA StantOD .......... 22
Fig. i. Hinge of right valve.
Fig. 2. Exterior of same specimen.
ASTARTE POSTSULCATA Stanton ......... 23
Fig. 3. Interior of thin right valve.
Fig. 4. Exterior of a similar valve.
Fig. 5. Dorsal view of an example with thicker valves.
Fig. 6. Hinge of a thick left valve .
Fig. 7. Exterior of same specimen.
All figures on this plate are of natural size.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE v
M'Conneil del
Werner & Wmrer, Frankrot*M., lirh.
CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES .
STANTON : THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.
PAGE
PLEUROMYA LATISULCATA Stanton ... 25
Fig. i . Right valve of the type.
Fig. 2. Dorsal view of same.
MARTESIA ARGENTINENSIS Stanton . . 27
Fig. 3. Dorsal view of large specimen, enlarged.
Fig. 4. Left valve of small specimen, enlarged.
TURNUS DUBIUS Stanton ..... 27
Fig. 5. Part of a tube with shell in place, enlarged two diameters.
Fig. 6. Another view of same specimen.
Fig. 7. A left valve, enlarged two diameters.
Fig. 8. Dorsal view of another specimen, enlarged two diameters.
DENTALIUM (L^VIDENTALIUM) LIMATUM Stanton ...... 28
Fig. 9. A large specimen with most of the shell removed.
LUNATIA CONSTRICTA Stanton ...... 31
Fig. 10. Aperture view of the type.
Fig. 1 1 . Dorsal view of same.
LUNATIA PUEYRRYDONENSIS Stanton ........ 32
Fig. 12. Dorsal view of the type.
APORRHAIS PROTUBERATUS Stanton ........ 32
Fig. 1 3. Aperture view of an average specimen with part of the shell
and the callus of last whorl destroyed.
Fig. 14. Aperture view of another specimen showing the callus boss and
more of the sculpture.
Fig. 15. Dorsal view of same specimen.
CINULIA AUSTRALIS Stanton .... . 34
Fig. 1 6. Dorsal view, enlarged two diameters.
Fig. 17. Aperture view of same specimen.
TORNATEI.L/EA PATAGONICA Stanton ........ 34
Fig. 1 8. Dorsal view of one of the types, enlarged two diameters.
Fig. 19. Aperture view of another specimen, enlarged two diameters.
All figures are of natural size unless otherwise stated.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE vi
i.
4-.
6.
12.
9.
10.
11.
14-.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
Mc Cornell del.
Werner I Winter, Frankfor- !
CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES.
STANTON : THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRTAES.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.
PAGE
PLEUROTOMARIA TARDENSIS Stanton ........ 29
Fig. i. Aperture view of the type.
Fig. 2. Profile view of same showing the slit.
Both figures are natural size.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE vn.
1
MeConnell del.
Werner 1 Winter. Frankforr°,M .. lirti
CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES.
STANTON I THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.
PAGE
HATCHERICERAS PATAGONENSE Stanton ....
Fig. i. Side view of type, one half natural size.
Fig. 2. Aperture view of same, one half natural size.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE vm.
~
Werner s Winter, Frankfort°M.. lirh.
CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES.
STANTON : THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.
PAGE
HATCHERICERAS PATAGONENSE Stanton 38
Fig. i. Suture of specimen figured on plate VIII.
HATCHERICERAS ARGENTINENSE Stanton ....... 39
Fig. 2. Suture of large weathered specimen represented by figure 5.
Fig. 3. Suture of a young specimen.
Fig. 4. Side view of a young specimen.
Fig. 5. Side view of a larger imperfect specimen.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOLIV.
PLATE ix.
4-.
5.
I
M'Connell del
Werner t Wirier, Frankfor:?M., hth.
CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES.
STANTON I THE MARINE CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.
PAGE
HATCHERICERAS? PUEYRRYDONENSE Stanton ....... 42
Fig. i. Side view of the type.
Fig. 2. Aperture view of same.
HATCHERICERAS? TARDENSE Stanton ........ 41
Fig. 3. Suture of type specimen.
Fig. 4. Side view of same.
Fig. 5. Aperture view of same.
(VOL. IV)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE x.
M'Connell del
Werner ( Winter. Frankfort *,H.. lith.
CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATES.
ORTMANN : TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.
PAGE
Fig. i. CIDARIS ANTARCTICA Ortm. ... 51
Patagonian beds ; 30 miles north of upper Rio Chalia.
i a. Fragment of spine.
\b. Cross section of spine.
ic. View of articular surface of lower end of spine.
id. Plate.
Fig. 2. HYPECHINUS PATAGONENSIS (d'Orb.). . . . .. . . . 52
Patagonian beds ; Darwin Station, San Julian.
Upper view of the only specimen in the collection.
Fig. 3. TOXOPNEUSTES PRECURSOR Ortm. ....... 53
Patagonian beds ; Oven Point, San Julian.
30:. Upper view of a large specimen, slightly worn.
3^. Side view of another specimen, 2/1.
Fig. 4. SCUTELLA PATAGONENSIS Des. ........ 55
Patagonian beds.
40. "Alate form," adult, upper view ; Salt Lake.
46. "Alate form," young, lower view; Salt Lake.
4<r. "Rotundate form," medium size, upper view; Oven Point,
San Julian.
\d. "Rotundate form," adult, lower view ; Upper Rio Chalia.
4<?. "Rotundate form," young, lower view; Oven Point, San
Julian. .
Fig. 5. TEREBELLA MAGNA Ortm. ......... 63
Patagonian beds; Oven Point, San Julian.
5«. Isolated tube (with remains of another one), side view.
5<J. View of terminal opening.
Fig. 6. CELLARIA FISTULOSA (L.) 64
Patagonian beds ; Shell Gap, Rio Chico.
6a. Fragment of a branch, showing achylosis on upper end.
6b. A number of zocecia, enlarged.
All of the figures, unless otherwise stated, are natural size.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PL
.,
F v. Iterson del.
Werner i Winter, Frankfort?M., liih
TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.
PAGE
Fig. i. CYRTOMA POSTHUMUM Ortm. ........ 60
Patagonian beds ; Lake Pueyrredon, base.
i a. Upper view of an individual with complete outline, and well
preserved anal depression.
\b. Upper view of a partly broken individual, with ambulacra
better preserved.
Fig. 2. RETICULIPORA PATAGONICA Ortm. 68
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
2a. View of zoarium.
26. Front view of a few branches of zoarium, slightly enlarged.
2c. Side view of one of the branches, more strongly enlarged.
Fig. 3. RHYNCHONELLA PLICIGERA v. Ih. . . . . ... 70
Patagonian beds ; Lake Pueyrredon, base.
30. Anterior view of an individual of average shape.
3<J. Front view of the same.
y . Anterior view of a more elongate and triangular individual.
3«f. Anterior view of an unusually broad individual.
Fig. 4. RHYNCHONELLA SQUAMOSA Hutt. ... .... 72
Patagonian beds ; Lake Pueyrredon, base.
4#. Anterior view.
4<J. Front view of the same individual.
FIG. 5. MAGELLANIA LENTICULARIS (Desh.). ..... 73
Patagonian beds ; Lake Pueyrredon, base.
5#. Anterior view of a rather large individual.
5<5. Side view of the same.
5<r. Anterior view of a smaller individual.
All of the figures, unless otherwise stated, are natural size.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE xii.
F. v. Iterson del
Werner t V/.mer, Frankfort'.M., lirh.
TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.
PAGE
Fig. I. SCHIZASTER AMEGHINOI V. Ih. . . . . 62
Patagonian beds.
i a. Upper view of an almost complete cast; Mouth of Santa
Cruz River,
i^. Upper view of fragment of shell, showing fascicle ; Oven
Point, San Julian.
Fig. 2. SERPULA PATAGONICA Ortm. ... ..... 63
Patagonian beds; Oven Point, San Julian. Colony on a fragment of Pecten.
Fig. 3. MELICERITA TRIFORIS Ortm. ........ 65
Patagonian beds ; Uppef Rio Chalia.
30. Fragment of zoarium.
3<5. Zooecia, enlarged.
Fig. 4. ASPIDOSTOMA GIGANTEUM (Bsk.). ... . ... 67
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River. Group of zocecia, with
ocecium, enlarged.
Fig. 5. TENNYSON: A SUBCYLINDRICA Ortm. ....... 69
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
5#. Zoarium.
5^. Fragment of branch, showing zooecia, etc., enlarged.
Fig. 6. HETEROPORA PELLICULATA Wat. ....... 69
Patagonian beds ; Oven Point, San Julian. Zoarium.
Fig. 7. TEREBRATELLA DORSATA (Gmel.) 74
Patagonian beds ; Lake Pueyrredon, base.
"ja. Anterior view of a large individual.
"]b. Front view of the same.
•jc. Anterior view of a smaller, oblique individual.
7</. Anterior view of an unusually elongate individual (transi-
tional to T. patagonica).
Fig. 8. TEREBRATELLA PATAGONICA (Sow.). . . . . - . . . 75
Patagonian beds.
8a. Anterior view of elongate variety ; Lake Pueyrredon, base.
86. Anterior view of a very large individual of usual outline ;
Oven Point, San Julian.
Fig. 9. BOUCHARDIA ZITTELI V. Ih. ........ 79
Patagonian beds : Lake Pueyrredon, base.
90. Anterior view, natural size.
qb. The same, 2/1.
All of the figures, unless otherwise stated, are natural size.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
P. v.lrerson del.
Werner & W;r •- M., lifh
TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.
PAGE
Fig. i. TEREBRATELLA PATAGONICA (Sow.). ....... 75
Patagonian beds ; Oven Point, San Julian.
i a. Anterior view of a normal individual of medium size,
i b. Side view of the same.
Fig. 2. TEREBRATELLA GIGANTEA Ortm. ......... 78
Cape Fairweather beds; Cape Fairweather.
2a. Anterior view of a very young individual.
zb. Anterior view of a normal individual of medium size.
2c. Side view of the same.
id. Inner view of smaller valve, showing brachial apparatus.
2e. Inner view of smaller valve of a very old individual, show-
ing thickening of median septum and hinge.
2/ Inner view of larger valve of another very old individual,
showing thickening of hinge.
Fig. 3. OSTREA TORRESI Phil 98
Upper Magellanian beds ; Punta Arenas.
3#. Outer view of larger valve.
3<5. Inner view of the same.
Fig. 4. GRYPH^A cf. TARDA Hutt. . . . . . . . . 113
Patagonian beds ; southwest of Lake Pueyrredon.
40. Inner view of larger valve.
4^. Side view of the same.
All figures are natural size.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE xiv.
•erson del.
- A W.rfer, rr^ i
TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV.
PAGE
OSTREA INGENS Zitt. ........... 99
Patagonian beds ; mouth of the Santa Cruz River.
Very large individual, side view, natural size (transitional form between var.
hatcheri and phillippii Ortm.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE xv.
F v. Irerson del.
Werner t Wmler,Frankfort?M , lith
TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.
PAGE
Fig. I. OSTREA INGENS Zitt. 99
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River. (The same individual
as that figured on plate XV.)
i a. Inner view of lower valve.
id. Inner view of upper valve.
Both figures natural size.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
F.v. Uerson del
PLATE xvi
Werner t Winter, Frankfort°/M., lith.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS ! PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.
PAGE
OSTREA INGENS Zitt. 99
Patagonian beds ; Shell Gap, lower horizon.
Inner view of a lower valve of a very large individual, with very much
elongate area (— phillippii Ortm.), corresponding closely to Zittel's
type of O. ingens.
Natural size.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE xvii.
F. v. Irerson del.
Werner i Winter, Frankforr?M., lirh.
TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.
PAGE
Fig. I. OSTREA INGENS Zitt. ......... 99
Cape Fairweather beds ; Cape Fairweather.
i a. Inner view of lower valve.
\b. Inner view of upper valve of same individual (showing
crenulations near the area).
Both figures natural size.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
F. v. Irerson del.
Werner & Winter, FrankfoT'M.. lirr
TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PAL/EONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.
PAGE
Fig. i. OSTREA INGENS Zitt. ......... 99
Patagonian beds.
i a. Outer view of lower valve of a specimen of medium size,
representing the form O. hatcheri Ortm. ; mouth of Santa
Cruz River.
\b. Inner view of lower valve of a very elongate individual
(form O. bourgeoisi Phil, or philippii Ortm.) ; Punta
Arenas.
\c. Inner view of lower valve of a very young individual ;
Upper Rio Chalia.
Fig. 2. PECTEN PIUENUNCIUS v. Ih. . . . . . . . 115
Patagonian beds.
20,. Outer view of a right valve ; Mouth of Santa Cruz River,
2b. Outer view of a left valve ; Darwin Station, San Julian.
All the figures are natural size.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE xix.
F. v. Iferson del.
Werner I Winter. Frankfort IK , lirh
TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PAL/EONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX.
PAGE
Fig. i. OSTREA PATAGONICA d'Orb. . . ... . . . . no
From beds, unconformably overlying Patagonian beds (? Tehuelche
formation); Darwin Station, San Julian.
\a. Lower valve of an elongated individual.
\b. Lower valve of a more elongate individual, showing distinct
folds.
\c. Upper valve of another elongate individual.
id. Upper valve of a very broad individual, showing a muscular
scar of the character of that of O. pyrotheriorum v. Ih.
All the figures are natural size.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE xx
F. v. Irerson
Werner t Winter. Frankfort'-M., hrh.
TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXI.
PAGE
PECTEN PROXIMUS v. Ih. . . . . . . . . . 114
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
Right valve of a very large individual.
Natural size.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS Vo
F. v. Iterson del
Werner t Winter Fra-
TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
r\ i M.ONIAN I'XrMii i IONS : I-AI..-I' ONTOLOGY,
I -AIM, A NATION OF PLATE XXII.
l-'itf. i I'M 1 1 - PROXXliUI v. 111. . . . . . . . . 114
I'.il.i-om.m |i«-.|'. ; iiKiiilh <>l Sanla Cm/ Kivcr.
I fll V.llvi- Iii-I.ill;.;ill;; Infix '..1 me- |ix li\ it lll.ll .r, I ll.it 1 1;; nr< •< I
(.n pl.il.- XXI.
i/'. Ki;;lii valvr <>l .1 yoiiii;; imliviiliial.
i. I .I'll \ ,ilvr of thr same.
Ml ihr I
(YOU iv)
PATAGONIAN EXI'KMTIONS
PLATE xxii.
i'
F v Iterion del
•: MI.
TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIII.
PAGE
Fig. i . PECTEN cf. CENTRALIS Sow. . . . . . . . . 1 1 6
Patagonian beds ; Port Desire.
i a. Right valve.
i b. Left valve of the same individual.
Note. Both valves in fragments; in fig. \b the fragments have not been
imbedded quite correctly in the plaster.
Fig. 2. PECTEN GEMINATUS Sow. . . . . . . . . 117
Patagonian beds.
2a. Small right valve, agreeing with Sowerby's type ; Oven
Point, San Julian.
zb. Small left valve of another individual ; Oven Point, San
Julian.
zc. Larger right valve ; Oven Point, San Julian.
zd. Right valve of var. quemadensis v. Ih. ; Darwin Station, San
Julian.
ze. Lateral view of both valves, the same individual as fig. zd.
All the figures are natural size.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE xxm.
F v. Iterson del.
Werner i Winter, FrankfortSM . lirh
TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV.
PAGE
Fig. i . PECTEN ACTINODES Sow. . . . . . . ' . . . 119
Cape Fairweather beds ; Cape Fairweather.
la. Right valve.
ib. Left valve of another individual.
Fig. 2. PERN A QUADRISULCATA v. Ih. . . . . . . . . 97
Patagonian beds.
2a. Hinge of right valve. Mouth of Santa Cruz River.
2b. Cast of an almost complete specimen. Lake Pueyrredon,
base.
Fig. 3. MYTILUS MAGELLANICUS Chemn. . . . . . . . "121
Patagonian beds ; Oven Point, San Julian.
Inner and outer casts, imbedded in matrix.
Fig. 4. MODIOLA ANDINA Ortm. . . . . . . . . 122
Patagonian beds ; Lake Pueyrredon, 400' above base.
Cast.
All the figures are natural size.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE xxiv.
F. v. kerson del.
Werner i Winter.
TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXV.
PAGE
Fig. i. MYTILUS cf. CHORUS Mol. . . . . . . . . 120
la. Fragment of cast from Patagonian beds of Upper Rio Chalia.
ib. Not quite complete cast from Cape Fairweather beds, Cape
Fairweather.
Fig. 2. MODIOLA AMEGHINQI V. Ih. . . . . . . . . 12 1
Patagonian beds ; Mount of Observation, upper horizon.
Left valve.
Fig. 3. ARCA PATAGONICA v. Ih. • • • • 93
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
30. Outer view of right valve of a specimen of small size.
3<J. Cardinal view of the same, showing area.
Fig. 4. CUCULL^EA ALTA Sow. ....... . 86
Patagonian beds.
4«. Outer view of left valve of medium size ; Mount of Observa-
tion, lower horizon.
4<$. Inner view of hinge of the same.
ty. Cardinal view of a large individual, showing both valves.
Mouth of Santa Cruz River.
Fig. 5. CUCULL^EA (CUCULLARIA) DARWINI (Phil.) .... 90
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
5#. Outer view of left valve.
$b. Details of surface sculpture, enlarged.
Fig. 6. LIMOPSIS INSOLITA (Sow.) . 91
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
Inner view of left valve.
Fig. 7. NUCULA PATAGONICA Phil. . 80
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
7#. Outer view of right valve.
7& Inner view of right valve of another individual.
Fig. 8. NUCULA RETICULARIS Ortm. • ... 82
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
8a. Right valve, natural size.
86. The same, 4/1.
All of the figures, unless otherwise stated, are natural size.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOLIV.
PL
;
TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PAL/GONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI.
PAGE
Fig. i. GLYCIMERIS IBARI (Phil.) 94
Patagonian beds.
la. Outer view of right valve of a large individual. Punta Arenas.
\b. Hinge of the same.
ic. Outlines of inner views of three young individuals of different
size. Mouth of Santa Cruz River.
Fig. 2. LEDA OXYRHYNCHA (Phil.) 83
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
ia. Right valve.
2b. The same, 3/1.
Fig. 3. LEDA ERRAZURIZI (Phil.) 84
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
30. Left valve.
$b. The same, 3/1.
Fig. 4. MALLETIA ORNATA (Sow.) 85
Patagonian beds ; Paso del Rio Santa Cruz.
Outer view of right valve.
Fig. 5. CARDITA ELEGANTOIDES Ortm. 125
50. Right valve of type specimen. Upper Magellanian beds ;
Punta Arenas.
5^. Outer view of right valve of a specimen from the Patagonian
beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
5^. Inner view of the same.
Fig. 6. CARDITA VOLCKMANNI Phil. 126
Patagonian beds ; Lake Pueyrredon, 600' above base.
Cast of right valve.
Fig. 7. CARDITA IN^QUALIS Phil. . . 127
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
"ja. Left valve of specimen of medium size, showing in part
original sculpture of shell, partly outer layer removed.
(250' above high tide.)
7^. Right valve of a large individual.
"jc. Hinge of the same.
7</. Inner view of left valve, showing hinge.
Fig. 8. CARDITA PATAGONICA Sow. - 128
Patagonian beds; mouth of Santa Cruz River, 250' above high tide.
8a. Outer view of left valve.
86. Inner view of the same.
8c. Inner view of a right valve.
3 ONI AN EXPEDITIONS VOL iv.
PLATE xxvi.
'<- v Irerson del.
Werner 4 Winter, Frankforr'SM., lith.
TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
PAGE
Fig. 9. CRASSATELLITES LYELLI (Sow.) . . . . . . 123
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
ga. Outer view of left valve.
9<5. Inner view of the same.
Fig. 10. CRASSATELLITES KOKENI (v. Ih.) 123
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
ioa. Outer view of right valve.
lob. Inner view of the same.
All of the figures, unless otherwise stated, are natural size.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVII.
PAGE
Fig. i. CRASSATELLITES QUARTUS (Ortm.). . ... 124
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River. Outer view of left valve.
Fig. 2. CRASSATELLITES LONGIOR (v. Ih.). . . . . . . . 125
Patagonian beds ; Lake Pueyrredon, base. Outer view of right valve.
Fig. 3. LUCINA NEGLECTA Ortm. . . . . . . . . 129
Lower Magellanian beds ; Punta Arenas. Outer view of left valve, im-
bedded in matrix.
Fig. 4. LUCINA PROMAUCANA Phil. ... ..... 130
Patagonian beds ; Paso del Rio Santa Cruz.
40. Outer view of right valve.
4<5. Inner view of the same.
Fig. 5. LUCINA ORTMANNI v. Ih. . . . . . . . 131
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River. Outer view of right valve.
Fig. 6. CARDIUM PHILIPPII v. Ih. . . . . . . . . 132
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River. Incomplete right valve,
outer view.
Fig. 7. CARDIUM PUELCHUM Sow 133
Patagonian beds ; Las Salinas. Outer view of right valve.
Fig. 8. CARDIUM PISUM Phil. ......... 133
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River. Outer view of right
valve.
Fig. 9. AMATHUSIA ANGULATA Phil. 134
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River, just above high tide.
ga. View of hinge of left valve.
gb. View of hinge of right valve, of the same individual.
Fig. 10. VENUS CHILOENSIS Phil. . ....... 137
Patagonian beds ; Punta Arenas. Outer view of right valve.
Fig. n. VENUS MERIDIONALIS Sow. . . . . . . . . 137
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
1 1 a. Outer view of right valve,
i ib. Cardinal view of the same specimen, showing both valves.
Fig. 12. VENUS NAVIDADIS Phil. 141
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
1 2a. Outer view of left valve.
i zb. Hinge of same.
Fig. 13. DOSINIA MAGELLANICA Ortm 144
Lower Magellanian beds ; Punta Arenas. Outer view of left valve.
All the figures are natural size.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE xxvii.
F. v. Herson del.
Werner 1 Winter. Frankfort'-M., lirh.
TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVIII.
PAGE
Fig. I. VENUS DIFFICILIS Ortm. 135
Magellanian beds ; Punta Arenas.
i a. Left valve (of double shell), interior view, showing hinge.
Lower Magellanian beds.
\b. Cardinal view of both valves of the same individual.
ic. Outer view of a left valve. Upper Magellanian beds.
Fig. 2. VENUS ARENOSA Ortm. ........ .136
Upper Magellanian beds ; Punta Arenas.
za. Outer view of right valve.
26. Hinge of the same.
Fig. 3. VENUS VOLCKMANNI Phil. . . . . . . . . 139
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
3#. Outer view of a left valve of a double individual.
T,b. Cardinal view of both valves of the same.
Fig. 4. VENUS DARWINI Phil. ......... 140
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
Outer view.
Fig. 5. MERETRIX IHERINGI Cossm. . . . . . . . 142
Patagonian beds ; Punta Arenas.
5#. Outer view of fragment of left valve.
§b. Hinge of the same.
Fig. 6. MERETRIX ROSTRATA (Kch.). . . . . . . . 143
Cape Fairweather beds ; Cape Fairweather.
Cast of left valve, with fragments of shell remaining.
Fig. 7. DOSINIA L^VIUSCULA (Phil.). . . . . . . . 147
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
Outer view of left valve.
Fig. 8. TELLINA JEGUAENSIS v. Ih. . . . . . . . . 148
Patagonian beds ; Arroyo Gio.
Cast of left valve.
All the figures are natural size.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLAT
F. v. Iterson del.
Werner t Winter. Frankfort °,M , I irh
TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIX.
PAGE
Fig. i. MERETRIX(?) PSEUDOCRASSA (Ortm.) 142
Upper Magellanian beds ; Punta Arenas.
i a. Outer view of right valve.
ib. Hinge of the same.
Fig. 2. DOSINIA MERIDIONAI.IS V. Ih. . . . . . . . 145
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
2a. Outer view of left valve.
zb. Hinge of the same.
zc. Inner view of a smaller right valve.
Fig. 3. TELLINA TEHUELCHA v. Ih 147
Patagonian beds ; Shell Gap, Rio Chico, upper horizon.
Cast of left valve.
Fig. 4. PSAMMOBIA PATAGONICA Phil. . . . . . . . 149
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
Outer view of left valve.
Fig. 5. PANOPEA IBARI Phil. ......... 152
Lower Magellanian beds ; Punta Arenas.
Two valves, imbedded in matrix.
Fig. 6. PANOPEA SUBSYMMETRICA (Ortm.). 153
Upper Magellanian beds ; Punta Arenas.
Outer view of right valve.
Fig. 7. PANOPEA PILSBRYI Ortm. ...... . 154
Cape Fairweather beds ; Cape Fairweather.
Cast of right valve.
Fig. 8. MACTRA (?) DARWINI Sow. . . ... . . . . 1 49
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
Outer view of right valve.
Fig. 9. MACTRA GARRETTI Ortm. ........ 150
Patagonian beds; Mt. of Observation, upper horizon.
ga. Outer view of left valve.
9$. Inner view of the same.
gc. Hinge of the same, 2/1.
9</. Hinge of right valve, 2/1.
All of the figures, unless otherwise stated, are natural size.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE xxix.
F. v. Iferson del
Werner * Wmrer, Frankforr'SM., lirtv
TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXX.
PAGE
Fig. i. PANOPEA REGULARIS (Ortm.) 153
Patagonian beds.
la. Outer vie\y of fragmentary left valve. Mouth of Santa Cruz
River 250' above high tide.
ib. Cardinal view of a double cast. Lake Pueyrredon, base.
Fig. 2. PANOPEA QUEMADENSIS (v. Ih.) .... . . 154
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
Outer view of left valve.
Fig. 3. LUTRARIA (?) UNDATOIDES Ortm 151
Lower Magellanian beds ; Punta Arenas.
Cast of left valve.
Fig. 4. CORBULA HATCHERI Ortm. . . . . . . . . 15!
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
4#. Outer view of right valve.
$. Cardinal view of another, double individual.
4^. Ventral view of the same.
Fig. 5. MARTESIA PATAGONICA (Phil.) . . . . . . . . 155
Patagonian beds ; Mount of Observation, upper horizon.
Outer view of right valve.
Fig. 6. MARTESIA PUMILA Ortm. ........ 156
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
6a. Outer view of cast of right valve.
6t>. The same, 2/1.
Fig. 7. PATELLA PYGM^A Ortm. . . . . . . . . 161
Upper Magellanian beds ; Punta Arenas.
7#. Side view, natural size.
7<J. Upper view, natural size.
*jc. The same, 3/1.
Fig. 8. FlSSURELLA EURYTRETA CoSSHl. . . . . . . . l6l
Patagonian beds ; upper Rio Chalia.
Upper view of cast.
Fig. 9. LEPTOTHYRA PHILIPPII Cossm. . . . . . . . 162
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
9#. Side view of shell.
96. The same, 4/1.
Fig. 10. LIOTIA scorn Ortm. ......... 162
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
loa. Side view.
lob. Lower view.
Upper view, 3/1.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE xxx.
7b
8.
7?
9?
10?
10b
9b
6?
11?
6b
12b
13a
12a
13b
F. v. Iterson del
Werner I Winter, Frankforr°.M.. lirh
TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PAL/GONTOLOGY. •
PAGE
Fig. II. SOLARIELLA DAUTZENBERGI CoSSHl. .... .163
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
1 1 a. Side view.
i ib. The same, 4/1.
nc. Lower view, 4/1.
Fig. 12. CALLIOSTOMA PHILIPPII (Ortm.) ...... 164
Upper Magellanian beds ; Punta Arenas.
120.. Side view.
\ib. Lower view.
Fig. 13. CALLIOSTOMA OBSERVATIONS Ortm. . . .... 165
Patagonian beds; Mount of Observation, upper horizon.
130;. Side view.
$. Lower view.
All the figures, unless otherwise stated, are natural size.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PAL/EONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXI.
PAGE
Fig. i. DENTALIUM SULCOSUM Sow T57
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
i a. Five fragments, belonging to different individuals, put to-
gether so as to show probable form of a complete individual.
\b. View of upper end of uppermost fragment.
Fig. 2. DENTALIUM OCTOCOSTELLATUM Plsb. and Sh.- . . . . . 160
Patagonian beds; Mt. of Observation, upper horizon. Largest frag-
ment present in the collection.
Fig. 3. CALLIOSTOMA PERARATUM Cossm. . . . . . . . 165
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
3#. Side view.
3<5. The same, 2/1.
Fig. 4. CALLIOSTOMA COSSMANNI Ortm. . . . . . . . 166
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
4#. Side view.
\b. The same, 3/1.
Fig. 5. CALLIOSTOMA SANTACRUZENSE Cossm. . . . . . . 167
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
5#. Side view.
5<5. The same, 3/1.
Fig. 6. CALLIOSTOMA GARRETTI Ortm. . . . . . . . 168
Patagonian beds; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
6a. Side view.
66. Portion of surface sculpture, enlarged.
Fig. 7. CALLIOSTOMA IHERINGI Ortm. . . . . . . 169
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
7«. Side view.
"jb. Lower view.
Fig. 8. GIBBULA L^VIS (Sow.) ......... 1 70
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River. Upper view of speci-
men imbedded in matrix.
Fig. 9. GIBBULA DALLI v. Ih. . . . . . . . 171
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
ga. Side view.
gb. Upper view of the same individual.
Fig. 10. GIBBULA DIAMETRALIS Cossm. . . . . . . . 172
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
ioa. Side view.
lob. Upper view of the same individual.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
••••••••••••••••••••••••^^•I^^^^HHBHI
I1'
3?
TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
PACE
Fig. II. SCALARIA RUGULOSA Sow. ...... 175
Patagonian beds.
i la. View of a complete specimen of medium size. Mouth
of Santa Cruz River.
lib. View of an almost complete specimen of small size ; Dar-
win Station, San Julian.
we. View of fragment of a very large specimen; Darwin
Station, San Julian.
Fig. 12. TlTRRITELLA EXIGUA Ortm. ...... 1 92
Lower Magellanian beds ; Punta Arenas.
i2a. Specimen imbedded in matrix.
12(5. A few whorls, enlarged, showing sculpture.
Fig. 13. TURRITELLA AMBULACRUM Sow. ..... 192
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
13^. Side view of a large individual, typical form.
1 3/5. Side view of a young individual, representing T. argen-
tina v. Ih.
Fig. 14. TURRITELLA BREANTIANA d'Orb. . . . . . . . 195
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
I4«. Almost complete individual.
I4<5. Fragment of another one.
Fig. 15. TURRITELLA PATAGONICA Sow. . .... 196
Patagonian beds.
1 5«. Side view of a specimen imbedded in matrix ; Oven Point,
San Julian.
15$. Side view of a spciemen showing sculpture ; Paso del Rio
Santa Cruz.
Fig.' 1 6. TURRITELLA INNOTABILIS Plsb. . . . . . . . 198
Cape Fairweather beds ;Cape Fairweather.
1 6a. Piece of matrix, showing inner and outer casts.
1 6b. Inner cast.
All the figures, unless otherwise stated, are natural size.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXII.
PAGE
Fig. i. VERMETUS cf. INTORTUS (Lmck.). . . . . . . . 198
Patagonian beds ; Shell Gap, upper horizon.
Specimen of moderate size.
Fig. 2. VERMETUS (?) INCERTUS Ortm.. . . . . . . . 199
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
Fragment of tube.
Fig. 3. CRUCIBULUM DUBIUM Ortm. ..... ... 177
Patagonian beds ; Arroyo Gio.
3#. Upper view of cast.
3<J. Side view of the same.
Fig. 4. INFUNDIBULUM MERRIAMI (Ortm.). . . . . . . . 178
Lower Magellanian beds ; Punta Arenas.
40. Upper view of specimen, with shell partly preserved.
4& Side view of the same.
Fig. 5. INFUNDIBULUM CORRUGATUM (Reev.). . . . . . . 179
Patagonian beds.
5«. Side view of a typical specimen ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
5^. Upper view of the same.
5^. Side view of another specimen ; Mt. of Observation, upper
horizon.
$d. Lower view of the same, showing diaphragm and umbilicus.
5^. Side view of cast of a large individual ; Oven Point, San
« Julian.
$f. Side view of a specimen of var. elatum Ortm.; mouth of
Santa Cruz River.
Fig. 6. INFUNDIBULUM CLYPEOLUM (Reev.) 180
Patagonian beds ; mouth of S anta Cruz River.
6a. Upper view of a small individual.
66. Side view of the same.
Fig. 7. GALERUS ARAUCANUS (Phil.) 181
Patagonian beds ; Shell Gap, upper horizon.
7#. Upper view of cast.
^b. Side view of the same.
Fig. 8. GALERUS MAMILLARIS (Brod.). . . . . . . . . 182
Cape Fairweather beds ; Cape Fairweather.
8a. Upper view of cast.
86. Side view of another cast, with upper whorls broken away,
showing cast of umbilicus.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS Voi.iv
'.on del
TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALEONTOLOGY.
PAGE
Fig. 9. SlGAPATELLA AMERICANA Ortm. . 183
Patagonian beds.
9#. Upper view of a large individual ; mouth of Santa Cruz^ River.
9^. Upper view of a smaller individual, from interior of Ostrea
ingens. Uppermost oyster layer at Punta Arenas.
Fig. 10. CREPIDULA GREGARIA Sow. . ... ... 184
Patagonian beds.
loa. Lower view of a small individual ; mouth of Santa Cruz
River, 250' above high tide.
lob. Side view of the same.
Side view of a giant individual from Punta Arenas, repre-
senting Philippi's Haliotis imperforata.
Lower view of the same.
loe. Side view of a cast of this species ; upper Rio Chalia.
Fig. n. CREPIDULA DILATATA Lmck 185
Cape Fairweather beds ; Cape Fairweather.
Upper view of cast.
All the figures are natural size.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIII.
PAGE
Fig. i. NATICA CHILOENSIS Phil. . . . . . . . . 186
Lower Magellanian beds ; Punta Arenas.
i a. Large individual, surface of shell partly gone.
ib. Smaller individual, complete.
Fig. 2. NATICA OVOIDEA Phil. . . 187
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
Large individual.
Fig. 3. NATICA SECUNDA Roch. and Mab. 188
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
3#. View of an almost complete individual (part of labial callus gone).
3<5. Lower view of another individual, showing complete callus.
Fig. 4. NATICA DARWINI Hutt. . . . . . . . . . 189
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
Front view of an absolutely complete individual.
Fig. $. NATICA SUBTENUIS v. Ih. . . . . . . . . . 190
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
Front view of a specimen with callus partly gone.
Fig. 6. NATICA CONSIMILIS v. Ih. . . . . . . . . 191
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
Side view.
Fig. 7. ODONTOSTOMIA SUTURALIS (v. Ih.). ... .... 173
Fatagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
7«. Front view.
7<5. The same, 4/1.
Fig. 8. TURBONILLA CUEVENSIS V. Ih. . . . . . . . 174
Patagonian beds ; Mt. of Observation, upper horizon.
Sa. Front view.
85. The same, 4/1.
Fig. 9. APORRHAIS ARAUCANA (Phil.). • 200
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
Back view of the only (damaged) individual.
Fig. 10, STRUTHIOLARIA HATCHERI Ortm 201
Lower Magellanian beds ; Punta Arenas.
loa. Back view of a complete individual.
106. Front view of fragment of another, larger individual.
Fig. ii. STRUTHIOLARIA AMEGHINOI v. Ih. . . . . . . 201
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
1 1 a. Front view of a rather large, typical specimen.
i \b. Front view of a specimen of var. multinodosa Ortm.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE xxxin.
9.
F. v. Irerson del
Werner t Winter. FrankforttM ., lirtv
TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PAL/EONTOLOGY.
PAGE
Fig. 12. STRUTHIOLARIA ORNATA Sow. 203
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
1 2a. Side view of a typical individual showing complete curve of
outer lip.
1 2<5. Front view of a very large individual, having three stronger
spiral ribs.
Fig. 13. DOLIUM OVULUM Ortm. ........ 204
Patagonian beds; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
Back view of largest individual.
Front view of the same.
Fig. 14. PYRULA CAROLINA d'Orb. ........ 205
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
140. Front view of a small, but complete individual.
\^b. Back view of a large individual, with lower end of canal
slightly damaged.
Fig. 15. TRITONIUM BICEGOI v. Ih. . . . . . . 206
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
Front view of a fragment ; the last whorl is broken away.
Fig. 1 6. TRITONIUM MORGANI Ortm. ........ 207
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
Front view of the only specimen in the collection.
Fig. 17. BUCCINUM ANN^E Ortm. ....'.... 208
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
Front view of a fine, complete individual.
Fig. 1 8. BUCCINUM OBESUM var. MINOR (Phil.). ...... 209
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
Back view of an almost complete individual.
Fig. 19. Fusus SUBSPIRALIS Ortm. 221
Lower Magellanian beds ; Punta Arenas.
Fragmentary individual, imbedded in matrix.
Fig. 20. Fusus ARCHIMEDIS Ortm. . . . . . . . . 222
Patagonian beds ; Darwin Station, San Julian.
2oa. Almost complete individual, with sculpture of surface obscured.
2ob. Back view of fragment of another individual showing sculpture.
All the figures, unless otherwise stated, are natural size.
(VOL. iv)
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIV.
PAGE
Fig. i. Fusus TOROSUS Ortm. ......... 223
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
Front view, last whorl broken away.
Fig. 2. CHRYSODOMUS CANCELLATUS (Ortm.). ...... 209
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
2d. Front view of shell.
ib. Part of surface enlarged.
Fig. 3. CHRYSODOMUS PILSBRYI (Ortm.). . . . . .210
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
Front view of shell.
Fig. 4. SlPHONALIA DOMEYKOANA (Phil.). ... . .211
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
Front view of a large, complete individual.
Fig. 5. SlPHONALIA NOACHINA (Sow.). ...... .213
Patagonian beds ; Darwin Station, San Julian.
Fragment of a very large individual, front view.
Fig. 6. MUREX HATCHERI Ortm 214
Patagonian beds ; Darwin Station, San Julian.
Front view of shell.
Fig. 7. TROPHON PATAGONICUS (Sow.). . . . . . . . 215
Patagonian beds.
7«. Large individual, somewhat damaged, corresponding closely
to the typical form, figured by Sowerby; Darwin Station,
San Julian.
"]b. Individual of medium size, intermediate between the typical
form and v. Ihering's T. laciniatus santacruzensis. Oven
Point, San Julian.
"jc. Individual of medium size, approaching closely v. Ihering's
T, laciniatus santacruzensis. Oven Point, San Julian.
•jd. Fragment of young individual, showing distinct spiral sculp-
ture. Oven Point, San Julian.
Fig. 8. TROPHON LACINIATUS Mart. 217
Cape Fairweather beds ; Cape Fairweather.
8a. Front view of typical form.
86. Front view of transitional form toward var. inornatus.
8<r. Front view of var. inornatus Plsb.
Fig. 9. UROSALPINX ELEGANS Ortm. ... 219
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River, 250' above high tide.
Front view of shell.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE xxxiv
F.v. Irerson del.
Werner I Winter, Frankfort°,M., lith.
TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALEONTOLOGY.
PAGE
Fig. 10. UROSALPINX COSSMANNI Ortm. . . . 219
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
loa. Back view of shell.
The same, 2/1.
View of mouth of another specimen, 2/1.
Fig. ii. UROSALPINX PYRIFORMIS (v. Ih.). ..... 220
Patagonian beds ; Lake Pueyrredon, base.
Back view of shell.
All of the figures, unless otherwise stated, are natural size.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PAL/EONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXV.
PAGE
Fig. i. MARGINELLA GRACILIOR v. Ih. . . . . . . . 224
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
Back view of shell.
Fig. 2. MARGINELLA PLICIFERA v. Ih. ....... 225
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
Front view of shell.
Fig. 3. MARGINELLA OLIVELLA Ortm. ....... 225
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
30. Front view of shell.
3<5. The same, 2/1.
Fig. 4. VOLUTA TRIPLICATA Sow. . . . . . . . . 226
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
40. Front view of a large, typical individual.
Afb. Front view of a large individual, with less developed
"shoulder."
4^. Front view of a more slender individual, being transitional
to V. gracilior v. Ih.
40!. Front view of a young individual, having the apex preserved.
4<?. View of the apex of the latter, enlarged.
Fig. 5. VOLUTA GRACILIOR v. Ih. . . . . . . . . 227
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
50. Front view of a large individual, which is typical in form
(showing very high volutions), but has three columellar plaits.
$b. Front view of a fragmentary individual, showing distinctly
only two plaits.
5<r. Front view of a smaller individual, of more swollen outline,
and less high volutions ; transitional to V. triplicata Sow.
Fig. 6. VOLUTA PETERSONI Ortm. . . . . . . . . 229
Patagonian beds; mouth of Santa Cruz River, 250' above high tide.
Front view of the only specimen in the collection.
All of the figures, unless otherwise stated, are natural size.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE xxxv
F v. Iterson del.
Werner 1 Winter. Frankforr'M., lirh.
TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVI.
PAGE
Fig. I. VoLUTA DORBIGNYANA Phil. . . . . . . . . 230
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
i a. Large, full grown individual, with spiral and longitudinal
sculpture obliterated (traces of the latter seen only on
upper whorls).
ib. Young individual, with apex preserved.
ic. Apex of the latter, enlarged.
id. Specimen of medium size, with both spiral and longitudinal
sculpture well preserved.
le. Fragment of large individual, with longitudinal sculpture
partly obliterated, but spiral sculpture strongly pronounced.
This represents probably what v. Ihering calls V. alta.
Fig. 2. VOLUTA AMEGHINOI v. Ih. . . . . . . . . 233
Patagonian beds ; Mt. of Observation, upper horizon. Front view of
shell.
Fig. 3. CANCELLARIA GRACILIS v. Ih 235
Patagonian beds ; Mount of Observation, upper horizon.
30. Front view of shell.
$b. The same, 3/1.
Fig. 4. CANCELLARIA cf. MEDINA Phil. 236
Patagonian beds ; Mt. of Observation, upper horizon.
4#. Front view of shell.
46. The same, 3/1.
Fig. 5. TEREBRA COSTELLATA Sow 236
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River. Front view of shell.
Fig. 6. PLEUROTOMA SUB^EQUALIS Sow. . . . . . . . 238
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River. Back view of the only
specimen in the collection.
Fig. 7. PLEUROTOMA UNIFASCIALIS v. Ih 239
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
•ja. Front view of the shell.
76. The same, 2/1.
All of the figures, unless otherwise stated, are natural size.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE xxxvr.
7b
TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVII.
PAGE
Fig. I. VOLUTA DOMEYKOANA Phil 232
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
i a. Front view of a typical individual, with well-developed nodes,
i b. Front view of an individual, with the nodes scarcely developed.
Fig. 2. GENOTA CUEVENSIS v. Ih. ........ 240
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
Front view of an individual of medium size.
Fig. 3. DRILLIA SANTACRUZENSIS Ortm. . . . . . . . 241
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
30. Front view of a well-preserved individual.
3& The same, 3/1.
Fig. 4. BORSONIA PATAGONICA Ortm. ........ 242
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
4#. Back view of a large individual.
4<5. Front view of a partly broken individual, showing two colu-
mellar plaits.
4<r. Front view of a broken individual, showing only one plait,
the lower one being obliterated.
Fig. 5. ACTION CHILENSIS Phil. 243
Lower Magellanian beds ; Punta Arenas.
5«. Front view of shell.
5<$. The same, 3/1.
Fig. 6. ACTVEON SEMiL;£vis Ortm. ........ 244
Patagonian beds ; Mount of Observation, upper horizon.
6a. Front view of shell.
6b. The same, 3/1.
Fig. 7. BULLA REMONDI Phil. .... . . 245
Lower Magellanian beds ; Punta Arenas.
70. Front view of shell.
7^. The same, 3/1.
Fig. 8. BULLA PATAGONICA v. Ih. ........ 246
Patagonian beds ; mouth of Santa Cruz River.
8a. Front view of a large individual.
8£. Front view of a young individual.
Sf. The same, 3/1.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE xxxvn.
7a
9C
V
9a
8a
8C
r t Wmttr. Frank/ort'-M., lith.
TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PAL/EONTOLOGY.
PACE
Fig. 9. SCALPELLUM JULIENSE Ortm. . . . 247
Patagonian beds ; Darwin Station, San Julian.
ga. Back view of carina.
()b. Lateral view of the same.
gc. Cross-section near the apex of the same, enlarged.
All of the figures, unless otherwise stated, are natural size.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVIII.
PAGE
Fig. i. VERRUCA UEVIGATA Sow. 248
Patagonian beds ; upper Rio Chalia.
i a. Fragment of Tiirritella ambulacrum, showing three of the
individuals of Verriica in situ.
i b. Schematic figure, drawn from a combination of the two speci-
mens, which have the left scutum and tergum, fixed, 4/1.
ic. Scutum and tergum of latter figure, a little more enlarged.
Fig. 2. BALANUS cf. PSITTACUS (Mol.). ........ 249
Patagonian beds ; Lake Pueyrredon, base.
One of the two large specimens, from the outside.
Fig. 3. BALANUS VARIANS Sow. . . . . . . . . . 250
Patagonian beds.
3#. Upper view of an individual of form i ; Oven Point, San Julian.
$b. Side view of an individual of form 2; Darwin Station, San Julian.
$c. Side view of two individuals of form 3; Oven Point, San Julian.
$d. Inner view of scutum, from a colony of form 3 ; Oven Point,
San Julian.
3^. Inner view of tergum, from the same colony.
Fig. 4. BALANUS cf. TRIGONUS Darw. . . . . . . . . 252
Cape Fairweather beds ; Cape Fairweather.
4#. Colony on Terebratella gigantea.
\b. Scutum, found in this colony.
4<r. The same, 4/1.
Atd. Tergum, found in another colony.
4^. The same, 4/1.
Fig. 5. BALANUS L^VIS Brug. ......... 254
Cape Fairweather beds ; Cape Fairweather.
50. Colony upon a stone.
5<$. Scutum, taken from this colony.
5^. The same, 3/1.
$d. Tergum, taken from the same colony.
5*. The same, 3/1.
Fig. 6. GERYON (?) PERUVIANUS (d'Orb.). ....... 255
Patagonian beds.
6a. Upper view of carapace. Lake Pueyrredon, 600' above base.
6b. Lower view of a part of the body, showing large chela and
third maxilliped. Mt. of Observation, lower horizon.
All of the figures, unless otherwise stated, are natural size.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS Vo
PLATE xxxvm.
F.v.lrerson del
TERTIARY INVERTEBRATES.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PAL/EONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIX.
Map of the Antarctic regions, showing the probable largest extent of "Antarctica."
For further details see text, p. 316.
(VOL. iv)
PATAGONIAN EXPED
ANTARCTIC
Showing present and supposed f
distribution of land, and depth of s
Designed by Dr A.E.Ortmann
Drawn by F v. Iterson
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XL.
PAGE
BORHY^NA TUBERATA: Left side of the skull and mandible, X i (No. 15,701).
The lower canine and MT are supplied from the opposite side. The oc-
ciput is restored to correspond with that of B. excavata, and the extent
of the restoration is indicated by the neutral tint ..... 356
(voi. iv.)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IY
PLATE. XL.
F v Iterson del.
Werner s Winter. Frenkibr
BORHV/ENA
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PAL/EONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLI.
PAGE
BORHY/ENA TUBERATA : Top view of the skull, X|(No. 15,701). A part of
the right zygoma has been restored, as indicated by the neutral tint . 356
(VOL. iv.)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL. iv.
PLATE /.LI.
F v Iterson del.
Werner » Winter. Frankfort °M , lith
BORHY/ENA
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLII.
PAGE.
BORHY/ENA TUBERATA : Palatal view of the skull, X j- (No. 15,701). A part of
the right zygoma has been restored, as indicated by the neutral tint . 356
(vol.. IV.)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE XLII.
F v Iterson del.
Werner » Winter. Frankfort".", . lith.
BORHY/ENA
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS! PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLIII.
(veil.. IV.)
PAGE
BORHY^N A EXCAVATA: Top view of the skull, X| (No. 15,120) . . . 360
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE XLIII
Warner * Winter. Frankfor
BORHV/E.NA
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLIV.
(VOL. iv.)
PAGE.
BORHY^ENA EXCAVATA : Palatal view of the skull, X -j- (No. 15,120). . . 360
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE XLIV.
Werner & Winter. Frankfof
BORHY/ENA,
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS! PALEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLV.
PAGE.
Fig. i. BORHY^ENA EXCAVATA : Left side of the skull (No. 15,120). The
median premolar is supplied from the op-
posite side . . . . . . 348
Fig. 2. . BORHY^NATUBERATA: Right radius and ulna, outer side (No. 15,701). 352
Fig. 2a. • " " Rightradius and ulna, inner side (No. 15,701).
Fig. 3. " " Right half of mandible, crown view (No.
15,701). The median premolar is restored
from the opposite side .... 348
Fig. 4. Rib, outer side (No. 15,701). . . . 352
Fig. 5. " " Presternal segment from below (No. 15,701) 352
Fig. 6. " Seventh ? dorsal vertebra, right side (No.
All the figures ate natural size.
(vor.. iv.)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE XLV
F v Iterson del parMm
Werner i Winter, Frankfort °/M , Icth.
BORHV/ENA.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVI.
PAGE.
Fig. i. BORHY^ENA TUBERATA : Second rib, outer side (No. 15,701) . . 352
Fig. 2. " " Right scapula (15,701) . . . 352
Fig. 3. " Left femur, anterior aspect (No. 15,701) . 355
Fig. 30. " " " " posterior aspect (No. 15,701).
Fig. 4. BORHY^NA EXCAVATA : Skull, posterior view (No. 15,120) . . 349
All the figures are natural size.
(VOL. iv.)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE XLVI.
F v Iterson del. partirn
Werner i Winter. Frankfort °M.,lith.
BORHV/ENA
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS! PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVII.
PAGE.
PROTHYLACYNUS PATAGONICUS : Skull and mandible from the left side, X \ (No.
15,700). Restored parts are indicated by the neutral tint . . . 362
(VOL. iv.)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE XLVII.
F v Iterson del parrim
Werner & Winter. Frankfort °M., hlh.
PROTHYLACYNUS.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PAL/EONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVIII.
PAGE.
Fig. i . PROTHYLACYNUS PATAGONICUS : Left half of the skull, palatal view
(No. 15,700) .... 362
Fig. la. " " Left half of the skull, dorsal view
(No. 15,700) .... 363
Fig. 2. Right half of the mandible, crown
view (No. 15,700). The anterior
and median premolars are re-
stored from the opposite side . 362
Fig. 3. Skull, posterior view (No. 15,700) . 364
All the figures are natural size.
(VOL. iv.)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE XLVIII.
F v Ik" Dartim.
Werner & Winter, Frankfort ",-M.. hlh.
PROTHYLACYNUS.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLIX.
PAGE.
Fig. i. PROTHYLACYNUS PATAGONICUS : Right humerus, anterior aspect (No.
15.700) 367
Fig. i a. Right humerus, posterior aspect (No.
15.700).
Fig. \b. " Right humerus, distal end (No.
15,700).
Fig. 2. " Right scapula (No. 15,700). The
inferior angle is restored from the
left scapula . . . . 367
Fig. 20,. Glenoid cavity of the right scapula
(No. 15,700).
Fig. 3. " Right half of pelvis, outer side (No.
15,700) ... 369
Fig. 4. Distal articular surface of tibia (No.
15,700) 370
All the figures are natural size.
(VOL. iv.)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE XLIX.
F. v IferjOn del.
Werner & Winter, Frankfort °,M , lith
PROTHYLACYNUS.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE L.
(VOL. iv.)
PAGK.
Fig. i. PROTHYLACYNYS PATAGONICUS : Right half of pelvis, inner side (No.
15,700) 369
Fig. 2. " " Right femur, anterior aspect (No.
15,700) 369
Fig. 2a. Right femur, posterior aspect (No.
15,700).
Fig. 3. " " Sacrum from below (No. 15,700) . 366
Fig. 3«. " " above "
Fig. 4. Right patella, anterior aspect (No.
15,700) 369
Fig. 4«. " Right patella, posterior aspect (No.
15,700).
All the figures are natural size.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE L.
F v Herson del. partim
Werner 1 Winter, Frankfort °f. . lilh
PROTHYLACYNUS
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LI.
PAGE.
Fig. i. PROTHYLACYNUS PATAGONICUS : Right radius and ulna, outer side
(No. 15,700) .... 368
Fig. w. " " Right radius and ulna, inner side
(No. 15,700).
Fig. \b. " " Distal articular surface of radius and
ulna (No. 15,700).
Fig. 2. " " Right tibia from in front (No. 15,700) 369
Fig. 3. " " Right fibula, inner side (No. 15,700) 370
Fig. 4. " Seventh ? dorsal vertebra, right side
(No. 15,700) 366
Fig. 5. " " Fifth and sixth lumbar vertebrae, left
side (No. 15,700) . . . 366
Fig. 6. " " Presternal segment from below (No.
15.700) 367
All the figures are natural size.
(VOL. iv.)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE LI.
F.v.llai ;>artim
Werner & Winter. Frankfort °M , Irth
PROTHYLACYNUS
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS! PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LII.
PAGE.
Fig. i . BORHY^ENA TUBERATA : Cervical vertebrae from the left side (No.
15,701). The fourth cervical is missing . 351
Fig. 2. " EXCAVATA.: First to fifth cervical vertebrae from the left
side (No. 15,120) ..... 351
Fig. 3. PROTHYLACYNUS PATAGONICUS : First to fifth cervicals from the left
side (No. 15,700). . . . 365
Fig. 4. CI.ADOSICTIS LUSTRATUS : Cervical series from the right side (No.
Fig. 5. PROTHYLACYNUS PATAGONICUS: Axis from below (No. 15,700) . 365
Fig. 6. BORHY^ENA EXCAVATA: Axis from below (No. 15,120) . . . 350
All the figures are natural size.
(VOL. iv.)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE LII.
Werner s Winter, Frankfort '
BORHYTENA, PROTHYLACYNUS, CLADOSICTIS
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS! PAL/EONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIII.
PAGE.
Fig. i. AMPHIPROVIVERRA MANZANIANA : Atlas from above (No. 15,154) . 398
Fig. i a. " " Atlas from below, showing the in-
tercentrum (No. 15,154).
Fig. 2. BORYH/ENA TUBERATA : Atlas from above, showing the notches for
the passage of the vertebral artery and
spinal nerves (No. 15,701). 350
Fig. 2a. " " Atlas from below, showing the rugose sur-
faces for articulation with the intercen-
trum (No. 15,701).
Fig. 3. CLADOSICTIS PETERSONI, type : Atlas from above (No. 15,702) . 380
Fig. 3«. " " " Atlas from below, showing the fusion
of the intercentrum with the neu-
ral arch (No. 15,702).
Fig. 4. BORHY^NA EXCAVATA : Atlas from above (No. 15,120). . . 350
Fig. 4«. Atlas from below (No. 15,120).
Fig. ^b. " Atlanteal intercentrum from below (No.
15,120).
Fig. 5. PROTHYLACYNUS PATAGONICUS : Atlas from above (No. 15,700) . 365
Fig. 50. " Atlas from below (No. 15,700)
showing the fusion of the inter-
centrum with the neural arch.
Fig. 6. Eighth ? caudal vertebra from
above (No. 15,700) . . . 366
F'g- 7- " Tenth? dorsal vertebra from the
right side (No. 15,700) . . 366
Fig. 8. Third caudal from above (No.
15,700) . . . . . 366
Fig. 9. BORHY^NA TUBERATA : Fourth ? caudal from above (No. 15,701). 351
Fig. ga. " " Fourth ? caudal from the right side (No.
15,701).
Fig. 10. CLADOSICTIS LUSTRATUS : Lumbar series from the left side (No.
i5-'7o) 381
All the figures are natural size.
(VOL. iv.)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE LIII.
i
F v Iferson del. parnm
Werner & Winter, Frankfort °M , Itth.
SANTA CRUZ THYLACYNES
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIV.
PAGE.
Fig. i. CLADOSICTIS PETERSONI, type : Skull from the left side (No. 15,702). 391
Fig. 2. PROTIIYLACYNUS PATAGONICUS : Left astragalus, inner side (No.
i5»7oo) 370
Fig. 2a. " " Left astragalus, plantar aspect (No.
15,700).
Fig. 3. CLADOSICTIS LUSTRATUS : Right pes, dorsum (No. 15,046), preserving
arrangement of elements as in matrix . 385
Fig. 4. " " Right manus, dorsum (No. 15,046), show-
ing the opposable thumb. Elements
arranged as in matrix .... 383
Fig. 5. AMPHIPROVIVERRA MANZANIANA : Right manus, dorsum (No. 15,154).
Arrangement of elements as in
matrix, with the exception of
the ungual of the second digit . 398
Fig. 6. " Left pes, dorsum (No. 15,154), show-
ing the opposable hallux . 399
Fig. 7. BORHY^ENA TUBERATA: Left manus, dorsum (No. 15,701). The
scaphoid and trapezium are supplied from the opposite side.
Association of phalanges conjectural. ..... 353
Fig. 8. PROTHYLACYNUS PATAGONICUS: Left pes, dorsum (No. 15,700),
showing the reduced hallux . 370
Fig. 9. " " Phalanges of the fore foot (No.
15,700). Association conjectural. 368
Fig. 10. CLADOSICTIS PETERSONI, type : Left astragalus, dorsal aspect (No.
'5-702) . 385
Fig. ii. AMPHIPROVIVERRA MANZANIANA: Claw of right pollex, inner side
^(No. 15,154) . . .... 399
Fig. 12. CLADOSICTIS LUSTRATUS: Claw of right pollex, inner side (No.
15,046) . . 383
Fig. 1 3. BORHY/ENA TUBERATA : Claw, presumably of the fourth digit of the
left manus, outer side (No. 15,701) ...... 355.
Fig. 14. PROTHYLACYNUS PATAGONICUS: Claw of fore foot, side view (No.
15.700) . 368
All the figures are natural size.
(VOL. iv.)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE LIV.
6
8
13
F v llorson del. parMm
Werner 4 Winter. Frankfort ° W, lith
SANTA CRUZ THYLACYNES.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS! PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LV.
PAGE.
Fig-, i. CLADOSICTIS LUSTRATUS : Skull, palatal view (No. 15,170), showing
the auditory region . . . . 378
Fig. 2. PETERSONI, type : Right humerus from in front (No.
15.702) 382
Fig. 2a. " " Right humerus from behind (No.
15.702).
Fig. 3. " Skull from below (No. 15,702) . 391
Fig. 3«. " " " above (No. 15,702).
All the figures are natural size.
(VOL. iv.)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE LV
F v Iterson del parrim
Werner* Winter. Frankfort °M . liln
CLADOSICTIS.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LVI.
PAGE.
Fig. i. CLADOSICTIS LUSTRATUS : Skull and mandible, left side (No. 15,046).
The occipital condyles have been re-
stored from another specimen . . 378
Fig. 2. " " Skull from above (No. 15,046).
Fig. 3. " " " " below "
All the figures are natural size.
(VOL. iv.)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE LVI.
F v Iterson del
Werner » Winter, Fra n kfori ° M , Irth.
GLADOSICTIS
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PAL/EONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LVII.
Fig. i. CLADOSICTIS LUSTRATUS : Pelvis and sacrum from above (No.
384
Fig. la. " Pelvis and sacrum from below (No.
Fig. 2. PETERSONI, type : Right scapula (No. 15,702) . . 382
Fig. 2a. " " Glenoid cavity of right scapula (No.
15.702).
Fig. 3. LUSTRATUS: Left scapula (No. 15,046). The posterior
deflection of the spine is due to crush-
ing . . 382
Fig. 4. PETERSONI, type: Left femur from behind (No. 15,702). 384
Fig. 4«. . " " " " " in front (No. 15,702).
Fig. 5. LUSTRATUS: Third? to tenth? caudals from above
(No. 15,170) ..... 382
Fig. 6. " Lumbar vertebra from above (No. 15,170). 381
All the figures are natural size.
(VOL. iv.)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV
PLATE LVII.
F. v. Iterson del. parhm
Werneri Winter. Frankfort °/M,lrth.
GLADOSICTIS
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS! PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LVIII.
PAGE.
Fig. i. CI.ADOSICTIS LUSTRATUS : Pelvis and sacrum, right side (No. 15, 1 70). 384
Fig. 2. " " Right tibia from in front (No. 15,046) . 384
Fig. 3. " " Fifth? rib, outer side (No. 15,170) . . 382
Fig. 4. " " Right radius and ulna from the outer side
(No. 15,046) 383
Fig. 40. " " Right radius and ulna from the inner side
(No. 15,046).
Fig. 5. " PETERSONI, type : Right radius and ulna from the
outer side (No. 15,702) . . 383
Fig. 6. " LUSTRATUS: Left femur from in front (No. 15,170) . 384
Fig. 7 " PETERSONI, type : Pelvis, sacrum and sixth lumbar from
below (No. 15,702). The second
sacral is missing .... 384
Fig. "ja. " " " Pelvis, sacrum and sixth lumbar
from above (No. 15,702), slightly
restored.
Fig. 8. " " " Left tibia from in front (No. 15,702). 384
Fig. 9. " " " Left fibula, inner side " " 385
All the figures are natural size.
(VOL. iv.)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL iv.
PLATE LVIII
F v Uerson de! partirn
Wen •
CLADOSICTIS.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PAL/EONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIX.
PAGE.
Fig. i. AMPHIPROVIVERRA MANZANIANA : Skull from below (No. 15,154) . 394
Fig. la. Anterior portion of face from the
right side, showing cicatrice of
wound (No. 15,154) . . . 400
Fig. ib. Skull from the left side (No. 15, 1 54) 394
Fig. 2. Right tympanic bone, outer side,
X f (No. 15,154) • 397
Fig. 3. MINUTA: Skull from above (No. 15,373) • • 4°5
Fig. 3«. " " " " below " "
Fig. 4. MANZANIANA : Anterior portion of palate show-
ing the procumbent median in-
cisor (No. 15,029) . . . 394
Fig. 5. Third cervical vertebra, right side
(No. 15,154) .... 398
Fig. 6. CLADOSICTIS sp.: Left half of mandible showing the deciduous tooth
and the germ of the posterior premolar below
it (No. 15,079). The region occupied by the an-
terior premolar has been destroyed by fracture,
and in repairing this break, the canine has been
too closely approximated to the molars . . 378
Fig. 7. CLADOSICTIS LUSTRATUS : Left half of the mandible from the outer
side (No. 15,170) . . . . 376
Fig. -ja. " Left half of the mandible from the inner side
(No. 15,170).
Fig. "]b. " Left half of the mandible, crown view (No.
1 5.170).
All the figures, except Fig. 2, are natural size.
(voi,. iv.)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE LIX.
F. v llerr.on del partim
Werner i Winter, Frankfort °M . lith
CLADOSICTIS, AMPHIPROVIVERPJA.
\
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS! PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LX.
PAGE-
Fig. i. AMPHIPROVIVERRA MANZANIANA : Skull from the left side (No. 9254
American Museum of Natural
History) 396
Fig. \a. " " Skull from below (No. 9254 Am-
erican Museum of Natural His-
tory). The right jugal arch has
been restored in plaster.
Fig. \b. " " Skull from above (No. 9254 Am-
erican Museum of Natural His-
tory). The right jugal arch
and the right margin of the
occiput have been restored in
plaster.
Fig. ic. " " Skull from behind (No. 9254 Am-
erican Museum of Natural His-
tory). The extent o f the plaster
restoration is indicated by the
neutral tint.
Fig. 2. " " Mandible, crown view (No.
1 5. 029) • 397
Fig. za. " " Mandible from the left side (No.
15,029).
Fig. 3. " MINUTA : Skull from the right side (No. 15,373) 405
Fig. 30. " " Mandible, crown view
Fig. 4. " MANZANIANA: Left humerus from in front (No.
15,154) • 398
All the figures are natural size.
(VOL. iv.)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV
PLATE LX.
2a
3a
F v. llerson del parfim
Werner A Winter. Frankfort °M., hth.
AMPHIPROVIVERRA.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS : PAL/F.ONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXI.
PAGE.
Fig. i . CLADOSICTIS LUSTRATUS : Restoration of the skeleton based on two
specimens in the Princeton collection. The head, neck, scapula,
radius, ulna, pelvis, femur, tibia, fibula, ribs, lumbar and caudal
vertebrae are from No. 15,170. The dorsal vertebrae and feet are
enlarged to scale from No. 1 5,046. The humerus is restored from
Cladosictis petersoni (No. 15,702) . . . .
Fig. 2. PROTHYLACYNUS PATAGONICUS : Restoration of the skeleton from re-
mains of a single individual (No. 15,700). The facial portion of
the skull, the sixth and seventh cervicals and the fore foot are
supplied from Borhyczna tuberata. The calcaneum is restored
after Cladosictis . . . . . . . . . . 37 J
Fig. 3. BORHY^ENA TUBERATA: Restoration of the skeleton (No. 15,701). The
humerus, posterior lumbars, pelvis, patella and hind foot are sup-
plied from Frothy 'lacy mus. The fabella, tibia and fibula are from
Thylacynus. The fourth cervical has been enlarged to scale after
Borhytena excavata (No. 15,120). ...... 355
All the figures are about one fourth the natural size. Conjectural parts are un-
shaded ; those supplied from related forms are indicated by oblique hachure.
(VOL. iv.)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PAL/EONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXII.
PAGE.
Fig. i. MICROBIOTHERIUM TORTOR : Palatal view of a crushed skull (No.
15,698) . 408
Fig. 2. " " Left ramus from the outer side (No.
15,698) . 409
Fig. za. " " Left ramus, crown view (No. 15,698).
Fig. 3. " GALLEGOSENSE, type : Right ramus from the outer
side (No. 9591 American
Museum of Natural His-
tory) 413
Fig. 3«. " Right ramus, crown view
(No. 9591 American
Museum of Natural His-
tory).
Fig. 4. " TEHUE^CHUM : Left ramus, outer side (No. 15,038). 414
Fig. 4«. " " " crown view " "
Fig. 5. " PATAGONICUM: Anterior portion of the right ramus
from the outer side (No. 9121
American Museum of Natural
History) . . . . . 415
Fig. 5«. Anterior portion of the right ramus,
crown view (No. 9121 American
Museum of Natural History).
Fig. 6. TEHUELCHUM : Second and third superior molars
of the left side, crown view (No.
15,038) . . 414
Fig. 7. " " Left auditory bulla from below (No.
15,038). a, alisphenoid ; g, glen-
oid cavity ; /, petrous ; pg, post-
glenoid process . . . . 410
Fig. 8. Third, fourth and fifth cervicals from
the left side (No. 15,038) . . 412
Fig. 9. " " Atlas and axis from below (No.
1 5,038). i, atlanteal intercentrum ;
n, neural arch of atlas ; c, centrum
of axis . . . . . 411
Fig. 10. " " Right ulna, proximal end (No.
15.038) . 411
Fig. ii. " Incomplete right scapula (No.
15,038) X 2.7 . . . 411
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE LXII.
4
>* V
v. m
8
s
9
V
10
3a
11
12
F v Iterson dei. partim
'Werner 4 Winter. Fra1
MlCROBIOTHERIUM.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS! PAL/EONTOLOGY.
PACE.
Fig. 12. MICROBIOTHERIUM TEHUELCHUM : Right humerus, anterior aspect
(No. 15,038). The part restored
in plaster is indicated by the
oblique hachure . . . 411
All the figures, except Fig. 1 1 , are three times the natural size.
(VOL. iv.)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS I PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXIII.
PAGE.
Fig. i. PAL^EOTHENTES MiNUTUS : Left maxilla, outer side (No. 1 5,709) . 425
Fig. 2. " ARAT^E : Right maxilla, outer side (No. 9549
American Museum of Natural History). 425
Fig. 2a. " " Right maxilla, palatal view (No. 9549
American Museum of Natural History).
Fig. 3. " INTERMEDIUS: Skull, left side (No. 15,225) . . 427
Fig. 4. " MINUTUS : Left half of mandible, outer side (No.
i5,7°8) • 426
Fig. 4«. Left half of mandible, crown view (No.
^ 15, 708).
Fig. 4$. Right half of mandible, anterior extremity
from the outer side, showing the pro-
cumbent vestigial teeth (No. 15,708).
Fig. 5. " " Left half of mandible, outer side (No.
15,706). A more robust individual . 426
Fig. 5«. " Left half of mandible, crown view (No.
15.706).
Fig. 6. " LEPIDUS : Right half of mandible, outer side (No.
9597 American Museum of Natural
History) . . . . . . 431
Fig. 6a. " " Right half of mandible, crown view (No.
9597 American Museum of Natural
History).
Fig. 7. " INTERMEDIUS: Left maxilla, palatal view (No. 9550
American Museum of Natural
History) ..... 430
Fig. 8. GARZONIA PATAGONICA : Left half of mandible, outer side (No.
15.238) ... 422
Fig. 8a. " . " Left half of mandible, crown view (No.
15,238).
Fig. 9. HALMARHIPHUS NANUS : Right half of mandible, outer side (No.
9593 American Museum of Natural
History) 419
Fig. ga. " " Right half of mandible, crown view (No.
9593 American Museum 6f Natural
History).
Fig. 10. GARZONIA PATAGONICA : Right scapula, distal end (No. 15,238) . 423
Fig. ii. " " Left humerus, front view (No. 15,238)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV.
PLATE LXIII.
'iel parfim
Werner & Winter, Frankfort W, li
Fig. 12.
Fig- 13-
Fig. 14.
Fig.
Fig.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
The proximal end is restored from the
right humerus .....
GARZONIA PATAGONICA : Left radius, anterior aspect (No. 15,238) .
" " Left ulna, outer side (No. 15,238) .
CENOLESTES OBSCURUS : Skull and mandible, right side (No. 10,559
American Museum of Natural History).
" " Skull, palatal view (No. 10,559 American
Museum of Natural History).
" " Left half of mandible, crown view (No.
10,559 American Museum of Natural
History).
All the figures are three times the natural size.
PAGE.
423
423
424
(VOL. iv.)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS;. PAL/EONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXIV.
PAGE.
Fig. i. PAL^EOTHENTES INTERMEDIUS : Skull, palatal view (No. 15,225) . 430
Fig. la. " " " from above "
Fig. 2. " MINUTUS : Left maxilla, palatal view (No. 15,709) . 432
Fig. 3. ABDERITES CRASSIGNATHUS : Left half of mandible, outer side (No.
15.079) • 439
Fig. 3«. " " Left half of mandible, crown view (No.
15.079)-
Fig. 4. DECASTIS COLUMNARIS : Anterior portion of the right half of the
mandible, outer side (No. 9594 American
Museum of Natural History). The pit-
ting on the anterior portion of the jaw is
pathological ...... 436
Fig. 40:. " " Right ramus, crown view (No. 9594 Ameri-
can Museum of Natural History).
Fig. 5. CALLOMENUS LIGATUS : Right half of the mandible, outer side (No.
15.066) . 435
Fig. 5«. " " Right half of the mandible, crown view (No.
15,066).
Fig. 6. DECASTIS COLUMNARIS : Left half of mandible from the outer side
(No. 15,710) . 437
Fig. 6a. " " Left half of mandible, crown view (No.
All the figures are three times the natural size.
(VOL. iv.)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS VOL.IV
PLATE LXIV.
F. v llerson del. partim
Werner 1 Winter, Frankfor
C/ENOLESTID/E.
PATAGONIAN EXPEDITIONS: PALAEONTOLOGY.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXV.
Fig. I.
Fig. I a.
Fig. \b.
Fig. 2.
THYLACYNUS CYNOCEPHALUS : Skull and mandible from the right
side, about two thirds the natural
size (i. e., .68). Specimen in the
collection of the British Museum
(Nat. Hist.) 342
" " Skull, palatal view. British Museum
(Nat. Hist.). About two thirds the
natural size (i. e., .68).
" " Skull, posterior view. British Mu-
seum (Nat. Hist.). About three
fourths the natural size (i. e., .74).
" " Mandible, crown view, about three-
fourths the natural size (i. e., .74).
Osteological collection, Princeton
University.
Fig. 3. TRICHOSURUS VULPECULA : Skull of a young individual, palatal view,
X -^. No. 413, osteological collection,
Princeton University. Young indi-
vidual lacking M- .... 443
Mandible of the same individual, crown
view, X •£.
Skull, palatal view, X \. No. 510, osteo-
logical collection, Princeton University.
This individual is anomalous in lacking
the last upper molar . . . . 426
Mandible of the same individual, crown
view, X \.
Fig- 3«.
Fig. 4.
Fig. 4«.
PETAURUS AUSTRALIS (?)
(VOL. iv.)
PATAGONIAN EXPEDI
INDEX TO VOLUME IV.
Page numbers italicized indicate the most important entry under the heading. The numbers
with asterisks refer to text illustrations. Synonyms are in italics.
ABDERITES, 417, 418, 438, 442,
A 45i.
altiramis, 452
crasignathns, 439
crassignathus, 438, 439, *44O
crassiramis, 439
meridionalis, 439, 442, 451
serratus, 45 1
tenuissimus, 452
Abderitidce, 416
Abderitinae, 417, 438, 442, 443
Acdestis, 434, 452
elatus, 452
oweni, 452
parvus, 453
Acmsea, 161
heroldi, forma pygmaea, 161
Actaeon, 34, 243
chilensis, 243, 257, 304
semilaevis, 244, 258, 273, 294, 295
semistriatus, 245, 294
subscalatus, 244
tornatilis, 244
turgidus, 244, 304
Actaeonidae, 243
Acrobates pygmaeus, 336
Acrocyon, 445
equianus, 445
patagonensis, 445
sectorius, 445
Acyon, 449
bardus, 446
tricuspidatus, 449
Acyonidce, 339
Africa, connection with Antarctica, 316
443, Africa, South, 12
Agassiz, A., 54, 56, 60
L., 59, 60
Agustylus, 446
bardus, 446, 447
carnifex, 446
cynoides, 446
primaevus, 446
Allen, J. A., 334
Amathusia, 134, 135
angulata, .134, 257, 262, 266, 268, 270,
271, 282, 283, 298
Ameghino, F., 7, 79, 103, 104, 262, 265, 266,
267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 273, 274, 275,
276, 279, 280, 282, 284, 285, 287, 288,
303, 308, 309, 333, 334, 335, 339, 343,
348, 352, 378, 407, 408, 412, 416, 418,
419, 426, 429, 430, 431, 434, 435, 436,
437, 439. 442, 443> 444
America, North, 333, 444
South, ii, 333, 339
connection of, with Antarctica, 314
with Australia, 444
Cretaceous of, 6
Ammonite beds, sec Belgrano beds
Ammonites cleon, 36
clypeiformis, 37, 38
leopoldinus, 37
sp., 8
telinga, 37
Ammonites, 7, 9, 10
Patagonian, 38
Amphiproviverra, 340, 343, 344, 345, 346,
356, 363, 365, 370, 376, 378,
385, 394, 407, 408, 412
461
462
INDEX.
Amphiproviverra crassa, 448
ensidens, 448
manzaniana, 340, 394, 395, 398, 400, 404
minuta, 340, 394, 400, 401, 404.
obusta, 448
A mphiprm n \>crrid(E, 339
Ananchytes, 7
Anatttcriiim, 376
dcfossiim, 386
oxyrhynchus, 447
Anchura, 34
Andes, 9
Annelids, 30
Antarctica, 311, 313, 315, 316, 317, 318, 319
theory, 310
Aporrhais, 34, 200, 293
araucana, 200, 258, 267, 293, 295, 298
occidentalis, 33
patagonica, 5
pes pelecani, 200
protuberatus, 32
sp., 4, 33
speciosa, 200
Aporrhaidae, 33, 200
Aptian, 8, 30
Araucana, 306
beds, 306
Area, pj, 307
bonplandiana, 265
darwini, 90, 261
imbricata, 94
navicularis, 94
nose, 94, 291
occidentalis, 94
oxytropis, 93, 298
paratina, 94
patagonica, pj, 257, 262, 266, 270, 271,
273, 277, 283, 291, 295, 298, 301
pseudonavicularis, 94, 301
tetragona, 94, 291
Archhelenis, 319, 321
Archiamazonas, 321
Archibrazil, 321
Archiguyana, 321
Archinotis, 317
Archiplata, 318, 319, 321, 324
A rchiplata- Archhelenis theory, 320
Arcidae, 93
Arctodictis, 446
australis, 446
munizi, 446
Argentine Republic, 1 i, 19, 30, 42
Arrhoges, 33
Arrialoor group, 12,61
Arroyo Gio, 49, 277, 285, 286
Pequenco, 8, 1 1, 19
Tringuico, 9, 26, 35
Artemis Icviuscula, 147
ponder osa, 146
semilavis, 144
Aspidostoma, 67
crassum, 67
giganteum, 67, 257, 266, 274, 289, 323
Astarte, 9, 10, 22
damesi, 22
peralta, 5,22, 23
postsulcata, 5, 22, 23
Astrapotherium, 287
Atlantis, 321
Australia, 301, 303, 333
Australian region, 444
Tertiary, 301, 302
Avicula, 15
nebrascana, 1 5
(Oxytoma) tardensis, 4, 14
DACULITES, 287
Balanidae, 249
Balanus, 249
apertus, 254
coquimbensis, 254
laevis, 252, 253, 254, 259, 307, 308
var. nitidus, 254
psittacus, 241), 258, 259, 278, 289, 298,
307, 308, 323
var. minor, 249
spongicola, 253
trigonus, 252, 259, 307, 308
unguiformis, 252, 294, 460
varians, 249, 250, 258, 260, 273, 274,
275, 276, 277, 278, 282, 294, 295,
298, 460
INDEX.
463
Basalt canons, see Arroyo Gio
Bayle, 1 1
Bazin, 59
Behrendsen, 7, 8, 9, 11, 17, 19, 26, 30, 35, 42
Belgrano beds, 4, 5, 6, 12, 13, 14, 15, 1 6, 17,
1 8, 20, 21, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 30, 31, 32,
33, 34, 35, 39- 4", 42, 43
Bensley, B. A., 334, 385, 407, 409,412,416,
417, 420,441
Bettongia, 443
Bettongiina;, 443
Bibliography, 325, 458
Bicego, Sr., 269
Bivalves, 277
Blanford, H. T., 61
Bodenbender, 7, 19
Boettger, O., 152
Bonaparte, C. L., 339
Bonarelli, 36
Borchert, 310
Borhyaena, 334,^/0, 342, 345, 346,^7, 362,
363, 365, 366, 367, 368, 369, 372;
377, 38o, 381, 382, 383, 384, 396,
398,400, 408,412,444
excavata, 340, 347, 349, 357, 360
fera, 444, 445
sanguinaria, 445
tuberata, 340, 347, 349, 351, 356, 360,
365
zitteli, 356
Borhyanidce, 339
Borsonia, 24.2, 322
delucii, 243, 294
patagonica, 242, 258, 267, 294, 295
Bouchardia, 79
tulipa, 80
zitteli, 7p, 257, 262, 268, 278
Brachiopoda, 70
Brazil, Cretaceous of, 6
Brown, B., 386, 413, 415,421, 43 i
Brunswick Peninsula, 7
Bryozoa, 64
Buccinidae, 208
Buccinum, 208, 324
(Cominella) annae, 208, 258, 267, 293,
295
Buccinum (Cominella) obesum, var. minor ;
209, 258, 298
obesum, 267
obesnnt, 209
veneris, 208, 293
Bulla, 245
chilensis, 245
conoidea, 246
glaphyra, 247, 294
patagonica, 245,^, 258, 262,267,277,
283, 294, 295, 305
remondi, 24.5, 246, 257, 304, 305
striatissima, 246, 304
triticum, 245
Bullidae, 245
Burtinella, 31
Busk, G., 66, 67, 70
313
Caenolestes, 334, 340, 416, 417, 418,
419, 420,421, 422, 423, 427, 441, 442
obscurus, 334
Caenolestidae, 340, 412, 4.16, 419, 423, 438,
441,443
Caenolestinse, 4.16, 417, 418, 427, 442
Calliostoma, 164
audebardi, 166, 292
biangulatum, 292
cossmanni, 166, 258, 267
cyclus, 169, 292
ditropis, 292
fricki, 165, 304
garetti, 168, 258, 267, 292, 295
iheringi, 169, 258, 267, 292, 296
metrium, 169, 292
observationis, 164, 165, 258, 273, 304
peraratum, i6j, 258, 263, 267, 292, 295,
460
philanthropus, 168, 292
philippii, 164, 165, 257, 304, 460
podolicum, 168, 292
pseudoturricula, 168
santacruzense, 167, 258, 263, 267, 292,
295
Callomenus, 417, 427, 434, 436, 437, 439,
442, 454
464
INDEX.
Callomenus i ntervalatus, 454
ligatus, 4.35, 437
robustus, 454
Caluromys, 409
laniger, 412
Calyptraea, 178
(Infundibulum) radians, 179
maculata, 183
mamillaris, 182
Campiche, 16
Camptonectes, 13
Cancellaria, 235
ameghinoi, 262, 264
gracilis, 235, 236, 258, 262, 267, 273
274, 282
var. major, 235
medinae, 236, 258, 267, 273, 298
vidali, 236, 261, 264, 267
Cancellariidae, 235
Cancer patagonicus, 255, 261
Canon de las Vacas, 387
Cape Fairweather, 49
beds, 307, 310
fossils, 258
Capulidae, 177
Carcinides, 256
maenas, 256
Carcinoplacidae, 255
Carcinus, 256
peruvianus, 255
Cardiidae, 132, 135
Cardita, 125, 307
acuticostata, 129
caumotiensis, 129
dunkeri, 129, 291
elegans, 126
elegantoides, 125, 127, 256, 257, 266,
273, 303
granulata, 129
inaequalis, 126, 127, 129, 257, 261, 266,
269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 282, 283
intermedia, 300
patagonica, 128, 257, 260, 266, 282, 291,
295, 300
patagonica, 127, 269
flseudopatagonica, 128
Cardita volckmanni, 126, 257, 279, 298
Carditidae, 125
Cardium, 132
comatulum, 133, 291
difficile, 133
discrepans, 135
fragile, 133, 292
laqueatum, 135
multiradiatum, 132, 298
multiradiatum, 132, 261
philippii, 132, 257, 261, 266, 277, 278,
279, 281, 298
var. pauciradiata, 132
pisum, 133, 257, 261, 266, 277, 278,
298
platense, 265
puelchum, 133, 134, 257, 260, 266, 269,
270, 271, 272, 273, 276, 277, 281,
283, 291, 295
sphaeridium, 134, 298
sulcatum, 135
Caricella, 231
nucleus, 227
Caribbean province, 320
Carnivora, 335, 337, 338, 351, 386
Cassidulidae,
Cassidulus, 61
Cassis, 322
Cellaria, 64, 65
angustiloba, 66
fistulosa, 64, 257, 277, 289, 291, 295,
299. 323
Cellariidae, 64
Centetes, 335
Cephalopoda, 35
Cerithium, 322
Chaetopoda, 63
Chenopus araucanus, 200
Chili, 9, 10, ii, 21, 298, 303
Chilostomata, 64
Chione vellicata, 138
Chrysodomus, 209
cancellatus, 209, 258, 267, 293, 295
glomus, 293
glyptus, 210
pilsbryi, 210, 258, 267
INDEX.
465
Chthalamus, 251
antiquus, 250, 251
Chubut, 275
Chun, C., 316, 318
Cidaridae, 5 1
Cidaris, 51
antarctica, 57, 257, 266, 274, 276,
280, 290, 295
avenionensis, 51, 290
dissimilis, 52
perornata, 52
sceptrifera, 52
Cinulia, 10, 35
australis, 5, 34.
Cirripedia, 247
Cladoclinus, 457
copei, 457
Cladosictis, 334, 340, 343, 344, 345,
356, 363, 376, 398, 399. 407, 41 1
dissimilis, 447
lateralis, 386
lustratus, 340, 341, 376, 378, 382,
384, 386, 391, 392
oxyrhynchus, 447
patagonica, 447
petersoni, 340, 376, 379, 387, 391
trouessarti, 386
Clark, W. B., 89
Cleoniceras, 36
Clypeastridae, 55
Clypeola corrugata, 179
var. leevis, 180
magellanica, 180
Columbella, 322
Colombia, Cretaceous of, 6
Colorado, 17
Cominella, 208, 209, 324
Conglomerates, lower, 4, 28
upper, 4
Conodonictis, 445
exterminator, 445
saevus, 445
Conrad, T. A., 34, 102, 146
Conus, 322
Cope, E. D., 338
Coquand, 11,12
Coquimbo beds, 308
Corbula, 151
birostris, 152
bodenbenderi, 26
crassatelloides, 4, 5, 26
hatcheri,/5/, 257, 267, 273, 274, 292, 295
278, subaequivalvis, 152, 292
Corbulidse, 151
Cordillera, 6, 7, 285
Cossmann, M., 34, 163, 166, 167, 168, 173,
174, 175, 213, 219, 220/244, 263, 282
Cottonwood Creek, Calif., 28
Coy Inlet, 360, 386, 391, 401, 430, 437
Coy River, 356, 386
Crassatella, 26
kokeni, 123, 263, 295
longior, 125, 262
346, lyeltt, 123, 260
447 plicatilis, 124
ponderosa, 125
quarta, 124 ,
383, sulcata, 124
Crassatellites, 123
kokeni, 123, 257, 263, 266, 291, 460
longior, 125, 257, 262, 278, 282, 291, 295
lyelli, 123, 124, 257, 260, 266
melina, 125, 291
quartus, 124, 257, 266, 279
sulcatus, 124, 291
Crassatellitidae, 123
Crenatula aviculiformis, 98
Crenella, 16
Creodonta, 335, 336, 337
Crepidula, 184
dilatata, 185, 259, 307, 308
fornicata, 185
grandis, 185, 289
gregaria, 184, 185, 258, 260, 267, 275,
277, 280, 282, 289, 293, 296, 298; 299,
305
incurua, 184
praerupta, 185, 293
princeps, 185
uncinata, 184
Cretaceous, 3, 4, 5, 13, 14, 19, 27, 294, 296,
300, 444
466
INDEX.
Cretaceous, American, 2 1
European, 8, 9
fossils, 9
Lower, 7, 9, 10, 42
of California, 14, 28
of India, 12, 19, 28, 61
of North America, 9
of South Africa, 9, 16, 19, 21
Upper, 7, 8, 10, 61, 287, 288
Crucibulum, 777, 293
dubium, 777, 258, 277, 293, 29$
Crustacea, 247
decapod, 444
Crypta grandis, 185
incurva, 184
Cucullaea, 86, 300, 319, 322
aldrichi, 91, 291
alta, 86, 257, 260, 262, 266, 268, 269,
270, 271, 273, 284, 285, 291, 295,
298, 299
chilensis, 89, 298
crassatina, 89
(Cucullaria) darwini, yo, 257
dalli, 86, 89, 262
darwini, 261, 266, 270, 271, 272, 283,
291, 295
decussata, 89, 291
gigantea, 89, 291
multicostata, 86, 262
taeniata, 91, 291
tridentata, 90, 263, 270
Cunningham, D. J., 372
Cyclostomata, 68
Cypraea, 322
Cyrtoma, 60, 61, 290
posthumum, 60, 257, 278, 290, 294
Cytherea, 319
iheringi, 143
pseudocrassa, 142
rostrata, 143
splendida, 142
splendida, 142
"QALL, W. H., 13, 26, 50, 150, 174, 185,
190, 191, 195, 196, 210, 219, 227, 229,
288, 297, 320
Darwin, C., 7, 101, no, 1 16, 197, 217, 247,
248, 249, 250, 252, 253, 254, 255, 260,
261, 286, 298, 312
Darwin Station, 48, 274., 309
Dasyures, 386, 394
Dasyuridae, 342, 407
Dasyurus, 338, 343, 347, 376, 394, 395, 396,
397. 409. 412
maculatus, 385, 396, 399
viverrinus, 3/6, 395, 410
Davidson, T., 71, 72, 73, 74, 75
Decapoda, 255
Decastis, 417, 427, 4j6, 439, 442, 452
columnaris, 437
Turigerus, 452
Delphinulidae, 162
Dendraster, 56
Dentaliidse, 157
Dentalium, 157
gabbi, 1 60, 292
gayi, 157, 159
giganteum, 159
kickxi, 1 60, 292
(Lsevidentalium) limatum, 5, 28
lebuense, 1 59
majus, 157
mantelli, 159, 160, 299, 301, 302
octocostatum, 160
octocostatum, 160, 262, 268
octocostellatum, 160, 257, 262, 268, 273,
277, 460
patagoiiicurn, 157, 159, 261
solidutii, 159
sulcosum, 757, 1 60, 257, 261, 267, 274,
278, 292, 295, 298, 299, 301, 460
siilcosiun, 1 59
Deseado, Port, 49
Desmoceras, 36, 37
Desor, E., 53, 59
Deshayes, G. P., 90, 149, 175, 244, 246
Didelphyidae, 339, 408
Didelphys, 338, 342, 347, 376, 408, 409, 410,
411, 412, 417, 420, 428
Dipilus, 453
bergi, 453
spegazzinianus, 453
INDEX.
467
Dipilus spegazzinii, 453
Diplodonta, 307
Diprotodonta, 443
Diprotodontia, 333, 334, 416, 422, 441
Diprotodonts, Santa Cruz, 340, 416, 443
Dirck Gherritz Archipelago, 3 1 9
Doering, D. A., 286, 287
Doliidae, 204, 205
Dolium, 204, 293, 322
ovulum, 204, 258, 267, 293, 295
Dollo, L., 385
Donald, C. W., 319
Dosinia, 144, 323
acetabulum, 146, 292
complanata, 144
complanata, \ 44
denselineata, 146, 301
laeviuscula, 7/7, 257, 261, 267, 269, 270,
271, 284
magellanica, 130, 144, 145, 256, 304
matthewsoni, 146, 292
meridionalis, 144, 145, 147, 257, 258,
262, 267, 270, 271, 275, 277, 283,
292, 296, 301, 304, 307, 308
ponderosa, 146, 292
semilaevis, 144, 304
Drillia, 241, 322
koeneni, 242
limatula, 242, 294
perpolita, 242
, santacruzensis, 241, 258, 267, 294,
295
sigmoidea, 242
Dromicia, 442
Dromocyon, 335
Dusen, P., 306
Dynamic tis, 444
/era, 444
T7CHINANTHUS, 61
Echinarachnius, 56, 57, 60
excentricus, 57
julicnsis, 55, 261, 268
mirabilis, 60, 290
parma, 57
Echinidae, 52
Echinobrissus, 61
Echinodermata, 5 1
Echinoidea, 51
Echinus, 53
patagonensis, 52
Ecuadorian province, 320
Entolium, 14
Entrerios beds, 308
Eocene, 287, 295, 296, 302, 306, 317
lower, 287, 288
upper, 286, 287, 288, 305
Eodidelphys, 450
famula, 45 1
fortis, 450
Eogsea, 313
Eogene, 295, 296
Epanorthidce , 416
Epanorthus, 416, 425
ambigitus, 454
aratce, 428
Jwlmbergi, 455
incequalis, 45 5
intermedius, 430
Icinoinei, 454
lepidus, 431
minutus, 432
pachygnathus, 454
pressiforatus, 455
simplex, 432
Eschara acaste, 66
ac/iates, 66
acts, 66
acmon, 66
actcea, 66
gigantea, 67
Escharidae, 67
Essoprion, 455
consumptus, 456
coruscus, 455
Eulima subventricosa, 262, 264
Europe, 444
Cretaceous of, 5
Euthria, 209
Eutrochus, 169
Exogyra, 1 1
couloni, 8, 1 1 , 20
468
INDEX.
Exogyra imbricate, 1 2
Extratropical fauna, 322
"T^ACIES of Patagonian beds, 285
Fagus, 306
beds, 306
subferruginea, 306
Felton's estancia, 401
Ficida, 205, 322
Carolina, 205, 261
concinna, 205
Fie us pyrifo rmis, 205
Fimbria patagonica, 261, 264
Fissurella, 161
eurytreta, 161, 257, 263, 275, 301
sp., 262
Fissurellidae, 161
Fissurelloidea malleata, 301
Forbes, H. O., 311, 313, 314, 317
Fort Pierre beds, 15, 17
Fossarus pillula, 263, 264
Fricker, K., 316, 319
Fuchs, E., 306
Fusidae, 221
Fusus, 209, 221
archimedis, 221, 222, 258, 274, 294, 295
burdigalensis, 224, 294
cancellatus, 209
dilatatus, 212
dilatatus, 2 1 1
discors, 239
domeykoanus, 2 1 1
glomus, 210
hector, 222, 294
laciniatus, 2 1 7
nexilis, 210
noachinus, 213, 260
nodosus, 264
obesus, 209
var. minor, 209
encodes, 212
ortmanni, 209
oxytropis, 221, 222, 304
patagonicus, 215, 260
pilsbryi, 210
pyruliformis, 223, 224, 298
Fusus sowerbyanus, 2 1 9
steinmanni, 212
subreflexus, 212
subspiralis, 221, 257, 304, 460
torosus, 223, 258, 267, 294, 295, 298
virgineus, 212
QABB, W. M., 33, 131, 185
Galaxias capensis, 3 1 8
Galerus, 181
araucanus, /<?/, 182, 258, 277, 279, 298
mamillaris, 182, 259, 307, 308
Gallegos, North, 387
Garrett, J. W., 150, 168
Garzonia, 417, 419, 421, 4.22, 442, 456
annectens, 457
captiva, 424, 456
gracilis, 457
minima, 456
minuta, 424
patagonica, 422, 4.2 <f
tipica, 456
typica, 422, 424, 456
Garzonida, 416, 419
Gastropoda, 7, 29, 161
Gault, 8, 9, 10, 30
Genota, 240
cuevensis, 24.0, 258, 262, 267, 294, 295
intorta, 294
Gervillia, 9, 10
alpina, 16
dentate, 16
hatcheri, 4, 75
Geryon, 255
peruvianus, 255, 258, 261, 267, 273, 274,
279, 282
quinquedens, 256
Gibbula, 170
collaris, 170
dalli, /7/, 262, 267, 275, 277, 279, 293, 296
diametralis, 172,458, 263, 267
fracta, 171, 172, 263
var. cuevensis, 172
iheringi, 263, 264
laevis, 770, 258, 260, 267, 274, 278,
279, 281, 298
INDEX.
469
Gibbula magus, 178, 293
margaritoides, 263, 264
Gill, T., 313, 315
Gio beds, 3, 4, 6, 12, 16, 31
GlycimcridfE, 135
Glycimeris, 94, 134
ibari, 94, 152, 257, 262, 266, 275, 276,
277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 291, 296,
298, 305, 306, 460
ibari, 152
mid ens, 263
pilosa, 291
pulvinata, 291
quemadensis, i 54, 262
regular is, 153
subsyinmctrica, \ 5 3
Graham Land, 319
Gregory, T. W., 316
Gryphasa, 1 1 3
arriana, \2
tarda, nj, 257, 278, 291, 294, 299,
301
vesicularis, 113, 291, 460
Grzybowski, J., 106, 284, 320
Guaranitic beds, 285, 317
TTADRORHYNCHUS, 408
conspicuus, 450
tort or, 4 1 2
torvus, 412
Halibtis impcrforata, 184, 305
Hall, 302
Halmadromus, 453
vagus, 453
Halmarhiphus, 417, 418, 419, 422, 423, 441,
443, 457
didelphoides, 547
nanus, *42O, 421
Halmaselus, 455
valens, 455
Haploceratus, 7
Harpagolestes, 335
Harris, 301, 302
Hatcher, J. B., 3, .4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 36, 48, 49,
50, 59, 61, 75, 104, 121, 126, 179, 180,
230, 265, 266, 267, 269, 271, 278, 280,
284, 285, 286, 287, 303, 306, 309, 317,
333, 372, 386, 401, 405, 432, 439
Hatchericeras, 9, jj
argentinense, 4, 5, 36, 37, jp, 42
patagonense, 4, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40,41, 42
puerrydonense, 5, 42
tardense, 5, 38, 39, 41, 42, 43
Hathliacynidce, 339
Hathliacynus, 447
cultridens, 447
fischeri, 447
kobyi, 447
lynchi, 447
rollieri, 447
Hathliacynus, 376
defossus, 386
lustratus, 386
tricuspidatus , 450
Hector, J., 300
Hedley, C., 310, 311, 314, 315, 316, 318
Heilprin, A., 319
Heteropora, 69
neozelanica, 69, 70
pelliculata, 69, 257, 274, 277, 289, 291,
299. 323
Hill, R., 321
Hincks, T., 64, 65, 67
Hoernes, M., 97, no, 131, 133, 138, 140,
168, 194, 200, 206, 207, 210, 212, 224,
237, 239, 24i, 244, 245
Holub, Dr., 19
Holzapfel, 230
Hooker, J. D., 31 1, 312, 313
Hoplites, 9, 37, 38, 41, 42
desori, 9, 42
leopoldinus, 38
neumayri, 9
Hoplitidae, 38'
Horsetown beds, 14
Hupe, 105, 106, 1 12
Hutton, F. W., 66, 70, 73, 74, 75- 7^, 86,
89,90,92, no, 121, 129, 138, 160, 163,
176, 177, 183, 190, 194, 204, 299, 300,
312, 313, 315
Hyatt, A., 38
Hypechinus, 52
470
INDEX.
Hypechinus patagonensis, 52, 257, 260, 261,
268, 271, 274
patagonicus, 53, 54
Hypsiprimnodon, 443
Hypsiprimnoidea, 443
TCTIOBORUS, 450
destructor, 450
fenestratus, 450
Idmonea, 68
Ihering, H. von, 48, 50, 53, 54, 62/71, 75,
80, 8 1, 87, 88, go, 92, 94, 95, 96, 97, 102,
103, 104, 1 10, in, 119, 123, 131, 134,
141, 142, 145, 146, 156, 170, 175, 177,
188, 191, 194, 197, 202, 203, 211, 212,
2l6, 2l8, 220, 225, 226, 227, 229, 231,
232, 233, 237, 239, 240, 262, 265, 269,
271, 273, 274, 282, 284, 288, 300, 309,
314, 317, 319, 320, 322, 324
Iheringella, 56
Ihcringia, 56, 57, 77
patagonensis, 55
Ihcringiana, 56, 57
Iheringiella, 56
Ilicnngina, 56
Infundibulum, 178, 182
clypeolum, 180, 258, 262, 267, 282,
288, 289, 323
corrugatum, 178, 779, 181, 182, 258,
261, 267, 273, 274, 276, 277,
279, 281, 288, 289, 304, 323
var. elatum, 180
costellatum, 304
filosum, 304
merriami, i"j8 ', 257, 304
Inoceramus, 7
brongniarti, 7
concentricus, 7
labiatus, 7
India, 12, 19, 28, 37, 61
Insectivora, 336
Invertebrates, Cretaceous, 3
Mesozoic, 7
Tertiary, 47
JACK HARVEY, 48
Jegua quemada, 48, 269
Juliense beds, see Piso Juliense
Jullien, J., 67
Jurassic, 8, 13, 14, 21, 22, 34
T^ILLIK AIKE, 372, 405, 413, 430, 432,
436, 439
Kissling, E., 156
Knight, C, 334
Kobelt, W.,2i6
Koch, 143
Koenen, A. von, 189
Kossmat, 37, 38
Kuester, C. H., 216
A CUEVA, 48, 269
Lahille, R, 56, 57, 58, 60, 76, 77, 78,
79, 232, 233
Lake Argentina, 7, 432
Gio, 49
Pueyrredon, 3, 5, 6, 8, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16,
17, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27,
28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 39, 41,
42, 43, 49, 278, 285, 286, 309, 386
Rica, 7
Santa Cruz, 7
Land connection of S. America with Africa,
316, 318, 328
with Australia, 311, 314, 444
Larsen, Capt, 319
Laramie, 287
Las Salinas, 48, 272
Leda, 18, 83
corbuliformis, 4, 18
errazurizi, 84, 257, 266, 277, 279, 291,
295, 298, 301
glabra, 260, 264, 266
hyposoma, 85, 291
oxyrhyncha, 83, 85, 257, 266, 277, 298,
299, 301
sp., 299
Ledidae, 83
Leonense beds, see Piso Leonense
Lepadidae, 247
Leptothyra, 162
montensis, 163
obtusalis, 163
INDEX.
47
Leptothyra philippii, 162, 258, 263, 267, 283,
460
Lias, 8
Lichenoporidae, 68
Lignites, 285, 286, 303, 306, 317
Lima sp., 4, 12
Limopsidse, 91
Limopsis, 91
araucana, 91
insolita, p/, 257, 260, 266, 272, 282, 298,
299,300, 301, 302
Liotia, 162
acrilla, 292
(Lippistes) acrilla, 162
roblini, 301
scotti, 162, 258, 267, 292, 295, 301
Lithophagus, 3, 6, 16
Loriol, P. de, 5 1
Lucina, 129, 307
borealis, 131, 291
globosa, 131
neglecta, 129, 144, 256, 303
ortmanni, iji, 257, 263, 266, 269, 270,
271
praecedens, 131
promaucana, ijo, 257, 261, 266, 270,
271, 272, 275, 280, 281, 283, 291,
296, 298, 303
radula, 131
Lucinidae, 129
Lunatia, 10
constricta, 5, jr
pueyrrydonensis, 32
Lutraria, 151
undata, 151
undatoides, 151, 256
Lydekker, R., 314
A/TABILLE, J., 261, 263
McClelland, J., 61
McConnell, J. C., 5
Macropodidae, 396, 426
Macropus, 338
Mactra, 10, 26, 149
contortula, 151
darwini, 149, 257, 260, 267, 273, 277
Mactra garretti, 150, 257, 273, 279, 292, 295,
298
indistincta, 150, 262, 264
lamberti, 151
levesquei, 1 5 1
rugata, 260, 264
sp., 5, 25
trinacria, 151, 292
truncatula, 150, 298
Mactridae, 26, 149
Magellania, 73
globosa, 73, 262, 288
lenticularis, 7j, 257, 262, 278, 288, 289,
299, 323
patagonica, 76
venosa, 73, 79
venosa, 78
Magellanian beds, 256, 285, 286, joj, 305,
307, 31/
Mallard, 306
Malletia, 85, 300, 323
australis, 299
ornata, 85, 257, 260, 266, 272, 298, 299
volckmanni, 298
Mannodon, 452
trisulcatus, 452
Margarita maculata, 164
Marginella, 224
bella, 224, 294
confinis, 224, 262, 264, 270
faunula, 224, 294
gracilior, 224, 258, 262, 267, 270,271,
294, 296
olivella, 225, 258, 267, 294, 296
oliviformis, 225
oliviformis, 225
plicifera, 225, 258, 262, 267, 270, 271,
283
quemadensis, 224, 262, 264, 270
sp., 277
styria, 226, 294
Marsupialia, 333
Australian, 362
carnivorous, 335, 342, 364, 397, 407
of Santa Cruz, 371, 427
Santa Cruz, 444
472
INDEX.
Marsupialia, South American, 362
Martesia, 10, 755
argentinensis, 4, 27
patagonica, 155, IS6. *57, 2S7, 261, 267,
272, 273, 277, 279, 282, 292, 295
peroni, 156, 292
pumila, 156, 257, 267
Matthew, W. D., 334
Mayer Basin, 49, 277, 285
Medlicott, H. B., 61
Meek, F. B., 14, 15
Melicerita, 65, 66
angustiloba, 66, 299, 301
atlantica, 66
charlesworthi, 66, 291
dubia, 66
triforis, 65, 257, 275, 291, 295, 299,301
Mellita, 56
Mercenaria cancellata, 138
Mercerat, A., 287, 288, 444
Meretrix, 142, 323
alta, 304
crassa, 304
iheringi, 142, 257, 262, 268, 280
pseudocrassa, 142, 256, 304
rostrata, 143, 258, 307, 308
Mesonychidae, 336, 337
Mesonyx, 335-35°
Mesozoic, 10, 15
Metaepanortlms, 425, 426
complicatus, 455
holmbergi, 455
intermedius, 430
Metriodromus, 453
arenarus, 453
crassidens, 453
crassus, 453
spectans, 453
Micraster atacamensis, 62, 63
valdivianus, 62, 63
Microbiotlicridce, 339, 408
Microbiotherium, 335, 339, 395, 397, 4.08,
450
conspicuum, 450
forticulum, 450
gallegosense, 411, 4.13, 414
Microbiotherium patagonicum, 409, 4.15
sp., *409
tehuelchum, 409, 410, 411, 413, 414
tortor, 408, 409, 411, 412, 414
Milne-Edwards, A., 256
Miocene, 34, 287, 288, 295, 296, 297, 299,
300, 302, 306, 340
Lower, 288, 297, 299, 303
Mitra, 322
Modiola, 121
ameghinoi, 121, 257, 262, 273, 283,460
andina, 122, 257, 278, 279, 281
coquimbana, 122
laeviuscula, 122
rugulosa, 122
Moericke, W., 79, 101, 105, no, 112, 120,
146, 189, 193, 194, 198, 212, 223, 224,
244, 246, 250, 254, 290, 298, 299, 308
Mollusca, Tertiary, So, 444
Monophora, 57, 58
darwini, 57, 76
Monotremata, 336, 338
Moreno, F. P., 416
Morgan, J. P., 207
Mt. Leon, 268
of Observation, 48, 272, 273
Multituberculata, 443, 444
Murex, 214, 322
hatcheri, 214, 220, 258, 274, 294, 296
Muricidae, 214
Murray, J., 319
Museum, American, of Nat. Hist, 334, 372,
387, 401, 411, 415. 42i, 425, 428,
430, 432, 436, 437, 444
British, 334
La Plata, 408, 410
Mytilidae, 120
Mytilus, 1 20
argentinus, 4, 5, 16
chorus, 120, 257, 258, 262, 266, 275,
282, 289, 298, 307, 308, 323
cuvieri, 8
magellanicus, 121, 257, 274, 289, 299,
323
sp., 277
ungulatus, \ 20
INDEX.
473
•\TAPONODICTIS, 446
thylacynoides, 446
Natica, 186, 191, 319, 323
auca, 1 86
barroisi, 186
callosa, 189, 293
chilina, 186
chiloensis, 186, 188, 257, 304, 305
consimilis, 191, 258, 262, 267, 282
darwini, 189, 258, 260, 267, 270,
276, 293, 296, 298, 299
famula, 187, 261
ganae, 186
globosa, 189
hantoniensis, 1 89, 293
heros, 190, 191, 293
interna, 190
mcerickei, 1 89
obtecta, 188, 189
omoia, 191, 261, 264
ovoidea, 187, 258, 261, 267, 274,
305
oyarzuni, i 87
pachystoma, 186, 187
var. mcerickei, 188
perspectiva, 190
secta, 189
secunda, 188, 189, 258, 261, 267,
293, 295, 298
solida, 187, 1 88, 260, 270
sp., 277
subtenuis, 190, 191, 258, 262, 267,
295
venusta, 187, 304
vidali, 1 88
Naticidae, 186
Navidad beds, 287, 298, 299, 303, 304
Neilo, 85
ornata, 85
Neocomian, 8, 9, 35
of Argentine Republic, 26
of France, 17, 21
Upper, 19
Neogene, 295, 296
Neoptychites, 37
New Bay, see Port Madryn
271,
298,
282,
293,
New Zealand, 299, 303, 315, 316
Newton, E. T., 319
Nicholson, II. A., 70
Nordenskjold, O., 306
Nothofagus variahilis, 306
Nucula, 80
araucana, 81, 298
bronni, 81
chasteli, 82, 291
errazurizi, 84
glabra, 260
greppini, 8 1
magnifica, 81
mayeri, 81
mixta, 8 1
nucleus, 81
ornata, 85, 260
oxyrhyncha, 83
parisiensis, 81
patagonica, 80, 257, 261, 266, 279, 282,
283, 291, 295, 298, 301
peregrina, 81, 291
pueyrrydonensis, 5, 77
reticularis, 82, 257, 266, 273, 291, 295
tennis, 82
tricesima, 80, 81, 263
tumida, 82, 301
volckmanni, 86
Nuculidae, 80
beds, 299
Odontostomia, 173
conoidea, 174, 293
euryope, 263, 264
suturalis, /7J, 258, 262, 267, 293, 295
synartkrota, 173, 263
Odostoinia, 174
suturalis, 173, 262
Ohlin, 319
Oligocene, 286, 288, 295, 296, 299, 305, 306,
307
of West Indies, 320
Oliva, 322
Oolite, Lower, 8
Opossums, 333, 335, 342, 394, 396, 408,412,
419, 444
474
INDEX.
Orbigny, A. d', n, 17, 25,61, 101, in, 256,
260, 264, 285, 286, 298
Ortmann, A. E., 444
Mrs. A., 208
Osborn, H. F., 315, 334
Ostrea, 6, 7, 9, 10, 98
adsociata, ill
agglutinatus, 1 1 1
aquila, 12
bellovacina, 99, 303
beneckei, 99, 101
bourgeoisi, 101
bourgeoisi, 99, 305, 306
bravardi, \ 1 1
burmeisteri, 1 1 1
crassissima, 1 10
ferraresi, 99
ferrarisi, 99, 101, i IO, 112, 265, 288, 309
gingensis, 110, 291
hatcheri, 99, 102, 279, 280
ingens, 99, no, ill, 112, 251, 253,257,
258, 260, 266, 268, 271, 272, 273, 274,
275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 283,
291, 295, 299, 301, 305, 307, 309, 310
ingens, 106
latiareata, 106
longa, in
lunaris, 106
nelsoniana, 99, 105
oculata, 1 06
orbignyi, 100
patagonica, 101, 102, 103, 104, no, 258,
265, 288, 309
patagonica, 99, 100, 260, 268, 288, 305,
306
percrassa, 102
percrassa, 100, 268
philippii, 99, 102, 103
pyrotheriorum, 104
remondi, 101, 1 1 1
rostrata, 105
sp., 8
sturtiana, 105, 301
tardensis, 3, 8, //
torresi, 98, 251, 256, 288, 303, 305, 306
transitoria, 101, 106
Ostrea transitoria, 106, in, 112
Ostrea-horizon, 3
Ostreidae, 98
Otocyon, 335
Oven Point, 48, 274
Oxytoma 1 5
PACIFIC continent, 314
Palceotcnthes, 416, 425
arata, 428
Palceoteuthis, 416
Palaeothentes, 416, 417, 418, 4.25, 434, 435,
437, 439. 440, 442, 454
ambiguus, 454
aratae, 425, 428, +429, 430
chubutensis, 441
complicatus, 455
holmbergi, 455
inaequalis, 455
intermedius, 425, 427, 4.30, 431
lemoinei, 454
lepidus, 426, 430, 4.31, 433
minutus, 425, 426, 431, 432, 440
pachygnathus, 454
pressiforatus, 454
Palaeothentinae, 417, 418, 421, 425, 427,441,
442
Palceotheutes ; 425
Paleocene, 287
Panama, isthmus of, 321
Panopea, 134, 152, 460
ibari, 152, 153, 155, 256, 304, 305, 460
nucleus, 153, 155, 263, 264, 267
pilsbryi, 154, 258, 307
quemadensis, 153, 154, 155, 257, 262,
267, 274, 275, 276, 278, 279, 281
regularis, 153, 154, 257, 267, 274, 278,
279, 281
subsymmetrica, /Jj, 256, 304
Paraepanorthus, 425, 426
minutus, 432
Parallelodontidae, 86
Parapholas, 27
Pareora beds, 299, 300, 303
Parona, 36
Parhalmarhiphus, 457
INDEX.
475
Parhalmarhiphus annectens, 457
duielphoides, 457
Paso del Rio Santa Cruz, 272
Patagonian beds, 257, 260, 265, 266, 269,
284, 285, 286, 288, 297, 303, 310, 324
Patella, 161'
pygmasa, 161, 257, 304
Patellidae, 161
Paucituberculata, 418, 443, 444
Pecten, 114, 323
actinodes, up, 258, 265, 307, 308, 309,
310
argentinus, 4, 5, 13
athleta, 115, 299
caloosaensis, 115, 116, 291
caracolensis, 115, 298
centralis, / 16, 257, 260, 275
centra/is, 114, 262, 270
coquimbensis, 1 19
darwinianus, 265
fissicostalis, 117, 118, 263, 269
geminatus, nj, 1 19, 120, 257, 260, 263,
266, 268, 269, 270, 271, 274,
275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 281,
283,307, 310
var. qiteniadcnsis, 1 1 9
nodosoplicatus, 264
octoplicatus, 4, 5, 14
operculiformis, 14
palmipes, 1 16, 301
'paranensis, 265
patagonensis, 262
prasnuncius, 7/5, 116, 257, 262, 266,
268, 270, 271, 274, 283, 291, 295,
301
proximus, ///, 115, 1 16, 257, 262, 266,
270, 271, 298, 299
(Camptonectes) pueyrrydonensis, 4, 5, 12
queinadensis , 117,263, 268
simpsoni, 115
sp., 8
tenuicostatus, 120
vidali, 1 20
Pectinidae, 1 14
Pcctunculns , 94, 306
araucanus, 94
Pectunculus colchaguensis, 96
glycimcris, 95
than, 94, 95, 305
magellanicus, 94, 95, 97, 305
obovatus, 97
pilosus, 97
polymorphus, 97
pulvinatus, 97
var. cuevcnsis, 94, 262
Pelecypoda, 1 1 , 80
Pequenco horizon, 8
Perameles, 338, 368
Peramelidse, 345, 400
Perathereutes, 448
amputans, 448
obtusus, 448
pungens, 448
Peratliereitthcs amputans, 448
obtusus, 448
pungens, 448
Peratotoma iheringi, 263, 264
Perna, 577, 322
quadrisulcata, 97, 257, 262, 266, 268,
271, 278, 279, 281, 283
Pernidae, 97
Peru, Miocene fauna of, 320
Pescadores, 48, 272
Petaurus, 338, 426, 428, 442
Peterson, 319
Peterson, O. A., 230, 333, 356, 360, 386,
391 401, 430, 436, 437
Phalanger, 442, 443
Phalangerinae, 441
Phalangers, 442, 443
Pharsophorus, 407
Phascogale wallacei, 419
Phascolomys, 343, 350
Philippi, R. A., 63, 83,84, 90, 101, no, 112,
121, 128, 134, 137, 139, 141, 147, 170,
171, 178, 188, 192, 197, 202, 212, 223,
236, 238, 239, 243, 244, 245, 249, 250,
251, 252, 254, 256, 261, 263, 264, 298
Phillips, 30
Pholadidas, 155
Pholadidea papyracea, 156
Pholas, 262
476
INDEX.
Pholas patagonica, 155, 261
paucispina, 262, 264
Phonocdromus, 422
gracilis, 457
patagonicus; 424
Photinula detecta, 261, 264
resurrecta, 261, 264
Phyllonotus, 215, 294, 322
Pichipilus, 456
exilis, 456
osborni, 456
Pictet, F. J., II, 1 6
Pilsbty, H. A., 50, 79, 161, 164, 198, 211,
218, 307
Pinna, 10, 307
lakesi, 17
robinaldina, 17
semicostata, 263, 266, 460
var. magellanica, 263, 264
sp., 5, 17
Piso Juliense, 266, 268, 274, 276, 285
Leonense, 266, 268, 269, 285
Mesopotamico, 286, 287
Paranense, 286, 287
Patagonico, 286, 287
Santacruzeno, 287
Subpatagonico, 287
Suprapatagonico, 266, 268, 269, 284,
285, 287
Placenticeras, 37, 38
Plagiaulacidse, 438, 442, 443
Plagiaulacoidea, 443
Plants, 444
Pleuromya, 10
latisulcata, 4, 25
Pleurotoma, 238
discors, 238, 240, 262, 263
var. iinifascialis, 238, 239, 240
intorta, 241
monilis, 239, 294
subaequalis, 238, 240, 258, 263, 267, 294,
295, 298
unifascialis, 239, 258, 262, 267
Pleurotomaria, Cretaceous, 29
Jurassic, 29
quoyana, 29
Pleurotomaria tardensis, 4, 29
Pleurotomida^, 238
Pliocene, 295, 296, 299, 308, 310
Polyprotodontia, 334, 34 T
Port Deseado, 49, 275
Famine, 7
Gal legos, 49
Madryn, 49, 275
Portezuelo de Carquenque, 8, 9, 30
Portunus peruvianus, 255, 256
Prepanorthus, 455
lanius, 455
Pritchard, G. B., 73, 159, 302
Proborhyaena, 407
Prodidelphys, 451
acicula, 451
obtusa, 45 1
pavita, 45 i
Prothylacynidce, 339
Prothylacynus, 334,^0, 342, 343, 344, 345,
346, 349, 350, 351, 352, 353, 354,
355, 356, 362, 376, 377, 379, 380,
381, 382, 383, 384, 385, 396, 398,
399, 400, 407, 411, 446
brachyrhynchus, 446
patagonicus, 340, 341, 362, 372
Protoproviverra, 394
cnsidcns, 448
manzaniana, 400
obusta, 448
Proi'iverra, 376
trouessarti, 386
Psammobia, 149
hamiltonensis, 149, 301
nitida, 149, 292
patagonica, 149, 257, 261, 267, 272,
276, 277, 282, 292, 295, 301
tenera, 149, 292
Psammobiidx, 149
Pseudamusium, 13
Pseudomonotis, 1 5
Puerto de Hambre, 186
Pueyrredon series, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 460
Pugnellus, 10, 33
manubriatus, 33
Punta Arenas, 49, 269, 280, 285, 303, 306
INDEX.
477
Punta Raza, 309
Rosa, 309
Pyramidellidje, 173
Pyrotherium beds, 104, 407
Pyrula, 205
Carolina, 205, 258, 261, 267, 274, 279,
282, 293, 295, 298
condita, 206
hombroniana, 246, 263, 264
pyriformis, 206, 293
reticulata, 206
QUENSTEDT, F. A., 56
Quili Malal, 9
Quinquina beds, 10,21
ECENT period, 295, 296, 299
Reeve, L. A., 86, 232, 233, 234
Reticulipora, 68
patagonica, 68, 257, 266, 301
transennata, 68, 301
Rhynconella, 8, 70
ccclata, 72
nigricans, 71, 72, 289, 299
var. pixy data, 72
plicigera, 70, 257, 262, 266, 268, 272,
277, 278, 281, 283, 289, 299
psittacea, 71
squamosa, 72, 257, 278, 289, 301, 323
Rhynchonellidae, 70
Rio Chalia, 49, 275, 276, 286, 439
Chico, 276, 277, 286
Gallegos, 401, 413, 415, 421, 431, 432,
437
de las Minas, 49, 306
Malargue, 8, 1 1
Neuquen, 35
Salado, 8, 1 1
Santa Cruz, 48, 266, 268, 432
Tarde, 3, 4, 30, 49
canon of, 12, 15, 28
section, 278, 279, 309
Rochebrune, A. T. de, 261, 263
Rodentia, 443
Roemer, F., 30
Ruetimeyer, L., 312, 313, 3 15
FALICORNARIA, 65
marginata, 64
Salt Lake, 49, 275, 285
San Julian, 48, 274
Sandberger, C. L. F., 82
Santa Cruz, 269, 428, 430
beds, 266, 284, 286, 287, 333, 334, 335,
442
lower, 360, 386, 401, 405, 413, 430
upper, 372, 436
fauna, 347
lakes, 7
Santa Rosa, see Punta Raza
Sarasin, 37
Sarcophilus, 338, 342, 345, 347, 353, 354,
370, 371, 396, 398, 399
Saxicavidae, 135, 152
Scabrae, 19
Scalaria, 175
browni, 175, 176
inaequistriata, 177, 293
lamellosa, 177, 293
lyrata, 175, 176
rugulosa, 175, 258, 260, 267, 270, 271,
273, 274, 275, 276, 278, 281, 283,
293. 295, 298, 299, 300
var. obsoleta, 177, 309
Scalariidae, 175
Scalpellum, 247
juliense, 24.7, 258, 274, 294
solidulum, 247, 248, 294
Scaphechinus, 56
Scaphella, 227, 229
Scaphelloid series, 227, 231
Scaphopoda, 28, 157
Schizaster, 62
ameghinoi, 62, 257, 262, 266, 268, 270,
271, 272, 274, 278, 298
atacamensis, 62, 63
valdivianus, 62, 63, 298
Schott, G., 318
Scott, W. B., 3, 162, 333, 334, 433, 439
Scutella, 55, 56, 57, 60, 322
circularis, 59
faujasi, 59
interlineata, 57
INDEX.
Scutella patagonensis, 55, 77, 257, 261, 268,
271, 274, 275, 276, 277, 278, 281,
283, 290, 295
striatula, 59
subrotunda, 56, 60, 290
subtetragona, 59
Sedentaria, 63
Serpula, 63
colchaguensis, 63
patagonica, 63, 257, 274
phillipsi, 8, 30, 3 1
Seymour Id., 319
Sharman, G., 319
Shell Gap, 49, 277
Shells, land, 444
Sierra Oveja, 49, 276, 286
Sigapatella, 183, 300, 323
americana, 183, 258, 267, 280, 298, 299
calyptraeiformis, 183
colchaguensis, 298
maculata, 183, 299
tomcntosa, 183
Sipalocyon, 449
altiramis, 449
curtus, 449
gracilis, 449
longus, 449
mixtus, 449
pusillus, 449
Siphonalia, 211, 460
dilatata, 289, 299, 323
dilatata, 263, 269, 284, 288
• var. subrecta, 2 1 1
domeykoana, 211, 258, 263, 267, 269,
270, 271, 272, 285, 288, 289, 298,
299, 300, 323
noachina, 213, 258, 260, 268, 269, 271,
273, 274, 276, 279, 282, 283
nodosa, 262, 288
steinmanni, 212
Skyring Water, 305
Solariella, 163
dautzenbergi, i6j, 258, 263, 267, 279,
299
stoliczkai, 299
turritella, 164
Solecurtus, 10, 25
limatus, 4, 5, 24.
Solcn aequalis, 25
elytron, 262, 264
Solenella australis, 86
ornata, 86
ornata, 85
Solidula, 34
Sowerby, G. B., 16, 88, 116, 117, 128, 129,
!33> 15°. 17°. !97- 203, 204, 212, 216,
223, 224, 227, 237, 238, 239, 251, 252,
260, 261, 264
Sparassodonta, 335, 444
Sparassodontidce, 339
Spatangidse, 62
Speyer, O., 151, 200, 205, 206, 243
Spisula, 26
Steinmann, G., 7, 8, 21, 299.
Stigmatopygus, 6 1
Stilotherium, 457
dissimile, 457
grande, 457
Stoliczka, F., 12, 30, 31, 61, 64, 65, 66
Straits of Magellan, Cretaceous of, 6, 7
Strombidas, 33, 201
Strombus, 322
Struthiolaria, 201, 204, 299, 300, 320, 323
ameghinoi, 201, 258, 262, 267, 270, 271,
274, 275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 281,
283, 298, 305
var. multinodosa, 202, 204
chilensis, 202, 298
chilensis, 201
hatcheri, 201, 257, 304, 305
ornata, 202, 203, 258, 260, 267, 268,
269,270,271,272,283, 285,305
var. dcnsestriata, 202, 203
Stylognathus, 450
diprotodontoides, 450
Suess, E., 71, 74, 75
Subpatagonian beds, see Piso Subpatagonico
Suprapatagonian beds, 265, 271, 284
See also Piso Suprapatagonico
TRAPES patagonica, 5, 23
sp., 5, 24-
INDEX.
479
Tarsipes, 336
Tasmania, 301, 333
Tate, R., 73, 82, 85, 113, 235, 301, 302
Tehuelche beds, 307, 308, 309, 310
Tellina, 147
capillifera, 148, 292
jeguaensis, 148, 257, 262, 267, 277, 292,
295, 298
patagonica, 262, 264
perplana, 262, 264
promaucana, 148, 298
• santacruzensis, 263, 264, 267
sp., 5, 24
subfalcata, 149
tehuelcha, 147, 257, 263, 267, 277, 282
Tellinidse, 147
Tennysonia, 69
stellata, 69, 289
subcylindrica, 69, 257, 266, 289, 316
Terebella, 63, 64
magna, 6j, 257, 274
Terebra, 236, 322
acuminata, 237
costellata, 236, 258, 261, 263, 264, 267,
279, 294, 295, 298
var. quemadensis, 237
var. santacruzensis, 237
costellata, 237
undulifera, 237, 261, 263, 264
Terebratella, 74
'dorsata, 74, 257, 266, 277, 278, 279, 281,
323, 324
gigantea, 76, 78, 253, 258, 307
patagonica, 75, 79, 257, 260, 266, 268,
270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277,
278, 279, 28 1 , 283, 284, 299, 307, 460
Terebratula macrostoma, 79
patagonica, 75, 260, 268
Terebratulidae, 73
Terebridae, 236
Teredo, 28
torulosa, 28
Tertiary, 48, 297, 444
Thomas, O., 334, 387, 416, 418, 419
Thylacodictis, 448
exilis, 448
Thylacyne, 333
Thylacynes, Patagonian, 406, 407
pre-Santacruzian, 406
Santacruzian, 385, 406, 407, 412
Tasmanian, 406, 407
Thylacynidae, 339, 341, 406, 407, 444
Thylacynus, 334, 336, 338, 339, 341, 342,
343, 344, 345, 346, 348, 349, 350,
351, 352, 353, 354, 355, 356, 362,
363, 364, 365, 366, 367, 368, 369,
370, 371, 372, 379, 38o, 381, 382,
383, 384, 385, 387, 395, 396, 397,
398, 399, 406, 407
cynocephalus, 339, '341, *343, *344,
*345. *346
spelaeus, 339
Tideiis trisulcatus, 452
Tithonian, 8
Tornatellaea, 10
patagonica, 5, 34
Toxopneustes, 55, 290
pileolus, 54
precursor, 53, 257, 274, 277, 290, 295
Trichinopoly beds, 19
Trichosurus, 428, 442, 443
vulpecula, 335
Trichotropis patagonica, 263, 264
Trigonia, 8, 9, 10
aliformis, 8, 19
cf. aliformis, 19
hanetiana, 21
heterosculpta, 5, 10, 20
robinaldina, 21
sp., 5, 21
subventricosa, 5, 7, 8, 10, 18
tuberculifera, 19
vau, 9, 21
ventricosa, 9, 10, 19
Trigonoccelia insolita, 9 1 , 260
Triton dautzenbergi, 262
leucoslomoid.es, 219, 220
obliteratus, 263
Tritonidae, 206
Tritonium, 206
bicegoi, 206, 258, 263, 267
dautzenbergi, 264
480
INDEX.
Tritoniummorgani,.?o7,258,267,293, 295, 298
obliteratum, 264
tarbellianum, 207, 293
verruculosum, 207, 298
Trochidas, 162
Trochita, 178
araucana, 181
clypeolum, 180
colchaguensis, 183
corrugata, 179, 263, 288
costellata, 178
dilatata, 183
filosa, 179
maculata, 183
magellanica, 180, 262, 288
mamillaris, 182
merriami, 178
parvula, 180
radians, 179
j/>., 261
Trochus
biangulatns, 169
collaris, 170, 260
ditropis, 169
fricki, 164, 165
Icevis, 170
macsporrani, 168
magus, 171
philippii, 164
philipii, 164
stoliczkai, 163
vencficus, 170
Trophon, 2/5, 323
geversianus, 216, 217, 218, 289
var. calva, 218
var. varians, 218
inornatus, 218, 309
laciniatus, 216, .2/7, 259, 289, 307
var. gradata, 218
var. inornatus,2/(?, 307, 308, 309,460
var. santacruzensis , 215, 262
laciniatus, 288
leucostomoides, 264
leucostomoides, 262
patagonicus, 2/5, 258, 260, 267, 274,
276, 278, 279, 282, 288, 289, 307
Trophon pyriformis, 220, 262
varians, 218, 262, 307, 308, 309
var. gradata, 2 1 8
Tryon, G. W., 178, 182, 183, 185, 232, 233,
234, 324, 460
Tubicolae, 63
Tubulostium, 7
callosum, 30
pupoides, 4, 8, jo
Turbonilla, 174
cuevensis, 77^, 258, 262, 273
iheringi, 174, 263
Turnus, 10, 28
dubius, 4, 6, .27
plenus, 28
Turritella, 192, 323
affinis, 193
affinis, 193, 195
aldingae, 195, 301
ambulacrum, 192, 196, 197, 249, 258,
260, 262, 267, 268, 271, 272, 273,
275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 281, 283,
293. 295, 298, 299, 301,305
apicalis, 195, 293
argentina, 193, 194, 262, 268
bicarinata, 194
breantiana, 195, 258, 261, 267, 272, 273,
282, 293, 295, 298
var. indecussata, 195
chipolana, 197, 293
cingulata, 194
cingulatiformis, 194, 195, 198, 307, 308
couteaudi, 195, 261
darwini, 1 96, 197
elachista, 261, 264a
exigua, 192, 257, 304, 305, 306
granulosa, 192, 304
iheringi, 195
innotabilis, 198, 259, 307, 308
parvula, 192
patagonica, 194, 196, 198, 258, 260, 272,
274, 276, 281, 293, 295, 298, 305,
307
perattenuata, 196, 293
sowerbyana, 193
steinmanni, \ 94, 262
INDEX.
481
Turritella suturalis, 192, 193
terebriformis, 196
tricincta, 195
tricincta, 195, 196, 263
trilirata, 192
turns, 192
Turritellidae, 192.
T TITENHAGE beds, 9, 10, 12, 16, 19, 21
Undulatae, 20, 21
United States, western, i 5
Urosalpinx, 219
cossmanni, 219, 258, 263, 267
elegans, 219, 258, 267, 298
leucostomoides, 219, 262" 298
laicostomoides, 219, 263,
pyriformis, 214, 220, 258, 262, 278, 282
WALDIVIA, 7
V Valentin, 7
Vanikoro sp., 5, J/
Variegated Sandstones, 4
Venericardia intermedia, 129
Veneridae, 135
Venezuela, Cretaceous of, 6
Venus, 135, 323
alta, 142
antiqua, 140
arenosa, 136, 141, 256, 304
burdigalensis, 140, 292
'cancellata, 292
chiloensis 137, 138, 257, 280, 292, 295,
298, 305
clathrata, 138
crassa, 142
darwini, 140, 257, 261, 267, 292, 295,
304
difficilis, 135, 140, 256, 304, 460
hormophora, 138, 301
lezviuscula, 261
landbecki, 136, 304
meridionalis, 137, 257, 260, 267, 272,
273, 277, 279, 282, 292, 295, 298,
300, 301
muensteri, 265
inultila mellata ,138
Venus multittniata, 138, 301
navidadis, 141, 257, 262, 267, 275, 298
patagonica, 261, 264, 269, 270, 271
striatolamellata, 141, 262
subsulcata, 136, 304
uncinata, 263, 264
vellicata, 300
volckmanni, /jp, 140, 257, 262, 267,
277, 278, 279, 281, 298
var. argentina, \ 39
Vermes, 63
Vermetidas, 30, 198
Vermetus, 198
incertus, /pp, 258, 274
intortus, 198, 258, 277, 279, 289, 293,295
Vermicularia sowerbii, 30
Verruca, 248
lasvigata, 248, 258, 275, 289, 323
strcemia, 248
Verrucidae, 248
Villa Beltran, 1 1
Voluta, 226, 289, 323
alta, 227, 231, 232, 260, 261, 264, 269
ameghinoi, 233, 234, 252, 258, 262, 268,
270, 273, 279, 299, 301, 323
ancilla, 227, 232, 233, 234, 323
atkinsoni, 234, 301
brasiliana, 234, 323
colocynthis, 234
domeykoana, 232, 234, 258, 263, 267,
298, 323
dorbignyana, 227, 230, 233, 234, 258,
261, 267, 275, 282, 323
dorbignyana, 226
gracilior, 227, 230, 258, 261, 267, 274,
275, 276, 277, 282
gracilis, 227
gracilis, 227, 229, 261
halli, 232
magellanica, 227, 233, 234, 323
orbignyana, 230
pacifica, 234, 299
patagonica, 262, 264
petersoni, 229, 258, 267
philippiana, 228, 263
pilsbryi, 232, 263
482
INDEX.
Voluta quemadensis, 227, 228, 263
serissa, 235, 301, 460
tateana, 235, 301
triplicata, 226, 228, 229, 230, 234, 235,
258, 263, 267, 298, 301
tuberculata, 233
Volutididae, 224
Volutilithes, 230, 460
philippiana, 229
Volutoid series, 227
rt/ALDHEIMIA lenticularis , 73
patagonica, 76
Wallace, A. R., 311, 312, 313, 315
Wanganui beds, 299
Waters, A. W., 66, 68, 70
Weber, M., 318, 336
Weltner, W., 250, 252, 253, 255
White, C. A., 6
White Lake, 3
Whitfield, R. P., 102, 113, 125, 129, 138,
146, 148
Wood, S. V., 94, 95, 124, 156, 199, 241, 460
Woodward, L. P., 156
Wolf, pouched, 333
YLOPHAGA, 28
319
, K. VON, 50, 61, 64, 68, 83, 92,
105, 1 10, 113, 176, 177, 178,489, 190,
199, 217, 234, 252, 299
Zoogeography, 444
Zwartkop River, 19
Q
115
P85
1903
Princeton University Expeditions
to Patagonia
Reports
i^ASci.
PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11